2> 3 

■ 3 3 
3 3 
3> > 
J> 3 

33 3 






33 > 
x> > 
33 > 

3> 3 
33 > 

3^> > " 

'» 3> - 

>3 i 

3 3} 
• ^5 5 
33 > 3 






i* ~>> 

* 3>^ 

► :£>? 
_3> 

3>3 -i 

3*3 £> 
~3> ^ 

2X> 



> 3>3 _> '._3> .._- 



3. j :>3 
>3 >3 3 3.- - . 

3 : 33>33 3 
,3~v3 .>33' 3 3- 

> >^ >x>> 3>^ 

> • o>)i>.^ - 
r "3 333 so 

• v 3 3>3 3^ 
■3 ■ 3 333 33 

3 _> 33 > 333: 

> _> a>3 i^*^*^ 
3 > z> 2>3 ;">>>-> 

*3 3 33>3333> 
\S3 >-.>22aK>3^^. 
3>3> 3^>>3> 

3 =>; 333..; 

3 > 3 33>?3Z> ' 



j>> 5? r 



333 



3 - >3> 3' S 
3 ^ >32£>3*~ \ 
3 2>33> 

> > 333' : 

L 33 3 

,o 333 ■■" 
>'S>3 33>' 
• > 3 33 > 

■ m>w^ 

,33 35> ) 

'3 -333 

£3 >33 - 



3 _ 
3 _ 



>X> 

3^> 

3 3» 



3>?3S£3-3 
3 3>3>I> 
3> y3>»33* 

3» 3333,£l3> 
33 v33 ■>> 



3#3>> 



X>3 > 

3 3 > 3 

> 3 3 

> > J J> 

» > ■■ j> > :>. 

3 > -- 3 . 5 

>3 3 - > 



^X> i2> J)D , 322> 

» ^2> 333^S> 3 



> 3rs>. >9^> 
X3G» 3.> 3 









3 > >> 



> 33 

> » 

» 
>> ^i 

3> 

3> 

^3> 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

o^\\'^ -■'• : 

i|ap*- -'- @tW3# ^ ----- 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



PL>3 ^ >: ^ 

'>3>» '^v^ 

>>3>3> £>?-^> 

3>» r 3» '3> 

»3 ^3»^ 
■jv3 2^»> 5> 
>3 5^»t> ^; - 

3 13> :» 

3 ~3> >>3 

^3 33> : 

^^3 >3> 7 

>:>>»>> ^$_ 
.3jP^ *J>. • 



3> > D>J a£» 3> 

3> >^ » . 

> .5> ) 
-» > '3> > ... 

> ; > .3 

J>^ 5>33 3> ^> 

- ■■..> D >3 7> 

^ ! 3- i > 3 ^ 

^ "> 3 3 
X>^» -. ^3 3 

3 > > ■-> > ■ < 3 > 

»;> ■> ■ ■ "> _3 

;»3 ■> ; > 7> 3 

I > > .i ~> 

» j >.•-,,, > 5> 
» ? -)••> > - -> 3 ^ 

3> ^» > > 3 j> > "J 

>> > > 3 3> 

^|> >y> >) ) 3 3 

-» )>' ' • > > >3 

j,» , > 3 . ^> 

• 3» > '> ► 3^3> 

>JJ> > -.3 ■) > 3 > 

• >»->>' J ' > 3> 

> > --> 3 > ^ 
>.3 , , , - > 3 3* 
> «> , >3 

> >> >■,:.,> - > 

> i» ^ , ^ > ■> 3> 
> 3 > = 



->> :■ ■ 3^ ■: 
>3 >j 

. >>3-> 5 5 



»"33 3> > » 

~3 > >o > > • X> 

> > 3> ' > ■ >> 

~>3 3- >> •■ 3> 

3 > i>2 ^> ' ■ J> 

► > >> ? > y> 

» 3 >> ) ) J> 



. "3 ^>' 2. J > 3 J> > J3 _ 

:>. , >33>»"33 v> :>3'^ 3j 

3 ->3~>.;2> 2> >>- £ 
> ) > >;3>3 3.3> >3> ^ 

V.;33l>3? '^5 

,,0 ^>.3?33 -3 >3' ,3> 
>3> 33^3>1>'^1> 3>" -3 



3»33 3 J> 3 » ^ 
3 3»3f 3^3> 3 y 

. >3> »!> ~~> ^- y * 

3 3"<3 3 :>> — 
3:333 ^^ 

3- i33>3 3>. 

^ 3>>^.J> 

- >3 

^ _^^3 33^ 

33 3> » v33 3 3 



X 3 -».r>; 3^-2> 33> ~^?3>> ^5> > 

> 3 yy3i»3 ?3> 3D> 3>> vx3>^ 



;>3 33. 



>^> 3» >S5 y> 3^> > 

3> 3.)^3> 7>3:> 



3>^ 2>^^>'> - ; 3>>3 



?>.» >_^> 3v;3 



3> 3 >^> ^^ 3 

3> 3 3 3> J .3> 35 > ^^ 

>3 >?. M 3 

.3,-3 : >^ S> J>33 '--3> _ 



3> 3> • S3 ^>s^r 
33 >:> 3> 3\3 3. 

3> »>3> »-> ^ 

^» > > >> J3" > 3 >^ 

> > jrs ^3 333 3_3> 3 



V> >, .3 333 
^^> 3 3 2>D : 

^^^.s?^>37r>za 

Z> > J> 313 3 i 



333 3, 
^33 3 
3> 3 
3> 3 

•2> > : 



>> »32> 
■> ? « > y 
>> > 3 \ > 



3 3» ^> 
> X«> 3 



^> 3> 



■ >/_3> 3 2" 
> 

» J> ? 

3 3" 

3> : 

33 3> 3 .: 

3>;3'-> »s 

S> > > 3 3 

» 33 -3 

32> > >-3>- 3 

3 3>13> j> 

> 3 3 



>I> 3> -3> 2 


3 


' >> » J> - 2 s 


3 > 


i3> DD, J> > 


335 


:.^3fc >i . 3> 3 3 


_3 > 


3> > 3> > > 


J> 3 


>-^» 33~> 33 


3 3 


.3*' > 3 3 P 


33 


Jj^ 3 3 > 3 


3) 


3> > -3 3 :> ? 


^> > 


3» > .3> 3 > ■> 


>> 


~^S» ^> 3 33 > 


3"> 


3>> 3 >3 


3» > 


33> > 3 5S> 


^» 


3» > 3 3 > 


~%^ 


-Z> 3. ,3 3 > 


3-3 


1* > >•?> -~S-. 3 


3 

3>:>^ 


33> >:>3 i>3 ' 



3 3 33 
) 33 



> > > 

> > - > > > 



> » > » >£ 

> » > 5> 

> y> > 



. > > 

> > > •> 

> > » 

> > 



> 
> 
> 



> > ' 

> • 



> > 

> > 

i » 



? ? ?^' § 5- i: 



> > > > 









-' > ^ > > ^L 
;> > 

• > > o » 

> >?~> > >:> 
>j> > > » 






p>";>2« 



> . X 

» ~>~> 



>J> > > > - J 

, >? > ■ 

> , > > > - > ^ -* .,, 

> >> > >>>> ' 

> >0_> » 



^> ) >>^> ^>^>-> y 






i > 

•> -> »^ i> _> ^ 

> ? ^> ^> > 

> o> ; 

> ^ ^> ^j 

> > ^ 

' > > 

^ ^ > >" j 



> > -> 

> > 

> - >0 

> > 



> >r 



> J> 

, . ) 7 > 

^ J > 1 

> . > > 

> a$> Z> '. 

-» >•■ > > 
> ■> ■> ' 

7>^l ? >. 

^ .^ > 






> » ^> 



► » » ^*>> > > 



>> 5) ^3> J 



> Z> >J> ■> 



^> ^> 






> ) >> > J> -> 3 

^ > J>> > "> ^> > 

> > .^ > > J> ^ 

> > ,>• > ^> Z> ^> 

> J» )> > -> 

> > JO > > 

> ^. >J > > ^ 

> > 

> > > 



> > > 



^ ^ i> >■» 5> , 

> ^> ) >» >' \> > 

> > > ^x>» o J» 

^ > yj > > ■ /> ^S> 

^> ? >-- ^> > JS> 

J> ->> > > 






» 

» 






)-> > 

7^ > . ■'■> 



-> :> . > • 






2^ ^ 






o > 



A PEACTICAL TREATISE 



ON 



MATERIA MEDICA 



AND 



THERAPEUTICS. 



BY , 

ROBERTS BARTHOLOW, M. A., M.D., 

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medicine and of Clinical Medicine, and formerly 
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, in the Medical College of Ohio ; 
Physician to the Hospital of the Good Samaritan; Corresponding Member of the 
New York Neurological Society ; Author of a Manual of Hypodermic Medi- 
cation, of the Russell Prize Essay on Quinine, of the American 
Medical Association Prize Essay on Atropia, and of the 
Fiske Fund Prize Essay on the Bromides, etc. 






NEW AND ENLARGED EDITION. 



NEW YORK: 
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 

549 & 551 BROADWAY. 

1878. 






^ 



„V 



X 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1877, 

By D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1876, 
By D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 





r 



i 



TO THE MEMORY OF 

FATHER, MOTHER, AXD BROTHERS, 

BY THE SUKYIYOK. 



PBEFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 



To offer to tlie medical profession a new treatise on Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics may appear to be a labor of supererogation. 
The medical literature of this country is already well provided with 
able and elaborate works on this subject. The learned and encyclo- 
pedic volumes of Stille, based on the empirical method, and the 
modern and scientific work of H. C. Wood, based on the physio- 
logical method, leave almost nothing to be desired. Entertaining 
such a profound respect for the work of my American colleagues, 
it may well be inquired why I have ventured to add a new book to 
those already existing in this department of medical knowledge. 
A belief, which I trust will not be regarded as egotism, that I have 
earned the right to address the medical profession, has moved me 
to the preparation of this work. Several years a teacher of Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics, I have necessarily formed opinions as to 
the kind of information which should be contained in a treatise on 
this subject. As far as such a course of experiment is practicable, 
I have demonstrated in my lectures the actions of remedies on ani- 
mals. I have conducted in my private laboratory many indepen- 
dent investigations, and have contributed in this way, 1 submit with 
diffidence, some original knowledge to the subject of therapeutics. 
The information thus acquired has been supplemented by twenty- 
two years of clinical experience as a practitioner of medicine. Un- 
der these circumstances, I am induced to believe that my professional 
brethren, and medical students, will hold that I am entitled to a 
hearing. 

A volume on Materia Medica and Therapeutics should, in these 
days, present some new features of importance if it would worthily 
occupy a place alongside of the excellent works now accessible to 
American readers. An examination of this treatise will disclose the 
fact that it differs from other works in its scheme of classification, 
in the subjects discussed, and in the very practical character of the 



vi PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 

information. In the present state of our knowledge, it is impossible 
to make a classification free from defects, and I do not claim for 
mine that it is superior to others — only that its simplicity is a point 
in its favor. As respects the subjects treated of, it will be seen that 
the most elaborate section is that on aliment, and that remedies have 
been introduced not usually referred to by therapeutical writers. 
In the treatment of individual agents, I have, usually, adopted the 
description of the " United States Pharmacopoeia," and have omitted 
botanical and chemical details, unless they are necessary to elucidate 
physiological questions, or to facilitate intelligent prescription-writ- 
ing. All pharmaceutical questions are most thoroughly handled in 
the " Dispensatory " of Wood and Bache, and this kind of knowl- 
edge is more the province of the druggist than of the physician. 

In describing the physiological action of drugs, two methods 
may be pursued : to present in chronological order a summary of 
the opinions of various authorities on the subject in question ; or, 
to condense in a connected description that view of the subject 
which seems to the author most consonant with all the facts. I have 
adopted the latter plan, from a conviction of its advantages for the 
student, and of its utility for the practitioner. The authorities 
which I have utilized in making up my opinions are placed at the 
end of each article, in order to avoid interruptions in the methodical 
descriptions. 

As respects the therapeutical applications of remedies, I have, as 
far as practicable, based them on the physiological actions. Many 
empirical facts are, however, well founded in professional experience. 
Although convinced that the most certain acquisitions to therapeu- 
tical knowledge must come through the physiological method, I am 
equally clear that well-established empirical facts should not be 
omitted, even if they are not explicable by any of the known physi- 
ological properties of the remedies under discussion. 

My best acknowledgments are due to John Chatto, Esq., the 
learned Librarian of the Eoyal College of Surgeons, London, for 
numerous courtesies extended to me during my visits to Lincoln's- 
Inn-Fields. 

EOBERTS BaRTHOLOW. 
120 "West Seventh Street, » 

Cincinnati, Ohio, June, 1876. ) 



PEEFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 



The success of my treatise has exceeded any reasonable expec- 
tations, and, under the circumstances, is peculiarly gratifying. Con- 
structed on a somewhat different plan from the ordinary text-books, 
and brought into direct competition with several very able and well- 
established works on the same subject, I could not but feel that its 
progress to professional favor must necessarily be slow. That sev- 
eral considerable editions have been exhausted in the first year of 
its publication, and that the demand for the book has not abated, 
indicate that its appearance was opportune, and that its plan and 
execution are approved by the medical profession. 

In this new edition various improvements have been made, and 
articles on the following substances have been inserted : 

Beverages. Heat. Digestion-Ferments. 

Vegetable Acids. Cadmium. Cerium. 

Picrotoxine. Cannabis Indica. Cuca. 

Caffein. Guarana. Pulsatilla. 

Grindelia. Phytolacca. Ailantus. 

Besides the new articles, additions have been made at various 
points. Notwithstanding these additions, the bulk of the work has 
not been materially increased, and its practical character has been 
strictly maintained. 

Increasing observation satisfies me that an author, writing on 
such a complicated topic as the actions and uses of remedies, owes 
it to his readers to present them the results of his matured experi- 
ence and his most composed judgment, rather than lay before them 
a multitude of opinions, experiments, and reports, out of which 
they must construct, if they can, a consistent theory, or form an 



Vlll 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 



adequate conception of the nature and relations of all the facts. 
But few readers will give the time to so tedious a task, and the 
smallest number are fitted by education, training, and habits of 
mind, for working out results from such a complicated mass of 
materials. While every author is bound to indicate to his readers 
the sources of his information, it is equally his duty to present that 
information in the form most available for immediate use. 

The classification of remedies must continue in an unsatisfac- 
tory state, and any scientific scheme is, at present, hopeless. The 
distinguished and able Prof. Edward H. Clark, M. D., of Harvard 
(Boston), in his review of this work {The American Journal of the 
Medical Sciences, January 7, 1877), justly remarks as follows : 

" No scientific classification of the materia medica is possible in the present 
state of science. Writers are, therefore, justified in adopting any classification 
that may happen to suit their fancy, or in adopting none at all." 

Notwithstanding a scientific arrangement is unattainable, it is 
certainly convenient to group together those agents which are phys- 
iologically and therapeutically allied. I have adopted, in part, the 
classification proposed, in 1863, by Dr. Chambers ("Renewal of 
Life," etc.), using the two great divisions of " agents promoting 
constructive metamorphosis " and " agents promoting destructive 
metamorphosis.' 3 As respects the assignment of individual reme- 
dies, in accordance with certain conceptions of their powers and 
actions, the arrangement adopted is entirely my own. 

The omission of certain botanical, chemical, and pharmaceutical 
details, except such as are necessary to a just appreciation of the 
physiological actions, or to " facilitate intelligent prescription-writ- 
ing," has been decidedly commended by the reviewers, and by my 
readers generally. In the present state of pharmacy, knowledge 
of the kind omitted would prove useless, in the main, to physicians, 
even if acquired. I beg, however, to call the attention of my 
readers to the fact that the official designation of the remedy, its 
pharmaceutical preparations, its chemical composition, and its 
active principles, are carefully stated, and should be mastered by 
every student. This knowledge of the technik of his armamen- 
tarium is an indispensable requisite to its skillful use. 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. [ x 

The author has a strong conviction that, in the future of thera- 
peutics, the law or principle of physiological antagonism must play 
an important role, lie has indicated more fully, probably, than 
any other systematic writer, the application of this principle in 
practical therapy. 

In the preparation of the articles I have studiously endeavored 
to preserve the harmony and proportion of the parts, and have 
treated them with a fullness and particularity according to their 
relative importance. In this way it may appear to some of my 
readers that I have exaggerated some topics, and have treated 
others, equally important, with indifference. Having given careful 
consideration to. this subject in the course of my preparations for 
the new edition, I conclude that the judgments formed in the first 
instance are confirmed by more extended study and observation. 

Any one discovering an error of any kind in this edition of my 
treatise will place me under great obligations by reporting it to me 
without delay. 

I am indebted to my assistant, Dr. Frederic Kebler, for the re- 
vision of the indexes. 

Roberts Bartholow. 

120 West Seventh Street, Cincinnati. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Schema 



PAGE 
1 



PART I. 

Routes by which Medicines are introduced into the Organism 

1. Through the External Integument . 

2. Through the Internal Integument 

3. By the Subcutaneous Areolar Tissue 

4. By the Veins ...... 



3 

o 
O 

4 
10 
12 



PART II. 

The Actions and Uses of Remedial Agents 

Those used to promote Constructive Metamorphosis 
Aliments ..... 

Animal .... 

Vegetable ..... 
Special Plans of Diet 

Denutrition .... 

Dry Diet .... 

Vegetable Diet .... 

Animal Diet .... 

Milk Diet ..... 

Infant-Feeding 
Alimentation in Diseases 

Aliment in Acute Inflammations and Fevers 

Formulae for Animal Broths 

Formulae for Diet-Drinks 

Aliment in Diseases of the Digestive Organs 

Aliment in Cachectic States . 

Nutrient Enemata . 

Aliment in Diseases of the Skin 
Beverages .... 

Coffee 

Tea ... 

Cocoa . . 

Milk .... 



. 


18 




. 18 


. 


18 




'. 18 


. 


26 




. 30 


„ 


31 




. 33 


„ 


34 




35 




3G 




. 39 




41 




. 41 




42 




. 42 




43 




. 44 




45 




. 46 




46 




. 46 




47 


„ 


. 47 




48 



Xll 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 





PAGE 


Water . 


. 49 


Modes of applying Water 


. ' . . , 52 


Heat • 


. 62 


Modes of applying Heat . 


63 


Digestion-Ferments 


. 66 


Pepsin ..... 


66 


Ingluvin . 


. 66 


Pancreatine .... 


67 


Acidum Lacticum (Lactic Acid) . 


69 


Mineral Acids 


71 


Oils and Fats .... 


.79 


Phosphorus and some of its Compounds 


86 


Iron and its Preparations 


. 94 


Manganese .... 


106 


Chalybeate Mineral Springs 


. 109 


Bismuth .... 


112 


Arsenic . . . . . 


. 114 


The Simple Bitters 


125 


Aromatic Bitters . . . . 


. 128 


Eucalyptus . 


130 


Hydrastis ..... 


. 132 


Cinchona and its Preparations 


135 


Agents promoting Destructive Metamorphosis 


or Increasing Waste . , 147 


Alkalies .... 


..... . . 147 


Alkaline Mineral Springs . 


.... 155 


Saline Mineral Springs 


157 


Ammonium and its Preparations . 


.161 


Vegetable Acids 


167 


Sulphurous Acids and the Sulphites 


• . 169 


Sulphides .... 


. . 171 


Sulphurous Mineral Waters 


. 173 


Iodine and its Preparations 


176 


Mercury and its Preparations 


.*■'•.. .187 


Aurum (Gold) 


199 


Argentum (Silver) 


. 201 


Cuprum (Copper) 


209 


Plumbum (Lead .... 


.''...-.. 213 


Zincum (Zinc) . 


218 


Antimonium (Antimony) 


. 223 


Cadmium (Cadmium) . 


228 


Cerium (Cerium) .... 


. 229 


Alumen (Alum) 


229 


Acidum Tannicum (Tannic Acid) . 


. 232 


Acidum Gallicum (Gallic Acid) 


233 


Remedies containing Tannic Acid 


.233 


Colchicum .... 


241 


Sarsaparilla .... 


. 244 


Guaiacum .... 


245 


Stillingia . 


. 247 


Sanguinaria .... 


249 


Xanthoxylum . 


. 251 


Agents used to modify the Functions of the N 


ervous System . . . 253 



TABLE OF CONTEXTS. 



XI 11 





PAGE 


Agents whose most important quality consists in exciting Functional Activity 


. 253 


A. Of the Spinal Cord and Sympathetic .... 


253 


Electricity ........ 


. 253 


Nux Vomica ....... 


268 


Picrotoxine ........ 


. 270 


Ergot and its Preparations ...... 


277 


Ustilago Maidis ........ 


. 278 


Digitalis and its Preparations ..... 


286 


Cimicifuga .......= 


, 293 


Belladonna ....... 


296 


Atropia ........ 


. 296 


Stramonium ....... 


307 


Hyoscyamus ........ 


. 307 


B. Of the Cerebrum ....... 


310 


Camphora ...... . 


. 310 


Asafoetida . • . 


313 


Ammoniacum ........ 


. 316 


Valeriana ........ 


316 


Serpentaria ........ 


. 318 


Cannabis Indica ....... 


320 


Cannabis Americana ....... 


. 320 


Coca ........ 


323 


Caflfein ......... 


. 324 


Guarana ........ 


326 


Remedies which diminish or suspend the Functions of the Cerebrum after a 


Pre- 


liminary Stage of Excitement ..... 


. 327 


Alcohol ........ 


327 


V mum (Wine) ........ 


. 336 


Malt Liquors ........ 


340 


-Ether ......... 


. 342 


Cliloroformum ........ 


. • 344 


Anavthetics and Anaesthesia ...... 


. 348 


Local Anaesthesia ....... 


356 


Nitrous Oxide ........ 


. 357 


Chloral 


358 


Croton-Chloral Hydrate ....... 


. 364 


Opium ......... 


365 


Morphia ......... 


. 367 


Humulus (Hops) ....... 


385 


Lactucarium ........ 


. 386 


Bromides ........ 


387 


Agents which depress the Motor Functions of the Spinal Cord and Sympathetic 


. 397 


Conium ......... 


397 


Gelsemium ...... . . 


. 401 


Arnica . . . . 


405 


Trimethylamine ........ 


. 406 


Jaborandi ......... 


408 


Phvsostigma ........ 


. 411 


Tabacum ........ 


416 


Lobelia ......... 


. 420 


Hydrocyanic Acid ........ 


423 


Potassii Cyanidum ........ 


. 426 



XIV 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Amyli Nitritum . 
Aconitum . 
Veratrum Album 
Veratrum Viride 
Pulsatilla 
Grindelia 
Phytolacca 
Ailantus 

Remedies used to cause some Evacuation from the Body — Evacuants 
Emetics by Local Action . 
Systemic Emetics .... 

Apomorphia . 

Ipecacuanha .... 

Tartar Emetic .... 
Cathartics ..... 

Laxatives ..... 

Manna . 

Sulphur . . 

Magnesia ..... 

Oleum Ricini (Castor-oil) 
Saline Purgatives .... 

Magnesii Sulphas (Epsom Salts) 

Magnesii Citras .... 
Mercurial Purgatives 
Tonic-Astringent and Resin-bearing Purgatives 

Senna ..... 

Rheum (Rhubarb) . 

Aloes . 

Jalapa (Jalap) 

Scammony 

Colocynth . 

Podophyllum . 

Leptandra . 

Iris Versicolor 

Euonymus . 
Hydragogue Cathartics 

Gamboge . 

Oleum Tiglii (Croton-oil) 

Elaterium . 
Enemata . 
Anthelmintics . 
Remedies used for the expulsion 

Mucuna 

Santonica 

Spigelia 

Chenopodium . 
Remedies used against Taeniae 

Filix Mas 

Granati Fructus Cortex 

Brayera (Kousso) 

Rottlera (Kameela) 

Pepo (Pumpkin-seed) . 



of Ascarides Lumbricoides 



TABLE OF CONTEXTS. 



xv 



Urino-Genital Remedies . 

Oleum Terebinthinae . 

Copaiba 

Cubeba 

Piper 

Capsicum 

Juniper . . .** 

Erigeron 

Buchu 

Uva Ursi 

Pareira 

Chimaphila (Pipsissewa) 

Scoparius . 

Carota 

Taraxacum 

Scilla (Squill) . 

Petroselinum 

Polygonum Hydropiperoides 

Ruta (Rue) 

Sabina (Savine) 

Cantharis . 



TAGE 

484 
484 
489 
492 
493 
493 
495 
496 
496 
496 
496 
497 
497 
497 
498 
498 
500 
501 
502 
502 
504 



PART III 



Topical Remedies 
Antiseptics 

Oxygenium (Oxygen) 
Chlorinium (Chlorine) 
Brominium (Bromine) 
Acidum Carbolieum 
Creosotum 
Salicin 

Acidum Salicylicum 
" Boracicum 
Benzoinum 
Antiseptic Oils 

Oleum Caryophyll 
" Gaultheriae 
" Thymi 
" Cajuputi 
Counter-irritants 
Rubefacients 

Sinapis Alba . 

" Nigra 
Charta Sinapis 
Emplastrum Arnicas 

" Picis Burgundicae 
" " Canadensis 

11 " cum Cantharide 

Linimentum Ammonias 
14 Camphorae 
" Saponis 



506 
606 
506 
508 
509 
510 
510 
516 
516 
520 
521 
522 
522 
523 
623 
523 
524 
524 
524 
524 
524 
525 
525 
525 
525 
525 
525 
525 



XVI 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Linimentum Terebinthinge 

Firing .... 

Epispastics .... 

Ceratum Cantharidis 

" Extracti Cantharidis 

Charta Cantharidis 

Collodium cum Cantharide 

Linimentum Cantharidis . 
Acupuncture 
Baunscheidtismus 
Aquapuncture 

Bloodletting .... 
Escharotics 

Acidum Chromicum 
Emollients, Demulcents, and Protectives 

Glycerina .... 

Collodium 

Liquor Gutta-Perchse 

Chondrus 

Cetraria 

Acacia 

Tragacantha 

Sassafras Medulla 

Linum 

Ulmus . 

Glycyrrhiza 

Poultices 



PAGE 

525 
525 
526 
526 
526 
526 
526 
526 
530 
530 
530 
532 
534 
535 
536 
536 
537 
538 
539 
539 
539 
539 
539 
540 
540 
540 
540 



A TREATISE 



ON 



MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 



SCHEMA. 

Part I. — Modes in which Medicines are introduced into the Or- 
ganism, 

Part II. — The Actions and Uses of Remedial Agents: 
Those used to promote constructive metamorphosis. 
Those used to promote destructive metamorphosis. 
Those used to modify the functions of the nervous system. 
Those used to cause some evacuation from the body. 
Part III. — Topical Remedies, 

In this scheme the action of the medicine is followed from its intro- 
duction into the stomach, to its exit through the organs of excretion. 
Some remedies are used solely or chiefly for their influence on the pri- 
mary assimilation ; as, for example, pepsin, the simple bitters. Other 
remedies, with or without affecting the function of digestion, modify 
the process of assimilation, either promoting the construction of tissue, 
or the retrograde or destructive metamorphosis. Iron may be taken 
as a typical example of the one, and mercury of the other mode of 
action on the function of assimilation. The therapeutical application 
of these remedies is based in this conception of their physiological 
action. 

A large group of remedial agents is used not to influence the meta- 
morphosis of tissue, but simply to modify the functions of the nervous 
system, of which morphia and strj T chnia may be taken as types. It is 
true that probably no medicinal agent modifying function does so with- 
out affecting structure ; but, in the present state of our knowledge, we 
are, in respect to some of them at least, unable to designate the tissue- 
changes which they induce. 



2 SCHEMA. 

To the class of evacuants belong emetics, cathartics, anthelmintics, 
and diuretics. These remedies are either so irritant as to excite speedy 
action for their expulsion, or they are eliminated by the organs on which 
they appear to have a selective effect. When the movement for their 
expulsion terminates, as a rule their action ceases. Some of these irri- 
tant emetics and cathartics, acting locally merely, might be classed with 
topical remedies, but such an arrangement would destroy the continuity 
of the subject. 

Topical remedies act upon the part to which they are applied. Ab- 
sorption is not necessary to, and indeed hinders the local effect; hence, 
any systemic effects produced by them are accomplished through the 
agency of the nervous system. 



PAKT I. 

ROUTES BY WHICH MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED 
INTO THE ORGANISM. 



I. 

THROUGH THE EXTERNAL IXTEGUMENT. 

By this tissue medicines are applied in the following modes : 

Enepidermic. 

Epidermic. 

Endermic. 

Enepidermic. — In this method, the medicament is placed in contact, 
only, with the epidermis, and friction, to hasten absorption, is not em- 
ployed. Although the epidermis opposes a strong obstacle to absorp- 
tion, it does not entirely prevent diffusion into the blood, as numerous 
facts show. The skin may be considered a colloidal septum. The rate 
and degree of absorption of any medicine will depend, in large part, on 
its power of diffusion. Various circumstances influence this — for exam- 
ple, the chemical position of the agent to be diffused. On one side of 
the colloidal septum — the skin — lie the blood-vessels, containing an 
alkaline fluid. An acid fluid on one side of the osmotic membrane, 
and an alkaline fluid on the other, are conditions most favorable to 
osmosis. Experiments are wanting on this point, but it is a reasonable 
presumption that solutions of medicinal substances, acid in reaction, 
will find their way most readily into the blood. 

Besides the epidermis, the sebaceous matter of the skin offers more 
or less positive obstruction to cutaneous absorption. Medicinal sub- 
stances in solution in water, therefore, very slowl3 r permeate the skin to 
enter the vessels. Waller, who has made very careful experiments, has 
ascertained that alkaloids dissolved in chloroform are readily transferred 
through the skin into the blood, and produce characteristic phenomena, 
while " alcoholic and aqueous solutions are either not at all, or very 
slowly, absorbed." 



4- HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

His observations were made with cliloroformic solutions of aconite, 
atropia, strychnia, and morphia. Waller further ascertained that, alco- 
hol mixed with chloroform did not retard absorption, but alcohol alone 
caused an outward osmotic flow. It follows from these facts that, if, in 
the application of a medicinal agent to the skin by the endermic 
method, the object be to promote absorption, the remedy should be 
dissolved in chloroform, or in a mixture of alcohol and chloroform, and 
not in alcohol alone, or in water. 

Epidermic. — This method differs from the enepidermic in that fric- 
tion is employed to promote absorption by forcing the medicament 
between the cells of the epidermic layer. Various agents are used in 
this way, as mercurial ointment in sj^philis, cod-liver oil, and other fats, 
in wasting diseases, and ointments of various kinds for the relief of 
local lesions, etc. The evidence is' conclusive that in this way systemic 
effects are produced. 

Ejstdermic. — As the epidermis is the chief obstacle to cutaneous 
absorption, it is sometimes removed by blistering, so that the medica- 
ment may come into immediate contact with the derma. The mode of 
proceeding by the endermic method is as follows : a piece of flannel, 
patent lint, or cotton cloth, is moistened with aqua 'ammonice, and 
when placed on the skin is covered with oiled silk to prevent evapora- 
tion. When the blister is raised the epidermis is removed with scissors. 
A less painful, but slower method, is the application of a cantharides- 
plaster, followed by a poultice to raise the blister. The medicinal agent, 
in a finely-powdered state, is sprinkled over the raw surface, and is 
rapidly absorbed. Morphia, atropia, strychnia, and quinia, are the most 
important agents used in this way. 

The endermic method is a useful resource to the therapeutist, but 
the opinion of Brown-Sequard is hardly admissible, that the extensive 
use of the hypodermic method has caused the endermic to be unwisely 
neglected. There are decided objections to the endermic method : it is 
painful; absorption is somewhat uncertain; ulceration of an intractable 
character may occur. It has these advantages in its favor : it may be 
used in cases of irritable stomach ; it may be conjoined with counter- 
irritation ; it is sometimes quite effective. 



II. 

THROUGH THE INTERNAL INTEGUMENT. 

Applications to the Broncho-pulmonary Mucous Membrane. — 
By the method of insufflation solid medicinal agents in a finely-divided 
state are applied to various parts of the respiratory tract. Insufflation- 
tubes with a rubber air-bag attached are now found at the instrument- 



NASAL DOUCHE. 5 

mukers*. The powder, contained in a chamber intended for its recep* 
tion, is forced by the compression of the air-bag through the straight or 
curved delivery-tube of the instrument. Powders may be projected by 
such an apparatus into the fauces, larynx, and anterior and posterior 
nares. In the absence of an insufflator, a simple glass tube or goose- 
quill may be used for the purpose — the powder being blown in by the 
operator, or drawn in by a forcible inspiration by the patient. 

The method of insufflation is a useful mode of making local appli- 
cations to the nares, fauces, epiglottis, and the aryteno-epiglottidean 
folds, but it is of little utility as a means of reaching the larynx and 
trachea, for, as is well known, the glottis is exceedingly intolerant of 
foreign bodies whether solid or gaseous. By this method we can use 
tannin, the zinc salts, nitrate of silver, alum, morphia, etc. Any remedy 
thus applied should be in small quantity, should be minutely subdivided 
and mixed with some unirritating, impalpable powder, so as to insure 
uniform distribution over the surface to be acted upon. 

The nasal douche is a mode of applying remedies to the nasal pas- 
sages now much practised. This consists of a bottle or funnel-shaped 
reservoir to contain the medicated fluid, and a flexible rubber tube to 
which is attached a hard-rubber or glass nose-piece. The reservoir be- 
ing placed on a higher level than the head, the nose-piece adjusted 
and the mouth being kept open, the fluid is permitted to flow. As when 
the mouth is open, the patient breathing quietly, the palate applies 
itself closely to the posterior wall of the pharynx, it is obvious that the 
fluid will be conducted from the one to the other nostril and thus make 
its exit. Not every patient can succeed perfectly in the performance 
of this feat. In some persons, even when breathing quietly through the 
open mouth, the veil of the palate. does not apply itself perfectly to the 
posterior fauces and the fluid flows into the oesophagus. Other persons 
oannot refrain from attempts at swallowing when the fluid reaches the 
posterior nares. In such instances the use of the nasal douche may be 
attended with ill results. As has been shown by Moos, Roosa, and 
others, and as I have myself observed, the^fluid may pass through the 
Eustachian tube into the middle ear, giving rise to destructive inflam- 
mation and suppuration. If pain in the ears follows its use, it is quite 
certain that mischief will result if the douche be persisted in. The fol- 
lowing rules should be adhered to in making applications by this 
method : 

The fluid used must be tepid. 

The first applications must be bland and unirritating. 

The applications, if strong enough to excite irritation, must not be 
used frequently. 

Under the most favorable circumstances this mode* of treating dis- 
eases of the nasal passages has very limited utility, for the fluid reaches 
but a part of the Schneiderian mucous membrane.' It is a useful means 



6 HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

of cleansing the nares, and for applying deodorizing agents to correct 
fetor. Chlorides of sodium, potassium, and ammonium, permanganate 
of potassa, carbolic acid, iodine, and many other agents of the same 
kind, are applied by means of the nasal douche. 

An ordinary Davidson's syringe, made to act as a siphon, may be 
used in the same way as the Weber's or Thudichum's nasal douche. The 
mode of proceeding with this instrument is as follows : the vessel con- 
taining the medicated fluid is placed on a higher level than the patient's 
head ; the syringe is filled by compressing the bulb to expel the air, 
and then inserting the suction-pipe in the fluid; the nozzle of the de- 
livery-pipe is put into the nose, when a steady stream will discharge 
into the nostril and escape by the other. 

The method of inhalation is more generally applicable to the treat- 
ment of diseases of the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane. Iodine 
in vapor, iodoform, sal-ammoniac, bromine, and other volatilizable solids 
and gases, may be readily and advantageously applied in this way. A 
convenient mode of using iodine is the following: make a cone of stiff 
paper, so that the smaller extremity shall fit the mouth or nose, or 
both ; drop some tincture of iodine into a cup of hot water, so placed 
that the vapors will ascend through the funnel, the larger mouth of which 
is in position to intercept them. Iodoform vaporized on a warm plate 
or saucer may be similarly conducted into the mouth or nose. Some 
drops of bromine may be put into a warm vial, and the vapor be cau- 
tiously inhaled. Several forms of inhalers are now made for applying 
muriate of ammonia vapor, as it is formed by the combination of ammo- 
niacal gas and the fumes of hydrochloric acid. 

The above methods, although not without utility, are not equal in 
effectiveness to the method of pulverization or atomization of medi- 
cated fluids. Air or steam is the motive power in the various forms of 
apparatus used ' for reducing solutions of medicinal agents into spray. 
Of those now in use, the hand-ball apparatus for air, and Siegle's ap- 
paratus for steam, are the principal. Whether air or steam be used for 
pulverizing the medicated fluid, the essential parts of an atomizing 
apparatus consist of a cup for containing the solution to be pulverized, 
a vertical tube terminating in a fine capillary extremity and dipping 
into the medicine-cup, and a tube communicating with the steam-boiler 
or air-bulb, and placed at right angles to the vertical tube. When air 
or steam is forced through the horizontal tube, over the capillary ori- 
fice of the vertical tube, the air in the latter is rarefied and the fluid 
rises into it, until, reaching the top of the tube, it is broken up into fine 
spray by the impact of the horizontal column of air. It is obvious 
that, provided with suitable tubes, spray may be applied to the nares, 
anterior and posterior, to the pharynx, epiglottis, and larynx. The 
utility of applications made in this way to these parts is now conclusively 
established. Although it has been a question whether any quantity of 



i-<> 



BY THE GASTRO-LNTESTIXAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE. 7 

medicated spray passes the chink of the glottis, it has been proved 
experimentally that a minute quantity does actually enter the trachea. 
The efficacy of inhalations of subsulphate of iron in pulmonary haemor- 
rhage is a clinical fact confirmatory of the experimental demonstrations. 
The inhalations of substances in a state of vapor, and atomized in 
affections of the parts beyond the larynx, have thus far been rather dis- 
appointing, except, it may be, the treatment of pulmonary haemorrhage 
by iron inhalations. 

In using the various inhalations, some precautions must be taken to 
avoid harm. Strong applications should not be made in the beginning 
of the treatment. The mucous membrane should be accustomed to the 
impact of such unirritating substances as warm water and tepid solu- 
tions of common salt and chloride of ammonium, before commencing 
the use of tannin, the zinc, copper, and silver salts, etc. For cleansing 
the mucous membrane and removing fetor, common salt, carbolic acid, 
iodine, and the sulphides are useful, and as astringents and deodorizers, 
the sulpho-carbolates of zinc, soda, etc. The most effective application 
for the cure of diseased states is nitrate of silver, but it should be kept Y* 
in mind, in using this agent, that the handkerchiefs and linen of the 
patient will be soiled. Solutions of nitrate of silver are best applied 
by means of the hand-ball atomizer,. tubes of various shapes, accord- 
ing to the locality, being inserted into the anterior and posterior nares, 
pharynx, or glottis, as the case may be. Should the steam atomizer 
be used for making application of the various salts named above, the 
face of the patient should be protected by a shield. 

Applications to the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane are also 
made use of to procure absorption of the materials applied, and thus to 
produce systemic effects. Anodynes for the relief of cough, difficult 
breathing, painful affections of the heart, etc., are applied to the fauces 
and larynx by means of the steam atomizer. Various preparations of 
opium, cannabis Indica, belladonna, and nitrite of amyl, are employed 
in this way. The most effective method of treating an asthmatic par- 
oxysm is by means of a cigarette containing various narcotic substances. 

Applications to the Gastro-Intestinal Mucous Membrane. — 
The stomach is the organ most usually selected for procuring absorption 
of remedial agents. Diffusion through the walls of the stomach into 
the blood is by no means definite in rate, or in the quantity passed, 
even with the same medicament and in the same individual. The 
presence of fluid or food, the chemical reactions which may ensue, the 
state of the mucous membrane, the blood-pressure in the veins, and the 
condition of annexed organs, are circumstances modifying the rate and 
degree of absorption. The stomach empty, the mucous membrane in a 
healthy state, veins not turgid, are the conditions most favorable for 
rapid and perfect absorption. Crystalloidal substances in solution, 
which pass by simple osmosis into the vessels, are taken up more rap- 



g HOW MEDICINES .ARE INTRODUCED. 

idly and perfectly than colloidal substances, which require preliminary 
digestion and solution. It follows, therefore, that medicines in solu- 
tions not intended for a merely local action on the stomach mucous 
membrane, and not irritant in character, as salines, alkaloids, etc., 
should be administered when the stomach is empty. Substances that 
are irritant, or that require digestion and solution, or that, like iron, are 
intended to supply a material to the blood in which it is deficient, are 
best administered during the process of digestion. On the other hand, 
many of the metallic salts precipitate pepsin and thus derange digestion, 
whence it follows that they should not be given after food, if unim- 
paired digestion be essential to the safety of the patient. 

Aithouo-h it is true that medicines in solution are more readily taken 
up than solids, yet many of the latter are absorbed with great facility, 
as metallic iron, calomel, etc., which are rendered soluble by the gastric 
fluids. The chemical changes induced in medicines by the gastric juice 
are by no means well understood. How individual agents are affected 
is a subject to be considered hereafter. 

The following are the chief forms in which medicines are adminis- 
tered by the stomach : 

Powders are medicines reduced by mechanical subdivision, or by 
precipitation, to the finest possible state. Those soluble in water are 
usually administered in that menstruum. If insoluble, they may be 
suspended in water by means of sugar, sirup, solution of gum, glyce- 
rine, or they may be rubbed up with some innocuous powder, as sugar, 
sugar of milk, liquorice-powder, etc. 

Pills are small masses of medicine made into a globular shape, by 
means of an extract, conserve of roses, sirup, or glycerine. A. pill 
should not exceed five grains in w T eight, including the excipient, and, as 
a rule, it should be smaller than this. To cover the taste, pills may be 
coated with sugar, gelatine, silver, or gold foil. It should not be over- 
looked that pills too long kept, especially when sugar-coated, become 
very hard and insoluble, and therefore without activity. Extempora- 
neously, pills may be covered with fine tissue-paper, or enveloped in a 
raisin, to cover the taste of the ingredients. 

A. mixture is a suspension of one or more insoluble substances in 
the vehicle, by means of sugar, gum, glycerine, treacle, albumen, etc. 
The term emulsion is restricted in application to the mixture of oil and 
water, in which the oily particles are suspended mechanically by rub- 
bing them up with water and gum. 

Extracts are solid and fluid. The solid extract may be aqueous 
or alcoholic ; in the one case water, in the other, alcohol, being the 
menstruum employed to extract the active and soluble principles. An 
extract is solid when evaporation is carried far enough to produce a soft 
paste or a dry mass ; it is fluid when sufficient alcohol and water are re- 
tained to give the proper fluidity. 



BY THE GASTROINTESTINAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE. 9 

Infusions are such solutions of active and soluble principles as can 
be extracted by digesting the crude drug in water, cold or at a tem- 
perature short of boiling. When water at the boiling temperature is ^ 
used, the resulting: solution is termed a decoction. Cold infusions 
are, as a rule, to be preferred to decoctions, for, at the tempera- 
ture of boiling water, many active principles are decomposed or 
volatilized. 

Wine, vinegar, and alcohol, are also used as menstrua. 

Capsules are hollow cylinders or cones of gelatine, to contain offen- 
sively-tasting substances, as copaiba, oil of sandal-wood, etc. In the 
stomach the gelatine is dissolved and the medicament liberated. 

Lozenges or Troches, button-shaped masses, are sometimes intro- 
duced into the stomach, but usually these bodies are intended to 
be dissolved slowly in the mouth, to exert a local action on the 
fauces. 

"Wafers are circular disks with a central cavity for holding the medi- 
cine. They are made of isinglass. 

A Suppository is a conical mass of cacao-butter, or wax and cacao- 
butter, with which is incorporated a medicament. They are applied to 
the rectum, vagina, and urethra. 

Clyster, Enema, Lavement, are medicated solutions to be thrown 
into the rectum. 

Although the rectum as an absorbing surface is inferior to the stom- 
ach, medicines are frequently introduced b} 7 this organ with great ad- 
vantage. Some medicines enter the blood more quickly by the rectum 
than by the stomach, but, as a general rule, absorption is slower by the 
former org-an. If the mucous membrane of the rectum be irritable, or 
if the substances introduced be irritating or bulky, they will not be re- 
tained. As the contents of the rectum are alkaline, solids requiring an 
acid for their solution will not be taken up. Acid solutions of medici- 
nal agents, on the other hand, are readily enough absorbed, provided 
the quantity of acid present be sufficient to maintain solution. As a 
general rule the mineral salts act chiefly locally on the mucous mem- 
brane of the rectum and enter the blood in small quantity. The salts 
of the alkaloids, on the other hand, are absorbed with facility. Alka- 
loids insoluble unless in presence of an acid are not absorbed with the 
same rapidity and completeness by the rectum as by the stomach, unless 
they are administered in acid solution. The salts of morphia, atropia, 
and strychnia, in solution, are absorbed as quickly, and the last named 
more quickly by the rectum than by the stomach. 

Remedies administered by the rectum may be in solution suspended 
in some menstruum, or incorporated with a soap or fat in the form of sup- 
pository. The solution used should have the temperature of the rectum 
(about 100° Fahr.). The quantity administered should not exceed two 
fluid-ounces of solution. Before introducing a medicated solution or 



10 HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

clyster into the rectum, this organ should be emptied of fecal matter 
by an ordinary enema. 

Administration of remedies by the rectum is an important resource 
to the therapeutist in cases of inability to swallow, irritable stomach, 
and in children's maladies. Unfortunately, this organ soon becomes 
intolerant, the mucous membrane irritable, and the medicament is either 
at once rejected or absorption delaj 7 ed. 

Applications to the Genito-Upjnary Mucous Membrane. — 
Brown-Sequard has proposed to utilize the bladder for securing absorp- 
tion of remedial agents in cases of great intestinal disorder, as in cholera. 
Experiment has shown that morphia, for example, is taken up with 
considerable rapidity by this viscus. 

Topical applications to the urethra and vagina are very frequently 
made, usually in the form of astringent injections. Suppositories, vari- 
ously medicated, are also occasionally used in the treatment of affections 
of these parts. 

in. 

BY THE SUBCUTANEOUS AREOLAR TISSUE— THE HYPODERMATIC OR 

HYPODERMIC METHOD. 

The term hypodermic is used in conformity with the nomenclature 
already existing — as " epidermic," " endermic," etc. As the term indi- 
cates, by this method the medicine is applied to the subcutaneous 
areolar tissue. This does not include the method of " inoculation," in- 
troduced by Lafargue, nor that proposed by Luton and Bertin, which 
consists in the injection of irritants into diseased tissues. It is obvious 
that by the hypodermatic method medicines can be introduced only in 
the state of solution. To introduce the solution under the skin, a spe- 
cial instrument is necessary. This is the now well-known hypodermic 
syringe — a small syringe having a capacity not to exceed a drachm 
— the nozzle being a hollow needle having a lancet-shaped extremity 
for easily transfixing the skin. These instruments are various in form 
and construction, and are made of gold, silver, glass, or hard rub- 
ber. The most efficient instrument for ordinary use is the silver hypo- 
dermic syringe described by the author. The piston-rod of this instru- 
ment should be semi-cylindrical and should be graduated for minims 
on its flat side, to indicate the quantity of solution contained in the 
barrel. Glass hypodermic syringes break easily, and the mountings 
work loose and give way. Now, however, the glass cylinder is in part 
inclosed in a metal sheath, for greater strength and security. A gradu- 
ated hypodermic syringe should not be used until the exact value of 
the divisions of the scale has been determined by comparison with a 
standard minim-glass. 



HYPODERMIC METHOD. H 

A medicine employed for hypodermatic use should be capable of 
perfect solution in the menstruum, which is usually distilled or pure 
water. Particles of medicine undissolved are not only not in a condition 
for ready absorption, but are irritant to the tissues, producing inflamma- 
tion and abscess. The solution for hypodermic use should be free from 
foreign matter of every description and should be neutral in reaction, 
or, at least, without decided acid or alkaline reaction. Any substance 
which will coagulate the blood or produce violent local irritation is un- 
fit for hypodermic use. A solution of even a neutral substance should 
not be too concentrated. Clean water, free from visible impurities, is 
entirely harmless, and the quantity of fluid injected is, within certain 
limits, a matter of indifference, provided suitable care be used in select- 
ing the site and injecting. On the other hand, concentrated solutions 
are more apt to produce local irritation than dilute solutions. More- 
over, a drop too much of a concentrated solution of a powerful alkaloid 
may produce an alarming, if not dangerous state. In ordinary s}~ringes 
a few drops remain at the bottom of the barrel and in the needle — 
whence it follows, in using strong solutions, it is difficult to inject the 
precise amount desired. 

Solutions of alkaloids, too long kept, become unfit for use, hypoder- 
mically, by reason of the development in them of a penicillium, a 
minute organism which grows at the expense of the alkaloid. Fresh 
solutions should be made when needed. When hypodermic injections 
are used infrequently, it is preferable to prepare an extempore solution, 
using powders of a definite strength. Filtered river, melted ice, or 
rain water, may be used for dissolving the powders. Solutions prepared 
extemporaneously from ordinary spring or rain water are found to pro- 
duce less inflammation, and are less likely to be followed bj r abscess, 
than solutions prepared with pure distilled w r ater which have been kept 
for several davs. 

In practising the hypodermatic injection it is important to avoid 
puncturing a vein. Serious depression of the powers of life and sudden 
and profound narcotism have been produced by injecting a solution of 
morphia directly into a vein. Fatal collapse may ensue from injecting 
air into a vein along with the narcotic solution. Bony prominences 
ought to be avoided, and also inflamed parts. It is not necessary to 
follow Wood, the discoverer of the hypodermic method, who advised 
that the solution be inserted at those points where pain can be awa- 
kened by pressure (the painful points of Valleix). Some exceptions to 
this rule undoubtedly exist. The arm, the abdomen, the thighs, the 
calves of the legs, and the back, are suitable places. Eulenberg makes 
the assertion that the effect is slower when the injection is made in the 
back, but I have not observed this difference. 



12 HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

IV. 

BY THE VEINS. 

The injection into the veins of medicinal agents is too dangerous a 
procedure to be lightly undertaken, and is admissible only in emergen- 
cies. Formerly, before the introduction of the hypodermic method, the 
injection of medicines directly into the blood was suggested and occa- 
sionally practised in cases of asphyxia, in the collapse of cholera, in the 
insensibility due to narcotic poisons, etc. At present this method is 
restricted within narrower limits. Some remarkable results have been 
obtained by the injection of a saline solution in the veins in cases of 
the collapse of cholera. Unfortunately, the appearances of improve- 
ment, which are very remarkable, are not usually sustained, although 
Little reports five recoveries out of twenty apparently hopeless cases 
treated in this waj 7 . Dr. Hilton Fagge has recently reported a case of 
diabetic coma, in which the injection of twenty-six ounces of a warm 
solution of salines (phosphate and chloride of soda) produced an aston- 
ishing improvement in the condition of the . patient. A suitable saline 
solution for intra-venous injection may be made of phosphate, carbonate, 
and chloride of sodium, dissolved in water at the temperature of 100° 
Fahr. until the specific gravity of 1020 is attained. The instruments 
employed for transfusion of blood may be used for the intra-venous in- 
jection of salines, especially the apparatus of Dr. Aveling for immedi- 
ate transfusion, or the aspirateur modified according to the plan of Dr. 
Howe, of New York, when used for transfusion mediate or immediate. 
In the absence of these, an ordinary Davidson's syringe may be used 
for this purpose by attaching to it suitable canulae. 

Halford, of Australia, has recently practised the injection of am- 
monia into the veins, in the treatment of the bite of venomous snakes. 
He employs one part of the stronger aqua- ammonice to two parts of 
distilled water, the injection being made with an ordinary hypodermic 
syringe. A vein in a convenient situation is selected, the needle is in- 
serted into it, and the solution of ammonia is thrown in gradually. The 
operation may be repeated as necessary, the guide to the repetition of 
the injection being the state of the circulation. Fayrer shows that this 
practice is not successful in the systemic condition caused by the bite 
of the venomous snakes of India, and the special committee of the 
Medical Society of Victoria, appointed to investigate the subject of 
the intra-venous injection of ammonia, report adversely to the claims 
of Halford. The proposer of this expedient has, at least, demon- 
strated the safety of the intra-venous injection of ammonia ; and, 
although his first claim has been shown to be incorrect, the method 
itself has been utilized in other maladies : for example, in choloroform 



TRANSFUSION. 13 

asphyxia^ opium narcosis^ hydrocyanic-acid poisoning, etc. It has 
been used, not with encouraging success, however, in septic states with 
a tendency to the coagulation of the blood in the larger venous trunks. 
Failure of the heart's action and thrombosis of the pulmonary artery, 
postpartum, are also indications for the intra-venous injection of am- 
monia. 

Tkaxsfusiox. — This consists in an operation for substituting healthy 
blood for the abnormal fluid occurring in certain diseases, and for sup- 
plying blood in cases in which a deficiency exists by reason of haemor- 
rhage. Ordinarily the blood of a healthy adult is used in transfu- 
sion, because ever since the time of Blundell it was supposed the blood 
of an animal would not functionate properly in the arterial system, j/ 
This notion is now, however, fully exploded, and Gesellius has es- 
pecially shown, in his elaborate monograph on transfusion, that lamb's 
blood will answer the same purpose in the human system as human 
blood. 

As the red globule is the vivifying constituent of the blood, and as 
the fibrin is non-essential to the most important office, at least, of the 
circulating fluid, it is obvious that defibrinated blood may be used for 
transfusion. According to the statistics collected by Gesellius, of one 
hundred and forty-six cases of transfusion with blood without defibrina- 
tion, seventy-nine, or 54.11 per cent., were successful, and, of one hundred 
and fifteen cases in which defibrinated blood was used, seventy-nine, or 
68.70 per cent., proved fatal. Mr. Higginson, of Liverpool, reports 
thirteen cases occurring under his own observation, in which mediate 
transfusion with pure blood was employed, with the result of six sue 
cessful. The injection of defibrinated blood is free from one source of 
danger — the introduction of clots into the circulation — which, as Panum 
has showm, will be followed by the disastrous result of multiple embo- 
lisms, or thrombus of the pulmonary artery. Separating the fibrin, how- 
ever, renders the blood much less capable of performing its office. The 
necessary agitation in order to coagulate the fibrin injures the blood- 
globules, and the fibrin itself is necessary to prevent transudations and 
the recurrence of haemorrhage. With the improved instruments now 
used for the operation, and with the exercise of the necessary care, 
there need be no formation of clots, the chief danger in the use of blood 
containing its fibrin. 

Transfusion may be mediate or immediate. Mediate transfusion 
consists in the reception of the blood in a suitable vessel, and its trans- i 
ference by means of an injecting apparatus into the veins of the patient. 
Immediate transfusion consists in an apparatus for making direct com- 
munication, from the vein of the person or animal furnishing the blood, 
with the vein of the patient receiving it. A number of appliances have 
been invented for mediate transfusion. Martin, of Berlin, has used in 
his operations a glass syringe provided with a suitable canula for inser- 



14 HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

tion into the vein. Belina invented an apparatus consisting of a re- 
ceiver for the blood, a hand-ball like that of the spray-douche, and a 
flexible tube provided with a stop-cock and canula. Belina, who has 
treated at great length of the operative procedure, decides that all forms 
of syringes are objectionable. Higginson proposed and has used suc- 
cessfully an instrument similar to the enema-syringe invented by him. 
This apparatus can, however, only be used for mediate transfusion. As 
immediate transfusion is to be preferred, as a rule, it were better to be 
provided with a suitable instrument for this operation. The instrument 
invented by Dr. Aveling, and presented to the Obstetrical Society of 
London in 1864, is at the same time the simplest and most effective. 
This consists of a hand-ball and flexible tubes like a Davidson syringe, 
but without valves. There are two canulse attached to either extremity 
of the flexible tubes — one for insertion into the vein furnishing the 
blood, and the other for insertion into the vein receiving it. The small 
size Davidson syringe will answer perfectly well by removing the valves, 
the action of which tends to separate the fibrin, and fitting to the flex- 
ible tubes suitable perforated needles or canula?. In using Aveling's 
instrument it must be first put into water at the temperature of 100° 
Fahr., and it must be filled with warm water, or better, a warm solution 
of phosphate and chloride of sodium of a specific gravity of 1020. The 
object of this is to exclude the air from the apparatus. The next step 
consists in inserting the canula in a vein — usually of the forearm — of the 
person or animal furnishing the blood, and in a position so that the 
blood-current will be in the direction of the current in the patient re- 
ceiving it. Should the veins of the patient be collapsed, the skin over- 
lying those at the elbow may be transfixed and raised, which will bring 
into view a vein into which the canula may be inserted — care being 
used here that the direction of the current shall be toward the heart. 
The canulaa can be held in position by the fingers of assistants. The 
operator compresses the bulb gently, pressing at the same time the sup* 
ply- tube between the thumb and finger of the other hand, in order to 
prevent a reflux of the fluid. "When the bulb is emptied, the delivery- 
tube is pressed between the thumb and finger shifted from the supply- 
tube, and the bulb is allowed to fill with blood from the source of sup- 
ply. In this way, successive charges of fresh blood can be delivered 
without difficulty into the patient's vein. The aspirateur may be used 
in the same way for immediate transfusion, as has been suggested by 
Dr. J. W. Howe, of New York, who has used it successfully. He ad- 
vises the substitution of smaller tubes than those which accompany this 
instrument, and he has devised suitable canulse for the veins. 

The quantity of blood, which it is advisable to introduce, varies from 
four to eight ounces. The smaller amount is generally more successful. 
Too large amount will seriously embarrass the heart. A further precau- 
tion is necessary as to the manner of injection ; force is never necessary 



TRANSFUSION. 15 

and may be very injurious ; the blood should be delivered into the vein 
slow!}- and gently. 

Besides the danger arising from coagulation of the blood and the 
formation of thrombi, immediate bad symptoms or fatal syncope may 
come ou from the introduction of air into the veins. The utmost care is 
necessary to exclude air from the apparatus. Phlebitis may also ensue 
from the injury done to the vein, and the patient's life put in jeopardy 
from this cause, but this is a danger much more remote than the intro- 
duction of air and clots into the circulation. 

As a number of successful cases of transfusion (Gesellius, Hasse, 
and others) have been reported in which lamb's blood was used, the 
practitioner is now justified in its emploj 7 ment, notwithstanding Landois 
has shown by experiment that transfusion of mixed blood does injury to 
the red blood-globules. If lamb's blood is to be used, the animal should 
be sufficiently anaesthetized to keep it quiet, and it should be securely 
tied. A vein may be selected, and immediate transfusion performed 
with Aveling's instrument or with the aspirateur in the mode already 
described. 

Transfusion is especially indicated in cases in which life is put in 
imminent jeopardy by hemorrhage. According to Belina, it is in haem- 
orrhage from abortion, and during the first months of pregnancy, that 
transfusion is most successful. Of thirteen cases of haemorrhage from 
abortion thus treated, according to this author, eleven had a fortunate 
issue. Of the cases of post-partum hcemorrhage — eighty-five in num- 
ber — in which this expedient was adopted, fifty-six resulted favorably. 
Routh, Soden, Hicks, McDonnell, Mudge, Howe, and others, have re- 
ported successful cases, not included in the statistics of Belina. In 
other forms of haemorrhage, hcematemesis, intestinal hemorrhage, epis- 
taxis, etc., in which death by exhaustion is imminent, the operation of 
transfusion is proper. Belina has collected twenty-six cases of trau- 
matic haemorrhage, of which twelve resulted favorably, in two the re- 
sult was doubtful, and twelve terminated fatally. 

Transfusion has also been employed in certain morbid states of the 
blood, but not with encouraging results. Thus, Belina has collected a 
number of cases belonging to this category, of which nineteen terminated 
favorably, in two the result was equivocal, in three temporarily benefi- 
cial, and thirty -nine died. Two very interesting cases of the hemor- 
rhagic diathesis successfully treated by transfusion have been reported 
by Dr. Joseph Buchser, of New York. This form of constitutional 
cachexia is especially an indication for transfusion. In the treatment 
of anemia this operation has not been successful. Thus, three cases 
treated by Stohr, of Wurzburg-, terminated fatally. Cases have also been 
reported by Concato, Cavaleri, and others. Transfusion has been used 
very successfully in cases of carbonic-oxide poisoning (Uterhart, Prof. 
Konig, Prof. Martin), and in phosphorus-poisoning (Prof. Jiirgensen.) 



16 HOW MEDICINES ARE INTRODUCED. 

Eulenburg and Landois advise transfusion in cases of danger to life 
from poisons for which there are no antidotes. It has been recommended, 
in such cases, to abstract blood and to supply fresh blood to the suffer- 
ing organism. Nussbaum has employed transfusion with complete 
success in epilepsy, and it has also been used with favorable results in 
eclampsia due to uremic poisoning. 

Arterial Transfusion. — Prof. Albanese has proposed injection of 
defibrinated blood into an artery, either the radial or posterior tibial, as 
a substitute for the intra-venous injection. The artery is exposed, punct- 
ured, and the blood thrown into it, in the same way as in the operation 
on the vein. It is claimed for this method that thrombosis is less apt to 
occur, and that the danger arising from the introduction of air is obvi- 
ated. When a large amount of blood is necessary, it is more safely 
introduced by the arterial system', because, having to traverse the capil- 
laries before .reaching the right side of the heart, sudden distention of 
this organ is avoided. Prof. Htiter, who has especially advocated this 
method, reports a number of cases successfully performed in this way, 
and Asche has collected a number of others. 

Transfusion of Milk. — The experiments of Donne on animals demon- 
strated the harmlessness of the intra-venous. injection of milk. Hodder, 
of Canada, was the first to employ this expedient on man ; and, of three 
cases of cholera collapse which he thus treated, two recovered. Thomas, 
of New York, has also transfused milk with success in post-partum 
hemorrhage ; and Wagstaff has failed twice with the same method in 
traumatic hemorrhage. It is in a high degree probable that milk will 
succeed, quite as well as blood, in the operation of transfusion. The 
rules governing the operation of transfusion are the same, whatever 
may be the nature of the fluid injected. 

Authorities referred to : 

Albanese. Berliner Jclinische Wochenschrift, 1870, p. 470. 

Asche. Die neuern Mittheilungen uber Transfusion des Blutes, Schmidt's Jahrbucher 
der gesammten Medicin, vol. cl , p. 329. 

Aveling, Dr. J. H. Lancet, vol. ii., 1872, p. 147. 

Belina. Archives de Physiologic, Mi-male et Pathologique, 1870, p. 43, et seq. 

Bennet, J. Hughes. The Practitioner, vol. i., p. 211. 

Brown-Sequard. Lectures on the Diagnosis and Treatment of Functional Nervous 
Affections, part i., Philadelphia, 1868. 

Buchser. The Medical Record, October 1, 1869, p. 337. 

Erlenmeyer. Die subcutanen Injectionen der Arzneimittel, dritte Auflage, Neuwied, 
1866. 

Eulenburg. Die hypodermatische Injectionen der Arzneimittel, zweite Auflage, Berlin, 
1867. 

Eulenburg und Landois. Ueber des Transfusion des Blutes, as quoted by Belina. 
Fagge. Guy's Hospital Reports, vol. xix., 1874, p. 173. 

Gesellius. Die Transfusion des Blutes, eine historische, Jcritische und physiologische 
Studie, St. Petersburg, 1873. 

Halford. Medical 'Times and Gazette, vol. x., 1870, pp. 83, 278. 



TRANSFUSION. 17 

Hicks. Qwfs Hospital Reports, L869, p. 1. 

IIigginson. Liverpool Medical and Surgical Reports, vol. v., p. 104. 
Huter. Berliner hlinische Wochenschrift, 1870, p. 470. 
Jurqensen. Berliner hlinische Wochenschriftj 1871, No. 21. 
Little. The Medical Times and Gazette, London, 18G7, p. 354. 
Lanpois. Berliner CcntralLlatt. Abstracted in Schmidt's Jahrbuchcr. 
McDonnell. Dublin Quarterly Journal, May, 1870. 

Pamwi. Experimentelle Uhtersuchungenueber Transfusion, Transplantation oder Sub- 
stitution des Blutes, Virchow's Archiv, xxvii., p. 249. 
Routh. The Medical Times, 1849, p. 144. 
Soden. Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, vol. xxxv., p. 143. 
Waller. The Practitioner, London, vol. iii., p. 329. 



PAET II. 

THE ACTIONS AND USES OF REMEDIAL AGENTS. 



THOSE USED TO PROMOTE CONSTRUCTIVE 

METAMORPHOSIS. 

ALIMENTS. 

This extensive subject can, in this work, be considered briefly only, 
and from the point of view of therapeutics. The various aliments are 
of the first importance as remedial agents. No satisfactory repair of 
diseased or wasting tissues can take place without a suitable supply 
of healthy blood, and healthy blood is the product of proper food and 
normal digestion and assimilation. 

Animal.— One of the most important articles of diet for the sick is 
JBeef, and it should be of good quality : the bone should not exceed 20 
per cent. ; the fat should be firm, not yellow, and free from blood, and 
should not be in too great' proportion relatively ; the muscle should be 
firm without being tough, not too pale, nor dark colored, and should not 
present any marbling or lividity on cross-section. The most esteemed 
parts of the beef are the thigh and hip (round, sirloin, fillet), the loin 
and certain parts of the shoulder (rib roast, porter-house steak, etc.). 
The composition of beef, according to Moleschott's mean of the Con- 
tinental analyses, is as follows (Parkes) : 

Water 73.4 

Soluble albumen and hsematin 2.25 

Insoluble albuminous substances 15.2 

Gelatinous substances 3.3 

Fat 2.87 

Extractive matters 1.38 

Creatine 0.068 

Ash 1.6 

The ash contains chlorides of sodium and potassium, potash, soda, lime, 
magnesia, iron (oxide or phosphate), phosphoric acid, sulphuric, chlorine. 



ALIMENTS— ANIMAL. 19 

and silica. The composition of cooked meat, according to Moleschott 
(Parkcs), is as follows : 

Water 54. 

Albuminates 27.6 

Tats 15.45 

Salts 2.95 

It will be perceived from the foregoing analyses that beef contains ali- 
mentary principles the most important for the nutrition of the body. 
When of good quality, neither too old nor too young, the fat and mus- 
cle suitably proportioned, and not altered by disease, and properlj- 
cooked, it is the best of the animal foods. 

Veal is less digestible and less nutritious than beef, and has a laxa- 

.... 
tive action, which may, however, be utilized in states of disease. It ^ 

is more albuminous than, fibrinous and abounds in gelatine (Fonssa- 
grives). The thymus gland of the veal (sweetbread) is, when "plainly 
cooked (by boiling) and moderately seasoned, a very agreeable and suit- 
able dish for the convalescent." — (Pereira.) 

Jfictton, although possessing a lower degree of nutritive value than 
beef, is one of the most useful of the animal foods, as it is easily digested. 
Many patients, however, experience a marked degree of repugnance to 
mutton and cannot be induced to make use of any article of diet contain- 
ing it. An evident idiosyncrasy exists in some constitutions against it, 
so that taken disguised in any way it disagrees with the stomach. It 
does not continue long in favor as the exclusive article of the meat por- 
tion of the diet, even with those who relish it for occasional use. 

Pork contains more fatty matter and more often disagrees than the 
meats above described. Many dyspeptics cannot make use of it in any 
form : on the other hand, breakfast bacon may be much relished and be 
easily borne. Pork is rarely prescribed as a diet for the sick, but, for 
convalescents, roasted sucking pig, which is easily digested, may be 
ordered to vary the food and to stimulate a languid appetite. 

Venison is more easily and quickly digested than beef, but does not 
possess the same nutritive value. It is useful as an occasional article 
of diet for the state of convalescence and during a course of special 
animal diet, but for habitual consumption is not equal to beef. 

The domestic Chicken is a most important article of food for sick and 
convalescents. The taste is agreeable, the tissues soft and easy of 
mastication and digestion. " Spring chickens " are more tender and deli- 
cate than the fully-developed fowl of four or six months. Next to the 
chicken in point of digestibility is the domestic turkey, and after this 
the domestic goose and duck. Certain " game birds," e. g., the prairie- 
chicken, wild-ducks, woodcock, snipe, are frequently prescribed for con- 
valescents, and possess a high degree of nutritive value, but are not, 
of course, adapted for habitual use. 



20 



RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 



The viscera of certain animals are sometimes employed as food. 
Allusion has already been made to " sweetbreads," the thymus of the 
calf. The brain, tongue, heart, liver, kidneys, and alimentary canal, are 
occasionally eaten, but are not frequently prescribed for the sick. 
Brain is easily digested, and, as it contains fats in combination with 
phosphorus, may be usefully prescribed in conditions of disease in 
which these constituents are presumed to be deficient in amount. 
Liver, as ordinarily prepared by frying, is very trying to weak stomachs, 
but this food contains matters which may be utilized in certain diseased 
states. According to Braconnot (Pereira), the composition of liver is 
as follows : 

Brown oil, containing phosphorus 3.89 

Nitrogenous matter , 6.07 

Albumen 20.19 

Salts 1.21 

Water 68.64 

Kidneys, especially as ordinarily prepared, are very difficult of 
digestion, and are unsuited for the sick. As they contain a notable 
quantity of urea and other excrementitious matters, they are for this 
reason objectionable articles of diet. Tripe, the stomach of ruminants, 
is very easily digested and very nutritious, when prepared in the simple 
way, only, which is advisable for invalids. It consists largely of albu- 
men. 

In order to test the relative value of the animal foods considered in 
the foregoing pages, Marchal de Calvi (Fonssagrives) made a series of 
elaborate examinations to determine the proportion of water and fat to 
the solid. The results were as follows : 



First Analysis. 



Second Analysis. 



ANIMAL FOODS. 


Solid Matters. 


Water. 


Solid Matters. 


Water. 


Pork 


294.50 

277.00 
265.50 
263.50 
260.00 


705.50 
723.00 
734.50 
736.50 
740.00 


302.50 
275.00 
263.50 
263.00 
255.50 


697.50 


Beef. 


725.00 


Mutton 


736.50 


Chicken 


737.00 


Veal 


744.50 



These analyses assign to pork the first position. In another series 
of experiments M. Marchal used ether to dissolve the fat contained in 
the fibres of these meats. His results are expressed in the following 
figures : 



ANIMAL FOODS. 


Matters soluble in Ether. 


Matters insoluble in Ether. 


Beef. 


25.437 
14.070 
59.743 
29.643 

28.743 


249.563 




248.930 


Pork 


2-42.757 


Mutton ~ , 


233.857 


Veal 


226.757 



ALIMENTS— ANIMAL. 21 

According to these experiments, from the chemical point of view, 
beef has the highest nutritive value, chicken ranks second, and is but 
little inferior to beef, while veal is the lowest. 

There are certain substances of animal origin which possess great 
importance as dietetic agents, viz., eggs, and milk and its products. 

Eggs. — The following observations refer to the eggs of the domes- 
tic chicken. The egg is composed of four distinct parts : the shell ; 
the membranous envelope of the albumen ; the white ; the vitellus, or 
the yellow. The envelope of the albumen contains nitrogen and sul- 
phur, and phosphate of lime remains after incineration. The white or 
the albumen contains in 100 parts : 

Albumen 12 to 15 

Matter not coagulable 5 

Water 80 

The residue after incineration of -the albumen is composed of phos- 
phates and sulphates of lime and magnesia, and alkaline carbonates. 
The yellow is a phosphorated fatty matter suspended in water by 
means of an albuminous substance known as vitelline. The yellow 
contains 53.78 parts of water, 17.47 of albumen, and 28.75 of fatty 
matter. According to Gobley (Fonssagrives, from whom most of these 
details have been obtained), the yellow has the following chemical con- 
stitution : 

Water 51.486 

Vitelline 1 5.760 

Margarine and oleine 21.304 

Cholesterine 0.438 

Margaric and oleic acids 7.226 

Phospho-glyceric acids 1.200 

Sal-ammoniac 0.034 

Salts 7.299 

Extracts 0.400 

Ammonia, nitrogenized matters, coloring matter, lactic acid. . . 0.833 

Eggs consumed by the sick should be fresh and sound. The average 
weight is about two ounces avoirdupois. According to Parkes, the fol- 
lowing are tests of the freshness and soundness of eggs : 

" Fresh eggs are more transparent in the centre ; old ones at the 
top. Dissolve one ounce of salt in ten ounces of water: good eggs 
sink, indifferent swim. Bad eggs will float even in pure water." 
Fonssagrives recommends the same tests. Eggs coated with beeswax 
dissolved in warm olive-oil (one-third beeswax two-thirds olive-oil) it 
is said may be preserved for two years. 

Eggs raw, or better, whipped, are the most digestible of alimentary 
substances, and, as their composition indicates, possess a very high de- 
gree of nutritive value. 



22 RESTOEATIVE AGENTS. 

Milk is one of the most important articles of food for the sick, and 
\ enters largely into the composition of various diets. It is constituted 
essentially of four elements — albuminoid, fatty, saccharine, and saline — 
and therefore contains all the materials necessary for the growth and 
v, nutrition of tissues. The nitrogenous constituent is caseine, an albu- 
minoid substance, but which differs from ordinary albumen in that it is 
combined with a larger proportion of alkali, and is not coagulable by 
heat. The fatty element is butter, which contains several neutral fats. 
The composition of butter is not exactly the same in all kinds of milk, 
the difference being due chiefly to a volatile principle upon which the 
special taste of each variety depends. The saccharine element is a crys- 
' / tallizable sugar, known as lactine or lactose, a substance w 7 hich easily 
decomposes into lactic acid by a process of fermentation in which the 
caseine plays the part of a ferment. The mineral constituents of milk 
are, chlorides of sodium and potassium, phosphates of lime, soda, mag- 
nesia and iron. The most important of these is the phosphate of lime. 
The amount of these salts varies from .5 to .8, and rarely exceeds one 
per cent. (Parkes). The French commission, appointed by the Prefect 
of Police of Paris, reported upon the analyses of milk made in various 
countries, and concluded that the following figures represent the com- 
position of this fluid when of good quality (Tardieu) : 

Water 87 

Total solids , 13 

Caseine, Extractive 

Matters, and Salts. Butter. Lactine. 

Solids. 4.00 4.00 5 

The commission fixed the minimum standard of good milk at — 

Water 88.50 

( Caseine, extractives, and salts 4.00 

Solids 11.50 -j Butter 2.70 to 3.00 

( Lactine 4.50 

When perfectly fresh, milk is usually neutral in reaction, or it may 
be a little alkaline. After a short time — especially in summer — it be- 
comes acid by a process of fermentation in which the lactine is con- 
verted into lactic acid, and the caseine coagulates. The fluid portion 
is called ivhey, and the semi-solid caseine curds. By the fermentation 
of mare's-milk an alcoholic liquor, named koumiss, is prepared in Tar- 
tary, and has been introduced into medical practice as a remedy for 
phthisis. 

The proportion of cream in good, milk ranges from 10 to. 15 per 
cent, by volume. By churning, the fat of the cream is collected and is 
then known as butter. This important article of food has the following 
composition (Fonssagrives) : 



-^1 



ALIMENTS— ANIMAL. 23 

Margarine 68 

Butyroline 30 

Butyrine, caprine, and caproine 2 

Butter readily undergoes decomposition — becomes rancid — capric 
and butyric acids separating from the base glycerine. This process is 
one of fermentation, and is favored by air, light, and imperfect separa- 
tion of milk in the process of churning. Rancid butter, it need hardly 
be observed, is not suitable for food. 

After the process of churning, which separates the butter, the re- 
sultant liquid, known as buttermilk, contains the caseine, lactine, and 
the salts, and is therefore a nutritious article of food. 

As the milk of other animals than the cow is sometimes prescribed 
in medical practice, the comparative chemical constitution of this fluid 
should be studied. The following table (Pereira) shows at a glance 
the difference in composition of the milk from several animals : 



CONSTITUENTS. 


Cow. 


Ass. 


Goat. 


Woman. 






4.48 
3.13 
4,11 

0.60 

8*7.02 


1.82 
0.11 
6.08 
0.34 
91.65 


4.02 
3.32 
5.28 
0.58 
86.80 


1.52 
3.55 
6.50 
0.45 
87.98 








Salts 













Whenever fresh and pure milk can be procured, this only should be 
prescribed for the sick, but in large cities it is not always practicable to 
obtain it. Under these circumstances " condensed milk " must be used. 
This preparation is made by evaporation of the water of the milk and 
the addition of some sugar. It is found in two forms, dependent on the 
extent to which the abstraction of water is carried : as a granular solid 
and as a soft semi-solid. The addition of warm water to the condensed 
milk furnishes a palatable fluid, of the appearance and composition of 
fresh warm milk. 

Fresh milk, boiled and corked up in bottles to exclude the air, will 
keep for a considerable length of time. To prevent fermentation, some 
sulphite of lime may be added to it. For temporary preservation of 
milk in the summer-time, especially when intended for food for infants, 
a little bicarbonate of soda and sugar may be used. 

Cheese contains all the constituents of milk, except the water and 
some salts and lactine removed by expression. In the preparation of 
cheese the caseine of the milk is coagulated by rennet, the butter and a 
portion of the lactine and salts are entangled in the meshes of the 
caseine, and the mass is subjected to powerful compression. The pe- 
culiar flavor and quality of the cheese depend upon the nature and rich- 
ness of the milk, and upon certain fermentative changes which take 
place, developing volatile, odorous, and sapid constituents. The fol- 



24 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

lowing table of the composition of cheese illustrates its nutritive 

qualities : 

Water 36.8 

Albuminates 33.5 

Fats 24.3 

Salts 5.4 

It is evidently a concentrated food. The digestibility of cheese de- 
pends in part on its freshness, in part on its composition. When fresh 
and of good quality, it does not ordinarily disagree with the stomach. 
A small quantity of cheese taken after dessert in some cases assists 
digestion ; but many dyspeptics and persons of weak digestion cannot 
make use of it under any circumstances. 

Koumiss. — This is a fluid obtained from mare's-milk by fermenta- 
tion, and constitutes the principal part of the food of the people inhab- 
iting a portion of Tartary. It contains alcohol, lactic acid, sugar, 
caseine, fat, salts, carbonic acid, and water. In addition to these con- 
stituents, ascertainable by chemical analysis, koumiss contains fragrant 
compounds, volatile, the product, probably, of the decomposition of the 
fat and the reaction of the acids on the alcohol, forming ethers. Kou- 
miss of good quality may also be prepared from cow's-milk by the pro- 
cess of fermentation, but, as mare's-milk is more nearly allied to human 
milk in composition, it is to be preferred in the preparation of this ali- 
ment. By variations in the method of preparation, different kinds of 
koumiss are produced, as, for example, thick koumiss, whey-koumiss, 
skimmed-koumiss. According to the different stages to which the pro- 
cess of fermentation is carried, there result three degrees of quality, No. 
1, No. 2, and No. 3. No. 2 differs from No. 1 in containing more alcohol 
and carbonic acid, and less sugar and caseine. These constituents, 
especially the carbonic acid, impart a liveliness to the fluid, so that it 
effervesces like champagne. In No. 3 the fermentation having proceeded 
further, butyric, succinic, and acetic acids are produced, and the spar- 
kling quality is enhanced. 

Koumiss is prepared from milk, by the addition of a ferment — some 
koumiss obtained from a previous fermentation or dried koumiss. It 
is allowed to ferment three days at a temperature of from 70° to 80° 
Fahr. It is then a bluish-white liquid, having a sharp, acidulous taste, and 
none of the characteristics of ordinary milk. If heated to 100° Fahr., 
fermentation is definitely arrested. If before being heated it is bot- 
tled, products corresponding to 1, 2, and 3, named above, are the re- 
sult. Allowed to stand after three days' fermentation, it separates 
into three layers : the inferior, caseous ; the. middle, an acid water ; and 
the uppermost, a whitish fluid, the best koumiss. The alcoholic strength 
is of course determined by the stage of fermentation. The koumiss of 
two days' fermentation is feeble in strength, and hence the product of 
three days' fermentation is preferable for medicinal use. 



ALIMENTS— ANIMAL. 



25 



The quantity of koumiss administered depends on the condition of 
the patient. In cases of feeble digestion, this being the only article of 
of food, an ounce every hour will be a sufficient quantity. With in- 
creased facility in its digestion and assimilation, from a quart to a gal- 
lon a day may be taken. When it is used in connection with other food, 
a tumblerful may be administered after each meal. It is estimated 
that each quart of koumiss contains four ounces of solid food. 

The tolerance of the stomach to koumiss is remarkable, even in cases 
of gastralgia. It improves the appetite, and excites the action of the 
kidneys. The patients experience a pleasing exhilaration, due probably 
to the combined action of the carbonic acid and the alcohol. Decided 
intoxication undoubtedly may result from the use of a large quantity 
by any one unaccustomed to it. It also causes somnolence during the 
day, and favors sleep at night without leaving any after-headache. Its 
most important action is the increase of the body nutrition ; and hence 
its utility in the treatment of phthisis, indigestion, and the various ca- 
chexia?. Jagielsky says that he has had patients gain as much as ten 
pounds a month when no other food was taken. 

Fish. — A great many varieties of fish are used as foods to which it is 
necessary to allude in general terms only. Salted fish is not a suitable 
article of food for the sick : it is difficult of digestion, and possesses 
but slight nutritive value. Fresh fish, however, properly cooked, is, as 
a rule, easy of digestion, and furnishes a pabulum of a valuable kind in 
diseases of certain textures. The following is the composition of fish as 
compared with beef, according to the analysis of Fr. Schulze : 



CONSTITUENTS. 



Fibrine, cellular tissue, nerves, and vessels 

Albumen 

Alcoholic extract and salts 

Aqueous extract and salts 

Phosphates 

Fats and loss 

Water 



Beef. 



Fish. 



15 


12 


4.3 


5.2 


1.3 


1 


1.6 


1.7 


traces. 


traces. 


1 


« 


Ti.o 


80.1 



The commonly-received opinion, that fish is a more highly-phosphorated 
food than beef, does not receive support in this analysis. White-fish, 
shad, bass, and fresh mackerel, are more suitable for the sick than cod, 
salmon, or eels. They should be prepared and eaten as soon as possible 
after being taken from the water, and should be either broiled or boiled. 
Only at the time of the ripening of the milt and roe are fish in a suit- 
able condition for the dietary of invalids. At the time of spawning, and 
immediately after, the flesh of fish is watery and semi-gelatinous. 

Oysters rank among the most digestible of foods, and are usually 
easily borne by the most delicate stomach. According to Fonssagrives 
the French oyster contains about 12.6 parts of solid matters, consisting 



26 KESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

of osmazome, chlorides of sodium and magnesium, sulphates of lime 
and magnesia, fibrine, albumen, and gelatine. They are more easily and 
quickly digested when eaten raw, or broiled, but stewed is the most 
common form for use in disease. In cases of great irritability of the 
stomach, the most easily-borne oyster-soup is prepared by the addition 
of the liquor to boiling milk. 

Vegetable. — The most important members of this class of foods are 
the cereal grains — wheat, rye, corn, rice, buckwheat, oats, and barley. 
The universality of its consumption and its nutritive value place wheat- 
bread in the first position as an article of diet. The composition of 
wheat-flour is as follows : 

Water 14 

Fatty matters 1.2 

Gluten 12.8 

Albumen 1.8 

Dextrine, sugar 7.2 

Starch 59.7 

Cellulose 1.7 

Salts (potash, soda, lime, magnesia, phosphoric acid, etc.) 1.6 

In the preparation of wheat-flour, the bran is separated. Important 
constituents of the wheat are thus removed, as the following analysis 
of the bran shows : 

Water 10.3 

Fatty.matters 2.82 

Gluten 10.84 

Albumen v 1.64 . 

Dextrine, sugar - . 5.8 

Starch ..22.62 

Cellulose 43.98 

Salts ' 2.52 

The internal envelope of the wheat-grain contains also a ferment, 
known as cerealine, which has very active properties. As the propor- 
tion of bran to flour is as sixteen to eighty, it is obvious that consider- 
able loss accrues in the preparation of superfine flour. "Wheat-bread 
made from superfine flour is easy of digestion, owing to its lightness and 
sponginess permitting a rapid diffusion of the gastric juices through 
every part of it. Most of it is also available for nutrition ; there is 
little residuum ; hence the constipation which attends its use in large pro- 
portion relatively to the other constituents of the diet. When flour is 
unbolted (bran not separated), an increase of nutritive value is obtained, 
at the expense, however, of digestibility. A large part of the bran, 
probably, resists the action of the gastric juice, and hence, irritating the 
mucous membrane, increases by reflex action the secretions and peri- 
staltic movements 



ALIMENTS— VEGETABLE. 37 

Whole wheat-grains, under the name of " cracked wheat" is fre- 
quently prescribed as an article of diet for invalids. It is boiled until 
the envelope of the grain is burst open, and is eaten with cream and 
sugar. Obviously such a combination forms a food of great excellence. 
The special advantage which it possesses, besides its nutritive value, is 
its laxative action. 

Ordinarily, wheat-bread made of superfine flour is to be preferred 
for the use of invalids. To obviate the constipating action of such bread, 
and to obtain a laxative effect, various expedients are adopted. Bran, 
rye, and corn meal, and, in some kinds of bread, molasses, are added to 
the dough, forming those varieties known as Graham bread, brown 
bread, and Boston brown bread. 

The important quality of lightness is imparted to wheat-bread by 
thorough incorporation of carbonic-acid gas with the dough. Two pro- 
cesses are employed for this purpose : By the addition of yeast, fermen- 
tation takes place at the expense of a portion of the starch, and carbonic 
acid and alcohol are produced. By mechanical means, carbonic acid 
obtained from other sources is mixed with the flour. The latter is 
known as " aerated bread." Obviously, the mechanical process is more 
economical because there is no loss of flour. It furnishes usually a 
lighter and drier bread, and is more easily digested. Bread made by 
the fermentation process is not unfrequently moist and heavy, and sour, 
because the fermentation has proceeded beyond the alcoholic stage. 
" French bread " is lighter, drier, and better baked, than ordinary baker's 
fermented bread. Warm, fresh bread is not suitable for invalids. It 
cannot be so perfectly masticated as older bread, and, not reaching the 
stomach in a state to permit diffusion through the mass of the gastric 
juices, lies unchanged for hours. 

According to Smith, the ultimate composition of wheat-bread is a8 
follows : 

Water 37 

Starch 47.4 

Sugar 3.6 

Fat 1.6 

Salts 2.3 

Macaroni stewed in milk is sometimes prescribed for the sick. 
Prepared with butter, cheese, and condiments, it is not an appropriate 
food for invalids. In composition it consists chiefly of gluten, and of 
course starch — but in less proportion than in bread — and of fat. The 
cylindrical tubes in which it occurs are formed by passing the paste of 
flour (gluten) through perforated plates. 

Bread requires from three and a half to four hours for complete 
digestion. Brown bread digests somewhat more slowly. 

Barley is but rarely used as food in this country. It is occasionally 



28 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

prescribed for the sick in the form of infusion — a demulcent drink — and 
is frequently added to soup. It has the following composition (Smith) : 

Water 15. 

Starch 69.4 

Sugar 4.9 

Fat 2.4 

Salts 2.0 

Albuminous substances 6.3 

Rice is one of the most digestible of vegetable foods, requiring, when 
boiled, about one hour. Its nutritive value is not equal to wheat, be- 
cause it consists chiefly of starch. The following is its proximate con- 
stitution : 

Water , 13 

Nitrogenous matter 6.3 

Starch 79.1 

Sugar 0.4 

Fat , 0.Y 

Salts 0.5 

Rice-water, or decoction of rice, like the corresponding preparation 
of barley, is used as a demulcent drink in fevers and intestinal disorders. 
Boiled rice is frequently prescribed as a diet for invalids with weak di- 
gestion, and is enriched by the addition of milk and cream, and eggs 
(rice-pudding). 

A comparison of its chemical composition with that of wheat or 
corn will show that it is by no means equal to them in nutritive value. 
It is obviously unfitted to sustain life alone, and hence in rice-eating 
countries it is mixed with fat or other foods supplying principles in 
which it is deficient. 

Corn has the following composition (Letheby, Smith) : 

Water 14 

Nitrogenous matter (albumen) 11 

Starch 64. 1 

Sugar 0.4 

Fat 8.1 

Salts . 1.1 

It is not so readily digested as starch, requiring about three hours. 
Corn, when green, is prepared for the table by boiling, and is eaten with 
salt and butter, or milk. If young and tender, and sufficiently cooked, 
it is a digestible and nutritious food ; but, if the grain is too mature, it 
resists the action of the intestinal juices, and passes unchanged. 

The mature grain, deprived of. the heart and husk, is known as 
hominy. Thus prepared and thoroughly boiled it is an esteemed 
article of diet, ranking in nutritive value a little above boiled starch. 
Mush is boiled corn-meal, and is eaten with milk, and is sometimes fried. 



ALIMENTS— VEGETABLE. 09 

It is important that mush be well cooked. Corn-meal is also eaten 
in the form of bread and cakes. These various preparations of corn are 
liable to cause intestinal disorders, and are hence improper in cases of 
irritable mucous membrane, and in diarrhoeal diseases. For this reason 
corn-bread is sometimes prescribed in cases of constipation dependent 
on diminished secretion of the intestinal mucous membrane, and torpor 
of the muscular layer of the bowel. The starch of corn is not unfre- 
quently prepared for invalids in the form of hlanc-mange. 

Oatmeal corresponds in physical qualities and composition to corn- 
meal. Its proximate composition, according to Smith, is as follows : 

Water 15 

Nitrogenous matter 12.6 

Starch 58.4 

Sugar 5.4 

Fat 5.6 

Salts 3.0 

It is not at all generally used as an article of diet in this country. 
It is prescribed in the form of gruel as a delicate food. Boiled for a 
long time, the oatmeal swells up and thickens, forming 1 a blanc-?nanr/e, 
which may be eaten with milk, or butter, or cream, and sugar and aro- 
matics. 

The Potato, next to wheat, is the most important food derived from 
the vegetable kingdom. Its composition is affected by its source and 
variety, and by the soil in which it is grown. The specific gravity of 
the potato affords an index of its nutritive value, for, the heavier, the 
greater the quantity of starch it contains. For the sick, watery pota- 
toes are unsuitable. When cooked, the tuber should be mealy and drv- 
The following is the composition of the potato : 

Water 15 

Nitrogenous matter 2.1 

Starch 18.8 

Sugar 3.2 

Fat 0.2 

Salts 0.7 

According to some authorities, the potato contains free citric acid. 
The salts are rich in potash. According to Letheby, the composition 
of sweet-potato is as follows : 

Starch 16 

Sugar 10 

Albumen 1.5 

Gum 1.1 

Fat. 0.3 

Salts , 2.9 

Water 68.2 



30 



SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 



These analyses indicate that the sweet potato possesses the higher 
nutritive value. 

Starch, Sago, Arrow-root, and Tapioca, differ from the preceding 
vegetable foods, in that they contain no nitrogen. They are digested 
in from one to two hours. They are largely used in the preparation of 
diets for the sick, but are insufficient in themselves to maintain for any 
considerable period the vital functions. Hence they are prepared and 
eaten with sugar, milk, cream, butter, and aromatics. 

Turnips, Parsnips, Carrots, Onions, Asparagus, Beets, Cauliflower, 
and Cabbages, are but rarely prescribed for the sick. Nevertheless, 
some information in regard to their composition and digestibility may 
not be misplaced. According to Smith, the following represents the 
composition of 



Turnips. 


Carrots. 


Parsnips. 




91 




83 




82 




2.1 




6.1 




. 5.8 


Nitrogenous matter. 


1.2 


Nitrogenous matter. 


1.3 


Nitrogenous matter. 


1.1 


Fat 


— 


Fat 


. 0.2 


Fat 


0.5 




5.1 




. 8.4 




. 9.6 


Salts 


0.6 




1.0 


Salts 


. 1.0 



Beets differ from the above chiefly in the quantity of sugar. The 
following is the analysis of Payen : 

Water 83.5 Nitrogenous matter 1.6 

Sugar 10.5 Pectose, etc 0.8 

Salts and pecten , 3.7 

All of the members of this group are deficient-in nutritive value, 
and are besides slow and difficult of digestion, requiring from three to 
five hours for complete solution. 

Ripe fruits, as grapes, apples, pears, peaches, oranges, lemons, etc., 
possess but little nutritive value, as they contain only about 10 to 15 
per cent, of solid matters. In composition they are represented by 
sugar, free acid (tartaric, citric, etc.), nitrogenous matters, and salts. 
They differ, of course, in the peculiar flavoring matters which give to 
each fruit its special taste. Dried fruits, as dates, figs, and raisins, are 
relatively much more nutritive, because they contain a larger percentage 
of sugar. Under the head of dietetic management of diseased states, 
some further remarks will be made on the use of the fresh and dried 
fruits. 



SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 

The food-supplies to the organism may be so managed as to secure 
very definite therapeutical results. By increasing or diminishing the 
whole amount of foods ingested, by variations in the quality and char- 



DEXUTRITION. 31 

acter of them, and by the employment of some special and restricted 
methods of feeding", cures are effected not attainable by medicinal treat- 
ment. 

Denutkitiox. — The amount of food necessary for bare subsistence 
has been pretty accurately determined. During the siege of Paris the 
daily ration was at one time reduced to less than ten ounces of bread 
and one ounce of meat daily. Dr. Edward Smith ascertained that the 
daily amount of food barely sufficient to maintain life among the factory 
operatives must contain 2.84 ounces of nitrogenous matter and 19.25 
ounces of carbonaceous. Pettenkofer and Voit give, as the necessary 
amount of food required by an adult when at work, 5.22 ounces of nitro- 
genous and 22.38 of carbonaceous matter. Letheby furnishes the fol- 
lowing table as the result of his investigations on this point : 

Daily Diet for Nitrogenous, Carbonaceous, 

ozs. ozs. 

Idleness 2.6? 19.61 

Ordinary labor 4.56 29.24 

Active labor 5.81 34.97 

The ration of the United States soldiers imprisoned at Andersonville 
consisted of one-third pound of bacon and one pound and a quarter of 
unbolted corn-meal. This amount and quality of food were insufficient 
to maintain the bodily functions in a healthy state, and lience vast num- 
bers died of scorbutus, diarrhoea and dysentery, and hospital gangrene. 
From these data we are enabled to form an estimate of the amount and 
kind of food necessary to maintain life in those cases of disease in 
which it is desirable to apply the method of denutrition. 

Physiological Effects of Insufficient Food. — Intestinal uneasiness, 
more or less pain, borborygmi, and a feeling of hunger, are among the 
first symptoms of an insufficient supply of food. The secretions of the 
intestinal canal diminish, digestion becomes difficult, and constipation re- 
sults. The respiratory movements are diminished in frequency and vol- 
ume, and the exhalation of carbonic acid notably declines. According 1 
to Dr. Edward Smith, while under an ordinary diet the daily excretion of 
carbonic acid amounts to thirty-four ounces, under an almost complete 
abstinence it falls in twentj r -four hours to twenty-two ounces. The 
blood suffers a notable diminution in its amount; the quantity of water 
augments, and the number of blood-globules greatly diminishes. Mean- 
while the blood loses its plasticity, and a tendency to hemorrhagic ex- 
travasations is developed. The urinary secretion also lessens in amount ; 
the urea and uric acid diminish, but the hippuric acid rather increases ; 
the chlorides after some days almost disappear, but the sulphuric and 
the phosphoric acids persist. As a result of the very obvious decline 
in the function of assimilation, the temperature of the body falls some 
degrees below the normal. The functions of the nervous centres under- 
go a marked derangement. Giddiness, vertigo, hallucinations, ensue, 



32 SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 

and are coincident with a fatty degeneration of the cells of the gray 
matter. The subcutaneous fat disappears ; the muscles lose a consider- 
able part of their substance. The muscular substance of the heart 
diminishes proportionally. The bones do not suffer much loss. The 
extreme degree of loss attainable with safety is from 40 to 50 per cent, 
of the average weight. 

Therapy. — Diminution in the gross amount of aliment and a rear- 
rangement of its constituents are of the first importance in the treat- 
ment of obesity. The tendency to obesity may be hereditary or ac- 
quired. In the former it is cured with difficulty ; in the latter a suitable 
regimen will accomplish much. The fat accumulates under the skin, in 
the visceral cavities, and in the interstices of organs. Two doctrines 
have been held by physiologists with regard to the mode of production 
of fat in the organism : one, that' the fat received in the food is simply 
stored up ; the other, that it is also produced by the transformation of 
some of the other constituents of the food. If the first theory contained 
the whole truth, it would be necessary only in the treatment of obesity 
to withdraw from the patient's aliment all fatty substances; but it is 
found in practice that this is insufficient, and that fat is created out of 
the starchy and saccharine elements of the food. Hence it is necessary 
in the treatment of corpulence to interdict not only fats, but the starches 
and sugar. This was the method of Hippocrates ; but it has been re- 
vived in our generation by Mr. Banting, and is now usually called JSan- 
tingism. As a guide to this method of treatment I quote the rules of 
Mr. Banting : 

" For breakfast, at 9 A. m., I take five or six ounces of beef, mutton, 
kidneys, broiled fish, or cold meat of any kind except pork or veal ; a 
large cup of tea or coffee, without milk or sugar ; a little biscuit or one 
ounce of dry toast ; making together six ounces of solid and nine of 
liquid. For dinner, at 2 P. m., five or six ounces of any fish except 
salmon, herring, or eels ; any meat except pork or veal ; any vegetable 
except, potato, parsnip, beet, turnip, or carrot; one ounce of dry toast; 
fruit out of a pudding not sweetened ; any kind of poultry or game, and 
two or three glasses of good claret, sherry, or madeira — champagne, port, 
and beer, forbidden ; making together ten or twelve ounces solid and ten 
liquid. For tea, at 6 p. M., two or three ounces of cooked fruit, a rusk 
or two, and a cup of tea without milk or sugar ; making together two 
to four ounces solid and nine liquid. For supper, at 9 P. M., three or 
four ounces of meat or fish, similar to dinner, with a glass or two of claret 
or sherry and water, making together four ounces solid and seven liquid." 

Sugar, Mr. Banting finds, is one of the most active of fat-forming 
foods. His method consists in the avoidance of sugar, fat, and farina- 
ceous substances — in fact, all roots or vegetables grown underground. 
Although this system was pursued by Mr. Banting with success, it can- 
not always be persisted in without danger. The dietary is wanting in 



DRY DIET. 33 

the amount both of carbonaceous and nitrogenous constituents necessary 
to the healthy action of the organism. Therapeutically it is adapted 
to the end in view — the denutrition of the body ; but it is, physiologi- 
cally considered, unsafe to be long persisted in, because insufficient for 
the work of the body. 

Aneurism, — A low diet, with absolute rest, is of great value in the 
treatment of internal aneurisms. The diet should be only sufficient to 
maintain life. The method of Valsalva consisted in such a diet and fre- 
quent and free bleedings, with rest. The low diet, rest, the hypodermic 
injection of ergotine, and the internal administration of full doses of the 
iodide of potassium, are the measures now resorted to for the relief and 
cure of aneurisms so situated as to be beyond the reach of surgical 
treatment. 

To diminish the Volume of the Foetus in cases of Dystocia has 
been suggested by Merriman, Baudelocque, and Moreau, and was suc- 
cessfully practised in two cases by Depaul. The method consists in 
free abstraction of blood, and the lowest diet consistent with the exist- 
ence of life. At the present time the methods of inducing premature 
labor have been so perfected as to quite take the place of the practice 
of Depaul. 

Syphilis. — It is certainly an eminently rational expedient to relieve 
the organism of a virus by a continuous and gradual molecular destruc- 
tion and a renewal of the anatomical elements. Such is the hunger- 
cure of syphilis, an Arabic method of treating that disease. Very sat- 
isfactory results have been attained by this means ; but the self-denial 
and even suffering which it requires render it exceedingly unpopular 
with patients. 

Dey Diet. — This consists in a decided diminution or a temporary 
total suspension of liquid of all kinds. It is well known that water 
constitutes about two-thirds of the gross weight of the adult body. 
The quantity of water daily lost from the body has been estimated at 
about four and a half pounds. Dalton thinks that fifty-two fluid-ounces 
is the quantity required by a man in full health exercising in the open 
air. The difference between this and the amount of loss is made up by 
the water contained in food, especially in the succulent vegetables. 
Indeed, it is quite possible for the vegetarian, whose diet consists of 
fruits and vegetables, to receive sufficient water in this way for the pur- 
poses of his organism. 

Physiological Effects of Dry Diet. — Besides the tormenting sensa- 
tion of thirst, the food is swallowed with difficulty and the appetite is 
lost. Absorption of the interstitial fluids takes place, and the volume 
of the organs undergoes diminution. The subcutaneous veins flatten, 
and the pulse loses in tension and amplitude; the saliva becomes 
viscid ; the urine reddens and deposits a sediment ; constipation ensues, 
and a rapid emaciation takes place (Fonssagrives). 
4 



34 



SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 



Therapy. — As the withdrawal or decided diminution of fluid causes 
rapid absorption of the interstitial water, this method of treatment may 
be resorted to with advantage in cases of dropsy. It has been used with 
success in dropsical accumulations of the serous cavities, and is adapted 
to the treatment of hydrothorax, hydrops pericardii, and ascites. 

Fonssagrives reports tw T o cases of diabetes insipidus (polyuria) 
decidedly benefited by the dry diet. This method of treatment is in- 
dicated in the first stage of fibroid kidney, in which disease the thirst is 
excessive, the stomach rather intolerant of fluid, and the flow of watery 
urine excessive. 

Dilatation of the Stomach, besides other appropriate treatment, is 
benefited by water-free food. That form of dyspepsia and dilatation of 
the stomach produced by excessive beer-drinking is much improved by 
abstinence from drinks of all kinds. The ice-water dyspepsia, a malady 
quite common during the summer months of this country, may be en- 
tirely relieved by dry diet. 

Vegetable Diet. — The special indications for the use of vegetable 
food are reserved for the sections on diet in special diseases. It is 
necessary, however, to say something here of the grape-cure, a method 
of treatment much in vogue in some parts of France and Germany. 

The grape-cure consists, according to Carriere, of a diet exclusively 
of grapes. They are taken many times a day to repletion. It is usual 
to commence with a pound, and progressively to increase the amount 
to two, three, six, and eight pounds, a limit which is not exceeded. The 
first grape-repast, which may be the most abundant, is in the early morn- 
ing, but not as are the others, eaten in the vineyard. Another is taken 
at the time of the morning meal (corresponding to our breakfast) ; the 
next after the morning walk at the time of the dejeuner (noon), consist- 
ing of bread and water; another before the usual dinner-hour (evening), 
and finally before retiring. The treatment is continued during the five 
or six weeks of the duration of the grape-crop. 

The grape-cure is used with success in plethora of the portal circu- 
lation, diarrhoea, dysentery, hemorrhoids, and engorgement of the 
spleen. It renders much service in the principal dyscrasia?, as scrofula, 
tuberculosis, and phthisis, gout, and cutaneous diseases (Carriere). 
The influence of change of air, of new scenery, and of the hygienic rules 
enforced at these resorts, should not be ignored in an estimate of the 
value of this method. 

The composition of the ripe grape is, according to Smith, as follows : 



Soluble. 

Grape-sugar 13.8 

Tartaric acid 1.12 

Nitrogenous matter .8 

Gum, fat, etc 5 

Salts 36 

Water 79.8 



Insoluble. 

Skins, stones, etc 2.6 

Pectose 9 

Mineral matter .12 



ANIMAL DIET. 35 

The quantity of nitrogenous matter is insufficient for the needs of the 
organism, hence the addition of bread and water to the diet of the 
grape-cure. 

Animal Diet. — The more or less exclusive use of animal food im- 
proves the quality of the blood by increasing the number of the red 
corpuscles. The urine rises in specific gravity, and the urea and uric 
acid are increased in amount. According to Liebig, force in excess is 
developed from a diet of animal food, whence a nation of animal feeders 
must be a nation of hunters, possessing a savage disposition. Those 
who consume largely of animal food are not fat, but have a high de- 
gree of muscular activity. They are tormented by imperious venereal 
desires, and are irritable in temper. 

Therapy. — A diet of animal food is specially indicated and of great 
utility in diabetes. As the vegetables and fruits contain sugar, and 
starch which is readily transformed into sugar, they are interdicted 
in this disease. A method of treating diarrhoea long practised in 
Russia, and popularized by Trousseau, consists in the use of a pulp of 
raw meat. A bit of filet of beef is deprived of all fat and aponeurotic 
fibre, minutely divided, and beaten in a mortar until all traces of fibres 
have disappeared. It is then pressed through a fine sieve and mixed 
with sugar, conserve of roses, or suitable aromatics, or seasoned with 
salt and pepper to the taste. It may be administered in this form with 
fruit-jelly, or spread on thin pieces of bread. A beefsteak hastily 
broiled on a hot fire, so as to retain its juices, may be treated by the 
same method, or the raw beef scraped to a pulp, rejecting the fibre, 
may be thrown on to a hot skillet for a few seconds to give an odor and 
appearance of cooked meat. This method, which has been used especially 
in the treatment of diarrhceal diseases of early life, is equally efficacious 
in the chronic diarrhoea of adults. The chief objection to this mode of 
alimentation is the great frequency with which tape-worm follows. 

In states of debility arising from any cause in which it is necessary 
to supply an easily-digested nitrogenous aliment, raw beef may be used 
in this way. 

Blood is so rich in the elements of nutrition that its employment as 
a food in wasting diseases need not excite surprise. Within a few years 
it has been much used in the treatment of 2^hthisis, the patients resort- 
ing to the butchers' shambles to quaff the blood as it flows away. On 
the part of the patients, it is supposed to possess some special curative 
power ; but it is only as a nutrient that its use is justifiable. Besides 
the unpleasant associations which must necessarily be connected with 
blood-drinking, there is danger of swallowing parasites. That it im- 
proves nutrition, often to a remarkable extent, is undeniable. It must 
therefore remain a question to be decided by the patient whether he 
will incur the risk of infection by parasites, to be benefited by drinking 
a valuable nutrient. 



36 SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 

As the serum of the blood contains the most important of the nutri- 
tive elements of the blood, the use of this has been proposed in lieu of 
the latter, administering one~ounce three times a day. Blood-serum is 
said to be an efficient vermifuge. It must be taken fasting. 

Milk-Diet. — The numerous and important applications of milk-diet 
in the treatment of certain forms of disease render it necessary to de- 
vote considerable space to the consideration of this subject. Milk is a 
food already prepared, and therefore needs no intervention of unskillful 
cooks; it can be obtained everywhere; few patients are disinclined to 
take it. 

Physiological Effects of Milk-Diet. — In the use of a diet for a long 
time exclusively of milk, great difficulty is often experienced in over- 
coming the repugnance of the patient. Although as a rule it is taken 
with readiness at first, after a time it begins to pall upon the appetite, 
and the greatest resolution is necessary on the part of the patient in 
order to continue it. A distressing sense of emptiness is experienced at 
the epigastrium. The mouth becomes pasty, and the tongue is coated 
with a thick, whitish fur. Constipation, sometimes exceedingly obstinate, 
occurs, and the stools are hard and of an ochre-yellow color. Occasionally 
diarrhoea is produced, but this is due to the fact that the milk disagrees 
and is not digested. The urinary secretion is increased in amount, but 
this is due simply to an increased flow of water. Although milk con- 
tains all the constituents necessary for the nutrition of the body, when 
it is used as an exclusive article of diet in the case of those accustomed 
to a full mixed diet, a decided diminution in the weight of the body 
takes place. After a time, however, the waste ceases, and the weight 
continues at a uniform level. The interference of a milk-diet wdth nutri- 
tion is more decided when skimmed-milk is used—a form in which it is 
more usually administered in intestinal disorders. The pulse is quick- 
ened and the arterial tension lowered ; but a fall in the pulse-rate takes 
place when the body ceases to lose weight. A marked degree of debil- 
ity is experienced by some persons, so that they are unable to take ex 
ercise. In two cases in which I used this method with signal success 
— chronic eczema, and chronic ulcer of the stomach — the patients, both 
females, experienced vertigo and faintness, and Mitchell mentions a case 
in which from the same cause he was compelled to discontinue the milk. 
Ordinarily, however, nothing more than weakness is experienced. 

Therapy. — Pecholier, Carel, Mitchell, and all who have treated of 
the milk-cure, insist upon the suspension of all other food and drink. 
The quantity to be taken will vary with the constitutional peculiarities, 
habits of life, and probably the mental condition of the patient. As 
milk requires about three hours for its complete digestion, this furnishes 
a rule for its administration. One gill, or four ounces, every three 
hours, beginning on rising in the morning, is the rule which I have fol- 
lowed with success. As soon as the patient can take a sufficient quan- 



MILK-DIET. 37 

tity, one or two tumblerfuls four times a day may be ordered. From a 
quart to two quarts is the daily amount which will be taken usually by 
the patient. It is better administered slightly warm. 

In many cases of stomach and intestinal disorders, it is better to give 
skimmed-milk. The milk should stand for twenty-four hours in a cool 
place, and then all the cream which has risen should be carefully removed. 
Sometimes, says Pecholier, when crude milk disagrees with or is dis- 
gusting to the patient, it may be boiled. The digestion of the milk, 
says the same authority, when it is poorly borne, may be aided by the 
addition of lime-water, bicarbonate of soda, and other alkalies. Mitchell 
has added lime-water for the first few days under the same circumstances, 
and, in order to overcome the patient's repugnance to the taste, has 
faintly flavored the milk with a little coffee or caramel ; but he prefers 
to give it alone as soon as possible. My own observation has been, that 
milk is better borne when given for the first few days with lime-water, 
in proportion of one-fourth of the latter. 

For the nourishment of infants deprived of their natural food, no 
substitute is better than cow's-milk diluted -with about one-third of 
water and sweetened with sugar, in order more closely to assimilate it 
in composition to the human milk. This should be given at a tempera- 
ture of 100° Fahr., and at intervals of three hours. No other food than 
milk is proper for infants up to the eighth month of life, for their diges- 
tive organs are not adapted to the digestion of the farinaceous foods so 
commonly supplied them. If the milk be rejected, the addition of lime- 
water may enable the infant to retain and digest it. 

In the treatment of disease in the adult with skimmed-milk, the time 
for suspension of the diet depends on several conditions. Carel begins 
to make additions after two or three weeks ; Pecholier when the effects 
sought for in the treatment are obtained. Mitchell formulates his method 
as follows: "My own rule, founded on considerable experience, is this: 
Dating from the time when the patient begins to take milk alone, I wish 
three weeks to elapse before any thing be used save milk. After the 
first week of the period, I direct that the milk be taken in just as large 
amount as the person desires, but not allowing it to fall below a limit 
which, for me, is determined in each case by his ceasing to lose weight. 
Twenty-one days of absolute milk-diet having passed, with such excep- 
tion as I shall presently mention, I now give a thin slice of stale white 
bread thrice a day. After another week, I allow rice once a day — about 
two tablespoonfuls — or a little arrow-root, or both, as circumstances may 
dictate. At the fifth week I give a chop once a day ; and, in a day or 
two, another at breakfast ; and after the sixth week I expect to return 
gradually to a diet w T hich should still consist largely of milk for some 
months." My own rule has consisted in the gradual addition of other 
diet after the cessation of symptoms for which the milk-treatment was 
instituted. 



38 SPECIAL PLAXS OF DIET. 

To overcome the obstinate constipation which sometimes attends the 
milk-cure, a variety of measures have been proposed. Carel advises 
coffee in the morning. Mitchell recommends a half-grain of aloes at 
night, and Saratoga-water in the morning. I find that fifteen drops of 
the tincture of physostigma at night will often succeed, but more fre- 
quently prescribe with success a teaspoonful of Epsom salts dissolved 
in a half-tumberful of ice-water to be taken on rising. 

The milk-cure is especially adapted to the treatment of obstinate 
stomach-affections. It has succeeded admirably in the treatment of 
dyspepsia, gastric catarrh, gastralgia, gastric ulcer, and has procured 
marked amelioration in cases of scirrhus of the stomach. In chronic in- 
testinal indigestion, obstinate and persistent enteralgia, chronic diar- 
rhoea and dysentery, it has proved very efficacious. 

The treatment of ascites by a milk-diet appears to have been of an- 
cient origin, for Hippocrates distinctly refers to it, but the revival of the 
practice in modern times is due to Chrestian,of Montpellier, who demon- 
strated the utility of this practice in a number of cases (Fonssagrives). 
Pecholier and Chairon also report cases of success treated by this 
method. In cases of ascites the result appears to be due to the profuse 
alvine and urinary discharges which are caused by the milk-diet in this 
disease. Pecholier also reports cases of general anasarca due to cardiac 
disease, much benefited by this treatment. In England, Donkin has 
issued a monograph on the skim-milk treatment of albuminuria, with 
successful cases. This method has also been extended to diabetes, and 
reports of cures are not wanting. 

Eczema, connected with acid indigestion, has been successfully 
treated by an exclusive skim-milk diet in my hands, and Mitchell reports 
an analogous case. Gout and gouty affections have also been much 
improved, and the diathesis apparently removed, by a persistent use of 
the milk-cure. Lastly, aneurism and cardiac disease (irregular and 
tumultuous action due to valvular lesions) have been benefited by a 
milk-regimen. 

Whey-Cuke. — This mode of treatment is conducted in the moun- 
tain health-resorts of Switzerland and Germany, and is usually connected 
with the grape-cure. As whey contains so little of the nutritious ele- 
ments of the milk, we may conclude with Lebert that the hygiene and 
climate of these mountain-resorts do everything for the patients, and if 
they improve they do so in spite of the whey. 

Koumiss-Cuke. — Koumiss differs from whey in containing the nutri- 
tive constituents of milk, and from milk itself in the important respect 
that it is in addition an effervescing alcoholic fluid. Koumiss possesses 
great value in the treatment of phthisis, chronic bronchitis, the loio 
stage of fevers, the stage of convalescence from acute diseases, and in 
fact in all adynamic states in which the combined effect of alcohol and 
nutrients may be desirable. 



BUTTERMILK-CUKE. 



39 



Buttermilk-Cube. — To the efforts of Dr. Ballot, of Rotterdam, is 
due the knowledge we now possess of the value of buttermilk as a food 
for infants. The relative composition of buttermilk and mother's-milk 



is given in the following table : 



CONSTITUENTS. 


Buttermilk. 


MolWi-Milk. 




43.8 

23.6 

2.0 

5.6 

921.75 

78.25 

2.75 


34.3 




48.2 




23.3 


Silts 


2.3 




883.6 




116.4 




nil. 







It is probably in consequence of the presence of lactic acid, as Dr. Ballot 
suggests, that buttermilk is easily digested. His manner of preparing 
the food for infants is as follows : To a pint of buttermilk is added a 
spoonful of wheat-flour. This is boiled a few minutes. The pap must 
be thin. To this quantity of buttermilk, after it is boiled, is added half 
a drachm of sugar. It should have a sweet taste. 

In the beginning some teaspoonfuls are given to habituate the infant 
to the smell and taste, but as soon as possible it should be administered 
in a nursing-bottle. The temperature should be about 96° Fahr. When 
the infant acquires a taste for the preparation, it may be given ad libi- 
tum twice a day. 

Buttermilk-cure may be substituted for the milk-cure in cases of 
stomach-disease, in which the former has proved so successful, and in 
cases of albuminuria and diabetes. In consequence of the large propor- 
tion of lactic acid which it contains, buttermilk is more especially indi- 
cated in diabetes. 

Ixfaxt-Feedixg. — It has already been stated that fresh milk of the 
cow is the best substitute for the mother's-milk. Some additional obser- 
vations as to the management of cow's-milk, and as to the substitutes 
therefor, may, however, be necessary. There can be no doubt that cow's- 
milk is better than goats' or asses', as a rule, although there are infants 
who thrive on the two last-named better. In the large cities where it 
is impossible to procure fresh milk, condensed milk is an efficient sub- 
stitute. As in the preparation of this the temperature is raised to near 
the boiling-point of water, it undergoes no change, and can be used 
when fresh milk is not to be procured, or cannot be preserved. Con- 
densed milk is ready for use by mixing it with water in the proportion 
of one teaspoonful of milk to seven of warm water. When the addition 
of lime-water is desirable, it can be added in proper proportion. In the 
author's experience, children, with few exceptions, do well on condensed 
milk. 



40 SPECIAL PLANS OF DIET. 

Caseine is that constituent of milk which is most likely to disagree 
with infants. Dilution with water, lime-water, barley-water, etc., is not 
unfrequently effective in securing the digestion and absorption of the 
caseine ; but some infants are unable to digest it at all. Various expedi- 
ents are resorted to when the caseine fails entirely of digestion. Cream 
diluted with barley-water sometimes succeeds extremely well. The in- 
digestion of the caseine of a given specimen of milk may be due to an 
insufficient quantity of cream ; this defect can be obviated by adding it 
artificially. When the infant is not nourished sufficiently, and yet does 
not pass undigested caseine, the proportion of cream is probably too low. 
To assist the digestion of caseine, Jacobi recommends that a little well- 
sweetened oatmeal-gruel be given the infant befcre taking the bottle, 
or be mixed with the milk. His method of preparing the food is as 
follows : 

" A teaspoonful of either oatmeal or barley is boiled in from three 
to six ounces of water, with some salt, for twelve or fifteen minutes, 
the decoction to be quite thin for very young infants, thicker for later 
months, and then strained through a linen cloth. Infants of four or six 
months are to have equal parts of this decoction, which ought to be 
made fresh for every meal ; and boiled and skimmed cow's-milk and 
sugar are to be added. At an early age, the thin decoction ; at a later, 
the milk ought to prevail in the mixture, which ought to be given at a 
temperature of 80° to 90° ; ought to be neutralized, when acid, with a 
few grains of bicarbonate, or carbonate of potassa or soda, and, until 
infants are eight or ten months old, thin enough to be taken through a 
nursing-bottle." 

Various substitutes have been proposed for cow's-milk; but they 
are at best constructed on doubtful principles, and vary greatly in com- 
position. Liebig's preparation has had the greatest celebrity, because 
of the reputation of its inventor, rather than of its intrinsic merit. It 
is prepared as follows : An ounce of wheat en flour is mixed with ten 
ounces of milk ; it is then boiled for ten minutes, removed from the fire, 
and allowed to cool to 90° Fahr. An ounce of malt-powder containing 
fifteen grains of potassium bicarbonate, and two ounces of water, are 
then stirred into it, and the vessel, covered, stands for an hour and a 
half at a temperature of 100° Fahr. It is boiled for a few minutes 
again, and then strained, when it is ready for use. The object of the 
malt is to transform the starch into glucose. 

Chambers recommends the following w r hen the artificial feeding of 
the infant begins : " Cow's-milk should at first be mixed with half its 
bulk of soft, pure, tepid water, in each pint of which has been suspend- 
ed a drachm of sugar-of-milk, and two grains of phosphate of lime, 
finely-powdered. If the milk has been partially skimmed, as is often 
the case in cities, then a tablespoonful of cream should be added to 
each pint." Smith, whose authority in questions of infant therapeutics 



ALIMENTATION IX DISEASES. 41 

is admitted, also advises the addition of cream to ordinary cow*s-miIk, 
and carbonate of potassa or lime-water. At the expiration of six 
months the milk should be given undiluted. An infant's food should 
always be raised to the temperature of 95° Fahr. Regularity in the 
time of feeding is of very great importance: for the first six weeks, 
every two hours, and subsequently, every three hours. 

ALIMENTATION IN DISEASES. 

Aliment in Acute Inflammations and Fevers. — The febrile state 
induces serious changes in the constitution of solids and liquids. The 
interstitial fat disappears from the tissues, which become soft and watery. 
The muscles become flabby and pale, and decline in contractile energy. 
Digestion is feeble, or suspended, or abnormal, and the food supplied is 
either rejected or enters the blood in an imperfectly-prepared state. 
The blood suffers material alterations ; the red corpuscles diminish in 
number ; the fi brine increases, and the products of imperfect tissue- 
metamorphosis accumulate. The urine is usually scanty, and high- 
colored, and loaded with uric acid and urates. The chlorides more or 
less diminish in or disappear from the urine, but accumulate in the in- 
flamed tissues. The excretion of phosphates is increased. In the tis- 
sues, the seat of organic alterations, rapid but imperfect metamorphosis 
ensues, and on the one side pathological materials crowd the interstices 
in the anatomical elements, and on the other the products of waste 
struggle for elimination. Avoiding further speculation as to the fever- 
process, it will suffice to state that an enormous increase of the urea- 
discharge takes place, and that the organs and tissues of the body 
undergo a granular disintegration, which has been designated " paren- 
chymatous degeneration ; " or, as it may be stated, the increased tem- 
perature of fever represents an enormous consumption of the nitrogenous 
elements. The higher the range of temperature, as a rule, the more 
extensive the parenchymatous degeneration. 

In fevers and inflammations not of the digestive tract, the most 
useful aliments are milk and beef-tea. These should be given at inter- 
vals determined by their rate of digestibility, usually about every three 
hours. Fresh milk only should be used, and, if the stomach be irritable, 
it may be diluted with one-half to one-fourth of lime-water. It has 
been conclusively demonstrated that fresh milk is the most suitable 
aliment in typhoid, and it may be depended on wholly (Johnson). It 
is equally applicable as the aliment in scarlatina, partly as a nutrient, 
and partly as a diuretic, for in this disease one of the chief dangers is 
from arrest of the urinary secretion. 

The author is convinced that beef-tea and beef-essence are too 
exclusively used in the treatment, of the fevers and inflammatory dis- 
eases. As an aliment, beef-tea is much inferior to milk, and it is also 



42 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

more difficult of digestion. It is not unusual to see, in cases of typhoid, 
the beef-tea floating on the peculiar dejections of this disease. It ought, 
therefore, never be used as the exclusive aliment in typhoid cases. 
Another fallacy of a very dangerous kind is current in domestic prac- 
tice, viz., the belief that beef-tea, which gelatinizes on cooling, is espe- 
cially rich in nutritive elements. Such beef-tea consists chiefly of 
gelatine, which has very little value as a nutrient. 

FORMULAS FOR ANIMAL BROTHS. 

" Beef-tea. — A pound of lean beef should be freed from fat, tendon, cartilage, 
bone, and vessels ; it must be chopped up fine, and put in a pint of cold water to 
digest for two hours. It should simmer on the range or stove for three hours, 
but the temperature should not exceed 160° Fahr. The water lost by evapora- 
tion should be made up by the addition of cold water, so that a pint of beef-tea 
should represent one pound of beef. It should be strained, the beef being care- 
fully expressed. A wineglassful every three hours is a suitable quantity for 
administration in ordinary acute cases. 

" Mutton-Broth. — Lean loin of mutton, one pound, exclusive of bone ; water, 
three pints. Boil very gently till tender, throwing in a little salt and onion 
according to taste. Pour out the broth into a. basin, and, when it is cold, skim 
off all the fat. It can be warmed. up as wanted. 

" Chicken- Broth. — Skin, and chop up small, a small chicken, or half a large 
fowl, and boil it, bones and all, with a blade of mace, a sprig of parsley, and a 
crust of bread, in a quart of water, for an hour, skimming it from time to time. 
Strain it through a coarse cullender." 

The digestibility of these animal broths is improved by the addition 
of pepsin and muriatic or lactic acids. Beef-essence, obtained by pound- 
ing finely-divided beef in a mortar until the nutritive elements are 
separated from the fibre, may be administered instead of the broths 
above described. Essence of this kind may be mixed with sherry or 
other wines, whiskey, or brandy, provided alcoholic stimulants be also 
indicated. 

FORMULA FOR DIET-DRINKS. 

" Wine- Whey. — Put two pints of new milk in a saucepan, and stir it over a 
clear fire till it is nearly boiling ; then add a gill of sherry, and simmer for a 
quarter of an hour, skimming off the curd as it rises. Then add a tablespoonful 
more sherry, and skim again for a few minutes. 

" Flaxseed-tea. — Flaxseed, whole, one ounce; white sugar, one ounce; liquor- 
ice-root, half an ounce ; lemon-juice, four tablespoonfuls. Pour on these mate- 
rials two pints of boiling water ; let them stand in a hot place four hours, and 
then strain off the liquor. 

Barley- Water. — Wash two ounces of pearl barley with cold water. Then 
boil it for five minutes in some fresh water, and throw both waters away. Then 
pour on two quarts of boiling water, and boil it down to a quart. Flavor with 
thinly-cut lemon-rind, and sugar to the taste; but do not strain unless at the 
patient's request. 



ALIMENTATION IN DISEASES. 43 

Other foods frequently prescribed for the inflammatory and febrile states 
are wine-whey and " egg-nogg," or " egg-flip/' To a pint of boiling milk add 
four ounces of sherry; strain and sweeten the whey to the taste. This is a 
grateful subacid drink, but slightly nutritive. Egg-nogg may be prepared as 
follows : " Scald some new milk by putting it, contained in a jug, into a sauce- 
pan of boiling water, but it must not be allowed to boil. When quite cold, beat 
up a fresh egg with a fork in a tumbler with some sugar ; beat quite to a froth, 
add a dessert-spoonful of brandy, and fill up the tumbler with scalded milk." 
This may be used in alternation with beef -tea, or exclusively in acute inflamma- 
tory or febrile affections, but the interval of its administration should not be 
shorter than three hours. Milk and egg may be served separately with wine or 
brandy, as follows : " To one tablespoonful of brandy, or one wineglassful of 
sherry, in a bowl or cup, add powdered sugar and a very little nutmeg to taste. 
Warm a breakfast-cup full of new milk and pour it into a spouted jug. Pour 
the contents from a height over the sugar, wine, etc. The milk must not boil." 

" Beat up with a fork an egg till it froths; add a lump of sugar and two 
tablespoonfuls of water ; mix well, pour in a wineglass of sherry, and serve be- 
fore it gets flat. Half the quantity of brandy may be used instead of sherry." 

The foregoing are the most accessible and the most nutritious ali- 
ments for the acute stage of fevers and inflammations. They contain 
the materials necessary to supply the loss taking place in the organism 
at large, and to repair the damage to tissues in the state of inflamma- 
tion. 

Aliments in Diseases of the Digestive Organs. — In acute and 
chronic affections of the digestive organs, especially the latter, the skim- 
milk treatment, already described, possesses the highest value. When 
the trouble is localized to the stomach and is of an acute character, 
only the most easily-digested aliments are borne, as, for example, milk 
and lime-water, barley-water, tamarind-whey, carbonic-acid water, effer- 
vescent lemonade, etc. The following formulaa are useful : 

11 To a tablespoonful of pearl-barley, washed in cold water, add two or three 
lumps of sugar, the rind of one lemon, and the juice of half a lemon. On 
these pour a quart of boiling water and let it stand for seven or eight hours. 
Strain it." 

" Boil an ounce of tamarind-pulp with a pint of milk, and strain." 
" Squeeze two large lemons, and add a pint of spring or cistern water to the 
juice and three or four lumps of white sugar. When required for use, pour 
half of it into a tumbler, and add half a small teaspoonful of carbonate of soda ; 
stir and drink while effervescing." 

In the chronic affections of the stomach, when digestion is feeble, 
especially of the nitrogeneous elements (deficiency of gastric juice), 
such aliments as boiled rice, tapioca, arrow-root, unfermented bread 
(aerated bread), and the farinaceous vegetables, are indicated, for these 
foods are digested chiefly in the small intestine. Cases of acidity and 
heart-burn, dependent on the fermentation of the starchy and fatty ele- 
ments of the food, require abstinence from the articles containing them. 



44 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

The acid fruits and vegetables (apples, peaches, tomatoes, etc.), are to 
be preferred under such circumstances to the farinaceous foods. An 
acid wine (Rhenish or Catawba), taken at the principal meal, will often 
correct the acidity derived from the fermentation of starch and fat. 

In intestinal indigestion, summer diarrhoea, and cholera infantum, 
it is necessary to supply those foods which undergo solution in the 
stomach, in compliance with the fundamental therapeutical principle of 
giving a suffering organ (the intestine) rest. Starches and fats should 
therefore be withheld. Bread, arrow-root, potato, beans, peas, butter, 
and other fats, increase the disease, because on reaching the affected 
organ they are not finally digested, but act as irritants. This result is 
well seen in the summer diarrhoea of infants. Milk, eggs, animal broths, 
broiled or raw beefsteak, oysters, white-fish, are suitable aliments under 
these circumstances. Similar rules obtain in the treatment of jaundice 
from catarrh of the gall-ducts and of biliary concretions. The starches 
and fats are especially active in setting up those local disturbances 
which result in the production of jaundice by extension of the catarrhal 
process from the duodenum along the hepatic duct. The use of fat and 
oil has an immediate result in favoring the crystallization of the choles- 
terine, or in causing inspissation of the bile. 

Cases of chronic diarrhoea are sometimes remarkably benefited by 
a diet of grape-juice, peaches, and such succulent vegetables as tomato, 
celery, and raw cabbage. It is probable that the cases so benefited are 
really scorbutic in character. The author has known many obstinate 
cases of summer diarrhoea of infants to be improved by the addition of 
ripe peaches to the milk-diet. 

A proper regulation of the diet is of great importance in the treat- 
ment of habitual constipation. This usually depends on deficient 
secretion, or torpor (a paretic state) of the muscular layer of the intes- 
tines. Corn-bread, cracked wheat, oatmeal, bread of unbolted flour, 
fruits, and such vegetables as green corn, tomatoes, and celery, are indi- 
cated. Those troubled with habitual constipation, to a moderate extent, 
may overcome it by the daily use at dessert of a few almonds and raisins, 
about six of each. Haemorrhoids due to congestion of the portal vein, 
or to constipation, is much benefited by the grape-cure, or a diet of 
fruits and succulent vegetables. 

Aliment in Cachectic States. — To store up fat in the tissues and 
to increase muscular power, the diet must consist of both nitrogenous 
and carbonaceous elements. The fats themselves hold the first place as 
fat-forming foods. Those most frequently employed for this purpose 
are the fat of meat, butter, olive-oil, cream, and milk. Sugar and sac- 
charine fruits and vegetables rank next in importance as fat-formers. 
The organism has the power of transforming starch into fat, whence 
bread, potato, pastry, rice, arrow-root, etc., belong to this class. The 
malt liquors undoubtedly possess an extraordinary energy in the same 



ALIMENTATION IN DISEASES. 45 

direction, hence the use of beer and ale by nursing-women ; but it is un- 
doubtedly true that milk is better for increasing the production of milk. 
Less force is lost in the conversion of cow's-milk into human milk than 
in the complex process needed for transforming the nutritive elements 
of malt liquor. The same fact is true in regard to the relative facility 
of the appropriation of fatty aliment and of the conversion of saccharine 
and farinaceous food into fat. It is also true that, for the increase of 
muscular power, muscular tissues and juices are more easily applied by 
the organism. 

In the scrofulous, mercurial, plumbic, syphilitic, and paludal ca- 
chexia?, and in phthisis, a combination of the flesh and fat-forming foods 
is necessary. The hunger or denutrition cure, as alreadj 7 explained, may 
be applied to the treatment of these cachexia?, the object being to pro- 
duce such waste and molecular changes as to cause the elimination of 
the morbific matters. On the other hand, the object sought to be ac- 
complished in these states of disease and in phthisis, by improving the 
body nutrition, is to supplant by fresh material the lesions of the ana- 
tomical elements. 

In rickets (mollities ossium) it is necessary to supply a food rich in 
phosphate of lime and other phosphate salts. Oatmeal, bread of un- 
bolted flour, cracked wheat, etc., should be added to the dietary. 

Gout, rheumatism, and the so-called uric acid diathesis, require a 
diet composed chiefly of farinaceous vegetables and acid fruits. Ani- 
mal food and saccharine substances are contraindicated in these disor- 
ders. 

In no disease is the influence of diet more conspicuous for good or 
evil than in diabetes. I have already alluded to the milk-cure, revived 
by the Montpellier school and popularized in England by Dr. Donkin. 
All saccharine substances and fruits and vegetables containing them, and 
all farinaceous foods the starch of which is easily convertible into dex- 
trine and sugar, are injurious in diabetes. In this prohibition are in- 
cluded bread, potato, beets, beans, peas, sugar, milk, pastry, and sweet- 
meats of all kinds. Tomatoes, celery, and raw cabbage, are not objec- 
tionable. In order to compensate for the loss of bread, the greatest dep- 
rivation endured by these diabetics, gluten and almond bread are now 
prepared. To supply the deficiency in the alimentation of diabetics 
caused by the withdrawal of the starch elements of the food, fats must 
be used, as butter, olive and cod-liver oils, fat of meat, cream, etc. 

Nutrient Exemata. — It not unfrequently happens that the stomach 
will not receive and dispose of nutrient materials, when it becomes 
necessary to employ nutrient rectal injections. It has been proposed to 
treat ideer of the stomach by absolute rest of the organ and the intro- 
duction of foods by the rectum. In cases of excessive irritability of the 
stomach the same practice is sometimes necessary. CEsophagotomy 
and gastrotomy, as also wounds of the stomach, may render the use of 



45 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

nutrient enemata indispensable to save life. It should not be forgotten 
that the rectum is not an organ of digestion ; hence nutrient enemata 
must contain the materials for artificial digestion. Furthermore, the 
mucus and fluids of the rectum are alkaline in reaction. To secure 
rapid osmosis, therefore, the enemata should ha^e an acid reaction. 
The following formula is suitable for the purpose : 

Beef-tea, prepared as before described, four ounces ; hydrochloric 
acid, ten minims ; glycerole of pepsin (Scheffer's), two drachms. 

If the rectum is irritable, ten to twenty drops of the tincture of 
opium may be added to the injection. If stimulants are indicated, 
brandy may also be added. The rectum soon becomes intolerant of 
injections ; hence, the greatest care should be used in practising them, 
to avoid sudden distention of the bowel, and frequent introduction of 
nutrient materials should be avoided. Five times in the twenty-four 
hours should be the maximum — for artificial digestion is much slower 
than normal stomach digestion. 

Aliment in Diseases of the Skin.— Two general principles un- 
derlie the alimentary treatment of skin-diseases : to depurate in the 
case of the overfed ; to supply better and more suitable nutrients to 
the underfed. A very influential factor in many cases of skin-disease 
is dyspepsia. The denutrition-cure, as applied in the skimmed-milk 
treatment, often produces a marvelous change in the condition of the 
skin in such cases. Acid dyspepsia, due to the acid fermentation of 
the starchy, saccharine, and fat elements of the food, requires the with- 
drawal of the substances containing them. The pale, anaemic subjects 
of skin-diseases require a combination of the nitrogenous and carbon- 
aceous elements — especially the oils and fats — to put their tissues in 
a condition to resist the extension and perpetuation of the local mor- 
bid action. f 

BEVERAGES. 

Coffee. — The seed of caff ea Arabica ; cafe, Fr. ; Kaffee, Ger. 

Composition. — Coffee contains an alkaloid — caffeine — which is 
nearly, if not quite, identical with theine, a principle found in tea ; a 
volatile oil ; a form of tannic acid ; sugar, gum, etc. The tannic acid 
is that variety known as caffeo-tannic, or caffeic. 

The peculiar odor and flavor of roasted coffee are due to the caf- 
feic acid, which is, in part, converted into methylamine ; to the aro- 
matic oil ; doubtless, also, to the sugar, which is changed into caramel. 

Preparations. — Coffee is never used in the raw state as a bever- 
age. After roasting, it is made into an infusion or decoction. An 
infusion made at a low temperature, which should not exceed 200° 
Fahr., is better than a decoction. If the heat be too great, those aro- 
matic constituents which impart to coffee its special aroma are dissi- 
pated. Coffee is now usually prepared by the process of percolation. 



BEVERAGES. 47 

The best product is obtained by steeping the coffee for some time in 
hot water. Coffee can be " settled," or clarified, by the addition of 
some white of egg, or isinglass, or by pouring on from a height some 
cold water. 

Tea. — The Dried Leaves of Camellia Thea ; The, Fr. ; Thea, Ger. 

Composition. — The constituents of tea are very much the same as 
those of coffee : theine ; an aromatic oil ; sugar and gum, and a pecul- 
iar form of tannic acid. 

Preparations. — Tea is only used in the form of infusion. The 
character and quality of the beverage vary greatly with the kind of 
tea used in the preparation of the infusion. It will suffice to state that 
green tea is more astringent than the other varieties, partly because it 
contains more tannin, and partly because it is sophisticated to adapt 
it to a peculiar taste. 

Cocoa. — Obtained from the Seeds of Theobroma Cacao ; Cocoa, 
Fr. ; Kakao, Ger. 

Composition. — The active principle is theobromine, a substance 
which resembles the alkaloids of coffee and tea, except that it con- 
tains more nitrogen than theine and caffeine. Another important differ- 
ence between cacao and coffee and tea is the large amount of a peculiar 
fat (cacao-butter) contained in cocoa. There is also present a minute 
quantity of a volatile oil, on which depends, in part, the characteristic 
aroma. 

Actions and Uses. — The use of coffee and tea, or of a corresponding 
beverage, is almost universal among civilized nations. This fact is sup- 
posed to indicate that a need exists in the human constitution which these 
beverages supply. Such a view is hardly tenable, the highest physical 
and mental activity not being incompatible with entire abstinence from 
them. Under some circumstances, however, they are peculiarly grate- 
ful ; for example, to remove the sense of fatigue and hunger, and to 
allay the mental unrest produced by fatigue and anxiet}\ 

Coffee has a somewhat laxative action on most persons ; on the 
other hand, tea has astringent properties — especially that variety known 
as green tea. It has been affirmed and denied that coffee and tea lessen 
the rate of tissue metamorphosis, and consequently the excretion of 
urea. If these beverages check waste, they may be considered as in- 
direct nutrients. If used to excess as beverages, they derange the or- 
gans of digestion and excite functional disturbances of the nervous sys- 
tem — on the part of the digestive organs : acidity, flatulence, pyrosis, 
eructations, etc. ; on the part of the nervous system : headache, vertigo, 
tinnitus aurium, and confusion of mind. The evil results of habitual 
excess are best seen in sewing-women addicted to tea-tippling. It is 
not uncommon for these women to live upon tea and bread for long 
periods, resulting in their becoming excessively nervous and dyspeptic. 



48 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

The mucus of the stomach plays the part of a ferment ; the bread un- 
dergoes the acetic fermentation, and this process is facilitated by the 
presence of a quantity of a weak astringent solution. Disorders of 
digestion due to this cause can be removed by withdrawal of the offend- 
ing beverage. It is not less true that the after-dinner cup of coffee not 
unfrequently assists the digestion of a too elaborate dinner. Those ac- 
customed to the morning cup of coffee are apt to suffer from headache 
if deprived of their usual beverage, partly because it hastens the intes- 
tinal movements and assists the morning evacuation, and partly because 
it favors the stomach digestion if not taken in excess. 

A cup of strong coffee taken in the. early morning is held to be 
prophylactic against malarial infection. Coffee produces wakefulness, 
and opposes opium narcosis ; hence strong black coffee is one of the 
means resorted to in the treatment of opium-poisoning. 

Cocoa, as already set forth, is more directly nutritious than coffee or 
tea, and, as it is rich in fatty matters, is much more difficult of diges- 
tion, so that many dyspeptics cannot use it at all. Cocoa is the most 
useful beverage in those conditions of the system requiring nutritious 
aliment, especially in phthisis and similar wasting diseases, and should 
constitute a part of the diet in these maladies unless it disagrees. 

Caffeine as a remedy will be considered in its appropriate place. 

Milk. — Regarded from all points of view, milk is the most impor- 
tant beverage. Enough has been said on the subject of milk as a food 
for invalids ; but something additional may be necessary on its dietetic 
position as an ordinary beverage. 

When coffee, tea, and cocoa disagree, milk may be adopted as the 
ordinary beverage, and usually with great advantage. For breakfast it 
may be drunk warm. Large draughts of iced milk, according to the 
American custom, are injurious when drunk at meals ; its temperature 
should not be lower than 60° Fahr. If a sense of weight and uneasi- 
ness follow its use, it will be better borne if diluted one-fourth to one- 
half with lime-water. If it be desired fo improve its nutritive quali- 
ties, cream to one-fourth or to one-half may be added. In the indigestion 
of the obese, or in the case of those who suffer from hepatic disorders, 
the milk should be skimmed. A very valuable nutrient, but which is, 
unfortunately, not very digestible, is chocolate made with milk and 
cream. Such an aliment is especially suited to invalids with wasting 
diseases, but who yet retain the power to digest fats. 

Some find it impossible to drink milk, because it induces "bilious- 
ness." In this case skimmed milk should be used. Generally the indi- 
gestion called " biliousness " means errors of diet in other directions, 
so that regulation of the food suffices to prevent this form of indis- 
position. 



BEVERAGES. 40 

Authorities referred to in this section : 

Ballot. On the Food of Infants, etc., Medical Times and Gazette, vol. i., 18*70, p. 331. 

Banting. Letter on Corpulence, pamphlet. 

Brinton. On Food and Digestion, London, 1861, pp. 485. 

Cyb, Dr. Jules. Traite de Alimentation, Paris, 1869, pp. 575. 

Donkin, Dr. Arthur Scott. On a Purely Milk-Diet in the Treatment of Diabetes 
MeUitu8, B right's Disease, Disease of the Supra-renal Capsules, Fatty Degeneration, etc., 
Lancet, vol. Li., 1869, and vol. i., 1870. 

Flint, Dr. Austin, Jr. Physiology of Man, Alimentation, Digestion, Absorption, 
New York, 1867. 

Fonssagrives, J. B. Iligihie Alimcntaire, deuxieme edition, Paris, 1S67, pp. 670. 

Jones, Dr. Joseph. U. S. Sanitary Commission, Memoirs Medical, p. 469, et seq. 

Letiieby, Dr. II. On Food, second edition, New York, 1872, pp. 255. 

Lebert, Dr. Hermann. Ueber Milch- und Molken-Kuren, Berlin, 1869. 

Ibid. The Medical Times and Gazette, vol. ii., 1870, p. 201. 

Mitciiell, Dr. S. Weir. On the Use of Skimmed-Milk as an Exclusive Diet in Dis- 
ease, Philadelphia Medical limes. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittelehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 676. 

Parkes, Dr. E. A. A Manual of Practical Hygiene, second edition, London, 1866, 
pp. 624. 

Pereira, Dr. Jonathan. A Treatise on Food and Diet, London, 1843, pp. 542. 

Richter, Dr. H. E. Bericht iiber Milch-, Molken-, und Kumys-Kuren, Schmidt's 
Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxlviii., p. 201. 

Smith, Dr. Edward. Foods, New York, 1873 {International Scientific Series), pp. 
485. 

Tardieu. Dictionnaire cT Hygiene Publique, tome xi., Article " Lait" 

Trousseau. Clinique Medicate, vol. ii., p. 695. 

For some new matter in the preceding section, I am indebted to the 
following works : 

Bennet, Dr. James Henry. Nutrition in Health and Disease, second edition, Phila- 
delphia, Lindsay & Blakiston, 1876. 

Chambers, Dr. Thomas King. A Manual of Diet in Health and Disease, Philadel- 
phia, Henry C. Lea, 1875. 

Jacobi, Dr. A. and Dr. Mary Putnam. Infant Diet, New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 
1876. 

\YATER. 

Water. — Aqua, water ; eau, Fr. ; Wasser, Ger. ; aqua destillata, 
distilled water — water freed from its organic and inorganic impurities 
by distillation. 

Aqua Fluv ialis. — River- water. 

Aqua Fontana. — Well or spring water. 

It is not my purpose to consider fully the subject of the actions and 

uses of mineral waters. There are special treatises on the subject of 

mineral springs, to which I beg to refer the reader. Water as a remedial 

agent, when employed in internal maladies, and as a means of applying 

5 



50 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

heat and cold externally, are the only departments of the subject com- 
ing within the scope of this work. 

Physiological Effects of Water— internal. — It need hardly be 
stated that water is an essential constituent of the tissues. 

A certain quantity of water or fluid aliment is necessary to the 
digestive process. An excessive quantity impairs digestion, by so far 
diluting the gastric juice as to render it incapable of dissolving the 
foods. Pepsin — the digestive ferment — is also weakened by too great 
fluidity of the stomach contents. The free use of cold drinks — ices and 
iced-water — seriously disorders digestion by suspending the action of 
the pepsin, by diminishing the blood-supply needed by the stomach in 
its condition of functional activity, and no doubt also by depressing the 
nerves of the organs of digestion. To this state, induced by the free 
use of very cold drinks during meals, or during the time of digestion, 
has been applied the term " ice-water dyspepsia" a very common 
malady in the United States. 

A glass of cold water in the morning before breakfast will in many 
persons cause a satisfactory evacuation of the bowels. The activity of 
the water is increased by the addition to it of a teaspoonful of common 
salt. 

Although water is essential to the constitution of the fluids and 
solids of the body, there is no doubt that large and frequent draughts 
of water may prove injurious by too great increase in the fluidity of the 
blood, and a consequent damage to the red corpuscles. 

The free use of water promotes nutritive changes, and causes in some 
subjects a decided increase in the formation and deposition of fat. The 
presence of water is essential, of course, to the metamorphosis of tissue, 
whether physiological or pathological. The efficacy of mineral waters 
is in part due to the quantitj 7, of water taken, besides the mineral con- 
stituents. Water may be taken with the view to cause increased excre- 
tion of certain substances. As a large part of that taken passes out by 
the kidneys, the functional activity of these organs is promoted by free 
drinking. With the water also passes out an increased amount of urea, 
chloride of sodium, and phosphoric acid, the product of the more rapid 
tissue-changes which ensue. The increased elimination of chloride of 
sodium does not continue, however. 

Water is also excreted by the skin, and free water-drinking pro- 
motes the cutaneous transpiration, especially when its action is aided 
by external warmth. The vapor of water also passes out abundantly in 
the breath. 

Physiological Effects of Water — external. — The influence of 
temperature must necessarily be considered in connection with the 
effects of water when applied externally. 

Effects of Cold Water. — When an extremity — for example, the 
hand — is immersed in cold water, the temperature of the other hand 



WATER. 52 

also falls. Cold water abstracts the heat of the body, at least of its 
superficial surface, and affects the condition of the internal organs 
through the nervous system. It is through an influence transmitted 
from the peripheral distribution of the nerves of the hand to the centre, 
and thence reflected to corresponding anatomical nervous connections 
on the other side, that the fall of temperature in the one hand is due 
when the other hand is immersed in water. We have a right to assume, 
therefore, that, when cold water is applied to the whole surface of the 
body, changes of temperature take place within. Indeed, it has been 
shown experimentally by Brown-Sequard, that ice applied to the lumbar 
region causes a contraction of the arterioles of the kidneys, and conse- 
quent diminished blood-supply to these organs. 

When a cold bath is entered, a marked sense of chilliness is expe- 
rienced, the skin becomes pale and is roughened by the erection of the 
hair-follicles (cutis cmserina), the lips are blue, the breath has a spas- 
modic and catching character, and the pulse is quickened. The tem- 
perature of the surface is lowered, for the blood accumulates in internal 
organs, and the nerves of the skin are depressed. To the change in the 
conditions of the blood-supply, and the impression of the cold on the 
peripheral expansion of the nervous system, are due the coldness of the 
surface, the sobbing respiration, and the feeling of discomfort and de- 
pression. If the temperature of the water be not too low, and if the 
bodily vigor be sufficient to withstand the shock, the condition known 
as " reaction " speedily ensues. The coldness and depression are suc- 
ceeded by warmth and a feeling of exhilaration ; the pulse quickens, and 
the respiration becomes easy and unembarrassed ; and the muscular 
strength is increased. If, however, the body be immersed for too long a 
period, the condition of reaction is supplanted by coldness, depression, 
weakened pulse, and muscular debility. This result is largely due to the 
continuous abstraction of heat, to the accumulation of blood in the great 
venous trunks, and the consequent interference with the metamorphosis 
of tissue. If healthy reaction comes on after bathing, the effects are 
those to which we apply the term tonic. The circulation is invigorated, 
tissue-changes take place more rapidly, and the products of increased 
tissue-metamorphosis are found in the urine. With the increased 
activity of the function of assimilation, the appetite and digestive power 
are improved, and the body gains in weight. 

Effects of Warm Water. — The degree of effect which is produced 
by the immersion of the body in warm water is influenced by the tem- 
perature ; but the quality of the effect is the same at all degrees from 
tepid to hot. The sense of warmth is at first grateful to the feel- 
ings; the skin becomes red from the increased activity of its vessels; 
the pulse quickens in beats, but diminishes in tension ; the respiration 
is more frequent; prsecordial oppression is experienced; an unpleasant 
sense of distention is felt in the head, and giddiness, faintness, and 



52 EESTOKATIVE AGENTS. 

muscular languor, finally, are produced, if immersion be prolonged or the 
temperature be too high. The pulmonary and cutaneous transpiration 
are increased by the warm bath ; the temperature of the body rises, and 
a condition is established by a hot bath, similar to the febrile state. 
Rapid disintegration of tissue ensues, the waste products escape chiefly 
by the skin and pulmonary mucous membrane, and decided loss of 
weight results. 

Modes of applying Water. — The water of a cold bath should have 
a temperature of 40° to 60° Fahr. If employed for its tonic action, the 
patient should not remain in it longer than the period of complete re- 
action. The tepid bath has a temperature of from 85° to 95° and the 
warm bath from 95° to 100° Fahr., and the hot bath from 100° to 106° 
Fahr. The duration of the stay in these will depend on the purpose to 
be accomplished, whether mere excitation of the circulation in the skin, 
diaphoresis, or muscular relaxation. In directing the warm and hot 
bath, it should not be forgotten that a diseased state of the cerebral ar- 
teries is a contraindication to their use. 

The vapor of water in the form of the Russian bath, steam-bath, or 
warm or hot icet-packing, may be used to accomplish the same objects as 
those obtained by the warm or hot bath. Without entering unduly into 
the details, it will suffice to state that the Russian bath consists in the 
exposure of the body in suitable apartments to the vapor of hot water, 
at a temperature gradually increased from 96° to 140° Fahr. The bath 
should not, under ordinary circumstances, exceed fifteen minutes in dura- 
tion. In order to overcome the relaxing and debilitating effects of the 
bath, the patient should either enter a cold bath or have cold water 
dashed over his body. This expedient, conjoined with friction of the 
surface, increases materially the good effects of the Russian bath. In 
the absence of special arrangements for giving the Russian bath, simple 
means will suffice. The patient may sit upon a low stool with a blanket 
pinned about his neck, and under this the vapor of water may be con- 
ducted. Or, if confined to bed, the patient may be placed on a gum- 
cloth, and the blanket may be elevated above him by hoops, arranged 
transversely, under which, the vapor of water may be conveyed from an 
ordinary tea-kettle. Fresh lime is sometimes used to generate hot vapor. 
The patient is placed on a low stool and surrounded by a blanket. Some 
pieces of freshly-burned lime are then dropped into a vessel of water 
placed under the blanket. The slacking of the lime causes great heat, 
and the consequent generation of a considerable quantity of watery 
vapor, which also carries up with it minute particles of lime. This pro- 
ceeding is said to be especially efficacious in membranous croup and 
diphtheria. 

Enveloping the body in cloths wrung out in hot water, or wrapping 
in a sheet which has been wrung out in hot water, and then covering 
with blankets, is a mode of applying moist heat which may be advanta- 



TIIE WET-PACK. 53 

geously used. To various parts of the bed}', under the designation of 
"fomentations," warm and hot water applications are constantly used 
in domestic practice. 

27te IVtt-JPacA: — This efficient means of producing the good effects 
of cold-water applications consists in wrapping the body in a linen 
sheet wrung out in cold water. The appliances are these : An ordinary 
single bedstead; a hard mattress covered with several thicknesses of 
blankets or comforters ; a linen sheet. The sheet is dipped in cold 
water, and, when thoroughly wrung out, is laid smoothly on the bed. 
The patient reclines on the sheet, his head supported by a pillow. One 
side of the sheet at a time is then drawn over the patient's body and 
neatly tucked under the opposite side, the feet and legs being lifted up 
and the sheet made to entirely envelop them. Some blankets or comfort- 
ers are now closely applied around the body of the patient. There is at 
first experienced a disagreeable sense of chilliness and discomfort, which 
is soon succeeded by a delightful glow. When reaction is fully estab- 
lished, the wet-pack should be removed, and the body be w r ell rubbed 
with dry towels. The duration of this application should be from fif- 
teen minutes to an hour. When active diaphoresis is the object to be 
accomplished, the patient must be well enveloped in blankets, and con- 
tinue in the bath for the longest period mentioned above. 

TJie Robbing Wet-Pack. — This is a convenient mode of taking the 
morning bath as a hygienic measure, and also of procuring more speed- 
ily some of the good effects of the wet-pack as applied above. It con- 
sists in enveloping the body with a sheet dipped in cold water, and 
rubbing vigorously with the sheet to induce reaction qm.ckly. The 
patient stands up during the application, and an attendant rubs those 
parts inaccessible to the patient. When the sheet is removed the skin 
is dried by the vigorous application of coarse towels, and the patient 
immediately puts on his clothing. 

When it is not advisable to apply the wet-pack to the whole body, 
or when local diseases require limited application of the wet-pack, the 
sheet may be wrapped around the trunk only, or be confined to the re- 
gion of the affected organ. In cases of extreme debility, or in very sus- 
ceptible persons, the sheet may for the first applications be wrung out 
in tepid water, and subsequently the temperature of the water be low- 
ered to that of the air (40° to 70° Fahr.). 

TJie Douche. — This consists in the impact against the body of a 
column of water from a height. No greater height than ten feet, and a 
column not larger than four inches, will be proper or safe under any cir- 
cumstances. A hose attached to a water-pipe, the supply being regu- 
lated by a stopcock, is a convenient mode of using the douche. In 
domestic practice a large pitcher or water-bucket, if provided with a 
suitable spout, may be utilized for this purpose. The douche may be 
either cold, tepid, or hot ; it may have a direction descending, ascend- 



54 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

ing, vertical, horizontal, or oblique ; and the effect may be regulated by 
the height from which the water is projected, the size of the stream and 
the force with which it is thrown against the part. As the effect of the 
douche is very great when the w T ater is cold, when the volume of the 
stream is large and when it is thrown with force, it is obvious that care 
must be used in directing it against the head, the chest, and the abdo- 
men. As a rule it is too violent a measure to be employed in weak and 
susceptible subjects about the trunk, but it may be used freely, of course, 
on the extremities. 

The Hip or Sitz JBath. — As regards temperature, this bath may be 
cold, tepid, warm, or hot, according to the indications requiring it. The 
apparatus for administering it consists of a tin or wooden tub of suffi- 
cient capacity to contain water enough to cover the hips and lower part 
of the abdomen when the patient sits down in it. The tub should have 
a raised back to support the patient, and should be sufficiently elevated 
above the floor, so that the feet may rest comfortably when the patient 
sits down in the water. In the absence of a special arrangement of this 
kind, any ordinary washing-tub will suffice. The duration of the hip or 
sitz bath will be from five to thirty minutes. 

Besides these, various local baths, cold, warm, or hot, under various 
designations, are used in medical practice, e. g., foot, hand, elbow, and 
head bath. The effects of these differ in no wise from the baths already 
described, except in degree. 

Theeapy. — The applications of water in the treatment of disease are 
numerous and important. 

In tonsillitis, diphtheria, and croup, ice held in the mouth and al- 
lowed to come in contact with the fauces is extremely serviceable. The 
wet pack to the neck gives great relief in the same diseases. The mode 
of applying it is as follows : A napkin is wrung out in iced or cold water 
and wrapped around the neck; and over this is put a dry towel or nap- 
kin to prevent evaporation, and also the wetting of the patient's clothes. 
In spasmodic croup {laryngismus stridulus) the application of iced- 
water in this way will frequently very quickly stop the crowing inspi- 
ration and allay the distress of breathing. A cold douche will effect the 
same result, but this is an unnecessarily harsh remedy in these cases. 
Sometimes hot applications are more efficacious, when the napkin or 
towel may be wrung out in water as hot as can be borne. Cold affusion, 
or, better, sponging of the body with cold water, is an excellent means 
of preventing laryngismus stridulus when it arises from cold. 

Habitual constipation may sometimes be overcome by a glass of 
cold water taken before breakfast. Hmmorrhoids that bleed, especially 
when attended by constipation, are improved by a daily rectal injection 
of cold water. When cold or warm water injections are used to cause 
an evacuation, it must be remembered that, usually in adults, a large 
amount of water is necessary — about one quart. A small quantity of 



HYDROTHERAPY. ;>;, 

iced-water may be effective, for in this case the impression of the cold 
on tin.' nerves of the rectum excites a reflex action of the whole intestinal 
canal. 

Pure water or distilled water is an effective diuretic, especially 
adapted to the relief of acute desquamative nephritis. The action con- 
sists in free discharge of the surplus water by the kidneys, and the con- 
sequent washing out of the tubules obstructed by the cast-off epithelium 
and tube-casts. Large draughts of water, as has already been stated, 
carry out from the kidneys the products of retrograde metamorphosis, 
and hence the action is diuretic in the widest sense. The efficiency of 
man}' infusions, decoctions, and ptisans, employed in dropsies, is largely 
due to the amount of water ingested. The internal use of water in kid- 
ney-diseases may be supplemented by hot fomentations to the lumbar 
region. (See article Digitalis.) As irritation of the skin of the back 
has been shown experimentally to influence the calibre of the renal ar- 
terioles, there is sufficient warrant for the practice of applying these 
fomentations to the lumbar region, when the functional activity of the 
kidneys is insufficient. 

When renal disease is so far advanced that the elimination of urea 
is seriously hindered, and stupor, somnolence, muscular twitchings, and 
even convulsions occur, great relief is obtained by exciting- free action 
of the skin by means of the vapor-bath or hot wet-pack, the patient 
being well enveloped in blankets to favor powerful diaphoresis. The 
Turkish bath is very serviceable to restore the suppleness of joints and 
muscles after an attack of acute rheumatism, and chronic muscular 
rheumatism is benefited by the same means. No permanent good result 
can be expected from these baths in chronic rheumatic arthritis. 

As a means of causing- elimination of mineral poisons, baths are 
usefuh Lead, mercurial, and pallidal cachexia?, are relieved by the 
Turkish bath and the wet-pack, and, although these means are insuffi- 
cient of themselves to effect a cure, they aid very materially the action 
of other remedies. Increased metamorphosis of tissue and increased 
excretion, are it will be remembered, constant effects of these baths. 
If the wet-packing be used, free diaphoresis should be encouraged, by 
abundant covering and by large draughts of water. 

One of the most important recent improvements in therapeutics is 
the treatment of fevers by cold baths. This is an old expedient, it is 
true, but it is only within a few years that the treatment of fevers by 
baths has been placed within the domain of strictly scientific investiga- 
tion. Various means of applying water in fevers have been resorted 
to — cold affusion, cold baths, cold wet-pack, ice-bags, etc. Cold affusion 
consists simply in dashing successive buckets of water over the patient, 
stripped and lying on a mattress protected by a gum-cloth. The appli- 
cations are continued until the temperature is reduced. This is a crude 
method, and wears an aspect of harshness which may prevent its effi- 



56 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

cient use in private practice. The cold bath is more serviceable and is 
free from the objectionable features of cold affusion. As practised ac- 
cording to the method of Ziemssen, it is grateful to the patient, produces 
no shock, and exerts a powerful influence over the temperature. The 
fever-patient is put into a bath about the normal temperature of the 
body (98° Fahr.), and the water is cooled, by the addition of ice, to 80° 
Fahr., to 60° Fahr., or even to 40° Fahr., according to the effect pro- 
duced on the temperature, which, for this purpose, should be taken in 
the rectum. When a positive reduction of the fever-heat has occurred, 
at the expiration of five minutes to half an hour usually, or longer if 
necessary, the patient should be wiped dry, placed in bed, and covered 
with blankets. The bath may be used according to the nature of the 
case, from two to six times each day, but less frequently if the duration 
be longer than a half-hour. The appliances for administering baths to 
fever-patients are : A strong sheet for lifting the patient from the bed 
into the bath-tub ; a bath-tub provided with an exit-pipe for drawing 
off the surplus water ; a thermometer for ascertaining the temperature 
of the bath, and a clinical thermometer for noting the variations of 
temperature of the patient. Hospitals should be provided with such 
arrangements as have been made at the London Hospital for the use of 
baths in fever. These consist of a small ward with two beds ; a bath- 
tub supplied with hot and cold water ; a tank, with which the cold-water 
pipe communicates, in which ice may be put if necessary ; and a large 
waste-pipe for disposing quickly of the surplus water. 

In the absence of suitable bath appliances, the temperature of fever 
patients may be reduced by simpler methods. Iced-water may be in- 
jected into the rectum frequently ; cloths dipped in iced-water may be 
applied to the trunk, and Chapman's ice-bags may be put to the spine. 
More suitable than these methods is. the wet-packing. Although the 
wet-packing is not so effective as the bath, it is a very powerful means 
of reducing fever-heat, and it has the merit of simplicity of application, 
so that in every household it may be used- if necessary. The patient 
may be put into the wet-pack several times each day, according to the 
state of the temperature, and may remain in it from five minutes to an 
hour. 

If, after the application of water by any of the modes above men- 
tioned, the circulation becomes feeble, the extremities cold, and the lips 
blue, stimulants should be administered and bottles of hot water applied 
to the feet. The good effects of baths are these : the temperature de- 
clines, the pulse falls and becomes soft and compressible, the skin grows 
moist, and the patient feels refreshed. The repetition of the bath or of 
the application of cold water will be determined by the rise of tempera- 
ture, and of the pulse. Some practitioners employ them regularly, as 
for example Von Ziemssen and Immerman, who administer them at 6 A. 
M., 1 to 3 p. m., and 7 p. m. ; but others — and this the author thinks the 



HYDROTHERAPY. 57 

better plat) — give them more or less frequently according to the range 
of temperature. Not only is the mortality of typhoid greatly less under 
hydrotherapy than under any other method of treatment, but the compli- 
cations which belong to it — except haemorrhage — occur less frequently. 

The most conspicuous triumph of the water-treatment of the pyrcx- 
ial state is seen in the management of hyperpyrexia, a condition of 
things in which a sudden and rapid rise of temperature takes place, 
the range being; in extreme cases from 105° to 112° Fahr. It is now 
perfectly well known that any temperature above 108° Fahr. is almost 
necessarity a fatal sign. This condition of hyperpyrexia occurs some- 
times in acute rheumatism, delirium tremens, fevers, etc., and has here- 
tofore not been amenable to treatment. A fatal result in these cases 
may be averted by cold baths, the temperature of the bath being rap- 
idly reduced from 96° to about 60° Fahr., by the addition of ice. It 
is sometimes necessary in these cases to prolong the stay in the bath 
to two or three hours, but it must not be forgotten that no absolute rule 
can be made, the state of the patient's pulse, respiration and tempera- 
ture being the guide not only as to the temperature of the bath, but 
the duration of the stay in it. 

Typho-malarial fever is best treated by the same means ; but ma- 
larial fevers are, of course, so unquestionably remediable by quinine 
that any other treatment is a waste of time. Baths are, however, ex- 
tremely grateful in the pyrexial stage of malarial fevers. 

Cold baths are of equal utility in scarlatina. In mild and uncom- 
plicated cases of this disease, no remedies are required, and simple 
sponging of the body, followed by inunctions of oil, is all that is required. 
When, however, the temperature rises to 104°, 105°, 106° Fahr., and 
higher, and there is delirium or stupor, the rash being dark and indis- 
tinct, and the urine scanty, the cold wet-pack will often render most 
signal service. The rash will reappear and become vividly red ; the 
pulse, respiration, and temperature, will decline. The cold wet-pack to 
the neck, and frequent gargling of the throat with warm water, relieve 
the sore-throat, and are really more effective than the caustic applica- 
tions so commonly resorted to. When the urine becomes scanty and 
highly albuminous, hot fomentations to the lumbar region, with or with- 
out addition of medicaments, are often very serviceable. The vapor- 
bath, or the warm wet-packing, by determining free diaphoresis, relieves 
the brain when convulsions are threatened, or have actually occurred, 
from uraemia. 

Other eruptive diseases, measles, small-pox, cerebrospinal menin- 
gitis, are advantageously treated in the same way. 

Constitutional syphilis is very much ameliorated, and the cure by 
specific treatment hastened, by a course of Turkish baths, or wet-pack- 
ing. Three baths should be taken each week. If the wet-packing be 
used, the patient should remain in it until free diaphoresis is produced. 



58 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

The wet-packing is very efficacious in acute rheumatism, but the 
prejudices of the patient, and of the patient's friends, often interfere to 
prevent its use. If there be much pain and soreness, the front of the 
body may be packed, and the inflamed joints may be separately swathed, 
but, whenever practicable, the packing should include the whole body. 
A vapor-bath is often very serviceable. A vinegar vapor-bath has been 
used, it is said, with great advantage. This application may be readily 
made in the following way: Some bricks are previously heated; the 
bedclothes are elevated above the patient by hoops transversely placed ; 
and vinegar is poured over the heated bricks, which have been laid un- 
der the bedclothes. The perspiration which follows these baths should 
be wiped off, the skin quickly sponged with tepid water, and then dried 
with a soft towel. Great relief is experienced from these applications ; 
the joints are less tender, the fever declines, and the acid perspirations 
are diminished. Chronic rheumatism, if chiefly muscular, and if changes 
have not occurred in the joints, which are simply stiff, and chronic gout, 
are much benefited by the Turkish bath. 

In acute cerebral congestion, the cold douche may be applied to the 
head, whiile the feet are immersed in warm water. A piece of ice, held 
against the nape of the neck, acts powerfully in the same way. The 
alternate application of ice and hot water is often more effective than 
ice alone. The author has seen these alternate applications of ice and 
hot water have an excellent effect in the stupor of opium narcosis, of 
uramiia, and in carbonic- acid poisoning, occurring under various con- 
ditions. 

In inflammatory affections of the meninges, and in meningeal haem- 
orrhage, a bag or bladder of pounded ice has the sanction of universal use. 
The author believes that these applications are often made without due 
discrimination in cerebral haemorrhage and other allied states. When 
the face is pale, the surface cool, and the circulation depressed, cold 
applications to the head are harmful. Ice to the head, and frictions of 
the surface with ice, are very serviceable in sunstroJce or thermic fever, 
when the surface is hot, the pupils contracted, and the pulse full and 
bounding. The cold wet-packing gives great relief under the same cir- 
cumstances, but, when the symptoms of depression exist, these cold 
applications are hazardous. Usually, however, in thermic fever, the 
range of temperature is very high, and the most important indication is 
to abstract the heat, which can be best accomplished by application of 
ice or the cold wet-pack, or the cold bath. The results of the practice 
are in accordance with this theory, for these applications have been most 
successful in restoring patients in imminent danger of death. When, 
in delirium tremens, the head is hot, the conjunctivae injected, the face 
flushed, and the pulse strong, an ice-bag to the head, or cold affusion, 
or a mild douche, will assist in quieting the patient, and favor the pro- 
duction of sleep ; but these measures will do mischief when consider- 



HYDROTHERAPY. 59 

able depression of the bodily powers exists, and they are of doubtful 
utility in any case affording eyidences of atheroma of the cerebral arte- 
ries, or of cardiac disease. Cold affusion to the head and spine, and cold 
baths, are among the most important means of relief in cJiorea. "Wake- 
fulness in children and adults may be often overcome, and quiet sleep 
insured, by a tepid bath taken just before retiring ; but, when the head 
is hot, the eyes brilliant, and the circulation active, cold should be ap- 
plied to the head, while the body is immersed in the tepid bath. 

The shower-bath, the douche, and cold affusion, were formerly much 
used to calm the violence of acute mania and maniacal delirium. The 
great depression of the powers of life which the douche and the shower- 
bath have caused in some cases, and the fatal results which have occurred 
during their administration, have led to their disuse by many alienist 
physicians. By others, they are held to be extremely serviceable in 
appropriate cases. Bucknill and Tuke advise the occasional use of the 
shower-bath in the excitement of intercurrent mania and monomania, 
and a daily shower-bath in melancholia. They advise, further, that the 
shower-bath should, in the first-named group of cases, be used no longer 
than three minutes, and in melancholia from fifteen to thirty seconds, 
the patient being dried while standing in a pan of hot water. The 
same authors prescribe a warm bath of thirty minutes, at 95° Fahr., for 
the excitement and sleeplessness of various forms of insanity, and they 
affirm that its " tranquillizing effect is often wonderful." The simulta- 
neous use of cold affusion to the head and the warm bath has been 
warmly advocated by M. Brierre de Boismont, and is decidedly approved 
bv Bucknill and Tuke, who advise that the duration of the bath should 
not exceed one hour. The wet-pack is an exceedingly valuable remedy 
in the excitement of acute mania, but this measure should not be allowed 
to degenerate into a means of restraint merely. It should be applied in 
the mode already described, and the patient should continue in it until 
free diaphoresis is established. 

In infantile convulsions great benefit is derived from the general 
warm bath combined with cold affusion, or an ice-bag, to the head. 
Hysterical convulsions are quickly relieved in the same way, and the 
hysterical state is much improved by a daily shower-bath. 

Water, cold and warm, in the state of vapor, as ice, has been largely 
applied in the treatment of tetanus and hydrophobia, but without good 
results beyond the merest temporary assuagement of the patient's suf- 
ferings. 

Lesions of the Spinal Meninges and of the Cord, corresponding 
pathologically to those of the brain, are remediable by similar means as 
respects hydrotherapy. The author has seen remarkable improvement 
follow a hot douche to the spine in a case of paraplegia of syphilitic ori- 
gin. The backache so common in women, and frequently due to anae- 
mia of the cord, may be much relieved by a sponge dipped in hot water 



60 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

and passed over the spine. The hot douche to the spine is often more 
decidedly serviceable in these distressing cases. 

Alterations of sensibility, analgesia, anesthesia, hyperalgesia, hy- 
peresthesia, are often relieved by hydrotherapy — by the wet-pack, by 
ice, by local hot and cold effusion. Neuralgic affections, especially 
sciatica, are benefited greatly by the wet-pack. Paralyzed parts that 
have become cold and that waste, and that are undergoing other nu- 
tritive changes, are improved in condition by douches, by wet-pack- 
ing, and other methods of the water-cure. 

In inflammatory affections within the chest, wet-packing is very 
useful. As a rule, a hot wet-pack gives more relief than a cold one, 
but the feelings of the patient are a proper guide. In acute pleuritis a 
cold wet-pack applied to the side unquestionably diminishes the pain, 
and no doubt relieves the inflammation. In pneumonia hot wet-packs 
are more suitable. When the organs within the chest are inflamed, it 
is good practice to wrap the whole chest tightly in a pack to limit the 
motion of the chest-walls. The method of proceeding is as follows: 
Wring out in cold or hot water a large towel, fold it and place over the 
affected side or part ; have in readiness a bandage or long towel suffi- 
cient to encircle the chest, and confine the wet-pack by pinning as 
tightly as possible around the chest the bandage or towel. Spongio- 
piline is an excellent material for making these hot or cold applications. 
The same expedients — the application of cold and the tight bandage — 
are of great utility in pulmonary hemorrhage, but a more decided 
effect, by means of ice-bags to the chest and back, may be procured in 
this condition of things. 

Cold and hot applications have unquestionable value in inflamma- 
tory affections of the abdominal organs. The author has seen excellent 
results from the application of an ice-bag over the swelling in cases of 
typhlitis and perityphlitis. Peritonitis is similarly treated with advan- 
tage. When the inflammation is recent, the abdomen may be covered 
with an ice-bag of sufficient size. It has been shown that not only may 
the local symptoms of inflammation be abated in this way, but the 
general temperature of the body be thus reduced. It is proper, in mak- 
ing these cold applications, to interpose a napkin or towel between them 
and the skin. 

Pounded ice is an excellent application to strangulated hernia to 
favor reduction, and this has often been sufficient when the taxis failed. 
Hemorrhoids that are much swollen and painful, or that bleed, are 
much improved by applications of ice. JBubo and swelled testicle are 
greatly benefited, and the pain attendant on them relieved, by ice. 

Cold to the abdomen in the form of ice or cold water, and ice-water 
thrown into the uterus or ice introduced into the cavity of the womb, 
are measures of great utility in uterine hemorrhage, whether from 
threatened abortion or post partum. 



HYDROTHERAPY. 01 

Hot-water injections, or the hot douche, is one of the most effective 
measures to be used in chronic metritis. A large quantity of water and 
frequent applications are needed to procure the best results. Not less 
than a quart of water as hot as can be borne, and three applications each 
day, are necessary. A Davidson's syringe, a vessel containing hot 
water, and a suitable vessel to receive the water as it flows away, are 
the materials needed for the vaginal douche. The first effect of this is 
to increase the blood-suj^ply, but a marked degree of pallor of the mu- 
cous membrane follows, the opposite effect to that caused by cold 
water. When there is great relaxation of the vaginal passage and 
the uterus is large and spongy, the cold douche is more serviceable. 
Excellent results are sometimes obtained by the alternate use of the 
hot and cold douche. 

The applications of water in surgical practice are numerous and im- 
portant. As a dressing for wounds, co?itusio?is, and inflamed parts, it 
is in universal use. The author is convinced that the cold-water treat- 
ment of wounds is often overdone, the circulation in the wounded part 
being too much depressed, whence repair is slow or sloughing is in- 
duced. The hot-water dressing, or the immersion of the affected part 
in hot water (95° to 100° Fahr.), as proposed and practised bj' Prof. F. H. 
Hamilton, of New York, is a method which promises most successful 
results : 

" The phenomena usually observed in cases of recent lacerated or 
incised wounds, when submerged, are a sense of comfort, }-et not abso- 
lute relief from pain ; on the second or third day the parts adjacent are 
swollen but not much reddened ; the integument generally assumes a 
white and sodden appearance, and with only slight tenderness. On the 
fifth, sixth, or seventh day, the swelling is greater than usually ac- 
companies other plans of treatment; and, with the inexperienced, is 
likely to excite alarm, but it is found not to be attended with increased 
tenderness, and it pits under pressure, showing that it is a condition of 
oedema chiefly. At this time the granulations are generally covered 
with lymph, or some exudate of a whitish color, and which might easily 
be mistaken for a diphtheritic deposit. At the end of fourteen days or 
thereabouts (the period at which, in most cases, we substitute fomen- 
tation for submersion) the limb is still cedematous, the granulations are 
abundant, sometimes presenting a fresh red appearance, and at others 
covered with the white exudate." 

Prof. Hamilton further remarks : " No treatment hitherto adopted, 
under our observation, has been attended with equally favorable re- 
sults. Under this plan the area of acute inflammation is exceedingly 
limited; erysipelatous inflammation has been uniformly arrested or re- 
strained when it has actually commenced, and it has never originated 
after submersion ; gangrene has in no instance extended beyond the 
parts originally injured, and, when progressing, it has in most cases 



62 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

been speedily arrested (in gangrene, hot water or water at a tempera- 
ture of from 100° to 110° Fahr. is to be preferred). Septicaemia and 
pyaemia have not ensued in any case in which submersion has been prac- 
tised from the first day of the accident. Purulent infiltrations and con- 
secutive abscesses have been infrequent, and always limited to the 
neighborhood of the parts injured, and of small extent. Traumatic 
fever, usually present after grave accidents, when other plans of treat- 
ment have been pursued, as early as the third or fourth day, has seldom 
been present when this plan has been adopted, and in no case has the 
fever been intense or alarming." 

For the immersion of hand, foot, arm, and leg, Hamilton has con- 
structed bath-tubs of peculiar shape. He advises this method of treat- 
ment in contused or lacerated, wounds of the extremities. Simple 
incised wounds and amputations are unsuited to this plan of treat- 
ment. 

I subjoin the titles of some of the most recent and important con- 
tributions to our knowledge of the actions and uses of water. It is 
proper to add that I have also consulted the works of the followers of 
Priessnitz, but they are singularly deficient in accurate and scientific 
knowledge. 

Brand, Dr. Ernst. Die Heilung des Typhus, mit einem Anhang : Anweisung fur 
die Krankenwarter bei Behandlung des Typhus mit Bddern, Berlin, 1868, A. Hirsch- 
wald. 

Braun, Dr. Julius. Systemalisches Lehrbuch der Balneotherapie, dritte umgearbei- 
tete Auflage, Berlin, 1873, pp. 714. 

Fox, Dr. Wilson. Observations on the Treatment of Hyperpyrexia, London Lancet, 
vol. ii., 1871, p. 231, et seq. 

Hamilton, Dr. Frank H. ' The Medical Record, New York, vol. ix., May 15, 
1874. 

Jurgensen, Dr. Theodor. Die Korperwarme des gesunden Menschen (Studien), Leip- 
zig, 1873, p. 28, et seq. 

Liebermeister, Prof. Dr. Carl. Beobachtungen und Versuche icber die Anwendung 
des kalten Wassers bie fieberhaften Krankhaften, Leipzig, 1868, pp. 480. 

Ibid. Ziemssen's Cyclopaedia, American edition, vol. i., p. 206, et seq. 

Ibid. Handbuch der Pathologic und Therapie des Fiebers, Leipzig, 1875, p. 598, et 
seq. 

Yalentiner, Dr. Th. Handbuch der allgemeinen und speciellen Balneotherapie, George 
Reimer, 1873, pp. 850. 

HEAT. 

Physiological Actions. — It is difficult to assign heat to its proper 
position in a systematic classification. As a stimulant to the vital pro- 
cesses, it pertains to the class of agents promoting constructive meta- 
morphosis ; but, in its influence on the interchanges of repair and waste, 
the action quickly passes into the stage of waste. As its therapeutical 



HEAT. 63 

employment is almost entirely confined to the range of constructive 
metamorphosis, it seems more appropriate to embrace it in this division 
of the subject. 

The normal heat-production of the body varies singularly little in 
health. Every considerable rise of temperature above, every consider- 
able fall below, the normal of 98.5° Fahr., indicates the existence of dis- 
ease. The various external causes of disturbance of the heat-producing 
function of the body do not, in health, affect the normal standard, 
because of the existence of a regulating apparatus. Every one is 
familiar with the fact that the human body can be exposed, without 
risk, to a temperature much above its own standard, provided the heat- 
regulating function is in a condition of healthy activity. If, however, 
the transmutation of heat into another mode of motion cannot be effect- 
ed, then the com plexus of morbid actions, called fever, is at once estab- 
lished. Every increment of heat added to the body, unable to transmute 
it into another mode of motion, adds to the existing temperature. 

Very important alterations take place in a body, the seat of a febrile 
process. Increased waste, the result of more rapid oxidation, takes 
place ; the excretion of urea, and, according to some authorities, of car- 
bonic acid, is increased; and those important and wide-spread lesions, 
entitled parenchymatous degenerations, occur in various organs of the 
body. 

Modes of applying Heat. — 1. Solar Heat. — The rays of the sun may 
be applied directly to the whole surface, or to any part of the bod}'. 
When the whole body is exposed to the rays of the summer sun, the 
head and face ought to be protected. The skin becomes warmer, the 
capillaries dilate, an erythematous blush appears, and the amount 
of blood in the peripheral vessels is increased above the normal. The 
ra} 7 s of the sun in midsummer, ranging from 95° Fahr. to 125° Fahr., 
produce considerable burning heat, and cause a superficial inflammation 
of the skin, which is followed by desquamation. When the heat is less 
powerful, only an agreeable sensation of warmth may be experienced. 
Decidedly caustic effects may be produced by the concentration of the 
solar rays on a small spot of integument by a double-convex lens — a 
burning-glass, it has been called. This may be utilized as a means of 
counter-irritation. 

Besides the heat, the solar rays contain chemical or actinic rays ; 
and hence it is not improbable that chemical effects of a very important 
kind, or, it may be, catalytic effects, follow the application of the 
solar rays to a considerable portion of the body. Further, it cannot 
be doubted that excitation of the cutaneous nerves by the heat and 
chemical rays of the sun must affect the condition of the brain and 
spinal cord, and, through the sympathetic system, the nutrition of the 
body. 



64 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

2. Artificial Heat. — There are various modes of applying artificial 
heat. It may be dry or moist. 

Moist Heat. — The Vapor-Bath. — It consists simply in the appli- 
cation of the vapor of water to the surface of the body. Sufficient atten- 
tion, for the limits of this work, has been bestowed on this subject in 
the article on " Hydrotherapy." 

Dry Heat. — To the general surface of the body dry heat may be 
applied by simply raising the temperature of the air of the apartment, 
the body being uncovered. Local application of dry heat may be made 
to any part by means of woolen cloth, earthen plates, sad-irons, bags of 
salt, bricks, etc., heated to the proper temperature. The effects of these 
applications depend largely on the amount of heat contained in these 
objects. They produce at first the sensation of warmth, redness of the 
skin, and may cause vesication, or deep-seated burning and destruction 
of the tissues. 

The Turkish Bath. — This differs from the Russian bath, in that it 
consists of dry air without the presence of the vapor of water. The 
human body can exist in dry air at a very high temperature, without 
injury, for a short period, provided it is in a state of health. The tem- 
perature of the air of the Turkish bath ranges from 75° Fahr. to 160° 
Fahr., but the highest point is attained at the conclusion of the process. 
There are usually three apartments, so that the patient passes from one 
grade of temperature to another, and thus avoids the unpleasant, even 
dangerous, effects of high heat suddenly applied. When the tempera- 
ture reaches 100° Fahr., already some distress is experienced; the 
breathing becomes short, hurried, and labored ; the action of the heart 
is tumultuous ; an unpleasant sensation of heat and irritation, with 
itching, is felt over the whole body ; the head has a feeling of fullness, 
with constriction of the forehead and ringing in the ears; perspiration 
soon begins, and, when the temperature reaches the highest point, is 
very profuse. 

It is obvious that a decided impression is made on the organism by 
a Turkish bath. The first effect of the heat is on the sensory nerves — 
the impression of warmth. The peripheral vessels dilate, and, of course, 
admit into them a larger amount of blood, with the effect to diminish 
the amount of blood in the internal organs. The temperature of the 
blood rises with the increase of heat ; the action of the heart corre- 
sponds, and a state of fever would be quickly induced if the excess of 
heat were not at once disposed of by the perspiration, in which, accord- 
ing to the doctrine of the correlation of forces, it disappears as motion. 
The circulation being more rapid, and the peripheral vessels containing 
more blood, a more active metamorphosis of tissue probably takes place. 
Elimination is more active through the skin, but is less active through 
the intestinal canal and the kidneys. The acidity of the urine is in- 



hi: at. C5 

creased, and the water and salts are relatively diminished. Remotely, 

the tension of the vascular system falls, absorption becomes more active, 
the muscular tonus declines, and the sensibility of the nervous system 
and of the special senses is lowered. 

TiiERArv. — Warm applications possess a high degree of utility in 
the various painful and inflammatory affections of the abdominal 
organs. Acute peritonitis, local or general, is probably more frequently 
benefited by applications of ice. As a rule, the feelings of the patient 
furnish the guide to the selection of the temperature. In the absence 
of any specific indication from the feelings of the patient, the following 
rule may be adhered to : If the case be one of pain without fever or 
inflammation, warm or hot applications ; if inflammatory, cold. Those 
materials which retain heat and moisture longest are to be preferred ; 
for example, the material known as spongio-piline, poultices of fiaxseed- 
meal, flannels wrung out in hot water, and covered with oiled-silk, etc. 
"When the weight of the application is objected to, a light material, like 
a bag of hops dipped in hot water, may be applied. In affections of the 
pelvic viscera, the same modes of application can be resorted to, under 
the same conditions. 

Heat, especially dry heat, is a very important remedy in sudden 
and alarming depression of the vital powers, with feebleness of the 
heart's action and coldness of the surface. Active haemorrhage, of 
course, contraindicates its employment. Feeble infants, born at term 
or prematurely, are often saved by the application of dry heat — the 
highest temperature which can be borne without blistering being 
necessary. The methodus medendi is simple enough : the heating of 
the blood in the superficies of the body increases the movement of 
both heart and lungs. High heat, especially if long continued, is 
decidedly contraindicated in cases of fatty and fibroid degeneration 
of the heart, in cases of carditis, considerable obstruction of the ori- 
fices, etc. 

Hot-air baths, and hot applications of any kind, may be dangerous 
in old subjects, and in those persons of middle age who present the evi- 
dences of degenerated vessels. Not unfrequently, attacks of migraine, 
cases of ordinary neuralgia of the fifth, tic-doidoureux of mild form, etc., 
are relieved by hot, dry applications made over the course and pe- 
ripheral distribution of the affected nerves. Stupor and coma, due to 
urwmia, or to narcotic medicines, may be relieved by dry heat applied 
to the neck. The alternate use of cold and heat is generally more effi- 
cient. In neurlgia of the larger nerves, dry heat is palliative. In 
irritable spine, the so-called spinal irritation, dry heat is an efficient 
remedy. In these cases solar heat is especially serviceable — the sun's 
rays falling on the spine, or, what is better, the rays concentrated by a 
burning-glass on various points on the spine. 
6 



66 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Probably the most generally useful application of dry heat is in the 
treatment of chronic rheumatism and in general dropsy. In the treat- 
ment of these maladies, elimination is the object to be accomplished ; 
in the one case, of certain excrementitious substances, notably of uric 
acid ; and in the other, of water by the skin. 

The Turkish bath has an unquestionably good effect in constitu- 
tional syphilis. Here there are two objects to be accomplished — to 
promote the action of the mercurial medicines and of the ptisans, and 
to secure elimination through the skin. In the same way the Turkish 
bath is highly useful in plumbic, mercurial, and paludal cachexias. 
Our French colleagues maintain the superior value of sulphur-vapor 
baths in the cachexias produced by the mineral poisons. 

DIGESTION-FERMENTS. 

Pepsin. — Pepsina vel pepsinum / pepsina porci y pepsine,¥v.', Ver- 
dauungsstoff, Ger. 

Definition. — A ferment obtained from the mucous membrane of 
the stomach of the pig. There are two processes worthy of mention 
for obtaining the ferment : Scheffer's, and Prof. Lionel S. Beale's. By 
Scheffer's process the mucous membrane is digested in a solution of muri- 
atic acid, and the pepsin precipitated with chloride of sodium. Beale 
directs that the mucous membrane be first cleansed and then scraped 
strongly with an ivory knife so as to remove the contents of the gastric 
glands. The pepsin is contained in the very viscid mucus which is thus 
removed. When spread on clean glass in a very thin layer, it is dried 
at a temperature not to exceed 100° Fahr., and in the vapor of hot 
water or over sulphuric acid. 

Preparations. — Pepsin saccharata, dose 5 to 10 grains. Vinum 
pepsinse, dose 3 ss — 3 j. Glycerinum pepsinas, dose 3 ss — 3 j. The 
wine of pepsin is an unscientific preparation, and should not be pre- 
scribed. Boudault's, really Corvisart's compound nutritive powder, con- 
sisting of pepsin, starch, and lactic acid, is an exceedingly uncertain 
preparation, and is often totally inert. Only those preparations of pep- 
sin should be used, made by the processes above described, especially 
those of E. Scheffer, of Louisville, Ky. The saccharated pepsin and the 
glycerole are practically unchangeable. 

Ingluvin. — This is a preparation from the gizzard of the domestic 
chicken — ventriculus callosus gallinaceus. Dose, gr. v. — 3 j. 

Ingluvin has the remarkable property of arresting certain kinds of 
vomiting — notably the vomiting of pregnancy. It is a stomachic tonic, 
and relieves indigestion, -flatulence, and dyspepsia. 

The author's experience is confirmatory of the statements which 
have been put forth regarding the exceptional power of this agent to 



PEPSIN. 67 

arrest the vomiting of pregnancy. It can be administered in inflam- 
matory conditions of the mucous membrane, as it has no irritant effect. 
Under ordinary circumstances, and when the object of its administra- 
tion is to promote the digestive function, it should be administered 
after meals. When the object is to arrest the vomiting of pregnancy, 
it should be given before mefils. 

Pancreatine — Pancreatic Emulsion. — Ferments of the pancreas, 
employed with a view to assist the intestinal digestion, especially the 
digestion of fats. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies and the mineral salts 
which precipitate pepsin from its solutions (mercury, lead, zinc, and 
copper salts), tannic and gallic acids, creosote, etc., are incompatible. 
Alcohol and the various alcoholic liquors, in sufficient strength, destroy 
the activity of pepsin ; hence the wine of pepsin must be an uncertain 
preparation. 

Synergists. — Lactic and chlorhydric (muriatic), acetic, citric, and 
malic acids, promote the digestive activity of pepsin. Certain fer- 
ments, as ptyaline, pancreatine, extract of malt, etc., also increase its 
activity. 

Physiological Effects. — Ten grains of the saccharated pepsin, 
prepared by the process of Scheffer, will dissolve 120 grains of 
coagulated albumen in four to six hours, at a temperature of 100° Fahr. 
Pepsin is an essential constituent of the gastric juice, and possesses the 
property, especially in the presence of lactic and chlorhydric acids, of 
digesting the nitrogenous constituents of the food (caseine, albumen, 
fibrine, etc.), and converting them into peptones. 

Therapy. — Pepsin is, of course, indicated in stomach-disorders, 
characterized by a deficiency of this essential principle. As Fenwick 
has shown, the amount of pepsin secreted by the gastric glands under- 
goes great diminution in various morbid states, as in cancer, diabetes, 
typhoid fever, and heart-disease. In convalescence from fever, there- 
fore, pepsin is indicated, and in the incurable morbid states, mentioned 
above, it serves a useful purpose in maintaining the function of diges- 
tion. Fox " bears strong testimony in favor of pepsin " (p. 74), in cases 
of atonic dyspepsia, and " irritative states of the mucous membrane." 
He prefers to administer it with chlorhydric acid. In the atonic dyspep- 
sia of phthisis pepsin is highly beneficial, especially when given in 
connection with pancreatic emulsion. In other forms of dyspepsia, ac- 
companied by imperfect solution of the fats and the formation of fat- 
acids, the addition of pancreatic solution greatly increases the activity 
of pepsin (Long). 

In the apepsia of infants (Barthez), especially occurring in those 
artificially fed, great benefit is derived from the use of pepsin. Dr. 
Cummins has seen many apparently hopeless cases recover under its use, 



68 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

and he regards it as so valuable that he never recommends a wet-nurse, 
but relies on artificial food, the digestion of which is aided by the ad- 
ministration of pepsin. Corvisart used his nutritive powder (the so- 
called Boudault's pepsin) with happy effects in the same cases ; and 
Barthez, who applied the term apepsia to this inability of infants to di- 
gest their proper aliment, has been equally successful in the same mode 
of treatment. The saccharated pepsin should be administered in these 
cases in doses of five to ten grains immediately after the child has taken 
its milk or other food, or ten or fifteen drops of the glycerole of pepsin 
at the same time. It is better, according to M. Barthez, to give pepsin 
without acid to infants (Trousseau et Pidoux). 

Pepsin is one of the remedies which has been used with success in 
the vomiting of pregnancy. 

By facilitating digestion, pepsin relieves the pain and distress caused 
by deficient elaboration of the foods; hence its utility in relieving the 
heaviness and torpor which are felt during the progress of digestion in 
some subjects, and also the gastralgia which is produced in this way. 

According to Hollman, the use of pepsin is attended with beneficial 
results in anaemia, chlorosis, atrophy, and allied states, due, no doubt, 
to the better preparation of the peptones for absorption into the blood. 

In chronic ulcer of the stomach and in cancer of this organ, pepsin, 
by facilitating digestion, will diminish the distress of the patient and 
will contribute to the cure of ulcer and prolong life in cases of cancer. 

Very great success has been attained in the treatment of diarrhoea 
in infants by pepsin. The form of diarrhoea amenable to this remedy 
is due really to an atonic state of the intestinal mucous membrane. 
Every motion contains half-digested food. Soon after taking milk or 
other food, the child becomes uneasy and a discharge takes place. Fre- 
quently undigested food is vomited as well. If this condition of things 
continues for any considerable time, the child emaciates, and the skin 
wrinkles and becomes dry and harsh. The motions will be quickly 
changed in character, and the nutrition of the child improved, by giving 
pepsin immediately after each supply of food. Facts in illustration of 
this statement have been published by Corvisart, Barthez, Rilliet, Trous- 
seau et Pidoux, Ellis, of Dublin, Davidson, of Liverpool, Hawley, of 
Brooklyn, and others. 

In cases of entire inability of the stomach to digest food, or when 
surgical operations or accidental injuries prevent the introduction of ali- 
ment into this viscus, pepsin is added to the nutritive enemeta in order 
to insure the preparation of peptones for absorption. 

Pepsin is also applied to certain local uses. After the publication 
of Broadbent's results from the injection of acetic acid into cancerous 
tumors, Thiersch and Nussbaum introduced the method of gastric-juice 
injections into the substance of morbid growths. The gastric juice of 
the pig carefully filtered, or a slightly acidulated solution of pepsin, may 



LACTIC ACID. 69 

be employed for this purpose. The injection should be made with an 
hypodermic syringe, and the solution should be deposited well into the 
interior of the tumor. This practice may be useful in cases of fatty 
tumor or other benign growths, when from any cause extirpation may 
not be practicable. That malignant tumors may be retarded in growth 
by this practice is also quite probable, unless the neighboring lymphat- 
ics are involved. 

Authorities referred to : 

Cummins, Dr. W. Jackson. Dublin Journal of the Medical Sciences, February, 1872. 
Davidson, Dr. A. The Practitioner, voL viii., p. 131. 
Ellis, Dr. G. A. The Medical Times and Gazette, July 19, 1862. 
Fekwick, Dr. Samuel. The Morbid States of the Stomach and Duodenum, London, 

pp. 394. 
Fox, Dr. Wilson. On the Diseases of the Stomach, London, 1872, pp. 236. 
Gubler, Prof. A. Commentaires Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius, Paris, 

1868, pp. 714. 

Hollman, Dr. J. P. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher der gesammten Medicin^ voL cxxxi., p. 

165. 

Long. Pharmaceutical Journal, London, 1870, quoted in Wood's JS r ew Remedies. 

Meisnkr, Prof. Ueber Krebs, Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, etc., vol. cxlvi., p. 346. 

Nussbaum, Prof. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, etc., vol. cxxxv., p. 38. 

Stephenson, Dr. W. Edinburgh Medical Journal, November, 1865. 

Thiersch. Ibid. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, huitieme 
Edition, vol. i., p. 64. 

Acidum Lacticum. — Lactic acid; acide lactique, Fr. ; Milchsaure, 
Ger. 

Properties. — Sour, sirupy liquid, having a pale wine-color. Specific 
gravity 1.212. Mixes in all proportions with water, alcohol, and ether. 

Incompatible s and Antagonists. — Alkalies and the mineral salts. 

Synergists. — Pepsin, sodium-chloride, vegetable acids, chlorhydric 
acid. 

Dose. — Fifteen minims to 3 ss in sweetened water. 

Physiological Action. — As lactic acid is a frequent constituent of 
the gastric juice, it has undoubtedly an important function in connection 
with digestion. Used medicinally it promotes the appetite and facilitates 
digestion. In large doses ( 3 j) it gives rise to epigastric pain, flatu- 
lence, and loss of appetite. As lactic acid is one of a series of homolo- 
gous acids, containing butylactic, valerolactic, and leucic acids, it is not 
improbable that some of these may result from its oxidation when ad- 
ministered in excess. It probably combines with bases and forms lac- 
tates, for it displaces not only the volatile but some of the mineral acids 
from their combinations. Chemical investigations have indeed con- 
firmed this, for, besides free lactic acid, lactates have been found in the 
gastric juice. It is not known definitely wdiether free lactic acid occurs in 
the blood in the healthy state, but it certainly does in some morbid con- 



70 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

ditions. According to Lehmann, lactates are rapidly converted into car- 
bonates in the blood. Free lactic acid, as was long ago shown by Ber- 
zelius, is found in muscular fluid, and has also been detected in the 
spleen by Scherer. Although it is not always a constituent of normal 
urine, yet, when the supply of lactates to the blood is considerably be- 
yond the oxidizing power of the blood, it has been found (Lehmann). 
Scherer has shown also that lactic acid is present in the exudates of 
puerperal fever. 

Lactic acid has the power to dissolve a considerable quantity of 
freshly-precipitated phosphate of lime. 

The suggestion made by Prout, of a relation between an excess of 
lactic acid in the blood and rheumatic inflammation, received a remark- 
able confirmation in the experiments of Richardson, who produced 
endocardial inflammation by injecting lactic acid into the peritoneal 
cavity of dogs. Further confirmation of this connection has been af- 
forded in the attacks of acute rheumatism which have occurred in sub- 
jects of diabetes treated by lactic acid. 

Therapy. — Solutions of lactic acid are of great utility as solvents of 
false membrane. Since the comparative demonstration of solvents 
made by Bricheteau and Adrian, it has been employed successfully by 
Dr. Weber, of Darmstadt, and Dr. Dureau, in croup, applied by means 
of a pulverisateur in the strength of thirty to forty drops to the ounce 
(Waldenburg). The following is the formula of Morell Mackenzie of 
the London Throat Hospital : rjfc . Acidi lactici, 3 iijss. ; aquae destil., | x. 
M. This may be used in a spray-producer, or be applied on a mop to 
the affected part. It is unquestionably an excellent solvent of the exu- 
dation of diphtheria, as the author has frequently observed. It may be 
used also as a gargle when the exudation does not extend beyond the 
tonsils and the pillars of the fauces. For this purpose sufficient acid may 
be added to water to give a distinctly sour taste. As the application 
is free from danger, it may be used as often as every half-hour. When 
used in the form of spray, care must be had to prevent the acid hurting 
the eyes. 

It is chiefly in atonic dyspepsia that lactic acid is employed. In this 
condition lactic acid is, so to speak, a physiological remedy, for we sup- 
ply it artificially because the stomach is unequal to the task of produ- 
cing it. Generally, it is advisable to combine pepsin with it thus : ^. 
Glyc. pepsinas, 3 xij. ; acidi lactici, 3 iv. M. A teaspoonful three times 
a day after meals is a proper dose for an adult. In the apepsia of in- 
fants, characterized by the presence of undigested aliment in the dis- 
charges, this combination is an excellent remedy. If a marked degree 
of acidity exist, the acid should be omitted, or given before the milk, 
when it may prevent the excessive production of acid. In irritative 
dyspepsia, when the pain and suffering are due to slow and imperfect 
digestion, lactic acid will often give great relief either alone or combined 



MINERAL ACIDS. J 1 

with pepsin. Cases of acidity and heartburn are often quickly re- 
lieved by lactic acid given before meals. When the presence of an ex- 
cess of the phosphates^ uric acid, and the urates, and of oxalate of lime, 
in the urine, is due to imperfect digestion and faulty assimilation, as is 
frequently the case, lactic acid is serviceable, and its utility is solely due 
to the good effect it has in promoting digestion. Over the other forms 
of these so-called diatheses it has no influence. 

Lactic acid has been used with varying success in the treatment of 
diabetes. The object to be gained is the prevention of sugar formation 
from the starchy and other elements of the food. Dr. Foster reports 
some cases apparently decidedly benefited and Dr. Ogle gives an ac- 
count of two cases in which no good results were attained. Cases have 
been lately reported in which the patients were improved by the use of 
lactic acid, but on the whole the utility of this agent in diabetes must 
be held to be as yet sub judice. 

Disappointment in the use of lactic acid is frequently experienced 
from the j)oor quality of the drug. 

Authorities referred to above : 

JimcHETEAU, Dr. Felix. Bulletin General de Tlierapexdique, vol. Ixxiv., p. 72. 

Butler, Dr. N. L. Treatment of Croup by Lactic- Acid Spray. The Practitioner, voL 
v?i., p. 189. 

Dureau, Dr. Bulletin General de Therapentique, vol. lxxxiii., p. 45. 

Jaffe, Dr. Die Dipldherie, Schmidt's Jahrbiicher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxlix., 
p. 321. 

Ogle, Dr. John W., and Dr. Balthazer Foster. British Medical Journal. 

Leiimanx, Prof. Dr. C. G. Physiological Chemistry, American edition, vol. i., p. 
B5, rt seq. 

Mackenzie, Dr. Morell. The Pharmacopoeia of the Hospital for Diseases of the 
Throat, London, 1872. 

NoTnxAGEL, H. Handbuch der Arzncimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 376. 

Ranke, Prof. Dr. J. Grundziige der Physiologie des MenscJien, zweite Auflage, Leipzig, 
lS72,p. 248. 

"Waidenbcrg, Dr. L. Die locale Behandbmg der Kranklwiten der Athmungsorgane, 
Berlin, 1872, p. 403. 

"Wood axd Bache. U. S. Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 48, et seq. 

ACIDS. 

Mineral. — Acidum Sulphuricum. — Sulphuric acid ; specific gravity, 
1.843. 

Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. — Dilute sulphuric acid. (Sulphuric 
acid two troy ounces, water to a pint.) Dose, five to twenty drops 
well diluted. 

Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. — Aromatic sulphuric acid, elixir 
of vitriol. (Sulphuric acid six troy ounces, ginger a troy ounce, cinna- 
mon a troy ounce and a half, alcohol two pints.) Dose, five to thirty 
drops well diluted. 



T2 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Acidum Sulphurosum. — Sulphurous acid; specific gravity, 1.035. 

Acidum 3£uriaticum. — Muriatic or chlorhydric acid ; specific gravity, 
1.160. 

Acidum Muriaticum Dilutum. (Muriatic acid four troy ounces, 
water to a pint.) Dose, five to twenty drops well diluted. 

Acidum JSTitricum. — Nitric acid ; specific gravity, 1.420. 

Acidum Nitricum Dilutum. (Nitric acid three troy ounces, water 
to a pint.) Dose two to fifteen drops well diluted. 

Acidum Nitro-Muriaticum. — Nitro - muriatic acid. (Nitric three 
troy ounces, muriatic five troy ounces.) 

Acidum Nitro-Muriaticum Dilutum. (Nitric acid one and one-half 
troy ounce, muriatic two and one-half troy ounces, water to a pint.) 
Dose, two to fifteen drops well diluted. 

Acidum Dhosphoricum Dilutum. — Specific gravity, 1.056. Dose, 
two to fifteen drops in water well diluted. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, 
salts of lime and lead. 

S yneegists. — Bitters. 

By assisting digestion and by correcting an abnormal condition of 
the alimentary mucous membrane, acids directly contribute to the blood- 
forming process, and indirectly, through the blood, to the construction of 
tissue, and the bettering, in general, of the bodily condition. 

Physiological Actions. — The mineral acids grouped above agree 
in the general qualities of their actions, but differ in some particulars. 
They attack the living tissues with great energy, abstract the water and 
combine with the potash, soda, and lime bases. In virtue of this affinity 
for water and this power of combination with bases, they cause destruc- 
tion of tissue and are called escharotics. Some of them are more power- 
ful than others : thus, sulphuric and phosphoric acids penetrate more 
deeply than the others. Nitric acid stains the skin yellow ; sulphuric 
acid carbonizes or blackens. Hence in cases of accident, or when these 
acids are used with criminal intent, it is very obvious at a glance which 
has been taken or given : nitric acid making a yellow stain of the face, 
lips, and mouth, and sulphuric carbonizing or blackening those parts. In 
the stomach they produce the same effects. When concentrated they 
destroy the mucous membrane of the mouth, epiglottis, oesophagus, and 
stomach. The systemic effects are those of the irritant and corrosive 
poisons. The appropriate remedies are chemical and mechanical : alka- 
lies, magnesia, soda, lime, soap, to neutralize the acid ; and eggs, milk, 
oil, etc., to protect mechanically the tissues. The depression of the pow- 
ers of life which immediately follows the ingestion of a mineral acid 
should be treated by opium, nutrient and stimulating enemata, and the 
intra-venous injection of ammonia. 

The mineral acids, when administered in medicinal doses, must on 
reaching the stomach act in accordance with their chemical position. 



MINERAL ACIDS. ;;; 

They will combine with the bases and form salts. Hydrochloric, and to 
B less degree phosphoric, aid digestion, acting as synergists to pepsin, 
and contribute to the formation of peptones. Sulphuric unites with 
bases to form insoluble sulphates, and precipitates the albuminous sub- 
stances from their solution in the gastric juices ; hence this acid, although 
for a brief period it improves digestion, soon disorders it. It is true of 
all the mineral acids that their long-continued use diminishes the pro- 
duction of acid gastric juice, and in this way after a time they cause the 
very troubles for the relief of which they were originally administered. 
An acid solution on one side of an animal membrane, and an alkaline 
solution on the other, is the condition most favorable to osmosis. Hence 
the introduction of an acid into the stomach with sufficient frequency 
and in sufficient quantity must impair the production of acid gastric 
juice. In practice this is found to be the case. The mineral acids are 
anions: the most diffusible substances known, and of these hydrochloric 
stands at the head. So much of these acids as do not enter into com- 
binations in the stomach diffuses quickly into the blood, and the salts 
which they form by combination with bases follow the laws of diffusion 
according to their class. The acids, especially the hydrochloric, and 
next nitric, diminish the alkalinity of the blood, and in this way accom- 
plish all that they are capable of doing as systemic remedies. 

Therapy. — Not much need be said of the use of the mineral acids 
in affections of the mouth and throat. Formerly they were much em- 
ployed in the treatment of mercurial and other forms of stomatitis, 
diphtheria, aphthce, gangrene, etc. t 

In using mineral acids in affections of the mouth, it should not be 
forgotten that they attack the enamel of the teeth. First, the animal 
matter adherent to the teeth is dissolved off, when the teeth are said to 
be " set on edge." The acid should be applied to the affected surface 
only, and the mouth should afterward be washed out with an alkaline 
lotion. Pure hydrochloric acid may be applied with a camel's-hair brush 
or on a bit of soft pine-wood to the gums in cases of sloughing from 
mercurial stomatitis, and to the ulcers of stomatitis materna, to syphi- 
litic mucous patches, and to those painful ulcers of the mouth which 
occur periodically in some subjects affected with a peculiar form of in 
digestion. In the case of ulcers having their origin in stomach-dis- 
order, the internal use of hydrochloric, nitric, or nitro-muriatic acid, is 
often extremely beneficial. 

The local use of hydrochloric acid in diphtheria, so strongly urged 
by Bretonneau, is now rarely employed, for it is well known that the 
diphtheritic exudation will rapidly extend over an inflamed surface pro- 
duced by the application of the acid, and the destruction of the exuda- 
tion at one part does not prevent its extension and renewed formation. 

Any of the mineral acids administered by the stomach should be 
well diluted, and to prevent injury to the teeth should be taken through 



74 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

a glass tube or a straw. The mouth should also be rinsed out after 
swallowing the acid. 

The mineral acids are highly useful in certain stomach-diseases. In 
atonic dyspepsia hydrochloric acid should be given after meals, or better, 
lactic acid. It is highly probable that hydrochloric acid is produced 
during digestion by the reaction between chloride of sodium and lactic 
acid. A combination of the acid with pepsin, as already suggested, is 
preferable in these cases of atonic dyspepsia. When, in consequence 
of faulty digestion, acetic, lactic, and butyric acids are produced in the 
stomach from the starchy, saccharine, and fatfcy constituents of the food, 
the acids given after meals add to the distress of the patient. 

To prevent the excessive formation of acid, whether due to the ac- 
tion of the gastric glands, or to abnormal fermentation of the starchy, 
saccharine, and fatty elements of the food, mineral acids are used with 
decided advantage, but they must be administered before meals. For 
this purpose, hydrochloric or phosphoric acid is to be preferred. The 
excessive production of acid is manifested by acid eructations,. pyrosis , 
heartburn, and ulcerative stomatitis. 

There is a form of indigestion characterized by eructations of offen- 
sive gas, painful digestion, a sallow complexion, and by the appearance 
of oxalate-of-lime crystals in the urine, and is accompanied by mental 
despondency. This state of things is relieved by the nitro-muriatic 
acid. 

The experience of English physicians practising in India has been 
favorable to the use of nitro-muriatic acid in chronic hepatic affections, 
and in dysentery and dropsy of hepatic origin. Acute diseases of the 
liver, and such chronic affections as cirrhosis and waxy degeneration, 
are not as a rule benefited by the mineral acids. Mucous duodenitis 
and catarrh of the gall-ducts accompanied by jaundice, and jaundice 
of malarial origin, are forms of hepatic disease in which nitro-muri- 
atic acid is serviceable. With the internal use of the acid should be 
conjoined the local use to the right hypochondrium of the acid-bath. 
Three ounces of nitro-muriatic acid to a gallon of water is a suitable 
strength for the topical use in this way. The feet may be placed in the 
bath, and the legs, arms, and abdomen, may be alternately sponged, when 
the skin is torpid and its secretion defective. The temperature of the 
bath should be about 96° Fahr. (Martin). Another mode of making 
topical application of the acid-bath is as follows : " Let a flannel roller 
of ten or twelve inches wide, and sufficient to encircle the body twice, 
be soaked in the fluid and then wrung so as to remain only damp. Ap- 
ply this instantly to the body, covering it with a piece of oiled-silk to 
avoid damping the dress. It should be worn constantly, but should be 
changed, soaked, and wrung, morning and evening" (Squire). This is 
a very effective local application in the hepatic disorders mentioned, 
above as amenable to the treatment by the mineral acids, and is service- 



MINERAL ACIDS. 75 

able in the first stage of cirrhosis. Dr. Scott, of Bombay, ascribes to the 
acid- bath the power to relieve the pain of hepatic colic, by causing the 
expulsion of the impacted calculus. 

The mineral acids are very effective remedies in the treatment of 
summer and colliquative diarrhoea. Crapulous diarrhoea and dysen- 
tery are not benefited by them. The indications for their use are these : 
painless, watery evacuations, of a light color, alkaline in reaction. 
Hope's mixture, which contains nitrous acid, has long been used with 
success, in such cases. The formula is as follows : $,. Acidi nitrosi, 3 j ; 
tincture opii, gtt. xl ; aquae camphora?, § viij. S. One-fourth to be 
taken every three or four hours. A mixture of this kind ma}' readily be 
extemporized, in which the relative proportion of the acid and opium 
may be arranged according to the indications of the case. Sulphuric 
acid is more decidedly astringent than nitric and muriatic, and is, 
therefore, as a rule, to be preferred in diarrhoea. Bence Jones places 
them as regards their actions thus : Hydrochloric more promotes diges- 
tion ; nitric acid, secretion; and sulphuric, astringency. Nitric and nitro- 
hydrochloric are, according to this view, better suited to stomach and 
hepatic disorders characterized by deficient secretion, and sulphuric is 
more appropriate for the relief of a relaxed state of the mucous mem- 
brane. A combination of aromatic sulphuric acid with opium is one of 
the most effective remedies we possess in the treatment of summer diar- 
rhoea and cholera. Sulphuric acid may also be used with advantage in 
the treatment of dysentery, in combination with sulphate of magnesia. 
I£. Magnesias sulphat., § j ; acidi sulphur, dil., 3 ij ; morphiae sulph., gr. j ; 
aquae, |iv. M. S. A tablespoonful every three or four hours After the 
action of a saline laxative, Hope's mixture, or an extemporized prescrip- 
tion of a similar kind, may be used. When the mineral acids do not 
quickly improve the discharges, and lessen their frequency, and when 
they increase the tormina and tenesmus, they should be suspended. In 
the treatment of cholera, dilute or aromatic sulphuric acid may be given 
frequently, well diluted in full doses. Opium can be added at such 
intervals as may be indicated. 

Mineral acids, especially the muriatic, are very serviceable in fevers. 
They were formerly classed as refrigerants, or cooling medicines, and 
were supposed to allay thirst and to diminish fever. Although these 
notions are no longer entertained, the acids are known to render an im- 
portant service in fevers. They increase secretion of the mucous mem- 
brane, and thus relieve the dryness of the tongue and fauces. As in 
fevers the gastric juice is deficient in acids, digestion is materially aided 
by their administration. In typhoid fever, the acids restrain somewhat 
the exhausting diarrhoea, increase the digestive power, and remove or 
diminish the dryness of the tongue. It is probable that they exert an 
influence on the composition of the blood, beyond the increased activity 
which they impart to the primary assimilation. Hydrochloric acid is 



76 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

preferable in the treatment of fevers. It may often be advantageously 
administered in beef-juice. 

In scarlet fever, hydrochloric acid is frequently combined with 
chlorate of potassa (producing euchlorine), but it is better administered 
alone in this disease. Besides the internal administration of the acid, 
it is often mixed with water and used as a gargle, or mixed with honey 
and applied with a brush to the throat. One part of acid to five parts 
of honey or ten of water is a strong enough solution for this purpose. 
In the other eruptive fevers, "hydrochloric acid is serviceable to allay 
thirst, to increase digestion and to obviate the tendency to adynamia in 
these diseases. To children, the dilute hydrochloric acid maybe readily 
administered in lemonade or in sirup of lemons. 

There is no doubt of the value of the acids, especially the nitro- 
muriatic, in the treatment of constitutional syphilis. This remedy is 
not to be compared in efficiency with mercury and iodide of potassium, 
but in chronic cases saturated, so to speak, with these approved reme- 
dies, in which syphilitic patches persistently reappear in the mouth, 
nitro-muriatic acid often renders important service. It is undoubtedly 
true that constitutional syphilis has been treated successfully by the 
acids alone, but a very rigidly abstemious dietary has been enforced in 
these cases. It has already been shown that-the denutrition method is 
of itself sufficient in some cases to relieve the organism of constitutional 
infection. How much of the result is to be ascribed to the remedy, and 
how much to denutrition, is not clear. 

Nitric acid has been used with success in the treatment of intermit- 
tent fever by Hammond, Bailey, and others. In order to obtain a cura- 
tive effect, it is necessary to give the acid in full doses every four or six 
hours. This acid is of great service, also, after an arrest of the parox- 
ysms of intermittent by quinia to remove the hepatic congestion, and 
the changes in the glandular apparatus of the intestines, induced by the 
fever-movement. It may be advantageously combined with the bitters, 
or used instead of the aromatic sulphuric acid in the preparation of the 
officinal infusum cincJionoe flavce. 

The mineral acids have long been used with more or less advantage 
in the treatment of phthisis. Their utility obviously depends on the 
fact that they supply to the digestive fluids a material in which they are 
deficient in this disease. As Fenwick has shown, both pepsin and acid 
occur in quantity much less than normal in the gastric juice of phthisi- 
cal subjects. The acid best suited for the treatment of the indigestion 
of phthisis is the officinal acidum muriaticum dilutum. 

Nitric acid is one of the numerous remedies used in whooping-cough. 
It is frequently successful in shortening the duration of the disease, and 
moderating its violence ; but it acts much more beneficially after the 
subsidence of the catarrhal stage. It should be given well diJuted in 
sweetened water. Chronic bronchitis . and hoarseness produced by 



MINERAL ACIDS. J j 

singing are said to be relieved by ton-minim doses of dilute nitric 
acid. 

The mineral acids, especially the hydrochloric, have lately been pro- 
posed as remedies for acute rheumatism. The unquestionable utility 
of the tincture of the chloride of iron in rheumatism lends support to 
this practice. It is highly probable that the mineral acids check the 
formation of lactic acid in the blood. Whatever may be the nature of 
the action, good results from the treatment have been reported (Dr. 
J. James Ridge). 

Some of the accidents due to lead are prevented, and relieved when 
they occur, by sulphuric acid. Sulphuric-acid lemonade is used by 
workmen in lead-factories to prevent lead-poisoning. This is supposed 
to act by forming the insoluble sulphate of lead. Dilute sulphuric acid 
is also effective in the treatment of lead-colic. The constipation due to 
I ad is relieved by a combination of sulphuric acid and sulphate of 
magnesia, and the lead-cachexia is much benefited by a prescription of 
sulphate of quinia, sulphate of iron, and dilute sulphuric acid. The ef- 
fects of lead on the nervous system are not removed by sulphuric acid. 
Sulphuric acid is sometimes very effective in uterine hemorrhage. 
It has seemed to the author to be more useful in the case of haemor- 
rhage due to fibroid or polypus than the flow arising from other causes. 
Although sometimes prescribed for pulmonary haemorrhage^ it is not 
equal to other remedies. In intestinal haemorrhage sulphuric acid acts 
directly in part, and is therefore serviceable. In purpura it sometimes 
acts happily. 

The aromatic sulphuric acid has long been used to check profuse 
sweating, especially the sweating of phthisis. It is certainly service- 
able in this condition, but objectionable because of the ill effects of the 
acid on the function of digestion. If used at all, it should not in any 
case be long continued. 

Nitric and nitro-hydrcchloric acids have also been used with advan- 
tage in such diseases of the skin as lepra, impetigo, acne, erythema 
nodosum, and others, in which the skin-affection is symptomatic of 
imperfect digestion and assimilation. 

In certain morbid states of the urine, as the phosphatic diathesis, 
oxaluria, alkalinity of the urine from disease of the urinary mucous 
membrane, and phosphatic calcidus, the mineral acids render important 
service. In chronic cystitis and phosphatic deposits, a very weak solu- 
tion of nitric acid (gtt. j — 3 j) may be injected with advantage. In 
using such injections it is to be remembered that the bladder is ex- 
tremely intolerant, and hence they should be permitted to escape im- 
mediately. When uric acid is in excess in the urine from faulty diges- 
tion and assimilation, hydrochloric acid is often of great service : the 
excess of uric acid disappears because the foods are more perfectly pre- 
pared for admission into the blood. 



78 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Local or Topical Uses of the Mineral Acids. — Some allusions 
have been made to the local application of muriatic acid in diseases of 
the throat and of the acid-bath in hepatic affections. It will not be 
necessary to recapitulate on these points. 

Nitric acid is one of the most efficient escharotics for the destruction 
of specific or unhealthy ulcers. It is the most frequently -used caustic 
for the destruction of chancroid, sloughing ', or phagedenic chancre. A 
glass rod or bit of pine is dipped into the acid and applied, care being 
taken to penetrate to all the sinuosities of the sore. The surrounding 
healthy tissue may be protected from injury by the previous application 
of oil, and, when the acid has sufficiently penetrated, its further action 
may be arrested by some alkaline wash. A water-dressing, or spirit 
and water, or dilute tincture of benzoin, or some similar application, 
may be afterward applied to the sore. Ordinary indurated chancre does 
not require escharotic applications. Hospital gangrene, or a gan- 
grenous condition of wounds, injuries, or ulcers, is similarly treated 
with advantage, and probably no form of caustic is more desirable than 
nitric acid for these purposes. Ordinary torpid and ill-conditioned 
ulcers are improved and put in the way of healing by frequent washing 
with a weak lotion of nitric acid ( § j — Oj). . The same solution will 
remove mucous patches and condylomata, and will often check the 
bleeding from haemorrhoids. 

Nitric acid is one of the means employed for the removal of haemor- 
rhoids. It is not effective, however, against all forms. Large haemor- 
rhoids are much better treated by the ligature, galvano-caustic loop, or 
other radical measures. The so-called " straw berry -pile," a small 
hasmorrhoid of red color, which consists of a congeries of arterial twigs, 
and which bleeds freely, dan be effectually destroyed by nitric acid. 
The pile should be exposed, usually through a speculum, and the strong 
nitric acid be applied on a pine-stick freely, followed by an abundant 
application of olive-oil to prevent the extension of the escharotic action 
to the surrounding parts. Small, superficial 'ncevi are treated success- 
fully in the same way. 

Sulphuric acid penetrates more deeply than nitric, and its escharotic 
action is not so easily limited ; hence, it is not so frequently employed 
for the destruction of sloughing and ill-conditioned ulcers. It is some 
times used in the form of Ricord's paste to chancres, sloughing, or 
phagedenic. The paste is made by the addition of sufficient charcoal 
to strong sulphuric acid to give it the proper consistence. This is 
spread on a piece of muslin of a size equal to the sore, and is allowed to 
remain on until an eschar is produced, when an ordinary poultice may 
be applied. 

A favorite liniment of Sir Benjamin Brodie for counter-irritation 
of diseased joints is made by the addition of sulphuric acid to*olive-oil 
( 3 j of the acid, § iv of olive-oil). 



OILS AND FATS. 79 

A general bath in, or sponging the body with, a solution of nitro- 
muriatic acid — one ounce to a gallon — is very serviceable in the case of 
cachectic children who present these symptoms: a dry and wrinkled 
skin, sallow complexion, capricious appetite with a taste for dirt-eating, 
and whitish, pasty motions. Applying to the surface of the body an 
acid solution must affect the constitution of the blood, for an acid solu- 
tion on one side of an animal membrane and an alkaline fluid on the 
other are the conditions most favorable to osmosis. 

Lately, Dr. Lombe Atthili, of Dublin, has called attention to the 
" use of nitric acid in the treatment of uterine disease." He applies the 
fuming nitric acid to the interior of the uterine cavity after previous 
dilatation with sponge or laminaria tents. In order to protect the cer- 
vix and cervical canal he introduces an intra-uterine speculum with 
expansible blades. The cavity is first mopped out and dried with cot- 
ton ; then a probe, wrapped with cotton, is dipped in fuming nitric acid 
and applied thoroughly to the mucous membrane. This practice is very 
effective in the treatment of intra-mural fibroids and fungous granula- 
tions, to restrain haemorrhage, and after the removal of polypi. He 
almost invariably employs nitric acid in the treatment of granular cervi- 
citis and endo-cervicitis, " with the best results." When decided ten- 
derness of the uterus exists, he advises that this be first removed by 
suitable measures. 

Authorities referred to above : 

Atthill, Dr. Lombe. Obstetrical Journal of Great Britain and Ireland, June, 1873. 

Bretonneau. Des Inflammations Speciales du Tissu Muqueux, et en pariiculier de la 
Diphtherite, Paris, 1826, p. 242, et seq. 

Fox, Dr. Wilson. The Diseases of the Stomach, Macmillan & Co., 1872, p. HO. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolph. Commentaires Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius, Paris, 
1868, p. 464. 

Mackenzie, Dr. Morell. Pharmacopoeia of the Throat Hospital, p. 35. 

Martin, Sir Ranald. London Lancet, December 9, 1865. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der ArzneimitteUehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 378, 
et seq. 

Ridge, Dr. J. James. The Medical Times and Gazette, 1872. 

Ringer, Dr. Sidney. A Handbook of Therapeutics, third edition, p. 97, et seq. 

Squire. Companion to the British Pharmacopoeia, 1871, p. 12. 

OILS AND FATS. 

Adeps. — Lard. Samdoux, Fr. ; Schweineschmah, Ger. — Below the 
temperature of 90° Fahr. a soft solid. 

Sevum. — Suet. Suif de mouton, Fr. ; Schopsentalg, Ger. The pre- 
pared suet of ovis aries. 

Oleum Amygdalae expressum. — Almond-oil. JIuile d'amandes, Fr. ; 
Silsse Mandeln, Ger. The fixed oil obtained from the kernel of the 
fruit of the Amygdalus communis. 



80 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Oleum Theobromce. — Cacao-butter. Beurre de cacao, Fr. ; Kakao- 
bohnen, Ger. The concrete oil of the kernels of the fruit of Theobroma 
cacao. 

Oleum Lini. — Flaxseed-oil. Huile de lin, Fr. ; Leinol, Ger. The 
fixed oil obtained from Linum usitatissimum. 

Oleum Olivce. — Olive or sweet oil. Huile d'olive, Fr. ; Olivenol, 
Ger. The fixed oil obtained from the fruit of Olea JEuropce. 

Composition. — The above-mentioned oils and fats differ in the quan- 
tity of oleine, stearine, and margarine, which they respectively contain, 
and hence differ in physical qualities. Lard is composed of 38 per cent, 
of stearine and margarine and 62 per cent, of oleine, and olive-oil of 72 
per cent, of oleine and 28 per cent, of margarine. The more solid fats, 
as suet, contain much stearine. These neutral fats are, chemically, 
combinations of an acid (stearic, palmitic, margaric, oleic) with a base, 
glycerine. The oleine of linseed-oil appears to differ from ordinary 
oleine bj r furnishing a different acid — linoleic — when saponified. 

Oleum morrhuoe. — Cod-liver oil. Huile de morue, Fr. ; Leberthran, 
Ger. The fixed oil obtained from the liver of Gadus morrhum and 
other species of Gadus. 

Composition. — Cod-liver oil contains a peculiar principle, gaduiri, 
and vields, by distillation with ammonia, propylamin. It also differs 
from the fats and oils above described in containing various biliary 
principles and traces of iodine, bromine, phosphorus, sulphuric and phos- 
phoric acids, lime, magnesia, soda, and iron. It agrees with the other 
oils in being composed for the most part of oleine and margarine. It is 
the latter constituent which gives the white cloudiness of cod-liver oil 
in cold weather, and which is, by the " British Pharmacopoeia," directed 
to be separated by artificial cooling. According to "Winkler, cod-liver 
oil does not yield glycerine, but oxide of propyl, when saponified. 

There are three varieties of oil, due, not to differences in composi- 
tion, but to modes of preparation : the pale, the light-brown, and the 
dark oil. The pale oil is freest from the products of decomposition and 
empyreuma, and is the best for internal administration. 

In order to obtain more positive therapeutical results, certain medi- 
cinal substances are frequently added artificially to the cod-liver oils of 
commerce. Iodine, bromine, phosphorus, and iron, are thus added. 
Not only are such compounds bad, chemically considered, but the addi- 
tion of such ingredients gives great opportunities for sophistication, and 
impure bro\\*n and other fish-oils may be substituted for the pure cod- 
liver oil. 

It has been supposed that any oil or fat, even glycerine, may be 
used in place of cod-liver oil, and cream has been prescribed in this 
belief. Linseed-oil has been considered to have some special efficacy in 
wasting diseases, more particularly in phthisis, because .of the large 
amount of vegetable albumen which it contains. These notions are er- 



OILS AND FATS. 81 

roneous. Cod-liver oil has special therapeutical virtues because it con- 
tains gaduin, propylamine, the constituents of bile, iodine, phosphorus, 
bromine, etc., in addition to the ordinary ingredients of an animal fat. 

Physiological Actions. — An oil or fat applied by friction to the 
epidermis will disappear, and, as a positive gain may thus accrue, it is 
reasonable to suppose that not only absorption, but assimilation, also, 
has taken place. 

Fat plays an important part in the metamorphosis of animal fluids. 
As was long since shown by Lehmann, a small quantity of fat is essen- 
tial to the digestion of nitrogenous articles of food. Cod-liver oil, as 
well as other oils, when taken in the proper quantity, has the power to 
facilitate gastric digestion, and therefore promotes the appetite. Oil 
is a very important material in intestinal digestion — constitutes the 
molecular basis of the chyle, which consists chiefly of finely-divided 
fatty matter, each globule of fat being surrounded by a thin layer of 
albumen. The fat taken in with the food undergoes the emulsionizing 
process, chiefly in the small intestine, and by the aid of the pancreatic 
and biliary secretions. Cod-liver oil is, above all other fats, adapted to 
form the molecular basis of the chyle. All fats do not penetrate into 
the veins and lacteals with the same facility, and the presence of certain 
substances is necessary to the process. Fats are not crystalloidal but 
colloidal substances, and have, therefore, but a feeble power of osmosis • 
but, notwithstanding this fact, the blood of the portal vein is much 
richer in fat than the blood of the arteries and systemic veins. The 
osmose of fats is accomplished by the action of the bile. It was long 
since shown, by Wistinghausen, that in capillary tubes moistened by 
bile, oil will rise much higher than in tubes not so moistened, or when 
moistened with water or a saline solution. He also showed that oil 
will pass through membrane saturated with bile ir.uch more readily than 
through similar membrane saturated with water. It has been as- 
certained that, in dogs with biliary fistula?, the amount of fat in the 
chyle is much below the normal, and in the faeces much greater than 
normal (Day). Hence it must be concluded that the presence of bile is 
necessary to the absorption of fats, and that cod-liver oil must be pecu- 
liarly adapted to form the molecular basis of the clryle. It is for these 
reasons that, during a course of cod-liver oil, the body-weight is in- 
creased, the red blood-globules become more numerous, and a greater 
amount of fat is deposited in the tissues. It promotes the constructive 
metamorphosis. The important role performed by the oils and fats in 
the organism is shown by a variety of considerations. Wherever tissue- 
changes, physiological or pathological, are taking place, fat accumulates 
and enters largely into the formation of the resulting products. Newly- 
formed plasma contains much free fat, and all plastic exudations more 
than the non-plastic (Lehmann). Fat is the most abundant constituent 
of pus. 

r 



82 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Food is intended ultimately for two objects : first, to build up the 
tissues in the growing state and to reconstruct the tissues wasted by 
use ; second, to supply force, nervous, muscular, and digestive, to the 
different parts of the organism requiring it. The part performed by the 
fats is important as regards both objects. As already stated, they are 
essential to the construction of tissue ; modern researches have shown 
that thev have a necessary office in the evolution of force. The well- 
known experiment of Fick and Wislicenus demonstrated that, on a diet 
of hydro-carbons, great muscular effort can be undergone with but little 
destruction of muscular tissue, and without increased urea-discharge. 
Turkish porters, who are remarkable for their great muscular strength 
and endurance, live on a diet composed of fat and rice. The acrobats 
of Japan, who live on a similar diet, grow to an enormous size, and ac- 
complish feats of strength and agility to which the athletes of Western 
nations are hardly equal. 

If a muscle is made to contract under a bell-jar, an extraordinary 
evolution of carbonic-acid gas takes place, just as in violent muscular 
exercise the amount of carbonic-acid gas exhaled from the lungs is 
increased. 

Therapy. — Oils and fats are used by inunction in the treatment of 
the scaly skin-diseases. In this case, the normal amount of oil in the 
skin being deficient, it is supplied artificially. 

Inunctions of oil or fat promote constructive metamorphosis in such 
chronic wasting diseases as phthisis, scrofula, chronic dysentery, etc. 
The best oil for this purpose is cod-liver oil, but, as it stains the skin 
yellow and has a disagreeable odor, it is often strongly objected to. 
Sevum or suet may be used and may be perfumed to the taste of the 
patient. The best time for practising the inunctions is just before re- 
tiring. A warm bath should first be taken, and then from one to two 
ounces may be rubbed into the skin. A thick night-garment should be 
put on to prevent injury to the bedding. 

Sadly-nourished infants, rickety, or scrofulous, or suffering from 
chronic intestinal disorders, who have a dry and scaly skin, are often 
materially benefited by the tepid or warm bath, followed by inunctions 
of lard, suet, or almond-oil. Chlorotic girls, with or without disorders 
of menstruation, are improved in condition by the same means. Spare 
women, who wish to gain flesh and roundness of form, may have their 
wish gratified by warm baths and inunctions of oil. The improvement 
which results from this practice is partly due to the general gain in 
bodily nutrition. 

Rubeola, scarlatina, roseola, erysipelas, and other febrile diseases, 
are benefited by oil inunctions. These applications are grateful to 
the patient ; they allay the burning heat of the skin, and in this 
way diminish restlessness and excitement. It is said that inunctions 
of oil reduce the temperature, but the decline in fever-heat is prob- 



OILS AND FATS. 83 

ably the result of the calmative influence which these applications have 
over one of the chief sources of distress. Inunctions of oil have a 
special utility in the desquamative stage oi scarlet f ex, er. It is the 
author's observation that inunctions of oil are serviceable in fevers 
generally, when there is much heat of skin and high temperature, with 
restlessness. Cocoa-butter is the most elegant of these preparations 
for external use. In the infectious diseases, a little carbolic acid may 
be added to the inunction oil or fat, with the view of destroying dis- 
ease-germs. 

Those who experience frequent catarrhal attacks, and take cold on 
slight exposure, may have their susceptibility diminished by a daily 
application of oil to the whole surface of the body. 

In many maladies, the patients experience a notable distaste for 
fatty food in any form. This is especially the case with scrofulous and 
pJitJilsical subjects, and, as fat in some form is necessary to digestion, 
assimilation, and heat-producing, it is obvious that by the use of cod- 
liver oil an essential element of nutrition may be supplied in the best 
form. In cases in which there exists a condition of faulty assimilation 
of fats, cod-liver oil, by reason of the fact that it contains in intimate 
association the bile elements, is especially adapted to form the molecular 
basis of the chyle. In scrofula, rickets, and other disorders of the nutri- 
tive functions belonging to this group, cod-liver oil is the best remedy 
for promoting constructive metamorphosis. 

After scarlet fever in many children, especially in those with stru- 
mous diathesis, there occur discharges from the nose and ears, feeble 
digestion, and general emaciation. These sequelce of scarlet fever are 
best removed by the internal use of cod-liver oil. 

As a remedy in phthisis, cod-liver oil holds the first place, but it is 
not adapted to all forms and all stages of that disease. It is especially a 
remedy for the chronic forms of phthisis — -fibroid lung and chronic tuber- 
culosis — and is not serviceable in caseous pneumonia and acute phthisis. 
It is more useful in the chronic forms of phthisis because these afford the 
time and opportunity to reconstruct the tissues of the body — to build up 
the tissues from the molecular basis of the chyle. Cod-liver oil is not 
well borne when there is much fever, and cannot be w T ell assimilated 
when the stomach has undergone the alterations which belong to acute 
inflammatory affections. This remedy is too often prescribed without 
any reference to the condition of the patient's digestive functions. The 
power of the stomach and intestines to digest fat is limited, and, if the 
quantity which can be disposed of is exceeded, the patient is incom- 
moded. Rarely is it proper to prescribe more than a teaspoon ful three 
times a day, and few patients can digest a tablespoonful. As the secre- 
tion of gastric juice, bile, and pancreatic juice, takes place most abun- 
dantly during the digestion of food, the time for the administration of 
oil in phthisical cases is after eating. When it is not well borne, the 



84 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

digestion and assimilation of the oil may be aided by combining it with 
liquor potassas, lime-water, the compound tincture of gentian, tincture 
of nux-vomica, or strychnia, or other correctives according to the indi- 
cations in individual cases. When the oil is not well digested — although 
stomach disorder may not have occurred — and it is seen to float on the 
stools, it may be combined with ether, since Bernard has demonstrated 
that ether increases the production of pancreatic fluid. 

If continued for a sufficient length of time, cod-liver oil is of the 
greatest service in chronic bronchitis and emphysema. It should be 
given in the same way and under the same conditions as in phthisis. 

Chronic rheumatism and rheumatic arthritis, maladies for the relief 
of which cod-liver oil was first prescribed, when occurring under bad 
hygienic influences in cachectic subjects, may be much relieved by this 
agent. In addition to the internal use of the oil, it may be applied with 
advantage locally to the affected joints. This combined use of the oil, 
systemically and by local inunction, is to be commended in the so-called 
rheumatic gout with deposits about the joints. On the same principle, 
cod-liver oil is beneficial in cases of strumous synovitis, caries, and ne- 
crosis of bone dependent on a constitutional state. It does not have, it 
must be admitted, any direct influence over these morbid processes ; 
but it enters most usefully into constructive tissue-metamorphosis. 

As a reconstituent, cod-liver oil is a very useful remedy in certain 
chronic affections of the brain and nervous system. One of the most 
common conditions with which we have to deal in middle and advanced 
life, and also one of the most important as regards the integrity of the 
brain, is atheroma of the arteries. This condition is represented by 
increased hardness of the radial pulse, the arcus seixilis, irregular action 
of the heart, giddiness, vertigo, partial loss of vision, and failure of the 
memory and other intellectual faculties. Used to obviate these degen- 
erative changes, and to prevent failure in the nutrition of the brain, we 
have in cod-liver oil a remedy of real value. It should be given in small 
quantity, and continued for a long time. As a phosphorized fat plays 
an important part in the structure and functions of the cerebral tissues, 
we may imitate the processes of Nature and administer the phosphates, 
the hypophosphites, or the lacto-phosphate of lime, in combination with 
cod-liver oil. The author has seen excellent results from such a com- 
bined use of these agents. Dr. Anstie much insists on the use of fats, 
especially cod-liver oil, as a part of the diet of those suffering from 
neuralgia, paralysis agitans, epilepsy, mercurial tremor, and chorea. 
Dr. Radcliffe had previously pointed out the utility of fats and oils in 
the same affections, and all practical physicians familiar with the sub- 
ject are now pretty well agreed as to the value of this practice. The 
special indications for cod-liver oil in these affections are faulty assimila- 
tion and a low condition of the nutritive functions. Fats and oils are, 
of course, contraindicated in these nervous disorders when thev occu? 



OILS AND FATS. 85 

in plethoric and over-fed subjects, but such a state of things is excep- 
tional. 

In diseases of the skin of strumous origin, cod-liver oil is, as Dr. 
Tilbury Fox remarks, " our sheet-anchor.''' Among these diseases are 
lupus t ecthyma^ psoriasis, scleroderma, etc. The constitutional state 
requiring cod-liver oil is a lowered condition of the assimilative func- 
tions dependent on the strumous cachexia. The local use of the oil is 
certainly advantageous in these cases. Dr. Hughes Bennett strongly 
recommends the tree application of the oil to favus and eczema im- 
l" tiginodes. 

The condition of debility and faulty assimilation which results from 
the prolonged treatment of syphilis with mercury and iodine is frequent- 
ly remarkably improved by cod-liver oil. The syphilodermata, when 
occurring in cachectic subjects, are benefited by a persistent use of the 
same remedy. With the internal use of the oil may be conjoined in- 
unctions. These are especially beneficial in the squamae of syphilitic 
origin. 

Mode of Administration of Cod-Liver Oil. — As cod-liver oil is 
extremely repugnant to many patients, it is desirable to prescribe it in 
as agreeable a form as possible. Washing out the mouth with raw 
whiskey or brandy so far blunts the sensibility of the nerves as to permit 
the oil to be swallowed without difficulty as regards its taste. Quickly 
stirred up in a hot whiskey-punch, it may be swallowed without appre- 
ciation of the taste of the oil. It may be taken on beer, the oil covered 
with the foam, and carefully prevented touching the glass. A wine- 
glass may be thoroughly moistened with ale or beer, and the dose of 
oil just enveloped in the beer, when it may be tossed into the throat 
without perceiving the taste of the oil; or the oil may be taken in 
sufficient lemon-juice in the same way. It may also be taken in black 
coffee. A very good disguise is that of Carlo Paresi, by which it is made 
to have the odor and taste of coffee. To 400 parts of cod-liver oil are 
added 10 parts of animal charcoal, and 20 parts of ground roasted coffee. 
The mixture is digested in a water-bath at a temperature of 50° to G0° 
C. and after standing three days is filtered and put in well-stoppered 
bottles. It is said that 10 drops of chloroform to 100 grammes of the 
oil will render it palatable. One part of essential oil of Eucalyptus to 
100 parts of pale oil makes a mixture in which the odor and taste of 
the oil are entirely extinguished. Two drachms of cod-liver oil may be 
mixed with a drachm each of compound spirits of lavender and brandy. 
Emulsions of cod-liver oil are now prepared with glycerine and }-olks 
of eggs and suitably flavored. The various emulsions with lime are also 
much prescribed. Cod-liver oil saponified by lime has been brought 
forward by Prof. Van den Court, of Brussels, as a remedy of especial 
efficacy in phthisis. Lastly, cod-liver oil has been used instead of lard 
or butter in the preparation of rolls, which are readily eaten by children. 



86 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. Francis E. Neuralgia and the Diseases that resemble it, Macmillan & Co , 
London, 1871. 

Bennett, Dr. J. Hughes. Oleum Jecoris Aselli as a Therapeutic Agent in Certain Forms 
of Gout, Rheumatism, and Scrofula, London, 1341. 

Day, Dr. George E. Chemistry in its Relation to Physiology and Medicine, London, 
1860, p. 174. 

Flint, Dr. Austin, Jr. The Physiology of Man, vol. ii., p. 372, New York, 1873. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolph. Commentaires Therapeutiqices, etc., Paris, 1868, p. 156. 

Lehmann, Prof. C. G. Physiological Chemistry, Philadelphia, 1855, vol. i., p. 221, 
et seq. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittel, Berlin, 1870, p. 661, et seq. 

Ranke, Prof. Dr. Johannes. Grundzuge der Physiologie des Menschen, Leipzig, 1872, 
p. 289. 

Ringer, Dr. Sidney. Handbook of Therapeutics, p. 247. 

Simon, Dr. Franz. Animal Chemistry, Syd. Soc, vol. L, p. 206. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Trait'e de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, huitieme edi- 
tion, vol. i., p. 304. 

Williams, Dr. J. C. B. and Dr. Theodore. Consumption. 

Wood and Bache. U. S. Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



PHOSPHORUS AND SOME OF ITS COMPOUNDS. 

Phosphorus. — Phosphore, Fr. ; Phosphor, Ger. A translucent, nearly 
colorless solid, resembling wax, without taste, but having a peculiar 
smell. Its specific gravity is 1.8. 

Oleum Phosphoratum. — Phosphorus twelve grains, almond-oil one 
ounce. Dose, five to ten drops in mucilage. An oleum phosphoratum 
is also prepared by dissolving, by the aid of heat, a half-grain of phos- 
phorus in an ounce of cod-liver oil. The dose of this preparation is one 
teaspoonful. 

Pilules, Phosphori. — Phosphorus one part, suet 100 parts. Three- 
grain pills. (Radcliffe.) 

Tinctura Phosphori. — Phosphorus one grain, absolute alcohol five 
drachms, glycerine one ounce and a half, spirit of wine two drachms, 
spirit of peppermint two scruples. " Dissolve the phosphorus in the 
alcohol with a little heat ; at the same time warm the spirit and glyce- 
rine together. Mix the two solutions while hot, and add the spirit of 
peppermint on cooling. Dose one-half to one drachm." 

Tinctura Phosphori JEthereale. — Solution of phosphorus in ether. 
Dose five to ten drops in sirup. A solution of phosphorus in chloro- 
form, or bisulphide of carbon, may also be prepared for internal admin- 
istration. Pills of phosphorus may be extemporaneously made by mix- 
ing the bisulphide of carbon solution with some inert powder. The 
evaporation of the bisulphide leaves the phosphorus in a finely-divided 
state intimately incorporated with the powder. 

Zinci Phosphidum. — Phosphide of zinc. Dose one-twelfth to one- 



PHOSPHORUS. 87 

quarter of a grain. It is best administered in pill-form made with con- 
serve <>f roses. 

Synergists, — Oils and fats favor the absorption of phosphorus, and 
should never, therefore, be employed in cases of poisoning by this agent. 
Arsenic, and in a feeble degree sulphur, are synergistic. 

Antagonists. — Hydrated magnesia, lime-water, and powdered char- 
coal, limit or prevent the action of phosphorus on the tissues. Letheby 
was the first to note that the vapor of turpentine prevented the toxic 
action of the vapor of phosphorus, and that workmen employed in the 
match-factory at Stafford, who were protected by vials of turpentine 
worn about the neck, escaped necrosis of the maxillary bones and other 
deleterious effects. Dr. P. C. Andant next published cases indicating 
the antidotal power of turpentine, and M. Personne submitted the sub- 
ject to experimental demonstration and confirmed the observations of 
Andant. As turpentine destroys the luminosity in the dark and arrests 
the escape of the vapor of phosphorus, M. Personne infers that it acts 
similarly as an antidote, that is, prevents the combustion of phosphorus 
in the blood and the consequent consumption of the oxygen. Numerous 
cases of successful use of turpentine in phosphorus-poisoning have been 
reported (Koehler, Sorbets, and others). The experiments of Hohler 
and Schimpf show that the commercial oil of turpentine is an effective 
antidote to phosphorus; that it prevents fatty degeneration of the tis- 
sues ; that no free phosphorus can be found in animals experimented on, 
and that turpentine and phosphorus form in the stomach an innocuous 
compound resembling spermaceti. The common or commercial turpen- 
tine, and that which has been for some time exposed to the air, and is 
therefore rich in ozone, is the kind only which is efficient as an antidote 
against phosphorus. 

In treating cases of poisoning, the contents of the stomach should 
be thoroughly evacuated. The best emetic for this purpose is sulphate 
of copper, since it has been shown by Eulenburg and Guttmann, and 
afterward by Bamberger, that phosphorus quickly combines with copper 
to form the phosphide, which is much less active than the phosphorus 
itself. After free emesis obtained by the use of sulphate of copper, an 
emulsion of hydrated magnesia with the common oil of turpentine 
should be freely used. To repair the damage to the blood, transfusion 
has been successfully employed by Jtirgensen. 

Physiological Actions. — The vapor of phosphorus excites irrita- 
tion of the conjunctiva and bronchial mucous membrane. In ordinary 
medicinal doses it gives rise to an agreeable sensation of warmth in the 
stomach. As it undergoes rapid oxidation, much hydrogen is evolved, 
which while in its nascent state combines with a portion of the phos- 
phorus, forming phosphide of hydrogen. Eructation of this gas, there- 
fore, is one of the unpleasant effects of phosphorus administered by 
the stomach. The action of the heart becomes more frequent, the 



88 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

bocty temperature rises somewhat, the mental activity and the muscu- 
lar power increase, the menstrual flow becomes more abundant, aphro- 
disiac effects are experienced, and the urine and sweat are more freely 
excreted. 

In toxic doses, phosphorus causes violent gastro-intestinal disturb- 
ance. Phosphoric acid, the product of the oxidation of the phosphorus, 
having a strong affinity for water and ready diffusibility, attacks the 
mucous membrane with great energy. Violent epigastric pain, vomiting, 
and diarrhoea, are produced, and the systemic effects due to the action 
of a corrosive poison are superadded to the physiological effects proper 
of phosphorus. 

A portion of the phosphorus taken into the stomach passes into the 
blood unchanged, most probably in combination with fatty matter 
(Husemann and Marme). If in sufficient quantity, it causes rapid de- 
struction of the red blood-globules, prevents the reaction of the fibrino- 
gen on the fibrino-plastic substance, and thus sets up an acute haemor- 
rhagic diathesis. Hence the utility of transfusion as practised by Jiir- 
gensen in cases of phosphorus-poisoning. According to Lecorche, these 
results are due to the formation of phosphide of hydrogen and phos- 
phoric acid. Death occurs more promptly when the phosphide is the 
active agent. Transudation of blood takes place from all the mucous 
surfaces. An acute fatty degeneration of the stomach, of the liver, of 
the heart and arteries ensues (Munk und Leyden, Ebstein, Habershon, 
etc.). At a later period this fatty degeneration extends to the voluntary 
muscular system, and even involves at last the involuntary. According 
to Wegner, the haemorrhages which occur in the course of phosphorus- 
poisoning are due to fatty degeneration of the arterial walls. Icterus, 
which is a usual symptom; is probably dependent on the separation and 
solution of the haematine, or it may result from the steatosis of the liver 
(Ebstein). 

Workmen exposed to phosphorus-vapor suffer from necrosis of the 
maxillary bones. Wegner has shown that phosphorus exerts an im- 
portant influence over the nutrition of bones, causing periostitis and 
hypertrophy. 

The symptoms referable to the nervous system maybe nothing more 
than those common to irritant poisons. Generally, however, delirium, 
paralysis, coma, and convulsions, are produced (Caspar). 

Phosphorus and its compounds increase the excretion of phosphates 
by the urine. 

Theeapy. — The physiological action of phosphorus in small doses in 
increasing mental activity finds a therapeutical expression in the use of 
its preparations in cerebral disorders. It is indicated in pathological 
states dependent on anaemia, and contraindicated in vascular congestion 
and excitement. Cases of wakefulness, dependent on cerebral anaemia 
and exhaustion, are often remarkably benefited by phosphorus in the 



phosphorus. 89 

form of the pill or tincture. It docs not procure sleep in the way that 
chloral and bromide of potassium do. By the use of it in suitable stales 
we supply to the cerebral substance a material which it requires for the 
healthy performance of its functions. It acts most beneficially in the 
cases of wakefulness in which the nutritive functions of the body are 
wanting in activity. The wakefulness of the aged, accompanied with 
muscular cramps, feebleness of memory, giddiness and trembling of the 
voluntary muscles on exertion, is improved by the preparations of phos- 
phorus. Early decay of the mental powers, associated with atheroma- 
tous changes of the cerebral vessels, and consequent impaired nutrition 
of the brain, is benefited by minute doses of this agent. In these states, 
occurring in the aged, it is better to combine with the phosphorus, or 
to administer simultaneously, cod-liver oil. The author has seen good 
results from such a combination in paralysis agitans. Large doses of 
the medicine in these disorders of advanced life are improper and unsafe. 
The best results are obtained from the persistent use of minute doses. 
M. Delpech has obtained excellent results from the use of phosphorus in 
paralysis. It is obviously adapted to cases of chronic character in which 
all acute symptoms have subsided. The paralytic symptoms which ac- 
company white softening of the brain (local and circumscribed anaemia) 
have appeared to the author to be improved by the use of the phosphates, 
hypophosphites, and lacto-phosphate of lime. 

The preparations of phosphorus are very serviceable in neuralgia. 
It is true Dr. Anstie, in his recent able work on neuralgia, expresses the 
opinion that " its utility is not very extensive or reliable." Radcliffe, 
Bradley, Broadbent, Mr. J. Ashburton Thompson, on the other hand, 
report cures in some obstinate cases. Mr. Thompson's experience in- 
dicates that large doses are necessary to effect a cure. In his own 
words: "I now invariably begin by giving ^ of a grain every four 
hours, and this I conclude to be an average dose." The formula given 
under the title " Tinctura Phosphori " is Mr. Thompson's ; each drachm 
of it contains T 1 ^ of a grain of phosphorus. With this solution he has 
treated successfully thirteen cases of neuralgia. Dr. Broadbent has 
given phosphorus with advantage in " epileptiform vertigo," neuralgia, 
and " nervous breakdown from overwork." 

We have no remedy at present more efficient in the treatment of 
impotence than phosphorus. In the physiological state, priapism is 
one of the results of its toxic action. It is, of course, adapted only 
to cases functional in character, and not to impotence from organic 
defect. 

According to Dujardin-Beaumetz, phosphorus is useful in that very 
protracted and troublesome disease, progressive locomotor ataxia, or 
posterior spinal sclerosis. Although the author has not observed any 
instances of cure of this affection by phosphorus, he has witnessed in a 
few instances decided amelioration. 



90 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Phosphorus has lately been employed as a substitute for arsenic in 
the skin-diseases for which the latter is used — notably acne, psoriasis, 
lupus. The author has seen excellent results from the use of the com- 
pound sirup of the hypophosphites in acne indurata. 

Authorities referred to in this article : 

Andant, Dr. P. E. Bulletin de Therapeutique, tome lxxv., p. 269. 

Ibid. Tome lxxvi., p. 273. 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. Neuralgia and its Counterfeits, London, Macmillan, 18*71, 

Bennett, Dr. James Risdon. The Medical limes and Gazette, vol. i., 1861, p. 438. 

Bradley, Mr. G. M. The British Medical Journal, October, 1872. 

Broadbent, Dr. W. H. The Practitioner, April, 1873, vol. x., p. 230. 

Dusart, M. The Lancet, vol. ii., 1870, p. 122. 

Ebstein. Archiv der Heilkunde. Schmidfs Jahrbucher, vol. cxlv., p. 283. 

Husemann and Marme. Ibid., vol. i., 1867, p. 66. 

Huber. Schmidfs Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxliv., p. 31. 

Koehler, Dr. R. H. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, No. 1, 1870, p. 5. 

Lecorche, Dr. Archives de Physiologie, tome deux, 1869. Etude Physiologique, Cli- 
nique et Therapeutique du Phosphor. 

Munk, Dr. Ph., und Dr. E. Leyden. Die akute Phosphorvergiftung, Berlin, 1865, A. 
Hirschwald, p. 188. 

Personne, M. Bulletin de Therapeutique, tome lxxvi., p. 353. 

Radclifpe, Dr. C. B. The British Medical Journal, 1863, p. 489. 

Schraube, Dr. Otto. Uebersicht neuerer Mitiheilungen uber akute Phosphorvergiftung. 
Schmidfs Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, Bd. 136, Heft 2, S. 207. 

Sorbets, Dr. Bulletin de Therapeutique, vol. lxvii., p. 42. 

Thompson, Mr. J. Ashburton. The Practitioner, vol. ii., p. 13. 

Wegner, Dr. George. VirchovPs Archiv fur Pathol., 1872. 



PHOSPHITES AND PHOSPHATES. 

Preparations. — Comp. Syrupus Calcii, Sodii, JPotassii, et Ferri 
Hypophospliitis. — Compound sirup of the hypophosphite of lime, soda, 
potash, and iron. Dose, a teaspoonful to a dessert-spoonful. 

Syrupus Calcii Lacto-phosphatis. — Sirup of the lacto-phosphate of 
lime. Dose, a teaspoonful. Lactic acid has the property of dissolving 
freshly-precipitated phosphate of lime. 

Compound Sirup of the Phosphates. — Parish's chemical food. Each 
drachm contains two and a half grains of phosphate of iron and one 
grain of phosphate of lime. 

Sodii Phosphas. — Phosphate of soda. Dose, one drachm to one 
ounce. 

Calcii Phosphas Proecipitata. — Precipitated phosphate of lime. 
Dose, one to ten grains. 

Physiological Actions. — Tn the first edition of this work \k& phos- 
phates were included in the same section with phosphorus. There is 
a strong argument in favor of this arrangement, based on the chemical 
reactions which ensue when phosphorus is introduced into the stomach. 



PHOSPHITES AND PHOSPHATES. 91 

Phosphorus has a strong affinity for oxygen, and compounds are quickly 
formed in the stomach. It is probable, however, that some phosphorus 
enters the blood uncombined. It is certain that the effects of phos- 
phorus differ in character from the effects of any of its compounds. 
They agree in the property of aiding constructive metamorphosis, but 
differ widely in other respects. 

Physiological Actioxs of Phosphate of Lime. — There is no part 
of the body which does not contain, or does not yield on incineration, 
phosphate of lime. It gives solidity to the osseous framework of the 
body, and, when too little is furnished during the growing period, rickets 
and mollifies ossium are the result. The demand made on the system 
of the mother for the supply of this essential material for the growth 
of the osseous structure of the foetus is so great that her fractured 
bones unite with difficulty. The bones of animals, fed on food deficient 
in phosphate of lime, soften. All the animal fluids contain this sub- 
stance in solution : thus it is found in the blood, the saliva, the gastric 
juice, milk, urine, and in the intercellular fluid throughout the bodj\ It 
accumulates wherever tissue-changes are rapidly taking place (Dusart). 
It is, obviously, very important to the nutritive processes of the body. 

As phosphate of lime is to a limited extent soluble in lactic and 
hydrochloric acids, it is evident that, administered by the stomach, 
diffusion into the blood must occur. Large amounts cannot, however, 
be disposed of in this way; hence small doses must be as effective, in 
the treatment of the maladies for which it is prescribed, as large ones — 
for all in excess of the quantity soluble in the free acids of the stomach 
must pass off with the fasces or form intestinal concretions. 

Physiological Actions of Phosphate of Soda. — This salt is 
soluble in water in the proportion of four per cent. Hence it may be 
given in solution, and will readily diffuse through into the blood. In 
the dose of one ounce it acts as a laxative. As it has a saline taste 
similar to common salt, it may be given in soup or other food. It in- 
creases the alkalinity of the blood, according to Bocker, by causing a 
retention of the chloride of sodium. Phosphate of soda diminishes the 
excretion of urea, in part, it is supposed, by hindering the retrograde 
metamorphosis of tissue, in part by its interference with the process of 
digestion. 

Although it is held that the phosphate of soda hinders digestion, 
the author's experience is opposed to this view. In large purgative 
doses, undoubtedly, very considerable commotion is induced in the in- 
testines, and in this sense any purgative is hurtful to digestion. In the 
small doses required in most of the maladies for which this remedy is 
prescribed, no impairment of digestion occurs. Furthermore, by re- 
moving morbid states of the mucous membrane, the digestive function 
is directly promoted, by the proper use of the agent. 

Therapy. — In cases of the so-called bilious sick headache, phosphate 



92 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

of soda is a most useful laxative. A permanent cure of this very 
troublesome malady may be wrought by regulation of the diet, and by 
the long-continued use of this remedy. It is not pretended that cases 
of migraine, due to an affection of the nucleus of the fifth, may be thus 
cured. A large proportion of these cases are produced by a catarrhal 
state of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, which the phosphate 
of soda has the power to remove. For the same reason, it is a remedy 
of the highest utility in cases of jaundice dependent on catarrh of the 
bile-ducts, this disease being secondary to the same process in the in- 
testinal mucous membrane. In these affections the phosphate of soda 
should be administered in a drachm-dose (about one teaspoonful) 
three times a day, or more frequently. Children, who are frequently 
subjects of this disorder, do not require larger doses than ten grains to 
a scruple. In preventing inspissation of the bile and crystallization of 
cholesterine, and attacks of hepatic colic, the persistent use of the phos- 
phate of soda is rarely unsuccessful. It is not pretended that this agent 
can relieve the attacks of hepatic colic, and, indeed, it is useless at these 
times. Many cases of this disease, if not most of them, originate in a 
catarrh of the duodenum, the transference of the catarrhal state by con- 
tiguity of tissue to the gall-bladder, and the formation of a nucleus of 
mucus and bile, about which the cholesterine crystallizes. Phosphate 
of soda has the property to prevent the occurrence of these changes, 
and consequently to prevent attacks of hepatic colic. The author has 
found one scruple to drachm doses, administered for several months be- 
fore each meal, extremely efficacious in a number of cases of this kind. 
The value of Vichy in this and kindred affections probably depends on 
the phosphate of soda contained in this mineral water. 

Many ill-conditioned children are found to pass pasty and ichite 
stools, showing the absence of bile, and are pale and ill-nourished not- 
withstanding an abundant supply of milk and a vigorous appetite. Ten 
grains of phosphate of soda, dissolved in the milk and given them sev- 
eral times each day, will often improve the intestinal digestion, change 
the appearance of the stools, and increase the nutrition of the body. 

The phosphates are especially useful in diseases characterized by 
mal-nutrition. In rickets, mollities ossium, delayed union of fractures, 
early decay of the teeth in children, caries and necrosis of bone, in 
which the phosphate is needed to the repair and growth of the osseous 
structures, they may be supplied artificially. The phosphate of lime 
may be administered alone in these states, but is to be preferred in the 
form of the sirup of the lacto-phosphate, or of Parish's phosphates. As 
a large consumption of the phosphate of lime takes place during suck- 
ling, the anmmia of the nursing mother may be most advantageously 
treated with the lacto-phosphate of lime or phosphates. The waste 
caused by suppuration, carbuncles, mammary abscesses or boils, may 
be best repaired by the same means. The constitutional cachexia pro- 



PHOSPHITES AND rilOSPIIATES. 93 

dueod by chronic bronchitis with profuse expectoration, leucorrhcea 
and similar exhausting discharges, may be much improved by the phos- 
phates, and with the general improvement of the bodily state there 
usually takes place an arrest in the local morbid process. 

The explanation of the therapeutical action of the phosphates in the 
diseases just mentioned is equally true of their use in phthisis. The 
utility of the hypophosphites in this disease is not any greater, for it is 
probably true that these preparations undergo oxidation in the stomach 
and pass to phosphates. The compound sirup of the hypophosphites 
is an agreeable preparation and is readily taken, and certainly proves 
serviceable in the more chronic forms of the disease. The lacto-phos- 
phatc, the phosphates, and the hypophosphites, are undoubtedly useful 
in chronic phthisis, fibroid lung, chronic tuberculosis, empthysema, and 
dilated bronchi, but no advantage can be expected from them in acute 
tuberculosis and caseous pneumonia. The utility of these preparations 
in these groups of maladies depends on their power to promote con- 
structive metamorphosis. If they improve the appetite, promote diges- 
tion, and increase the body -weight, they do good ; if they disagree with 
the stomach, they do harm (Bennett). Not unfrequently the sirup of 
the hypophosphites gives rise to distressing tormina. This may be 
obviated by combining with it dilute phosphoric acid — a combination 
very effective, therapeutically: r^. Syrp. hypophos. comp., 3 iijss, acid, 
phosphor, dil., | ss. M. S. A teaspoonful three times a day. Such a 
combination may be advantageously given with cod-liver oil, after meals, 
in chronic phthisis. The addition of arsenic contributes very materially 
to the therapeutical effects of the lacto-phosphate, for example : r} • 
Syrp. calcii lacto-phos., 3 iv; liq. potassii arsen., 3 j. M. S. A dessert- 
spoonful ter die. 

Late favorable reports regarding the curative effects of phosphorus 
and its compounds in pernicious anaemia have not been confirmed by 
the most recent experience. 

Percy, who has distinguished himself by researches on phosphorus, 
prepares hypophosphorous acid by passing through a solution of phos- 
phorus in oil, perfectly pure, and dry, oxygen. He maintains that hy- 
pophosphorous acid is the only preparation of phosphorus which should 
be employed in medicine. 

Authorities referred to : 

Broadbext, Dr. W. II. Further Illustrations of the Therapeiclic Uses of Phosphorus, 
etc. The Practitioner, vol. xiv., p. 16. 

Gubler, Prof. A. De VAetion, Ph>/sioloe/ique et des Effels Th'erapeuiiqucs du Phos- 
phore. Bull. Gen. de TJierap., vol. lxxxiv., p. 385. 

Percy, Dr. Samuel R. TJie "Merrit H. Cash" Prize Essay, Xew York, 1877. 



94 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

IRON AND ITS PREPARATIONS. 

Ferrum. — Fer, Fr. ; Msen, Ger. 

Ferrum Hedactum. — Reduced iron. Ferri pulvis. A tasteless pow- 
der of an iron-gray color. Dose, gr. ss— gr. ij. 

Ferri Subcarbonas. — Subcarbonate of iron. Precipitated carbonate 
of iron. A reddish-brown powder. Dose, gr. v — gr. xv. 

Trochisi Ferri Subcarbonas, — Troches of subcarbonate of iron. 
Composition : Subcarbonate of iron, vanilla, sugar, and mucilage of 
tragacanth. Dose, one to five. 

Ferri Oxidum Hydratum. — Hydrated oxide of iron. Kept in the 
form of a soft magma and used as an antidote to arsenic. 

FilulcB Ferri Compositm. — Compound pills of iron. Composition: 
Myrrh, carbonate of sodium, sulphate of iron. Dose, one or twx> pills. 

Pilula Ferri Carbonatis. — Pill of carbonate of iron, Vallette's 
mass. Composition: Sulphate of iron, carbonate of sodium, clarified 
honey, sugar. Dose, gr. j — gr. v. 

Mistura Ferri Composita. — Compound mixture of iron. Compo- 
sition : Myrrh, sugar, carbonate of potassium, sulphate of iron, spirit 
of lavender, rose-water. Dose, a tablespoonful. 

Fmplastrum Ferri. — Iron-plaster, strengthening-plaster. Compo- 
sition : Subcarbonate of iron, lead-plaster, and burgundy pitch. 

Ferri Phosphas. — Phosphate of iron. A bright, slate-colored pow- 
der insoluble in water. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri JPyrophosphas. — Pyrophosphate of iron. In apple-green 
scales, having an acidulous, slightly saline taste, and wholly soluble in 
water. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri Sulphas. — Sulphate of iron. In transparent, bluish-green crys- 
tals, which, on exposure to the air, effloresce and change color. Is 
wholly soluble in water. Dose, gr. j — gr. iij. 

Ferri Sulphas Fxsiccata. — Dried sulphate of iron. A grayish- 
white powder, soluble in water with the exception of a small residue. 
Dose, gr. j— gr. ij. 

Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. — Solution of subsulphate of iron. Mon- 
sel's solution. Composition : Sulphate of iron, sulphuric acid, nitric 
acid. An inodorous, sirupy liquid, of a ruby-red color, and of an ex- 
tremely astringent taste without causticity. It mixes with water and 
alcohol in all proportions without decomposition. 

Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. — Solution of tersulphate of iron. Com- 
position : same as preceding preparation, except the quantity of acid. A 
dark reddish-brown liquid, nearly devoid of odor, and of an acid and 
extremely styptic taste. 

Ferri Chloridum. — Chloride of iron. In orange-yellow, crystalline 
pieces, very deliquescent, and wholly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. 
Dose, gr. j— gr. ij. 



IRON. 95 

Liquor Ferri Cldoridum. — Solution of chloride of iron. 

Ttnctura Ferri Ghloridi. — Tincture of chloride of iron. Compo- 
sition : Solution of chloride of iron, alcohol. Dose, m. v — in. xx. 

Liquor Ferri Kitratis. — Solution of nitrate of iron. A transparent 
liquid, having a pale amber-color. Dose, m. ij — m. v. 

Syrupus Ferri Lodidi. — Sirup of iodide of iron. A transparent 
liquid of a pale-green color. Composition : Iodine, iron, sirup. Dose, 
in. x — m. lx. 

Piluke Ferri lodidi — Pills of iodide of iron. Composition : Iodine, 
iron, sugar, liquorice, and gum-arabic. Dose, one to three pills. 

Liquor Ferri Citratis. — Solution of citrate of iron. 

Ferri Citras. — Citrate of iron. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri et Ammonii Citras. — Citrate of iron and ammonium. In 
garnet-red, translucent scales, having a slightly ferruginous taste, and 
readily and wholly soluble in water. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri et Ammonii Sutyhas. — Sulphate of iron and ammonium. 
Ammonio-ferri alum. In octahedral crystals of a pale-violet color, 
soluble in one and a half part of water at 60°. Dose, gr. j — gr. ij. 

Ferri et Ammonii Tartras. — Tartrate of iron and ammonium. In 
transparent garnet-red scales, which have a saccharine taste. It is 
slowly soluble in rather more than its weight of water, but insoluble in 
alcohol and ether. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri et Potassii Tartras. — Tartrate of iron and potassium. In 
transparent scales, of a dark ruby-red color, and wholly soluble in water. 
Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Ferri et Quiniai Citras. — Citrate of iron and quinia. In thin trans- 
parent scales, reddish or } T ellowish brown. Taste ferruginous and bitter. 
Slowly soluble in cold, more readily in hot water, and not soluble in al- 
cohol and ether. Dose, gr. j — gr. v. 

Ferri et Strychnice Citras. — Citrate of iron and strychnia. Contains 
one grain of strychnia to 100 grains of the compound. Dose, gr. j — gr. iij. 

Ferri Ferrocyanidum. — Ferro-cyanide of iron, Prussian blue. A 
tasteless powder of a rich, deep-blue color, and insoluble in water. 
Dose, gr. iij — gr. v. 

Ferri Lactas. — Lactate of iron. In greenish-white crystalline crusts 
or grains, of a mild, sweetish, ferruginous taste, soluble in forty-eight 
parts of cold water, but insoluble in alcohol. Dose, gr. ij — gr. x. 

Ferri Oxalas. — Oxalate of iron; a lemon-yellow, crystalline pow- 
der insoluble in water. Dose, gr. ij — gr. v. 

Besides the officinal preparations of iron, there are numerous unoffi- 
cinal formulae to which some attention must be paid. The following 
are the most meritorious of these : 

Ferri Arsenias. — Arseniate of iron. A tasteless powder of a green 
color, insoluble in water, but soluble in hydrochloric acid. Dose, gr. -fa 



96 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Syrupus Ferri et Manganesii lodidi. — Sirup of the iodides of iron 
and manganese. Dose, 3 j. 

Mistura Ferri Aromatica. — Composition : Pale bark in powder, 4 ; 
calumba, in powder, 2 ; cloves, bruised, 1 ; iron-wire, 2; compound tinct- 
ure of cardamoms, 12; tincture of orange-peel, 2; peppermint-water, 
50 ; macerate the first four ingredients in the last one for three days, 
agitating occasionally, filter, add the tinctures, and make up to 50. 
Dose, § j — ij (Squire). 

Syrupus Ferri et Manganesii Fhosphatis. — Sirup of the phosphate 
of iron and manganese. Dose, 3 j. 

Mistura Ferri Laxans. — Composition : Sulphate of iron, 2 grains ; 
sulphate of magnesia, 1 drachm ; dilute sulphuric acid, 3 minims ; spirit 
of chloroform, 20 minims; peppermint-water to 1 oz. (Squire). 

Tictura Ferri Acet 'at. JEtherea. — Ethereal tincture of the acetate 
of iron. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Ferritin Dialysatum. — Dialysed iron. This preparation is made 
by the process of diffusion, and is iron in the colloid state. It is odor- 
less, without the styptic taste of the ferruginous preparations, does not 
blacken the tongue and teeth, is free from irritant action, and does not 
constipate. It is precipitated by sulphuric acid, by acids, and by vari- 
ous salts, but neither alcohol nor sugar. It will no doubt prove to be 
the best form in which to administer iron. Dose, m. v — 3 i- 

If any given preparation has a styptic taste, and acts on the tongue 
and teeth, it is not genuine. 

Reduced iron is one of the most useful ferruginous preparations for 
internal administration, comparatively tasteless, and therefore easy of 
administration, and ready soluble in the juices of the stomach. The 
objection to its use is the occurrence of eructations, sulphuretted or 
phosphuretted, owing to the oxidation of the iron, the evolution of hy- 
drogen, and the combination of the nascent hydrogen with sulphur or 
phosphorus. 

The so-called subcarbonate of iron is really little more than the red 
oxide. In the officinal pilulae ferri carbonatis, the oxidation of the iron 
and the loss of carbonic acid are prevented by the sugar. This prepa- 
ration is very soluble in the stomach-juice and is readily assimilated. 
The troches of carbonate of iron are convenient for administration to 
children, who take them readily. The hyd rated oxide of iron is solely 
used as the antidote to arsenic in solution. For remarks on its admin- 
istration I have to refer the reader to the article on Arsenic. Corre- 
sponding to these carbonates are the pilulse ferri compositge, which con- 
tain iron in the form of the carbonate, sulphate of soda, and myrrh. The 
mistura ferri composita is also a solution of the carbonate, contains 
myrrh and sulphate of potash, with a sufficient quantity of the latter to 
form an emulsion which suspends the iron. 

Of the phosphates the better preparation is the pyrophosphate, which 



IROX. 97 

is readily soluble, unirritating and easily assimilable. The sulphate is 
an active astringent, and is an efficient remedy. When prescribed in 
pillular form the dried sulphate should be used, as the sulphate in ef- 
florescing destroys the cohesion of the mass. Of the several solutions 
intended for topical use, the liquor ferri subsulphatis, or Monsel's solu- 
tion, is the best, as it is powerfully styptic without being corrosive. 
The tincture of the chloride of iron is most agreeably taken in the form 
of Creuse's tasteless preparation, which appears to be an efficient cha- 
lybeate without possessing the causticity of the pharmaceutical prepara- 
tion. In the sirup of the iodide of iron and the sirup of the iodides 
of iron and manganese, sugar is used to prevent oxidation of the iron 
and the setting free of the iodine. In the iodide-of-iron pill the same 
result is obtained by sugar or gelatine coating. 

Less irritating to the stomach, but probably less efficient as chalybe- 
ates, are the combinations of iron with vegetable acids. These may 
be administered dissolved in Rhine, Catawba, or sherry wine. An ele- 
gant mode of prescribing them is in effervescence — the citrates or tar- 
trates dissolved in a solution of citric or tartaric acid, and poured into a 
solution of sodium or potassium bicarbonate — to be drunk in efferves- 
cence. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The carbonates are incompatible 
with acids and acidulous salts and vegetable astringents ; the citrates 
and tartrates with mineral acids, alkalies and their carbonates, tannic 
acid ; the iodides with acids, acidulous salts, alkalies and their carbonates, 
lime-water, vegetable astringents ; the tincture of the chloride, with 
alkalies and their carbonates, lime-water, carbonate of lime, magnesia 
and its carbonate, and astringent vegetables turn it black. 

Synergists. — All agents promoting constructive metamorphosis are 
synergistic to iron, especially animal aliment, the simple, aromatic, and 
astringent bitters, cinchona, manganese, bismuth, etc. 

Physiological Actions. — Although metallic iron is inert, yet in the 
stomach it enters into combination dissolved in the acids, and then ac- 
quires molecular activity. As a result of its oxidation in the stomach, 
hydrogen is liberated, which in its nascent state combines with sulphur, 
forming sulphuretted hydrogen. In part, iron is absorbed by the stom- 
ach, probably as an albuminate ; in part, in the intestinal canal. The 
stools under a course of iron become brownish and even black, a result 
which indicates that a part of the metal taken fails to be absorbed ; but, 
since it has been shown that, whether taken by the stomach or injected 
into the blood, elimination takes place by the intestinal canal, it re- 
mains uncertain how much is excreted or is merely discharged unaltered 
in the fasces. 

Iron is not a substance foreign to the organism. Chemical analysis 
has demonstrated its constant presence in the blood, in the gastric 
iuice, chyle, lymph, bile, in the pigment of the eye, and in traces 
8 



98 RESTOKATIVE AGENTS. 

in the milk and urine. According to Gorup-Basanez (analysis of C. 
Schmidt), the blood of man contains one part of iron to 230 of red 
globules, and that of beef one part of iron to 194 of red globules. Iron 
exists in combination in haematine ; according to some in the state of 
oxide, according to others as metallic iron. That it performs a very 
important office is shown in the rapid construction of red blood-glob- 
ules, when iron is administered in anaemia. Without it haematine is 
not formed, and the red globules diminish in number. By its medicinal 
use we furnish to the blood a material which it needs. In health a 
mixed diet contains sufficient iron for all the purposes of the economy. 
The blood being improved in quality by the administration of iron, the 
tissues are better nourished, and all the functions are performed with 
more vigor. 

The physiological action of iron is not limited merely to the construc- 
tion of red blood. When there is no intolerance to its presence in the 
stomach, it promotes the appetite and invigorates the digestion. By in- 
creasing the disposition for food and the ability to dispose of it, iron acts 
as a stomachic tonic. Hence, when given in the healthy state, or when 
administered for too long a period in disease, the gastric glands become 
exhausted by over-stimulation, and then it is said the iron disagrees. 
Being a restorative, its use is contraindicated in a condition of pleth- 
ora, especially when there exists a tendency to haemorrhage, or when 
there is reason to suspect an atheromatous state of the cerebral vessels. 

In large doses the soluble preparations of iron give rise to nausea and 
vomiting. Some of them possess more or less toxic activity; the per- 
salts are more active than the proto-salts. The iodide and chloride, the 
nitrate and sulphate, are the most active, death having ensued from 
the tincture of the chloride in one case (Christison), and alarming symp- 
toms having occurred in others (Taylor). 

Certain of the salts of iron, the sulphates, the nitrates, the chlorides, 
possess a high degree of astringency. Hence they produce constipa- 
tion when taken internally. Brought into contact with blood, they co- 
agulate it, forming a tough, brownish magma ; and, as the albuminous 
elements of the tissues are also solidified, they are powerful haemostatics. 

Iron is eliminated by several channels. Its passage down the in- 
testinal canal and exit by this route have already been alluded to. As 
the experiments of Lussana have shown, a large part of the iron which 
enters the portal circulation is eliminated by the liver in the bile. On 
the other hand, the chief part of the iron which is made to enter the 
systemic circulation is eliminated by the kidneys. Much of that which 
is absorbed from the intestinal canal enters the capillary system of 
the liver, diffuses through into the bile, and but a small part finally 
enters the systemic circulation. 

The acid and astringent preparations of iron act on the teeth with con- 
siderable energy, as the experiments of Dr. Smith (of Edinburgh) prove. 



IRON". 99 

The tincture of the chloride and the sulphate are more corrosive 
than the wine, and of course are more injurious than the compounds of 
iron with the vegetable acids. 

Therapy. — Iron-spray — a weak solution of the liquor ferri subsul- 
phatis (3j — 3 viij) — is very serviceable as an astringent in obstinate 
cases of epistaxis. The nozzle of the delivery-tube of the spray-douche 
should be inserted just within the anterior nares, and the spray be 
driven with considerable force. The same application is beneficial in 
chronic coryza, but the objection to its use is the danger of coloring 
the teeth. In pulmonary haemorrhage, the same application made to 
enter the throat with the inspired air will often arrest the flow of blood ; 
and this, notwithstanding so little iron can pass the chink of the glottis. 

The subsulphate and pernitrate solutions are the most efficient reme- 
dies for arresting hcematemesis. They should be given in small doses — 
one or two drops, well diluted with ice-water, and frequently. In the ab- 
sence of these, the tincture of the chloride may be used in the same way. 
In intestinal haemorrhage the astringent preparations of iron are much 
less beneficial, if, indeed, they serve any useful purpose — for they are con- 
verted into inert sulphides as they descend the canal. The author has 
seen the intestinal haemorrhage of typhoid fever much increased by the 
rectal injection of a solution of Monsel's salts. The bleeding from 
haemorrhoids may be much diminished and even arrested by washing 
the tumors, when they protrude, with the solution of the subsulphate. 
After the application of the iron, the tumors should be well oiled before 
returning them into the rectum. The solution of the pernitrate of iron 
has been very efficacious as an astringent in chronic diarrhoea and 
dysentery, in that known as the army diarrhoea. These diseases, as 
they occur in civil practice, may sometimes be arrested by this agent, 
but not usually, in the author's experience. A solution of the tincture 
of iron is one of the numerous remedies used to destroy the ascarides 
vermiculares — the thread-worms which infest the rectum. As the de- 
velopment of these parasites is favored by the anaemic state, it is good 
practice to conjoin with any local treatment the internal use of iron, 
notably the sirup of the iodide. 

Iron is frequently given with advantage to promote appetite and 
digestion merely. Indeed, it is the opinion of some eminent authori- 
ties that the chief use of iron as a remedy, even in anaemia, is to pro- 
mote the digestive function. For the purpose of increasing appetite 
and energizing digestion, the sulphate is the best chalybeate, unless, 
indeed, the mucous membrane prove intolerant. When digestion is 
feeble, and the intestinal movements sluggish, it is often advantageous 
to combine aloes with iron, as in the officinal aloes-and-iron pill, or with 
sulphate of magnesia, as in the mistura ferri laxans, the formula for 
which has been g;iven. 

The condition most usually requiring iron is anaemia, a deficiencv 



100 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

not only of the haematine but of the red corpuscles. Iron is given in 
this state with the view of supplying to the organism a material in 
which it is deficient, and in this way promoting the construction of the 
red globules. As, however, food, especially beef, is rich in iron, and as 
but a small amount of that administered is really assimilated, there is 
much reason for holding that at least an important function of iron in 
anaemia consists in its power to promote apjDetite and digestion. Prac- 
tical physicians are familiar with the fact that iron improves but little, 
if at all, the condition of the anaemic, when it does not increase the 
desire for food and the ability to digest it. In anaemia, iron is given 
with two objects : to furnish a needed material to the blood ; to increase 
the energy of the primary assimilation. To accomplish the first object, 
small doses — one or two grains — of reduced iron or of the carbonates, 
or some one of the combinations with vegetable acids, are most suitable. 
The second object is best attained by the more active astringent prep- 
arations, especially the sulphate and the chloride. Large doses of 
these are frequently well borne. When they disagree, other salts may 
be tried, but preference should be given to the most astringent prepara- 
tion which the patient's stomach will tolerate. 

In chlorosis, the good effects of iron are not so conspicuous as in 
anaemia, although they are allied states. During a course of iron in 
chlorosis, purgatives are now and then necessary. Better results are 
obtained from a combination of iron and arsenic, and iron and strychnia, 
than from iron alone. The arseniate of iron is an excellent remedy in 
chlorosis, but it must be given in larger doses than the posological 
tables authorize, for it is by no means so actively toxic as is commonly 
supposed. A good formula is the following: IJ. Ferri arseniat., gr. 
ij ; ext. cinchona?, gr. xij. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One three times 
a day after meals. 

In anaemia and chlorosis, the iron should be taken after meals to be 
mixed with the food. The preparations of iron should not be continued 
too long ; occasional intermissions in their use are necessary, otherwise 
the digestive organs become deranged, and the good effects are lost. 
Occasional purgation is useful, and acts in a way to favor the absorption 
and assimilation of the iron. Air and exercise should always, if prac- 
ticable, be prescribed in a ferruginous course, for the assimilation of iron 
is directly favored by these hygienic influences. 

The anwmia of chronic malarial poisoning is especially improved 
by iron. If enlargement of the spleen and engorgement of the portal 
circulation coexist, the use of the compound jalap-powder should pre- 
cede the iron ; or the latter may be combined advantageously with resin 
of podophyllin, as follows: ]}L Chinoidin, 2>ij ; resinae podcphylli, 
gr. iv; ferri sulphatis exsic, 3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One three 
times a day. 

According to some, the pil. ferri carbonatis is preferable to the 



IRON. 101 

i 

sulphate; it is certainly sometimes better borne. I>. Pil. ferri carbo- 
natis, 3j; acidi arseuiosi, gr. j; quiniiB sulpli., 3ij. M. ft. pil. no. 
xl. Sig. Two pills three times a day. In enlarged spleen of malarial 
origin, a combination of sulphate of iron with sulphate of quinine is 
generally preferred. IjL Quinia3 sulphat, 3j; ferri sulphat. ex sic., 
3 jss. M. ft. pil. no. xxx. Sig. One pill three times a day, or four or 
live during the day. 

Although the preparations of iron are of little service in leucocy- 
thcemia, they are certainly in a high degree useful in pseudo-leucocy- 
thcemla, or cachexia of the spleen. In the latter disease the relative 
number of blood-corpuscles may be greatly reduced, but they can be 
increased in number and raised to the normal by the use of those 
materials needed by the blood-making organs, especially by the use of 
iron. 

In syphilitic cachexia, the preparations of the iodide of iron possess 
a high degree of utility. In sloughing phagedena, or simple chancroid, 
the iodide is frequently prescribed when these accidents occur in debili- 
tated constitutions. Some authorities prefer the tartrate of iron under 
these circumstances, but the iodide acts with more promptness and 
vigor. In the treatment of constitutional syphilis, the ferruginous prep- 
arations are only useful in so far as they may be applied to promote con- 
structive metamorphosis. More commonly than is supposed by the 
advocates of special plans of treatment, tonic remedies, especially cha- 
lybeates, exercise a most favorable influence over the course and dura- 
tion of syphilis. I]L Iodoformi, 3j; hydrargyri chloridi corrosiv., gr. j; 
ferri redacti, 3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill three times a da}\ 
$. Iodoformi, chinoidin, ferri redacti, aa 3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. 
One pill three times a day. 

Iron is one of the remedies most useful in the treatment of acute 
rheumatism. As was originally suggested by Reynolds, the tincture of 
the chloride is most serviceable. It is more especially adapted to the 
treatment of pale, delicate, and cachectic subjects, and is much less 
beneficial if not positively harmful, in the plethoric and overfed. Given 
in suitable cases, the tincture of iron, in doses of m. xx — xxx every four 
hours, diminishes the pain, fever, and sweats, lessens the chances of car- 
diac mischief, and hastens convalescence. By retarding waste and 
favoring excretion of uric acid through the kidneys, the duration of the 
disease is shortened and a tedious convalescence is prevented. We 
owe to Dr. Anstie the important suggestion that tincture of chloride of 
iron may be used successfully as a prophylactic against acute rheuma- 
tism. Here, again, the author must state, as a result of his personal 
observation, that such prophylactic treatment is very useful in weak 
and cachectic subjects and not applicable to the robust and full-blooded. 
The tincture of iron should be administered without delay in such weak 
subjects with a rheumatic history, when they complain of lassitude, 



102 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

muscular pains, sore joints, furred tongue, although thej are jet free 
from fever and joint-swellings. 

The treatment of erysipelas by large doses (m. x — 3 j every four 
hours) of tincture of chloride of iron is now very generally adopted. It 
is questionable whether this practice is directly beneficial. Its utility 
depends chiefly on the support which it affords to the organism while 
laboring under a debilitating disease, and, as an abundant supply of ali- 
ment is prescribed with the iron, it is impossible to estimate in any given 
case how far the result may be attributable to the remedy. 

Influenced by the same considerations, the tincture of iron is fre- 
quently prescribed in diphtheria, alone or in combination with chlorate 
of potassa. Although it possesses no special utility in this disease, it 
may serve as one of the means for maintaining the forces of the body, 
and in this way indirectly contribute to a favorable result. There is no 
advantage in applying the tincture of iron to the fauces in diphtheria ; it 
Is not a solvent of the false membrane, and cannot prevent the spread of 
the exudation. 

In the treatment of scrofula, strumous enlargement of the cervical, 
inguinal, and mesenteric glands, and in rickets, the preparations of iron 
occupy a most important place. In these affections the sirup of the 
iodide of iron is generally preferred, and excellent results are obtained 
from a combination of phosphate of iron and phosphate of lime, espe- 
cially in rickets. In these cases, also, the sirup of the iodides of iron 
and manganese is indicated. Iron is one of the remedies most fre- 
quently prescribed in chronic tuberculosis, but it has no special influence 
over the deposition of tubercle. It helps to a better state of the blood- 
making process, and, by promoting the constructive, metamorphosis, hin- 
ders the progress of the malady. 

As neuralgia so often depends on anaemia, it happens that iron is 
one of the most frequently prescribed remedies for this disease. Anstie 
prefers large doses (m. xxx — xl ter die) of the tincture of the chloride, 
and 20-grain doses of the saccharated carbonate twice or three times a 
day. 

In disorders of the mind, either dependent on or increased by an 
anaemic state, iron is often useful. In chronic mania and melancholia, 
when debility is present, iron is employed as a restorative agent. The 
ferruginous preparations are especially useful in the anaimic forms of 
puerperal mania, and in the insanity of lactation. Bucknill and Tuke 
prefer the tincture of the chloride in these affections. 

Whenever epilepsy occurs in weak and anaemic subjects, iron is in- 
dicated. Cases of this disease, essential in character and dependent on 
cerebral anaemia, are sometimes cured by iron alone. The author has 
seen excellent results from a combination of bromide of iron and bromide 
of potassium in such cases: Ij&. Potassii bromidi, § j; ferri bromidi, gr. 
iv ; aquae, § ij ; syrup, simplicis, § vj. M. Sig. A tablespoonful bis die. 



IROX. 103 

Large doses of subcarbonate of iron have long been used with ad- 
vantage in chorea. When the subject of this disease is distinctly anaem- 
ic, iron, in some of its forms, is unquestionably serviceable, and its 
utility is often increased by combination with purgatives. WheD anae- 
mia is not present, arsenic is preferable to iron. Chorea arising from 
moral causes (anger, fright, etc.), and from pregnancy, is not benefited 
by iron. This remedy is especially adapted to the chorea of anaemic 
girls about the age of puberty. 

The preparations of iron are of course inadmissible in acute affec- 
tions of the respiratory organs, but, in certain of the chronic forms and 
stages of these diseases, some of the chalybeates are very useful. In 
chronic bronchitis, with free expectoration, the mistura ferri com- 
posita has long been used with advantage. At the present time the 
phosphate of iron, quinia, and strychnia, is generally preferred in chronic 
bronchitis, in the chronic forms of phthisis, in emphysema, and in 
humid asthma. Iron is contraindicated when pulmonary haemorrhage 
exists or is threatened. A combination of tincture of digitalis and 
tincture of chloride of iron abates the temperature and diminishes the 
sweats of hectic fever. IjL Tinct. digitalis, 3 iij ; tinct. ferri chloridi, 
3 v. M. Sig. Fifteen drops three or four times a day. 

In fatty degeneration of the heart, the preparations of iron render 
important service, by improving the nutrition of the organ. The pal- 
pitations, the murmur, and precordial anxiety which accompany cases 
of anaemia and chlorosis, are relieved by chalybeate medicines. In 
dilatation of the cavities of the heart, especially the right, accompanied 
by cough, difficult breathing and general dropsy, greater relief is some- 
times experienced from the preparations of iron than by the so-called 
cardiac sedatives and diuretics. In these cases, as also in mitral re- 
gurgitation, the distress of the patient increases with increasing thin- 
ness of the blood, and is diminished by those remedies, such as iron, 
which improve the quality of the blood. A combination of iron, digi- 
talis, and squill, is sometimes extremely serviceable in these cases — 
for example : I£. Ferri redacti, quiniae sulphat., pulv. digitalis (English), 
aa 3] ; pulv. scillae, gr. x. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill three or 
four times a day. Iron may be used with advantage to assist in the 
process of compensation in valvular lesions, when the condition is one 
of anaemia. Iron is contraindicated in all cases of cardiac disease 
occurring in those who are full-blooded. 

In the passive forms of hemorrhage — in purpura, the hemorrhagic 
diathesis, epistaxis, gastric, intestinal, and renal hemorrhage, when 
they are due to anaemia or favored by it— -iron is unquestionably useful, 
and the preparation most generally applicable is the tincture of the 
chloride. 

Derangements of the menstrual function, when associated with 
anaemia, more especially when produced by anaemia, are often removed 



104 KESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

by the use of chalybeate medicines. Amenorrhea is, more frequently 
than to any other cause, due to anaemia of the ovaries, consecutive to 
chlorosis or general anaemia, and dysmenorrhea may depend, in one of 
its forms at least, upon the same condition of the blood. Menorrhagia 
may also be one of the results of an impoverished state of the blood. 
Iron is the most appropriate medicament in these disorders. It is the 
judgment of Graily Hewitt and Barnes that " small doses of iron are 
generally the best " in amenorrhcea. Barnes prefers the solution of the 
acetate, and speaks favorably of the citrate of iron and ammonia, given 
in an effervescent state, and of the combination of iron and strychnia. 
The use of ferruginous preparations in menstrual disorders should be 
determined by the results of a careful differentiation of the causes. The 
absence of the uterus and ovaries, occlusion of the cervix, and various 
other conditions besides anaemia, should be eliminated, and the use of 
iron restricted to those cases in which an impoverished state of the 
blood is either the only factor or an influential one. 

The injection of the various styptic solutions of iron into the uterine 
cavity, to arrest post-partum hemorrhage, is now common practice. 
Notwithstanding the alleged innocuousness of this treatment, it is 
probable, as Snow Beck has shown, that fatal results have ensued from 
the incautious use of these injections. The officinal solutions of the 
perchloride and subsulphate have been thrown into the uterine cavity, 
with the effect to cause uterine thrombosis, followed by systemic infec- 
tion. These solutions are much too strong; one part of Monsel's solu- 
tion to three of water is sufficiently styptic, and is probably perfectly 
safe. The uterine cavity should be cleared of clots, and the nozzle of 
the syringe carried well up to the fundus, when the injection should be 
slowly delivered. The reader need hardly be reminded that this expe- 
dient is only proper after the usual means for securing uterine con- 
tractions have failed. The same plan of styptic injections has been 
used to arrest the hemorrhage from abortion, but caution is necessary 
in these cases, for it is essential to safety that there be an open and 
patulous condition of the os, to permit escape of coagula. Similarly 
these injections are used to restrain bleeding in cases of Uterine Jibroids, 
uterine cancer, and in the uterine hemorrhage dependent on spongy 
granulation of the mucous membrane. In every case of such use of 
styptic iron injections, it is essential, first, that air be not pumped into 
the uterine cavity, and second, that sufficient dilatation of the cervical 
canal exist to permit ready exit to the surplus fluid and coagula. 

In albuminuria, connected with chronic changes of the kidney, iron 
is often very serviceable to improve the digestion, and to correct the 
anaemia, which is such an obvious feature of these maladies. The 
tincture of the chloride and the tincture of the acetate — especially the 
latter — are preferred, partly on account of their value as haematinic 
remedies, and partly because of their supposed diuretic action. When 



IRON. 105 

spermatorrhoea is dependent upon an impoverished condition of the 
blood, with relaxation of the vesicuke seminales, the tincture of iron is 
useful, but it is rarely of itself sufficient to effect a cure. The chalybe- 
ates are only harmful in those cases of nocturnal seminal losses which 
in the robust are merely significant of plethora. In gleet occurring- in 
anaemic subjects, and in the prostorrhoea and catarrh of the urethra, 
which arise from relaxation, the preparations of iron are useful adjuncts 
to other measures. £jL Tinct. ferri chloridi, 3 vj ; tinct. cantharidis, 3 ij. 
M. Sig. Fifteen drops in water, three times a day. 

The sirup of iodide of iron is one of the most successful remedies 
in the nocturnal incontinence of urine in children. The precise indica- 
tions for its use are not evident. Sometimes belladonna succeeds bet- 
ter. It appears to the author that the iodide of iron succeeds better in 
the case of pale, delicate, and strumous children, and belladonna better 
in those who are more robust, the condition in the former being one of 
atony of the muscular wall of the bladder, in the other too ready con- 
traction from the reflex stimulation of acid urine. In these cases of 
incontinence of urine the sirup of the iodide should be given in doses 
of fifteen to twenty minims, well diluted with w T ater, three times a day. 

Local Uses. — The styptic preparations of iron are frequently used 
to restrain haemorrhage. Leech-bites that bleed too profusely, haemor- 
rhage after extraction of teeth or in minor surgical operations, oozing 
from a large wounded surface, may often be checked by the use of 
Monsel's solution. 

As a topical application in gonorrhoea after the acute symptoms 
have subsided, in mucous cervicitis, in leucorrhoea, the styptic prepara- 
tions of iron are certainly useful, but a strong objection to their use arises 
from the staining 1 of the clothing:. 

Monsel's solution is an effective application to fissured nipples : $. 
Liquor ferri subsulphatis, 3 ij ; glycerini, 3 vj. M. Sig. Apply with a 
camel's-hair brush to affected parts. Pure solution of subsulphate of 
iron will arrest the growth and cause the exfoliation of syphilitic vege- 
tations of the glans and prepuce. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. Fran t cis E. Neuralgia and its Counterfeits, Macmillan & Co., London, 1871, 
p. 181. 

Barker, Dr. Fordyce. Puerperal Diseases, New York, 18*74, p. 183. 

Barnes, Dr. Robert. A Clinical History of Diseases of Women, London, 1873, p. 
185. 

Buckmll and Tcke. Manual of Psychological Medicine, third edition, London, 1874, 
p. 764. 

Christison, Dr. Robert. A Treatise on Poisons, Edinburgh, 1832, p. 573. 

Eulenburg, Dr. Albert. Leiirbuch der functionellen Nervcnkrankheiten, Berlin, 1871, 
pp. 71, 198, 448, etc. 

Gcbler, Dr. A. Commentaircs Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius, Paris, 1868. 

Hewitt, Dr. Grailt. Diseases of Women, second edition, London, 1868, p. 413. 



106 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Jahresbericht uber die Fortschritte der Pharmacognosies Pharmacie und loxicologie^ 
Gottingen, 1872, p. 237, art. Msen. 

Ibidem, 1872, p. 523, Eisengehalt verschiedener vegetabilischer und Ihierischer Sub- 
stanzen. 

Lussana, Prop, von Ph. Lo Sperimentale, October, 1872, Schmidt's Jahrbucher der 
gesammten Medicin, vol. clvi., p. 262. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimitiellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 411, et 
seg. 

Pokrowskt, Dr. W. Vichow's Archiv, vol. xxii. 

Squire, Peter. Companion to the British Pharmacopoeia, eighth edition, London, 1871. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third English edition, 1875, p. 484. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Trait'e de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, huitieme edi- 
tion, art. Per. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

"Waldenburg und Simon. Handbuch der allgemeinen und speciellen Arzneiverord- 
nungs-Lehre, achte Auflage, 1873. 

Woronichin, Dr. N. Wien. med. Jahrbuch, xv., Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten 
medicin, vol. cxxxviii., p. 288. 

MANGANESIUM. 

Manganese. — Mangen, Ger. ; manganfae, Fr. 

Manganesii Oxidum Nigrum. — Black oxide of manganese. Dose, 
gr. ij — gr. x. In pill or powder. 

Manganesii Sulphas. — Sulphate of manganese. In colorless or pale 
rose-colored transparent crystals, freely soluble in water. Dose, gr. ij — 
gr. v. 

Unofficinal preparations : 

Syrupus Ferri et 3fanganesii lodidi. — A pale straw-colored sirup. 
Dose, m. x — 3 ss. 

Ferri et Manganesii 1 Garbonas Sacch.—A. tasteless reddish-brown 
powder. Dose, gr. v — 3j. 

Syrupus Manganesii lodidum. — A sirup which corresponds in 
strength to the officinal sirup of the iodide of iron and may be given 
in corresponding doses. 

Besides the above, a carbonate, phosphate, tartrate, malate, and lac- 
tate, have been proposed for use, but hitherto they have not attracted 
attention and are rarely employed. The officinal and unofficinal prepa- 
rations named above are all that, according to the present state of pro- 
fessional experience on the subject, will ever be required. It will be 
most convenient, however, to include with the manganic preparations 
the following : 

Fotassm JPermanganas. — Permanganate of Potassa. In needle- 
shaped crystals, of a deep-purple color. It is soluble in sixteen parts 
of cold water, and the solution has a deep-purple to a rose-color, accord- 
ing to the state of dilution of the salt. Dose, gr. ss — gr. j. In pre- 
scribing the permanganate, distilled water free from organic matter 
should be directed. 



MANGANESE. 10? 

Physiological Actions. — The sulphate has an extremely disagree- 
able styptic and metallic taste ; the black oxide less so, and the saccha- 
rated carbonate is free from any taste except that of the sugar. The 
preparations of manganese are somewhat irritant to the gastrointesti- 
nal mucous membrane, and the sulphate is emeto-cathartic in full doses. 
There seems to be no doubt that the sulphate has a decided cholagogue 
effect, for very large discharge of bile is a result of its cathartic action. 
In small doses the manganic salts promote the appetite and digestive 
function. They probably enter the blood as albuminates. The intimate 
association of manganese with iron throughout the economy of Nature 
is exemplified in the human body. They are found together in the 
blood, hair, bile, biliary concretions, and renal calculi. The proportion 
of manganese to iron in the red blood-corpuscles is as one to twenty. 
As an essential constituent of the blood it undoubtedly has to do with 
the constructive metamorphosis of the body. Used in large doses and 
for a considerable period of time it produces effects analogous to those 
of zinc — progressive wasting and feebleness, a staggering gait and paral- 
ysis (paraplegia). In toxic doses, according to the researches of Lasch- 
kewitsch, it causes in animals death by convulsions. In smaller doses 
it diminishes the pulse-rate, lowers the action of the heart, and lessens 
the blood-pressure. Like phosphorus, manganese induces acute fatty 
degeneration of the liver. When it is injected into the veins of animals, 
it causes tetanic cramp, dilatation cf the pupil, exophthalmus, and death, 
and after death the heart-muscle does not respond to electrical stimula- 
tion (Laschkewitsch). 

Antagonists. — The preparations of manganese are not incompatible 
with the vegetable astringents. The salts of lead, silver, and mercury, 
and the caustic alkalies, are chemically incompatible with manganese. 

Synergists. — Iron is synergistic as regards haematinic effects, and 
the salts of copper, silver, and zinc, as regards the effects on the ner- 
vous system. 

Therapy. — Although manganese has not of itself been very useful 
in the treatment of anaemia and chlorosis, yet there is no doubt that its 
combination with iron much increases the efficacy of the latter. Some 
of the preparations named at the head of this article, especially the sac- 
charated carbonate of manganese and iron, may be usefully prescribed in 
these diseases. Cachectic states arising from syphilis, cancer, struma, 
gout, prolonged suppuration, chronic malarial infection, etc., are suc- 
cessfully treated by the sirup of the iodide of iron and manganese. 

Gastrodynia and pyrosis, according to Dr. Leared, are relieved by 
10 to 15 grain-doses of the black oxide — not the commercial article, but 
an oxide purified by washing with hydrochloric acid. In these disor- 
ders the effects of manganese are similar to those of bismuth (nitrate and 
carbonate), of zinc, and silver (oxide). Small doses of manganese (sul- 
phate) may be usefully combined with iron and quinine when prescribed 



108 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

to promote constructive metamorphosis. IjL Quinine sulph., ferri sulpli. 
exsic, manganesii sulph. exsic, aa 3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One 
pill three times a day. In jaundice of malarial origin, or from catarrh 
of the biliary passages, the author has seen excellent results from the 
use of manganese, r^. Chinoidin, 3j; manganesii sulph. exsic, 2>ij. 
M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One three times a day in malarial jaundice. 
5-. Fel. bovin. purif., 3j; manganesii sulph. exsic, 2)ij ; resinas 
podophylli, gr. v. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One three times a day in 
catarrhal jaundice. In the disordered digestion of gouty subjects, and 
to restore the activity of the assimilative functions after attacks of gout, 
manganese is most serviceable. 

Manganese (chloride) has been used by Osborne with success in 
hemorrhage (epistaxis), and the sulphate is one of the remedies for 
chronic rheumatism, neuralgia, cholera, and syphilis. 

An ointment of the oxide ( 3 ij — § j adeps suil.) has been used with 
advantage in tinea, scabies, and other chronic shin-diseases. Tfc. Man- 
ganesii oxid., sulphuris, saponis dur., aa § j ; adipis suilli, 3 iij. M. 
Ointment for porrigo. 

Actions and Uses of the Permanganate of Potassa. — This salt is a 
very powerful oxidizing agent, and yields up its oxygen readily in the 
form of ozone. Its use as an internal and external remedy is based on 
this chemical fact. That it parts with its oxygen so readily is held by 
some to demonstrate its entire inutility when administered by the stom- 
ach. Although it must instantly be decomposed on reaching the stomach, 
there are satisfactory reasons for believing that it exerts a favorable 
influence on certain diseases in which, theoretically considered, it may 
be indicated. The author has seen marked advantage from its use in the 
dyspepsia and flatulence so constantly attendant on obesity. It has 
also appeared to be very serviceable as a remedy for ah abnormal and 
excessive deposition of fat. In the so-called uric acid diathesis it fa- 
vors the conversion of uric acid into urea, and thus prevents the forma- 
tion of uric-acid calculi. Pain in the lumbar region, frequent micturi- 
tion, acid urine, much brick-dust sediment, and intestinal indigestion, 
are associated symptoms relieved by the permanganate. Under the 
same conditions, it is probable, acute rheumatism is developed, and to 
the action of the permanganate as an oxidizing agent is attributable 
the benefit which is sometimes obtained from its use in this disease. 
In scarlatina and diphtheria the permanganate is used with undoubted 
benefit, applied to the throat and taken by the stomach. In erysipelas, 
puerperal fever, septicemia, it has been given with advantage. It is 
indicated as an internal remedy in the septic morbid states, and is cer- 
tainly beneficial, whatever view may be entertained of its modus ope- 
randi. For internal use the permanganate is best administered in pure 
distilled water, and the bottle containing the solution should be glass- 
stoppered. The dose for internal use is gr. \ — gr. j ter die. 



CHALYBEATE SPRINGS. 109 

The most important uses of permanganate of potassa are external 
and disinfectant. It is a deodorizer rather than a disinfectant. It is 
very frequently used (3j — Oj) to correct the fetor of cancer, ulcers, 
caries, abscesses, etc. It is used as an injection, or in the form of spray, 
to destroy the odor of the discharges and to alter the morbid action, in 
cases of ozozna, otorrhcea, etc. It is an elegant toilet preparation (gr. 
j — I j) f° r destroying the odor of a foul breath, the smell of the axilla, 
and the fetor of the sweat of the feet. Its action is not lasting, and 
the effects must be maintained by frequent applications. 

The permanganate of potassa in solution (gr. ij — § j) is one of the 
numerous remedies prescribed in gonorrhoea and leucorrhcea, but it has 
no special advantages in these maladies. 

When the permanganate is deoxidized it loses its rich purple color, 
becomes a dull red, and is reduced to the state of binoxide of manga- 
nese. 

Authorities referred to : 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lchrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Berlin, 1874, p. 195. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 439. 

Squire. Companion to the British Pharmacopoeia, eighth edition, 1871. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition, Philadel- 
phia, 1874. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Trait'e de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, huitieme 
6dition, Paris, 1868, vol. i., p. 59. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 708. 

CHALYBEATE MINERAL SPRINGS. 
1. North American. 

Bailey Springs, Lauderdale County, Alabama. 

These springs contain carbonates of potassa, soda, magnesia, carbonic- 
acid gas, oxide of iron, etc. 

Rawley Springs, Rockingham County, Virginia. 

Carbonate of iron (0.203 grain) is the most important ingredient in 
these waters. They contain, also, carbonates of manganese, magnesia, 
lime, and lithia, and sulphates, etc. 

Sweet Chalybeate Springs, Alleghany County, Virginia. 

The name of this water is derived from its sweetish taste. It is 
highly charged with carbonic-acid gas, and contains sesquioxide of iron, 
with sulphate of lime (4.110 grains), sulphates of magnesia and soda, 
and chlorides of lime, sodium, magnesium, etc. 

Rockbridge Alum Springs, Rockbridge County, Virginia. 

Bath Alum, Bath County, Virginia. 

These waters are remarkable for containing free sulphuric acid. They 
contain also sulphates of magnesia and lime, protoxide of iron, and car- 
bonic-acid gas. The Bath Alum waters contain twice as much iron as 
the Rockbridge Alum. 



110 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Bedford Alum Springs, Bedford County, Virginia. 

Similar in composition to the above, but contain a larger proportion 
of iron, and of the salts of potassa, magnesia, and lime. 

Bedford Springs, Bedford County, Pennsylvania. 

This water contains carbonate of iron (0.625 grains) associated with a 
large proportion of sulphate of magnesia (10 grains), and is, therefore, a 
laxative chalybeate. 

2. EUKOPEAN. 

Bascombe, Bournemouth, Hampshire, England. 
Chalybeate springs containing carbonic acid in combination. 
Dorton, Buckinghamshire, England. 

Contains sulphate of iron and is charged with carbonic acid. Re- 
quires dilution for drinking. 
Hastings, Sussex, England. 
Contains sulphates of iron, magnesia, lime, and soda. 

Sandrock, Isle of Wight. 

Is a strong aluminous chalybeate : 41^ grains of sulphate of iron, and 
31-J- grains of sulphate of alumina in 20 ounces, and therefore requires 
dilution for drinking. 

Tunbridge, Kent, England, s Altitude, 289' ; temperature, 50° Fahr. 

This water contains -Jth of a grain of iron with carbonic acid, in 
20 ounces. 

Spa, Belgium. Altitude, 1030 '. Season, August and September. 
Temperature of water, 52° Fahr. 

These waters contain carbonates of iron, manganese, soda, lime, and 
magnesia, etc., and are highly charged with carbonic acid. , 

Pyrmont, Waldeck. Altitude, 404' ; mean annual temperature, 48.5° 
Fahr. 

The quantity of carbonic-acid gas is unusually great in these waters. 
They contain sulphates of lime, soda, magnesia, and carbonates of iron, 
soda, magnesia, and lime. 

Alexisbad, near Harzgerode, Germany. 

Alexisbrunnen. Same. 

Both contain iron and manganese in large quantity, and also car- 
bonic-acid gas. The first named, being highly impregnated with chloride 
and sulphate of iron, is used for bathing, and the other for drinking. 

Schwalbach, Nassau. Altitude, 909'. Season, June to September. 
Temperature, 64° Fahr. 

According to the analysis of Fresenius, this valuable water contains 
bicarbonates of iron, manganese, soda, magnesia, and lime, sulphates of 
soda and potash, and chloride of sodium. It is very highly charged with 
carbonic acid. 

St. Moritz, Upper Engadin, Switzerland. Altitude, 5464'. Mean 
temperature of summer months, 51° Fahr. 



CHALYBEATE SPRINGS. Ill 

These springs contain from 10 to 14 grains of solids in a pint, consist- 
ing of carbonates of lime, magnesia, manganese, iron, and soda, etc., and 
as much as 39.5 cubic inches of carbonic acid. 

Tiieeaty of Chalybeate Waters. — The uses of these waters are 
the same as the purely medicinal preparations of iron. They are indi- 
cated in chlorosis and ancemia, to supply to the blood the material in which 
it is deficient. For this purpose the milder waters, containing carbonate 
of iron and abundant carbonic acid, are most suitable ; for example, in 
this country, Rawley Springs, Sweet Chalybeate, Bedford (Pennsyl- 
vania) ; in England, Bascombe and Tunbridge ; on the Continent, Pyr- 
mont, Spa, Schwalbach, St. Moritz. When passive hemorrhages — the 
hemorrhagic diathesis — require ferruginous waters, the alum and iron 
waters are more effective. Amenorrhoea, hysteria, and other pelvic 
disorders, when dependent on ana?mia, the paludal cachexia, leucocy- 
themic-exophthalmic goitre, are either cured, or decidedly ameliorated by 
chalybeate waters. 

The purgative iron waters are useful in engorgement of the liver, 
hemorrhoids, and dyspepsia of anemic subjects, in albuminutia and 
dropsy. The alum springs in chronic diarrhoea and strumous diseases. 

Neuralgia, chorea, cerebral anemia, and other nervous disorders 
due to an impoverished condition of the blood, are much improved by 
the use of the milder chalybeate waters. 

In making selection of a chalybeate water, the psychical influences 
of mountain scenery, or other pleasant surroundings, should not be dis- 
regarded. For the anaemic pulmonary invalid, elevation of the spring 
and the absence of humidity are important considerations to determine 
a selection. Hence, the present popularity of St. Moritz. In this 
country a great variety is afforded — mountain scenery like Bedford, 
Pennsylvania, and the Virginia springs, or rolling upland like Bailey's 
and Sharon. As respects composition, the ferruginous springs of the 
United States are equal to any in the world. 

Authorities referred to (see articles on Alkaline and Saline /Springs). 



None of the remedies heretofore considered, contained in the group 
of agents promoting constructive metamorphosis, are foreign to the 
organism. They are all necessary to and directly promote the formation 
of the blood and tissues. 

In the same group, however, are remedies which, while they are 
tonic and reconstituent, do not enter into the composition of the body. 
They promote, in an indirect way, the constructive metamorphosis. 
Among these are bismuth, arsenic, the simple bitters, cinchona and its 
alkaloids. These agents having performed their office are, after a vari- 
able period, eliminated from the organism. Their therapeutical effects 
cannot be entirely comprehended in the process of constructive meta- 



112 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

morphosis, and in the ultimate results of their physiological actions the 
destructive metamorphosis may be included 

BISMUTHUM. 

Bismuth. — JBismuthi subcarbonas, subcarbonate of bismuth. A 
white or yellowish-white powder, without taste or smell, insoluble, in 
water. Dose, gr. x — 3 j> m powder or emulsion. 

JBismuthi Subnitras. — Subnitrate of bismuth. A heavy, white pow- 
der, with a faintly acid odor and taste, insoluble in water. Dose, gr. x 
— 3 j, in powder or emulsion. 

Besides these officinal preparations, various compounds of bismuth 
are prescribed. None of these present any advantages over the offici- 
nal forms, and most of them are objectionable from various considera- 
tions. The solutions of bismuth do not produce the effects of the in- 
soluble subcarbonate and subnitrate, and the various trade preparations 
containing bismuth and pepsin, bismuth and strychnia, bismuth and 
calisaya, etc., are, to the last degree, unscientific and unreliable. 

Physiological Actions. — The insoluble preparations have a very 
slightly-metallic taste. They coat the tongue black by the formation 
of a sulphide. Given in suitable cases, they promote the appetite and 
increase the digestive power, and a gain in body-weight is one result of 
their administration. They are somewhat astringent, and retard the 
intestinal movements. As they are nearly insoluble, they pass down 
the intestinal tract and are converted into sulphides ; hence the fseees 
under their use become a dark-slate color. They are not entirely in- 
soluble, for bismuth can be detected in the blood, urine, and other secre- 
tions, after a course of these medicines. Sufficient is absorbed under 
some circumstances, it is said, especially after prolonged administration, 
to cause toxic symptoms ; but such a result must be due to accidental 
combinations, or to the presence of arsenic, which is a very constant 
impurity in the ordinarj 7, commercial preparations of subnitrate and sub- 
carbonate of bismuth. Trousseau and Pidoux remark, with regard to 
its presumed toxic effects, as follows : " When the subnitrate of bismuth 
has been prepared from the perfectly pure metal, precipitated and well 
washed, it may be given in single doses from one to four grammes (fif- 
teen grains to a drachm) without producing the least malaise." Ac- 
cording to the same authority, Dr. Monneret has often given as much 
as ten to sixty grammes a day, without any recognized ill effects. It 
may, therefore, be concluded that the action of bismuth is chiefly local. 

Therapy. — In the aphthce of children, nursing sore-mouthy the milder 
cases of mercurial salivation, and in those painful ulcers of the mucous 
membrane of the mouth due to disorders of digestion, bismuth applied 
freely to the affected parts is often very serviceable, by diminishing the 
pain and promoting the healing process. Bismuth allays the irritability 
of the mucous membrane in cases of acute indigestion, if given after the 



BISMUTH. 113 

contents of the stomach are fully evacuated. It is especially indicated 
when there is not only painful digestion, but a tendericy to diarrhoea, 
the inclination for stool coming on soon after the food has been taken. 
It is given with great advantage in subacute and chronic gastritis, and 
in gastralgia arising from a state of irritation of the gastric mucous 
membrane. It is contraindicated, and is not beneficial, in the gastral- 
gia produced by habitual constipation and in the gastralgia of chlorosis 
and hypochondria. The pain and vomiting attendant on gastric nicer 
and scirrhus of the stomach are relieved by bismuth, and in the case 
of the former disease this remedy contributes to the cure. In these 
painful affections, the good effects of the bismuth are enhanced by com- 
bination with morphia. $. Bismuthi subnitrat., 3 ij ; morphia suhlpat. 
gr. j. M. ft. pulv. no. vj. Sig. One three times a day in milk. 
When morphia is, from any cause, inadmissible, hydrocyanic acid may 
be given in a mixture with bismuth. $. Bismuthi subnitrat., 3 ij ; 
acid, hydrocyan. dil., 3 ss ; mucilag. acacia?, aquae menthae pip., a a 
3 ij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful three times a day. Although arsenic 
as an impurity is so objectionable that special pains are taken in the 
pharmaceutical process to separate it in the preparation of subnitrate, 
yet the author has witnessed excellent results from a combination of 
arsenic and bismuth in the more chronic stomach-disorders for which 
the latter is prescribed. 

When bismuth is not well borne by the stomach, it may be combined 
with aromatic powder, or, when alkalies are indicated, it may be given 
with chalk or magnesia. When constipation is produced by it, bis- 
muth can be administered with rhubarb or magnesia. 

Bismuth is one of the remedies most frequently employed in the 
treatment of the vomiting of teething children, cholera infantum, and 
summer diarrhoea. Numerous combinations are employed : with pepsin, 
when these disorders appear to depend on the condition known as apep- 
sia, the discharges containing masses of undigested caseine ; with rhu- 
barb, when the symptoms are produced by undigested aliment, or w T hen 
the stools are white and pasty ; with soda and chalk, w r hen the stools are 
acid and excoriate the buttocks. In cases of vomiting of pregnancy, the 
vomiting of teething children, acidity, and pyi-osis, excellent results are 
sometimes obtained from bismuth and carbolic acid. I^« Bismuthi sub- 
nitrat., 3 iij ; acid, ca rbol., gr. ij — gr. iv ; mucil. acaciaa, 3 j; aquas men- 
thae pip., § iij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful for adults and a proportion- 
ate quantity for children three or four times a day. 

The diarrhoea of typhoid fever is restrained by bismuth in scruple 
to half-drachm doses. In chronic diarrhoea large doses of bismuth are 
beneficial and often curative, but thirty to sixty grains must be given 
every three or four hours. Equally large doses check the diarrhoea of 
phthisis. In these doses bismuth not only restrains the intestinal dis« 
charges, but improves the appetite and the digestion. 
9 



114 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Bismuth is employed for a variety of purposes in the treatment of 
external maladies. It is a good application to the reddened surface of 
the skin in cases of acne rosacea, and may be used as a cosmetic in this 
mortifying disease. The author has seen excellent results from the 
free application of bismuth in cases of eczema when there was much 
serous exudation. Under the crusts thus formed healing proceeded 
satisfactorily. In intertrigo and in the erythema which occurs about 
the genitals of infants, dusting the affected surface with bismuth soothes 
the pain and promotes healing. Bismuth is one of the numerous appli- 
cations to the eye in cases of chronic conjunctivitis and granular lids. 
It is also used as an injection, mixed with mucilage or with cocoa-but- 
ter in the form of a suppository, in chronic gonorrhoea and in gleet, and 
in leucorrhcea. IjL Bismuthi subnitrat., gr. vj ; hydrarg. chlor. cor., gr. 
ss. ; tinct. camphorse, m. jss ; aquae ad § j. M. Lotion for skin-diseases. 

The best vehicle for the administration of bismuth is milk. It 
should be given before meals as a rule when employed in stomach-dis- 
orders. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fox, Dr. Wilson. The Diseases of the Stomach, London, 1872, pp. 93, 94, 139, 179, 
203, etc. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimiitellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 297, 
et seq. 

Squire. Companion to the British Pharmacopoeia, eighth edition, p. 58. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. i., p. 183. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et de Mature Medicate, vol. i., p. 
200. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 1062. 

Waldenburg und Simon. Handbuch der allgemeinen und speciellen Arzmiverordnungs- 
Lehre, Berlin, 1873, p. 195, et seq. 

ARSENICUM. 

Arsenic. — Acidum arseniosum / arsenious acid j acide arsenieux, 
Fr. ; Arsenige satire, Ger. Dose, -^ — T V grain. 

Arsenici Iodidum. — Iodide of arsenic. Is an orange-red, crystal- 
line solid, entirely soluble in water, and wholly volatilized by heat. 
Dose, gr. ^. 

Liquor Arsenici Chloridl. — Solution of chloride of arsenic. Dose, 
m. ij — v. 

Liquor Arsenici et Hydrargyri Idodidi. — Solution of iodide of 
arsenic and mercury ; Donovan's solution. Dose, m. ij — v. 

Liquor JPotassii Arsenitis. — Solution of arsenite of potassium ; 
Fowler's solution. (Arsenious acid, bicarbonate of potassium, com- 
pound spirit of lavender and distilled water.) Dose, m. ij — x. 

Liquor Sodii Arseniatis. — Solution of arseniate of sodium ; Pear- 
son's solution. Dose, m. ij — xx. 

Arsenic in solution is better for internal administration than the 



ARSENIC. 115 

solid arsenious acid, and, of the three solutions (officinal) mentioned 
above, Fowler's is the best. Arsenious acid when administered in the 
solid form and at short intervals may act with unexpected violence. 

When a course of arsenic is begun, large doses should be prescribed, 
and the quantity administered should be regularly reduced. In this 
way chronic arsenical poisoning is avoided. When continually increas- 
ing doses are given, the arsenic accumulates, and toxic symptoms are 
quickly induced. As a rule, unless very small doses are prescribed, 
arsenic should be taken after meals. Some subjects are soon seriously 
affected by even small doses of arsenic. For this reason, when the idio- 
svnerasies of the patient are unknown, it were better to make tenta- 
tive experiments with a few small doses before beginning with large 
ones. A few drops of laudanum given with arsenic will enable it to be 
better borne by some susceptible subjects. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The salts of iron, magnesia, 
and lime, and astringents, are chemically incompatible. The arseniate 
of iron, although not actively so, does cause toxic symptoms if con- 
tinued in full medicinal doses. The hydrated sesquioxide of iron, 
freshly precipitated, and in a soft magma, is the antidote to arsenic in 
solution. About eight grains of the antidote are required for each grain 
of the poison swallowed. As the hydrated sesquioxide of iron is harm- 
less, it should be given in teaspoonful to tablespoonful doses, every few 
minutes. In every case of poisoning by arsenic, prompt efforts to 
secure evacuation of the contents of the stomach are necessary. Large 
doses of the antidote may be given with the emetic employed. In the ab- 
sence of the hydrated sesquioxide of iron, magnesia, chalk, and lime-wa- 
ter may be given freely. These agents act in part, and probably chiefly, 
mechanically, by enveloping the particles of arsenic, and so hindering 
absorption. It is held by some that freshly precipitated hydrate of 
magnesia is more effective as an antidote than the hydrated sesquioxide 
of iron. Large draughts of oil, milk, and substances containing mucilage, 
by protecting the mucous membrane, render important service in cases 
of arsenical poisoning. The gastro-enteritis and the nervous symptoms 
produced by arsenic should be treated on general principles. It is an 
important point to favor rapid elimination of the poison when the pa- 
tient survives the acute symptoms. This is accomplished by the use of 
diluent drinks, skimmed-milk, slightly alkaline mineral waters, etc. 

Synergists. — All those agents which promote constructive meta- 
morphosis are synergistic to arsenic. 

Physiological Actions. — Applied to the tissues, arsenic excites 
violent inflammation and causes destruction of the part ; it is, there- 
fore, an escharotic. Great pain attends its action. In consequence of 
the high degree of inflammation which it excites, when applied in suf- 
ficient strength, absorption does not follow its local use, but weak ap- 
plications may excite dangerous symptoms by diffusion into the blood. 



116 RESTORATIVE AGEXTS. 

Symptoms of poisoning follow the inhalation of arsenical fumes. 
Numerous instances have occurred in which wall-papers colored with 
arsenical pigments have poisoned the occupants of an apartment. Gar- 
ments colored with aniline dyes, fixed by arsenical mordants, have 
induced local ulcerations and systemic symptoms from absorption of 
arsenic. Applications to a large portion of even the unbroken integu- 
ment, and to ulcerated surfaces, have, in numerous instances, excited 
dangerous symptoms, and have produced fatal results. That arsenic, 
wherever applied, manifests a selective action on the mucous membrane 
of the respiratory and digestive tracts, is a curious fact. 

Arsenic, in small medicinal doses, promotes the appetite and diges- 
tive functions, and improves the body nutrition. It increases secretion 
of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, and hastens the peristaltic 
movements. Arsenic diffuses into the blood with facility. It probably 
enters into combination with the red-blood globules. It certainly 
lessens the excretion of carbonic acid, probably also of urea ; in other 
words, it checks the retrograde metamorphosis. It stimulates the 
cerebral functions and induces a feeling of well-being, and in some sub- 
jects decided mental exhilaration. 

In larger doses, yet not in quantity to produce acute poisoning, and 
when full medicinal doses have been administered for a lengthened 
period, arsenic causes more characteristic physiological actions than are 
described above. As regards the digestive organs, the following phe- 
nomena occur: A metallic taste; increased flow of saliva; nausea, 
vomiting of glairy mucus, epigastric pain, and soreness ; diarrhoea, 
tenesmus, and sometimes dysenteric stools. As regards the circulatory 
and respiratory organs : the action of the heart becomes irritable and 
feeble, palpitations, cough, oppressed breathing, oedema of the eyelids, 
general oedema, and albuminuria occur. As regards the skin : itching 
of the eyelids, urticaria, eczema, pityriasis, psoriasis, and falling out of 
the nails and hair. As regards the nervous svstem : disorders of motil- 
ity — trembling, stiffness, and contraction of the joints, disorders of 
sensibility, herpes zoster. 

Notwithstanding the effects above described are so frequently ob- 
served to follow the use of arsenic, it is undoubtedly true that a certain 
degree of tolerance may be established when doses in themselves toxic 
can be taken with impunity. This state has been produced in the 
course of the legitimate administration of arsenic, and has been wit- 
nessed on a considerable scale among the arsenic-eaters of Styria and 
Southern Austria. The arseniccphagi begin the habit of arsenic-eating 
at an early age, and become habituated to the use of enormous doses. 
They find that this practice is serviceable in several respects : they im- 
prove in bodily condition, gain in breathing-power, and become stronger 
and more pugnacious, and also more salacious. 

When arsenic is swallowed in sufficient quantity to cause the symp- 



ARSENIC. 117 

toms of acute poisoning, the phenomena produced are of two kinds — 

tro-intestinal irritation and cerebral effects. The former is much the 
more common. The following are the symptoms of the gastro-intestinal 
form of acute arsenical poisoning : Burning at the epigastrium, and 
radiating thence over the abdomen ; violent and uncontrollable vomit- 
ing; great dryness of the mouth and fauces; intense thirst; intestinal 
irritation, bloody and offensive stools, retracted abdomen ; strangury, 
priapism, suppression of urir.e or bloody urine, and in females monor- 
rhagia ; rapid and feeble action of the heart, oppressed breathing; 
great agitation and restlessness ; shrunken features, cold breath ; invol- 
untary evacuations ; collapse — consciousness being retained to the last. 
In the cerebral form of acute poisoning, without any symptoms of 
gastro-intestinal irritation, the patient is suddenly put into a condition 
of profound insensibility and coma, not unlike extreme opium narcosis. 

Recovery from the effects of acute arsenical poisoning is rarely com- 
plete. For a long time afterward a considerable degree of gastro-enteric 
irritabilifcy will persist, and life may at last be lost from the continued 
operation of this pathological state on the function of nutrition. An 
irritable state of the skin and stiffness of the joints may also continue 
for some time, and paralysis may supervene, accompanied with neuralgic 
pains, numbness, formication, etc. 

The changes found after death in the gastro-intestinal mucous mem- 
brane are those due to an irritant : deep redness, erosions, ecchymoses, 
and softening. These symptoms are also produced when toxic effects 
are caused by the external application of arsenic. More or less redness 
of the tracheal and bronchial mucous membrane and congestion of the 
lungs have been observed. It must not be forgotten that arsenic has 
caused a fatal result without producing* any gastro-intestinal lesions ex- 
cept some uncharacteristic redness. Fatty degeneration of the liver, 
kidneys, spleen, and other organs, has been observed in cases of acute 
poisoning, even when the symptoms have existed for a few hours. The 
icterode hue of the skin and the albuminuria which occur in the course 
of chronic arsenical poisoning are probably due to fatty degeneration 
of the liver-cells and of the renal epithelium. 

Arsenic, although like other mineral poisons it tends to accumulate 
in the system, is nevertheless, eliminated with considerable rapidity. 
If the patient survive a week after the ingestion of a toxic dose, it is 
difficult to detect it in the body after death. If the poison is retained, 
and death ensues before elimination can take place, it undoubtedly re- 
tards putrefaction. Arsenic is eliminated by various organs — by the 
liver, intestinal canal, kidneys, and bronchial tubes — and some of the 
symptoms produced by it probably have their origin in the local effect 
Df the poison on the channels of excretion. 

The quantity of arsenic required to produce a fatal effect varies 
according to the state of the stomach and the susceptibilities of the 



118 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

patient. Ounces have been swallowed without producing even serious 
symptoms, because promptly rejected by vomiting. When the stomach 
is full of food, absorption is slow and vomiting is easily induced, and 
hence a toxic dose may not under these circumstances produce any 
of the phenomena of poisoning. A half -grain of arsenious acid has 
caused symptoms of poisoning (Taylor), and, according to the same 
authority, from two to four grains may prove fatal to an adult. Much 
depends on the idiosyncrasies of the individual, which, as has been 
stated above, differ greatly in different persons. These facts should 
not be forgotten in prescribing strictly medicinal doses of arsenical 
preparations. 

Therapy. — The preparations of arsenic are applicable to the treat- 
ment of the diseases of those tissues upon which it has a selective 
action. 

No remedy is more useful than arsenic in the so-called irritative 
dyspepsia, manifested by these symptoms : a red and pointed tongue, 
poor appetite, distress after meals, the presence of the food causing 
intestinal pain, colic, and the desire to go to stool. Drop-doses of 
Fowler's solution, given before meals, quickly relieve this state of 
things. The effects of the arsenic are frequently favored by the con- 
joint administration of a little laudanum. 

In some cases of the vomiting of pregnancy, a drop of Fowler's 
solution given before each meal will afford astonishing relief. The 
particular indications for its use are these : vomiting of food, followed 
by retching and straining, the. vomited matters being streaked with 
blood, or blood alone being thrown up ; these symptoms accompanied 
by gastralgia and pain between the scapulae. 

The vomiting of chronic gastric catarrh, especially the alcoholic 
form, is relieved by one or two drops of Fowler's solution taken before 
meals. It effects a cure in these cases by relieving the morbid state of 
the mucous membrane on which the vomiting depends. Arsenic is 
also very beneficial in these small doses in chronic ulcer of the stomach. 
It checks the vomiting, relieves the pain, and improves the appetite for 
food. It is not equally effective in the acute ulcer. Although arsenic 
exercises but little influence over the progress of these cases, it is very 
serviceable in cancer of the stomach, by diminishing the pain and 
checking the vomiting. Gastralgia and enteralgia, when idiopathic, 
are sometimes made to disappear in a very surprising manner by the 
same remedy, but there are no certain indications of the kind of case to 
which it is best adapted. 

In the treatment of stomach-disorders, only small doses of arsenic 
are admissible. Large doses, by creating an irritation of the gastric 
mucous membrane, will only defeat the end in view. 

That form of diarrhoea which consists merely in an intolerance of 
the presence of food, an evacuation of the undigested aliment taking 



ARSENIC. 119 

place soon after it is b wallowed, is cured by arsenic. Chronic diarr? 

ami dysentery (entero-colitis), especially when dependent on the changes 
induced by chronic malarial infection, are often greatly benefited by the 
Bame remedy. In these cases, two drops of Fowler's solution with five 
drops of laudanum should be given before meals. Attention to the diet 
is, of course, imperative. Constipation, when due to deficient secretion 
and dryness of the faeces, is sometimes overcome by small doses of Fow- 
ler's solution. 

Arsenic is one of the numerous remedies proposed for the treatment 
of epidemic cholera. It is a curious circumstance, first demonstrated by 
Virchow, that some cases of acute arsenical poisoning are not distin- 
guishable by their symptomatology or morbid anatomy from cases of 
epidemic cholera. 

Arsenic has been used with success in the treatment of the jaundice 
due to catarrh of the bile-ducts succeeding to catarrh of the duodenum. 
It seems to the author to be better adapted to cases of jaundice of mala- 
rial origin. Excellent results are obtained by the persevering use in 
small doses of arsenic in cirrhosis. As arsenic tends to accumulate in 
the liver, and as it produces fatty degeneration of this organ, the cura- 
tive effect in the above-named disorders may depend on this selective 
action. 

There is no doubt that arsenic promotes in a very decided manner 
the constructive metamorphosis. It is one of the most valuable agents 
which Ave possess in the treatment of chlorosis and anazmia. It is espe- 
cially adapted to those cases in which iron does not agree or fails of 
effect. The efficiency of iron in these disorders is much increased by 
combination with arsenic. 

Cases of acute coryza and hay-asthma are often decidedly relieved 
by this remedy. Chronic catarrh of the broncho-pulmonary mucous 
membrane, emphysema, sclerosis of the lungs, are maladies in which 
arsenic, long used in ordinary medicinal doses, is capable of effecting 
considerable amelioration. We have no single drug of equal utility in 
the chronic forms of phthisis, but it is not serviceable in caseous pneu- 
monia. It is said, and this statement corresponds to the author's obser- 
vation, that, when there are much hectic and rapid disintegration of the 
pulmonary tissues, arsenic is not beneficial. Besides the stomach ad- 
ministration of arsenic in the above-mentioned maladies of the respira- 
tory organs, it is used with advantage by the process of fumigation. 
The following is the formula of Trousseau for arsenical cigarettes: 

Arsenite of potassa 15 grains. 

Distilled water 1 ounce. 

Unsized white paper is thoroughly moistened with this solution, 
dried and cut into twenty equal parts, and each part rolled into a cigar* 
ette. Two or three of these are smoked daily for the relief of chronic 



120 RESTOKATIVE AGENTS. 

bronchitis, emphysema, spasmodic asthma, phthisis, hay-asthma, etc. 
The arseniate of soda may be used in the same way, and under the 
same conditions ; for example, take a half-drachm to one drachm of ar- 
seniate of soda, one ounce of distilled water, and moisten a bit of unsized 
paper with the solution, so that every piece of a given size shall contain 
a determined quantity of the arsenic, ordinarily from one-fourth to one 
grain. When the cigarette is lighted, the patient inhales the smoke by 
a single inspiration, and this inhalation is practised three or four times 
a day. In cases of acute and chronic coryza, great advantage is ob- 
tained by snuffing into the nares the fumes of arsenical cigarettes. The 
arsenite of antimony, according to Dr. Lucien Papillaud, is especially 
serviceable in pulmonary affections. 

When, in consequence of feebleness of the heart, there are present 
short breathing on making slight exertion, and oedema of the feet and 
ankles, especially as these symptoms occur in old people, arsenic is indi- 
cated. Attacks of angina pectoris may be lessened or prevented by the 
persistent use of arsenic in the interval. 

Certain disorders of the nervous system are greatly* benefited by the 
use of arsenical preparations. The author has seen it extremely useful 
in cerebral congestion, for the treatment of which it was originally 
recommended by Dr. Lemare-Picquot. It is indicated when there are 
commencing setheroma of the cerebral vessels, sluggish venous circula- 
tion, puffiness of the eyes, tendency to drowsiness, and intellectual tor- 
por. In the melancholy and hypochondria of the aged, it gives great 
comfort, and frequently entirely dispels the gloomy fancies which take 
possession of the mind under these circumstances. The arsenic acts 
most favorably when combined with minute doses of opium ; viz., two 
drops of Fowler's solution, with three to five drops of tincture of opium, 
given three times a day. Arsenic is one of the remedies successful in 
the treatment of neuralgia. Generally its curative influence is indirect, 
and exerted through the improvement in the bodily nutrition, which fol- 
lows its administration. It is directly curative, however, in the cases 
of hemicrania and other neuralgias of malarial origin, but it holds a 
place strictly secondary to quinia in these affections. It is certainly one 
of the most effective remedies which we possess in the treatment of 
chorea. In this disease, large doses — five minims ter in die — must be 
given. Young subjects, it should be remembered, bear large doses of 
arsenic, relatively, better than adults. Cases of epilepsy have been 
reported cured by arsenic, but these were probably instances of epilepti- 
form vertigo caused by stomach-disorder, in which this remedy is un- 
doubtedly of great utility. In the Uat nerveux of the French physicians 
— hysteria — arsenic lessens the mobility of the nervous system, and, by 
improving the general nutrition, permanently removes the nervous ere- 
thism. 

Arsenic produces, in the course of its medicinal administration, affec- 



ARSENIC. 121 

tiona of the skin, and notably those dependent on an unknown state of 
the trophic nerves. In the treatment of various skin-affections we avail 
ourselves of this physiological fact, and set up by means of arsenical 
preparations a substitutive action in the skin. It follows, that arsenic 
will not be serviceable in acute affections of the skin, and experience 
demonstrates that, whenever active cell-proliferation is taking place, 
arsenic is contraindicated. It is most serviceable when the affection of 
the skin is superficial in its seat — in the epidermis and the superficial 
layers of the derma. In cases of ])Sorlasls much good may be ex- 
pected from it, but, the more chronic the disease, the more beneficial 
is it. When the arsenic begins to exert an influence on %)Sor las is , the 
skin appears more inflamed, but this is an evidence that the cura- 
tive action is taking place, and the remedy should then be persisted 
in. Acute eczema is rather exasperated by arsenic, but chronic eczent<(, 
especially eczema squamosum, is often greatly benefited by it. When 
eczema infests the vulva, anal region, and scrotum, arsenic is said to be 
useful, but its efficacy in these cases is largely determined by the chro- 
nicity of the attacks. Pemphigus is an affection of the skin, which, as 
was more particularly shown by Mr. Hutchison, is curable by arsenic, 
but the more chronic the disease the more certainly beneficial the rem- 
edy. In old cases of acne, especially acne rosacea, arsenic is sometimes 
serviceable, but it is often very disappointing. The author has not ob- 
served much good to follow the use of arsenic in the acne which occurs 
at puberty and for some years subsequently. In all cases of acne the 
strictest attention to diet and a proper hygiene is very important. Ar- 
senic given with bromide of potassium lessens or prevents the very dis- 
figuring acne which appears in the course of the administration of that 
agent. Furuncle (boils) is successfully treated by the long-continued 
use of arsenic. This practice is strongly urged by Dr. Delioux de 
Savignac. A succession of boils is the indication for the use of this 
remedy. 

In the treatment of skin-affections, Fowler's solution is the arsenical 
preparation most frequently employed. The commencing dose need not 
be larger than five drops three times a day, given after meals. It is bet- 
ter to commence with the maximum dose, and to diminish the amount 
gradually. As arsenic needs to be administered for a long time in skin- 
diseases, such toxic symptoms as irritation of the eyelids, and puffiness 
of the eyes, and epigastric pain and soreness, are apt to arise. These 
symptoms are indications for the use of laxatives, and for a reduction 
in the dose of the remedy, but not for its entire suspension. In order to 
prevent relapses, the use of arsenic should be continued, in diminishing 
doses, for some time after the entire disappearance of the eruption. 

Arsenic is not serviceable in skln-dlseases of syphilitic origin. In 
very chronic cases of this kind the compound solution of arsenic, iodine, 
and mercury — Donovan's solution — is sometimes very effective, but the 



122 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

curative effect is here due to the iodine and mercury, rather than to the 
arsenic. 

Arsenic is very useful in a certain form of chronic arthritis. The 
cases to which it is adapted are those in which the joints become tumid 
and stiff and painful in consequence of a peculiar state of the nervous 
system ; indeed, the condition is one allied to neuralgia, the trophic 
nerves being invoiced. This is a malady very different from that kind 
of chronic rheumatism or rheumatic gout which is accompanied by no- 
dosities of the joints, in which arsenic has been recommended, but over 
which, according to the experience of the author, it exerts no control. 

Diabetes, occurring in thin subjects from a faulty condition of the 
primary assimilation, is much benefited by arsenic; but when diabetes 
makes its appearance in fat subjects after a succession of boils and car- 
buncles, arsenic is not useful. 

Amenorrhoea, when due to functional inactivity of the ovaries, and 
menorrhagia, when produced by ansemia, are equally benefited by the 
preparations of arsenic, especially when combined with iron. Sperma- 
torrhoea, if dependent on a weak and relaxed state of the seminal vesi- 
cles, and functional impotence, are sometimes greatly improved by full 
doses of the arseniate of iron. It is often advantageous to combine the 
arseniate of iron and ergotine, as follows : Ijk . Ferri arseniat., gr. v ; ergo- 
tine (aq. ex.), 3 ss. M. ft. pil. no. xxx. Sig. One night and morning. 

Next to quinia, arsenic has the most important position in the treat- 
ment of malarial fevers. It may be used to prevent the recurrence of 
attacks of ague when quinine for any reason is not admissible. As 
regards acute malarial toxaemia, arsenic is more useful as an adjunct to 
quinia than as the sole remedy. The treatment of acute cases may be 
formulated as follows : large doses of quinia to interrupt the paroxysms, 
and at the septenary periods ; arsenic given daily to prevent relapses. 
It plays a more important role in chronic malarial diseases. As has 
been shown by Boudin, arsenic diminishes the engorgement of the 
spleen. The author has witnessed the rapid disappearance of malarial 
jaundice, and the cure of the alterations in the glandular appendages 
of the intestinal mucous membrane, under its use. It is most useful 
generally to combine iron with arsenic in the chronic form of malarial 
disease. I£. Pil. ferri carbon., 3 j ; acidi arseniosi, gr, j. M. ft. pil. no. 
xx. Sig. One three times a day. I£. Quinize sulph., 5)ij ; ferri sulph. 
exsic, 3j; acidi arseniosi, gr. j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One three 
times a day. Boudin justly insists upon abundant alimentation during 
a course of arsenical treatment of intermittents, and, with a view of pre- 
paring the digestive organs, administers a preliminary emetic to relieve 
the stomach of the embarras gastrique. Arsenic has also been used as 
a prophylactic against malarial infection, and as a remedy for various 
intermittent diseases due to malarial influence. The author has seen 
excellent results from the use of small doses of Fowler's solution three 



ARSENIC 128 

times a day in typho-malarial fever. When there is much diarrhoea, a 
few drops of tincture of opium should be added to each dose of arsenic. 
In doses of half a drop to one drop of Fowler's solution, the tongue 
cleans, the skin becomes moist, and the delirium lessens in a most re- 
markable manner, sometimes. When arsenic is used alone in the treat- 
ment of intermittents, large doses are necessary. Ten drops of Fowler's 
solution may be given after meals to adults, but in a few days — three, 
four, or five, according to the susceptibility of the patient — the dose 
must be reduced two drops each day until four drops are reached. If 
the stomach does not become disordered, slight irritation of the conjunc- 
tivas and puffiness of the eyelids may be disregarded. 

There can be no doubt that the long-continued use of small doses of 
arsenic exercises a favorable influence over the course and progress of 
epithelioma. It has appeared, indeed, to be useful in schrhus, espe- 
cially as this morbid process manifests itself in the stomach. Rodent 
ulcer, which is closely allied in its nature to epithelioma, is also im- 
proved by it. With the internal use of the arsenical preparations may 
be conjoined the local applications of arsenious acid. Many physicians, 
notably Dr. Atlee, of Philadelphia, entertain the belief that the long- 
continued use of arsenic retards the growth of uterine cancer. It ap- 
pears to the author to be certain that arsenic is useful in epithelioma, 
but he regards it as improbable that it exerts a curative influence over 
the other forms of cancer, although it alleviates some of the distress ex- 
perienced by the subjects of cancer of the stomach. Billroth reports a 
case of multiple lymphoma cured by the use of arsenic. 

External Uses of Arsenic. — An arsenical paste having the following 
composition is used to destroy the sensibilit} 7 of a carious tooth : arse- 
nious acid, ij ; sulphate of morphia, j ; sufficient creosote to make a 
paste. A small quantity of this is applied by a bit of cotton-wool to the 
carious portion of the tooth. 

Arsenious acid is sometimes employed to destroy cancerous growths. 
But, as it is extremely painful, and as the danger of absorption is great, 
other escharotics, as, for example, the chloride of zinc, are generally 
preferred. When it is used, the operator should be careful to employ an 
arsenical paste of sufficient strength to set up a limiting inflammation, 
and thus prevent absorption. From one-sixth to one-fifth of arsenious 
acid is the proper proportion, and it may be mixed with calomel, starch, 
or other impalpable powder. If the surface to be destroyed is large, a 
portion of it should be submitted at a time to the action of the escha- 
rotic. Poultices should then be applied until the slough separates, when 
a healthy granulating surface is obtained. The excessive pain caused by 
the escharotic may be much alleviated by combining morphia and car- 
bolic acid in the arsenical paste, or by the use of morphia hypodermi- 
cally until the escharotic action ceases. 

An arsenical paste prepared as follows is sometimes used as a de- 



124 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

pilatory : quicklime, § ss ; yellow sulphide of arsenic, xx grs. ; starch, 
clxxx grs. A preparation of this kind is such a one, probably, as 
that used by the Egyptian women to remove the hair from the pubes, 
butLarrey, who mentions the practice in his Memoirs, expressly abstains 
from giving the formula, lest it might be abused. 

In addition to the above local uses of arsenic, it may be mentioned 
that Dr. Radclifle has introduced the hypodermic method of employing 
it. He has obtained excellent results from the insertion of m. v — m. xv 
of Fowler's solution into the affected muscles in cases of local chorea. 
The arsenical solution should be diluted with an equal measure of 
water when thus used. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anderson, Dr. McCall. On the Treatment of Diseases of the Shin, London, 18*72, 
r. 143, et seq. 

Aveling, Dr. J. H. The British Medical Journal, January 6, 18*72. 

Billroth, Dr. Theodore. Wiener medicinische Wochenschrift, xxi., 44, 18*71. 

Cersoy, M. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxvii., p. *78. 

Caspar, Johann Ludwig. Praciisches Handbuch der gerichtlichen Medicin. Neu 
bearbeitet una vermehrt von Dr. Carl Liman, etc., Berlin, 1871, zweiter Band, p. 442, 
et seq. 

Delioux de Satignac, M. le Dr. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxxiv., 
p. 529. Ibid., Diciionnaire Encyclop/edique des Sciences Medicates, article Arsenic. 

Devergie, M. Alph. Bulletin Generale de Th'erapjeutique, vol. lxxvii., p. 49. 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. Shin-Diseases, their Description, Pathology, Diagnosis, and Treat- 
ments, New York, 18*73. 

France Medicale. Quoted by Bulletin General de Therapeutique. De la medication 
arsenicale contre Viciere, vol. lxxvi., p. 32*7. 

Gailleton, M. Bulletin de Therapeutique, vol. lxxiv., p. 42. 

Gubler, Adolphe. Commentaires Therapeuiiques du Codex Medicamentarius, Paris, 
1868, p. 3*77. 

Hebra, Dr. Ferdinand. On Diseases of the Shin, New Sydenham Society, 1868. 

Hunt, Thomas, M. R. C. S. On the Treatment of Chronic Diseases of the Shin, Lon- 
don Lancet, vol. i., 1846. 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Berlin, 1874, p. 224. 
Arsenverbindungen. 

Isnard, M. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxxiv., p. 80. Ibid., vol. lxxvii., 
p. 551. 

Jahresbericht uber die Fortschritte der Pharmacognosy, Pharmacie und Toxi- 
cologie. Article Arsen. Gottingen, 1873, p. 552. 

Ibidem. Yahrgang, 1871, p. 481. 

Lisle. Journ. de Brux., xlv., p. 345, October, 1867, quoted in Schmidfs Jahrbucher, 
vol. cxl., p. 262. 

Lolliot, M. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxv., p. 338. 

Marsden, Dr. Alexander. A New and Successful Method of treating Cancer, Lon- 
don, 1869, p. 96. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 208. 

Papillaud, Dr. Lucien. Gazette de Paris, 43, 44, 46, 47, 1865. 

Routh, Dr. C. H. F. Obstetrical Transactions, vol. viii., p. 290. 

Sklarek, Dr. W. Archiv fur Anat. und Physiologic, 1866, p. 481. The Physiologi- 
cal Effects of Arsenious Acid. 



THE SIMPLE BITTEI. 125 

:.£D. Therapeutics and Matiri' fourth edit io: 1. iL, 

p. 8 

Tardieu, Dr. Axbroise. Di rtwnnaire d Hygiene Publique et de Salubrity deux 

. Arsenic, AUumettes, Bonbons, t ides, 

Mori aux Rais, Papiers, etc. 

Trousseau et Pedoux. Ttaite de Therapcutiquc ei de Muk cal^ hu 

:>L L, p. 338, Pari- > - 
jer, Dr. Sn> ntt. A Handboo ipevtic*, third edition, pi 228 

Un ?.t. thirteenth edition, p. 23, et seq. 



THE SIMPLE BITTERS. 

Quassia. — V . " : V r. The vrood of 

Simaruba exce. 

Peepaeatioxs. — 7 I J Extract of quassia. D - . 

gr. j— gr. iij. 

T '. — Tincture of quassia (2 oz. to Oj). Dose, m. 

I - '. — Infusion of quassia ( " ij to Oj). . 3 ij 

— 3J- 

Mposm — Q -sia-wooi contains a ble bitter prin- 

ciple, neutral, calk 

Gentiana. — G\ ~' . . Fr. ; L The root 

of Gentiana lutea. 

Preparations. — If position. Compound in- 

fusion of gentian. (Gentian, bitter orange-peel, coriander.) Dose, 

T' G . — Compound tincture of gentian. 

(Gentian, bitter orange-peel, cardamom, alcohoL) 3bs — 3 ij. 

Ej" - l Fluid . — Fluid extract of gentian. I 1 - . 

— 3 ij- 

.— of gentian. Dose. gr. j — gr. v. 

MPOSmOB'. — Gentian contains a peculiar principle, 

and an acid. 

Gentiana Catesbsei. — Bine gentian, American gentian. Th> 

digenous remedy may be used as a substitute for the foreign gen: i 

and similar preparations to the officinal formula for gentian, as 

may be prepared from it. 

Ui ' . — Mistura gentianse alkalina. Dilute hydro- 

pic acid, m. iij ; bicarbonate of soda, grs. xv ; compound infusion of 

gentian to oz. j. 

JT'' ' — Infusion of gentian, drachms vj ; 

infusion of senna, drachms iij ; compound tincture of cardamoms, 

drachm j. 

Calnmba. — ' . '. Ger. The root 

of Cocculus palmatus. 



126 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Preparations. — Infusxim Calumbce. Infusion of calumba (§j — 
Oj). Dose, |ss— fij. 

Tinctura Calumbce. — Tincture of calumba ( § ij — Oj). Dose, 3 ss — 
3 ij. 

Extractum Calumbce F'luidum. — Fluid extract of calumba. Dose, 
3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — A peculiar principle, colombin, berberina, and a 
peculiar acid, colombic acid. 

Coptis. — Goldthread. The root of Coptis trifolia. There are no 
officinal preparations of coptis. It contains, in common with some 
other bitters, the alkaloid, berberina, and probably also a peculiar bitter 
principle. It yields up its alkaloids and bitter principle to both water 
and alcohol, but more freely to the latter. The tincture and fluid ex- 
tracts are, therefore, the best preparations. 

Sabbatia. — American centaury. Herb of Sabbatia angularis. As 
there are no officinal preparations of sabbatia, a tincture and fluid 
extract made in accordance with the general instructions given in the 
United States Pharmacopoeia may be used. 

Gornus Florida. — Dogwood. The bark of Corn us Florida. 

Preparation. — Extractum Comds Floridm Fluidum. Fluid ex- 
tract of dogwood. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Decoctum CornHs Floridm. — Decoction of dogwood ( § j — Oj). 
Dose, § ss — | ij. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Quassia and calumba can be 
administered with the salts of iron. The sulphate of iron, and the sil- 
ver and lead salts, are incompatible with gentian. The infusion of 
coptis is not affected by the salts of iron, but is, precipitated by the 
nitrate of silver and acetate of lead. Therapeutically, all those agents 
which promote waste or destructive - metamorphosis are opposed to the 
action of the simple bitters. 

Synergists. — Iron, the mineral acids, pepsin, bismuth, etc., are syn- 
ergistic to the bitters, and under some circumstances the alkalies pro- 
mote their therapeutic action. 

Physiological Actions. — The simple bitters increase secretion 
from the mucous membrane. In the mouth they promote the flow of 
saliva, and in the stomach they appear to increase the production ol 
gastric juice, and also of gastric mucus. It follows that an increase of 
digestive capacity is one result of their administration. The increased 
appetite which is observed from the use of the bitters is probably due 
to two factors : the sense of bitterness which increases the desire for 
food, and the improved digestive power which, enabling more food to 
be disposed of, postpones the sense of satiety. Furthermore, the bit- 
ters, by removing morbid states of the intestinal mucous membrane, 
favor assimilation. More food being taken and more thoroughly di- 
gested it is obvious that the bitters promote constructive metamor- 



THE SIMPLE BITTERS. 127 

phosis. The blood is indirectly enriched by them, and the tissues are 
consequently improved in their nutrition. The simple bitters are ac- 
cordingly usually classed with tonics. 

Although these remedies, used judiciously and for a short period, 
undoubtedly promote the constructive metamorphosis, yet their long- 
continued use will produce gastric catarrh, decrease the flow of healthy 
gastric juice, and impair digestion. 

Therapy. — An infusion of coptis has much reputation in New Eng- 
land as a remedy in aphthae, psoriasis of the mucous membrane, ulcers, 
and epithelioma. Used as a gargle, it is serviceable in ulceration of 
the tonsils. 

A few drops of the tincture of calumba, or a teaspoonful of the in- 
fusion, will sometimes greatly relieve the vomiting of pregnancy, and 
is also occasionally efficacious in seasickness. The simple bitters are 
especially indicated in atonic dyspepsia, and in chronic gastric catarrh. 
They are useful in this state of things : pain after food, slow digestion, 
constipation alternating with diarrhoea. Calumba is the mildest, and 
may be borne when quassia and gentian disagree. According to Wil- 
son Fox, " calumba holds the chief place in point of therapeutic value 
as a remedy which can be safely employed when others of the class 
would be too irritating." When there are much relaxation and torpor, 
quassia is very useful as a stomachic tonic. Sometimes an extempo- 
raneous cold infusion of quassia is used, made by filling overnight with 
cold water a quassia-cup — a goblet turned out of quassia-wood. When 
constipation exists in cases of atonic dyspepsia, good results are ob- 
tained by a combination of gentian with senna, as in the formula alreadj T 
given. The compound tincture of gentian is an excellent vehicle for 
the administration of cod-liver oil, and contributes to its digestion and 
assimilation. 

The infusions of gentian, calumba, and quassia, are usefully em- 
ployed as vehicles for the administration of acids and alkalies in cases 
of acidity and deficient supply of gastrin juice, under the rules given in 
the articles on aoids and alkalies. 

In convalescence from acute diseases, the simple bitters, especially 
gentian and calumba, are employed to promote the appetite and diges- 
tion, and thus to aid in the process of constructive metamorphosis. 

In the diarrhoea which is due to relaxation of the mucous membrane, 
and is not dependent on inflammation, the tincture of calumba is often 
useful. The author has obtained good results from the use of tincture 
of calumba combined with opium in the treatment of an irritable state 
of the intestinal mucous membrane, indicated by these symptoms : Soon 
after taking food, the occurrence of pain referable to the small intes- 
tines, nausea, loose evacuations containing undigested aliments, and 
followed by weakness and depression. r>. Tinct. calumbas, 3 xv ; 
tinct. opii deodor., 3J. M. Sig. A teaspoonful in a wineglassful of 



128 EESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

water before meals. Calumba is also serviceable in the relaxation of 
the bowels, succeeding to acute affections of the intestinal mucous 
membrane. 

The infusion of quassia is one of the most effective injections for 
the destruction of the ascarides vermiculares which infest the rectum. 
The stomach administration of simple bitters undoubtedly hinders the 
development of intestinal worms, probably by correcting a morbid state 
of the mucous membrane. In the treatment of intestinal parasites much 
good, therefore, is derived from the use of bitters, administered with 
the view of restoring normal digestion. 

According to Wood, the remedy most effective to remove and " per- 
manently cure a disposition to the accumulation of flatus in the bowels 
is an infusion made with half an ounce of calumba, half an ounce of 
ginger, a drachm of senna, and a pint of boiling water, and given in the 
dose of a wineglassful three times a day." 

The bitters are used as remedies in malarial fever. Although they 
exercise but little influence over the course of intermittent and remit- 
tent fever, they are useful in the form of infusion as vehicles for the 
administration of more active drugs. In the convalescence from mala- 
rial fever, and in chronic malarial poisoning, they are more actively 
beneficial as agents promoting constructive metamorphosis. The dog- 
wood, of all the bitters given in the above list, possesses the most 
positive antiperiodic qualities, and is considered by the physicians of 
Southern United States as next to quinia in efficiency. An excellent 
tonic combination of decided utility in chronic malarial disease is the 
following: Dogwood-bark, calumba, poplar (liriodendron), wild-cherry, 
of each six ounces ; boneset (eupatorium) and cayenne pepper, of each 
four ounces. Mixed and' sifted. Of the mixture a teaspoonful in cold 
or warm water, three or four times a day. A useful tincture to serve 
the purpose of a tonic, and as a remedy in malarial affections, may be 
prepared from the above combination of bitter tonics. 

AROMATIC BITTERS. 

Serpentaria. — Virginia snakeroot. Serpentaire de Virginie, Fr. ; 
Schlangenhraut, Ger. The root of Aristolochia serpentaria, and of 
other species of Aristolochia. 

Peepaeations. — Infusum Serpentarice. — Infusion of serpentaria 
( 1 ss — Oj). Dose, 1 ss — Ij. 

Tinctura Serpentarice. — Tincture of serpentaria ( 3 iv — Oij). Dose, 
3 ss— 3 ij. 

Extraction Serpentarice Fluidum. — Fluid extract of serpentaria. 
Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — A volatile oil, resin, a bitter principle, etc. 

Pmnus Virginiana. — Wild cherry. The bark of Cerasus serotina. 



AROMATIC BITTERS. 129 

Preparations. — Infusum Pruni Vtrginiance. — Infusion of wild- 
cherry ( 3 ss — Oj). Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Extraction Pruni Virginiance Fluidum. — Fluid extract of wild- 
cherry bark. Dose, 3 ss — 3 j. 

jSyrupu-s Pruni Virginiance. — Sirup of wild-cherry. Dose, 3j — 

3ij. 

Composition. — Amvgdaline and'emulsine, which produce by their 
reaction hydrocyanic acid, -tannic and gallic acids, etc. 

• Cascarilla. — Cascarllla. Cascarille, Fr. ; Cascarille llinde, Ger, 
The bark of Croton eleuteria. 

Preparations. — Infusum Cascarilke. Infusion of cascarilla ( 3 j — 
Oj). Dose, 3ss— lj. 

Composition. — A crystallizable principle, cascarillin, tannic acid, a 
volatile oil, etc. 

- Lctions and Uses. — These remedies possess the quality called tonic ; 
they invigorate digestion, and promote constructive metamorphosis. 
They differ from the simple bitters in containing aromatic constituents, 
and in being astringent to a greater or less degree, owing to the pres- 
ence of tannic and gallic acids. They are indicated in the same kind 
of cases as, and under similar conditions to, the simple bitters; but they 
are supposed to have, in addition, some specific properties derived from 
their volatile and odorous constituents. 

Serpentaria is occasionally used as a stimulating tonic in typhoid 
and typho-malarial fevers. It is more frequently prescribed as a stimu- 
lant expectorant in capillary bronchitis, and in pneumonia of low 
grade, when carbonate of ammonia is combined with it. Formerly it 
was used locally to the throat, as a gargle in diphtheria, and given 
internally as a stimulant, but it is now very rarely employed in such 
cases. 

Wild-cherry is an excellent stomachic tonic, and may well be used 
as a substitute for calumba in the class of cases to which the latter is 
considered specially applicable. It has long been held in great esteem 
in domestic practice, as a remedy in catarrhal states of the bronchial 
mucous membrane, and in phthisis. Owing to the prussic acid which 
its cold infusion contains — produced by the reaction between the amyg- 
daline and emulsine — it exercises some influence over cough. That it has 
any special virtues in the treatment of phthisis is hardly to be credited 
The sirup is much used as an ingredient in cough-mixtures. 

Authorities referred to : 

Porctter, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, Charles- 
ton, 1869. 

Huseman, Drs. August und Theodor. Die Pflanzenstoffe. 
Fox, Dr. Wilson. The Diseases of the Stomach, 1872. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 
10 



130 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Eucalyptus. — Leaves of Eucalyptus globulus. 

Preparations. — Tinctura Eucalypti. Tincture of eucalyptus. Dose, 
3 ss— 3 ij. 

Extr actum Eucalypti. — Extract of eucalyptus. Dose, gr. j — 3j. 

Eucalyptol. — Dose, m. v — 3 ss. Usually prescribed in capsules, 
but may be given in the form of emulsion. 

Composition. — Eucalyptus contains an essential oil — eucalyptol — a 
camphor, isomeric with the oil of turpentiae, a peculiar resin, tannic 
acid, chlorophyl, etc. The physiological actions of eucalyptus are due 
chiefly to the eucalyptol. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies, the mineral acids, the 
salts of iron, mercury, lead, zinc, etc., are chemically incompatible, 
All agents promoting waste, or the retrograde metamorphosis of tissue, 
are therapeutically incompatible. 

Synergists. — The simple and aromatic bitters, hydrastis, cinchona, 
etc., camphor, turpentine, cubebs, copaiba, the essential oils and sub- 
stances containing them, are synergistic to or promote the therapeuti- 
cal actions of eucalyptus. Any of these remedies may, therefore, be 
prescribed in the same formula with eucalyptus. 

Physiological Actions. — Eucalyptus has a warm, aromatic, bitter, 
and camphoraceous taste, resembling somewhat the taste of cubebs. 
In the mouth it excites the flow of saliva, and leaves a hot, pungent, 
and rather disagreeable flavor. In the stomach it causes a sensation 
of warmth, and doubtless promotes the flow of gastric juice. The 
appetite and digestive power are increased under its use. Increased 
intestinal secretion, also, is one result of its administration, and hence 
the alvine evacuations are rendered somewhat more copious and easy. 
In very large doses it causes a sense of weight and uneasiness at the 
epigastrium, odorous eructations and indigestion, followed by diarrhoea, 
the stools having the characteristic odor of eucalyptol. The essential 
oil is readily diffusible and enters the blood with facility, but what 
changes, if any, it induces in the blood are unknown. It increases the 
action of the heart, lowers the arterial tension, and induces a feverish 
state. The respiratory movements are accelerated. Wakefulness is 
caused by it in those of full health, and sleep in the weak and anaemic. 
The eucalyptol is eliminated by the skin, mucous membrane of the 
bronchial tubes, and by the kidneys, the secretions of these organs be- 
ing increased by it, and they are impregnated with its odor. This is 
especially the case with the urine, which after some days' administration 
becomes most strongly odorous by the presence of eucalyptol. 

The vapor of eucalyptus, inhaled in large quantity, produces analo- 
gous effects to the internal administration, besides the more decided 
effects on the bronchial mucous membrane. 

Eucalyptus is a powerful diaphoretic. 

Therapy. — The decoction of the leaves is an efficient local applica 



EUCALYPTUS. 131 

tion in the various forms of stomatitis, angina subacute and chronic, 
and tonsillitis after the subsidence of the acute stage. 

Eucalyptus is one of the most useful of the so-called stomachics in 
xtonic dyspepsia, chronic gastric catarrh, and chronic intestinal ca- 
tarrh, but its use is contraindicated in inflammatory states. The form 
of vomiting and indigestion, dependent on the presence of sarci?ia, is 
relieved by this agent, which acts by destroying the vitality of this 
minute organism. That condition of the mucous membrane which 
favors the production of intestinal parasites is removed by eucalyptus. 
In the case of ascarides vermiculares, the remedy should be used by 
injection. 

Like the bitters, eucalyptus may be used to promote constructive 
metamorphosis, but it possesses more decided stimulant effects than 
these agents, by virtue of the eucalyptol. In convalescence from acute 
disease, in debility arising from defective assimilation, and in cachectic 
states generally, it is a serviceable tonic and stimulant. When the 
action of the heart is weak, it may be strengthened by eucalyptus. To 
women at the change of life who suffer from flatulence, palpitation of 
the heart, and sudden flushings of the face, it affords great relief, and 
often permanently removes these symptoms. 

Hysteria, chorea, asthma, and allied nervous states, when occurring 
in debilitated subjects, and cerebral anaemia, are benefited by eucalyp- 
tus. In asthma eucalyptus may be smoked in cigarettes with stramo- 
nium, belladonna, tobacco, etc. Its efficacy in the form of fumes is 
strongly stated by Maclean. 

The most important uses of this agent occur in the treatment of ca- 
tarrhal affections of the broncho-pxdinonary mucous membrane. It 
is not adapted to acute affections or to recent inflammation, but to 
chronic cases accompanied by free muco-purulent expectoration. The 
author is able to confirm the observations of Gubler in reference to the 
great utility of eucalyptus in bronchorrhoea. It is an interesting fact. 
and probably explanatory of its therapeutical action, that eucalyptol is 
in part eliminated by the bronchial mucous membranes. In the same 
way eucalyptus is effective in the treatment of catarrhal states of the 
genito-urinary organs. Chronic desquamative nephritis, granular de- 
generation of the kidneys, pyelonephritis, and hydronephrosis, are im- 
proved bv its cautious administration, but it should not be forgotten 
that, used too freely, or for too great a length of time, it will cause irri- 
tation and congestion of the kidneys, in the same way that turpentine, 
copaiba, and cubebs do. 

No remed}- which the author has hitherto used has seemed to him so 
effective in chronic catarrh of the bladder as eucalyptus. The urine 
during its administration acquires a strong odor of eucaljptol, and to 
its local action on the mucous membrane is to be attributed the thera- 
peutical effect. 



132 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Eucalyptus has been much praised as a remedy for intermittent fe- 
ver. The evidence as to its utility is contradictory. As the result of 
his own observations, and after careful examination of the facts report- 
ed by others, the author concludes that eucalyptus is far inferior to qui- 
nine. It is certainly very serviceable in the convalesce?ice from inter- 
mittent and remittent fevers^ and in chronic malarial poisoning it 
has a high degree of utility. It cannot take the place of quinine for 
the arrest of the paroxysms, or to prevent relapses at the septenary 
periods, but it is more useful than quinine to reconstruct the damages 
in the organs of assimilation caused by malarial infection. 

Externally, the tincture and the distilled water of eucalyptus are 
used as disinfectant applications to foul-smelling and ill-conditioned 
ulcers and wounds (Gimbert), The water of eucalyptus is recom- 
mended by Gubler, as a vehicle for agents used by the hypodermic 
method. The toxic influence of eucalyptus on the lower forms of life — 
cryptogamic and infusorial organisms — is the ground of its application 
for these purposes. As respects solutions of alkaloids for hypodermic 
use, the water of eucalyptus prevents the development of the penicillhcm, 
which grows rapidly and at the expense of the alkaloid in solutions 
prepared with simple distilled water. 

Authorities referred to : 

Burdel, Dr. E. Bulletin de Therapeutique, tome lxxxiv., p. 409, et ibid., tome lxxxv., 
p. 529. 

Costau, M. Gazette Hebdomadaire, 1872, No. 25. Bulletin de Therapeutique, tome 
Ixxxiii., p. 237. 

Gimbert, M. le Dr. Bulletin de TJierapeutique, tome lxxxii., p. 422, 

Gubler, Dr. A. Bulletin de Therapeutique, tome lxxxi., pp. 145, 193. 

Keller, Dr. The British Medical Journal, May 11, 1872. 

Lorinser, Dr. Wiener medizinische Wochenschrift, 1869, xix., 43. 

Maclean, Dr. M. C. The Practitioner, vol. vii., p. 268. 

Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxlviii., p. 11. Ueber Eucalyptus 
Globidus ; nacb F. W. Lorinser ; C. Haller ; Franz Seitz ; L. A. Buchner ; C. Paul ; 
A. Gubler. 

Ibid. Yol. cl., p. 121. Ueber den JYutzen des Eucalyptus gegen Wechselfieber. 

Hydrastis. — The Root of Hydrastis Canadensis. Yellow root. 

Preparations. — JExtractum Hydrastis Fluidum. Fluid extract 
of hydrastis. Dose, m. v — § ss. 

Tinctura Hydrastis. — (Unofficinal.) Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Composition. — Hydrastis contains a peculiar principle, hydrastin 
or hydrastia, which crystallizes in four-sided prisms, white or colorless 
when pure, and having but little taste. . Hydrastin, the alkaloid, should 
not be confounded with the eclectic preparation, hydrastin, which is 
composed chiefly of berberine. Much of the peculiar virtues of hydrastis 
is probably due to the alkaloid berberine, which is contained in it in 



HYDRASTIS. 133 

the proportion of about four per centum. Both of these alkaloids unite 
with acids to form salts. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The alkalies, tannic and muri- 
atic acids, are chemically incompatible with the preparations of hydrastis. 
Muriatic acid precipitates berberine, and the so-called hydrastin of the 
eclectic practitioners is nothing more than berberine muriate. In pre- 
scribing the tincture and fluid extract of hydrastis with other bitters, 
only those free from tannin should be combined in the same prescrip- 
tion. 

Synergists. — The vegetable tonics in general are synergistic to 
hydrastis, especially berberis vulgaris and calumba, both of which 
contain berberine. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of hydrastis have a 
decidedly bitter taste, and, like other bitters, promote the flow of saliva, 
and probably, also, of gastric juice. Increased appetite and digestive 
power result from its administration. It is, therefore, a stomachic tonic. 
It also increases secretion of the intestinal mucous membrane — its 
glandular appendages — and, there are good reasons for believing, pro- 
motes the flow of bile. As a result of this increase of secretion, the 
stools become softer and more frequent under its use, and it has hence 
been styled a laxative. The bodily condition, or constructive meta- 
morphosis, is promoted by its administration. On the nervous system, 
hvdrastis, especially the alkaloid hydrastia, has effects somewhat alike, 
but less than those of quinine ; but it appears to be devoid of toxic 
power. 

Therapy. — Stomatitis, both mercurial and aphthous, is much im- 
proved by local application of the fluid extract of hydrastis. When this 
preparation causes much smarting, it may be diluted with water. Fol- 
licular pharyngitis, chronic coryza, and even syphilitic affections of 
the mouth, throaty and nares, may be much benefited or even cured by 
the same application. It is said that five to ten drops of the fluid 
extract, taken by the stomach, will act favorably in the removal of the 
very troublesome affections named above, but the author is unable to 
verify these observations. 

Hydrastis is very useful as a stomachic tonic, and may take the 
place of calumba in the treatment of atonic dyspepsia. A few drops of 
the tincture or fluid extract (five to fifteen) taken before meals, daily, for 
some time, will often cure chronic gastric catarrh, and remove the dis- 
tressing headache which frequently accompanies this disease. It is one 
of the best remedies for the stomach catarrh of chronic alcoholism, and 
is probably the best substitute, if given in sufficient doses, for the alco- 
holic stimulant when its habitual use is to be abandoned. Catarrh of 
the duodenum is in a similar manner relieved by hydrastis, but this 
agent has special utility in duodenal catarrh when accompanied by 
catarrh of the gall-ducts and jaundice. Its use should, in these affec- 



134 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

tions, be continued for some time. When a catarrhal state of the cystic 
duct — often resulting from or aggravated by catarrh of the duodenum 
— leads to inspissation of the bile and crystallization of the choles- 
terine, decided benefit accrues from the use of the preparations of hy- 
drastis. 

When constipation is dependent on deficient secretion, and the 
stools are dry and hard, it may be overcome by this remedy, but torpor 
of the muscular layer of the intestine is not affected by it. 

Chronic catarrh of the intestine, even when it has proceeded to 
ulceration, is sometimes remarkably benefited by hydrastis. When the 
stools are very frequent and there is much pain, it is advantageous to 
combine a little opium with it. In. fissure of the anus, hemorrhage 
from the rectum, and ulceration of the rectal mucous membrane, appli- 
cations of fluid extract of hydrastis to the affected parts promote heal- 
ing. 

The alkaloid hydrastia may be used as a substitute for quinia in 
many of the conditions for which the latter is now so frequently pre- 
scribed, viz., to promote appetite and digestion, and to improve assimi- 
lation in cases of debility, in convalescence from acute diseases, in the 
various cachexia!, especially the paludal. 

As a remedy for intermittents, hydrastia ranks next to quinia. It 
should be given under the same regulations as those which govern the 
administration of quinia, to the physiological and therapeutical action 
of which it is closely allied. The hydrastin of the eclectics, which is 
really muriate of berberine, is also a remedy of value in intermittents. 
The fluid extract of hydrastis contains, of course, both alkaloids. In 
chronic malarial poisoning (paludal cachexia), hydrastia and berberine 
may be given with ferruginous preparations, as quinia is so frequently 
employed. It exerts the same power, though less in degree, which qui- 
nia has over enlarged spleen of malarial origin. 

The preparations of hydrastis are used with advantage in certain 
affections of the genito-urinary organs. In chronic Brightfs disease, it 
appears to lessen the excretion of albumen. It diminishes the mucus 
in catarrh of the bladder. It is often the most efficacious remedy which 
we can employ in gonorrhoea after the acute stage has subsided, and in 
gleet. Especially in the latter has the author witnessed excellent re- 
sults from its employment. The local use of hydrastia,' or of the fluid 
extract of hydrastis, should be conjoined with the internal administra- 
tion. The author has seen no injection so frequently successful in gon- 
orrhoea as hydrastia. $. Hydrastias, 3j; mucil. acacise, § iv. M. A 
half-ounce as an injection. Or the fluid extract, diluted to one-half or 
three-fourths with water, may be used for the same purpose. It is also 
a useful medicine in the treatment of spermatorrhoea, prostorrhcea, or 
urethral leucorrhoea. 

Uterine and vaginal leucorrhoea, idcerations, and erosions of the 



CINCHONA. 135 

cervix uteri, are quickly improved by the topical application of the 
fluid extract of Hydrastis, which may be used in an undiluted state. 

Unhealthy and sloughing sores, chancroid, old ulcers of the leg, are 
improved in character by the local use of this remedy. To prevent 
septic decompositions in wounds or cavities communicating with the 
external air, it may be freely used by local application and injection. It 
lias also been used, apparently with benefit, to the surface of cancerous 
growths ; but the only influence it can have in this disease is to relieve 
fetor, by preventing decomposition. 

Authorities referred to : 
PoacnEB, Dr. F. Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, Charleston, 

1869, p. 15. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, articles Berber is and Hydrastis. 

CINCHONA AND ITS PREPARATIONS. 

Cinchona Flava. — Yellow cinchona (calisaya-bark). The bark of 
Cinchona calisaya. It should contain not less than two per cent, of al- 
kaloids, which yield crystallizable salts. 

Cinchona Pallida. — Pale cinchona. The baik of Cinchona condami- 
nea, and of Cinchona micrantha. 

Cinchona Rubra. — Red cinchona. The bark of Cinchona succirubra. 
It should contain not less than two per cent, of alkaloids, which yield 
crystallizable salts. 

Preparations. — Decoctum Cinchonce Fiance. Decoction of yel- 
low cinchona (§j — Oj). Dose, § ss — |j or more. 

Decoctum Cinchona Rubrce. — Decoction of red cinchona (^ j — Oj). 
Dose, | ss — | j or more. 

Extractum Cinchonce. — Extract of cinchona (cin. flava). Dose, gr. 

j— x - 

Extraction Cinchonce Fluidum. — Fluid extract of cinchona. Dose, 
m. x — 3 j or more. 

Ltfusum Cinchonce Flccvce. — Infusion of yellow cinchona (cinchona, 
§j; aromatic sulphuric acid, 3j; water, Oj). Dose, § ss — 1 i j. 

Infusum Cinchonce, Itubrce. — Infusion of red cinchona (cinchona, 
5 j ; aromatic sulphuric acid, 3 j ; water, Oj). Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Cinchonce. — Tincture of cinchona (yellow cinchona, § vj — 
Oj). Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Cinchonce Composita. — Compound tincture of cinchona 
(red cinchona, 3 iv ; bitter orange-peel, 3 iij ; serpentaria, grs. ccclx ; 
alcohol and water, Oijss). Dose, 3j — § ss. 

Cinchonice Sulphas. — Sulphate of cinchonia ; occurs in white shin- 
ing crystals ; dissolves in fifty-four parts of cold water, in much less 
boiling water, in seven parts of alcohol, and very sparingly in ether. 
Dose, gr. v — 3 ss. 



136 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Quintal Sulphas. — Sulphate of quinia ; occurs in colorless, very 
light, and silky crystals ; is entirely dissolved by about seven hundred 
and forty parts of cold, or thirty of boiling water, is readily soluble in 
alcohol, and in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, but is insoluble in 
ether. Dose, gr. j — 3]. 

Quinice Valerianas. — Valerianate of quinia. A colorless salt, crys- 
tallizable, and having a peculiar odor and bitter taste ; is soluble in one 
hundred and ten parts of cold, or in forty parts of boiling water, and in 
six parts of cold alcohol. Dose, gr. j — 3j. 

Pilule® Quinice Sulphatis. — Pills of sulphate of quinia. Each pill 
contains one grain. 

Uhofficinal Salts of Quinine.- — Kinate, tannate, citrate, acetate, tar- 
trate, phosphate, nitrate, hydrochlorate, arseniate, ferrocyanate, picrate, 
etc. There is no special advantage to be derived from the use of these 
salts. The curative value of the preparations of quinine depends on 
the base and not on the acid combined with it. Binz and the Conti- 
nental physicians generally prefer the hydrochlorate. 

Composition". — Cinchona is remarkable for the number and variety 
of the principles obtained from it, viz., five alkaloids, two simple acids, 
two tannic acids, and a resinoid substance. The most important alka- 
loid is quinia, which exists in all varieties of bark, but is most abun- 
dant in the yellow or calisaya bark. It occurs in combination with 
kinic and kino-tannic acids. Quinidia is an alkaloid isomeric with qui- 
nia, and may be used as a substitute for the latter in the same dose. It 
is less bitter than quinia, and its sulphate is more soluble in water. 
Cinchonia is found in greatest quantity in the pale barks. It unites 
with acids to form salts, of which the sulphate is -most frequently used. 
Therapeutically considered, cinchonia has about half the strength of 
quinia. Cinchonidia is an alkaloid isomeric with cinchonia as quinidia 
is with quinia. Aricina, which has close analogies with cinchonia, has 
been found in the aricia or Cusco bark. 

The alkaloids are combined in bark with the acids Tcinic and Jcinovic^ 
chiefly with the former. There are also two kinds of tannic acid, Jcino- 
tannic and kinovi-tannic, and a resinoid substance, kinovine. None of 
these have thus far been applied to therapeutical purposes, except kinic 
acid, which has been utilized to form a kinate of quinia, under the belief 
that a combination of quinia in its natural state would be more efficient 
as a remedy than as combined with a mineral acid. 

When the mother-liquor, left after the crystallization of the alkaloids, 
is evaporated, a black residue is obtained, which is called chinoidine. 
This contains amorphous quinia and cinchonia, and probably also qui- 
nidia and cinchonidia. It is a very efficient anti-periodic, and may be 
used with advantage as a substitute for quinia, in doses about twice as 
laro-e. 

With regard to the quantity of the alkaloids contained in the barks 



CINCHONA. 137 

respectively, it may be stated that the three varieties — pale, yellow, and 
red — differ only in the relative proportions of their constituents. The 
pale bark contains most cinchonia, the yellow most quinia, and the red 
an equal proportion of each. 

Administration. — The alkaloids of bark are intensely bitter. Quinia 
being insoluble in the saliva, is less objectionable than its salts. The 
sweet principle of liquorice covers the taste of the cinchona alkaloids. 
A sufficient dose of quinia may easily be inclosed in a chocolate cara- 
mel. The sugar-coated pill, when freshly prepared and by a reputable 
maker, is a convenient and suitable form for administration ; but by 
keeping it becomes hard and insoluble. The most active form is a solu- 
tion, the quinia being dissolved by the aid of sufficient dilute acid. For 
hypodermic use, the following formula may be followed: 3* Quinia? 
sulphat., 3j; morphias sulph., gr. ss ; acid, sulphur, dil., m. xl ; aquas 
destil., |j. M. Filter. Sig. Sixty minims contain seven and a half 
grains. Lente's solution is the following : ^. Quinias bisulph., grs. 1 ; 
acid, sulph. dil., m. c ; aquas font., 3 j ; acid, carbol. liq., m. v. Solve. 
The quinine is dissolved by the aid of heat, and after filtration the car- 
bolic acid is added. 

Antagonists and Tncompatibles. — Substances containing tannic 
acid in a free state should not be administered with the infiisum or de- 
coction cinchona?. The preparations of iodine (tincture and compound 
solution) are also incompatible, for they form insoluble compounds with 
the cinchona alkaloids. The alkalies, alkaline carbonates, and alkaline 
earths, should not be administered with the solutions of the alkaloids, 
because the latter will be precipitated. 

As an agent promoting constructive metamorphosis, cinchona and 
its alkaloids are therapeutically antagonized by mercury, the iodides, 
the salts of copper, zinc, and lead. 

As Gubler has shown, morphia and quinia are antagonists in respect 
to their effects on the brain. As regards their action on the sympa- 
thetic system, on the heart, and on the temperature, quinia, and bella- 
donna and its alkaloid, are antagonistic. 

Synergists. — All those agents which promote constructive meta- 
morphosis, as the bitters, the ferruginous preparations, arsenic, and the 
acids, are synergistic to cinchona. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of cinchona are known 
as "astringent bitters:" they contain, in addition to bitter principles, 
two tannic acids. As bitters they act as stomachic tonics; that is, pro- 
mote appetite, the flow of gastric juice, and the digestive power. Long 
continued, as is the case with all the other bitters, they set up a gastric 
catarrh, and digestion becomes painful and labored. They differ from 
the simple bitters in exercising an astringent action on the intestinal 
mucous membrane, and cause constipation. The red bark is more de- 
cidedly astringent than the yellow or pale bark. 



138 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

Cinchona is antiseptic. Dusted over unhealthy wounds it arrests 
putrefactive decomposition, and promotes healthy cicatrization. Quinia 
is very destructive of the minute organisms, the presence of which seems 
necessary to fermentative changes, and hence, when added to wine, 
milk, butter, etc., will prevent decomposition. 

The cinchona alkaloids diffuse into the blood with great facility. As 
contained in the bark, they are readily dissolved out by the acid of the 
gastric juice. If any portion of bark or its alkaloids fail to be absorbed 
in the stomach, and pass into the intestine, it will be, most probably, 
excreted and escape with the fasces ; for the alkalinity of the intestinal 
juices will hinder absorption or prevent it entirely. 

Introduced under the skin or thrown into - any of the great cavities, 
quinia is readily absorbed by the blood. Notwithstanding the alkalinity 
of the blood, quinia is held easily in solution in it, probably, as has been 
shown, by the aid of the carbonic acid. Recent researches have, quite 
accurately, demonstrated the nature of the action of quinia on certain 
constituents of the blood. It is a protoplasmic poison, and arrests the 
amcebiform movements of the white corpuscles. Ordinary medicinal 
doses do not have the power to prevent the migration of the white cor- 
puscles, and the arrest of action of these bodies is a toxic effect. Quinia 
also affects the function of the red blood-globules as carriers of active 
oxygen (ozone), and diminishes the oxidizing power of the blood. When 
added to blood drawn from the body, it prevents the acid fermentation 
which takes place under ordinary circumstances, and it does this by pre- 
venting oxidation. 

The foregoing facts with regard to the action of quinia on the red 
blood-globules, and on the ozonizing action of the blood, seem contra- 
dictory of the statements which, have been made regarding the elimi- 
nation of urea and uric acid. Quinia greatly lessens the excretion of 
uric acid, and, according to some, also of urea. The author has ascer- 
tained, as he believes, that while quinia lessens the excretion of uric 
acid, it does not diminish the excretion of urea. 

When administered in the physiological state, quinia does not affect 
the temperature of the body to an appreciable extent. It is said to 
prevent that rise of temperature which follows active exercise. In 
fevers and inflammatory diseases, it diminishes to some extent the heat, 
but very large doses are necessary to effect much reduction. Its anti- 
pyretic action is most conspicuously shown in malarial fevers ; but, in 
this case, the action is specific. 

In small doses cinchona and its alkaloids, like the bitter tonics in 
general, increase a little the action of the heart, and elevate the arterial 
tension. In large doses quinia depresses the action of the heart, dimin- 
ishes the blood-pressure, and enfeebles while it slows the pulse. 

Quinia diffuses into the various parts of the organism with great 
rapidity. The fluorescent property of the animal tissues (animal chin- 



CINCHONA. 139 

oidine (Bence Jones) is quickly increased by it, and a positive gain of 
fluorescence is observed in the crystalline lens in a half-hour after the 
administration of a dose. The symptoms produced by it are those 
known as " cinchonism." In small medicinal doses — probably due in 
part to the increased cerebral circulation — some exhilaration of mind is 
one result of its administration. As, however, the quinia accumulates 
in the brain, a sense of fullness in the head, a band-like feeling about 
the forehead, tinnitus aiwium, giddiness, and vertigo, are experienced. 
Deafness occurs when considerable doses are taken, and permanently 
impaired hearing may result from the use of an excessive quantity. 
Amblyopia and amaurosis may be produced by full doses. When a 
poisonous dose is given, all of the above symptoms are intensified. 
There are intense headache, dilated pupils, delirium, coma, and convul- 
sions. The lethal dose of quinine has not been accurately determined, 
and probably varies with individual susceptibility to its action, and with 
the tolerance of its presence by the stomach. As several drachms are 
given by the French physicians in twenty-four hours in acute rheuma- 
tism, a drachm-dose cannot be toxic. 

Quinia diminishes the reflex function of the spinal cord. It has been 
alleged to have an oxytocic effect, but the evidence which has been pub- 
lished in support of this statement is by no means satisfactory. Never- 
theless a prudent practitioner will use quinia, in large doses, with cau- 
tion in pregnant women. 

The maximum effect of quinia is attained in about five hours, but it 
begins to appear in the urine in about a half-hour after its administra- 
tion. Elimination takes place slowly, chiefly by the kidneys, but also 
by other channels, and is not completed under forty-eight hours ; but 
the principal portion is excreted in twelve hours. A portion, probably, 
disappears in the organism, increasing the animal chinoidine. It may 
appear to be a work of supererogation to notice the popular fallacy that 
quinia, like mercury and lead, remains combined with the textures of 
the body : this can be possible only under the conditions above men- 
tioned. 

Therapy. — A solution of quinia will sometimes, when applied to 
the nares, arrest an attack of summer catarrh, a malady which appears 
to be produced by the pollen of plants. The preparation most suitable 
for this purpose is an aqueous solution of the hydrochloratc (gr. iv — 
gr. viij — 3 j). This should be applied by a large camel's-hair brush, or 
spray-producer, to the nares and fauces. The utility of quinine in this 
peculiar disease will be determined by the extent to which the local 
trouble has proceeded ; it can be useful only when the irritation is con- 
fined to the nares and fauces. 

The aphthous ulceration (inuguet) which succeeds to an exhausting 
entero-colitis, or which occurs in cachectic infants, is much improved by 
quinia — a grain or two every three hours. An attack of acute tonsillitis 



140 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

may sometimes be aborted by a full dose of quinine (ten to fifteen grains). 
This practice is especially indicated in those cases which proceed to sup- 
puration, but the quinia must be administered before pus forms. 

The preparations of cinchona are much used as stomachic tonics. In 
atonic dyspepsia they are employed, like the simple bitters, to promote 
the flow of gastric juice. In gastric catarrh they relieve that morbid 
state of the mucous membrane on which the increased production of 
mucus depends. For these purposes they may be combined with the 
mineral acids. The best preparation is the infusion ; the decoction, 
although officinal, is inelegant and faulty. The alkaloid quinia is fre- 
quently used for the same purposes, and notably in the gastric catarrh 
of drunkards, combined with acids. When vomiting of yeast-like ma- 
terial is due to the presence of sarcina, quinia may be used in virtue of 
its power as a poison to these minute organisms, and as an anti-ferment. 
In these stomach-disorders other and less expensive drugs may be used 
with equal advantage. (See Hydkastis.) When there is a relaxed 
state of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, manifested by catarrh, 
diarrhoea, etc., but without inflammation, the preparations of red bark 
are more particularly indicated in virtue of the tannins which they con- 
tain. The reader need hardly be reminded that the preparations of 
cinchona are contraindicated in all inflammatory states of the intes- 
tinal mucous membrane. Furthermore, if too long continued they will 
set up an irritation, and perpetuate the troubles which they were pre- 
scribed to remove. 

Sometimes it happens that the enter o-colitis of children (cholera in- 
fantum), which resists every possible combination of astringent and 
laxative, will yield readily to quinia. The author has seen quinia give 
prompt relief in the following : A child suffers with tenesmus, and after 
much straining voids a transparent mucus streaked with blood, but 
there is no fever nor other disturbance of the bowels, and the stools 
when passed are natural. 

The preparations of cinchona and quinia are very serviceable in 
that state of the mucous membrane which favors the development of 
ascarides. After the expulsion of the parasites, these remedies remove 
the saburral state of the mucous membrane. A combination of purga- 
tives and bitters will correct the following condition of things as they 
occur in children : A foul breath, coated tongue, capricious appetite, 
tumid belly, and constipation alternating with diarrhoea. 

The use of quinia as a restorative tonic in cases of debility is almost 
universal. Given in moderate doses — six to twelve grains a day — it 
promotes constructive metamorphosis. Its utility is due not to any 
direct action on the blood, but to its stimulant effect on the digestive 
function, and the retardation of the combustion process. When cin- 
chona or quinia proves irritant to the intestinal mucous membrane 
this beneficial restorative action ceases. Iron and arsenic increase 



CINCHONA. 141 

the power of quinia to promote construction of tissue and to retard 
waste. 

There can be no doubt in regard to the power of quinia to arrest the 
inflammatory process in its formative stages* Its utility, given with 
this view, ceases when the migration of the white corpuscles and the 
proliferation of the cellular elements of the inflamed parts have taken 
place, for it possesses no power to cause disintegration and absorption 
of inflammation products. Administered at the critical moment, a com- 
mencing fibrinous pneumonia, eijrfeuritis, an endocarditis, maybe sup- 
pressed by a full dose (fifteen to twenty grains). Its power in this re- 
spect is much increased by combination with morphia. If the time 
have passed for the use of quinia in this way, it is employed with ad- 
vantage as a restorative tonic in the various inflammatory affections of 
low type. 

In septic diseases quinia has very important uses. Although the 
observations of Binz, showing the influence of quinia over septic pro- 
cesses, may not be applicable to the full extent for which he proposes 
them, there can be no doubt of the good effects in practice of quinia in 
septie&inia, pycemia, erysipelas, and puerperal fever. In these diseases 
only large doses — five to twenty grains — every four hours, are useful. 

The author's experience in the treatment of acute rheumatism does 
not justify the use of large doses of quinia, as now employed by Briquet 
and his followers in France. In the hyperpyrexia of acute rheumatism, 
it is true, large doses of quinia will depress the temperature, but we 
have less distressing and more effective means for accomplishing this 
object, in the wet-pack and the cold bath. "When the acuter symptoms 
have subsided, and the skin is cool and perspiring, and the pulse weak, 
quinia in moderate doses — two to five grains — is very serviceable. 

A careful examination of the large number of facts which have now 
been accumulated and considerable personal experience and observation, 
have satisfied the writer of the inutility of quinine, in the treatment of 
typhus and typhoid fevers. Not only has this remedy no influence over 
the course and duration of these affections, but its irritant effects upon 
the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, and its inhibitive influence, ex- 
erted through the organic nervous system, upon the heart and lungs, 
render it positively injurious in large doses. As a rule the dryness of 
the tongue, the diarrhoea, the subsultus, and the delirium of typhoid 
fever, are increased by it. In certain parts of the United States, the 
prevalence of a mixed type — typo-malarial — requires, under certain con- 
ditions, the use of quinia in continued fevers. But it becomes less and 
less effective as the typh-element predominates. When there are evi- 
dently true remissions — and not merely the rhythmical morning remis- 
sion and evening exacerbation characteristic of typhoid — quinia is indi- 
cated, and it is most effective when administered in an occasional laro-e 
dose during the remission. "When there is a condition of hyperpvrexia, 



142 ESSTORATIVE AGENTS. 

and the danger to life is imminent from the excessive temperature, large 
doses of quinia may be given with a view to its apyretic effect, but this 
practice is less effective and more dangerous than cold baths. 

In cerebrospinal meningitis, doubtless a continued fever with cere- 
bro spinal lesions, quinia is indicated under the conditions already de- 
fined for the treatment of other inflammations, viz., in the beginning of 
the disease, when the alterations of cutaneous sensibility first occur, 
and before the febrile movement has developed. If a single large dose 
— twenty to thirty grains — does not produce a good result, it is useless 
to repeat it, or to pursue a tentative plan with small doses. 

In the treatment of the eruptive fevers, variola, scarlatina, rubeola, 
quinia has an important place. Ic is used in small doses, frequently re- 
peated in adynamic states, and in large doses at longer intervals to cor- 
rect hyperpyrexia. In scarlet fever, Dr. Hood especially urges the use 
systematically of quinia from the earliest stage of the disease, preceded 
by an emetic and purgative, and he states as the result of this practice 
that since he has adopted it he has not lost a single case of this disease 
treated by him from the beginning. In measles, large doses of quinia 
have an unquestionable utility in relieving the catarrhal pneumonia, and 
in preventing those changes in the exudation products which end in 
caseation. 

The most important uses of quinia are those which, in the present 
state of our knowledge, cannot be deduced from a study of its physio- 
logical actions, viz., the cure of malarial diseases. It is true, the toxic 
action of quinia on minute organisms is supposed by Binz and his fol- 
lowers to be the true explanation of its methodus medendi, but the 
exact influence of these organisms in the causation of malarial diseases 
has not hitherto been defined. 

Quinia is used to prevent malarial infection. Numerous instances 
have been reported in which those using quinia as a preventive of ma- 
larial poisoning have experienced an exemption from malarial diseases 
when exposed to the most deadly miasm. According to most authori- 
ties, the protective influence does not decline by repeated use. From 
five to ten grains each morning is the quantity usually required. The 
author is convinced that it is better to begin with the minimum dose, 
and add a grain each week during the whole period of exposure. The 
quinia is frequently given in wine, whiskey, or other alcoholic stimu 
lant, but this is unnecessary, if not harmful; it had better be given in 
some black coffee, or in a chocolate caramel. The quinia should be taken 
not only during the period of exposure, but for ten days or two weeks 
subsequently. 

The mode of use of quinia for the cure of intermittents may be for- 
mulated as follows : 

The anti-periodic is equally effective, whether administered in the 
interval or during the seizure. 



cinchona. 143 

If time is an element of importance, no delay is necessary in order to 
give the remedy in the stage of a pyrexia. 

To save the suffering and exhaustion of the febrile movement, the 
attack should be anticipated, and, if possible, prevented. 

As the maximum effect of the quinia is attained in about five hours 
after being- taken, it should be administered this period of time, at least, 
before the expected paroxysm. 

As the elimination of quinia takes place with considerable rapidity, 
the maximum curative effect is obtained by the administration of the 
whole amount required in a single dose, rather than by a succession of 
small doses (Prize Essay). 

An intermittent may be successfully treated by giving, during the 
interval, a number of small doses frequently repeated. The author is 
convinced bv extended observation that a full dose of quinia (ten grains) 
in the sweating stage, and the same quantity five hours before the time 
of the next paroxysm, is the more effective method. The anti-periodic 
propertv of quinia is increased, and the cerebral effects of large doses 
diminished, by combination with morphia. It is well known that inter- 
mittents, arrested by quinia or other anti-periodics, manifest a tendency 
to recur about the septenary periods ; therefore, ten to fifteen grains of 
quinia should be administered in anticipation of these recurrent parox- 
3'sms, until the third septenary period has passed. Meanwhile, the 
organs damaged by the malarial infection — intestinal canal, liver, spleen, 
kidneys, etc. — require appropriate treatment. The action of quinia is 
much assisted by the continuous administration of arsenic during the 
intermissions, and until the third septenary period has passed. 

If an irritable state of the stomach prevent, quinia may be adminis- 
tered in solution by the rectum, or hypodermieallv. 

In the treatment of remittent fever two modes of using quinia are 
employed : first, by emetics, purgatives, baths, diaphoretics, etc., to secure 
a distinct remission when the remedy is administered ; second, to give it in 
sufficient dose immediately, relying on its apyretic effect. The author is 
convinced that the latter plan is preferable : from twenty to thirty grains 
in a single dose once or twice each day until the temperature is reduced 
to normal. This use of the remedy need not interfere with other appro- 
priate medication. 

In the so-called pernicious fever, it is agreed on all hands that the 
safety of the patient is secured only by the prompt use of large doses 
(twenty to sixty grains) and administration by the stomach, rectum, and 
skin, may be in turn or simultaneously resorted to. 

In chronic malarial infection, important changes have been pro- 
duced in the intestinal canal, liver, spleen, kidneys, cerebro-spinal axis ; 
the paroxysms of fever occur irregularly ; various abnormal manifesta- 
tions of the infection take place (dumb ague, enlarged spleen, etc.). 
Under these circumstances, quinia is less curative than when the infec- 



144 RESTORATIVE AGENTS. 

tion is recent, and the paroxysms will recur from time to time notwith- 
standing its use, unless these structural alterations are corrected. In 
chronic malarial disease, chinoidine is rather more effective than quinia. 
r>. Chinoidine, 3j; acidi arseniosi, gr. j ; ferri sulph. exsic, 3j. M. Ft. 
pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill three times a day. Or the following: ]J. 
Chinoidine, 3 j ; hydrastia, 3 ij ; ferri sulph. exsic, 3 ij. M. Ft.pil.no. 
lx. Sig. Two pills three times a day. fy . Quinise sulph., chinoidine, hy- 
drastise, aa 3 j ; res. podophylli, gr. x ; ferri sulph. exsic, 3 ss. M. Ft. 
pil. no. lx. Sig. Two pills three times a day. 

In periodical affections of malarial origin, quinia is equally as effec- 
tive as in the periodical febrile diseases, but somewhat larger doses are 
necessary. A difficulty of diagnosis often arises in these diseases, for 
the reason that the neuroses are irregularly periodical in their manifesta- 
tions, when not malarial in origin. The existence of a malarial cachexia, 
and the more uniform periodicity in the recurrence of the paroxysms, 
will enable the practitioner to distinguish the neuroses of malarial ori- 
gin from the other functional disorders of the nervous system. The 
following group contains the disorders of the sensory nervous system 
caused by malaria: tic-douloureux, cephalalgia, cervico-brachial neural- 
gia, cervico-occipital neuralgia, dorso-intercostal neuralgia, lumbo-abdom- 
inal neuralgia, mammary neuralgia, crural neuralgia, gastralgia, enter- 
algia, hepatalgia, nephralgia, hysteralgia, ovaralgia, sciatica, angina pec- 
toris. 

The following motor disorders, also, are produced by malarial influ- 
ences : epilepsy, chorea, stricture of urethra, hiccough, laryngismus strid- 
ulus, asthma, summer catarrh. 

These neuroses may occur as an expression of malarial infection, be- 
ing substituted for the ordinary chill, fever and sweat, or they may 
assume the orderly periodical character in consequence of having occurred 
in an organism already under the influence of the malarial cachexia. If 
they are of malarial origin, the specific action of quinia will speedily 
prevail against them. These malarial neuroses require large doses of 
quinia, and the same fact is true of all irregular manifestations of mala- 
rial infection. Ten to twentj^ grains, according to the severhVv of the 
attacks and the obstinacy with which they recur, are necessary, and the 
paroxysms should be anticipated by the exhibition of the remedy from 
three to five hours before the expected time. In cases of malarial neu- 
ralgia, the curative effect of quinia is enhanced by combination with 
morphia, either in the same prescription or by simultaneous administra- 
tion of the latter subcutaneously. 

Diarrhoea, dysentery, jaundice, and hypertrophy of the spleen, occa- 
sionally occur in the periodical form, or are due to the immediate influ- 
ence of paludal miasm. Under these circumstances, quinia affords relief 
without the use of any other remedy. Very frequently the diarrhoea, 
dysentery, and jaundice, are results of structural alterations in the liver, 



CINCHONA. 145 

and the glandular apparatus of the intestine, and are not merely func- 
tional disorders which quinia may remove. In malarial enlargement of 
the spleen, quinia is supposed to be especially effective ; but quinia ex- 
hibits a curative power only in cases of simple enlargement, and does 
not affect that condition known as " fleshy spleen," or chronic splenitis. 

Hcematuria when distinctly intermittent, and arising from malarial 
infection, is cured by quinia, but large doses are necessary. 

Cases of cerebral disease, occurring in weak and anaemic subjects, are 
sometimes much improved by small doses of quinia. The author has 
observed great relief by the use of this remedy in the following group 
of symptoms, occurring in men advanced in life : Headache, vertigo, 
failure of memory, and despondency, associated with a slow pulse, an 
atheromatous degeneration of the vessels, puffiness of the eyelids, and 
dilatation of the superficial veins of the head. From three to ten grains 
daily may be given with advantage, the effect being to remove that 
sluggishness of the intra-cranial circulation on which these symptoms 
depend. In insanity, especially the puerperal form, when there is much 

ikness, and the skin is cold and sweating, quinine is very useful. 
When there is a condition of adynamia — the usual state — in delirium 
tremens, small doses of quinia assist materially in tranquillizing the 
patient. In that preliminary stage known as "horrors," characterized 
by restlessness, tremor, nausea, and anorexia, quinia, with a mineral 
acid, renders important service by restoring the digestive function, and 
by giving steadiness to the cerebral motor centres. 

Although headache (hemicrania) and neuralgia of malarial origin 
are cured by quinia, by no means equally successful results follow the 
use of this remedy in ordinary headache and neuralgia. Quinia is 
largely employed, it is true, in these affections when not caused by 
malaria, but it is useful only when anaemia is present and is causative. 
The same remark is true of epilepsy and chorea. 

An attack of acute catarrh may often be entirely aborted by a full 
ie (ten grains) of quinia and morphia (one-half a grain), if given at 
the incipiency of the attack. After the acute symptoms have subsided, 
quinia is very serviceable in hay-asthma. Diphtheria being an ady- 
namic d quinia is used by the stomach with a view to its restora- 
tive action, and in the form of spray to arrest the spread of the exuda- 
tion in the fauces. The power of quinia to kill bacteria and micrococci 
ren local use a rational measure in a disease characterized by an 
enormou- multiplication and diffusion of micrococci. 

t iryngismus stridulus, a reflex spasm of the muscles of the larynx 
occurring in rickety, ill-fed, and anaemic children, may be prevented 
recurring by the use of quinia in the intervals between the attacks. 
Quinia is one of the remedies which is used in membranous croup, but 
the reported successes were probably cases of spasmodic croup. There 
can be no doubt regarding the good effects of quinia in asthma, after 
11 



146 RESTORATIVE AGENTS.. 

the severity of the paroxysms has somewhat abated, as an apyretic in 
the fever which succeeds, and as a restorative tonic. It is, also, the most 
useful tonic which can be employed in chronic bronchitis, with profuse 
expectoration (bronchiectasis). The hectic fever and sweats of phthisis 
are prevented by large doses (fifteen to twenty grains) of quinia, but 
this remedy really has no influence over the course and progress of the 
disease. 

In skin-diseases, when there is present a lowered condition of the 
vital forces, quinia is indicated. It is the most valuable remedy in 
erysipelas and erythema nodosum. It is a curious fact that in many 
subjects a full dose of quinia will cause an erythema, with dilated 
pupils, phenomena closely analogous to those produced by belladonna. 
Ecthyma and impetigo, usually arising in a feeble state of the assimi- 
lative functions, are cured by quinia. 

Quinia is largely employed in surgical affections, to sustain the 
powers of life during protracted suppuration, and to check the forma- 
tion of pus. It is the most generally prescribed remedy for surgical 
fever. A full dose of quinia, given before the operation, may prevent 
the chill and fever which succeed in some subjects to the operation of 
catheterization. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. Russell Prize Essay — On the Therapeutic Uses and Abuses 
of Quinine and its Salts. 

Binz, Prof. Dr. Carl. Papers in Virchow's Archiv, Deutsche Klinik, Berliner kli- 
nische Wochenschrift, 1867-69, and The Practitioner, July, 1870, and vol. ix., 1872. 

Briquet, Dr. Trait'e Therapeutique du Quinquina, Paris, 1855. 

Bryson, Dr. Alexander, R. N. On the Prophylactic Influence of Quinine. The Medi 
cal Times and Gazette, January 7, 1854, p. 6. 

Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. Ixxvi., p. 92. 

Geltowskt, Dr. The Practitioner, June, 1872. 

Hood, Dr. Peter. The Successful Treatment of Scarlet Fever, London, Churchill, 
1869. 

Huseman, Dr. Aug. und Dr. Theod. Die Pflanzenstoffe, Berlin, 1871, Chinin, p. 281. 

Kerner, Dr. G. Archiv fur Physiologie, III., 2 und 3, p. 95, 1870. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss der Chininresorption, and Ueber den Einfluss des kristallischen und des amorphen 
Chinins auf die weissen Blutzellen und der Eiterbildungsprocess. 

Martin, Dr. Adolph. Das Chinin als Antiphlogisticum, Geissen, 1868. 

Thau, Dr. H. Archiv fur klin. Med., V., 5 und 6, p. 505, 1869. Ueber den zeitlichen 
Werth den Ausscheidungsgrosse des Chinin bei Oesunden und feberhaft Kranken. 



ALKALIES. 147 



AGENTS PROMOTING DESTRUCTIVE METAMORPHO- 
SIS OR INCREASING WASTE. 

ALKALIES. 

Potassium. — Preparations : Potassa. — Potassa ; potasse, Fr. ; Kali 
hydricum, Ger. Caustic potash. Occurs in cylindrical rods, is very 
deliquescent, and dissolves in water and in alcohol. 

Potassii Acetas. — Acetate of potassium. A white deliquescent salt, 
wholly soluble in water (100 in 35) and in alcohol (proof spirit 1 in 2). 
Dose, grs. v — 3j. 

Potassii Licarbonas. — Bicarbonate of potassium. In white crystals, 
permanent in the air, wholly soluble in water (1 in 3), and having a 
slightly alkaline taste. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 

Potassii Carbonas. — Carbonate of potassium. 

Potassii Carbonas Para. — Pure carbonate of potassium. Deliques- 
cent salt, wholly soluble in water (100 in 75). Dose, grs. ij — grs. x. 

Liquor Potassii Citratis. — Solution of citrate of potassium. Dose, 

3 j — 3 j- 

Potassii Citras. — Citrate of potassium. A whitish, granular, deli- 
quescent salt, wholly soluble in w r ater (10 in 6). Dose, grs. v — 3 ss. 

Potassii Tartras. — Tartrate of potassium. In white crystals, which 
are somewhat deliquescent, and are wholly and readily soluble in four 
parts of boiling water. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 

Potassii et Soclii Tartras. — Tartrate of potassium and sodium — Ro* 
chelle salt. In colorless, transparent cr} T stals, which effloresce slightly 
in dry air, and are wholly and readily soluble in five times their weight 
of boiling water. Soluble in cold water, 1 in 2. 

Liquor Potassce. — Solution of potassa. A colorless liquid, having 
an extremely acrid taste, and a strong alkaline reaction. Dose, m. ij — 
m. xx. It should be taken well diluted with water. 

Potassii Chloras. — Chlorate of potassium. In colorless, tabular 
crystals, which have a pearly lustre, and are wholly soluble in distilled 
water (in cold water, 1 in 12 ; in boiling water, 1 in 2). Dose, grs. v 

— 3J- 

Trochisci Potassii Chloratis. — Chlorate of potash troches. 

Potassii Nltras. — Nitrate of potassium. In colorless, prismatic crys- 
tals, unalterable in the air, and wholly soluble in water (in cold water, 
1 in 4; in boiling water, 1 in 2.1). Dose, grs. ij — grs. x. 

Potassii JBichromas. — Bichromate of potassium. In orange-red, 
anhydrous, tabular crystals, soluble in ten parts of cold, and in much 
less of boiling water, forming a solution having an acid reaction. Dose, 
gr. J— gr. ss. 

Potassii Bitartras. — Cream of tartar. Is sparingly dissolved by 



148 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

water (in cold water, 1 in 200 ; in boiling water, 1 in 18). Dose, grs. v 
— 3 J, or more. 

Sodium. — Soda. — Soda ; Natrium, Ger. ; sonde, Fr. Occurs in ir- 
regular flat masses. Is soluble in water and in alcohol. 

Liquor Sodce. — Solution of soda. A colorless liquid, baving an ex- 
tremely acrid taste, and a strong alkaline reaction. Dose, m. ij — m. x. 

Sodii Acetas. — Acetate of soda. In white or colorless crystals, 
which effloresce in dry air, and are wholly soluble in water. Dose, grs. 
v — 3 j. 

Sodii Licarbonas. — Bicarbonate of sodium. A white opaque pow- 
der, wholly soluble in water (1 in 10). Dose, grs. v — 3 j. 

Sodii JBoras. — Borate of sodium. Borax. In colorless crystals, 
which slightly effloresce in dry air, and are wholly soluble in water. 
Dose, grs. ij — 3j. 

Sodii Carbonas Exsiccata. — Dried carbonate of sodium. Dose, grs. 
ij— grs. x. 

Jhtlveres Effervescentes. — Effervescing powders. Each powder con- 
tains thirty grains of bicarbonate of sodium in one paper, and twentj-- 
five grains of tartaric acid in the other paper. 

JPulveres Effervescentes Aperientes. — Aperient effervescing powders. 
Seidlitz powders. Each powder contains forty grains of bicarbonate of 
sodium, and one hundred and twenty grains of tartrate of potassium and 
sodium (Rochelle salt) in one paper, and thirty-five grains of tartaric 
acid in the other paper. 

Calcium. — Calx. — Lime ; Kalk, Ger. ; chaux', Fr. 
Calcii Carbonas JPrascipitata.- — Precipitated carbonate of calcium. 
A fine, white powder, insoluble in water. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 
Creta JPrwparata. — Prepared chalk. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 
Liquor Calcis. — Lime-water. 

Liquor Calcis Saccharatus. — Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij (unofficinal). 
Testa JPrwparata. Prepared oyster-shell. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 
Mistura Cretan. — Chalk-mixture. Dose, 3 j — § ss. 

Lithium. — Lithi u m . 

Lithii Carbonas. — Carbonate of lithium. A white powder, spar- 
ingly soluble in water (1 in 100), and having a feeble alkaline reaction. 
Dose, grs. ij — grs. x. 

Lithii Citras. — Citrate of lithium. A white powder, deliquescent, 
and soluble in twenty-five parts of water. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The alkalies and their carbon. 
ates are incompatible with the acids, with acidulous salts, and with me- 
tallic salts. The caustic alkalies decompose the alkaloids of belladonna, 
stramonium, and hyoscyamus. In cases of poisoning, the antidotes to 



ALKALIES. 149 

be employed are the vegetable acids — acetic, citric, or tartaric acids — in 
the form of vinegar, cider, lemon-juice, etc. Demulcents and the fixed 
oils limit the corrosive action of the caustic alkalies, and should there- 
fore be given freely. 

Synergists. — The alkalies assist each other's action. All agents 
promoting waste — for example, mercury, the iodides, etc. — increase the 
therapeutical activity of alkalies. 

Physiological Actions. — The chemical position of the alkalies is 
the most important factor in their physiological action. They combine 
with acids to form salts, and with fat to form soap, and they dissolve 
albumen; hence, when the caustic alkalies are brought into contact with 
the animal textures, they destroy them. Alkalies increase the produc- 
tion of saliva. In the stomach they undoubtedly obey chemical laws, 
and neutralize any free acid contained in that organ. As the acidity of 
the gastric juice is essential to digestion, it is obvious that the frequent 
ingestion of alkali must be harmful. Given on an empty stomach, it is 
now known that alkalies promote the acidity of gastric juice, by favor- 
ing the outward osmosis of those constituents of the blood from which 
the acid of the stomach is elaborated ; but as a large amount of alkali 
will neutralize a corresponding proportion of acid, it is obvious that, to 
obtain an increased quantity of acid, the amount of alkali administered 
must be small. 

As the alkalies are very diffusible, they pass into the blood with fa- 
cility. In the liquor sanguinis they do not exist in the free state, but 
in the form of saline compounds, as albuminates, carbonates, and also 
phosphates. The presence of loosely-combined alkalies in the blood, 
and the simultaneous presence of .oxygen, insure the gradual oxidation 
of the organic constituents of that fluid. The organic acids, especially 
when combined with alkalies, decompose in the presence of an excess 
of alkali and of oxygen. There can be no doubt that the albuminous 
elements of the blood, the carbo-hydrates, the fats, are similarly oxidized, 
although the process is by no means a rapid one. It results from these 
facts, that alkalies promote the destruction or the retrograde metamor- 
phosis of some of the most important constituents of the blood. It fol- 
lows, further, that, as the blood, an alkaline fluid, is surrounded by acid 
fluids, rapid interchanges must be continually taking place, and oxida- 
tion promoted in the tissues. Hence the increased consumption of the 
tissues, or the wasting, which is caused by the long-continued use of 
alkalies. It is true, alkalies, by disordering digestion, may also impair 
the constructive energies of the organism, but, that they directly pro- 
mote waste in the manner indicated above, seems undoubted. 

The potash alkalies must be grouped with the cardiac poisons ; they 
lower the blood-pressure, the temperature, the action of the heart. The 
caustic alkalies cause death by the violent gastro-enteritis produced by 
their corrosive action ; but the depression of the powers of life, which is 



150 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

so marked a phenomenon, is probably due in part to the influence of 
these poisons on the spinal cord, as well as on the cardiac muscle. 

The alkalies are eliminated, chiefly, by the kidneys, the combinations 
with vegetable acids undergoing decomposition, while the salts of the 
mineral acids are probably excreted unchanged. The urine is rendered 
alkaline by large doses of the acetates, citrates, and caibonates. The 
water of the urine is increased by these salts ; hence they are known 
as diuretics. The alkalies, also, increase the excretion of solid matters 
— the urea, uric acid, and extractive matters. In other words, they 
cause the elimination of the products of the increased metamorphosis 
of tissue. It follows that the alkalies diminish the body-weight, im- 
pair the quality of the blood, and lower the forces of the organism. 
These results are not unfrequentLy seen after the alkaline treatment of 
acute rheumatism. 

Theeapv. — Chlorate of potassa is much used as a local application 
to ulcerous disease of the mouth,- follicular pharyngitis, etc. IjL Po- 
tass, cblorat., 3 j ; acid, carbol., 3 ss ; aquae destil., § iv. M. Sig. Lotion. 
There is no more effective remedy for ulcerative stomatitis, the stoma- 
titis of nursing women, and aphthw. In these diseases it may be ap- 
plied directly to the affected part, and administered by the stomach. 
As a rule, the largest doses are necessary (10 grs — 3j), especially in 
nursing sore mouth. The author has seen but little result from the 
use of chlorate of potassa in mercurial stomatitis. 

The alkalies are used with great advantage in many stomach-disor- 
ders. It is an undoubted chemical fact that an excess of acid is re- 
lieved by an alkali, but the result is not permanent and the cause of the 
acidity is not removed. Small doses of an alkali, given with a bitter 
before meals, promote the flow of gastric juice, and are a serviceable 
combination in atonic dyspepsia. Tfr . Inf. calumbas, § iv ; liq. potassa?, 
3 ss. M. Sig. A dessert to a tablespoonful three times a day before 
meals. Administered after meals, the alkalies will relieve the acidity 
due to an excessive production of acid, or to the. acid fermentation of 
the starch, sugar, and fat, in the food. An acid given before meals is 
the proper remedy for the excessive formation of the acid of the gastric 
juice. Alkalies render an important service in case of indigestion of 
fats. Not only do they prevent the formation of butyric acid, but they 
assist in the process of emulsionizing the fats and help their absorption. 
In diseases of the liver, and when from any cause the flow of bile into 
the intestine is prevented, alkalies assist in the digestion and absorption 
of fats. The indigestion of obese subjects, and of the gouty and rheu- 
matic, is usually cured or alleviated by alkalies. The lithia salts are 
generally to be preferred in gouty and rheumatic subjects. 

In cases of poisoning by acids or the acidulous metallic salts, alka- 
lies are indicated. The bicarbonates, chalk, lime-water, are most suit 
able for this purpose. 



ALKALIES. 1 5 1 

In vomiting arising from irritation of the stomach mucous mem- 
brane, whether due to indigestible food, acidity, ulcer, or cancer, and in 
the summer vomiting of children, lime-water, especially when combined 
with new milk, will frequently succeed in giving relief when more pow- 
erful means fail. Lime-water is a useful addition to the milk given 
infants when it becomes acid or is vomited in large caseous masses. 
Chalk in the form of chalk-mixture is a useful medicine in the diarrh 
of children. It is indicated when the stools are sour-smelling, or when 
the discharges are frequent and watery. When an antacid is required 
in the treatment of children's diseases, and constipation exists, bicar- 
bonate of soda is preferable to lime-water. 

The vomiting which is so frequently attendant on acute inflanvna- 
tory diseases and on the exanthemata is often much alleviated by the 
effervescing soda-powder. Alimentation may in this way be carried on 
when it is not otherwise, except by nutrient enemata, possible. 

The salts of the alkalies, especially the citrates, tartrates, and car- 
bonates, are useful in inflammatory diseases to lessen heat, and to pro- 
mote excretion of the products of inflammation. When oxidation is 
deficient, as represented in an excess of uric acid in the urine, a coated 
tongue, hebetude of mind — the so-called " bilious state " — relief is 
afforded by the use of the alkalies and their laxative salts. 

Based chiefly on theoretical considerations, the alkaline treatment 
of acute rheumatism has until very recently obtained general approval. 
This method consists in an attempt to alkalinize the urine by the free 
administration of bicarbonate and nitrate of potassium, and the internal 
use of these salts, aided by the application to the affected joints of 
strong alkaline solutions. Although the duration of the joint trouble 
has appeared to be shortened by this method of treatment, a dyscrasic 
state induced by the enormous amount of alkali renders convalescence 
tedious. Since the natural history of acute rheumatism has been more 
accurately studied, the utility of the alkaline treatment has been seri- 
ously questioned, and this method is being supplanted by quinine, the 
blister-treatment, and the cold bath. 

The close relationship between rheumatism and diabetes has led to 
the extension of the alkaline treatment to the latter disease. By pro- 
moting oxidation, it was assumed that the surplus sugar would be 
burned off, and thus its escape by the kidneys prevented. The results 
have not justified these theoretical considerations. It is true, benefit is 
obtained by the use of alkalies when diabetes occurs, as it so frequentlv 
does, in very obese subjects, but its influence in these cases is limited to 
the troubles of digestion under which these patients suffer. Diabetes 
of hepatic, pulmonary, or cerebral origin, is not directly influenced by the 
alkaline treatment. The author has, however, seen one case apparently 
cured by the diligent use of carbonate of ammonium. 

In chronic rheumatism, rheumatic gout, and chronic arthritis, good 



152 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

results are undoubtedly obtained by the use of the lithia salts. The 
bromide of lithium is the most agreeable of these preparations. When 
the joints are enlarged {chronic rheumatic arthritis), the action of the 
systemic remedies may be aided by the application to the affected parts 
of a strong solution of lithia. The author has observed excellent results 
from the use of bromide of lithia in cases of rheumatism, when the 
smaller joints remain swollen and tender after the subsidence of acute 
symptoms, rjL Lithii bromidi, 3 iij ; syrup, zingiberis, | ss; aquae, § iss. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonful three times a day. rjL Lithii carbonat., 3j; 
acidi citrici, 3 ij ; aquae, § ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every four hours. 

In irritation of the urinary organs due to an excess of acid, the 
combinations of the alkalies with the vegetable acids possess a high 
degree of utility. The liquor potassae is much prescribed under these 
circumstances, but, as it is very irritating to the stomach, the salts are 
preferable, and they are equally effective. The liquor potassae citratis 
is an excellent form for this purpose. There is no doubt that the long- 
continued use of alkalies (citrate, acetate, and carbonate of potassa) will 
effect the solution of renal calculi, which are usually composed of uric 
acid. As the urate of soda is often the nucleus of these formations, the 
soda alkalies should not be used. Small doses taken daily for length- 
ened periods are necessary. Such alkaline waters as the Vichy may be 
used if more agreeable to the patient, but the best results are obtained 
by the administration of the citrates and tartrates in a large quantity of 
distilled water. When the urine is acid in any of the forms of cystic 
irritation— from stone, cystitis, stricture, enlarged prostate, etc. — great 
relief is experienced from the use of alkalies, notably the liquor potassae, 
the citrates, acetates, and carbonates of potassium. When the urine is 
alkaline in reaction, no benefit can be derived from the use of these 
remedies. 

The bitartrate and the acetate of potassium are very certain diu- 
retics, especially the first named. They are most effective when given 
largely diluted with water. A pleasant form in which to administer 
cream of tartar is the familiar " cream-of-tartar lemonade," made as 
follows : a sufficient quantity of the remedy is dissolved in hot water ; 
when cold the clear solution is poured off; some lemons are cut up and 
put in it, and it is sweetened to the taste. This solution may be drunk 
ad libitum. Considerable stomach and intestinal distress often follows 
the free use of dilute solutions of these potash salts, in consequence of 
the abundant production of carbonic-acid gas. The potash salts are 
indicated as diuretics in desquamative nephritis, and in general dropsy 
from valvular disease of the heart. By determining a free urinary dis- 
charge in the one case, they assist in washing out the obstructing epi- 
thelium in the tubules ; in the other they relieve the tension of the 
venous system. Very little is accomplished by the use of alkaline 
diuretics in dropsical accumulations in the various cavities. Influenced 



ALKALIES. 153 

by theoretical considerations, Dickinson advises the use of the potash 
alkalies in amyloid kidney, or, as he terms it, depurative disease, to 
compensate for the waste of alkali in the process of suppuration. 

An ingenious use of bicarbonate of sodium as an emetic is the fol- 
lowing : sufficient of this salt is first swallowed, and immediately there- 
after tartaric acid in suitable proportion. Brisk effervescence ensues, 
with the effect to empty the stomach thoroughly. This mode of pro- 
ducing emesis is applicable to cases of narcotic poisoning. In intussus- 
ception the same expedient has been employed with success, the soda 
and the acid being introduced, in the same order, into the rectum. It 
should be remembered that the sudden distention of a softened stomach 
or rectum might cause a rupture. 

External Applications of the Alkalies. — A solution of common soda 
(impure bicarbonate) freely applied will often remove the fetid sweat of 
the fed, and the odorous emanations which in some subjects escape 
from the axillary glands. Acne occurring in persons with a greasy 
skin, and prominent and black sebaceous follicles, may sometimes be 
cured by alkaline lotions. I>. Liq. potassae, 3 j ; aquie rosae, 3 iv. M. 
Sig. Apply with a soft sponge twice a day. For acute eczema where 
there is much serous discharge, no applications are more efficient than 
solutions of the alkalies. I>. Sodii carbonat., 3ss; aqua?, Oj. M. Sig. 
The eruption to be covered with lint soaked in this solution. Stronger 
solutions can be used in old cases where the skin is much thickened. 
As alkalies, by absorbing the moisture and combining with the fat of 
the sebaceous matter, make the skin dry and harsh, it is useful to apply 
some form of oil after these alkaline applications, certainly after the 
stronger solutions. Mutton-suet is one of the best fats for this purpose. 

In prurigo, great relief is often obtained by an alkaline warm bath 
at bedtime. A solution of carbonate of potassium ( 3 iij — 3 iv) is 
recommended by Trousseau as a remedy for that obstinate affection — 
jyrurltus vulvce. In freckles, sunburn, and tan, the following lotion is 
useful: I£. Potassii carbonat-, 3 iij ; sodii chloridi, 3 ij ; aquas rosae, 
3 viij ; aquae aurantii tlor., 3 ij. M. Sig. Lotion. 

To cleanse the scalp from dandruff [pityriasis), there is no more 
suitable application than a saturated solution of borate of soda. Pow- 
dered borax, mixed with sugar, is a domestic remedy for aphthae of chil- 
dren ; it is simply placed on the tongue. A saturated solution of borax 
in rose-water is a useful application to remove freckles, and to allay 
pruritus vaglnaz. 

A solution of permanganate of potassa (gr. j — - 3 j) is an elegant 
toilet remedy for correcting fetor of the breath. In ulcerous diseases 
of the buccal cavity it is used to destroy foul odors, and to improve the 
condition of the sloughing surface. In ill-conditioned wounds gener- 
ally solutions of this salt, in various strengths, are employed with a 
view to change the action, but little more is accomplished than tempo- 



154 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

rary destruction of odors. There are many other agents, much less 
expensive and more powerful, which can be used for these purposes. 

The so-called ingrowing toe-nail may be cured by the application 
to the irritable granulation, at the margin of the nail, of a solution, 
of liquor potassas ( 3 ij — 3 j ). This solution is to be applied on cot- 
ton-wool, to the margin of the nail and to the ulcerated surface of 
the toe, until the nail is so far softened that it can be cut away without 
pain. 

Unhealthy and sloughing ulcers may be destroyed by potassa fusa, 
and a healthy granulating surface be left. No more efficient escharotic 
can be used in hospital gangrene. As it penetrates deeply and widely, 
great care must be used to limit its application to the affected parts, 
and, as soon as the destruction' is sufficient, to check the further exten- 
sion of the caustic by washing w T ith a dilute acid. Vienna paste — which 
is a mixture of equal parts of potassa and lime made into a paste with 
alcohol — is milder in operation, and therefore usually preferred. Caus- 
tic potash was formerly much employed to make issues, to open ab- 
scesses and carbuncles, but these applications are now quite obsolete. 
Induration of the cervix uteri and chronic metritis (hyperplasia of the 
connective tissue) are, it is said (Dr. Bennet), very effectively treated 
by application of caustic potassa and potassa cum calce ; but such pow- 
erful means must be used with great caution, if at all. In carcinoma, 
when the disease is limited to the neck of the uterus and not too far 
advanced, caustic potassa may be used with advantage to destroy the 
diseased surface. This caustic is quite as efficient as any, probably, for 
the escharotic treatment of cancer when this method of treatment is 
employed. 

A solution of the bichromate of potassium (gr. j — : grs. x — § iv), is 
an excellant local application in the treatment of the catarrhal state of 
the nasal, buccal, or vaginal mucous membrane. A saturated solution 
of this salt may be used as a caustic in place of chromic acid. 

Authorities referred to : 

Basham, Dr. W. R. The Practitioner, vol. v., p. 257. 

Dickinson, Dr. W. H. The Pathology and Treatment of Albuminuria, p. 214. 

Guttman, Dr. Paul. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, 1865, Nos. 34-36. 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimented Toxicologic, 1874, p. 172, et seg. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der physiologischen Therapeutik, erste Halfte, 
Gottingen, 1875, p. 92, et seq. 

Lehmann, Prof. C. G. Physiological Chemistry, Philadelphia, 1855, vol. ii., p. 353. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 144, 
et seq. 

Podocapow, Dr. F. Virchow's Archiv fur path. Anat., Bd. xxxiii., p. 505. 

Roberts, Dr. William. Urinary and Renal Diseases, Philadelphia, 1872, second 
edition, p. 298, et seq. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. TraitS de Therap. et de Mat. Med., huitieme edition, vols. i. 
and ii. 



ALKALINE SPRINGS i;,:, 

ALKALINE MINERAL SPRINGS. 
1. North America. 

Bladon Springs, Choctaw Count}', Alabama. A rolling, pine-wood3 
region. 

They contain carbonate of soda, carbonate of magnesia, carbonate 
of iron, carbonate of lime, sulphate of lime, carbonic-acid gas, sul- 
phuretted hydrogen (traces), and chlorine. 

Congress Springs, Santa Clara County, California. In the Coast Range 
of mountains. 

They contain carbonate of soda (15.418 grains to the pint?), carbo- 
nate of iron, carbonate of lime, chloride of sodium (14.894 grains to the 
pint), sulphate of soda, etc. They are highly charged with carbonic- 
acid gas. 

California Seltzer Springs, Mendocino County, California. 

They contain carbonate of soda, carbonate of magnesia, carbonate 
of lime, carbonate of iron (a trace), and chloride of sodium. They are 
also highly charged with carbonic-acid gas. 

Perry Springs, Pike County, Illinois. 

They contain carbonate of potassa, carbonate of magnesia, carbonate 
of iron, carbonate of lime, sulphate of soda, silicates of soda and potassa. 
Temperature of the water is from 48° to 50° Fahr. 

St. Louis Spring, Gratiot County, Michigan. 

This water contains carbonate of soda (7.684 grains to the pint), car- 
bonate of magnesia, carbonate of iron, carbonate of lime (5.019 grains 
to a pint), sulphate of lime (6.925 grains to a pint), silicate of lime, and 
silica. This is one of the so-called " magnetic springs " — the magnetic 
property being due not to the water, but produced by the magnetization 
with terrestrial currents of the vertical iron tube through which the 
water flows. It is unfortunate that this part of the peninsula of Michi- 
gan, in which the numerous alkaline and saline sj^rings abound, is very 
decidedly malarious. 

Rockbridge Baths, Rockbridge County, Virginia. A mountainous 
region. 

They contain magnesia and iron, with a small quantity of iodine. 
Temperature, 74° Fahr. Used chiefly in the form of baths. 

Capon Springs, Hampshire County, \Vest Virginia. 

This water contains carbonate of soda, carbonate of magnesia, and 
traces of iodine and bromine. The temperature of the water is 66° 
Fahr. These springs are situated in a romantic mountain-region. 

2. Eurofean*. 
Vichy, Central France. 

There are several springs — Grande Grille, Puits Carre, Hopital, 

Gelestins, Be llesdames, and others. The waters contain carbonates 

of soda, of potassa, magnesia, and lime, sulphate of soda and chloride of 



156 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

soda, phosphate of soda, arseniate of soda (a trace), carbonates of strontia 
and iron. The gas, which is abundant, is carbonic acid. 

In the Vichy region there are numerous alkaline springs having 
similar properties. The temperature of the waters varies from 58° Fahr. 
(Celestins) to 178° Fahr. (Chaudes Aigues). 

Mont Dore, valley of the Dordogne, France. 

The waters are weak alkaline, and have a temperature from 90° to 
104° Fahr. Their principal constituent is carbonate of soda. These 
springs lie among the volcanic mountains of Auvergne, at an elevation 
of 3,300 feet. 

Vals, Ardeche, France. 

The waters of these cold springs are remarkable for the quantity of 
carbonate of soda which they contain. They are abundantly charged 
with carbonic-acid gas. 

Ems, on the Lahn, Germany. 

.These waters contain, according to the analysis of Fresenius, 14 to 
15 parts of bicarbonate of soda, 7 parts of chloride of sodium, and 1.7 
part each of bicarbonate of lime and bicarbonate of magnesia, with 
sulphates of soda and potash, and bicarbonates of iron, manganese, 
baryta, strontia, and alumina in small quantity, to the pint. The gas is 
carbonic acid, from 6 to 8 cubic inches to the pint. 

Neuenakr, valley of the Ahr, between Bonn and Coblentz, Germany. 

The waters of these springs have a composition similar to those of 
Ems, but have about half as much soda and very little salt. 

Salzbrunn, Upper Silesia, near Freiburg, Germany. 

These waters are very rich in carbonate of soda. 

Gleichenberg, near Gratz, Styria, Austria. 

These springs are much more alkaline than Ems. The waters con- 
tain from 20 to 27 parts of carbonate of sodium, 19.5 of chloride of so- 
dium, and 7.8 of carbonate of magnesium. The water is highly charged 
with carbonic-acid gas. 

Therapeutical Uses of the Alkaline Mineral Waters. — As we have 
seen that alkalies taken before meals increase the production of acid 
gastric juice, the alkaline mineral waters are serviceable in atonic dys- 
pepsia. They are especially useful in catarrh of the duodenum and 
of the bile-duct s, and in the jaundice dependent on this state of the 
mucous membrane. In incipient cirrhosis, in congestion of the portal 
circulation, and in hcemorrhoids due to the hepatic obstruction, they 
render important service. Obesity, which is frequently diminished by 
a course of alkalies, is better treated by alkaline waters, for at the 
springs these patients can be induced, more easily, to conform to the 
plan of exercise and diet necessary in these cases. 

The alkaline springs have long had a deserved reputation for the 
cure of gout and rheumatism. With the internal use of the waters 
should be conjoined baths, douches, etc. Gout and rheumatic affections 
of internal organs are equally amenable to the same treatment. 



SALINE SPRINGS 157 

These alkaline waters, long used, are especially serviceable in the 
so-called lithic-acid diathesis. There is little doubt that the continuous 
use of alkaline waters for a long period will cause the solution of uric- 
acid renal calculi. For this purpose those alkaline waters rich in 
potassa are preferable. 

When diabetes is hepatic in origin, and occurring in obese subjects, 
the alkaline mineral waters are extremely useful. A suitable diet 
should be enjoined. 

The following domestic mineral waters may be advised in the above 
states: Bladon Springs; the California Seltzer; Perry Springs; St. 
Louis Spring ; but especially, Capon Springs. 

Of the foreign, the most important are Vichy, which is imported at 
a moderate price, Mont Dore, Vals, Ems, Salzbrunn, and Gleichenberg. 

The psychical influences of change of scene, associations, and cli- 
mate, are largely concerned in the results of treatment with the waters 
of mineral springs. 

SALINE MINERAL WATERS. 
1. North American. 

St. Catharine's Wells, St. Catharine's, Ontario, Canada. 

These contain chloride of sodium (217 to 275 grains to the pint), 
chlorides of potassium, magnesium, calcium (108 to 127 grains to the 
pint), sulphate of lime, and iodide and bromide of magnesium. A con- 
centrated water prepared by evaporation is used, properly diluted by 
patients at a distance for internal diseases, and at the wells, externally. 

These waters are diluted with ordinary water to three-fourths or 
seven-eighths, before they are drunk. They are chiefly used as warm 
baths. The diseases in which they have been found most beneficial 
are chronic gout, rheumatic (/out, chronic rheumatism, and gouty and 
rheumatic diseases, strumous diseases, engorgement of the pelvic vis- 
cera, chronic metritis, uterine fibroids, haemorrhoids, etc. 

Spring Lake Well, Ottawa County, Michigan. 

The water of this spring contains chloride of sodium (50.691 grains 
to the pint), chloride of calcium (14.177 grains to the pint), chloride of 
magnesium, carbonates of soda, manganese, and iron, in small quantity, 
sulphate of soda (5.837 grains to the pint), bromide of magnesium, and 
a trace of lithia. 

These waters are applicable to the treatment of gout, rheumatism, 
strumous diseases, etc. The waters are drunk and used as warm baths. 

Saratoga Springs, Saratoga, New York. 

In general terms, these waters contain chloride of sodium, the alka- 
line carbonates, and are highly charged with carbonic-acid gas. The 
springs are numerous, and differ somewhat in composition. I subjoin a 
tabular statement of the analyses of the different waters, from the ex- 
cellent work of Dr. Walton : 



158 



AGENTS INCKEASING WASTE. 



One pint contains — 


9* 

1 «3 

►H ft, 

>B o ^ 

O 

Pi 


Congress. 

b2° Fahr. 

Prof. C. F. Chandler. 


u 

a 
. a 
F -^ 
|o 

X] . 
CS w 

ffi rj 

o 
u 

Pi 

Grains. 

0.372 
13.072 

0.101 
14.815 

trace. 
0.178 
1.199 
63.746 
trace. 


c 

13 

a 

a 
CJ xi 

.s o 

P. . 

E fc 

c 
Pi 

Grains. 
0.782 
3.182 
0.079 
9.520 
0.163 
trace. 
0.008 
0.536 

63.328 
0.346 


£*" 

9 QJ 

•3 M 
°B 

1-5 

Grains. 

1.336 
3.461 

0.698 
8.500 

33.375 


<o 

-3 

B XI 

*rj 

o 
n 

Pi 

Grains. 
0.327 
5.650 
0.233 

10.432 
0.744 
trace. 
0.090 
0.958 

57.489 
0.254 


c 

© 

t/T "3 
a) B 
"K d 

£ ■=) 
M O 

"g ri 

IS 
o 

Grains. 
0.405 
5.399 
0.065 
8.084 
0.380 
0.001 
0.094 
1.078 

17.734 


Seltzer. 

50° Fahr. 

Prof. C. F. Chandler. 


Solids. 


Grains. 
3.024 
4.069 
0.135 

11.443 
0.154 
trace. 
0.050 
1.122 

48.766 
0.201 


Grains. 

0.934 
9.019 
0.031 

12.449 
0.374 
trace. 
0.095 
1.006 

50.055 
0.111 


Grains. 
2.552 


Carbonate of iron 


2.9S8 
0.155 




7.804 




0.071 


Carbonate of strontia 


trace. 


Chloride of potassium 


trace. 
0.167 


Chloride of sodium 


16.786 


Sulphate of potassa 


0.069 
























Phosphate of soda 


trace. 


0.002 


0.001 


0.003 




0.001 


0.002 


trace. 








0.011 
0.091 
trace, 
trace. 
0.153 


0.017 
1.069 
trace, 
trace, 
trace. 


0.025 
0.192 
trace. 

0.016 


0.001 
0.033 
trace, 
trace. 
0.052 


0.320 


0.009 
0.123 
trace, 
trace. 
0.041 


0.006 
0.106 
trace, 
trace. 
0.012 


0.004 


Bromide of sodium 


0.079 


Fluoride of calcium 


trace. 


Biborate of soda 


trace. 




0.047 


























0.2S3 
trace. 


0.105 
trace. 


0.157 
trace. 


0.182 
trace. 


0.256 


0.394 
trace. 


0.398 
trace. 


0.320 
trace. 






Gas. 


69.502 

Cubic in. 

51 
(1866.) 


75.267 

Cubic in. 

49 
(1871.) 


93.874 
Cubic in. 

47 


78.215 

Cubic in. 

43 
(1872.) 


47.946 

Cubic in. 
34 


76.745 

Cubic in. 
41 


33 764 

Cubic in. 
30 


31.042 

Cubic in. 
40 







One pint contains— 


St. 
B 

. U XI 

O % • 

O 

Grains. 
6.175 

10.322 
0.089 

14.793 
0.549 
0.041 
0.206 
3.079 

70.260 
trace. 


0? 

. § 

>. XI 

• -s o 

u « 

» d 

o 

Grains. 
1.097 
4.586 
0.110 

10.795 
0.124 
trace. 
0.010 
1.212 

49.795 
0.675 


a 

o 

i?1: ■ 

— . 

o 

u 

Pi 


.a 

■a j 

rg g 

(S3 


A! . 

* s 

O X, 

* i-5 

H . 
P5 


ft 

«a 

o .. 
S B 


Crystal. 
50° Fahr. 
Prof. C. F. Chandler. 


Solids. 


Grains. 
1.107 
2.618 

7.324 
0.016 " 


Grains. 
0.625 
3.667 
0.375 
5.165 


Grains. 

1.875 
4.042 
0.402 
9.625 


Grains. 
4.281 

4.8S3 

0.578 

12.249 


Grains. 
1.212 


Carbonate of magnesia 


5.568 


Carbonate of iron 


0.185 


Carbonate of lime 


8.845 


Carbonate of lithia 


0.339 


Carbonate of strontia 








trace. 


Carbonate of baryta 










0.074 




0.686 
8.699 








1.040 


20.852 


46.330 


37.332 


42.058 


Sulphate of potassa 


0.269 








0.165 






Sulphate of magnesia 








0.268 






Phosphate of soda 


trace. 


trace. 


trace, 
trace. 






0.001 


Phosphate of lime 










Iodide of sodium 


0.031 
0.276 
trace, 
trace, 
trace. 


0.015 
0071 
trace, 
trace, 
trace. 


0.583 
0.196 


0.529 


0.449 


0.008 


Bromide of sodium 


0.051 








trace. 


Biborate of soda 










trace. 


Alumina 


1 0.219 


0.029 






0.038 




0.S75 
0.500 




















Silica 


0.013 
trace. 

105.834 
Cubic in. 

57 
(1870.) 


0.160 
trace. 

68.650 

Cubic in. 
50 


0.339 


0.067 


2 0.125 


0.401 


Organic matter 


trace. 




21.008 
Cubic in. 










Total 


31.827 

Cubic in. 
29 


64.343 

Cubic in. 
31 


59.897 

Cubic in. 
40 


60.089 


Gas. 
Carbonic acid 


Cubic in. 
89 




(1870.) 



1 Alumina and sesquioxide of iron. 



a Silica and alumina. 



SALINE SPRINGS. 159 

These waters are useful in plethora of the abdominal viscera, in 
obesity, in habitual constipation due to deficient secretion, in plethora 
of the pelvic viscera, haemorrhoids, etc. The waters of the Pavilion 
and Geyser Springs, owing to the quautity of lithia which they contain, 
are especially serviceable in chronic gout, chronic rheumatism, rheu- 
matic gout, and affections dependent on these diatheses. The Colum- 
bian, Pavilion, Eureka, and Excelsior Rock, containing a considerable 
proportion of iron, are more especially adapted to cases of the above- 
mentioned disorders, in which anaemia, exists, but they must be drunk 
with caution by the plethoric. 

Ballston Spa, Ballston, Saratoga County, New York. 

These waters are similar in composition to the waters of the Sara- 
toga Springs, but they are richer in mineral constituents. The propor- 
tion of chloride of sodium ranges from 53.12 grains to 93.753 grains in 
a pint. The Lithian Well contains 13.378 grains of carbonate of mag- 
nesia, 20.675 grains of carbonate of lime, 4 grains of chloride of potas- 
sium, to the pint, besides carbonates of soda, iron, lithia, strontia, 
baryta, phosphate of soda, sulphates of potassa and soda, iodide and 
bromide of sodium. Carbonic-acid gas from 30 to 57 cubic inches. 

These waters are applicable to the treatment of the same cases as 
the Saratoga waters. 

2. European. 

Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, England. 

These spas are saline aperient, ioduretted saline, ioduretted-magne- 
sian saline, and the waters contain a good deal of carbonic acid. The 
season is • from July to October. These waters are chiefly serviceable 
in dyspepsia, hepatic affections, and constipation. Some of the springs 
at Cheltenham contain iron, and the water of these is employed in chlo- 
rosis and anosmia. 

Leamington, Warwickshire, England. 

These waters contain chlorides of calcium and sodium, and sulphate 
of soda, with carbonic acid. They are much prescribed in dyspepsia, 
''fy, and hepatic troubles, constipation, etc. 

Adelheidsquelle, Heilbrunn, Bavaria. Altitude 2,000'. Tempera- 
ture of spring, 50° Fahr. Season, May to September. 

This valuable water contains chloride of sodium, carbonate of so- 
dium, iodide and bromide of sodium, etc. ; carbonic acid, 13.18 cubic 
inches. It is highly prized in strumous diseases, rheumatism, gout, 
affections of the skin, and pelvic troubles of females {chronic metritis, 
fibroids, etc.). 

Baden-Baden. Altitude, G16'. Mean annual temperature, 48° Fahr. 
Season, May to October. 

According to Bunsen's analysis, these waters contain chloride of 
sodium, bicarbonate of lime, magnesia, and iron, sulphates of lime and 



160 AGENTS INCKEASING WASTE. 

potash, arseniate of iron (a trace), chloride of potassium, bromide of 
sodium (traces), etc. ; carbonic-acid gas. The Meurquelle contains 2.3694 
grains of chloride of lithium in 20 ounces. 

Carlsbad, Bohemia. Altitude, 1,200'. Season, June to September. 

These waters contain sulphate of soda, carbonate of soda, chloride 
of sodium, sulphate of potash, carbonate of lime, etc. Marktbrunnen 
contains, besides these ingredients, a small quantity of carbonates of 
lithia, strontia, and manganese, and iodide and bromide of sodium ; the 
gas is carbonic acid. 

The Carlsbad water is highly prized in affections of the liver and 
portal system, uterine diseases, gout, rheumatism, and diabetes. 

Friedrichshall, Saxe-Meiningen, Germany. Bitter water. 

According to Liebig, this water contains sulphate of soda 46.51 
grains, sulphate of magnesia 39.55, chloride of sodium 61.10, chloride 
of magnesium 30.25, sulphates of potash 1.52, and of lime 10.34 grains. 
Carbonic-acid gas, 5.32 cubic inches. 

This is aperient, and is used in diseases of the stomach, liver, intes- 
tines, and kidneys. It is imported in quart-bottles, and is much pre- 
scribed as a laxative in habitual constipation, in hepatic troubles, pleth- 
ora of pelvic organs, etc. 

Homburg, Central Germany. Altitude 600'. Open all the year, but 
the season is from May to September. Temperature, 50° to 53° Fahr. 

According to the analysis of Liebig and Hofmann, these waters con- 
tain chlorides of sodium (79 to 104 grains), potassium, magnesium, and 
calcium, carbonates of lime, magnesia and iron, and sulphates of soda 
and lime. Free carbonic acid, 48 cubic inches. 

In therapeutical action they are laxative, and are prescribed in 
habitual constipation, dyspepsia, abdominal and pelvic plethora, obes- 
ity, hypochondriasis, hysteria, etc. 

Kissingeil, Bavaria. Altitude, 800'. Temperature of springs, 50° 
Fahr. The season is from May to September. 

Liebig's analysis has shown that these waters contain chlorides of 
sodium (17.52 to 44.71 grains), potassium, lithium, and magnesium, 
sulphates of lime and magnesia, carbonates of lime and iron, bromide 
and iodide of sodium, etc. They are highly charged with carbonic acid. 

Kissingen waters are laxative, and are used in dyspepsia, hepatic 
obstructions, albuminuria, diabetes, etc. 

Kreutznach, Rhenish Prussia. Altitude, 285'. Season is from June 
to September. 

This powerfully-alterative water contains chloride of sodium (72 tc 
108 grains to the pint), chloride of calcium (13 to 22 grains to the pint), 
chlorides of magnesium, potassium and lithium, carbonate of lime and 
iron, bromide and iodide of magnesium. 

The mother-liquor of Kreutznach contains 2,484 grains of solid mat- 
ter in sixteen ounces. 



AMMONIUM. 1(31 

These waters are extremely serviceable in constitutional syphilis, 
strumous diseases, affections of the skin, rheumatism, gout, engorge* 
?nent of the abdominal and pelvic organs, hepatic diseases, etc. 

Marienbad, Bohemia. Altitude, 1,900'. Season is from May to 
September. 

The principal constituents of this Avater are sulphate of soda, bi- 
carbonate of soda, chloride of sodium, bicarbonate of lime, bicarbonate 
of magnesia, and salts of lithia, strontia, iron, and manganese, in small 
quantity ; carbonic-acid gas. 

Laxative, and used in hepatic disorders, dyspepsia, habitual con- 
stipation, gravel, gout, etc. 

Reichenhall, Upper Bavaria. Altitude, 1,407'. Mean temperature 
of spring, 56° Fahr. ; of summer, 64° Fahr. ; of autumn, 54° Fahr. Sea- 
son, July and August. 

Used only for baths. Inhalations are practised here on a large 
scale. "The compressed-air cure" is also used. Scrofula, phthisis, 
and affections of the throat, are chiefly treated. 

The waters are rich in chlorides of sodium and magnesia, and sul- 
phates of soda and lime. 

SeidlitZ, Bohemia. 

The chief constituents are sulphate of magnesia, sulphate of soda, 
carbonate of lime, sulphate of lime, sulphate of potash, and chloride of 
magnesium. 

Saline purgative. 

Setters, Nassau. 

Kastner's analysis has shown that this water contains bicarbonate 
of soda, chloride of sodium, bicarbonates of lime and magnesia, iron and 
manganese, phosphates of lime, alumina and soda, bromide of sodium, 
etc. Highly charged with carbonic acid. 

Laxative and alterative. 

Authorities referred to : 

Braun, Dr. Jclius. S>/stematisches Lehrbuch der Balneotherapies Berlin, 1873. 

Macpherson, Dr. Johx. The Baths and Wells of Europe, second edition, London, 
Macmillan & Co., 1873. 

Moorman, Dr. J. J. Mineral Springs of North America, Philadelphia, J. B. Lippin- 
cott & Co., 1873. 

Valentiser, Dr. Th. Ilandbuch der allgemeinen und spccicllcn Balneotherapie, Ber- 
lin, 1873. 

Waltox, Dr. Geo. E. Mineral Springs of the United States and Canada. 

AMMONIUM AND ITS PREPARATIONS. 

Preparations. — Ammonii JBenzoas. Benzoate of ammonium. Ben- 
zoic acid and ammonia. In minute, white, shining, thin, four-sided, lami- 
nar crystals ; bitter, saline, and somewhat balsamic in taste ; soluble in 
water (1 in 5), and in rectified spirit (1 in 12). Dose, gr. v — gr. xv. 

12 



162 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Ammonii Garbonas. — Carbonate of ammonium. In white, trans- 
lucent masses, with a pungent and ammoniacal odor, soluble in water 
(1 in 4). Dose, gr. v — gr. x. 

Ammonii Chloridum JPurificatum. — Purified chloride of ammonium. 
Sal-ammoniac. In a snow-white, crystalline powder, soluble in two and 
a half parts of cold water, and sparingly soluble in alcohol (1 in 55). 
Dose, gr. j— 3j. 

Ammonii Valerianas. — Valerianate of ammonium. A wmite salt in 
quadrangular plates, having the odor of valerianic acid, and a sharp, 
sweetish taste, and is very soluble in water and in alcohol. Dose, 
gr. 1 — gr. v. 

Ammonii JPhosphas. — Phosphate of ammonia. In colorless, trans- 
parent prisms, soluble in water. (1 in 2), but insoluble in alcohol. Dose, 
gr. v— 3j. 

Aqua Ammonice. — Water, or solution, of ammonia. Ammonia-gas 
dissolved in water. A transparent, colorless liquid, having a very pun- 
gent odor. Dose, 3 j, contains 5.2 grains of ammonia. 

Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. — Solution of acetate of ammonium. 
Spirit of mindererus. Dose, 3 j — S j. 

jSpiritus Ammonice. — Spirit of ammonia. A solution of ammoniacal 
gas in alcohol. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Spiritus Ammonice Aromaticus. — Aromatic spirit of ammonia, 
Solution of carbonate of ammonia, oils of lemon, nutmeg, and lavender, 
in alcohol and water. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Linimentum Ammonice. — Liniment of ammonia. Olive-oil and 
aqua ammonise ( § j — | ij). 

RaspaiVs Eau Sedatif. — Liquor ammonias, two ounces ; chloride of 
sodium, two ounces ; camphorated spirits of wine, three drachms ; 
water, thirty-two ounces. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The vegetable and mineral 
acids, acidulous salts, earthy salts, and lime-water, are incompatible 
with the carbonate. In addition to the acids, potash, soda and their 
carbonates, salts of lead, silver, and metallic sulphates, are incompatible 
with the solution of the acetate. The persalts of iron, acids, and liquor 
potassse, are incompatible with the benzoate. Alkalies, alkaline earths 
and their carbonates, and lead and silver salts, are incompatible with 
the muriate. In the treatment of poisoning by ammonia or its car- 
bonate, the vegetable acids should be used to neutralize the poison, and 
its irritant action on the mucous membrane should be limited as much 
as possible by the administration of oil and demulcents. 

Therapeutically, ammonia is antagonized by veratrum viride, aconite, 
digitalis, cold, and other cardiac sedatives. 

Synergists. — The action of ammonia is favored by heat, opium, 
iodine, by the antispasmodics, as valerian, asafcetida, etc., by the diffu- 
sible and aromatic stimulants, as alcohol, ether, etc. The therapeutical 



AMMONIUM. 1G3 

activity of the iodides and bromides is promoted by combination with 
carbonate of ammonia. 

Physiolo'gical Acttox. — Ammoniacal gas, brought in contact with 
a mucous surface, irritates it ; applied to the ej 7 e, it reddens the con- 
junctiva, and causes lachrymation ; applied to the nares, it reddens the 
mucous membrane, produces a sense of heat and burning, and increases 
the secretion of mucus. Inhaled, an overpowering sense of suffocation 
is experienced, and the glottis spasmodically closes. Prolonged contact 
with the air-passages excites violent inflammation. When solution 
of ammonia is swallowed, an active and destructive inflammation of the 
mucous membrane is set up ; the lips, tongue, soft palate, and tonsils, 
are swollen, red, and glazed ; the epiglottis, and especially the arytaeno- 
epiglottidean folds, becomes cedematous, and sudden death may ensue 
from oedema of the glottis. Inflammation of the oesophagus, and of a 
limited portion of the stomach, will also follow the introduction of any 
portion of the irritant. Narrowing (stenosis) of the pyloric orifice has 
been noted, in one case, as an after-result of the inflammation set up in 
this part. In the stomach, ammonia and its carbonate must quickly 
combine with the acid, and probably enter the blood in such combina- 
tion. Increased action of the heart is produced by its administration by 
the stomach, but much more decidedly when it is thrown directly into 
a vein. After the intra-venous injection of ammonia, the blood-pressure 
at first rises, then falls below the normal. Resulting, doubtless, from 
the increased action of the heart, and the more rapid circulation of the 
blood, a subjective sensation of warmth throughout the body is expe- 
rienced, the face becomes flushed, the eyes are more brilliant, and the 
mental operations increase in activity. Little is known of the behavior 
of ammonia in the blood, which in the normal state contains this gas. 
Although it is now known that the coagulation of the blood is not 
caused by the escape of ammonia, as supposed at one time by Richard- 
son, yet ammonia helps to maintain the fluidity of the blood, as its 
presence, in sufficient quantity, certainly serves to hold the fibrine in 
solution. 

The long-continued use of ammonia impairs digestion, by neutralizing 
the gastric juice. Increased waste of tissue is also one result of its 
administration, manifested by pallor, emaciation, and feebleness. When 
introduced into the blood in sufficient quantity, it damages the structure 
of the red blood-globules, and in this way also it affects the nutrition 
of the body, beside the action which it has, in common with the other 
alkalies, of increasing the rate of waste or retrograde metamorphosis. 

The summary of the plvysiological actions of ammonia, above given, 
pretty fairly represents the movement of these agents as a group ; but 
individual differences undoubtedly exist, which will be pointed out 
when the therapy is considered. 

Therapy. — Ammonia and its carbonate are sometimes used to 



164 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

diminish acidity of the stomach-juices. Obstinate vomiting, after irri- 
tating substances are removed, and when the vomited matters are acid, 
may be relieved by the use of the carbonate, or better, by an excess of 
carbonate in solution of the acetate. The acidity, gaseous eructations, 
and abdominal distention, which accompany attacks of hysteria in some 
females, may be quickly removed by the aromatic spirit of ammonia. 
Nervous headache, especially when it is present with the last-mentioned 
group of symptoms, is speedily relieved \>y the aromatic spirits and the 
carbonate ; but true migraine, although these preparations of ammonia 
may palliate it, is generally more certainly relieved by the bromides. 
Raspail's eau s'edatif often gives great comfort in headache, when 
locally applied. 

In gastric and intestinal catarrh, chloride of ammonium is held in 
high repute by our German confreres. It is certainly highly serviceable 
in some hepatic disorders — for example, in catarrh of the bile-ducts and 
in the jaundice arising from this cause. In the first stage of cirrhosis, 
before contraction and induration have occurred, it is also useful. The 
nauseous saline taste of the sal-ammoniac is best covered by fluid ex- 
tract of taraxacum or extract of liquorice. The fluid extract of taraxacum 
is to be preferred as the vehicle in hepatic disorders, because this drug 
has reputed virtues in these cases. When there is deficiency of secre- 
tion of the intestinal juices, constipation, and a coated tongue^ with 
scanty and high-colored urine (so-called bilious state), sal-ammoniac is 
one of the remedies which may be used with success. That this drug 
has a selective action on the liver seems probable from the fact that it- 
increases the excretion of urea by the kidneys. 

To stimulate the action of the heart when it flags, the ammonia prep- 
arations have an undoubted effect ; hence in adynamic states they are 
frequently used.- When employed for this purpose, small doses frequently 
repeated (every half-hour or hour) are necessary, owing to the fact that 
ammonia is quickly eliminated. It is a most common practice to inhale 
ammonia to prevent that depression of the heart's action called faint- 
ing. It should not be forgotten that ammonia, incautiously inhaled, 
may give rise to inflammation of the fauces and glottis. The prepara- 
tions of ammonia (spirits, carbonate, water of) possess a high degree 
of utility when thrombosis is actually existent, but especially when 
threatened, as in the puerperal state, after free haemorrhage, when the 
circulation is languid from weak heart, a state of hyperinosis being 
present. It is perfectly safe and legitimate under these circumstances 
to practice the intra-venous injection of aqua ammonia, 3 j — 3 ij, diluted 
with an equal measure of water. This practice seems more particularly 
advisable when sudden thrombosis of a large venous trunk ensues — as, for 
example, in the pulmonary artery, after uterine haemorrhage. In sudden 
paralysis of the heart from chloroform narcosis, the bite of venomous 
*makes, etc., this practice has been resorted to, but hitherto, without 



AMMONIUM. 1C5 

any recognized success. As regards the intra-venous injection of am- 
monia as a remedy for the bite of venomous snakes, Brunton and 
Fayrer have shown that this practice is without avail. Ammonia is a 
physiological antagonist to hydrocyanic acid, and is used in poisoning 
by this agent ; it counterbalances the depression, and maintains the 
heart's action, until the effects of the poison are spent. 

Carbonate of ammonia is one of the remedies occasionally success- 
fid in the treatment of delirium tremens. It is indicated, and proves 
most serviceable, when there is present anaemia of the brain, and the 
heart's action is feeble. Half-ounce doses of solution of ammonia ace- 
tate are said to remove the effects of alcoholic intoxication. The vale- 
rianate of ammonia and the aromatic spirits of ammonia abort or 
prevent paroxysms of hysteria. Nervous headache and also migraine 
may sometimes be cured by the various preparations of ammonia; but 
of these the muriate is exceptionally serviceable. Indeed, Dr. Anstie 
affirms that this agent, if given early enough, seldom fails to cut short an 
attack of migraine. It should be administered in doses of from ten to 
twenty grains. In myalgia or muscular neuralgia, it is equally effective 
according to the same authority: I£. Ammonii muriat., f j; ext. cimi- 
cifugne, fl 3 ij ; syrup, simplicis, aquas laur. cerasi, aa | j. M. Sig. A 
teaspoonful three or four times a day. In other neuralgia? the muriate 
of ammonia is occasionally useful, but by no means so curative as in 
migraine and myalgia. 

The preparations of ammonia are classed with, the stimulant expec- 
torants. It is an interesting fact, in this connection, that they are elimi- 
nated largely by the lungs; and it is probable, indeed, that in thus 
escaping they stimulate secretion and liquefy the products of inflamma- 
tion. In bronchorrhoea and chronic bronchitis, muriate of ammonia 
renders important service. It is given in extemporaneous prescriptions 
with extract of liquorice, and may be combined with other stimulating 
expectorants when no incompatibility exists: I£. Ext. eucalypt., fl 3 j ; 
ammonia muriat., 3 ij ; ext. glycyrrhiza, 3ij ; syrup, tolu., 3 iij. M. Sig. 
A teaspoonful four or six times a day. When great depression exists 
in pneumonia, carbonate of ammonia is given with advantage. It 
should be remembered that to stimulate the heart merely, when an ob- 
stacle exists in the pulmonary circulation, is of doubtful utility. Am- 
monia is most useful to counteract the depression which occurs at the 
period of crisis in pneumonia. Given at this time, it favors the lique- 
faction and excretion of the products of inflammation. When there is 
much adynamia in these various pulmonary inflammations, the carbo- 
nate of ammonia is frequently prescribed in infusion of senega, a stimu- 
lating expectorant. 

Extraordinary success has been claimed for carbonate of ammonia in 
variola, scarlatina, rubeola, and erysipelas. A convenient mode of 
administration is to dissolve the carbonate in the solution of the ace- 



166 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

tate. The indications for the use of the carbonate are, feeble circula- 
tion, cyanosis, delirium. As these are self-limited diseases, the mild 
cases do quite as well without drugs. 

Carbonate and acetate of ammonia are much prescribed in continued 
fevers — the latter as a so-called febrifuge ; the former when decided 
adynamia ensues. In typhoid the diarrhoea may be increased by the 
solution of the acetate. As in typhus and typhoid the ammonia in the 
blood is increased above the normal, it has seemed to the author im- 
proper practice to administer ammonia as a remedy in these diseases, 
and his observations have convinced him that it has no good effects 
which cannot be better procured by other means. 

The muriate of ammonia is said to be an excellent emmenagogue in 
from ten to twenty grains. 

Local Uses of Ammonia.—- -Ammoniacal gas, cautiously inhaled, 
sometimes gives relief in acute catarrh, and in hay-asthma. Its good 
effects are limited, however, to that stadium of these maladies in which 
the morbid action is confined to the nasal passages, and the discharge 
is yet serous rather than purulent. The pain and smarting which attend 
the stings of insects are alleviated by the application of diluted aqua 
ammonias. The strong aqua ammonias should be at once applied to the 
bite of venomous serpents, and of rabid animals. 

Ammonia is frequently employed as a counter-irritant v& the form of 
the well-known volatile liniment. As a vesicant it is also used w 7 hen a 
prompt action is desired, but it is rather uncertain. 

A solution of sal-ammoniac in alcohol and water is an excellent dis- 
cutient application in inflammatory swellings: fy. Ammonii muriat., 
■ 3 ij ; spts. vini rectif., aquas, aa § ij. M. *Sig. Lotion. Cloths moist- 
ened with the solution can be frequently applied, and the cases in 
which it is applicable are the following : Orchitis, inflamed joints, 
sprains, and local and external inflammations generally. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. On Muriate of Ammonia as a Remedy for some Nervous Disor- 
ders, The Practitioner, vol. i., p. 356. Ibid., vol. xi., p. 318. 

Ibid. Neuralgia and its Counterfeits, pp. 190, 232. 

Bellini, Dr. Ranieri. The Action of Ammonia and its Preparations. British 
Medical Journal, 1874, p. 415. 

Brunton and Fayer, Drs. Proceedings of the Royal Society, No. 149, 1874, p. 132. 

Koehler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der physiologische TherapeutiJc und Materia 
Medica, erste Halfte, Gottingen, 1875, p. 229, Ammonii preparata. 

Lange, Dr. Archiv fur experimenielle Patholagie und Pharmakologie, 1874, p. 225. 
{The action of ammonia on the human organism.) 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 540. 

Stevenson, Dr. Thomas. Gufs Hospital Reports, Series III., vol. xvii., p. 225. (Poii 
soniwg by liquor ammonia;.) 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, Philadelphia edition, p. 299. 



VEGETABLE ACIDS. 167 

VEGETABLE ACIDS. 

Acidum Aceticum. — Acetic acid. Liquid; specific gravity 1.047. 
Colorless, having a pungent and characteristic odor. Of this acid one 
hundred grains neutralize sixty grains of bicarbonate of potassium. 

Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. — Dilute acetic acid. One part of the 
acid to seven parts of water. 

Acetum. — Vinegar. Impure dilute acetic acid, prepared by fer- 
mentation. 

Acidum Citrlcum. — Citric acid. In colorless crystals, freely soluble 
in water and soluble in alcohol. One hundred grains of citric acid 
neutralize one hundred and fifty grains of carbonate of potassium. 

Acidum Tartaricum, — Tartaric acid. In colorless crystals, wholly 
or almost wholly dissipated by heat, and readily soluble in water. One 
hundred grains of tartaric acid saturate one hundred and thirty -three 
and a half grains of bicarbonate of potassium. 

ANTAGONISTS and Incompatibles. — The alkalies are the chemical 
antagonists ; yet, from the physiological point of view, the ultimate 
results of their action place them in the same division of remedial 
agents. Therapeutically, the acids are antagonized by those agents 
which promote constructive metamorphosis. 

Synergists. — The alkalies and agents promoting waste favor the 
therapeutical actions of the vegetable acids. 

Physiological Actions. — The vegetable acids, undiluted, have a 
sharp, pungent, and rather acrid taste ; but, when considerably diluted, 
they are rather agreeable and refreshing. They have the property to 
diminish the sense of thirst, to abate heat and the restlessness of fever. 
In large quantity, they possess considerable caustic power, producing 
gastro-enteritis and the systemic symptoms belonging thereto. These 
systemic symptoms, especially the slowing of the heart, have been in- 
correctly, the author thinks, attributed to a special power of these 

nts to affect the action of the heart. 

There can be no doubt that these acids obey the chemical laws of 
combination, and unite with alkalies to form salts, in which form they 
enter the blood. The most important question connected with the 
physiological action of these agents is, the disposition of them in the 
blood. The most recent and elaborate examination of this point is the 
" Memoir" of Friedrich Walter. This research appears to have deter- 
mined that these acids do not have the power to neutralize the alkalinity 
of the blood, as has heretofore been supposed. That they are in part 
destroyed in the organism by the ozonizing action of the blood, seems 
undoubted. Carbonic acid is one of the products, and the presence of 
this, we may assume, accounts for the increased acidity of the blood and 
of the urine, which follows the administration of these agents. 

They are eliminated by the intestinal canal, and chiefly by the kid- 



168 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

neys. They increase secretion from the intestinal mucous membrane, 
and are apt to produce tormina, flatulence, and diarrhoea. It is probable 
that these intestinal effects are in part due to the fact that the salts, 
formed by combination of the acids in the canal, escape absorption and 
act locally as they descend. 

These acids, or the salts formed by their combination, have a decided 
power to promote diuresis. In this result all of the urinary constituents 
are included ; but it is chiefly the water which is increased. To these 
general statements some exceptions must be made. Thus, citric and 
acetic acids are entirely destroyed in their passage through the organism ; 
benzoic acid is converted into hippuric ; and tartaric, citric, and malic, 
are converted into carbonic after combination with alkali only. Further- 
more, benzoic acid does not increase any of the urinary constituents. 

Ultimately, wasting and emaciation, a watery condition of the blood, 
a scorbutic state, indeed (Bence Jones), are the results of the action of 
these agents. 

Therapy. — Acetic acid applied to the skin has some superficial 
caustic property. This is made use of to cure small warts and vegeta- 
tions of the skin. It is applied with a pine stick. Parasitic affec- 
tions of the skin are similarly treated, as, for example, pityriasis. 

Internally the acids, chiefly citric, in the form of lemonade, are used 
as a refreshing drink in fevers. They allay restlessness by relieving 
thirst, and they also act upon the skin and kidneys. Lime-juice is the 
most important antiscorbutic, and constitutes part of the equipment of 
every vessel on long voyages. It should not be forgotten that the use 
of lemon-juice may cause precipitation of uric acid, and thus favor the 
formation of calculi, as has been pointed out by Bence Jones. 

Lemon-juice was at one time the fashion in the treatment of acute 
rheumatism, / but more efficient remedies have taken its place. 

Acids are serviceable in various disorders of the digestive tract ; 
given before meals, they check the formation of acid, and thus relieve 
acidity. An acid and dry wine — as, for example, a Rhenish wine — may 
sometimes serve a useful purpose. The juice of a lemon may be taken 
before meals with the same object. But it is true that the mineral 
acids are to be preferred for this purpose. Very injurious effects are 
produced by the long-continued use of lemon-juice in such cases. It is 
sometimes taken by young ladies to keep down the formation of fat ; 
but it accomplishes this object by impairing digestion. 

Authorities referred to : 

Jones, Dr. H. Bence. Lectures on Materia Medica. The Medical Times and Gazette, 
October, 1854, p. 408. 

Parkes, Dr. E. A. On the Urine, 1860, p. 146. 

Walter, Friedrich. Unter suchung en uher die Wirkung der Siiuren auf den thieris- 
chen Organismus. Archivf. exper. Pathol, u. Phar., 1877, p. 148. 



SULPHUROUS ACID. 1G9 

SULPHUROUS ACID AND THE SULPHITES. 

Acidum Sulphurosum. — Sulphurous acid. A colorless liquid hav- 
ing the odor of burning sulphur, and a sulphurous, sour, and somewhat 
astringent taste. Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

JSodii ILjposulpJiis. — Hyposulphite of sodium. In large, colorless, 
transparent crystals, having a bitter, slightly alkaline, and sulphurous 
taste. It is soluble in one and a half part of water at G0°, and insolu- 
ble in alcohol. Dose, grs. v — 3}. 

Sodli Sulphis. — Sulphite of sodium. In white, efflorescent pris- 
matic crystals, soluble in four parts of cold, and in less than one part 
of boilino* water. It has a sulphurous taste, and a feeble alkaline reac- 
tion. Dose, grs. v — 3]. 

Potas8%i Sulphis. — Sulphite of potassium. In white, opaque frag- 
ments or powder, very soluble in water. It has a saline and sulphurous 
taste. Dose, grs. iij — grs. x. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The mineral acids — including 
sulphuric — decompose the sulphites and hyposulphites. All oxidizing 
substances are incompatible. These preparations have a great affinity 
for oxygen, and the sulphites readily become sulphates. 

Synergists. — All remedial agents which arrest fermentative pro- 
cesses promote the therapeutical activity of sulphurous acid and the 
sulphites. 

Physiological Actions. — Sulphurous acid is a disinfectant and de- 
odorizer. It attacks organic matter with energy, by virtue of its affinity 
for oxygen. It is very destructive to the lower forms of life, bacteria, 
fungi, etc. Sulphurous-acid gas inspired produces great irritation of 
the glottis, and an intensely suffocative feeling. In sufficient quantity 
it produces violent inflammation of the air-passages. As by combina- 
tion with oxygen sulphuric acid is formed, the destructive effect as- 
cribed to sulphurous acid is in reality chiefly due to sulphuric. 

The sulphites exposed to the air rapidly absorb oxj^gen, and pass to 
the state of sulphates. The hyposulphites are more constant than the 
sulphites. In the stomach, by the acid of the gastric juice, these salts 
are in part decomposed and sulphurous acid is given off; in part they 
are converted into sulphates. They are undoubtedly absorbed as sul- 
phates, and are eliminated partly by the intestinal canal, but chiefly by 
the kidneys, as sulphates. The author demonstrated these facts, soon 
after the publications of Dr. Polli led to an enthusiastic administration 
of these remedies in the zymotic diseases. 

Therapy. — Dilute sulphurous acid is one of the numerous local ap- 
plications considered efficacious in mercurial stomatitis, opJithce, mu- 
cous patches, ulcers of the tonsils, and in diphtheria. In all of these 
affections the diluted acid may be applied directly to the diseased sur- 
face by a mop, a sponge-probang, or in the form of spray. A more 



170 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

easily-managed application is a solution of the sulphite of soda ( 3 j — 
§ j ) in water. Sulphurous-acid spray is a good local application in 
syphilitic and tuberculous laryngitis. Cases of chronic bronchitis, with 
profuse expectoration of a fetid character (bronchorrhcea), are some- 
times improved by inhalations of sulphurous-acid gas, or of the acid in 
the form of spray. Notwithstanding the confident assertions of Dewar, 
there is no reason to suppose that sulphurous-acid-gas inhalations can 
modify in any way the progress of phthisis. 

In certain kinds of vomiting of a yeast-like material, especially when 
sarcina are present in the vomited matters, the sulphites are often cura- 
tive. Vomiting of acid matters, pyrosis, and indigestion, due to acid 
fermentation of the starchy and saccharine elements of the food, are 
relieved by sulphurous acid ( m. v — 3 j, well diluted), or, but less effi- 
ciently, by sulphite of soda (3j— 3 j). The result in these cases is, no 
doubt, due to the power which sulphurous acid has of arresting fermen- 
tation processes. 

After the publications of Dr. Polli, of Milan, extravagant expecta- 
tions were entertained of the curative power of. the sulphites in the 
zymotic diseases generally, and in all the various forms of septic dis- 
eases. Unfortunately, these expectations have not been realized, and 
the sulphites are no longer employed with this view in any of these 
disorders ; and, as Braun and Bernatzik have shown, they are not 
only nauseous in taste but they produce more or less irritation of the 
intestinal canal, and do not in any case modify the course of the dis- 
ease. 

Externally applied, sulphurous acid and the hyposulphites and sul- 
phites are in some maladies extremely serviceable. 

As a disinfectant and. deodorizer sulphurous acid is at the same 
time efficient, easily managed, and economical. Sulphurous acid is the 
product of the combustion of sulphur in the open air ; hence, to disin- 
fect rooms, it is necessary only to close all egress and fill them with the 
fumes of burning sulphur. It is to be remembered that sulphurous acid 
is injurious to many fabrics : the sulphites are colorless and soluble. 

Sulphurous acid is an efficient application to chilblains : 1} . Acid, 
sulphurosi, 3 iij ; glycerini, 3j; aquae, 3j. M. In parasitic skin-dis- 
eases, the sulphites, hyposulphites, and sulphurous acid, are used to 
destroy the parasites. The following formula is employed by Startin 
in these affections : IjL Sodii hyposulphitis, | iij ; acid, sulphurosi dil., 
§ ss ; aquae q. s. ad § xvi. Fox recommends the following formula in 
tinea versicolor and in pruritus vulvce : 1} . Sodii hyposulphitis, 3 iv ; 
glycerini, 3 ij ; aquae destil. ad § vi. 

Sulphurous acid is an excellent application to ill-continued, slough- 
ing, or gangrenous wounds. It was found to be very successful in 
these cases, at the English hospital at Metz, during the Franco-Ger- 
man War 



SULPHUR ETS. 171 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartiiolow, Dr. Roberts. The Lancet and Observer, Cincinnati, 1805. 

Braun and Bernatzik, Profs. Wiener medizin. Wochenschrifty Nos. 94-99, 18G9. 

Bird, Dr. Robert. The Practitioner, vol. ii., p. 247. 

: uvsdale, Dr. Charles R. The Lancet, July 24, 18G9. 

Dewar, Dr. James. On the Application of Sulphurous-Acid Gas to the Prevention, 
Limitation, and Cure of Contagious Diseases, Edinburgh, 1SGG. 

Fergus, Mr. The Lancet, November 26, 1860. 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. Skin Diseases, New York, 1873. 

Miller, Dr. Edinburgh MedicalJournal, September, 1869. 

Polli, Prof. Various Papers. Abstracts in Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten 
Midicin, etc. 

Purdon, Dr. H. S. British Medical Journal, May 9, 1868. 

Sulphides (Sulphurets). — Potassil Sulphuretum. Sulphide of po- 
tassium has a brownish-yellow color when freshly broken. It dissolves in 
water, with the exception of a slight residue, and forms an orange-yel- 
low solution, which exhales the odor of hydrosulphuric acid. Dose, gr. 

j— g r - ▼• 

Calcii Sulphuretum. — Sulphide of calcium. Unofficinal. A greenish- 
gray paste, having a strong odor of sulphuretted hydrogen. Dose, gr. j 
— gr. v. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Solutions of the sulphides are 
decomposed by the mineral acids, sulphuretted hydrogen being liber- 
ated and sulphur precipitated. Solutions of the metals, generally, are 
also incompatible with the sulphides of potassium and calcium, for, in 
the decomposition which ensues, the metals are precipitated in the form 
of insoluble sulphides. Hence it is that these preparations have been 
proposed as antidotes to the metallic poisons. Chlorine-water, chlo- 
rides of sodium and potassium, sulphate of iron, etc., are chemical anti- 
dotes. 

Synergists. — All agents promoting waste are, therapeutically con- 
sidered, synergistic. Alkalies favor their action, both chemically and 
physiologically. 

Physiological Actions. — These preparations have a decidedly nau- 
seous taste and smell, and are somewhat irritant. In the stomach they 
excite a sense of heat, and in sufficient quantity cause gastro-enteritis, 
with all the attendant symptoms belonging to irrritant poisons. Dis- 
agreeable eructations of sulphuretted hydrogen take place when they 
are administered medicinally, owing to the reactions in the presence of 
an acid alluded to above. They increase secretion from the gastroin- 
testinal canal, and are laxative. The fetor of the stools is increased by 
their use, a result not altogether due to the evolved sulphuretted hydro- 
gen, but to the increased action of those intestinal glands concerned in 
elimination. As the sulphides pass easily to the state of sulphates by 
the action of oxygen, it may be assumed that a part of their physio- 
logical effects is produced by the latter salts. They, however, un- 



172 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

doubtedly exercise a toxic action on the blood, impairing the red blood- 
globules, and increasing the amount of effete material. Emaciation 
muscular weakness, and trembling, and a feeble circulation, are results 
of their use in large amount, or for lengthened periods. It is true that 
some acceleration of the pulse-rate and increase of secretion of the 
mucous surfaces follow their medicinal administration for a short period 
and in moderate doses ; but the prolonged inhalation of sulphuretted 
hydrogen, or the prolonged internal use of the sulphides, causes great 
anaemia, wasting, and debility. 

Thepapy. — Although the sulphides are indicated as remedies when 
the secretions of the intestinal glandular appendages are deficient, they 
are too disagreeable to be prescribed under ordinarj- circumstances. 
The water of the well-known Blue Lick Spring, of Kentucky, which is 
almost identical in composition With the famous Harrogate, of England, 
may be substituted for the sulphides in many of the cases in which the 
latter are useful. 

The Blue Lick water, like the Harrogate, is useful in abdominal 
plethora. A pint taken before breakfast is an efficient laxative, which 
is indicated in cases of habitual constipation from deficient secretion of 
the intestinal juices. Four ounces taken before each meal is an excel- 
lent remedy for obesity. Engorgement of the pelvic viscera in women, 
haemorrhoids in both sexes, when due to torpor of the portal circula- 
tion, are relieved by the same agent. For these purposes the Blue 
Lick water may be taken for several weeks or even months, but its use 
should be discontinued when anaemia is threatened. In anaemic sub- 
jects, chalybeates and a generous diet should be conjointly adminis- 
tered. The author has observed excellent results from the prolonged 
use of this water in glandular affections, hepatic, splenic, uterine, and 
of the prostate. 

A succession of common boils, scrofulous and other abscesses, are, 
it is said, made to mature, and the expulsion of the pus is favored by 
the use of the sulphides. When abscesses are threatened, and before 
matter has formed, the sulphides, it is claimed, may cause them to abort. 
Small doses (gr. ss — gr. j) frequently repeated (every hour or two) are 
said to be most effective under these circumstances. 

External Uses oe tke Sulphides. — A solution of the sulphide of 
potassium ( 3 ss — f j) is an efficient application in scabies. An extem- 
poraneous sulphide may be made by boiling one part of quicklime and 
two parts of sublimed sulphur in ten parts of water. With this solu- 
tion the parts affected by scabies may be painted over, after preliminary 
cleansing with a warm bath. Sulphur-baths (solution of sulphide of 
potassium in water, as above mentioned) are very excellent applications 
in the chronic forms of psoriasis and eczema. The following formula 
is recommended by Fox in scabies and prurigo: ]$. Fotassii sulphureti, 
5 vi ; sapon. alb., lb i j ; ol. olivae, Oij ; ol. thymi, 3 ij. M. A milder 



SULPHUROUS WATERS. L73 

preparation is the following: IJ. Potassii sulphureti, ~ iij ; sapon. moll., 

| j, aquae calcis, 3 viij ; alcohol, 3 ij. M. Or the following: I£. Po- 
tassii sulphureti, 3 ss ; aquoe calcis, 3 xvj. M. For the relief of pityri- 
asis and parasitic slcin-dlseases. 

The sulphide of sodium (unofficinal) being more stable, is better 
suited for the preparation of sulphurous baths. An artificial sulphur- 
ous water, in imitation of the Bar'eges, is made as follows: 3. Sul- 
phidi sodii, soda?, sodii chloridi, aa §ij. M. Sig. A sufficient quan- 
tity for one bath. The Pomrnade de Bareges of the French is consti- 
tuted as follows: $. Sodii sulphureti, sodii carbonat., aa 3 ij ; axungia?, 
1 ijss. M. 

Sulphur-baths are frequently employed to favor the elimination of 
lead, in cases of saturnine disease. For this purpose, from three to five 
drachms of sulphide of potassium may be dissolved in sufficient water 
for a bath. A sulphide of lead is formed on the skin ; but that the 
sulphur-bath promotes the elimination of lead by the sweat-glands more 
than a simple warm bath, seems hardly credible. 

The disagreeable odor of the sulphides, in ointment or solution, may, 
it is said, be much modified by the addition of a little oil of aniseseed. 

Authorities referred to: 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. Skin Diseases : Their Description, Pathology, etc., second Amer- 
ican edition. 

Gi'blf.r, Dr. Adolpii. Commentaircs Titer apcutiqucs du Codex Medicamentarius, Paris, 
1868, p. 

Lewis, Louis. The Lancet, March 14, 1874, p. 393. 

Macpherson, Dr. John. The Baths and Wells of Europe London, 1873. 

Ringer, Dr. Sidney. A Handbook of Therapeutics, New York, 1872, p. 66. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, vol. ii., p. 
863, et scq. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

SULPHUROUS MINERAL WATERS. 
1. North America. 

French-Lick Springs. 

West-Baden Springs, Orange County, Indiana. 

Indian Springs, Martin County, Indiana. 

These waters contain carbonates of soda, potassa, magnesia, and 
lime, and chlorides of sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium, and 
sulphates of soda, magnesia, lime, and potassa. The gases are sul- 
phuretted h}-drogen and carbonic-acid gas. 

Upper Blue-Lick Springs, Nicholas County, Kentucky. 

Lower Blue-Lick Springs, Nicholas County, Kentucky. 

Big-Bone Springs, Boone County, Kentucky. 

Paroquet Springs, Bullitt County, Kentucky. 

These waters are remarkable for the quantity of sulphuretted hvdro- 



174 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

gen which they contain (from 1.02 cubic inch to 3.75). They are rich 
in the chloride of sodium (from 38.700 grains to the pint to 64.567 
grains). They contain also chlorides of potassium, sodium, magnesium 
and calcium, carbonates of soda, magnesia, iron, and lime, sulphates of 
soda, potassa, and magnesia, and appreciable quantities of iodides and 
bromides. 

Alpena Well, Alpena County, Michigan. 

This water contains the large quantity of 4.42 cubic inches of sul- 
phuretted hydrogen to the pint. The proportion of chloride of sodium 
is small (8.532 grains to the pint). The other ingredients are carbonates 
of soda, magnesia, iron, and lime, and sulphate of lime. 

Sharon Springs, Schoharie County, New York. 

Avon Springs, Livingston County, New York. 

Mild sulphuretted waters. The principal salt is sulphate of lime, 
which is found in the different springs, ranging from 11.687 grains to 
13.95 grains to the pint (Sharon). 

Yellow-Sulphur Springs, Montgomery County, Virginia. 

The most important constituents of these waters are sulphates of 
lime, magnesia, soda, potassa, and alumina, and carbonates of lime, mag- 
nesia, and iron. The gas is carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen. 

GreenMer WMte-Sulphnr Springs, Greenbrier County, Virginia. 

Salt-Sulphur Springs, Monroe County, West Virginia. 

Red-Sulphur Springs, Monroe County, West Virginia. 

These springs are nearly alike as respects the composition of their 
waters. They contain chlorides and sulphates, but their principal con- 
stituents are sulphate of lime, sulphate of soda, and sulphate of mag- 
nesia. The Greenbrier Spring and the Red-Sulphur Spring waters 
contain also a peculiar sulphur compound, in regard to the nature of 
which but little is known. 

. 2. European. 

Harrogate, Yorkshire, England. Season from May to September. 
These waters contain chlorides of calcium, magnesium, potassium, 
and sodium, carbonic-acid gas, and sulphuretted hydrogen. 

Llandrindod, Wales. 

Saline, chalybeate, and sulphur waters ; rich in chlorides, especially 
of sodium. 

Strathpeffer, Ross-shire, Scotland. 

This is a strong sulphuretted water, and contains sulphate of lime, 
carbonate of lime, sulphate of magnesia, and sulphate of soda. 

Moffatt, south of Scotland. 

The waters contain chloride of sodium (28.07), sulphate of soda, sul- 
phate of lime, and sulphuretted-hydrogen gas. 

Bareges, Hautes-Pyr6n6es. Altitude, 4,000'. Temperature, 86° to 
113° Fahr. Season from July to September. 



SULPHUROUS WATERS. 1 J ;, 

Waters contain sulphide of sodium, sulphate of soda, chloride of 
sodium, etc. 

These waters are used chiefly for bathing the patients, beginning 
with the colder and passing on to the hotter waters. These springs 
have a special celebrity for the treatment of old wounds, diseases of 
bones, and rheumatic and neuralgic affections. 

Cauterets, Hautes-P}Tenees. Altitude, 3,000', but sheltered. Sea- 
son, June to September. Temperature of baths, 98° to 131° Fahr. 

The composition of the waters is similar to that of those of Bareges, 
but it is more stimulating, and contains a good deal of iodine. It is 
especially advised in incipient tuberculosis, bronchial affections, and 
pelvic diseases of women. 

Eaux-Boimes, Basse-Pyr6nees, near Pau. Altitude, 2,000'. 

Waters sulphurous and saline, similar to but not so exciting as those 
of Bareges. This resort is celebrated chiefly for its effects in laryngeal 
diseases and clergyman's sore-throat. 

Challes, Savoy. 

This water, according to Macpherson, is one of the most remarkable 
in Europe, and " is the strongest sulphur-well known." It contains 
iodine and bromine, sulphide of sodium, bromide of sodium, etc. 

Aix-la-Chapelle, Rhenish Prussia. Altitude, 450'. Temperature of 
air during season, mean, 63° Fahr. Season from June to September. 

According to Liebig's analysis, these waters contain chloride of so- 
dium (20 grains), bromide, iodide, and sulphate of sodium, carbonate 
of soda (4.9 grains), sulphate of soda (2.1 grains), sulphate of potash 
(1.1 grain), and carbonates of lime, magnesia, strontia, lithia, etc. 
Used by drinking and bathing, and especially in cutaneous diseases, 
rheumatism, syphilis, hepatic disorders, etc. 

Eilsen, Lippe-Schomburg, Northern Germany. 

Neuildorf, Prussian Westphalia. 

These waters contain the sulphates of soda, magnesia, lime, and 
chlorides of calcium and magnesium. They are highly charged with 
carbonic-acid gas and sulphuretted hydrogen. They are useful in gouty 
and rheumatic affections, syphilis, skin-diseases, etc. 

Schintznacll, Switzerland. Altitude, 1,060'. 

This is a highly-sulphurous water, and is charged with carbonic-acid 
gas and sulphuretted hydrogen. It contains sulphate of soda (9.87 
grains), sulphates of potash and lime, chlorides of potassium and mag- 
nesium, and carbonates, etc. 

Weilbach, Nassau. Altitude, 420'. 

These waters contain bicarbonates of soda (3.123 grains), cf lithia, 
of baryta, and of strontia, chlorides of sodium and potassium, carbo- 
nates of lime and magnesia, etc. The gases are carbonic acid and 
sulphuretted hydrogen. 

Therapy of the Sulphur-Waters. — These waters, as a rule, are 



176 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

useful in liver-disorders; they diminish abdominal plethora, and con- 
gestion of the portal circulation. They are indicated in malarial affec- 
tions of the liver and spleen. Rheumatism and gout, tuberculosis in its 
incipiency, chronic poisoning by the metals, etc., are certainly benefited 
by the internal use, and by baths of sulphurous waters. Affections of 
the shin, syphilitic diseases, chronic rheumatic affections, etc., are 
especially forms of disease remediable by these waters, used internally 
aud in the form of baths. 

Authorities referred to : 

Braun, Dr. Julius. Systematisches Zehrbuch der Balneotherapie. 

Macpherson, Dr. John. Baths and Wells of Europe. 

Moorman, Dr. J. J. Mineral Springs of North America. 

Valentiner, Dr. Th. Handbuch der allgemeinen und speciellen Balneotherapie. 

Walton, Dr. Geo, E. Mineral Springs of the United States and Canada. 

IODINE AND ITS PREPARATIONS. 

Iodine. — lode, Fr. ; Tod, Ger. ; iodinium, Latin, U. S. P. 

Todinium.— Iodine. In bluish-black crystalline scales, having a me- 
tallic lustre ; very slightly soluble in water (1 in 7,000) ; soluble in al- 
cohol (1 in 12), in ether, in a solution of iodide of potassium, and in a 
solution of chloride of sodium. Dose, gr. ss — gr. j. 

Iodoformum. — Iodoform. In yellow crystals, having a saffron-odor. 
Insoluble in water, but soluble in ether, and the fixed and volatile oils. 
May be prescribed in a mixture, containing at least twenty times its 
weight of mucilage to render it properly miscible with water. Dose, 
gr. j— grs. v. 

Liquor lodinii Gompositus. — Compound solution of iodine. Iodine, 
360 grains; iodide of potassium, §jss; distilled water, Oj. Dose, m. 
v. — m. xx. 

Tinctura lodinii. — Tincture of iodine. Iodine, 3 j ; alcohol, Oj. 
Dose, m. j — m. v. 

Tinctura lodinii Composita. — Compound tincture of iodine. Iodine, 
3 ss ; iodide of potassium, § j ; alcohol, Oj. Dose, m. ij — m. x. 

Unguentum lodinii. — Ointment of iodine. Iodine, 3j; iodide of 
potassium, grs. iv; water, m. vj ; lard, § j. 

Unguentum lodinii Compositum. — Compound ointment of iodine. 
Iodine, grs. xv ; iodide of potassium, 3 ss ; water, m. xxx ; lard, § j. 

Ammonii Todidum. — Iodide of ammonium. A white, granular, very 
deliquescent salt, becoming yellowish-brown by exposure. Very soluble 
in water and in alcohol. Dose, grs. ij — grs. x. 

Potassii Todidum. — Iodide of potassium. In white or transparent 
crystals, wholly soluble in water (4 in 3), and in alcohol (1 in 6). Dose, 
grs. v— 3 j. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Iodine is incompatible with the 



IODINE AND IODIDES. i;; 

aeral acids, the metallic salts, the vegetable alkaloids, etc. The 
ohemical antidote is starch, or substances containing it, as Hour. These 
should be given freely diffused in water. It should be remembered that 
starch is the antidote to free iodine. As, however, the iodide of starch 
is not devoid of activity, in cases of poisoning by iodine, the contents 
of the stomach should be evacuated. It is obvious that the preparations 
of iodine, taken after a meal consisting of amylaceous materials, will 
have their activity impaired by the formation of the iodide of starch, 
the acid of the stomach freeing the iodine from its chemical association. 

Therapeutically, iodine and the iodides are antagonized by all those 
remedies which promote constructive metamorphosis, and by the vaso- 
motor tonics, quinine, digitalis, cold, etc. 

Synergists. — Alkalies, and other remedies which increase waste, 
favor the action of iodine and the iodides. Under some circumstances, 
mercurials are especially synergistic. 

Physiological Actions. — Iodine. — When brought into contact with 
albuminous substances, iodine combines with it and prevents putrefactive 
change. The vapor of iodine, like chlorine, but in a feebler degree, de- 
composes sulphuretted and phospburetted compounds. It is, therefore, 
justly ranked among the disinfectants. 

Applied to the skin or mucous membrane, iodine, according to the 
extent of the application, is irritant or caustic. It stains the skin yel- 
low, causes a sensation of warmth in small quantity, or of burning in 
larger quantity, and excites a superficial inflammation followed by des- 
quamation. In some subjects the application of iodine-paint causes ves- 
ication. Pure iodine, kept in contact with the tissues, produces a brown 
and dry eschar. The vapor of iodine is very irritant to the broncho-pul- 
monary mucous membrane, causing cough, spasm of the glottis, and in- 
creased flow of mucus. 

Iodine has a hot, pungent flavor, and excites a sensation of heat or 
burning in the stomach. In sufficient quantity, it acts as an irritant 
poison, inflames the mucous membrane of the stomach, and causes super- 
ficial eschars. The amount of iodine necessary to produce toxic symp- 
toms varies greatly, and the variation depends in part on constitutional 
peculiarities, but chiefly on the amount and quality of the food in the 
stomach. Whether applied to the surface of the skin or taken into the 
stomach, it quickly diffuses into the blood, and enters into combination 
with sodium or potassium, or with both. 

Iodides. — The iodides are among the most diffusible substances. 
They have a bitter, saline, and very disagreeable taste. In a few min- 
utes after being swallowed, the taste of iodide of potassium returns in 
the mouth, and, during a course of this salt, the saliva is constantly 
charged with it. In the stomach, in considerable doses, they produce 
first a cooling sensation, followed by warmth, and even burning. They 

pass into the blood with great rapidity. It is said that the base is 
13 



178 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

changed in the blood, and the iodides of ammonium and potassium be- 
come iodide of sodium. In the blood they probably undergo no further 
changes, and do net, so far as is known, modify the composition of that 
fluid. At the p jints of elimination from the free mucous surfaces (nasal, 
faucial, and bronchial mucous membrane), the chemical changes which 
ensue set free ozone, and the irritation there experienced is probably in 
part due to the iodine, separated from its combinations by the action of 
that agent (Buchheim). Elimination doubtless takes place by the bron- 
cho-pulmonary, faucial, and salivary glands, but chiefly by the kidneys. 
The diffusion of the iodides into and out of the blood takes place with 
such rapidity that in fifteen minutes they inay be detected in the saliva 
and in the urine. 

Diverse opinions have been expressed in regard to the influence of 
the iodides over the assimilative functions. By the syphilographers it 
is held that the iodides promote constructive metamorphosis, and that a 
gain in body-weight is a result of their use. This opinion is developed 
in this way : The subjects of syphilis in its constitutional form emaciate, 
and their forces are depressed ; but, when the iodides are given them, 
the virus is eliminated, and the organism at once reacts. In the physio- 
logical state the iodides increase waste and the elimination of the prod- 
ucts of waste, and emaciation with a general depression of the vital func- 
tions ensues, when they are administered for lengthened periods. 

Todism. — Iodine and the iodides, when given in large quantity, pro- 
duce a state termed iodism. The quantity which will set up this state 
of irritation in one subject will affect another but slightly, if at all ; in 
other words, the susceptibility to the iodine impression varies greatly in 
different individuals. Iodism is manifested by general malaise and rise 
of temperature, frontal headache, coryza, lachrymation, and sometimes 
inflammatory swelling of the eyelids, a bitter, saline taste in the mouth, 
soreness of the throat, hoarseness, and difficulty of swallowing — phe- 
nomena strikingly similar to summer catarrh. Indeed, patients who ex 
perience these sensations for the first time, suppose them to be an acute 
catarrh. Usually the symptoms of iodism subside, notwithstanding the 
dose which caused them may still be taken, or, as it may be expressed, 
a " tolerance " is established. The quantity which at one time may have 
caused violent iodism will not necessarily again do so, although a con- 
siderable interval may have elapsed. Indeed, it is sometimes difficult to 
induce iodism in those who have become habituated to the use of the 
iodides in considerable medicinal doses. 

An eruption of acne, especially on the face, shoulders, and thighs, is 
a very common result of the internal use of the iodides, and this is some- 
times held to be an evidence of iodism, but it appears frequently with- 
out any other symptom of this state. 

Wasting of the mammae and of the testes has never been observed 
by the author, although he has used the largest doses of the iodides, and 



IODINE AND IODIDES. 179 

for long periods. There is no doubt about their antaphrodisiac effects, 
and it has seemed to the author that permanent loss of sexual power has 
resulted from their long-continued use. 

When it is desirable to avoid iodism, large draughts of water should 
be taken during a course of the iodides. As Rosenthal has shown, large 
dilution of the salt hastens elimination, and thus prevents the more se- 
vere effects of iodism. 

Benedict has experimentally studied the effects of iodine and of 
iodide of potassium on the nervous system. His observations, made on 
frogs, demonstrated that these agents caused paralysis of the heart and 
of the respiration, but there are no facts indicating that on man they 
possess this power. It is true Schule had a case in which such symp- 
toms were induced by injecting the sac of a spina bifida with tincture 
of iodine, but the direct and reflex effects of the injection on the spinal 
cord may have had much to do with the result. The nervous symptoms 
which accompany iodism are apparently due solely to the increase in 
the pulse-rate, the elevation of temperature, and the irritation of the 
broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane. 

TnERArY. — A w T eak solution of the iodide of potassium (grs. j— grs. 
v — 3 j) is a useful application to the mouth in aphthae, mercurial sto- 
matitis, simple sore-throat, tonsillitis, etc. Hypertrophy of the tonsils 
can usually be cured by the injection of the tincture of iodine into their 
substance. To execute this little operation, an hypodermic syringe, 
with a sufficiently long needle, is necessary. 

The vomiting of pregnancy can sometimes be greatly relieved by 
drop-doses every hour or two, of the tincture of iodine. This, like all 
other remedies for this disorder, is very uncertain, and precise indica- 
tions for its use have not hitherto been ascertained. Catarrh of the 
duodenuih, catarrh of the biliary ducts, and the jaundice dependent 
thereon, are, after the acuter symptoms have subsided, cured by small 
and frequently-repeated doses of the iodide of ammonium (grs. j — iij in 
water every two, three, or four hours). This is also the best remedy for 
the first stage of cirrhosis. The efficacy of the iodide is increased by 
combination with arsenic: 1^,. Ammonii iodid., 3j; liq. potassii arse- 
nitis, 3 ss ; tinct. colombae, § ss ; aquas, § jss. M. Sig. A teaspoonful 
three times a day, before meals. 

The preparations of iodine and the iodides are, generally speaking, 
contraindicated in all inflammatory states of the intestinal canal; but in 
passive haemorrhage, and diarrhoea from atony of the mucous mem- 
brane, the tincture or compound solution of iodine in small doses — one 
or two drops — frequently repeated, renders important service (Schmidt). 

Large doses (grs. xv — 3 ss) of the iodide of potassium, three or four 
times a day, often afford remarkable relief in aneurism, and sometimes 
effect a cure. This mode of treatment is adapted to internal aneurisms 
so situated as to be beyond the reach of surgical means. The author 



180 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

has seen several instances in which great relief was experienced, and 
one case certainly in which a cure apparently resulted. He is, there- 
fore, able to confirm the observations of Chuckerbutty, Roberts, Balfour, 
and others. 

The iodides are unquestionably serviceable in acute catarrh. The 
action is local and substitutive. A grain of the iodide of ammonium 
every two hours has seemed to the author the best mode of applying 
the remedy. In summer catarrh or hay-asthma, the best results are 
obtained by the use of larger doses, and the efficacy of the iodides is in- 
creased by combination with arsenic. I£ . Potassii iodidi, 3 j ; liq. po- 
tassii arsenitis, 3 j ; aquae, % iv. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every four or 
six hours. With the internal use of the iodides may be combined the 
local use, to nares and fauces, of the following solution : tjL Tinct. iodinii, 
3j; acid carbol., gtts. x; aquae destil., § iv. M. Sig. Apply with a 
post-nasal syringe. Local applications will be effective, when the mor- 
bid action is confined to the nares and fauces. 

The iodide of potassium is one of the most effective remedies which 
we possess for spasmodic asthma. But it is not adapted to all cases 
arising under various conditions — a fact which explains the difference of 
opinion on the subject between Williams, Salter, and others. It is most 
beneficial when the asthmatic seizures are induced by an acute bronchial 
catarrh, the nervous symptoms being reflex; and when there occurs dur- 
ing an asthmatic attack profuse bronchial secretion. Salter, however, 
holds that we possess no exact indications for its use, and that cases the 
most diverse are sometimes benefited in a remarkable manner. As re- 
gards doseage, from fifteen to thirty grains every two, three, or four 
hours, according to the severity of the seizure, is usually the necessary 
quantity. 

Chronic bronchitis, with profuse secretion (bronchorrhcea), is fre- 
quently improved by the iodides, more especially the iodide of ammoni- 
um. The efficacy of this remedy is increased by the conjoined adminis- 
tration of arsenic. In capillary bronchitis, the. author has witnessed 
most astonishing relief by the rapid administration of iodide of ammo- 
nium in small doses. It may be combined with the carbonate, or with 
the stimulant expectorants. To prevent caseation of the inflammatory 
exudations of catarrhal and fibrinous pneumonia, no remedy is more 
efficient than the iodide of ammonium. To lessen the effect of this 
remedy on the tissue-changes, arsenic should be combined with it, and 
every means used to support the body nutrition. The iodide of potas- 
sium is one of the remedies resorted to in chronic pleurisy, to promote 
absorption of effusions. In these cases the chest is painted with the 
tincture, and the iodides are administered steadily for a considerable 
period. 

Affections of the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane, alluded to 
above, in which there is profuse exudation, all inflammatory symptoms 



IODIXE AND IODIDES. 181 

having subsided, arc advantageously treated by iodine inhalations. The 
method which the author has found most convenient is the following: 
A Bmallj wide-mouthed bottle, containing a moistened sponge, is placed 
in a vessel of hot water. The tincture of iodine (gtts. v — gtts. x) is 
dropped upon the sponge, and as the vapor of iodine rises, is inhaled 
with the vapor of water. This inhalation is serviceable in acute catarrh, 
hay-asthma and chronic hroncJiitis. The carbolate of iodine (tinct. 
iodinii, 3 ss; acid, carbol., 3 j) may be used instead of the simple tinct- 
ure of iodine. 

But few affections of the brain, non-specific in origin, are benefited 
bv the iodides. According to Niemeyer, the iodide of potassium given 
to iodism has in few instances cured basilar meningitis. The author, 
who has used it faithfully in various cases, has not been so successful. 
Trousseau et Pidoux express their disbelief in the reported cures of 
tubercular meningitis by this agent. 

No remedy is more efficient in the treatment of certain glandular 
enlargements of the thyroid, spleen, and lymphatic glands. Goitre is 
curable by the internal and external application of iodine, when it con- 
sists of simple hypertrophy of the gland-elements. Cystic and calcare- 
ous degeneration of the thyroid are unaffected by the use of iodine prep- 
arations never so vigorously used. One of the best remedies for true 
goitre, as will be seen hereafter, is the unguentum hydrarg. iodidi rubri. 
Enlarged spleen, when it consists merely of an hypertrophy of the organ 
(chronic splenitis), is cured by the internal use of the iodides conjoined 
with the local use of iodine-paint, or ointment of the red iodide of mer- 
cury. The enlargements of the spleen and liner, with functional de- 
rangement of these organs, which are caused by malarial disease, are 
most effectually removed by moderate doses, frequently repeated, of the 
iodide of ammonium. The author's experience justifies him in strongly 
uro-inor the combined use of iodide of ammonium and arsenic in chronic 
in <xb 1 rial poisoning. 

The prolonged administration of iodide of potassium has appeared 
in some instances to have retarded the changes which ensue in chronic 
Bright'' s disease (fibroid degeneration), and to have improved the con- 
dition of the patients. 

The utility of the iodides is most conspicuous in certain constitutional 
states. The expectations which were at first entertained of the cure of 
scrofula by iodine and its preparations have not been realized. The 
iodides are unquestionably useful in the scrofulous (so called) enlarge- 
ments of the lymphatic glands, but cod-liver oil and suitable hygienic 
means are more influential in improving the strumous diathesis. The 
preparations of iodine are effective only when simple hypertrophy of 
the lymphatic glands has taken place ; if they have undergone casea- 
tion, or have proceeded to suppuration, no medicine has any influence 
over them. 



182 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

The most important therapeutical applications of the preparations of 
iodine are in the treatment of constitutional syphilis. For the primary 
and secondary stage, mercury is generally admitted to be best; but for 
tertiary symptoms no remedy at all approaches the iodide of potassium. 
In the secondary affections of the skin, mercury, especially if it have not 
been given for the primary troubles, is to be preferred in trie papular, 
tubercular, squamous, and pustular syphilides ; iodide of potassium in 
the ulcerating, especially if the patient is cachectic. It may be stated 
in general that the preparations of iodine are indicated when the patient 
is under the mercurial cachexia. On the other hand, it is well known 
that sometimes even when the tertiary symptoms have not been relieved 
by a thorough course of iodides, mercury will quickly remove them. 
But this fact does not invalidate the rule that the iodides are specially 
serviceable for the tertiary period. 

No therapeutical fact is more conspicuous than the cure of syphiloma 
of the nervous system by iodides. Mental disorders, epileptiform seiz- 
ures, paralytic states, etc., dependent on gummata, nodes, etc., are 
usually removed in a manner little short of magical. Neuralgia of the 
fifth (tic-douloureux), the pain being nocturnal chiefly, or nocturnal 
vain in the head, is similarly promptly cured. In syphilitic affections 
of the brain, more imperatively than in the same affections of other or- 
gans, are large doses of the iodide of potassium required. The limita- 
tion of the dose depends entirely on the physiological susceptibility of 
the patient, and the influence exerted over the progress of the case. 
Hence the dose may vary from ten grains to a drachm every four tours, 
or three or four times a day. The symptoms of iodism — the use of the 
agent to saturation — should be induced ; for this effect is the only meas- 
ure of the therapeutical power of the remedy. The more promptly 
iodism can be induced, the better, tor the soft nervous tissue may be 
quickly and irreparably damaged by syphilitic deposits and new growths. 
Syphilitic paraplegia is equally amenable to the same means ; but, as 
above remarked, much depends on the promptness with which the iodide 
is used. 

The various neuralgice of syphilitic origin, occurring in any situa- 
tion, are usually very promptly cured b} r the iodide of potassium. The 
distinctive feature of syphilitic neuralgia is its nocturnal character ; but 
it is said that ordinary neuralgia, the pain of which is increased at night, 
is also relieved by full doses of the iodide. Oases non-syphilitic, thus 
improved or cured, are most probably dependent on saturnine, mercurial, 
or other mineral poison. 

There is no therapeutical fact more conclusively established than the 
power of iodide of potassium in large doses to arrest destructive syphi- 
litic ulcerations of the nares, palate, tonsils, and larynx. Not unfre- 
quently, as is well known, rapid destruction of these parts ensues, and 
hence it is extremely important to arrest it at the earliest moment. 



IODIXK AND IODIDES. 183 

From twenty grains to a drachm of the iodide, every four hours, may be 
needed for this purpose. Equally efficient is this treatment in the case 
of syphilitic deposits in the lungs simulating phthisis; but these syphi- 
litic deposits should not be confounded with the caseous and tubercular 
masses which may appear in the lung during the existence of a syphilitic 
cachexia. The former is amenable to the specific iodide-treatment; the 
latter, not. Syphilitic disease of the liver, spleen, kidneys, or other 
viscera, is to be treated by the iodides according to the principles al- 
ready laid down. 

Chronic rheumatism, when there are present thickening of the 
fibrous tissues, and inflammatory depositions about joints, tendons, peri- 
osteum, and nerve-trunks, is often very signally benefited by the iodides. 
The cases in which these remedies prove so serviceable are most proba- 
bly due to syphilitic, mercurial, saturnine, or other constitutional 
causes. There are, in our modern life, many ways in which these 
mineral poisons enter the organism, and it is probable that they are 
often undiscovered and even unsuspected causes of rheumatic symptoms. 
Lumbago, sciatica, and paraplegia, apparently of rheumatic origin, and 
curable by the iodides, may not unfrequently be caused by syphilis, 
mercury, copper, tin, or lead. 

The various accidents caused by the metals above named, especially 
the mercurial and saturnine, are removed by the use of the iodides, no- 
tably by the iodide of potassium. With regard to the dose necessary, 
what is true of syphilis is equally true of the mineral poisons : in order 
to remove them, the organism must be saturated by the remedy. From 
fifteen grains to a drachm, three or four times a day, should be given; 
but the measure of the quantity required is the effect produced. The 
iodides penetrate into every tissue, convert the deposited metal into 
soluble combinations, and cause them to be discharged by the various 
organs of excretion, chiefly by the kidneys. It has been repeatedly as- 
serted that salivation may be induced, and existing salivation increased, 
by the use of the iodides for the removal of mercurial salts from the or- 
ganism ; but the author has not witnessed any facts which support this 
statement. 

In slcln-dlseases of syphilitic origin there can be no question as to 
the utility of the iodides. But these remedies are more especially cura- 
tive in the tertiary affections, especially in destructive syphilitic ulcera- 
tions. Hebra insists, and with justice, that the preparations of iodine 
are only useful in lupus, whether syphilitic or scrofulous, and do not 
permanently improve other cutaneous diseases. Mr. Hutchison calls 
attention to the fact that the various skin-diseases classed as hydroa 
may be produced by the iodide of potassium. The author has certainly 
had one case illustrating this action of the iodide. 

Local Uses op the Preparations op Iodine. — The tincture of 
iodine is in universal use as a counter-irritant. It is applied by means 



184 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

of a camel's-hair brush to goitre, to enlarged glands, and to superficial 
inflammatory swellings before the formation of pus. Painted over the 
neck, it is a useful counter-irritant in acute affections of the pharynx 
and larynx, and to the chest to relieve the chest-pains which occur in 
phthisis. It is the most serviceable counter-irritant to promote absorp- 
tion of inflammatory products in catarrhal and fibrinous pneumonia 
after the acuter symptoms have subsided. The same application ap- 
pears to possess the power to promote the absorption of pleuritic effu- 
sion. It is a good plan in these affections to paint, on successive days, 
the tincture over the front, the lateral, and the posterior wall of the 
chest, so that one surface has time to recover from the irritation before 
it is again attacked. As the susceptibility to the action of the iodine 
varies in different subjects, it is always prudent to make a slight appli- 
cation in the beginning. If extreme burning follow the applications, 
the iodine may be dissolved off by a solution of iodide of potassium, by 
alcohol or ether. 

The tincture and the ointments of iodine are also used to remove the 
induration of the breasts which results from attacks of inflammation. 
It must be remembered that the integument in this situation is ex- 
tremely sensitive to irritating applications. Splenic and hepatic disor- 
ders of a chronic kind are frequently treated locally by the application 
of tincture and ointment of iodine. Enlarged spleen of malarial origin 
is more speedily cured by the application of the officinal red iodide-of- 
mercury ointment, and, as regards hepatic disorders, the only affection 
which has seemed to the author to be benefited by iodine applications 
is the engorgement due to malarial attacks. 

After the acute symptoms have subsided, tincture of iodine will re- 
move the swelling of orchitis. The scrotum, like the female breast, is 
very sensitive to the irritation of iodine-tincture and ointments. JBubo, 
like the enlarged lymphatic glands in other situations, may be treated 
by the application of iodine-tincture, but it is not very effective. 

Although Hebra does not approve of the internal use of iodine in 
cutaneous diseases, he advises the local application. He employs the 
tincture or glycerine solution in chloasma, lentigo, and lupus. The 
tincture of iodine is used to prevent the pitting of smallpox. Accord- 
ing to Piringer, it should be applied as follows : If on the first day of 
the eruption, the whole face, including the eyelids, is brushed over with 
the tincture of iodine ten times, there being an interval of a half-hour 
between each application ; if on the second day, twelve applications ; 
if on the third day, twelve to sixteen applications. The tincture of 
iodine is sometimes painted over the affected surface in erysipelas, and 
over the surrounding healthy integument, to prevent the spread of the 
disease, but, according to the author's experience, it is a bad practice. 

Iodoform may be substituted for iodine in the form of ointment 
(3j — 3j — |j). This may be used locally, rubbed in, as the iodine- 



IODINE AXD IODIDES. 185 

ointments are, for the relief of local inflammatory swellings, enlarged 
lymphatic glands, goitre, etc. The strong, diffusive, and peculiar odor 

of iodoform is an objection to its use in this way. Iodoform powdered 
and dusted over the diseased surface is an excellent application to 
Houghing and ill-continued wounds, irritable ulcers, rodent ulcer, chan- 
croid, slough iinj phagedena, and serpiginous syphilitic ulcers. It allays 
pain, changes the morbid action, and is antiseptic. Syphilitic ulcers of 
the tonsils, pharynx, and tongue, are most effectually treated by local 
and direct application of powdered iodoform. In these cases the powder 
may be blown on to the surface of the ulcer by an insufflator or insuffla- 
tion-tube. Fissures of the anus, hcemorrhoids, and ulcers of the rec- 
tum, are improved in condition, and the pain which attends them re- 
lieved by application of the ointment of iodoform and by iodoform sup- 
positories. The latter are also of undoubted service in chronic metritis 
and hypertrophy of the prostate when introduced into the rectum; the 
iodoform diffuses into the neighboring organs, and acts directly upon 
them. The pain of cancer may be somewhat relieved, and the fetid 

r which attends the discharges may be removed, by the application 
of iodoform to the diseased surface. This treatment may be applied to 
cancer in any situation, but is especially applicable to cancer of the 
uterus and rectum. 

The parenchymatous injection of tincture of iodine is a remedial 
means of great importance. The method of employing it is exceed- 
ingly simple. An ordinary hypodermic syringe (glass or hard rubber) 
is charged with five to fifteen minims or more of the tincture, and the 
needle is thrust deeply into the affected tissue, and the iodine is sloAvly 
discharged. For injection into parts very deeply situated, long needles, 
such as are made for aspiration, can be used. This method of treat- 
ment is very effective in hypertrophied tonsils, goitre, glandular 
tumors, and the compound cystic and glandular growths so frequently 
found in the neck. The author has witnessed the cure of many 

es of this kind by the parenchymatous injection of tincture of 
iodine. Some precautions must be attended to in practising these in- 
jections. When the point of the needle is inserted as deeply as desired, 
it should be moved about to disengage it from any vessels into which 
it may have penetrated. The injection should be practised slowly, to 
give time for the tincture to diffuse into the substance of the tumor. It 
need hardly be remarked that the superficial vessels of the neck should 
be avoided in inserting the needle. 

When hydrothorax returns after evacuation of the cavity bj 7 the 
trocar, the compound solution of iodine ( 3 ss) or the tincture ( 3 j) may 
be injected into the pleural sac. In empyema, the undiluted tincture 
of iodine may be thrown in without risk, and with great benefit. Ordi- 
narily, a solution of the following strength may be used to wash out the 
cavity in cases of empyema : I£. Liq. iodinii comp., 3 j-; aquas, 3 xv. M. 



186 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Hydatids of the liver may easily be destroyed by injecting into 
them a few drops of tincture of iodine. It has, however, been shown 
that simple capillary puncture and withdrawal of the fluid suffice to 
arrest the growth and to abort these parasites. Injection of tincture 
of iodine is one of the means resorted to to cure hydrocele. 

It is said that hypertrophied prostate may be diminished and further 
enlargement prevented by parenchymatous injection of iodine. In the 
performance of this operation a Sims or bivalve rectal speculum is in- 
serted, and the needle of the syringe is passed through the walls of the 
rectum into the gland. Careful palpation previous to the insertion of 
the needle will enable the operator to avoid important vessels. 

Unilocular ovarian cysts may sometimes be cured by injecting into 
them, after the withdrawal of the fluid, ten to sixteen ounces of tincture 
of iodine. No other form of ovarian cyst will, however, be affected 
favorably by this expedient. 

Large abscesses may be made to close much more speedily than they 
would otherwise, and septic infection be prevented, by the injection of 
iodine tincture after the evacuation of the matter. 

Numerous cases of spina bifida have been cured by the injection 
into the sac of tincture of iodine ( 3 ss) or a solution of iodine (gr. ss) 
and iodide of potassium (gr. v) in water ( 3 j). 

Jodo- Tannin. — This is an excellent application for local diseases. 
Tannin may be dissolved to saturation in tincture of iodine, or an aque- 
ous solution may be prepared as follows : Jji. Iodinii, 3 j ; acid, tannici, 
§ j ; aquae, Oj. After filtration to be evaporated to § iv. 

The author has found a saturated solution of tannin in tincture of 
iodine a most efficient application in all those cases of uterine disease 
in which the tincture of iodine and iodized cotton and iodized glycerine 
are now so much used. It is serviceable in chronic cervicitis, chronic 
endo-metritis, sub-involution and hypertrophy of the uterus. The au- 
thor has also found that the following combination is a capital applica- 
tion in leucorrhoea and the above-named uterine affections : I£. lodo- 
formi, 3 j ; acid, tannici, f j. M. Sig. A sufficient quantity to be packed 
in the dry state around the cervix. 

The iodide of starch is used by Mr. Marshall as a dressing for syphi- 
litic ulcers, and he speaks highly of its efficacy. 

A decolorized tincture of iodine for external use may be prepared 
as follows : iodine, hyposulphite of sodium, distilled w r ater, of each ten 
parts. Dissolve with a moderate heat, and add sixteen parts of spirits 
ammonia, and, after a few minutes' agitation, add seventy-five parts of 
alcohol. The solution must stand in .a cool place for three days, and 
then be filtered (Waldenburg und Simon). 

An extemporaneous iodo-tannin may be prepared according to the 
formula of Sigmund : I£. Tinct. iodinii, tinct. gallse, aa § ss. M. The 
strength of this may be increased by the addition of iodine 3ij. 



MERCURY. 187 

Authorities referred to: 

Bellini, of Florence, and Reinzi, of Naples. Controversy on the Action of Iodine, re- 
ported in Union Medicate, Xo. 20, p. 481. 

Bknedict, Dr. Moriz. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher der gesammten Mcdicin, vol. cxv., p. 284. 

Bixz, Prof. Dr. C. Archiv fur pathologische Anatomie und Phys., Virchow's, Berlin, 
1874, p. 124. 

Fraxkel, Dr. B. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, ix., G, 1872. 

Gubler, Dr. A. Coinmentaircs The rape utiques du, Codex Med., pp. 412, 527. 

Hebra, Prof. Von. Allg. Wien. med. Zeitg., vii., 3, 1862. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. 
cxvii., p. 26. 

Hermann, Dr. Jos. Die JSlchtexistenz des constitutionellen Iodismus, Schmidt's Jahr- 
biicher, vol. cxii., p. 19. 

Hutchison, Mr. Jonathan. Lancet, May 22, 1875, p. 725. 

Izard, Dr. A. A. Nouveau Traite de la Malad. Ven. et des Syph. Ulccreuses par 
VIodoforme, Pari?, 1871. 

Kammerer, Prof. Dr. Hermann. Archiv fur path. Anat. und Phys., von Rudolph 
Virchow, 1874, p. 459. The article of Binz, above referred to, was instigated by this 
paper. 

Rabuteau, Dr. Gazette de Paris, 14, 1869. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. cxliv., p. 28. 
Ibid., vol. cxlv., p. 272. 

Rosenthal, Prof. Dr. Zur Kenntniss der Resorption und Absorption der Iodpraparate, 
Wien. med. Woch., xiii., 1863. 

Schmidt, Dr. J. B. B*rl. Jclin. Wochen., vii., 34, 1870. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therap. et de Mat. Med., vol. ii., huitiome Edition. 

Waldenburg und Simon. Handbach der allg. und spec. Arzneiverordnungs-Lehre, 
Berlin, 1873, pp. 397, 666. 

MERCURY AND ITS PREPARATIONS. 

Hydrargyrum. — Mercury. Mercure, Fr. ; QuecTcsilbe?; Ger. A sil- 
ver-white metal, liquid at common temperatures, and having the specific 
gravity 13.5. It is wholly volatilized by heat, and is dissolved without 
residue by nitric acid. 

Preparations. — Emplastrum Ammoniaci cum Hydrargyro. — Plas- 
ter of ammoniac with mercury. Composition: Ammoniac, 12 ounces; 
mercury, 3 ounces ; olive-oil, 60 grains ; sublimated sulphur, 8 grains. 

Emplastrum Hydrargyri. — Mercurial plaster. Composition : Mer- 
cury, 6 ounces ; olive-oil and resin, of each, 2 troy-ounces ; lead-plaster, 
12 troy-ounces. 

Hydrargyrum cum Greta. — Mercury with chalk. Composition: 
Mercury, 3 troy-ounces ; prepared chalk, 5 troy-ounces. " A gray pow- 
der partly dissipated by heat. When a small portion is treated with di- 
lute acetic acid in excess, it is partly dissolved, nothing remaining but 
mercury in the form of minute globules, visible by the aid of a magnify- 
ing-glass." Dose, gr. ss — gr. x. Eight grains contain three grains of 
mercury. 

JPUuIcb Hydrargyri. — Pills of mercury. Blue mass. Composition : 
Mercury, confection of rose and liquorice-root powdered. Each three 
grains contains one grain of metallic mercury. Dose, gr. ss — gr. xv. 



188 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri. — Mercurial ointment. Composition : Mer- 
cury, lard, and suet. 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. — Yellow oxide of mercury. "An 
orange-yellow powder, which, on being heated, assumes a red color ; 
then, if the heat be increased, it evolves oxygen, and finally the mercury 
evaporates without residue." 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. — Ointment of yellow oxide of 
mercury. Composition : Yellow oxide, 60 grains ; ointment, 420 grains. 

Hydrargyri Oxidum JRuhrum. — Red oxide of mercury. Red pre- 
cipitate. " An orange-red powder, entirely soluble in muriatic acid. 
When heated it does not emit reddish fumes, but gives off oxygen, 
while the mercury either runs into globules, or is wholly dissipated." 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Rubri. — Ointment of red oxide of 
mercury. Composition: Red oxide, 60 grains; ointment, 420 grains. 

Hydrargyri Sulphas Flava. — Yellow sulphate of mercury. Tur- 
peth mineral. " A lemon-yellow powder, sparingly soluble in water. 
It is entirely dissipated by heat, sulphurous acid being evolved, and 
globules of mercury sublimed. Dose, grs. ij — grs. v, as an emetic. 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. — Corrosive chloride of mer- 
cury. Corrosive sublimate. " In colorless crystals or crystalline masses, 
which are fusible, and sublime without residue. It is entirely soluble 
in water (1 in 15), alcohol (1 in 7), and ether. Lime-water causes a 
yellowish precipitate, and ammonia a white one, from its solution." 
Dose, gr. 3V— gr. T V 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. — Mild chloride of mercury. Calomel. 
" A white powder, wholly volatilized by heat, and insoluble in water, 
alcohol, and ether. With solution of potassa it yields a black precipi- 
tate of oxide of mercury,' which is reduced by heat to the metallic state. 
Distilled water, after having been boiled with it, yields no precipitate 
with ammonia or nitrate of silver." Dose, gr. -^ — grs. x. 

JPilulm Antimonii Compositce. — Compound pills of antimony. 
Plummer's pills. Composition : Sulphurated antimony, calomel, and 
guaiac. Each pill contains one-half grain each of antimony and calomel, 
and one grain of guaiac. 

Hydrargyri Cyanidum. — Cyanide of mercury. " In white prismat- 
ic crystals, wholly soluble in water. When muriatic acid is added to 
the solution, hydroc} 7 anic acid is evolved, made evident by its odor, and 
bichloride of mercury is left, which is entirely volatilized by heat. Dose, 

g r - iro— g r - h 

Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. — Ammoniated mercury. White pre- 
cipitate. "In white powder or pulverulent masses, decomposed and 
entirely dissipated by a strong heat, insoluble in water and alcohol, but 
dissolved without effervescence by muriatic acid." 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammoniati. — Ointment of ammoniated 
mercury. Composition: Ammoniated mercury, 3j; ointment, a troy- 
ounce. 



MERCURY. 189 

Hydrargyrum Iodidum Virlde. — Green iodide of mercury. "A 
greenish-yellow powder, which becomes red when heated. It is insolu- 
ble in water and alcohol." Dose, gr. -J — gr. j. 

Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum. — Red iodide of mercury. "A red 
powder, which becomes yellow when heated, and red again when cold. 
It is wholly volatilized by heat, condensing in scales, which are at first 
yellow, but afterward become red. It is insoluble in water, but is dis- 
solved by boiling alcohol, and by solutions of iodide of potassium and 
chloride of sodium." Dose, gr. -fa — gr. -jL 

TTnguentum Hydrargyri Iodldi Mubri. — Ointment of red iodide of 
mercury. Composition : Red iodide, 16 grains ; ointment, a troy-ounce. 

Hydrargyri Sulpluiretum Hubrum. — Red sulphuret of mercury. 
Cinnabar. "In brilliant crystalline masses, of a deep-red color and 
fibrous texture. It is entirely volatilized by heat. When heated with 
potassa, it yields globules of mercury. It is not soluble in either nitric 
or muriatic acid, but is dissolved by a mixture of the two. Acetic acid 
which has been digested with it does not yield a precipitate with iodide 
of potassium." 

Liquor Hydrargyri Nitratis. — Solution of nitrate of mercury. Mer- 
cury dissolved in nitric acid. Acid nitrate of mercury. " A transpar- 
ent, nearly colorless, acid liquid, having the specific gravity 2.165. It 
is not precipitated by the addition of distilled water; and the diluted 
solution affords, with potassa, a dirty-yellow precipitate, and with iodide 
of potassium a bright-red one, soluble in an excess of the precipitant. 
When dropped on a bright surface of copper, the diluted solution in- 
stantly deposits a coating of mercury." 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. — Ointment of nitrate of mercury. 
Citrine ointment. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis Hubrum. — Brown citrine oint- 
ment. Unofficinal. This differs from the preceding and officinal citrine 
oiutment, in being made with cod-liver oil. It is dark brown in color, 
more agreeable in odor, and more efficient as a remedy. 

Oleate of JMercury is an unofficinal preparation for external use, con- 
sisting of a solution of oleate in oleic acid. It is a liquid of the consist- 
ence of glycerine, or a soft solid. Applied to the skin by a brush, with- 
out friction, or with moderate friction, it produces the constitutional 
effect of mercury and very promptly. 

Antagonists and Ixcompatibles. — Corrosive sublimate is incom- 
patible with alkalies and their carbonates, lime-water, tartar emetic, ni- 
trate of silver, acetate of lead, albumen, iodide of potassium, soaps, vari- 
ous vegetable infusions, including cinchona. Calomel is incompatible 
with the alkalies, and alkaline earths and alkaline carbonates, with iron, 
lead, and copper. It should not be given in the same prescription with 
iodine (forms red iodide), and nitro-muriatic acid should not be pre- 
scribed in conjunction with it, lest corrosive sublimate be formed. 



190 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

t 
There is little doubt, also, that calomel is converted into corrosive sub- 
limate by the chlorides of sodium, potassium, and ammonium. The acids 
and acidulous salts are incompatible with hydrargyrum cum creta. 

In cases of poisoning by mercurial salts, especially corrosive subli- 
mate, albumen, white of egg, wheaten flour, milk, etc., may be adminis- 
tered. The white of one egg is considered sufficient for four grains of 
corrosive sublimate. An excess of albumen may redissolve the com- 
pound. Emesis should be promptly induced. 

Syneegists. — Depressing medicines, antimony, alkalies, especially 
alkaline chlorides, etc., promote the physiological activity of mercurials. 

Physiological Actions. — Metallic mercury in direct contact with 
the skin or mucous membrane is without action. Swallowed, it is pur- 
gative by virtue of its weight. If retained in the intestinal canal, it 
will form soluble combinations, enter the blood, and produce character- 
istic systemic effects. Similarly prolonged contact with the skin will 
be followed by the constitutional action of the drug. Injected into the 
veins, it will be arrested in the capillaries, producing the usual phenom- 
ena of capillary embolism. Mercury gives off vapors at the ordinary 
temperatures, which have, in notable instances, caused serious constitu- 
tional symptoms. As used in the mechanical arts, by gilders and others, 
the fumes of mercury cause wasting, ptyalism, necrosis of bones, trem- 
bling, impaired intellect, and in women, abortion. Without producing 
such obvious effects as ptyalism, mercurial cachexia, eczema, and dis- 
ease of the bones, obscure nervous phenomena may result. Among 
these may be enumerated headache, loss of memory, trembling, defects 
of coordination, disorders of sensation, convulsions, and dementia. 

Mercury is readily absorbed — as a vapor by the pulmonary mucous 
membrane, when applied to the integument, or when taken into the ali- 
mentary canal. It probably exists in the blood as an albuminate. Re- 
cent experiments (Wilbouchewiez, Keyes) have shown that mercury, as 
iron, manganese, and other metals, has the power to increase the number 
of red corpuscles, and to improve the quality of the blood, provided it is 
exhibited in small quantities, not often repeated. It has long been known 
(Liegeois) that this result followed the use of corrosive chloride in syphi- 
lis. The improved methods of counting the number of corpuscles within 
a given area have alone rendered possible an exact determination of such 
a delicate question. It remains true, however, that any considerable 
quantity of mercury, administered a sufficient time, will affect the qual- 
ity and composition of the blood : the red globules are diminished in 
number ; the fibrine loses its plasticity ; the proportion of water is in- 
creased, and various effete materials, whose nature is unknown, accumu- 
late. Mercury is deposited in all the textures, interferes with the nor- 
mal nutritive processes, and is found in all the secretions and excretions. 
A marked degree of anaemia, loss of flesh, muscular weakness, intractable 
ulcerations of the skin, loss of hair, eczema, a foul breath, diarrhoea, the 



MERCURY. 191 

6tools being very fetid, are the characteristic symptoms of the action of 
mercur} r on the solids and fluids of the body. 

This metal has a selective action on the lymphatic glandular system, 
and notably on the salivary glands and pancreas. Among the earlier 
symptoms of the action of mercury are an increase of the salivary secre- 
tion, an alteration of its quality, fetor of the breath, swollen tongue, 
soreness of the teeth, a blue or dark slate-colored line along the margin 
of the teeth, sponginess of the gums, swelling of the parotid, sublingual, 
and submaxillary glands, aching of the jaws and teeth, with general 
muscular soreness and aching of the limbs, and some elevation of tem- 
perature. To this state are applied the terms acute mercurialismus, piy- 
alism, in common language, salivation. Mercury certainly stimulates 
the pancreas; this gland, like the salivary glands, becomes swollen, con- 
gested, and pours out an abundant secretion which, how r ever, is not a 
normal but a pathological secretion. There is little doubt also that 
mercury increases the action of the intestinal glandular appendages, 
and thus acts as a purgative. It not only increases the activity of these 
glands, but is itself in part excreted by them. The products of the in- 
creased waste of the tissues caused by mercury are also largely elimi- 
nated by the intestinal glands. These actions of mercury should not be 
regarded as a physiological stimulation of the intestinal glands, in the 
sense that the foods are stimulants to these organs. The action is 
pathological, and the products of the action are pathological. 

Mercury, like the metals in general, is excreted by the liver, and 
manifests a tendency to accumulate in this organ. Like the metals in 
general (iron, manganese, arsenicj copper, etc.), mercury doubtless acts 
as a stimulant to the hepatic cells, and increases their products. Just 
as an altered salivary or pancreatic fluid is produced by the action of 
mercury, so an altered or pathological bile is the result of the stimula- 
tion of the hepatic cells, by this metal. That its use increases the physi- 
ological and normal products of the liver seems an assumption hardly 
warranted by the facts which have now been accumulated. That mer 
cury (pil. hydrarg., calomel, hydrarg. cum creta), in purgative doses, 
increases the flow of bile into the intestine — is a cholagogue — cannot 
be successfully disputed ; but it is a cholagogue in the sense that cro- 
ton-oil and the resinous purgatives are : by irritation of the mucous 
membrane of the duodenum, it causes a reflex contraction of the gall- 
bladder and hepatic ducts, and an outflow of bile is the result. The 
presence of alimentary matters in the duodenum suffices to increase the 
production and discharge of bile ; purgatives, for the time being, some- 
what more energetically produce the same result. A purgative dose of 
blue-pill, or calomel, may therefore cause bilious evacuations, but other 
purgatives may accomplish the same. Repeated stimulation of the liver 
by mercurials can only result in the production of an altered bile, and 
m iv, indeed, cause the organ to strike work, if too long persisted in 



192 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

If we add to the cholagogue properties of mercury, which it possesses 
in common with resinous purgatives, the action on the pancreas and the 
increased elimination of the products of waste by the intestinal glands, 
we obtain a satisfactory explanation of those powers which have, under 
the term alterative, been heretofore ascribed to mercury. 

Mercury is eliminated by the salivary and the intestinal glands, by 
the liver, but chiefly by the kidneys. A small portion of the metal 
escapes by the skin also. The excretion of mercury is hastened and com- 
pleted by the iodide of potassium. As a result of the changes in the 
composition of the blood, and of the direct action of the metal on the 
renal epithelium, albuminuria is one of the symptoms present in cases 
of mercurialism. Without the use of special means to render it solu- 
ble, and despite the use of such means, sometimes mercury remains 
permanently in the organism. When extremely severe cases of saliva- 
tion were not uncommon, permanent damage to the osseous structures 
often occurred, and globules of mercury could be shaken out of the dried 
bones of such subjects. Happily, nowadays, such cases do not occur. 
The moderate use of mercury, short of ptyalism, does not appear to 
affect the human system injuriously. 

Effects of the Different Preparations.— Hydrargyrum cum 
creta, calomel, and blue-pill are very similar in action. Calomel, being 
insoluble, probably escapes solution and combination in the stomach, 
and is decomposed by the alkaline contents of the small intestine, the 
oxide of mercury being precipitated. It follows, from this reaction, 
that the effects of blue-pill and calomel must be similar, and in practice 
it is found that they correspond closely therapeutically. Salivation 
more frequently results from the use of blue-pill than the other mercu- 
rials ; and calomel is next in point of activity in this respect. 

The corrosive chloride, the red iodide, and the cyanide, are powerful 
irritant and corrosive poisons. When a poisonous dose of corrosive 
sublimate has been swallowed, the mucous membrane of the mouth has 
usually, but not invariably, a whitish, glazed appearance, as if it had 
been washed over with a strong solution of the nitrate of silver. A 
sense of constriction of the throat and a strong styptic and metallic 
taste are experienced. The toxic symptoms follow in a few minutes 
the ingestion of the poison. Usually, violent pain is felt in the abdomen, 
but this is not invariable. Vomiting follows, and the vomited matters 
consist at first of the contents of the stomach, and afterward of mucus 
streaked with blood. There are usually purging, tenesmus, intestinal 
cramp, and not unfrequently dysenteric discharges. These evidences 
of violent gastrointestinal irritation are accompanied by small, weak 
pulse, coldness of the surface — but sometimes by a swollen and flushed 
face — sighing respiration, syncope, insensibility, or convulsions. If the 
patient survive a few days, ptyalism may occur. 

The following are the symptoms of chronic poisoning : abdominal 



MERCURY. 193 

pains; nausea; vomiting; dysenteric diarrhoea; general weakness, 
trembling, or paralysis ; ptvalism ; fever ; emaciation, etc. There some- 
times occurs a blue line along the margin of the teeth, not unlike that 
produced by lead. 

Suppression of urine is a not infrequent symptom in acute poison- 
ing, and albuminuria is very often present in cases of chronic mercuri- 
alismus. 

Therapy. — The acute glandular aifections of throat and neck — ton- 
sillitis, parotitis, inflammation of the submaxillary and sublingual 
glands — are often speedily removed by mercurial preparations. The 
one-twentieth of a grain of calomel, the one-fifth of mercury with 
chalk, may be given every two hours, or five minims of the following 
solution may be administered at the same interval: IJL Hydrarg. chlor. 
corrosiw, gr. j, aquas, 3 j. M. S. Dose, minims v. Chronic affec- 
tions of these organs are not benefited by these remedies, and the 
so-called scrofulous diseases of the cervical glands are made worse by 
them. 

Corrosive sublimate is an effective remedy in gastric ulcer. The 
thirtieth to the sixtieth of a grain, three times a day before meals, is a 
proper quantity and occasion for this purpose. Certain kinds of vomit- 
ing are quickly cured by small doses of calomel. The vomiting of 
children, caused by indigestible food, or by constipation, or by these 
causes combined, is often speedily relieved by one-twelfth-of-a-grain 
doses of calomel every half-hour or hour, dropped on the tongue. This 
remedy is the more efficacious when such vomiting is accompanied by 
great heat of head, restlessness, and fever. The vomiting of cholera 
infantum is often stopped by the same means. 

It has long been held that mercurials are specially indicated in that 
catarrhal state of the intestinal mucous membrane and of the hepatic 
duct) manifested by nausea, anorexia, tympanites, whitish or clay-col- 
ored stools, and jaundice. The use of mercury in these cases is predi- 
cated on its supposed power to promote the flow of bile. It is true, 
no doubt, that calomel and blue-pill will remove these symptoms, but 
such mild salines as phosphate of soda, sulphate of magnesia, tartrate 
of soda and potassa, etc., will usually succeed quite as well and without 
detriment. The diarrhoea and dysentery of infants (ileo-colitis) is 
frequently treated by minute doses of calomel or hydrargyrum cum 
creta. When there are much straining and bloody mucus, it is said 
that small doses of corrosive chloride prove very effective, but the 
author is convinced that mercurials are much abused in these affections. 
Children are quickly poisoned by mercurials, although they are not easily 
salivated. The spinach-colored stools which so frequently occur in 
the summer complaint of children, and which are, by ignorant prac- 
titioners, supposed to be produced by the mercury administered, really 
belong to cases of ileo-colitis, and may, by their persistence and pro- 
14 



194 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

fuseness, signify an increased irritation of the intestinal mucous mem- 
brane due to the remedies given. "While the author believes that other 
medicines are more useful than mercury in the ileocolitis of children, 
he is convinced of the utility of minute doses of calomel (one-twenti- 
eth to one-twelfth of a grain every half-hour) when there is much irri- 
tability of the stomach. Mercurials are contraindicated in the diarrhoea 
and dysentery of adults. 

It was formerly an article of faith to hold that mercury was a sover- 
eign remedy in hepatic disorders. The state known as biliousness, 
characterized by a yellowish-coated tongue, yellow conjunctivae, muddy 
skin, nausea, constipation, may be removed by a mercurial purge when 
these symptoms are due to catarrh of the duodenum, excesses of the 
table, sudden checking of the perspiration, etc. The blue-pill, or mer- 
cury with chalk, or calomel, succeeds in these cases by removing offend- 
ing substances from the intestinal canal, by relieving a catarrhal state 
of the mucous membrane, or by causing elimination of waste products 
by the intestinal glandular apparatus. Less objectionable agents may 
be employed with equal success. 

The experience of the India medical officers has shown conclusively 
that mercurials are harmful in acute hepatitis, hepatic abscess, jaundice 
from gall-stones, acute yellow atrophy, etc. As these affections are 
very rife in India, an experience which has led to such conclusions 
should be heeded. There is no evidence to show that mercurials render 
the least service in cirrhosis. 

Calomel is a very efficient purgative. It will be -retained when other 
purgatives are rejected by the stomach ; it is free from taste, and may 
therefore be given easily to children. When it operates, nausea and 
tormina may be experienced. One grain of calomel at night will act 
in the morning, and not unfrequently a half-grain w T ill give satisfactory 
results. A full purgative dose of calomel (five grains) is an excellent 
vermifuge for the lumbricoid worms. It may be given with santonine. 
At the onset of acute febrile diseases, calomel is a useful purgative ; it 
hastens w T aste, and causes the elimination of the products by the in- 
testine. 

Mercurials were formerly much esteemed in the treatment of acute 
inflammation, especially of serous membranes. As calomel, the mer- 
curial preparation usually employed, was combined with opium, it was 
not known to which remedy the good results were due, but the mer- 
curial was considered to have the larger share of merit. It is now 
admitted that opium was the effective agent. An apparent exception 
to this statement exists in the case of iritis, a disease in which the 
good effects of mercury are most conspicuous ; but iritis, probably, is 
always of syphilitic origin, and, in syphilitic inflammation of serous 
membranes, it is not disputed that mercurials are extremely efficacious. 
In these days, however, although opium is considered indispensable in 



MERCURY. 195 

peritonitis, pleuritis, pericarditis, etc., mercury is no longer combined 
with it. No longer is it considered necessary to " touch the gums " in 
order to cure a serous inflammation, and only the most prejudiced and 
benighted practitioners persist in the use of mercurials in these inflam- 
matory affections. 

Large doses of calomel — five grains every four hours — are said to be 
very efficacious in true croup or membranous laryngitis. It is claimed 
that it allays spasm and checks the formation of the false membrane. 
The author is skeptical in regard to the utility of calomel in this affec- 
tion. There is, however, no doubt as to the rvalue of the yellow subsul- 
phate (turpeth mineral) as an emetic in this disease. If given early, 
so high an authority as Dr. Fordyce Barker, of New York, claims that 
a fatal result will most certainly be averted. From three to five grains 
of the subsulphate may be given as an emetic for a child with croup. 
Serious results might be produced by this dose if emesis did not so 
promptly follow. The powder comes up with the contents of the stom- 
ach, in from five to fifteen minutes after being swallowed. But little 
depression follows the emesis produced by turpeth mineral, in which 
respect it has a decided advantage over sulphate of copper, tartar-emetic, 
and even ipecacuanha. As it is insoluble, this remedy should be rubbed 
up with sugar and placed on the base of the tongue. 

Liebermeister, following the lead of Traube, Wunderlich, and others, 
has obtained surprising results from the use of calomel in typhoid fever \ 
By our German confreres this treatment is called the specific treatment 
of abdominal typhus. It consists in the administration of ten grains 
of calomel in a single dose the first day, and eight grains a day for three 
or four days thereafter. It is a curious fact that these large doses of 
calomel have an antipyretic effect. According to the statistics of Lie- 
bermeister, the " specific " calomel treatment shortens the duration and 
lessens the mortality from typhoid fever, as compared with the non- 
specific, expectant, or other plans of medication. 

Calomel is one of the numerous remedies used in the treatment of 
cholera Asiatica. Two methods are pursued : large doses at consider- 
able intervals ; small doses frequently repeated. The latter method is 
nowadays much more usually practised. It consists in giving every 
fifteen minutes, half-hour, or hour, the one-sixth, one-half, or one grain 
of calomel, combined with opium, chalk, piperine, etc. The author, who 
has had considerable experience in the treatment of cholera, cannot ex- 
press any degree of confidence in the efficacy of this treatment. Lar^e 
doses (a scruple to a drachm) sometimes appear to arrest vomiting 
when other means fail, but there is danger of excessive ptyalism when 
reaction sets in. 

The most important application of mercury, therapeutically, is in 
the treatment of syphilis. It may be regarded as specific in this dis- 
ease. The reaction which set in against its use a few years ago has 



196 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

certainly led to important modifications in the mode and quantity in 
which mercury should be given ; but the fact has been conclusively 
established that mercury, in a certain sense, is antidotal to syphilis. As 
mercury arrests the proliferation of the syphilitic virus in the blood, 
this agent should be used with the earliest manifestations of the specific 
character of the infecting sore. Mercury is not indicated in chancroid, 
or non-infecting chancre, and should not be used. If the chancre have 
the characteristic quality of the infecting sore, small doses of one of the 
mercurial preparations should be begun and continued steadily until 
all induration has disappeared. The important point is, not to induce 
ptyalism. It is now conceded that the danger of a relapse will be very 
much lessened by continuing the mercurial treatment for some time after 
local manifestations have ceased. The ill effects of a mercurial course 
may be prevented by the use of small doses, by careful attention to hy- 
giene, and by lessening the dose, or discontinuing the remedy entirely, 
whenever soreness of the jaws can be developed by smartly closing the 
teeth. By the adoption of these precautions, a mercurial course may 
be continued without important interruptions until the period of incu- 
bation has entirely passed. 

Various methods are resorted to for the introduction of mercury 
into the organism : 

1. Inunction. — Before practising inunction, the patient should take 
a warm bath, or, at least, wash the part to be operated on with soap 
and water. From fifteen to thirty grains of mercurial ointment is the 
quantity required for each inunction. The oleate of mercury in propor- 
tion of fifteen to thirty per cent, in the solution may be substituted for 
the ointment, but the oleate is to be applied with a brush, and not 
be rubbed in. Sigmund, the great advocate for the inunction method, 
has prescribed certain rules, which should be followed. The ointment 
should be rubbed in with moderate friction by the palm of the hand ; 
on the first day on the legs ; on the second day on the thighs ; on the 
third day on the abdomen and sides of the chest ; on the fourth day on 
the back ; on the fifth day on the arms. Mercurial inunctions are not 
borne equally well by all patients. Some are easily salivated, and 
others suffer from eczema or erythema. Moreover, the inunction treat- 
ment is filthy and troublesome, and it should, therefore, be restricted to 
those cases in which mercurials are badly borne by the stomach. 

2. Fumigation. — Various mercurial preparations may be used — the 
sulpburet, the iodide — but calomel is the best. The apparatus consists 
of a spirit-lamp, a plate to hold the calomel, surrounded by a shallow 
vessel containing water, a blanket large enough to cover the patient 
and the apparatus. The calomel is volatilized by the heat of the lamp, 
which, together with the vapor of water, is deposited on the skin of the 
patient. About fifteen minutes is the time required for the bath, and 
the quantity of calomel used ranges from eight to fifteen grains. The 



MERCURY. 197 

method of fumigation is especially adapted to cases of tertiary, with 
ulcerations, when the state of the patient is such as to forbid the inter* 
nal administration of mercurials. 

3. Hypodermic Method. — This consists in the introduction under 
the skin of corrosive chloride, or calomel. IjL Hydrarg. chlor. cor., gr. 
j j glycerini, 3 j ; aquas destil., 3 j. M. Sig. Ten minims a dose once 
a day. This method is cleanly, quick in results, and more successful 
than any other in preventing relapses. It has the disadvantages of 
giving great pain, and in frequently causing troublesome abscesses and 
eschars. 

4. Internal. — This method, in the nature of things, must be most fre- 
quently resorted to. Various mercurial preparations are used by differ- 
ent sj-philographers. The Ricord school prefer the green iodide ; Sig- 
mund, mercurial-ointment inunctions ; Foerster, the yellow iodide ; 
Berkeley Hill, the red iodide ; Tilbury Fox, the cyanide ; Bumstead 
advises mercurial pill, the green iodide, the bichloride, according to cir- 
cumstances, but his preference is for the use of calomel by fumigation. 
That preparation of mercury is to be preferred which best agrees with 
the patient, is the rule. 

The indications for the use of iodine preparations have already been 
stated, but it may be useful, now, to place in juxtaposition the compara- 
tive utility of mercury and iodine : mercury for the primary infecting 
sore ; mercury for the affections of the skin, especially macular and 
papular exanthemata ; iodine for the tertiary symptoms : gummata ; 
tubercular syphilides ; serpiginous ulcers ; affections of the bones and 
periosteum, and nervous diseases. 

Hydrargyrum cum creta is usually preferred for the treatment of 
congenital syp>hilis. Mr. Marshall recommends the twenty-per-cent. 
ointment (the size of a pea) of the oleate of mercury, to be placed in 
the axilla night and morning for five or six days. 

Local Uses of Mercurials. — The acid nitrate of mercury is one of the 
best caustics for the destruction of chancroid. It should be applied 
with a glass rod after the surface of the sore has been well cleansed. 
It is now conceded that destruction of an infecting chancre does not 
prevent systemic infection. Syphilitic warts and vegetations on the 
genitals are amenable to the same treatment. Erosions and ulcerated 
indurations are best treated by " black-wash " (calomel eight grains — 
lime-water, one ounce), or " yellow wash " (one grain of corrosive subli- 
mate to an ounce or two of lime-water). The surface of the sore may 
be kept wetted with these lotions. 

Ricord's treatment of condylomata consists in washing them with a 
solution of chlorinated soda, and then dusting them with calomel. Mer- 
curial applications are of very great service in cutaneous affections of 
syphilitic origin. A drachm of calomel to an ounce of lard makes an 
ointment which is very serviceable in herpes^ psoriasis, and pruritus of 



198 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

the vulva and anus. Ringer speaks of calomel-ointment in terms of 
great praise in various itching affections, especially of the anus and 
perinasum. In acne, lotions containing corrosive sublimate, and oint 
ments of green and red iodide, are much employed : 1^ . Hydrarg 
chlor. cor., 3] ; glycerini, 3 ss ; spts. vini rect., §vij; spts. rosmar. 

3 iv. M. For acne and pityriasis of the scalp : Ifc . Hydrarg. iod 
virid., gr. x ; adipis, § j. M. r> . Hydrarg. iod. rubri, gr. v ; adipis, § j 
M. For acne indurata. The following is Startin's lotion of corrosive 
sublimate for syphilitic eruptions: ]jL Hydrarg. chlor. cor., gr. iv ; 
acid, nitric, dil., 3 j ; acid, hydrocyan. dil., 3 j ; glycerini, 3 ij ; aquae, 

3 viij. M. For pityriasis, chloasma, etc. 

Lotions of corrosive sublimate are much employed in the treatment 
of parasitic skin-affections. The stronger ones must be used with cau- 
tion. It is rarely necessary to use a lotion stronger than two grains to 
the ounce. The following is an excellent formula of Tilbury Fox : I> . 
Hydrarg. chlor. cor., grs. iv ; alcohol, 3 v j ; ammoniae muriat., 3ss; 
aquas rosse, q. s. ad § vj. M. For scabies, ptheiriasis, and tinea versi- 
color. A scruple of corrosive sublimate to the ounce of simple oint- 
ment is an effective application in favus and tinea tonsurans, when 
used in the early stages of these affections. 

Calomel finely levigated and dusted over the membrane by means of 
a camel's-hair brush is an excellent local application in phlyctenular 
ophthalmia. JSczema of the margin of the eyelids is quickly cured by 
rubbing in every night, after detaching the scales, a small quantity of 
the brown citrine ointment. Chronic inflammation of the external au- 
ditory meatus is cured by the same application, viz., by allowing a 
small quantity of the brown citrine-ointment to remain in contact with 
the integument. 

Mr. Marshall strongly recommends the oleates in parasitic sJcin-dis- 
eases. He employs a five-per-cent. solution of oleate of mercury in oleic 
acid, adding an eighth part of ether. This is applied by means of a 
camel's-hair brush. It is used in sycosis, tinea, and chloasma, porrigo, 
pruritus ani, and pruritus pudendi. The oleates are extremely service- 
able remedies for the local treatment of syphilitic induration, but they 
are not advisable when ulceration exists. 

The oleate of mercury and morphia (obtained by the addition of the 
alkaloid morphia) is an elegant and efficient application in superficial 
inflammations, especially of joints of the rheumatic and arthritic varie- 
ties. Inflammatory indurations, left after the subsidence of acute trouble, 
are removed by the same combination. For application to these pur- 
poses Mr. Marshall employs a five-per-cent., ten-per-cent., and twenty- 
per-cent. solution of oleate of mercury in oleic acid. To every drachm 
of such solution he adds one grain of morphia. 

Authorities referred to : 



GOLD. 199 

ANDEBSON, Dr. McCall. On the Treatment of Diseases of the Skin, London, 1872, 
p. 98. 

Baumler, Prof. Dr. Christian. Zicmssen's Cyclopaedia, vol. iii., p. 280, American edi- 
tion. 

Bumstead, Dr. Freeman J. On the Pathology and Treatment of Venereal Discuses. 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. On Diseases of the Skin, Syphilodermata, p. 277, second Ameri- 
can edition. 

Hermann, Prof. Dr. L. Lehrbuch der expcrimentcllen Toxicologic, Berlin, 1874, p. 211. 
Qaccksilbcrsa'-r. 

Lanceueaux, Dr. E. Treatise on Syphilis. Sydenham Society edition, vol. ii., p. 
291. 

Liedermeister, Prof. Dr. Karl. Zicmsseii's Cyclopaedia, vol. i., p. 199. 

Marshall, Mr. John, F. R. S. The Lancet, vol. i., 1872, p. 709. 

Nothnagel, Prof. Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimiltellehre, p. 225. 

Ringer, Dr. SrDXEY. Handbook of Titer apeutics, article, Mercury and its Prepara- 
tions. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. Treatise on Poisons, p. 397, American edition. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traile de Therapeutique et de Mature Medicale, huitieme 
edition, vol. i., p. 228. 

Taylor, Dr. R. W. Done Syphilis in Children, New York, 1875, p. 155. 

The Edinuurgii Committee, British Medical Association. On the Cholagogue Ac- 
tion of Mercury. Medical Times and Gazette, vol. ii., 1869, p. 418. 

Ross, Dr. James. On the Action of Mercury. The Practitioner, vol. v., p. 211. 

Schmidt's Jahrbucher. Ueber subcutane Injection von Quecksilberpraparaten bei 
Syphilis, vol. cliii., p. 153. Abstract of papers and works by Hansen, Taylor, Schiitzen- 
berger, Caspari, Paqvalin, Lewin, Sigmund, etc. 

Aurum. — Gold. (Not officinal.) Or, Fr. ; Gold, Ger. 
Auri Chloridum. — Chloride of gold. Needle-shaped prisms of a 
beautiful yellow color, deliquescent, freely soluble in water. Dose, gr. 

A— S v - tV 

Auri et Sodii Chloridum. — Chloride of gold and sodium. An or- 
ange-colored salt, crystallizing in four-sided prisms, soluble in water. 
Dose, gr. ^^— gr. T y 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Eggs, albumen, milk, flour, are 
chemical antidotes. The contents of the stomach should, of course, be 
evacuated. The principles of treatment are the same as for poisoning 
bv corrosive sublimate. 

Synergists. — The salts of mercury, especially the corrosive chloride, 
are very similar in action to the chlorides of gold, and are therefore syn- 
ergistic. 

Physiological Actions. — The chloride of gold is a caustic in its 
local action. In toxic dose it excites violent gastro-enteritis, accom- 
panied by such nervous phenomena as cramps, convulsive trembling, in- 
somnia, priapism, insensibility, etc. In small medicinal doses these 
auric preparations promote the appetite and the digestive capacity. If 
long continued, especially if the dose be a full medicinal one, epigastric 
pain and distress are excited, nausea is induced, and loss of appetite 
follows. Constipation is usually produced by the preparations of gold, 



200 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

and this, notwithstanding an increased secretion of the intestinal glandu- 
lar apparatus is one of the results of their administration. These prep- 
arations do not probably entirely enter the blood from the stomach, but 
part passes to the intestinal canal, is there decomposed, and is absorbed 
as oxide in combination with albumen. This is, however, conjectural. 
They are readily soluble and are very diffusible substances. What par- 
ticular influence they exert on the composition and function of the blood, 
is at present quite unknown. A form of fever, known as auric fever, is 
caused by their prolonged administration. This fever is accompanied 
by profuse sweats, a very abundant flow of urine, and increased salivary 
secretion. The salivation caused by the preparations of gold differs from 
the mercurial in that there is no tenderness nor ulceration of the gums. 

Peculiar effects on the mental state are produced by the administra- 
tion of the auric preparations. The functions of the mind become more 
active, and even excited, and a state of cheerfulness is induced. In men 
marked aphrodisiac effects are produced, and the erections are often 
painful; in women increased venereal desires, and augmentation of the 
menstrual flow, are observed. 

The elimination of the auric preparations takes place by the liver, 
the intestinal canal, but chiefly by the kidneys. The urine assumes a 
bright yellow color. 

Prolonged administration of medicinal doses induces epigastric heat 
and oppression, headache, dryness of the throat and mouth, gastrointes- 
tinal irritation, fever. 

Therapy. — The chloride of gold and sodium in small doses ( ¥ V 
grain), three times a day,' will relieve nervous dyspepsia*. A red and 
glazed tongue, epigastric pain, increased by taking food, and a ten- 
dency to relaxation of the bowels after eating, are indications for the 
use of this salt. Catarrh of the duodenum, catarrh of the bile-ducts, 
jaundice, are symptoms which may usually be removed by the salts 
of gold. 

These preparations are employed chiefly in the treatment of syphilis, 
secondary and tertiary. They are indicated in the same cases in which 
corrosive sublimate is found effective. According to the author's ex- 
perience, they are especially adapted to old cases in which a protracted 
mercurial course and the large use of the iodide of potassium have 
failed to remove long-standing tertiary symptoms. He has found them 
very serviceable in recurring syphilitic ulcerations of the throat, syphi- 
litic ozoena, syphiloma of bones, syphilitic phthisis, etc. 

Amenorrhoea, dependent on torpor of the ovaries, may be removed 
by the persistent use of auric preparations. Chronic metritis, with 
scanty menstruation, is often remarkably benefited by them. /Sterility, 
dependent on these states, or due to coldness, is more certainly cured 
by these agents than by any other merely medicinal means. It is said 
by Martini that the tendency to habitual abortion may be averted by 



SILVER. 201 

the use of chloride of gold. This authority has also found that dropsy 
of the ovary may be sometimes cured by the same agent. 

Decline of the sexual power in man may be prevented by the use of 
gold salts. The following are symptoms which may be removed by 
these preparations: diurnal seminal losses, iceaJc and inefficient erec- 
tions, inability for *the sexual congress, due to irritability of the sexual 
organs. They increase the frequency of the nocturnal losses in those 
who are suffering from plethora of these organs. Cases that are bene- 
fited by the bromide of potassium are increased by the chloride of gold, 
and vice versa. 

The author calls especial attention to the use of the salts of gold in 
chronic J3 right' } s disease, granular and fibroid kidney, and the so-called 
depurative disease. He has observed remarkable improvement to fol- 
low the persistent use of the chlorides of gold in these affections. They 
are best given in pill-form, and in small doses, -fa — -fa of a grain 
three times a day. It need hardly be mentioned that these prepara- 
tions are not adapted to the acute forms of Bright's disease. 

Excellent results are obtained from the use of these auric prepara- 
tions in certain forms of mental disorder: e. g., melancholia, hypo- 
chondria, and allied mental states, accompanied by depression. Ver- 
tigo and vertiginous sensations, when due to stomach-disorders, are 
often removed by minute doses of the chlorides of gold, but plethora 
and increased intracranial blood-pressure contraindicate their use ; on 
the other hand, they have a high degree of utility when there is pres- 
ent the condition of cerebral anasmia. 

Authorities referred to: 

Gubler, Dr. Adolph. Commentaires du Codex Medicame?itarius, Paris, 1868, p. 506. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimitiellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 810. 

Martini, Dr. Ludwig. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher der gesammten Medicin, etc., vol. cxlvi., 
p. 263. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeulique et de Matiere Jfedicale, huitieme edi- 
tion, vol. i., p. 388. 

Argentum. — Silver. Argent, Fr. ; Silber, Ger. 

Argenti Oxidum. — Oxide of silver. An olive-brown powder, very 
slightly soluble in water. Dose, gr. ss — grs. ij, in pill. 

Argenti Xitras. — Nitrate of silver. A heavy, colorless, anhydrous 
salt, wholly soluble in distilled water, and crystallizing in shining, rhom- 
bic plates. Dose, gr. J — gr. ss, in pill, or in solution. 

Argenti JS T itras Fusa. — Fused nitrate of silver. In cylindrical 
pieces. Is only used for topical applications. Mitigated nitrate con- 
tains two, three, three and one-half, and four, parts of nitrate of potassa 
to one of nitrate of silver. 

Argenti Cyanidum. — Cyanide of silver. Is a white powder, insolu- 
ble in water. 



202 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The soluble chlorides and all 
substances containing them are incompatible with the nitrate of silver ; 
hence most of the natural waters decompose it, because they contain 
more or less common salt. An insoluble chloride of silver is the result 
of the decomposition. The following mineral acids, and their salts, are 
chemically incompatible : Sulphuric, muriatic, tartaric, and sulphurous. 
Alkalies and their carbonates, astringent infusions, and lime-water are 
incompatible. In cases of poisoning by nitrate of silver, common salt is 
the appropriate antidote. This should be given in solution very freely, 
to act as an emetic as well as chemical antidote. 

Therapeutically the salts of silver are antagonized by all those agents 
which promote constructive metamorphosis. 

Synergists. — All agents promoting waste, as mercury, iodides, etc., 
favor the action, therapeutically, of nitrate of silver. 

Physiological Actions. — Nitrate of silver acts chemically on the 
tissues to which it is applied. It combines with the albumen, and ex- 
cites a superficial inflammation, producing in some subjects vesication, 
in all a whitish eschar. It is, therefore, an escharotic, but of very 
limited activity. The white eschar produced by it, subsequently — 
under the influence of light — becomes brownish-black. 

Nitrate of silver has a strong metallic, styptic taste. A strong solu- 
tion, brushed over the mucous membrane, whitens it. In the stomach, 
the salts of silver produce a sense of warmth at the epigastrium, and, in 
large (toxic) doses, excite a violent gastro-enteritis. Meeting in the 
stomach soluble chlorides, undoubtedly the insoluble chloride of silver 
is formed, but a portion of the salt, probably, at once enters into com- 
bination with albumen and peptones. That the action of nitrate of 
silver, when swallowed, is not that of the chloride has been experiment- 
ally shown ; hence the conversion of the nitrate salt into chloride does 
not suffice to explain the effects which ensue. Increased secretion 
from the intestinal glandular apparatus is produced by the silver salts, 
and the alvine dejections are softer and more frequent. Long-continued 
use of these agents will cause gastro-intestinal catarrh. 

The salts of silver most probably enter the blood as albuminates and 
peptonates. They effect very important changes in the blood, which 
becomes darker and more fluid, the red corpuscles paler and altered in 
outline, the hasmoglobine converted into hsematine. A slight lowering 
of the temperature is a result of these changes in the composition of 
the blood. Various tissues of the body undergo pathological altera- 
tions. The epithelium of the intestinal mucous membrane, of the 
kidneys and liver, becomes swollen and cloudy, and sometimes fatty. 
The amount of bile is increased, and albumen frequently appears 
in the urine. The nutrition of the body is impaired, and a progres- 
sive diminution in weight and strength takes place. The venous 
system is found in a state of stasis ; transudations take place, the 



SILVER. o 3 

action of the heart is rapid and irregular, and the respiration is embar- 
rassed. 

The nervous system participates in the general impairment of struct- 
ure ; tetanic convulsions, paralysis, and insensibility, ensue. The pa- 
ralysis is not due to alterations in the muscular system — for the muscles 
preserve their irritability — but is centric in origin. It is true the mus- 
cles, in poisoning by silver, become granular and their striae obliterated, 
but their contractility is not destroyed. 

Only a minute part of the silver administered is eliminated by the 
kidneys ; most of it escapes by the liver and the intestinal glands ; but 
a portion remains permanently deposited in the tissues if its adminis- 
tration has been protracted. Rarely is it safe to continue the use of 
the preparations of silver longer than six weeks, and occasional purga- 
tives should be given to promote elimination. An olive, slate-colored, 
or grayish-brown discoloration of the various tissues of the body results 
from a deposition of silver. This is usually first seen at the margin of 
the teeth, or on the inside of the lips and cheeks, and is an indication 
that the system is becoming saturated. I find in Sieveking, " On Epi- 
lepsy," the following instructive instance of argyria : " The patient, a 
man aged sixty, became epileptic in March, 1856, and was treated with 
nitrate of silver almost from the commencement ; for nine months he 
took a daily pill containing six grains, so that, during that time, he 
swallowed nearly three and a half ounces. Toward the end of July 
the skin began to be discolored, but, in spite of gastric symptoms, the 
remedy was persevered in. In 1857 haematemesis and other S3 7 mptoms 
of gastric ulceration supervened, while the severity of the epilepsy had 
abated, and, having in the mean time come to England, he was admit- 
ted to the German Hospital, where he soon died. The special interest 
attaching to the autopsy is connected with the extent to which the sil- 
ver had been deposited in the tissues. The parts in the face which had 
exhibited the greatest intensity of discoloration, owing to their con- 
taining more blood, now presented a tint uniform with the rest. In the 
brain the choroid plexuses presented a uniform grayish-blue tint. The 
lungs were tuberculous and pneumonic, the heart hypertrophic. The 
stomach contained a large quantity of acid, brown liquid streaked with 
blood, and at the upper part of the posterior wall was a large ulcer, at 
the base of which was an orifice blocked up by the adherent pancreas. 
The mucous membrane of the duodenum and jejunum was dotted over 
with many small black granules, most closely aggregated along the 
folds. In the ilium these spots become more and more scanty. . . . 
The spleen was small, its veins had an ashen hue, which was due to a 
finely-granular precipitate upon their coats. The liver was small, con- 
gested, and fatty ; the small branches of the vena portae, and of the 
hepatic veins, presented the same precipitate of silver throughout, but 
the capillaries were free from it. Fine sections of the hepatic tissue 



204 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

showed numerous black dots, each of which occupied the centre of an 
acinus, corresponding to the point of exit of a central vein, and the 
color was produced by a black margin surrounding the calibre of the 
arterj. The largest argentine deposit was in the kidneys. . . . The 
pyramids all exhibited a dark-gray color, which was deepest, and all but 
black, near the papillae. The tubules in these parts were entirely in- 
vested with a dense precipitate. . . . Parts of the skin taken from the 
temporal, axillary, and digital regions, were examined. Transverse sec- 
tions showed a pale, purplish streak immediately underneath the rete 
Malpighii, following the undulations of the cutis. . . . The glandular 
epithelium uniformly presented fatty degeneration." 

A persistent and long-continued use of the iodide of potassium and 
of the hyposulphite of soda has, in a few fortunate instances, caused 
the absorption and excretion of the silver deposits. The action of these 
systemic remedies for the discoloration may be aided by baths of the 
hyposulphites and by the cautious use of lotions containing the cyanide 
of potassium, which possess a decided solvent power over the silver 
deposits. 

Theeapy. — The oxide and the nitrate of silver are extremely ser- 
viceable remedies in the so-called nervous dyspepsia, and in chronic 
gastric catarrh. They are indicated in the following state of things : 
Pain after taking food, lasting for an hour or more (gastralgia), the 
digestion, although slow, being good ; burning pain, with pyrosis, com- 
ing on after the completion of the stage of stomach digestion ; eructa- 
tions of food, with sour and acrid matters — the first being a, gastralgia, 
and the other states being caused by gastric catarrh, and consequent 
fermentation of the starch, sugar, and fats. IjL Argenti oxidi, grs. v ; 
ext. hyoscyami, grs. v. M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. One three times a day 
before meals. In chronic gastric catarrh, Frerichs recommends the fol- 
lowing formula: ]J. Argenti nitrat., grs. xv ; aq. destil., q. s. ; ext. 
belladonnas, grs. x ; ol. caryophylli, gtt. x ; rad. gentian pulv., ext. gen- 
tianas, aa q. s. ut ft. pil. no. Ix. Sig. One pill three times a day. When 
there is much pain present, Wilson Fox highly commends the combina- 
tion of nitrate of silver and opium in chronic gastric catarrh, but, as 
constipation so frequently attends this state, belladonna or h^yoscyamus 
is usually to be preferred. Notwithstanding the strong opinion which 
Brinton has given adversely to the use of the salts of silver in ulcer of- 
the stomach, the author agrees with Fox that these agents are, in this 
affection, next in value to bismuth. The oxide, or the nitrate, may be 
given in pill form, as above, or the nitrate in solution. In these stomach- 
affections, as a rule, the oxide of silver — being free from the causticity 
of the nitrate — is preferable. 

In jaundice dependent on catarrh of the biliary ducts, especially 
when there are present considerable pain and stomach-disorder, the 
salts of silver not only give relief to some of the more distressing 



SILVER. 205 

svmptoms, but assist materially in restoring the functional activity of 
the liver. As respects these hepatic disorders, silver has an action simi- 
lar to arsenic, manganese, mercury, and some other mineral remedies. 

Frequently nitrate of silver is remarkably beneficial in cholera in- 
fantum, after the acuter symptoms have subsided. The following is 
an excellent formula for a child a year old: I£. Argenti nitrat., gr. j; 
acid, nitric, dil., m. viij ; tinct. opii deod., m. viij ; mucil. acaciae, 3 ss ; 
syrup, simplicis, 3 ss ; aqua3 cinnamomi, 3 j. M. Sig. A teaspoonful 
every three, four, or six hours. The nitrate of silver is also an efficient 
remedv in that form of diarrhoea in children in which the stools are 
white, pasty, and offensive, and the urine is high-colored and acrid. In 
dysentery, both of children and adults, after the acute symptoms have 
ceased, and in chronic dysentery, the nitrate of silver is a most efficient 
remedy. In some epidemics of acute dysentery, when the constitutional 
condition is one of depression, it is equally effective. In these maladies 
it is better to prescribe the nitrate in pill form (gr. \ — gr. j) combined 
with opium. With the stomach administration of the nitrate may be 
conjoined its local application to the rectal mucous membrane, and even 
in favorable instances to the descending colon. In using: nitrate of 
silver by enema, the application, to be effective, should be made through 
a flexible tube passed cautiously to the sigmoid flexure or beyond. The 
bowel, previous to the introduction of the silver solution, should be as 
thoroughly washed out as possible by tepid water. From ten to twenty 
grains of the nitrate of silver, to a pint of water, is a suitable propor- 
tion for an enema. 

Obstinate dysenteric discharges, either alone or mixed with healthy- 
formed fa3ces, are not unfrequently caused by an ulcer of the rectum. 
The most effective treatment for such an ulcer consists in the applica- 
tion to it, through a suitable speculum, of the solid stick of nitrate of 
silver. 

The author's experience justifies him in asserting that the most effec- 
tive remedy for the diarrhoea of phthisis is nitrate of silver, combined 
with opium. When the diarrhoea of typhoid fever resists bismuth, 
Hope's mixture, and laudanum enemata, a satisfactory result may often 
be obtained by nitrate of silver, as follows : 3. Argenti nitrat., grs. iij; 
pulv. opii, pulv. ipecac, afi grs. vj. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One every 
four or six hours. The nitrate of silver is one of the numerous reme- 
dies which have been used in the treatment of cholera. 

Formerly nitrate of silver was much employed in the treatment of 
epilepsy, but it has justly fallen into disuse, for, besides the danger of 
tinting the skin, it is not as effective as much less objectionable reme- 
dies. Successful cases have been reported, it is true, but such judicious 
authors as Russell Reynolds and Sieveking condemn the treatment of 
epilepsy by nitrate of silver. Since proposed by Wunderlich, this agent 
has been fairly tested in the treatment of posterior spinal sclerosis (pro- 



206 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

gressive locomotor ataxia), but the results have not justified the san- 
guine expectations of its utility entertained by its proposer. 

Local Uses. — Nitrate of silver is largely used as an external appli- 
cation. A case has recently been reported in which argyriasis was pro- 
duced by the free application of this salt to the fauces, hence some care 
should be exercised in applying it to the mucous membranes. For external 
use, the cylinder and solutions of various strengths are employed. The 
" mitigated " stick is used chiefly by ophthalmologists. The most satis- 
factory solution for local application to the skin is obtained by dissolv- 
ing the salt in nitrous ether (grs. v — 3j — lj of ether). This solu- 
tion acts more energetically than the aqueous solution, and will readily 
vesicate. 

Solutions of nitrate of silver are much less frequently applied than 
formerly to inflamed tonsils, diphtheritic affections of fauces, acute 
laryngeal troubles, oedema of the glottis, etc. In the incipiency of 
tonsillitis, a strong solution (3j — 3j — 1 j) may sometimes avert 
the attack, but if the inflammation be well established the irritant 
action of the caustic increases the morbid process. The most enlight- 
ened modern authorities (Oertel) condemn the use of caustics in diph- 
theria ; forcible detachment of the exudation only increases the chances 
of systemic infection, and injury done to the surrounding healthy mu- 
cous membrane invites the extension of the false membrane. A suffi- 
cient quantity of silver solution, to be effective, cannot be applied to the 
larynx, nor even to the aryteno-epiglottidean folds, without the aid of 
the mirror, and this manipulation is hardly available when a state of 
acute inflammation exists. Follicular pharyngitis is one of the affec- 
tions which can be successfully treated by systematic local applications 
of silver solution. Catarrh and ulceration of the posterior nares may 
be cured by persistent use of the same remedy, the application being 
made by a suitable sponge probang, or brush, passed behind the veil 
of the palate. The appropriate strength for these purposes will depend, 
in part, on habit (grs. v — 3j — |j). Very weak solution of nitrate 
of silver (gr. j — § j) is sometimes used by the spray-douche (glass 
tube) in chronic inflammation of the pharynx, larynx, and trachea. 
Besides the ineffectiveness of this method, it is objectionable because the 
silver spray stains the face and clothing of the patient, unless a shield 
is very carefully used. To ulcers of the tonsils, tongue, syphilitic and 
otherwise, the solid nitrate is often used. It is a very painful applica- 
tion, and possesses but slight, if any, advantages over carbolic acid, 
which is anaesthetic after the first contact. 

A strong solution of nitrate of silver, especially in nitrous ether, is a 
most efficient application to check inflammation in superficial parts, 
e. g., boils, felon (paronychia), thecal abscess, orchitis, synovitis, etc. 
tt is essential to the success of this treatment that the application be 
made earlv. According to the method of Mr. Furneaux Jordan, it is 



SILVER. 207 

better to make these applications to the adjacent " vascular territory," 
than to the inflamed part directly. To illustrate: In the case of orchi- 
tis, instead of painting the silver solution over the testicle, it is better 
to apply it along the groin and inner face of the thigh, over the course 
of the great vessels. 

Mr. Hiffffinbottom, who is the author of this method of treatment, 
says that " we have no therapeutic agent so safe, powerful, or effica- 
cious, as the nitrate of silver in subduing external inflammation when 
properly applied. It has been invariably successful in my hands for 
nearly the last forty years." Such unstinted praise from so eminent 
an authority deserves our most respectful consideration. As the 
proper application of the remedy is so important, it were better to 
follow literally the method of Mr. HigginboUom : " The affected part 
should be well washed with soap-and-water, then with water alone, to 
remove every particle of soap, as the soap would decompose the nitrate 
of silver ; then to be wiped dry with a soft towel. The concentrated 
solution of four scruples of the nitrate of silver to four drachms of dis- 
tilled water is then to be applied tico or three times on the inflamed sur- 
face and beyond it, on the healthy skin, to the extent of two or three 
inches. The solution may be applied with a small piece of clean linen, 
attached to the end of a short stick ; the linen to be renewed at each 
subsequent application. ... In about twelve hours it will be seen 
whether the solution has been well applied. If any inflamed part be 
unaffected, the solution must be immediately reapplied." 

The method of Mr. Higginbottom is extremely effective in traumatic 
erysipelas. The common facial erysipelas rarely requires anything but 
the simplest application. The concentrated solution of nitrate of silver 
should be thoroughly applied to malignant carbuncle of the lip, and to 
the adjacent healthy skin for a short distance. The pitting of small- 
pox may be prevented by rupturing each pustule and inserting into it a 
sharply-pointed pencil of the nitrate of silver. According to Mr. Hig- 
ginbottom, the same result may be accomplished, and with greatly less 
labor, by applying his solution in the manner above indicated. 

The solution of nitrate of silver in nitric ether (3ij — 3 j) is recom- 
mended by Fox in the chronic forms of erythema, eczema, psoriasis, and 
ringioorms. Indolent xdcers, discharging sores with flabby granula- 
tions, are improved in character, and made to heal by application of 
Higginbottom's concentrated solution, or of solid caustic. 

Ulceration of the cervix uteri, endo-cervicitis, granular cervicitis, 
endo-metritis, are effectively treated by nitrate-of-silver applications. 
The solid caustic may be quickly brushed over the mucous membrane, 
or a concentrated solution may be applied with a suitable " applicator." 
There is no doubt that solid caustic may be applied with safety in 
chronic cases to the interior of the uterine cavity, after preliminary dila- 
tation of the cervical canal. This is a most effective treatment, but in- 



208 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

jury is often done by over-stimulation and too-prolonged contact of the 
caustic. Induration of the cervix and narrowing of the cervical canal 
are sometimes produced by injudicious use of the solid caustic. That 
troublesome affection, pruritus of the vulva, may often be removed, 
even when due to pregnancy, by washing the neck, and the cervical 
canal so far as it is accessible, with a strong solution of the nitrate of 
silver (3j — § j). When the pruritus is due to a vesicular eruption on 
the genitals, the application should be made to the affected part. Gon- 
orrhoea (vaginal) of the female is most quickly removed by applying 
through the speculum, and to every part of the canal, a concentrated 
solution of silver nitrate (3 j — 3,j). In the male, gonorrhoea, at its first 
appearance, may sometimes be aborted by a strong injection ( 3 j- — 1 j), 
but unfortunately the period is usually past when this violent practice 
may be advised. Weak solutions (gr. j — grs. v — § j) are, as a rule, 
more efficient, as they are unquestionably safer. Cauterization of the 
prostatic part of the urethra was at one time vulgarized in the treat- 
ment of spermatorrhoea by the influence of Lallemand, but this danger- 
ous practice is rarely necessary. The author coincides with Mr. Fur- 
neaux Jordan in the expression of the belief that a vesicating solution of 
nitrate of silver applied to the perinseum is as generally useful, and, of 
course, entirely without danger. 

Solutions of nitrate of silver are much used in ophthalmic and aural 
surgery. To granular lids, a strong solution (3j — 3 j) is applied; to 
acute conjunctivitis, a weak solution (gr. j — grs. iv — § j) ; but gen- 
erally ophthalmologists prefer the zinc and copper -salts in the treat- 
ment of these affections. The incautious use of silver salts, when there 
are corneal ulcers, may result in unsightly deposits and opacities. Otor- 
rhoea, eczema of the external auditory ?neatus, and chronic inflamma- 
tion of the external ear, may be cured by silver solutions properly ap- 
plied. A commencing furuncle of the external canal may sometimes be 
aborted by application of Mr. Higginbottom's solution. 

The stains made by nitrate of silver on fabrics or on the hands may 
be removed as follows : Moisten the spots and drop upon them a few 
drops of tincture of iodine, and wash with a solution of hyposulphite of 
soda ( 3 ss — § j). These stains may also be removed by washing them 
with the following solution: Cyanide of potassium, 3 ijss ; iodine, grs. 
xv ; water, f iij. 

Besides the above-mentioned external applications of nitrate of silver, 
this salt is also used according to the method of Luton, entitled " paren- 
chymatous substitution." This consists in injecting, with an hypodermic 
syringe, a few drops of a concentrated solution into the parenchyma of 
organs — an irritant injection. Cystic tumors (wens), small fatty tu- 
mors, abscesses, and hydrocele, may be cured by injecting five to ten 
drops of a strong solution (3j — 3 ij). In the case of cysts and hydro- 
cele, the contents may be allowed to escape through the needle, and 



COFFER. 209 

then the irritant solution be injected. More or less active inflammation 
follows, and the sac, after a variable stage of suppuration, becomes en- 
tirely obliterated. 

Old and intractable cases of sciatica that resist other means, includ- 
ing hypodermic injection of anodynes, are sometimes permanently re- 
lieved by injecting deeply into the neighborhood of the affected nerve 
ten to twenty drops of a solution of nitrate of silver. Suppuration usu- 
ally follows, and the local inflammatory process terminates the previous- 
ly-existing nerve-lesion (parenchymatous substitution). 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholo^v, Dr. Roberts. Manual of Hypodermic Medication, second edition, ar- 
ticle, Irritant Injections. 

Bogolowsky, Dr. VirchovSs Archiv far pathologische Anatomie, vol. xlvi., 1S69, p. 409. 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. On Diseases of the Skin, second edition, 1873. 

Fox, Dr. Wilson. On Diseases of the Stomach, revised edition, London and New 
York, 1872, pp. 93, 142, 179. 

Higginbottom, John, F. R. S. The Practitioner, vol. ii., p. 34. 

Jordan, Flr.veaux. The Practitioner, vol. ii., p. 74. 

Reynolds, Dr. Russell. On Epilepsy, London, 1861, p. 333. 

Sieveeixg, Dr. Edward H. On Epilepsy, second edition, London, 1S61. 

Scattergood, Dr. Thomas. British Medical Journal, May 20, 1871. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Cuprum. — Copper. Cuivre, Fr. ; JSupfer, Ger. 

Gupri Subacetas. — Subacetate of copper. Verdigris. " In masses 
of a pale-green color, almost wholly soluble in dilute sulphuric acid, 
with the aid of heat. Ammonia added to the solution produces a pre- 
cipitate, which is entirely dissolved by an excess of the alkali." 

Gupri Sulphas. — Sulphate of copper. Blue vitriol. " In blue crys- 
tals, slightly efflorescent in the air, and entirely soluble in water. Ara- 
monia throws down from the solution a precipitate, which is wholly 
dissolved when the alkali is added in excess." Dose, gr. -J— -gr. ss. 

immoniatum. — Ammoniated copper. A deep, azure-blue 
powder, having an ammoniacal odor, and a styptic, metallic taste. It is 
soluble in water. Dose, gr. ^ — gr. j. 

Antagonists axd Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, 
lime-water, mineral salts (except the sulphates), iodides, and most 
astringent, vegetables, are chemically incompatible with the salts of 
copper. In cases of poisoning, white of eggs and milk should be given 
freely, but evacuation of the contents of the stomach is necessarv, for 
the albuminate of copper is not devoid of toxic power. The most effec- 
tive chemical antidote is said to be the ferro-cyanide of potassium, form- 
ing the insoluble ferro-cyanide of copper. Magnesia has also been pro- 
posed, but it should not be relied on to the exclusion of albumen and 
ferro-cyanide of potassium, nor should any antidote be used without 
evacuating the stomach contents bv emetics or the stomach-pump. 
13 



210 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Synergists. — The salts of lead, tin, zinc, mercury, silver, gold, favor 
the therapeutic action of the copper-salts. All of these agents agree 
m.this: they promote waste, and affect the functions of the nervous 
system secondarily. All unfavorable hygienic conditions, which de- 
press the functions of the body, increase the activity of the copper- 
salts. 

Physiological Actions. — The salts of copper have a styptic, metal- 
lic taste. When a poisonous dose of a copper-salt has been taken the 
following symptoms, referable to the digestive organs, appear : A strong 
metallic taste, burning and constriction of the throat, increased flow of 
saliva, burning pain at the epigastrium, with griping and colic-pain of 
the intestines, nausea and vomiting. The vomited matters have usually 
a bluish or greenish color, and the intestinal evacuations, which begin 
in a few minutes after the poison has been swallowed, are dark-greenish 
and frequently bloody. These are the symptoms produced by the irri- 
tant poisons, and have no special characters, except, it may be, the color 
of the evacuations. The salts of copper, being diffusible substances, 
quickly enter the blood, and the systemic symptoms which follow are 
referable to the nervous system and the organs of excretion. In the 
blood, as is the case with the other metallic poisons, copper probably 
exists in the form of an albuminate in close relation to the red blood- 
globules. The breathing becomes short, hurried, and labored; the 
pulse small, quick, and weak ; the skin cold and perspiring, and rest- 
lessness, headache, trembling, cramps, vertigo, and stupor, are followed 
by convulsions (clonic or tetanic), paralysis, and insensibility. 

Inhalation of cupreous fumes, as in certain occupations in the arts, 
the slow introduction of small quantities, as occurs sometimes from 
cooking acid fruits in copper vessels, or the prolonged medicinal admin- 
istration of moderate doses of a copper-salt, will produce the symptoms 
of chronic or slow poisoning. When inhaled, the. symptoms first ob- 
served are those of bronchial irritation and bronchial catarrh (Hirt). 
Internally administered, a gastro-intestinal catarrh is produced, epigas- 
tric pain is experienced, nausea, vomiting, colic, tenesmus, and dysen- 
teric discharges, and complete anorexia occur. The loss of appetite, 
and the interference with digestion, as well as the injury done to the 
red blood-globules, impair the strength and increase the waste of the 
tissues. A purplish line along the margin of the gum has been ob- 
served, salivation and ulceration of the gums not unfrequently occur, 
and occasionally jaundice is present as one of the symptoms. As re- 
gards the nervous system, headache, muscular trembling, paresis of the 
limbs, and sometimes paralysis, altered sensations, defects of coordi- 
nation, impaired mind, result. These nervous symptoms, with bronchial 
and gastro-intestinal catarrh, are usually grouped together in the case 
of chronic cupreous poisoning in artisans. 

Copper is eliminated by the liver, intestinal canal, salivary glands, 



COPPER. 211 

and kidneys. As is the case with the other metallic poisons, copper 
tends to accumulate in the liver. 

Therapy. — The sulphate of copper is one of the remedies sometimes 
effective in the vomiting of pregnancy. For this purpose not more 
than one-twentieth of a grain, three times a day, is admissible. ]J. 
Cupri sulphat., grs. ij ; aquas destil., § ss. M. Sig. Six drops a dose. 

As sulphate of copper is a very prompt and effective emetic, it is 
frequently resorted to in cases of narcotic poisoning. Ij&. Cupri sul- 
phat., grs. vi ; aquas destil., I ij. M. Sig. A taolespoonful every fifteen 
minutes until vomiting ensue. It may be used under the same circum- 
stances, but is by no means so desirable an emetic, in croup, as subsul- 
phate of mercury. Minute doses of sulphate of copper render excellent 
service in g astro-intestinal catarrh, especially when the bowels are re- 
laxed. $. Cupri sulphat., gr. j ; ext. nucis vom., grs. iv. M. ft. pil. 
no. xvj. One three times a day before meals. When the food taken 
gives rise to colic, which is quickly followed by the inclination to stool, 
there should be combined with the above prescription one grain of 
morphium sulphate. When constipation coexists with intestinal catarrh, 
the following prescription is useful: $. Cupri sulphat., gr. j; ext. 
physotigmatis, ext. belladonna?, ext. nucis vom., iia. grs. iv. Ft. pil. 
no. xvj. Sig. One pill, three times a day, before meals. 

The sulphate of copper is a most useful remedy in acute dysentery. 
IjL Cupri sulph., gr. ss; magnesias sulph., Ij; acid sulph. dil., 3j; 
aquas, z iv. M. Sig. A tablespoonful every four hours. After the 
acuter symptoms have subsided, the sulphate of copper may be given 
with morphia and opium. Of all the metallic astringents employed for 
this purpose, sulphate of copper is the most effective in chronic diar- 
rhoea and chronic dysentery. ]J. Cupri sulphat., gr. j; morphias sulph. 
gr. j ; quinias sulph., grs. xxiv. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill three 
times a day. Sulphate of copper is indicated when there are present 
colic-pains, tenesmus, and the stools, partly feculent, contain mucus 
streaked with blood. When tolerance is established, the quantity of 
copper in the above formulas may be increased slowly to one-fourth of a 
grain. Rarely can more than one-twelfth of a grain be given to an adult 
unaccustomed to its use, without causing very unpleasant nausea and 
depression. 

The dysentery and cholera infantum of children, and the chronic 
enter o-colitis which sometimes succeeds to measles, are often remark- 
ably benefited by minute doses of sulphate of copper. 1^,. Cupri sulphat., 
gr. j ; tinct. opii deodor., gtt. viij ; aquas destil., 3 iv. M. Sig. A tea- 
spoonful every two, three, or four Jiours, for a child from one to two 
years of age. 

The sulphate of copper is a useful palliative astringent in the diar- 
rhoea of phthisis. It should be combined with opium. 

Kissel regards the salts of copper as curative in pmeumonia, and the 



212 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

preparation wbich lie prefers is the tincture of the acetate (Phar. Ger.). 
The mortality under this treatment was only 4.3 per cent. Rademacher 
and his followers have based a large part of their therapeutical system 
on the uses of copper. 

The salts of copper, especially the cuprum ammoniatum, are among 
the numerous remedies employed in the treatment of epnlepsy, chorea^ 
and hysteria. Successful results have, it is true, been obtained by the 
use of these remedies, but at the present time they are rarely employed. 

Exteenal Uses. — The salts of copper do not act very energetically 
on the unbroken integument. Applied to wounds they are astringent 
— that is, they combine with albumen, contract the tissues, and coagu- 
late the blood. A crystal of sulphate of copper may be used to arrest 
bleeding from small wounds, e. g., from leech-bites. Indolent ulcers 
with flabby granulations can be stimulated to a renewed and more 
healthy activity by touching the affected surface with a crystal of sul- 
phate of copper, or by frequent application of a solution (grs. ij — grs. 
x — ^j). The following is an excellent injection in gonorrhoea after 
the acute stage: IjL Cupri sulph., grs. iv; morphiae sulph., grs. viij ; 
liq. plumbi subacetat., 3 j ; aquas rosae, § iv. M. Sig. As an injec- 
tion. In that troublesome affection granidar lids, the sulphate of 
copper may be rubbed over the everted lid once a day with advan- 
tage. The application gives great pain, and is immediately followed 
by intense hyperemia, which, however, subsides in a few hours, leaving 
the conjunctiva in much better condition than before. 

In scabies, a solution of sulphate of copper ( § j— Oj) has been used 
with great success, the lotion being applied after the crusts have been 
thoroughly removed with soap and water. An ointment of acetate of 
copper (grs. x — § j) is a very effective application in herpes circinatus 
(ringworm). The following formula has been recommended in menta- 
gra: I5L Cupri sulph., 3j; zinci sulph., § ss ; aquas laur.-cerasi, ^jss; 
aquae destil. ad § xvj. M. Sig. Lotion. The acetate and carbonate 
of copper are very effective remedies in tinea sycosis. I}. Cupri carb., 
3 ij ; adipis, 3 j. M. 

Authorities referred to : 

Hirt, Dr. Ludtyig. Die Krankhaften der Arbeiter, erste Abtheihmg, p. 79, et seq., 
Breslau, 1871. 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Berlin, 1874, p. 209. 

Gubler, Prof. Adolph. Commentaires Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius, 
Paris, 1868, p. 435. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, Berlin, 1870, p. 291. 

Tardieu, Ambroise. Dictionnaire d 1 Hygiene Publique et de Salubrite, deux, edition, 
Paris, 1862, vol i., article Cuivre. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, p. 458, et seq. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, articles Cuprum, Cupri Sulphas, 
Cupri Acetas. 



LEAD. 213 

Plumbum. — Lead. Plomb, Fr. ; JBlei, Ger. 

Plumb i Oxidum. — Oxide of lead. Litharge. " In small yellowish 
or orange-colored scales, insoluble in water, but almost wholly soluble, 
with slight effervescence, in dilute nitric acid. The solution is affected 
bv potassa, like that of carbonate of lead in the same acid." 

Emplastrum Plumbi. — Lead-plaster. Litharge and olive oil. 

Plumbi Acetas. — Acetate of lead. Sugar of lead. "In colorless 
crystals which effloresce on exposure to the air. It is dissolved by dis- 
tilled water, with a slight turbidness, which is removed by the addition 
of vinegar. With this solution carbonate of sodium produces a white, 
iodide of potassium a yellow, and hydrosulphuric acid a black precipi- 
tate. Upon the addition of sulphuric acid vapor is evolved, having the 
smell of vinegar." Dose, gr. ss — grs. v. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. — Solution of subacetate of lead. "A 
colorless liquid of the specific gravity of 1.267. It is decomposed by 
exposure to the air, carbonate of lead being formed. When added to a 
solution of gum it occasions a dense white precipitate." 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Lilutus. — Diluted solution of subacetate 
of lead. (Solution of subacetate, 3iij; distilled water, Oj.) 

Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. — Cerate of subacetate of lead. 

Plumbi Carbonas. — Carbonate of lead. "A white substance in 
powder or pulverulent masses, insoluble in water, but soluble, with ef- 
fervescence, in dilute nitric acid. Potassa added to the solution pro- 
duces a white precipitate, which is wholly dissolved by an excess of the 
alkali. Heat renders it yellow, and, with the aid of charcoal, reduces 
it to the metallic state." 

Unguentum Plumbi Carbonatis. — Ointment of carbonate of lead. 
(Carbonate, 3j; ointment, 3vij.) 

Plumbi N"itras. — Nitrate of lead. "In white, nearly opaque, octa- 
hedral crystals, permanent in the air, and of a sweet astringent taste. 
It is soluble in seven and a half parts of cold water, and in alcohol. Its 
solution is precipitated black by hydrosulphate of ammonium, white by 
ferrocyanide of potassium, and yellow by iodide of potassium." 

Plumbi Iodidum. — Iodide of lead. "A bright-yellow T , heavy, in- 
odorous powder, fusible and volatilizable by heat, and soluble in twelve 
hundred and thirty-five parts of cold, and one hundred and ninety-four 
parts of boiling water. A hot saturated solution, on cooling, deposits 
the salt in brilliant, golden scales." 

Unguentum Plumbi Iodidum. — Ointment of iodide of lead. (Iodide 
of lead, 3j; ointment, 3 vij.) 

Antagoxists and Ixcompatibles. — Natural waters containing lime, 
sulphates, carbonates, carbonic acid, mineral acids and mineral salts, 
vegetable acids, alkalies, iodide of potassium, the vegetable astringents 
in general, albuminous solutions, and the preparations of opium, are in- 
compatible. In cases of poisoning by acetate of lead, the proper anti- 



214: AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

dotes are the sulphates of soda or magnesia, phosphate of soda, milk, 
and albuminous solutions. Emetics and the stomach-pump should be 
used. 

Synergists. — Cold, digitalis, ergot, veratrum viride, and agents act- 
ing similarly, favor the influence of acetate of lead over the circulatory 
system. Copper, mercury, antimony, and remedies promoting waste, 
increase the depressing effects of lead on the nutrition of the body. 

Physiological Actions. — The acetate is astringent ; that is, it 
combines with albumen to form compounds, for the most part insoluble 
in water and in acids. All the salts of lead are more or less toxic. As 
the acetate, which is most frequently the preparation taken, has a 
sweetish taste, mistakes not unfrequently happen ; but the after-taste 
is decidedly astringent and slightly metallic. As the combination of 
the salts of lead with albumen takes place on contact, this action ensues 
in the mouth in part, and is completed in the stomach. Any part of 
the lead reaching the intestinal canal must be converted into the insol- 
uble sulphide. A very large quantity of the acetate of lead is required 
to produce a fatal effect ; not less than an ounce. When swallowed in 
this quantity and retained, it produces intense gastric irritation, some- 
times cholerif orm symptoms, numbness, paralysis, coma, collapse. Owing 
to the fact that so large a quantity of acetate of lead will be rejected 
by vomiting, cases of acute poisoning rarely terminate fatally, and are 
infrequent. On the other hand, chronic poisoning by lead is very com- 
mon, owing to the use of cosmetics and hair-dyes containing lead, the 
use of food preserved in tin cans soldered with lead, and^ to the con- 
tamination of drinking water. Very rarely is the acetate of lead so 
persistently used in medical practice as to produce toxic symptoms. 

When lead is slowly introduced into the organism in small doses, 
the first symptoms usually observed are loss of appetite, failure of 
strength, more or less wasting, paleness of the face and of the integu- 
ment generally, and constipation. The joints become the seat of rheu- 
matoid pain ; there is dry colic, the pain of which is assuaged by press- 
ure ; and the muscles of the abdominal parietes are also seized with 
neuralgia. At the same time the liver diminishes in size, the abdominal 
fat disappears, the intestines are contracted, the belly is drawn in 
toward the spinal column. Coincidently with the contraction of the 
liver, the skin assumes an icteroid hue, the conjunctivae become yellow, 
and the urine is tinged with the biliary coloring matters. At this time 
may be observed the so-called " blue line " along the margin of the 
incisor teeth — a slate-colored line, probably due to a deposition of the 
sulphide of lead, and found only, according to the author's experience, 
in those not accustomed to the use of a tooth-brush. The mucous 
membrane of the lips and mouth has often a bluish or slate-colored tint, 
and sometimes brownish pigment-deposits are seen on the lips near the 
teeth, and on the gums. Albuminuria may exist at this time, but it is 



LEAD. 215 

commonly present further on in the history of these cases. Lead may 
cause that condition of hyperalbuminosis "which eventuates in albuminous 
urine, but probably it in most cases hastens the development of changes 
in the kidneys already impending. As Garrod has conclusively shown, 
the use of lead, or its slow introduction through unknown channels, 
hinders the conversion of uric acid into urea, and favors the deposition 
of urate of soda about the joints : hence the arthritic pains which ac- 
company the other symptoms of chronic lead-poisoning, and the intimate 
dependence of the presence of lead in the organism and gouty attacks. 

The symptoms thus far sketched are chiefly those due to the influ- 
ence of the agent over the oxidation processes of the body in general. 
It is necessary now to consider the action of lead on the nervous sys- 
tem. Lead gastralgia is an early symptom, in part due to the fact that 
the metal acts directly on the nerves of the stomach, but it is also a 
symptom of the action of the poison on the central nervous system. 
Lead arthralgia, already referred to, is frequently an affection of the 
intra-muscular nerves, and has its seat more especially in the flexor 
muscles. The swelling of the joints and the joint-pains are doubtless 
due, as already explained, to the deposition of the urates in the joints 
themselves, but the term arthralgia is used to describe that form of pain 
about the joints produced by lead. Impaired sensibility to touch is also 
one of the phenomena of lead-poisoning. This lead- anaesthesia is found 
about the neck, chest, the forearms (their palmar face), hands, and 
fingers, and is symmetrically distributed on the two sides. Anassthesia 
of the optic (amaurosis) is also a result of the direct action of lead, but 
dimness of vision and a sluggish pupil may also be due to the albumi- 
nuria which is so frequently present. Paralysis of the common extensors 
of the fingers and of the supinators, while the power of the flexors and 
pronators is much less diminished, constitutes that very striking symp- 
tom of lead-poisoning, " the drop-wrist." When the arms are raised 
the hands drop forward and to the palmar face of the forearm, from an 
inability of the extensors to hold them up. Paralysis may invade the 
laryngeal muscles, producing aphonia. Sometimes the paralysis has the 
hemiplegic form, and, still more rarely, the paraplegic. At the begin- 
ning of the paralysis, the muscular irritability is preserved, but it soon 
lessens, and is lost finally, so that the muscles cease to respond to the 
faradic current. For some time after the induction current fails to ex- 
cite contraction, muscular movements may be obtained by a slowly- 
interrupted galvanic current. 

Death may result from the saturnine cachexia, by the gradual failure 
of nutrition, and by the extension, finally, of the muscular paralysis to 
the muscles of respiration. Death may occur much earlier, by the de- 
velopment of those symptoms to which has been applied the term lead- 
encephalopathy — a form of disease characterized by delirium and con- 
vulsions, ending in fatal coma. 



216 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Lead is very fatal to the life of the foetus, and women the subjects 
of the saturnine cachexia abort early, or produce stillborn children. 

After death, lead is found in various organs of the body, and rela- 
tively in large amount in the brain. It is also largely deposited in the 
substance of the affected muscles and nerves, and the destruction of the 
Hallerian irritability, the disappearance of the striation and the granular 
condition of the nerves, are probably due to the direct action of the metal. 
Lead, also, like the other minerals, tends to accumulate in the liver ; 
much of it is probably eliminated by the intestinal glands and skin, and 
some passes out by the kidnej's. 

The treatment of lead-poisoning is prophylactic and curative. Among 
the former are, personal cleanliness, frequent bathing, the use of sul- 
phuric-acid lemonade, the habitual employment of milk in large quan- 
tity as a food, and the avoidance of all sources of contamination. Among 
the curative measures must be placed first, large doses of the iodide of 
potassium, purgative doses' of Epsom salts, and sulphur-baths. The af- 
fected muscles should be early faradized to prevent atrophic changes. 
When they fail to respond to a faradic current, a slowly-interrupted 
galvanic current should be used, and after a time the faradic irritability 
may be recovered. 

Therapy. — Acetate of lead is one of the astringent remedies em- 
ployed to arrest hcematemesis. It is more especially adapted to the 
vomiting of blood, which accompanies gastric ulcer. This salt exercises 
a favorable influence over the course and progress of gastric ulcer ; it 
allays pain and local inflammation, and modifies the ulcerated surface. 
In chronic gastric catarrh with gastralgia and pyrosis, it has given 
great relief. Notwithstanding the chemical incompatibility, it may be 
advantageously combined with morphia in painful stomach -affections. 
The most frequent use of the acetate of lead in gastro-intestinal disor- 
ders is in the treatment of the various forms of diarrhoea. It is an< ex- 
cellent remedy in the summer diarrhoea of children. IjL Plumbi ace- 
tat., grs. viij ; acid, acetic, gtts. vj ; tinct. opii deodor., gtts. iv; aquse 
destil., ^j. M. Sig. A tea spoonful every two, three, or four hours for 
a child two years of age. In choleraic diarrhoea, acetate of lead is one 
of the most useful astringents: 1$. Plumbi acetat., grs. xxiv; pulv. 
opii, grs. xij ; pulv. camphorae, 3 ss ; sacch. alb. q. s. ft. pulv. no. xii. 
Sig. One powder every hour or two. It is sometimes preferable to ad- 
minister the acetate of lead in solution, when the formula above given 
for children may be used in corresponding dose for adults. Probably, 
the most generally successful remedy for the diarrhoea of phthisis is a 
pill containing equal parts of acetate of lead and opium. The diarrhoea 
of typhoid may also be restrained by acetate of lead and opium ; but 
generally bismuth is more suitable than acetate of lead. In acute and 
chronic dysentery lead is often a useful astringent. Enemata of lead 
and morphia (££. Plumbi acetat., grs. iv; morphias acetat., gr. ss ; aquse 



LEAD. 21 T 

fervid., |j) allay the tenesmus of acute dysentery. Enemata of corre- 
sponding strength to age, of the same composition, are very useful in 
the cholera infantum of children. 

Although the salts of lead undergo important chemical changes in 
the intestinal canal, and are probably very much modified in composi- 
tion before they enter the blood, yet there is no doubt about their power 
to affect remote parts. The value of acetate of lead in various forms of 
haemorrhage has been attested by an immense clinical experience. 
Thus, in hcemoptysis, it is a most useful haemostatic. Careful obser- 
vations on a case of severe and protracted pulmonary haemorrhage 
demonstrated that five grains of the acetate, every three hours, exercised 
a remarkable influence over the arterial tension and the action of the 
heart. Its effects are similar to those of digitalis : it slows the action 
but increases the power of the heart, while at the same time it elevates 
the tension of the arterioles. The astringent is, however, a dynamical 
and not a chemical action, doubtless. There is, therefore, a fitness in 
the prescription of Oppolzer for caseous pneumonia •■: 1^.. Inf. digitalis, 
I iv ; plumbi acetat., 3j ; tinct. opii, 3j. M. Sig. A tablespoonful 
twice a day. A similar combination is serviceable in haemoptysis : fy. 
Plumbi acetat., 3 i j ; pulv. digitalis, 3j; pulv. opii, grs. x. M. ft. 
pil. no. xx. Sig. One every four hours. 

By virtue of its astringent action acetate of lead restrains secretion, 
and hence its utility in bronchorrhcea. It is also serviceable in humid 
asthma and whooping-cough. 

Formerly acetate of lead was used to quiet the action of the heart 
in hypertrophy, and to favor coagulation of the blood in the case of in* 
t- rnal aneurism. It might often be usefully employed in these affec- 
tions now. 

In prescribing the preparations of lead for internal use, the danger 
of producing plumbism should not be overlooked. When it is used for 
any considerable period, the gums should be frequently inspected, and 
on the slightest appearance of a blue line, or on the occurrence of con- 
stipation and abdominal pain, the remedy should be at once discon- 
tinued. 

Extekxal Applicatiox of Lead Preparations. — The uses of lead 
preparations for external diseases are numerous and important. An 
excellent application to burns is white-lead paint — carbonate of lead 
and linseed-oil. This may be objectionable when the surface is very 
large, lest a dangerous amount of absorption take place, but for burns 
of small extent it is safe and gives great relief. The surface of the burn 
is thickly coated with the paint. Lead-lotion {liquor plumbi subace- 
tatis dilutus) is a good application to eczema when there is much weep- 
ing. The following ointment has been recommended in this affection : 
r},. Plumbi acetat., 3SS; camphor, pulv., grs. xv; ol. amygdal., §ij; 
ceras flavae, |j. M. ft. cerat. An excellent formula for ecze?n a, when 



218 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

there are great heat and redness, and profuse discharge, consists of liquor 
plumbi subacetatis, § j ; glycerini, § ss; and cherry-laurel water, § iijss. 
The following formula is recommended by Fox in eczema and lichen : 
I)L Acid, nitrici dil., 3ss; plumbi acetat., grs. v; aquae, § vj. M. In 
erythema the carbonate of lead is used with advantage : IjL Plum- 
bi carb., grs. iv; glycerini, 3j; cerat. simplicis, § j. M. In impetigo 
the following: ^. Plumbi acetat., grs. xv; acid, hydrccyan. dil., m. xx; 
alcoholis, § ss ; aquae, J vss. M. 

Lead-lotions are much used to cure muco-pitrident and purulent 
discharges from the ear, the vagina, and the urethra. They may be 
employed at any stage, and the existence of inflammation does not con- 
traindicate their use. The following is a useful formula tor gonorrhoea: 
I£. Liq. plumbi subacetat. dil., | iv; zinci sulphat., grs. viij. M. Sig. 
As an injection. A chemical change, of course, takes place, but clinical 
experience is in favor of the combination. 

The ointment of the iodide of lead is often a useful application to 
enlarged lymphatic glands and to enlarged spleen. It is also employed 
with benefit in cases of chronic eczema, porrigo, and psoriasis. 

A solution of the nitrate of lead in pure glycerine (grs. x — § j) is an 
effective application to fissured nipples. It need hardly be remarked 
that the nipple should be well washed before the child is permitted to 
suck. Nitrate of lead in form of powder, dusted over the unhealthy 
granulations, gives great relief, and hastens the healing of onychia. 

Authorities referred to : 

Garrod, Dr. A. B. The Nature and Treatment of Gout, London, 1869. 

Gusserow, Prof. Dr. Archiv fur pathologische Anatomie, xxi., 443. 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Meisalze, p. 196, el seq, 

Hirt, Dr. Ludwig. Die Kranhheiten der Arbeiter, p. 92, et seq. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbxich der Arzueimittellehre, Blei-Praparate, p. 268, 
et seq. 

Eosenstein, Prof. Dr. Archiv fur pathologische Anatomie, xxxix., 1 und 174. 

Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxliv., p. 2*79. Mittheilungen 
ueber Meivergiftung, von L. Pappenheim ; E. Clapton ; A. Bobiene ; E. Buchner ; Alois 
Gruber; Stamm; Bucquoy; A. Gubler; Nicaise; E. Meyer; Murchison; Paleari; Pan- 
thie). 

Second Annual Report of the State Board of Health of Massachusetts, 1871, 
p. 21. 

Tardieu, Ambroise. Dictionnaire d 'Hygiene publique et de JSalubrite, deux, edition, 
tome troisieme, p. 334. 

Zincum. — Zinc. Zinc, Fr. ; ZinTc, Ger. 

Zinci Oxiclum. — Oxide of zinc. "A yellowish- white powder, in- 
soluble in water, but soluble in dilute sulphuric and muriatic acids with- 
out effervescence. The solutions, when neutral, yield white precipitates 
with ferrocyanide of potassium and hydrosulphate of ammonium.'" Dose, 
gr. ss — grs. x. 



ZIXC. 219 

Zlncl Carbonas Prcclpltata. — Precipitated carbonate of zinc. A 
light, white powder, resembling magnesia in appearance. 

Ceratum Zlncl Carbonatls. — Cerate of carbonate of zinc. (Carbon- 
ate, 3 ij ; ointment, 3 x.) 

Zlncl Sulphas. — Sulphate of zinc. " In colorless crystals, which 
effloresce on exposure to air. It is soluble in water, and the solution 
affords white precipitates with ammonia, chloride of barium, ferrocya- 
nide of potassium, and hydrosulphate of ammonium. The precipitate 
thrown down by ammonia is wholly soluble in an excess of the alkali." 
Dose, gr. ^ — grs. vj. 

Zlncl Acetas. — Acetate of zinc. "In micaceous crystals, which ef- 
floresce in a dry atmosphere. It is very soluble in water, and its solu- 
tion yields white precipitates with ferrocyanide of potassium and hydro- 
sulphate of ammonium. The salt is decomposed by sulphuric acid, with 
the escape of acetous vapors." Dose, gr. ss — grs. ij. 

TJquor Zlncl Chlorldl. — Solution of chloride of zinc. 

Zlncl Chlorldl. — Chloride of zinc. " A white deliquescent salt, 
wholly soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Its aqueous solution yields 
with nitrate of silver a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid." 
(These preparations are for external use only.) 

Zlncl Valeriana*. — Valerianate of zinc. " A white anhydrous salt, 
in the form of pearly scales, having a faint odor of valerianic acid, and 
a metallic styptic taste. It dissolves in one hundred and sixty parts of 
water, and in sixty of alcohol of the specific gravity of 0.833." 

JJnguentum Zlncl Oxlcll. — Ointment of oxide of zinc. (Oxide of 
zinc, 80 grains ; ointment of benzoin, 400 grains.) 

Antagonists and Incompatible s. — Lime-water, the alkalies and 
their carbonates, nitrate of silver, and the vegetable astringents, are 
incompatible with zinc-salts. The acetate of lead is also incompatible, 
but a solution containing sulphate of zinc and acetate of lead, notwith- 
standing the double decomposition which ensues, is an effective injec- 
tion in gonorrhoea. With valerianate of zinc, acids, many of the metal- 
lic salts, soluble carbonates, and vegetable astringents, are incompatible. 
The antagonists to be used in cases of poisoning by the zinc-salts are 
lime-water, mucilaginous drinks, milk, tannic acid, the carbonated alka- 
lies, common soap, etc. 

Synergists. — The mercurial, silver, antimonial, and copper prepara- 
tions, favor the action of the zinc-salts. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of zinc are active in 
proportion to their solubility and power of diffusion. The chloride, the 
sulphate, and the acetate, are the most active, and in the order in which 
they are placed ; the carbonate and the oxide being insoluble, have very 
feeble diffusive power, and possess consequently very slight activity. 
The chloride is a very active escharotic. Apjolied to the denuded integu- 
ment it sets up decided inflammation, and produces an intense burning 



220 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

pain, followed by sloughing. Owing to its great affinity for water and 
power of combination with albumen, it penetrates deeply and widely, 
and the eschar which it produces is thick, hard, and white. The dried 
sulphate of zinc (deprived of its water of crystallization by heat) is also 
feebly escharotic when applied to an open wound. Solutions of the 
sulphate and acetate act locally as astringents by combining with albu- 
men. 

The soluble salts of zinc have a styptic metallic taste, which is very 
disagreeable. The sulphate of zinc is a very prompt and efficient emetic, 
acting without much preliminary nausea, and without much constitu- 
tional depression. It is a specific emetic; it acts to produce emesis 
when injected into the veins. Long-continued use of the sulphate, even 
in small medicinal doses, may excite ulceration of the mucous membrane. 
The oxide and carbonate, although insoluble and inactive, slowly pro- 
duce systemic effects. The chloride is a powerful irritant poison, caus- 
ing heat and a sense of constriction of the throat, a strong metallic 
taste, burning at the stomach, nausea, vomiting, great depression of the 
pulse, coldness of the surface, cold-sweat, cramps of the legs, etc. The 
mind is unaffected. In a few instances nervous symptoms have fol- 
lowed, besides the cramps, and in one notable case there was loss of the 
senses of taste and smell. 

All of the salts of zinc, when long continued, may produce a train 
of symptoms not unlike those caused by lead, viz., emaciation, pallor, 
loss of strength, constipation and colic, muscular weakness and trem- 
bling, paralysis, etc. The oxide in large doses, and used for along peri- 
od, has produced wasting,' a fetid breath, gastro-intestinal catarrh, weak- 
ness, and feeble mind. 

The zinc-salts most probably exist in the blood in the form of albu- 
minate, and in close relation to the red blood-globules. They manifest 
much less tendency to accumulate, and are excreted much more rapidly 
than mercury, lead, and copper. They diffuse out of the blood chiefly 
by the liver and intestinal glandular apparatus, and are found in great 
quantity in the faeces. To a slight extent they are also excreted by the 
kidneys. 

Therapy. — The sulphate of zinc is much employed as an emetic in 
cases such as narcotic poisoning, where prompt and efficient action is 
necessary. Six grains will generally prove sufficient. It may be re- 
peated every fifteen minutes, well diluted with water, until emesis oc- 
curs. It was formerly much employed as an emetic in croup, but now 
tartar-emetic, but especially the subsulphate of mercury, is preferred. 

The oxide of zinc is an excellent remedy for gastralgia. It is indi- 
cated also in the following state of things: pain after taking food, nau- 
sea, intestinal pain, succeeded by prompt alvine discharges, the faeces 
being made up largely of undigested food. From five to ten grains 
mixed with aromatic powder and combined with morphia, if need be, 



zixc. 221 

may be given before each meal. In the summer diarrhoea of children, 
it is a rerv efficient remedy. It may be administered with bismuth and 
pepsin. !>.. Bismuthi subnitrat., 3j — 3 ij ; pepsinae sacch. (Sheffer's), 
3ss; zinci oxidi, grs. vj — grs. xij. M. ft. pulv. no. xii. Sig. Onepow~ 
d' r every four to six hours. In the chronic diarrhoea both of children 
and adults the oxide of zinc (from two to ten grains) is serviceable un- 
der the same circumstances in which bismuth is presumed to be indi- 
cated, but it is a less pleasant remedy in action than the latter. The 
sulphate (gr. ss — grs. ij) often gives great relief in that form of dys- 
pepsia which is the cause of oxaluria. In small doses, the sulphate, 
like most of the mineral remedies of this group, increases for a time the 
appetite and digestive capacity, but this eifect is soon succeeded by gas- 
trointestinal catarrh, nausea, and loss of appetite. The sulphate as 
well as the oxide, is an astringent ; it arrests the peristaltic movements 
and causes constipation, and is therefore an appropriate remedy in 
chronic diarrhoea and chronic dysentery. In its action and results it 
is similar to but less efficient than sulphate of copper. It may be com- 
bined with opium and ipecacuanha: I]L Zinci sulphat., pulv. opii, pulv. 
ipecac, aa grs. xij. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill three or four 
times a day. 

The zinc preparations possess undoubted efficacy in certain disorders 
of the thoracic organs. The night-sweats of phthisis are often prevent- 
ed by a pill of oxide of zinc and extract of belladonna (three grains of 
the former and half a grain of the latter) given at bedtime. The zinc 
is serviceable without the belladonna, but the combined action is more 
efficient. The sulphate of zinc, by virtue of its astringency, has been 
prescribed in bronchorrhcea, but other agents are now preferred. The 
oxide of zinc is a serviceable prophylactic against the recurrence of the 
attacks of spasmodic asthma. It is also one of the numerous remedies 
which has been used with a varying degree of success in Vihooping- 
cough: IJL Zinci oxidi, 3j; ext. belladonna?, grs. v. M. ft. pil. no. xx. 
Sig. One pill three times a day. A prophylactic for asthma, and as a 
remedy for wmooping-cough. The sulphate of zinc (gr J — gr. j) and ex- 
tract of belladonna (gr. -J- — gr. ss) may be used in combination for the 
relief of the same cases. It is highly probable that the sulphate of zinc, 
being more soluble, is much more efficient in the treatment of these 
neuroses of the digestive organs than the oxide. 

The preparations of zinc exert an influence upon the nervous s} T stem 
which has been and is called antispasmodic. In certain disorders of the 
nervous system, of which the chief manifestations are spasm and con- 
vulsion (clonic), they are sometimes very serviceable. Much has been 
said for and against the oxide of zinc as a remedy for epilepsy, A few 
cases are imj:>roved by it; in the great majority it fails utterly. The 
author expresses with diffidence his conviction that this remedy is most 
useful in those cases in which the peripheric irritation has its origin in 



222 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

the stomach ; it acts by allaying irritability of the terminal filaments of 
the pneumogastric, and probably also by removing a diseased state of 
the gastric mucous membrane. Epileptiform vertigo and epileptiform 
angina pectoris, when they arise (as they not unfrequently do) from 
gastric disorder of some kind, are sometimes cured by the oxide of zinc. 
The so-called nervous headache of hysterical women, nervous cough, 
and aphonia, due to uterine and ovarian irritation, are often relieved 
by the valerianate of zinc. Sulphate of zinc is one of the numerous 
remedies for chorea, acting in a manner similar to arsenic, but inferior 
to this agent in curative power. In neuralgia due to reflex irritation 
from the female pelvic organs, the preparations of zinc, notably the va- 
lerianate, are often extremely beneficial. ~fy. Zinci valerianat., 3j; 
ext. gentianag, 3j; ext. nucis vom., grs. v. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. 
One pill three or four times a day. In chronic alcoholismus, to relieve 
the trembling, to diminish the appetite for strong drink, and to relieve 
the gastric catarrh, the oxide of zinc is very useful : IjL Zinci oxidi, 
3j; piperin., 3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill three or four times 
a dag. 

External Uses. — The author has personal knowledge of several 
cases of caries cured by the injection of Villate's solution. The follow- 
ing is the composition of this fluid : Sulphate of copper, sulphate of 
zinc, of each 15 parts ; solution of subacetate of lead, 30 parts ; vinegar, 
200 parts. The sinus or sinuses leading to the carious bone should be 
thoroughly injected with the solution. It need hardly be remarked that 
this treatment would not remove a sequestrum. 

An excellent caustic for the destruction of lupus, epithelioma, and 
unhealthy ulcers, is the dried sulphate of zinc, which may be freely 
dusted over the affected surface. A superficial slough forms, the sepa- 
ration of which may be aided by a poultice. The most efficient escha- 
rotic consistent with safety is the chloride. No danger is to be appre- 
hended from its absorption, and the strength of the application may be 
easily regulated. For the destruction of malignant growths, chloride of 
zinc is applied of varying strength, by the admixture of different propor- 
tions of flour, or better, of powdered althea-root, so as to form a paste, 
sufficient water being added. One part of the chloride to two, three, 
four, or five parts of flour are the proportions advised by Dr. Canquoin. 
Instead of flour, the chloride may be mixed with anhydrous sulphate of 
lime. A very convenient and useful mode of applying chloride of zinc 
is, to mix it, while in a finely-powdered state, with its weight of gutta 
percha melted with as little heat as possible. The mixture may be 
moulded into any desired shape. The so-called " caustic arrows " are 
nothing more than chloride-of-zinc paste, dried and cut into arrow-like 
slips. These are inserted into the malignant growth, usually at its base, 
in order to separate it from the healthy tissues. 

The salts of zinc are useful applications to certain forms and stages 



ANTIMONY. 223 

of skin-diseases. In eczema, during the secretory stage, the following 
may be used: r>. Zinci oxidi, 3 ij ; glycerini, ij ; liq. plumbi sub- 
acetat., 3jss; aquas calcis ad § vj. M. Sig. Lotion (Fox). This 
formula is serviceable also in impetigo and herpes. An excellent ab- 
sorbent powder for excoriated surfaces is the following: t£. Corn- 
meal, linely sifted, %iv; oxide of zinc, §j; iris powder, gss; oil of 
almonds, gtts. x. M. The following is recommended by Neumann in 
seborrhcea, when there is inflammation : ljL Zinci oxidi, 3 j; plumbi 
carbonat., 3j; cetacei, 5 j; ol. olivas q. s. ft. ung. Sig. Ointment. In 
erythema, intertrigo, and eczema, the following lotion is useful : 3. 
Aluminis, 3j; zinci sulph., grs. x; glycerini, 3j; aquas rosas, § iv. M. 
Sig. Lotion. For erythema and herpes, tlie following may also be used: 
IjL Zinci acetat., grs. ij ; aquas rosas, 3j; ung. aquae rosas, § j. M. 
Si<>\ Ointment. The ointments of the oxide of zinc and the cerate of 
the carbonate are excellent applications in many of the cutaneous affec- 
tions above named. 

Probably the most efficient means for treating gonorrhoea consists 
in the use of a weak zinc-injection frequently repealed. ]£. Zinci 
chloridi, gr. j ; aquae rosae, 3 iv — 3 viij. M. Sig. As an injection. 
I£. Zinci sulph., grs. viij ; aquae rosae, 3 viij. M. Sig. As an injection. 
After the acute symptoms have subsided, the following injection is very 
effective : $. Zinci sulphat., plumbi acetat., aa grs. viij ; ammonias mu- 
riat., aluminis, aa grs. iv; aquas rosas, 3 j. M. Sig. As an injection. 

The sulphate of zinc is very much prescribed by the ophthalmologists 
in conjunctivitis, otorrhcea, etc. It is usually associated with morphia 
and atropia. r£. Zinci sulphat., grs. ij — grs. viij; morphias sulph., grs. 
ij — grs. iv ; atropias sulph., gr. ss — gr. j ; aquas rosas, 3 j. M. Sig. 
For the eye. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fox, Dr. Tilbury. On Diseases of the Skin, second American edition. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolphe. Commentaires Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius. 

Hirt, Dr. Ludwig. Die Krankheiten der Arbeiler, erster Theil, Breslau, 1871, p. 9V, 
et seq. 

NoTn.VAGEL, Dr. Hermann. Ilandbuch der Arzneimittellehre, p. 281, et seq., Zink- 
Priiparate. 

Simpson, Sir James Y. Clinical Lectures on Diseases of Women, American edition, 
1872, p. 195. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeuiique et de Matiere Medicate, eighth edi- 
tion by Paul. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Waldenburg und Simon. Handbuch der ally cmcinen und speciellen Arzneiverordnungs- 
Tiehre, Berlin, 1873. 

Antimonium. — Antimony. Antimoine, Fr. ; Antimon, Ger. 
Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. — Tartrate of antimony and potassi- 
um. Tartar-emetic. "In transparent crystals, which become white and 



224 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

opaque on exposure to the air. It is wholly soluble in twenty parts of 
water. The solution yields no precipitate with chloride of barium, or, 
if very dilute, with nitrate of silver. Hydrosulphuric acid causes an 
orange-red precipitate. A solution containing one part in forty of w 7 ater 
is not disturbed by an equal volume of a solution of eight parts of ace- 
tate of lead in thirty-two of water and fifteen of acetic acid." Dose, 

Emplastrum Antimonii. — Antimonial plaster. (Tartrate of anti- 
mony and potassium, § j ; Burgundy pitch, § iv.) 

TInguentum Antimonii. — Antimonial ointment. (Tartrate of anti- 
mony and potassium, 100 grains ; lard, 400 grains.) 

Vinum Antimonii. — Antimonial wine. (Solution of tartar-emetic 
in sherry wine, 32 grains to the pint ; two grains to the ounce.) Dose, 
m. v— 3 ij. 

Syrupus jSeillce Compositus. — Compound sirup of squill. Hive- 
sirup. (Squill, seneka, tartar-emetic. Contains one grain of tartar- 
emetic to the ounce.) Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Antimonii Oxidum. — Oxide of antimony. " A grayish-white pow- 
der, insoluble in water, but readily and wholly soluble in muriatic or 
tartaric acid." Dose, gr. j — grs. iij. 

Antimonii Oxy sulphur etum. — Oxysulphuret of antimony. "Is a 
purplish-brown, tasteless powder, soft and velvety to the touch, wholly 
and. readily soluble in muriatic acid with evolution of hydrosulphuric- 
acid gas." Dose, gr. j — grs. iij. 

Antimonii Sulphuratum. — Sulphurated antimony. " Is a reddish- 
brown powder, insoluble in water." Dose, gr. j — grs. v. 

In the remarks which follow, tartar-emetic is the only antimonial 
preparation referred to, unless otherwise stated. None of the other 
preparations are employed by modern physicians. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Tannic and gallic acids, and 
vegetable infusions containing them, form an insoluble tannate, and are 
therefore incompatible. Alkalies and the salts of lead decompose tar- 
tar-emetic. It follows that the proper antidotes to poisoning by tartar- 
emetic are tannic acid (green tea, catechu, rhatany, rhubarb, etc.). Opi- 
um, alcohol, ether, etc., and the antispasmodics generally, are physio- 
logically antagonistic. 

Synergists. — The mineral substances of this group promote the ac- 
tion of the antimonials ; also the emetics and cathartics, and depressing 
remedies generally, as veratrum viride, etc. 

Physiological Actions. — Tartar-emetic has a sweetish, styptic, and 
metallic taste. In small medicinal doses, it excites a sensation of warmth 
in the stomach, followed by nausea, increased flow of saliva and buccal 
mucus, an abundant secretion of the gastric and intestinal glandular ap- 
paratus, and also of the liver and spleen. In somewhat larger doses — 
a half-grain to one or two grains — it exGites vomiting, first of the con- 



ANTIMONY. 225 

tents of the stomach, then of gastric mucus, and afterward of mucus 
and biliary matters. The alvine dejections are more fluid and increased 
in number, and consist at first of fluidified faeces ; afterward they are 
made up of a colored liquid, in which there are present biliary matters 
and some faeces ; and, finally, only a colorless or whitish liquid, having 
flocculi of epithelium floating in it, and bearing a striking resemblance 
to the " rice-water discharges " of cholera, is discharged. 

The gastrointestinal symptoms are accompanied by systemic dis- 
turbance — paleness of the face, coldness of the surface (sometimes pre- 
ceded by a very temporary rise of temperature), irregularity and feeble- 
ness of the pulse, and great nervous and muscular prostration. When 
the quantity is sufficient to cause lethal symptoms, they are as follows : 
epigastric pain, vomiting and purging, shrunken features, cold breath, 
cyanosis, arrest of the urinary secretion, aphonia, cramps — the assem- 
blage of symptoms belonging to the collapse of cholera. 

Tartar-emetic, when used in considerable medicinal doses, sets up an 
irritation of the fauces followed by aphthous ulcerations, which continue 
along the oesophagus to the stomach, and are accompanied by saliva- 
tion and painful deglutition. 

Applied to the skin by friction, tartar-emetic excites a follicular in- 
flammation, succeeded by a papule, a vesico-pustule, a surrounding in- 
flammation with indurated base, a central umbilication, and finally des- 
iccation, terminating in a brownish scab. These antimony-pustules are 
very similar to those of vaccine or variola. 

When applied to the skin or injected into the veins, tartar-emetic is 
absorbed, and manifests a selective action on the gastro-intestinal mu- 
cous membrane, causing the same irritant effects as are produced by its 
stomach administration. It is, therefore, a specific, and not a merely 
irritant emetic. 

Tartar-emetic readily diffuses into the blood. In what form, unless 
as an albuminate, it exists in the blood, is not understood. It dimin- 
ishes the number and force of the arterial pulsations, and rapidly lowers 
the blood-pressure. The pulse may fall from 72 to 40, but, according to 
Hirtz, rarely is the number reduced more than 6 to 10 per minute. In 
the healthy subject, the normal temperature, even when a full medici- 
nal dose lias been administered, remains unaffected as to the trunk, 
but it may be reduced in the extremities. In fevers and inflamma 
tions, a considerable reduction of temperature may take place, and 
the same result has been noted in the physiological state when the 
quantity of tartar-emetic has been sufficient to produce choleriform 
symptoms. 

In man delirium, and in animals paralysis, motor and sensory, but 
without impairment of muscular contractility, have been observed from 
lethal doses of tartar-emetic. 

Tartar-emetic promotes waste and hastens the elimination of the 
16 



226 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

products of waste — the excretion both of carbonic acid and of urea 
being" greatly increased by it. 

The antimonial salts are found in the blood, in the liver, and other 
viscera, and are excreted by the bile, the milk, the perspiration, and the 
urine. It is, doubtless, also largely excreted by the intestinal glandu- 
lar apparatus, as is the case with the metals generall\\ 

If tartar-emetic is administered in small doses, and the quantity 
be gradually increased, the nauseating effects of the drug may be 
entirely prevented. When emetic doses even are continued in some 
subjects, this effect finally ceases, and the drug is borne without pro- 
ducing any gastric symptoms. To this state has been applied the 
term tolerance, by the contra-stimulant school of practitioners. It 
must not be lost sight of, that this tolerance, on the part of the stom- 
ach, of large doses does not mean an indifference to the action of 
the remedy, but very serious and profound anatomical alterations may 
result. 

Therapy. — Tartar-emetic was, formerly, much more frequently {de- 
scribed than at present as an emetic in cases of indigestion, character- 
ized by a coated tongue, loaded stomach, and anorexia (Vembarras gas- 
trique). It is sometimes used as an emetic in cases of narcotic poison- 
ing, but sulphate of zinc is preferable. It was formerly used as an 
emetic in the first stage of typhoid and other fevers, but, notwithstand- 
ing this practice is frequently followed by good results, it is now rarely 
pursued. If emesis is desirable in these cases, a less irritating and de- 
pressing emetic should be used. 

In croup tartar-emetic is an efficient emetic, but it must be used 
with caution, owing to the great depression -which it produces, and the 
fatal result which has occurred in many instances. It is not a suitable 
remedy for infants and very young children. The compound sirup of 
squills is a domestic remedy for croup, but the incautious use of this 
has proved fatal. Tartar-emetic is used in laryngismus stridulus to 
produce emesis and consequent relaxation of the muscles of the larynx, 
and in true croup to cause the expulsion of the false membrane. The 
yellow subsulphate of mercury is safer and quite as effective. 

Tartar-emetic is an excellent remedy in the first stage of acute ca 
tarrh, nasal, pharyngeal, and bronchial. It is most efficient in the first 
stage, w 7 hen the mucous membrane is dry and swollen. It promotes 
secretion, diminishes fever, induces diaphoresis, and hastens the elimi- 
nation of inflammatory products. In these cases, from one-twentieth 
to one-twelfth of a grain is usually a sufficient quantit} 7 , for it is not 
necessary that nausea be excited. When cough is violent, a little opium 
may be added to the prescription. T$, . Antimonii et potassii tart., gr. ss ; 
morphias acetat., gr. ss ; aquae, § ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonfid every 
hour or tivo. In acute bronchitis, when the cough is dry and hoarse, 
this agent is useful, and small doses (one-sixteenth of a grain), fre- 



ANTIMONY. 227 

fluently repeated, are more serviceable than large doses at longer in- 
tervals. 

Fonnerlv, under the influence of the contra-stimulant school, tartar- 
emetic was given in large doses in pneumonia. It was sought to es- 
tablish t>>l< ranee at an early period, and to administer the largest doses 
which could be borne. The comparative results of this method of 
treatment and of the expectant and restorative plans demonstrate the 
impropriety of the tartar-emetic treatment, and it is now abandoned. 
It is true that small doses of tartar-emetic, by increasing the action of 
the skin, kidneys, and intestinal canal, may exert a favorable influence 
over the temperature and diminish the plasticity of the exudation ; but 
even small doses must be employed with care, lest a depression should be 
induced which may interfere seriously in the natural course of a disease 
which is self-limited and has its period of crisis. 

Tartar-emetic gives great relief in spasmodic asthma when the bron- 
chial secretion is deficient, and in those cases brought on by an over- 
loaded stomach. In the former case small doses frequently repeated 
until very slight nausea is produced, and in the latter emetic doses, are 
necessary. The following is a useful form of expectorant in the acute 
inflammatory affections of the air-passages: ]J. Antimonii et potassii 
tart., gr. j; ammonii muriat., 3iv; ext. glycyrrhizas, 3 j ; morphine 
muriat., gr. j ; syrup, tolutan., aquas lauro-cerasi, aa 3 j. M. Sig. A 
teaspoonful every two, three, or four hours. 

The ointment of tartar-emetic was formerly much emploj 7 ed to pro- 
duce pustulation of the chest in the more chronic pulmonary diseases. 
This painful and disfiguring form of counter-irritation has passed out of 
use. To produce a crop of variolus-like pustules on the skin does not 
cause a morbid process like caseous pneumonia or tuberculosis to cease 
its ravages ; on the contrary, such extensive suppuration in the skin 
rather favors the development of these diseases. 

A combination of tartar-emetic and opium is a serviceable hypnotic 
in some cerebral disorders. These remedies appear to be most useful 
when wakefulness and delirium are due to cerebral congestion, and 
in those subjects who become excited and wakeful from the use of opium 
alone. In the active delirium and wakefulness of typhoid fever, tar- 
tar-emetic and opium are prescribed: I£. Antimonii et potassii tart., gr. 
j — grs. ij ; morphia sulph., gr. jss ; aquas lauro-cerasi, 3 j. M. Sig. A 

spoonful every two, three, or four hours. In delirium tremens, when 
the same conditions exist, the same combination may be prescribed. 
Since the introduction of chloral and bromide of potassium, however, 
the use of these drugs for the purposes just indicated has been much 
restricted. 

In acute inflammatory and febrile diseases, minute doses of tar- 
tar-emetic (gr. -jig-), frequently repeated, render an incontestable ser- 
vice. Typhoid, typo-malarial, and remittent fevers, acute rheuma- 



228 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

tism, erysipelas, etc., are maladies thus benefited. This remedy is, of 
course, contraindicated when there is much irritability of the stomach 
and intestinal canal. At the outset of fevers it was formerly the cus- 
tom to prescribe an active emetic, and good results certainly followed 
this practice. The author believes that he has frequently seen impend- 
ing attacks of malarial fever aborted by emetic doses of antimony and 
ipecac. Free emeto-catharsis moderates the severity of remittent fever 
in robust subjects when produced in the incipiency of this disease, and 
also puts the mucous membrane in a better state for the disposition of 
medicines and food. 

Before the days of anaesthesia tartar-emetic was much used to relax 
the muscular system for the reduction of dislocations, to facilitate the 
taxis in strangulated hernia, to relieve rigid os and p>erinmum in labor, 
etc., but it is now no longer employed for these purposes. 

Authorities referred to : 

Gubler, Dr. A. Commentaires Therapeutiques du Codex Medicamentarius, p. 624, etseq. 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lelirbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, p. 218, Antimonsalze. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, p. 218, et seq., Antimon- 
Praparate. 

Radziejewsky, Dr. S. Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, vol. cliii., p. 10, 
Zur Wirkung des Antimon. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, American edition, p. 476. 

Trousseau et Pidoux; Traite de T herapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, edition by 
Paul, huitieme edition, vol. ii., p. 951. 

Cadmium. — Cadmium. Cadmium, Fr, ; Kadmium, Ger. ; Gadmii 
Sulphas, Sulphate of Cadmium. 

x\ctions and Uses. — There is a strong resemblance — an identity 
of action, indeed — between zinc and cadmium, except that the latter is 
the stronger. Cadmium has a decidedly caustic and astringent taste ; it 
is powerfully nauseant and emetic, producing great depression of the 
powers of life. Locally the effects are those of an irritant poison, and 
the systemic effects correspond ; although there are produced such 
cerebro-spinal symptoms as coma and convulsions. This agent is not 
administered internally, the preparations of zinc being preferred for all 
purposes to which cadmium might be applied as a remedy. 

In ophthalmic practice, cadmium seems to be much esteemed as a 
collyrium. It is held to possess special powers in causing absorption 
of opacities of the cornea: IjL Cadmii sulph., grs. ij; squge rosse, § j. 
M. Sig. Collyrium. A solution of the same strength is said to be an 
excellent local application in otorrhcea. There is no doubt that cad- 
mium is an efficient injection in gonorrhoea y but it is important in the 
application of this, as of so many other astringent remedies, that it be 
not too strong — one grain of cadmium sulphate to four ounces of water 
being sufficient in most cases. 

An ointment of cadmium is used somewhat by French physicians, 



CERIUM. 229 

in the treatment of external affections. For this purpose we may direct 
ten grains of the sulphate to be intimately incorporated with an ounce 
of simple ointment. 

Cerium. — Cerii Oxalas, Oxalate of Cerium. A white powder, in- 
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. Dose, two to five grains in pill- 
form, as it is insoluble in the ordinary menstrua. It may be suspended 
in mucilage. 

Sir James Simpson was the first to propose the use of oxalate of 
cerium to restrain vomiting arising from various causes, especially from 
pregnancy ; and he brought forward many cases illustrative of its 
value. As he pointed out, it sometimes succeeds immediately, but 
usually the best effects are experienced after several days' use. The 
oxalate of cerium sometimes succeeds remarkably in vomiting due to 
serious organic lesions, as in cancer (Peters). It has been narrated in 
one case, that four grains were administered every two hours until about 
COO grains were taken. The good result which followed this large ad- 
ministration of the drug indicates that, in vomiting from similar causes, 
larger doses may be sometimes necessary to secure the best curative 
effects. In chronic diarrhoea, cerium may take the place of bismuth. 

Authorities referred to : 

Peters, Dr. John C. New York Medical Record, 1877. 

Simpson, Dr. J. Y. Lectures on Diseases of Women* The Medical Times and Gazette, 
1859, vol. ii., p. 280. 

Alumen, — Alum. Ahm, Fr. ; Alaun, Ger. 

Aluminii et Potassii Sulphas. — Potassa alum. " A white, slightly- 
efflorescent salt, crystallizing in regular octahedrons, and possessing an 
acid, sweetish, astringent taste. It dissolves in from fourteen to fifteen 

7 7 O 

times its weight of cold, and three-fourths of its weight of boiling water, 
but is insoluble in alcohol." 

Ahimen Exsiccatum. — Dried alum. Alum deprived of its water of 
crystallization by heat. 

Aluminii Sulphas. — Sulphate of aluminium. " Has a sour, some- 
what sweetish, and astringent taste, and an acid reaction. It is soluble 
in twice its weight of water." 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates 
and acetate of lead are chemically incompatible. 

Synergists. — The mineral and vegetable astringents promote its 
therapeutical activity. 

Physiological Actions. — The sweetish taste of alum first experi- 
enced is quickly followed by a decided astringency. It provokes an 
abundant flow of saliva, and the albumen of the saliva and buccal mucus 
is coagulated in whitish, membrane-like flakes. Contraction of the 
capillaries, blanching of the mucous membrane, and subsequent dimi- 



230 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

nution of secretion, take place ; hence the dryness of the throat, thirst, 
and constipation, which result from its use. In doses of a teaspoonful, 
or more, alum is an efficient emetic. Under certain morbid states it 
also proves laxative. Notwithstanding its power to coagulate albumen, 
it is absorbed into the blood, as w 7 as shown by Orfila, and may be found 
in the liver and in the urine. Circulating in the blood, alum affects the 
capillaries, diminishing their calibre, lessens secretion, especially of the 
mucous membranes, and arrests haemorrhage. In very large doses alum 
produces decided irritant effects* — nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, 
diarrhoea, etc. 

Dried alum, in consequence of its strong affinity for water, and its 
power to coagulate albumen, is a mild escharotic. 

Therapy. — Alum is one of the remedies which may be used in 
gastric catarrh. It is said to be most effective when there is vomiting 
of glairy mucus. £>. Aluminis, 3 ij ; extract, gentian., 3 ss. M. ft. 
pil. no. xxx. Sig. Two pills three times a day. Alum is a serviceable 
haemostatic in hwmatemesis. It is, of course, adapted only to cases of 
passive haemorrhage, when there is a relaxed condition of the mucous 
membrane. Other astringents — as, for example, Monsel's salt — are 
more effective. When intestinal haemorrhage is dependent on mechani- 
cal causes (cirrhosis, for example), and the mucous membrane is free 
from acute inflammation, alum is a serviceable astringent. It was for- 
merly much used in chronic diarrhoea and chronic dysentery ', but more 
effective agents are now employed in these diseases. The following 
formulae are applicable to the above-mentioned diseases,' in the absence 
of more suitable agents : r> . Aluminis, 3 ij ; pulv. aromat., 3 j ; pulv. 
opii, grs. vj — grs. xij. M. ft. pulv. ho. vj. Sig. One powder ', in honey 
or sirup, three times a day or oftener. J$. Aluminis, 3j; extract, 
opii, grs, x ; catechu, 3 j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. Two pills every two, 
three, or four hours. £>. Aluminis, 3 ij ; pulv. opii, grs. iij — grs. vj ; 
pulv. kino, 3 j ; sacch. lactis, ^j. M. ft. pulv. no. vj. Sig. One pow- 
der every three hours. 

It is a singular fact that the most effective agent for the cure of 
colica pictonum is alum. It relieves the pain and nausea, and over- 
comes the constipation, more certainly than any other agent. The 
chemical theory of its action is entirely unequal to the explanation of 
its remarkable effects ; the conversion of any portion of the lead pres- 
ent in the intestinal canal into the insoluble sulphate would not suf- 
fice to quiet pain, relieve flatulence, and relax the obstinately-con- 
stipated bowels. Its action is doubtless dynamical ; it overcomes the 
relaxation and paresis of the muscular layer, on which the phenomena 
of lead-colic depend. The following are convenient formulae for the 
administration of alum in this disease : $ . Aluminis, 3 ij ; acid, sul- 
phuric, dil., 3 j; syrp. limonis, |j; aquae, § iij. M. Sig. A table- 
spoonful every hour or two. 1} . Aluminis, 3 ij ; vini, ^ iv ; catechu, 



ALUM. iJI 

3j ; tragacanthae, 3j; aquae, 3 viij. M, Sig. A tablespoonful every 
hour. Alum-whey, prepared as follows, may be used in lead-colic: To 
a pint of boiling milk, add ninety grains of alum-powder; separate the 
curd, and sweeten the whey if desired with an ounce of white sugar. A 
wineglassful may be taken every hour or two. 

Alum not unfrequently affords relief in gastralgia, enteredgia, and 
catarrh of the intestines. It is a serviceable laxative in females of lax 
fibre, in whom constipation depends upon a paretic sta'te of the muscu- 
lar layer of the bowel. It is true that we possess many other agents 
more agreeable for administration, and also more effective ; but alum is 
cheap, and always to be obtained. 

Alum, dissolved in infusion or solution of the extract of logwood, is 
a useful injection in haemorrhage from the rectum, or as an application 
to bleeding piles, ov as an astringent wash in prolapsus of the rectum in 
children. A crystal of alum, cut into a globular shape, may be passed 
into the rectum in such cases. The following ointment may be ap- 
plied to haemorrhoids when they protrude, bleed, and are painful: I£. 
Pulv. aluminis, 3 ij ; pulv. camphors?, pulv. opii, aa 3 j ; unguent., 3 j. 
M. Sig. Ointment. 

Notwithstanding the theoretical objections which have been made 
as to its utility, the use of alum is sanctioned by high authority in 
haemorrhages from distant organs of the body. Oppolzer recommends 
the following formula: 1^,. Aluminis, amy li, aa 3j; sacchari, 3 ij. M. 
ft. pulv. no. vj. Sig. One powder every two hours. Skoda advises the 
following formula in haemoptysis: Tfc. Aluminis, 3j; sacch. alb., 3ss; 
pulv. ipecac, comp., 3j. M. ft. pulv. no. vj. Sig. One powder every 
ttco hours. 

Alum was formerly used in diabetes mellitus, but more effective 
methods of treatment have taken its place. Good results have cer- 
tainly been produced by the use of alum in diabetes insipidus. Colli- 
quative siceats are moderated by the internal use of alum, and by spong- 
ing the surface with a solution. 

Alum has been used with a certain measure of success in whooping- 
cough, during the spasmodic stage, but the more certain and palatable 
remedies now in our possession have quite displaced it. As an emetic 
in croup, there is no doubt of the utility of alum. It is used to cause 
the dislodg>ement of the false membrane, and to prevent its reformation. 
It acts without depressing the bodily functions, is prompt, and thor- 
ough. A teaspoonful of the powder, mixed with honey or sirup, may 
be given, and repeated every half-hour until free emesis occurs. 

External Uses of Alum. — A solution of alum, in nitric ether, is 
6aid to be an effective application in toothache ( 3 i j — 3 vij ). When 
the gums are spongy and ill-conditioned, and manifest a tendency to 
recede from the teeth, the following local application is very service- 
able : 1^. Aluminis, 3 j; vini, Oj ; tinct. cinchonae, 3 ss; tinct. myrrhae, 



232 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

3 ij ; mel. rosae, § ij. M. Sig. As a gargle. When there is much re- 
laxation of the faucial mucous membrane, alum and sugar, in equal pro- 
portions, may be applied by an insufflation-tube. Powdered alum, 
dusted over the affected surface, is a useful application in chronic 
pharyngitis, chronic tonsillitis, chronic nasal catarrh. Ulcers of the 
mouth, whether syphilitic, or due to nursing, or arising from gastric 
disorder, are improved in character by application of a crystal of alum. 
A useful gargle in various affections of the mouth and throat is the fol- 
lowing: IjL Infus. lini, I xv ; tinct. kino, f j ; aluminis, 3 ij. M. Sig. 
As a gargle. 

In catarrhal ophthalmia, after the acute symptoms have subsided, 
an alum-lotion is useful. I£. Aluminis, 3j; aquae rosae, 1 iv. M. Sig. 
Lotion. Alum-curd is a domestic application which is often service- 
able : 3 ss of alum to the white of an egg. 

The following is a useful injection in chronic gonorrhoea: I£. Alu- 
minis, 3 j ; zinci sulphatis, 3 ss ; sodii biborat., grs. iv ; aquae rosae, 1 viij. 
M. Sig. An injection. This prescription is equally applicable to 
leucorrhoea. 

Alum is a useful hemostatic, but there are others more powerful. 
Alum is a constituent of the once famous Pagliari's mixture (Mentel's). 
]J. Benzoini, gr. c; alcohol, fort., f ss. Dissolve and add water, §x; 
alum, § j. The mixture is to be boiled until clear, and, when cool, fil- 
tered. This is also a good preservative solution for anatomical prepa- 
rations, and is an effective application in leucorrhoea, pruritus of the 
vulva, etc. 

Alum I ss, the whites' of four eggs, and tincture of camphor 1 ij, is an 
excellent application to bed-sores. Burned alum is a mild escharotic, 
which is sometimes used to destroy exuberant granulations. 

Authorities referred to : 

Gubler, Dr. A. Commentaires de Therapeutique, etc., p. 433. 
Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittettehre, p. 311. 
Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therap., etc., vol. i., p. 188. 
Waldenburg und Simon. Handbuch der Arzneiverordnungs-Lehre, p. 154. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Acidum Tannicum. — Tannic acid. Tanin, Fr. ; Tanninum, Ger. 

"Tannic acid has a yellowish-white color, and strongly astringent 
taste. It is decomposed and entirely dissipated when thrown on red- 
hot iron. It is very soluble in water, and less so in alcohol and ether. 
Its solution reddens litmus, and produces, with solution of gelatine, a 
white, flocculent precipitate ; with the salts of the sesquioxide of iron a 
bluish-black precipitate ; and with solutions of the alkaloids white pre- 
cipitates, very soluble in acetic acid." Dose, gr. j — 3 j. 

Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. — Glycerite of tannic acid. (Tannin, 

5 ij ; gly cerin -j 5 viij;) 



TANNIC ACID AND VEGETABLE ASTRINGENTS. 233 

Uhguentum Acidi Tannici. — Ointment of tannic acid. (Tannin, 
3ss; lard, f j.) 

Supposltoria Acidi Tannici. — Suppositories of tannic acid. (Tan- 
nin, 3 j ; ol. theobroma?, 3 v.) 

Acidum Gallicum. — Gallic acid. Acide Galliquc, Fr.; Gallapfel- 
sau re, Ger. 

"Gallic acid is in small, silky, nearly colorless crystals, Laving a 
slightly acid and astringent taste. It is soluble in one hundred parts 
of cold, and in three of boiling water. The solution reddens litmus, 
and does not produce a precipitate with a solution of gelatine, or of sul- 
phate of protoxide of iron. With solutions of salts of sesquioxide of 
iron, it produces a bluish-black precipitate, the color of which disappears 
when the liquid is heated. It is decomposed by a strong heat, and en- 
tirely dissipated when thrown on red-hot iron." Dose, gr. j — grs. x. 

Glyceritum Acidi Gallici. — Glycerite of gallic acid. (Gallic acid, 
3 ij ; glycerin., § viij.) 

The following remedies contain a tannic acid, and have physio- 
logical and therapeutical actions due to the presence of this sub- 
stance : 

Galla. — Nutgall. Nbix de galle, Fr. ; Gallapfel, Ger. 

Tinctura Gallo3. — Tincture of galls. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

TInguentum Gallon. — Ointment of galls. (Galls in fine powder, 3 j ; 
lard, 420 grains.) 

Composition. — Tannic acid (gallo-tannic), 60 to 70 per cent. ; gallic 
acid, 3 per cent. ; sugar, resin, etc. 

Catechu. — Catechu. "An extract prepared principally from the 
wood of Acacia Catechu." Cachou, Fr. ; Katechusafe, Ger. 

Tinctura Catechu. — Tincture of catechu. (Catechu, 3 iij ; cinna- 
mom., 3 ij ; diluted alcohol, Oij.) Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Infusum Catechu Composition. — Compound infusion of catechu. 
(Catechu, 3 ss ; cinnamon, 3 j ; boiling water, Oj.) Dose, 3 j — § ss. 

Composition. — Catechin, or catechuic acid. 

Kino. — Kino. " The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium, 
and of other plants." Kino de VInde, Fr. ; Kino Gummi, Ger. 

Tinctura Kino. — Tincture of kino ( 3 vj — Oss). Dose, m. x— 3 ij. 
Composition. — Kinc-tannic acid. 

Krameria. — Rhatany. " The root of Krameria triandra." JRatanhia } 
Fr. ; Hatanhiaicurzel, Ger. 

Extraction Kramerio3. — Extract of rhatany. Dose, grs. v — grs. x. 



234 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Infusum Kramerioz. — Infusion of rhatany ( J j — Oj). -Dose, 3 ss— 

Extractum Erameriw Fluidum. — Fluid extract of rhatan}'. Dose, 
m. v — 3 ss. 

Syrupus Kramer ias. — Sirup of rhatany. Dose, 3 j — 3 iv. 

Composition. — Ratanhia-tannic acid; odorous principle; wax, gum, 
etc. 

HcBmatoxylon. — Logwood. " The heart-wood of hasmatoxylon Cam- 
pechianum." Bois de Campeehe, Fr. ; Campecheholz, Ger. 

Decoctum Ecematoxyli. — Decoction of logwood. (Logwood, ^ j ; 
water, Oij, boiled down to Oj.) Dose, § ss — § j. 

Extractum Hcematoxyli. — Extract of logwood. Dose, grs. v — 3j. 

Composition. — Hematoxylin, tannic acid, etc. 

Geranium. — Cranesbill. " The rhizoma of Geranium maculatum." 
No officinal preparations. 

Composition. — Tannic and gallic acids, resin, gum, starch, chloro- 
phyll, etc. 

Quercus Alba. — White-oak bark. 

Quercus Tinctoria.— Black-oak bark. ]£corce de chene, Fr. ; Eichen- 
rinde, Ger. 

Decoctum Quercus Alba. — Decoction of white-oak ( § j — Oj). Dose, 
3 ss — § j. 

Composition. — -Quercitrine or quercitric acid, tannic acid, etc. 

Rosa Gallica. — Red rose. " The petals of Rosa Gallica." Moses 
rouges, Fr. ; Essigrosen, Ger. 

Confectio Rosw. — Confection of rose. 

Infusum Mosce Composition. — Compound infusion of roses. (The 
infusion contains 3 iij of diluted sulphuric acid in two and a half pints.) 

Mel Hosos. — Honey of rose. 

Composition. — Tannic and gallic acids, quercitrine, coloring matter, 
volatile oil, etc. 

Rubus. — Blackberry-root. Root of Rubus Canadensis and Rubus 
villosus. 

Syrupus Hubi. — Sirup of blackberry. Dose, 3 j — 1 ss. 

Aromatic sirup of blackberry, which is not officinal, contains black- 
berry-root, cinnamon, cloves, and mace. A fluid ounce contains the 
strength of thirty grains of the root. 

Composition. — Tannic acid, etc. 

Myrica Cerifera. — Bayberry, Wax-myrtle (not officinal). Bark of the 
stem and root. 



TANNIC ACID AND VEGETABLE ASTRINGENTS. 235 

Decoction is made by boiling an ounce in a pint cf water — dose, 5 ss 
— 3 j. An alcoholic extract (myricine of the eclectics) — dose, grs. v; 
and a fluid extract — dose, 3 ss — 3 ij — are to be obtained in the shops. 

Composition. — Tannic and gallic acid, myricinic acid, resin, red col- 
oring matter, etc. 

The most important property is the astringency due to the large 
quantity of tannic and gallic acids. In large doses it is emetic. 

Statice Limonium. — Marsh rosemary. (Not officinal.) The root. 
A decoction ( 3 j — Oj) may be used — dose, 3 ss — § j. A fluid extract 
is prepared — dose, m. xx — 3 j. 

Composition. — Tannic acid (twelve per cent.) gum, extract, etc. 

Alnns Sermlata. — Common alder. (Not officinal.) The bark in de- 
coction ( 3 j — Oj) — dose, § ss — 3 j. Fluid extract — dose, m. x — 3 j. 
Alcoholic extract {Alnuin of the eclectics) dose, gr. j — grs. v. 

Composition. — Tannic acid, oil, resin, etc. 

Henchera. — Alum-root. United States Secondary List. Root of 
Henchera Americana. Decoction — dose, 3 ss — § j; fluid extract — dose, 
m. x — 3 j. (Not officinal.) 

Composition. — Tannic acid, etc. 

Hamamelis Virginica. — Witch-hazel. Bark and leaves. Decoction 
(§j — Oj) — dose, 3 ss — 3 j. Fluid extract — dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. (Not offi- 
cinal.) 

Composition. — Tannic acid, odorous matters, etc. 

Nymphsea Odorata. — Sweet-scented water-lily. Root. Decoction 
( 3 j — Oj) — dose, 3 ss — 3 j. Fluid extract — dose, 3 ss — 3 j. (Not 
officinal). 

Composition. — Tannic acid, gallic acid, etc. 

Castanea Vesca. — Chestnut-leaves. (Not officinal.) Decoction ( § j 
— Oj) — dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. Fluid extract — dose, 3 j — 3 ij. 

Composition. — Tannic acid, etc. 

(Used more especially as a remedy for whooping-cough.) 

Antagonists and Incompatibles.— -The mineral acids, the salts of 
antimony, lead, and silver, and the persalts of iron, and alkalies, are 
chemically incompatible. The vegetable alkaloids and gelatine form 
insoluble precipitates. 

Synergists. — Tonics and bitters, as a rule, favor the action of tan- 
nic and gallic acids, and of the substances containing them. The agents 
comprehended in this group — or remedies whose chief result is to in- 
crease waste — are synergistic. 



236 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Physiological Actions. — Tannin has a bitter astringent taste, and 
constringes the mucous membrane. In the stomach it enters into com- 
bination with albumen, and with the pepsin of the gastric juice, which 
it precipitates from its solution. Tannin, therefore, impairs digestive 
power by rendering the pepsin inoperative. It diminishes secretion of 
the mucous membrane by virtue of its power to diminish the calibre of 
the vessels, and it restrains peristalsis by its action on the muscular 
layer; hence the constipating effects which follow its use. If long 
continued in considerable quantity, tannin disorders digestion, sets up 
irritation of the mucous membrane, and gives rise to a febrile state and 
to wasting of the tissues. 

Having such affinity for and coagulating action on albumen, it is ob- 
vious that tannin must diffuse into the blood with difficulty. A part 
undergoes conversion into gallic and pyro-gallic acids in the stomach, 
and in this form is absorbed. Injected into the veins, tannic acid coagu- 
lates albumen, and the results which follow are due to multiple embo- 
lisms. Elimination of tannin takes place bj T the intestinal canal and by 
the kidneys, in the form of gallic and pyro-gallic acids. 

Therapy. — Catarrh of the stomach, a relaxed state of the mucous 
membrane, acidity, and flatulence, are conditions in which tannic acid 
is useful. It may be given in pill-form with sufficient glycerine to make 
a mass of proper consistence — one drop to four grains. JScematemesis 
dependent on ulcer of the stomach, or obstructive disease of the liver, 
and not inflammatory in origin, is an indication for tannin. It should 
be given in solution and in a large dose — grs. x — 2) j. Tannic acid is 
an efficacious remedy in diarrhoea, after acute symptoms have subsided, 
in chronic diarrhoea, colliquative diarrhoea, the diarrhoea of phthisis, 
etc. Notwithstanding the chemical incompatibility, combination with 
opium or morphia increases the efficacy of the tannin. As tannic acid 
in large part, at least, escapes conversion into gallic, and passes un- 
changed into the intestine, its action is doubtless chiefly local. Oppol- 
zer advises the following formula in profuse diarrhoea: 3J. Acidi tan- 
nici, | ss ; pulv. opii, grs. vj ; sacchari, q. s. M. ft. pulv. no. vj. Sig. 
One every two hours. In cholera diarrhoea, A. von Graefe prescribed 
a solution of tannic acid in cinnamon-water and mucilage every half- 
hour. For the diarrhoea and intestinal haemorrhage of typhoid fever, 
tannin is one of the most serviceable remedies. According to Stills, 
whose faith appears rather extravagant, there is no more effective rem- 
edy for chronic diarrhoea and chronic dysentery than tannic acid con- 
joined with a milk-diet. 

Various members of this group are used in the above-mentioned 
diseases. Kino has been a favorite remedy in pyrosis, and is also given 
in diarrhoeal diseases. Catechu, in the form of the tincture chiefly, is 
frequently added to prescriptions for diarrhoea, notably to chalk-mixt- 
ure in the diarrhoea of children. Kino is a favorite remedy for the 



TANNIC ACID AND VEGETABLE ASTRINGENTS. 237 

diarrhoea of phthisis, but it is not more efficacious, and is more disa- 
greeable in administration, than tannic acid. Several of the indigenous 
remedies mentioned above possess undoubted value in the treatment of 
diarrhceal diseases. A decoction of rubus or geranium, obtained by 
boiling the root in milk (3J — Oj), is an excellent remedy in cholera 
infantum and the summer diarrhoea of children. When a nursing 
child passes rather frequent, greenish, and watery stools, and suffers 
with pain and colic at each motion, great relief will be afforded by the 
use of syrupus rubi, or better by the unofficinal compound sirup of rubus. 
In the chronic diarrhoea of adults, and in acute diarrhoea after the sub- 
sidence of inflammatory symptoms, the fluid extracts of hamamelis, of 
henchera, and of statice, may be used with advantage. In haufnateme- 
sis and intestinal hcemorrhage the hamamelis is very effective, owing 
doubtless to the very large percentage of tannin •which it contains. 

The comparative merits of tannic and gallic acids may be formular- 
ized as follows : for local effects tannic acid, for systemic effects gallic 
acid is to be preferred. It is true that tannic acid affects remote parts, 
but in order to diffuse into the blood it must first be converted into 
gallic, and hence the systemic actions are really due to the latter. It 
follows that gallic acid should be prescribed when the astringent effects 
on the tissues elsewhere than the intestinal canal are to be produced. 
Gallic acid is an effective remedy for pulmonary and renal haemor- 
rhage. For the former we possess other agents more efficient, but for 
the latter it is more uniformly successful than any other remedy. The 
success of rhatany, which was formerly much used in hematuria, was 
doubtless due to its tannic and gallic acids. In the hemorrhagic diathe- 
sis, gallic acid is one of the remedies which may be used with advan- 
tage. Although it cannot be combined with chalybeates, it may be 
given alternately with them. Whenever haemorrhage occurs in relaxed 
and debilitated constitutions — is passive in character — gallic acid may 
be combined with ergotine and digitalis : !>, . Acid, gallici, 3 i ; ergotine 
(aq. ex.), digitalis, aa 3]. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One every four 
hours. * 

As gallic acid has the power to restrain secretion of mucous sur- 
faces, it may be prescribed, experience has shown with good effect, in 
chronic bronchial catarrh. When bronchiectasis exists, the good effects 
of the remedy are by no means conspicuous, but it is very serviceable 
when the bronchial catarrh is the result of the irritation extending 
from disease of the parenchyma of the lungs, or is produced by mitral 
or tricuspid regurgitation, or is the sequel of acute catarrh. In pyelitis 
and pyelo-nephritis, gallic acid and the remedies containing it diminish 
the purulent discharge, and retard changes in the mucous membrane. 
It is also a serviceable remedy in catarrh of the bladder. In these 
states, to insure as far as possible its rapid and complete diffusion into 
the blood, it should be given frequently and well diluted. As it is solu- 



238 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

ble in eight parts of rectified spirit, and, as this solution mixes in all 
proportions with water without precipitation, a spirituous solution 
should be prescribed : ]J. Acidi gallici, 3 j ; spirit, vini rectif., J j. M. 
Sig. A teaspoonful in sufficient water every four hours. 

Gallic acid has the power to restrain the waste of albumen in cases 
of albuminuria. It is adapted to the acute forms — desqitamative ne- 
phritis, the albuminuria following scarlatina, etc., and does not seem, 
according to the author's observation, to check in the least the loss of 
albumen in the chronic forms of albuminuria. Dr. Aitken recommends 
the following formula : Ij& . Acidi gallici, 3 j — 3 ij ; acid, sulphuric, dil., 
3 ss ; tinct. lupuli, 3 i ; infus. lupuli, 3 vj. M. Sig. A tablespoonful 
three times a day. 

The following mixture is very effective in menorrhagia, hematu- 
ria, purpura hemorrhagica, and the hemorrhagic diathesis: 3. 
Acidi gallici, 3ss; acid, sulphur, dil., 3j; tinct. opii deod., 3j; inf. 
rosse comp., § iv. M. Sig. A tablespoonful every four hours or 
oftener. 

Hillier advises the following prescription for chronic diarrhoea in a 
child of two years : IjL Acidi gallici, gr. xij ; tinct. cinnamomi comp., 
3 jss ; tincturse opii, m. viij ; aquas carui ad J ij. M. Sig. Two tea- 
spoonfuls a dose. 

For the sweating of phthisis the following formula is useful: Ij&. 
Acid, gallici, 3 ss ; ext. belladonnas, gr. ij. M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. 
Two pills at bed-hour. 

In addition to the foregoing internal applications of the vegetable 
astringents, it may be mentioned that a decoction of chestnut-leaves 
(castanea) has been used with much success in whooping-cough. As 
both tannic and gallic acids have been employed with more or less ser- 
vice in this disorder, it is probable that the good effects of castanea are 
really due to the presence in it of these acids. The decoction of cas- 
tanea may be drunk ad libitum, or the fluid extract may be administered 
in drachm-doses. 

External Uses op Tannic Acid and Substances containing it. — 
Dr. B. W. Richardson has proposed a tannin solution, to which he has 
applied the term styptic colloid. It consists of a saturated solution of 
tannin in alcohol (one part to eight) mixed with collodion. This is an 
elegant application to restrain oozing of blood from a large surface, to 
unite incised wounds, to protect lacerated wounds, to remove fetor 
from decomposing animal matter, to change the character of foul 
ulcers, etc. The following formula was proposed by Monsel as a 
hemostatic: IjL Acidi tannici, 3j; aluminis, 3ij; aquas rosas, | iij. 
M. Sig. For external use as a hemostatic. The officinal glycerite of 
tannin is a neat formula for external application. 

Tannic acid is much employed as an application to the mouth and 
throat in various diseases of these parts. In mercurial salivation an 



TANNIC ACID AND VEGETABLE ASTRINGENTS. 039 

excellent application is a solution of tannin, with honey of roses: $. 
Acidi tannici, 3 j ; niel rosa?, 3 ij ; aqua?, 3 vj. M. Sig. As a gargle. 
Elongated uvula, relaxed palate , and follicular pharyngitis, are effec- 
tively treated by insufflation of tannin, i. e., some finely-powdered tan- 
nin blown over the affected surface with a hand-ball insufflator. Epis- 
tri-i'is may often be promptly arrested by passing- through the nares a 
strong solution of tannin ( 3 ij — 1 iv) by means of a post-nasal syringe 
or nasal douche, or powdered tannin may be blown on the bleeding 
surface by an insufflator. The following is an excellent gargle for the 
more chronic throat-affections: I£. Acidi tannici, 3 ij ; spts. vini rect., 
3 j ; mist, camphor, ad 3 x. M. Sig. An astringent gargle. In 
chronic affections of the larynx mucous membrane, and of the vocal 
cords, no inhalation is more frequently serviceable than a solution of 
tannin (grs. x — 3j — 3 iv) applied by means of the hand-ball or 
steam-atomizer. This treatment is useful in chronic catarrh of the 
fauces, of the larynx, trachea, and bronchi, in ulcerations of the 
pharynx, larynx, and trachea, in bronchiectasis, in pulmonary haemor- 
rhage, gangrene of the lung, oedema of the glottis, croup, and diph- 
theria. 

The following is Druitt's prescription for toothache: rjL Acidi tan- 
nici, 3j; mastich, grs. x; etheris, 3 ss. M. Sig. To be applied on 
cotton to a carious tooth. 

Tannin solutions of various strengths (gr. j — grs. x — oj) are used in 
inflammation of the conjunctiva. Hairion advises a strong solution ( 3 j 
— 3iij)) in acute and chronic conjunctivitis, granulations, corneitis, 
chemosis, and pannus. Yery remarkable results have been obtained by 
Dr. Hamilton, of Liverpool, in certain diseases of the eye by the appli- 
cation of powdered tannin to the conjunctiva. This method consists in 
dusting over the everted lid finely-powdered tannic acid, using for this 
purpose a small rubber-bag insufflator. He emploj^s this method with 
signal success in "granular ophthalmia, pannus, phlyctenular or pus- 
tular ophthalmia, chronic granulations, herpes corneal, fascicular cor- 
neitis, and some ulcers of the cornea." This application produces very 
little pain at the moment, and is not followed by any inflammatory 
reaction. 

Tannic acid has limited uses in diseases of the skin. It is an excel- 
lent application, especially in the form of the glycerite, in eczema, im- 
petigo, and intertrigo. The powder dusted on the affected surface is 
serviceable in cases of ulceration of the skin, and promotes the healing 
process in cases of old ulcers. One of the best applications to irritable 
and fissured nipples is glycerite of tannin. 

Chronic otorrhoea and the vulvitis of children are successfully 
treated by application of the glycerite of tannin. The same remedy is 
one of the best injections in gonorrhoea. Solutions of tannic acid of 
various decrees are used in gonorrhoea. Ricord recommends, in obsti- 



240 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

nate cases, after the subsidence of acute symptoms, 3 ss of tannic acid 
in | viij of claret wine. This constitutes a serviceable injection in leu- 
corrhoea. Sigmund advises the following in gonorrhoea : ty. Acidi tan- 
nici, grs. ij — grs. x ; tinct. iodinii, m. v ; aquse, § j. M. Sig. As an 
injection. An infusion or decoction of galls, of oak-bark, of witch-hazel 
(hamamelis), of geranium, of alum-root, or other remedies of the list at 
the head of this article, may be advantageously used in cervicitis, vagi- 
nitis, purulent discharges from the vagina. In these affections the 
glycerite of tannin, and, much better, the powdered tannin, may be 
freely applied to the vaginal canal. The author knows of no more effec- 
tive application in these maladies than tannin and iodoform, or iodo- 
tannin, applied in the dry way, well packed around the cervix uteri. 

A serviceable ointment for haemorrhoids is the following prescrip- 
tion of Oesterlen: $. Pulv. gallse, 3j; pulv. opii, grs. x; ung. plumbi 
subacetat., 3ij; ung. simplicis, 3 j. M. Sig. Ointment for hemor- 
rhoids. For prolapsus ani in children the glycerite of tannin, powdered 
tannin,' or a decoction of the vegetable astringents considered in this 
article, may be used, the mucous membrane being first carefully cleansed 
and then brushed over with the medicament. Ulcers of the rectum and 
anus, fissures of the anus, are very effectively treated by the direct ap- 
plication of the powder of tannin, tannin and iodoform, or iodo-tannin. 
The ulcer must be exposed, if necessary, by the use of the speculum, 
and then the powder be thoroughly applied to the affected surface. 
Trousseau strongly recommends a mixture of the decoction and the 
tincture of rhatany as an injection for the cure of fissure of the anus, but 
the applications above advised are neater and more effective. 

Authorities referred to : 

Hamilton, Robert, F. R. C. S. On the Employment of Tannic Acid in some Diseases 
of the Eye and Eyelids. The Praxtitioner, vol. ii., p. 34V. 

Hanbury and Flttckiger. Pharmacographia, pp. 170, 213, 536, et seg. 

Huseman, Drs. August und Theodor. Die Pflanzenstoffe, p. 996, and pp. 1002, 1006, 
1008, et seg. 

Pharmacopeia op the Throat Hospital. 

Phillips, Dr. C. D. F. Materia Medica and Therapeutics, p. 520. 

Porcher, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. Various 
articles on the indigenous remedies mentioned at the head of this article. 

Ringer, Dr. Sidney. On the Glycerine of Tannin. The Practitioner, vol. i., p. 27. 
Ibid., Handbook of Therapeutics. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Treatise on Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition, 
vol. i., article, Vegetable Astringents. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Th'erap. et de Mat. Med., huitieme edition, vol. i. 
p. 133, et seg., article Medicaments Astringents. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. Various articles. 

Waldenburg und Simon. Handbuch der Arzneiverordnungs. 

Waldendurg, Prof. Dr. L. Die locale Behandlung der Krankheiten der Atlimungs- 
organe, Berlin, 1872, p. 237, et seg. 



COLCIIICUM. 041 

Colchicum. — Meadow saffron. Colchique, Fr. ; Zeitlose, Ger. 

Colchlci Radix. — Colchicum-root. The corm of C. autumnale. 

Colchici Semen. — Colchicum-seed. The seed of C. autumnale. 

Preparations. — 1. Of the root. 

Extractum Colchici Radicis Fluidum. — Fluid extract of colchicum- 
root. Dose, m. ij — m. v. 

Vim 'i)i Colchici Radicis. — Wine of colchicum-root. Dose, m. v — 
m. xxx. 

Extractum Colchici Aceticum. — Acetous extract of colchicum. 
Dose, gr. ss — gr. ij. 

2. Of the seed. 

Extraction Colchici Seminis Fluidum. — Fluid extract of colchicum- 
seed. Dose, m. ij — m. x. 

Tinctura Colchici. — Tinctura of colchicum ( 3 iv — Oij ). Dose, m. 
x — 3j. 

Yiiium Colchici Seminis. — Wine of colchicum-seed ( 3 iv — Oij). 
Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Composition. — Tannic and gallic acids, starch, sugar, gum, a peculiar 
alkaloid, colchicia, or colchicine. Colchicia is easily converted (by 
acids, in long-kept alcoholic preparations) into an isomeric, crystalliza- 
ble body, colchice'in. The amount of the alkaloid contained in the root 
and the seed is said to be not greater than the half of one per cent. 
Colchicia is not crystallizable, but combines with acids to form crystal- 
lizable salts. The conversion, in any of the pharmaceutical preparations, 
of colchicia into colchice'in, does not appear to impair the therapeutical 
activity. That colchicia or colchicine is the active principle, is proved by 
the fact that the physiological effects of this alkaloid are the same as 
those of the crude drug (Husemann). 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Tannic acid, by forming an 
insoluble tannate with the alkaloid, retards but does not prevent its ab- 
sorption. When a lethal quantity has been taken, emetics and purga- 
tives are required, and demulcents may be freely administered. Opium 
and the alcoholic substances antagonize the depression of the heart's 
action. 

Synergists. — Such alkaloids as produce gastro-intestinal irritation 
and depress the action of the heart, e. g., veratria, aconitia, etc., are 
synergistic. Therapeutically considered, emetics, purgatives, alkalies, 
promote the activity of colchicum. 

Physiological Actions. — Colchicum imparts irs virtues to water, 
alcohol, and ether. It has a bitter taste, and excites the flow of saliva, 
In small doses it increases the mucous and glandular secretion of the 
stomach and intestines, and probably also of the liver, kidnevs, and 
skin. If the dose be large but still medicinal, colchicum produces a 
feeling of epigastric heat, nausea, and vomiting, depression of the circu- 
lation, muscular feebleness, headache. It frequently purges, producing 
17 



242 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

copious, watery stools, and is generally held to increase the discharge 
of biliary matters. It increases the flow of urine, of the solid constitu- 
ents (urea, uric acid, etc.) as well as of the water, and promotes the 
cutaneous transpiration. In toxic doses colchicum produces all of the 
local as well as the systemic effects of an irritant poison, viz. : acute ab- 
dominal pain, profuse watery and choleriform discharges, suppression 
of urine, feeble pulse, cold sweat, coldness of the extremities. The in- 
tellect remains unaffected until carbonic-acid poisoning supervenes. 
The muscular cramps which have been occasionally observed are prob- 
ably due to the great loss of fluid from the system. When colchicia is 
injected subcutaneously, gastro-intestinal inflammation is produced, 
showing that it has a selective action on this tissue. 

Therapy. — Colchicum is indicated when rapid wasting of tissue and 
prompt elimination of the products of waste are required. Its use at 
the present time is almost entirely restricted to the treatment of gout 
in its various manifestations. It relieves the pain, diminishes the swell- 
ing, and shortens the duration of an attack of acute gout. In order to 
accomplish these results, it is not necessary that the more harsh and 
violent physiological effects of the drug be produced. Sufficient quan- 
tity of colchicum should be given to increase secretion from the skin, 
the intestinal mucous membrane and the kidneys, but nausea and vomit- 
ing should be avoided. Combination with an alkali increases the thera- 
peutical effect of colchicum : Ijfc . Spts. ammonias aromat., 3 xiij ; vini 
seminis colchici, 3 iij. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every three hours, until 
some physiological effect is produced. The following is a formula used 
at the London Hospital for gout: I£. Tinct. colchici seminis, m. xx ; 
potassii bicarbonat., grs. x ; aquas pimentas, |j. M. Sig. A draught. 
The following modification of Scudamore's prescription is in use at Uni- 
versity College Hospital: r>. Tinct. colchici seminis, m. xv; magnesii 
carb., gv. vj ; magnesii sulph., grs. xxx; aquas menth. pip. ad §j. M. 
Sig. A draught. After the more acute symptoms of the gouty attack 
have subsided, the following was recommended by Sir Henry Halford : 
I>. Ext. colchici acet., gr. vj ; pulv. opii et ipecac, comp., ext. colocynth. 
comp., aa gr. xij. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill night and morning. 
The efficiency of colchicum is increased by combination with digitalis .: 
IjL Ext. colchici acet., gr. x; pulv. digitalis, ext. colocynth. comp., aa 
3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill twice or thrice a day. 

The active principle, colchicia, is, there is reason to believe, more 
successful in gout than any of the preparations of the crude drug. ]$ . 
Colchicias, gr. j ; ext. colocynth. comp., 3 ss ; quinias sulph., 3 j- M. 
ft. pil. no. lx. Sig. One every four hours. 

In the so-called rheumatic gout, colchicum with alkalies is extreme- 
ly serviceable. Attacks, without decided pain and inflammation, of 
soreness of joints which have been the seat of gouty attacks, or about 
which nodosities have been deposited, are relieved by colchicum. 



COLCHICUM. 043 

Constipation, hepatic congestion, and headache, due to torpor of 
the portal circulation, occurring in gouty subjects, are quickly relieved 
by a combination of colchicum and saline purgatives. The plethoric 
and overfed without being gout} r , suffering from the same group of 
symptoms, are relieved by the same means. Inflammations of internal 
organs occurring in gouty subjects, for example, gouty bronchitis and 
rheumatic pneumonia, are best treated with prescriptions containing a 
preparation of colchicum. The following prescription is recommended 
by Greenhow in gouty bronchitis: 1^. Potassii iodidi, ammonii car- 
bonat., aa 3j ; vin. colchici seminis, 3 j ; tinct. scilloe, tinct. hyoscyami, 
aa 3 ij ; aquae camphoraa q. s. ad 3 iij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful three 
times a day. 

Although colchicum is still advocated by some authorities in acute 
rheumatism, the general professional experience is against its use. In 
chronic rheumatism, when the joint changes are allied in nature to those 
which take place in gout, it is unquestionably serviceable. Kenralgia 
occurring in gouty and rheumatic constitutions is often relieved by 
colchicum. The indications for its use are plethora, constipation, and 
deficient excretion of the liver, kidneys, and skin. Colchicum relieves 
in such cases, by setting up an eliminative process. In hepatic dropsy 
and cardiac dropsy, when the patient is vigorous, the gastro-intestinal 
tract free from inflammatory mischief, colchicum may be used with ad- 
vantage as ahydragogue : $. Elaterii, gr. j ; spts. etheris nitrosi, 3 ij ; 
tinct. scilla?, tinct. colchici, aa § ss ; syrp. simplicis, 3 j. M. Sig. A 
teaspoonful three or four times a day. The following combination is 
an excellent diuretic in dropsy : fy . Vini seminis colchici, 3 ss ; sol. am- 
monii acetat., | ijss ; inf. petroselin, § v. M. Sig. A tablespoonful 
every four hours. This prescription is well adapted to dropsy follow- 
ing scarlatina. 

Colchicum is a serviceable remedy in certain cerebral disorders. 
Thus, it may be used in acute cerebrcd congestion in plethoric subjects, 
in urwmic intoxication, in hypochondriasis, especially when due to de- 
ficient elimination (uric acid, oxalate of lime, etc.). 

The wine of colchicum-seed has frequently succeeded in curing 
gonorrhoea, and by Brodie a nightly dose of thirty minims was given 
for the relief of chordee. In the treatment of gonorrhoea, the following 
may be used : fy . Vini colchici seminis, 3 ss ; sol. potassii citratis, 3vjss; 
tinct. opii deod., 3 ij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful three or four times 
a day in gonorrhi 

Authorities referred to : 

Brodie, Sir Benjamin*. Works by Mr. Hawkins, Diseases of Urinary Organs, vol. ii. 
Caspar, Johann Ludwig. Praciisches Handbuch der gerichilichen Median. Neu 
bearbeitet una verm eh rt von Dr. Carl Liman, Berlin, 1871, p. 570. 

Fuller, Dr. William Henry. On Rheumatism, Rheumatic Gout, etc., 1874. 
Greenhow, Dr. E. Headlam. Chronic Bronchitis, etc. 



244 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolphe. Commentaires du Codex Medicamentai'ius, etc., article Col- 
chique. 

Hanbury and Fluckinger. Pharmacographia, p. 636. 

Hammond, Dr. W. A. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, January, 1859, 
p. 278. 

Husemann, Drs. Theo. and Aug. Die Pjlanzenstoffe, p. 493, article Colchicni. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therap. and Materia Medica, fourth edition, vol. ii., p. 658, et 
seq. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, article, Colchicum. 

Sarsaparilla, Sarsaparilla. — Root of srailax officinalis and other spe- 
cies of smilax. /Separeille, Fr. ; jSarsaparilhcurzel, Ger. 

Decoctum Sarsaparillce Compositum. — Compound decoction of sar- 
saparilla. (Sarsaparilla, sassafras-root, guaiacum-wood, liquorice-root, 
mezereon.) Dose, § j — f iv. 

JExtractum /Sarsaparillce Fluidum. — Fluid extract of sarsaparilla. 
Dose, 3 j — S ss. 

Syrupus Sarsaparillce Compositus. — Sirup of sarsaparilla. (Sarsa- 
parilla, guaiacum-wood, rose, senna, liquorice-root, essential oils.) Dose, 
3 j — S ss. 

Extractum Sarsaparilloe Compositum Fluidum.— Compound fluid 
extract of sarsaparilla. (Sarsaparilla, liquorice-root, sassafras, meze- 
reon.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition". — An alkaloid, parilline, or smilacine, an essential oil, 
starch, resin, oxalate of lime, and extractive matters. From parilline, 
by the action of dilute sulphuric acid, is obtained parigenine, a distinct 
alkaloid. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies favor the decomposi- 
tion of the decoction and fluid extracts. As there is much starch pres- 
ent in the drug, free iodine should not be prescribed with the officinal 
preparations. 

Synergists. — Iodine, mercury, and other so-called alteratives, in- 
crease the therapeutical activity of sarsaparilla. Warm clothing in- 
creases the action on the skin ; diluents favor increased urinary dis- 
charge. 

Physiological Actions. — Much discrepancy obtains in the opin- 
ions which have been emitted in respect to the physiological actions of 
sarsaparilla. Surgeons generally hold to its therapeutical powers ; 
physicians are skeptical. The physiological experiments which have 
been made, both with the preparations of the crude drug and w T ith the 
alkaloid, have yielded negative results. Palotta's experiments, made 
with the alkaloid which he had discovered so long ago as 1825, indicate 
that eight grains of the alkaloid produce gastric disturbance, vomiting, 
slowing of the pulse, depression, faintness, and sweating. These re- 
sults have since been in part confirmed by Cullerier. Boecker, how- 
ever, making more systemic examination in accordance with modern 



GUAIACUM. 045 

methods, finds that sarsaparilla is devoid of physiological activity and 
of therapeutical power (Husemann). 

Therapy. — From the point of view of the physiological experi- 
ments it is not difficult to understand the modern incredulity in regard 
to the curative power of sarsaparilla. The difficulty of distinguishing 
between the post hoc and the propter hoc serves to account for the 
belief still held in some quarters, that this drug is an alterative. Popu- 
lar!}-, sarsaparilla is supposed to have extraordinary powers as a " blood- 
purifier," and its large use at the present time arises from this belief. 

Almost the only use of sarsaparilla at the present time is in the 
treatment of syphilis. It is, of course, not adapted to the primary or 
to the secondary forms. The experience in its favor, even of those 
most confident of its powers, restricts its use to the tertiary form in de- 
bilitated subjects, who have been broken down by the combined influ- 
ence of syphilis, mercurialism, and iodism. It has been further demon- 
strated that the best effects have been obtained by the use of large 
doses of the compound decoction (Allbutt). As the compound de- 
coction contains guaiac and mezereon, it is difficult to assign the exact 
share of the sarsaparilla in the result. Furthermore, as a pint or more 
of the compound decoction must be taken in the twenty-four hours, 
these large draughts of a warm liquid are not without influence on the 
functions of the skin and kidneys. It is extremely questionable whether 
sarsaparilla has any therapeutic power ; it is not at all equal as an 
alterative* to some of the remedies indigenous in the United States, to 
be considered hereafter. 

The compound fluid extract, the compound decoction, and the com- 
pound sirup of sarsaparilla, are frequently used as vehicles for iodide 
of potassium and for the bichloride of mercury in secondary and ter- 
tiary syphilis. 

Scrofula, chronic abscesses, necrosis of bones, old ulcers, and stru- 
mous cutaneous affections, are diseases in which sarsaparilla is sup- 
posed to be efficacious. It is more used as an adjunct to more active 
remedies than depended on alone. 

Authorities referred to: 

Allbutt, Dr. Clifford. The Practitioner, 1870, vol. i. 

Gubler, Du. Apolphe. Commentaires Therap. du Codex 3fedicamentarius, p. 304. 

Hanbdry and Fluckiger. Pharmacographia, p. 636, et seq. 

Husemaxn, Drs. Aug. ukd Theodor. Die Pjlanzenstoffe, p. 1040. 

Guaiacum. — Guaiac. Gayac, Fr. ; Franzosenholz, Ger. 

Guaiaci Lignum. — Guaiacum-wood. The heart-wood of guaiacum 
officinale. 

Guiaci Hesina. — Guaiac. A peculiar resin obtained from guaiacum 
officinale. 



246 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

Tinctura Guaiaci. — Tincture of guaiac. (Guaiac, J vj ; alcohol, 
Oij.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata. — Ammoniated tincture of guaiac. 
(Guaiac, 3 vj ; aromat. spirit of ammonia, Oij.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition". — The only constituent of interest in the wood is the 
resin. Guaiac has a complex chemical composition. It contains guaia- 
conic acid (seventy per cent.), guaiarec acid, guaiac beta-resin, guaiacic 
acid, guaiac yellow, gum, etc. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Spirits of nitrous ether and the 
mineral acids are incompatible. ■ 

Synergists. — Agents which promote cutaneous activity are syner- 
gistic. The action of guaiac is much aided by external warmth and 
warm diluent drinks. 

Physiological Effects. — Guaiac has a very acid and pungent taste. 
It excites an abundant flow of saliva. In the stomach it creates a sen- 
sation of warmth and burning, increases the secretions of the gastro- 
intestinal canal, accelerates the action of the heart, promotes diapho- 
resis, and favors the production and excretion of bronchial mucus. In 
large doses it deranges digestion and causes gastric catarrh, and in ex- 
cessive doses the series of symptoms produced by the irritant poisons, 
vomiting, purging, cramps, headache, giddiness, etc. 

Therapy. — Formerly guaiac was in great repute as a remedy for 
constitutional syphilis. The decoction was drunk in large quantity, a 
very spare diet was enjoined, and the diaphoretic action of toe remedy 
was aided by external warmth. Doubtless many cases were benefited 
by this mode of treatment, but the result was probably less due to 
guaiac per se than to the regimen. 

Its present use as an anti-syphilitic remedy is confined to the prepa- 
rations of sarsaparilla, in which it enters as a constituent. 

Recent clinical experience has shown that guaiac is a capital remedy 
in tonsillitis. Given in a half-drachm dose (tincture) every four hours, 
it appears to abate the inflammation and to cut short the disease in a 
remarkable manner. It is a very acrid and disagreeable remedy, and 
should be given in emulsion, with mucilage or yolk of egg. . 

Guaiac is a useful remedy in dysmenorrhea, when the pain is due 
to rheumatism or neuralgia, and is, of course, not adapted to those cases 
in which there is narrowing- of the cervical canal. 

Lastly, guaiac is used with varying degrees of success in chronic 
gout, chronic rheumatism, lumbago, sciatica, gouty bronchitis, etc. As 
we have so many more efficient and pleasant remedies for these dis- 
eases, it will rarely be necessary to resort to guaiac. 

Authorities referred to : 

Carter, Mr. The Praetitioner, voL iv., p. 190. 
Fluckiger and Hanbttry. Pharmacograpkia, p. 92, et seq. 



STILLING I A. 247 

Hcsemann, Drs. Aug. und Theo. Die Pjlanzenstoffe, p. 712. 

Stille, Dr. A. Tlicrapcutics and Materia Jledica, fourth edition, vol. ii., p. 594. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 439, el seq. 

Stillingia. — Hoot of Stillingia Sylvatica. Yaw-root, queen's root. 

Extraction Still'uigice Fluidum. — Fluid extract of stillingia. Dose, 
m. x — 5 j. 

(The above is the only preparation recognized by the United States 
Pharmacopoeia. A tincture may be made of two ounces of the bruised 
root to a pint of diluted alcohol, of which the dose is 3 ss — 3 ij. A 
decoction maybe made as follows: one ounce of the bruised root to 
two pints of water, boiled down to one pint, of which the dose is 
3 ss — 3 ij. All of the preparations should be made of the fresh root, 
as the activity of the drug is diminished by drying.) 

Coaipositiox. — The plant yields on incision a milky juice, which ap- 
pears to possess the medicimil properties of the drug. The so-called 
stilling in of the eclectics is not the active principle, but an extract. 
The active principle has not yet been isolated. 

Physiological Effects. — The juice of the plant has an acrid, pun- 
gent taste, leaving a persistent after-taste of great activity. It excites 
an abundant flow of saliva. In the stomach a feeling of warmth fol- 
lows its use, and the secretions of the organ are increased in amount. 
In full doses it excites nausea and vomiting, epigastric pain, and an 
acrid, burning sensation in the fauces. It increases the secretions of 
the intestinal canal, notably of the liver, and, in full doses, purges, the 
faces having the appearance of the so-called " bilious stools." Increased 
action of the heart follows the introduction of the active principle into 
the circulation, and the skin becomes warm and moist. The bronchial 
mucous membrane exhales a larger quantity of mucus, and the kid- 
neys become more active, excreting an increased quantity of water and 
solids. It may, therefore, with propriety be grouped with the so-called 
alteratives. 

Therapy. — Stillingia is certainly a very valuable remedy. It has 
long had a local reputation in the Southern Atlantic States as an al- 
terative. 

In habitual constipation, due to deficient secretion of the intestinal 
mucous membrane, it may be used with advantage. The torpidity of 
the liner and jaundice, which follow attacks of intermittent fever, are 
removed by stillingia. This agent, also, renders important service in 
the first stage of cirrhosis, and in ascites due to the hepatic changes. 
Hcemorrhoids, when due to obstructive difficulty in the liver, may be 
removed temporarily, and, if due to constipation, may be removed per- 
manently, by stillingia. 

In habitual constipation the following formula is useful: I). Ext. 
stillingia? 11., 3v; tinct. belladonnae, tinct. nucis vom., tinct. physostig- 



248 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

matis, aa 3 j. M. Sig. Twenty drops, in water, three times a day be- 
fore meals. When the biliary secretion is deficient, the following: I5L 
Ext. stillingige fl., 3 v; tinct. aloes, 3 ij ; tinct. nucis vom., 3 j. M. .Sig. 
Twenty drops, in water, three times a day. 

Stillingia has long been in popular repute as a bloodpurifier. It 
has been used in domestic practice as a remedy for scrofula in its vari- 
ous forms, and the success which has attended its employment justifies 
the high encomiums which have been bestowed on it. It is very ser- 
viceable in children who present the following symptoms : enlarged cer- 
vical glands, mucopurulent discharge from the nose, with excoriations 
of the surrounding integument, a pasty complexion, capricious and 
unnatural appetite, tumid abdomen, whitish and pasty stools j dull-red, 
soft, and tubercular eruption on the shin, ulcerating and furnishing a 
large quantity of unhealthy pus. The steady use of stillingia, com- 
bined with suitable hygienic means, will accomplish important relief in 
such cases. 

The most satisfactory results have been obtained from the use of 
stillingia in syphilitic affections. It is applicable to the same condi- 
tions under which the preparations of sarsaparilla are now used, viz. : 
in chronic cases of the secondary and tertiary form, the patients having 
been broken down by the long-continued use of mercurials and iodides. 
Repeated observation of cases in which it was used as the sole agent 
has satisfied me of its curative value. It differs from the compound 
decoction of sarsaparilla in this, that its effect is distinctive, and is not 
due to the use merely of a large quantity of fluid. The eminent Dr. 
Porcher, of South Carolina, thus expresses himself with regard to the 
use of stillingia in syphilitic affections : " I have employed the decoc- 
tion of the root of this plant as an alterative in syphilitic sores, occur- 
ring in patients in the City Hospital, Charleston, the spread of which 
nothing else could arrest. It proved completely satisfactory. Phage- 
denic chancres were rapidly cured under its use. A strong decoction 
was given three times a day, with four drops of nitric acid to each 
dose." 

A strong infusion or decoction of stillingia is said to be effective in 
preventing the development of a paroxysm of ague, if taken before or 
just as the chill is beginning. It is reported that profuse diaphoresis 
is produced and the impending attack is averted. The fluid extract of 
stillingia may be given in combination with quinia or arsenic in inter- 
mittents. 

Authorities referred to : 

Porcher, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, Charles- 
ion, 1869, p. 146. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 838. 



SANGUINARIA. 249 

Sanguinaria. — Blood-root. The rhizoma of Sanguinaria Canadensis. 

Tinctura Sanguinarm. — Tincture of sanguinaria. Dose, in. v — 
3 ss. 

Composition. — Sanguinaria contains an alkaloid, sanguinarina, 
which appears to be identical with the chelerythrin of Probst. " San- 
guinarina is a white, pearly substance of an acrid taste, very sparingly 
soluble in water, soluble in ether, and very soluble in alcohol. With 
the acids it forms salts soluble in water, all of which have some shade 
of red, crimson, or scarlet, and form beautiful red solutions." Another 
alkaloid, named porphyroxin (sanguinaria-phorphyroxin — Husemann), 
has been found by Riegel, and a third by Dr. Wayne, of Cincinnati, 
and named puccin. Besides these alkaloids sanguinaria contains a 
peculiar acid, chelido?iic, and another has been announced, for which 
the name sanguinarinio acid has been proposed. The alkaloids exist 
in the root in combination with these acids — the most important com- 
pound being the chelidonate of sanguinarina. Besides the foregoing, 
blood-root contains the following unimportant constituents : resin, gum, 
extractive, albumen, sugar, etc. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alkalies, tannic and gallic 
acids, and most of the metallic salts, are chemically incompatible with 
the preparations of blood-root. The local irritant action of the drug 
and the depression of the circulation w'hich it causes are antagonized 
by opium. 

Synergists. — The mineral and vegetable emetics, the so-called alter- 
atives of the vegetable kingdom, and the mineral salts, considered 
from the therapeutical point of view, promote the physiological and 
therapeutical effects of sanguinaria. 

Physiological Effects. — Sanguinaria has a bitter, acrid taste, 
which persists for a long time. When swallowed it leaves a sense of 
constriction and acridity in the throat. It excites a feeling of heat in 
the stomach, and increases secretion of the mucous membrane. If the 
quantity taken is insufficient to produce nausea the action of the heart 
is increased, and a subjective sensation of warmth is experienced 
throughout the system. In considerable doses sanguinaria is an active 
emetic, producing much nausea and depression, and slowing the action 
of the heart. It is very irritating to the mucous membrane. Snuffed 
up the nose it produces violent sneezing. In large doses it inflames 
the stomach, producing intense burning with thirst, great prostration, 
dimness of vision, vertigo, and collapse. 

The alkaloid, sanguinaria, manifests all the physiological capabil- 
ities of the drug. It has an intensely bitter, acrid taste. In small 
doses (one-twelfth to one-eighth of a grain) it simply increases secre- 
tion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane ; in doses of one-sixth 
to one-fourth of a grain it causes depressing nausea and sometimes 
vomiting. In large doses it causes, in addition to the gastric symptoms 



250 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

mentioned above, slowing and irregularity of the pulse, cold sweats, 
cold extremities, vertigo, dilated pupils, anxiety, etc. 

Applied to fungous granulations, sanguinaria has considerable eseha- 
rotic power. 

The sketch above given of the physiological actions of sanguinaria, 
which embodies the results of the author's investigations and clinical 
studies, requires no special modification. The recent elaborate and 
most thorough research of Dr. Robert Meade Smith confirms the author's 
account. The reader who wishes to exhaust the subject will find that 
nothing has been omitted by Dr. Smith. 

Theeapt. — In atonic dyspepsia from two to five drops of the tinct- 
ure, or the one-twelfth of a grain of sanguinarina, may be used with 
advantage. It promotes secretion, and increases the appetite. There 
seems no doubt, according to the author's observation, that sanguinaria 
promotes the hepatic and intestinal secretions. It is, therefore, a ser- 
viceable remedy in duodenal catarrh, and secondary catarrh of the 
biliary ducts with jaundice. 

Its most important therapeutical effects are witnessed in diseases of 
the respiratory organs. Chronic nasal catarrh is successfully treated 
by the internal use of the tincture (ten drops ter die), or of the alkaloid 
(one-fifteenth of a grain ter die), and the local application of the pow- 
der, in small quantity, applied by an insufflator to the Schneiderian 
mucous membrane. In acute bronchitis (catarrh), after the subsidence 
of the more acute symptoms, it is a serviceable expectorant. It may 
be combined with other expectorants and alterants: IjL Tinct. sangui- 
naria?, 3j"; tinct. lobelias, 3 j ; vini ipecac, 3 ij ; syrp. tolutan., 3 ss. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonfid, every three hours, as an expectorant. In 
humid asthma the following combination is extremely serviceable: Tjc. 
Tinct. sanguinaria?, 3 j ; tinct. lobelias, 3 j ; ammonii iodidi, 3 ij ; syrp. 
tolutan., 3 vj. M. Sig. A teaspoonfid every two, three, or four hours. 
In spasmodic asthma the same prescription is occasionally very effect- 
ual, but the author is unable to indicate the precise condition under 
which it is most useful. 

Sanguinaria has been proposed as an emetic in croup. It is, how- 
ever, too uncertain in action, and too harsh, to justify its use when 
there are so much more eligible remedies at hand. 

The emmenagogue properties of sanguinaria seem well established. 
It is indicated when amenorrhoea is functional in character, when there 
is an absence of plethora, and when no malformation exists. It may 
be advantageously combined with aloes, provided there is no contra- 
indication to the use of the latter. ty . Tinct. sanguinaria?, 3 ij ; tinct. 
aloes, § ss ; tinct. nucis vom., 3 ij- M. Sig. Twenty drops, tico or 
three times a day, in amenorrhoea of anwmia, or chlorosis. Or the 
following: Ijk. Sanguinarina?, grs. ij ; ext. aloes, grs. x; ferri redacti, 
3j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill three times a day. 



XANTHOXYLUM. 251 

Sanguinaria lias decided aphrodisiac properties. When there are 
relaxation of the genital organs, diurnal losses, inaptitude (from irrita- 
bility) for coitus, sanguinarina may be given as follows : 1> . Ergotin (aq. 
ex.), 3j; sanguinarinaBj grs. ij. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One, three 
times a day. As stillingia appears to have similar properties as an 
aphrodisiac, the following combination will prove useful: 1£. Tinct. 
sanguinaria 1 , 3 iij ; ext. stillingiae fl., 3 v. M. Sig. Fifteen to ticenty 
drops, in water, three times a day. 

As an alterant in chronic syphilitic and strumous affections, san- 
guinarina maybe used in the same class of cases as sarsaparilla, guaiac, 
and stillingia. It is an important addition to a decoction of woods in- 
digenous to our soil, used as a substitute for the more expensive and 
really less efficient foreign drugs of the same group. 

Local Applications. — Sanguinaria, having feeble escharotic prop- 
erty, is used as a local application to repress exuberant granulations, 
and to ill-conditioned ulcers to change their character. Several cases 
have been reported, indicating the power of sanguinaria to repress the 
growth and destroy nasal polypi. 

A decoction of sanguinaria is a useful gargle in the sore-throat of 
scarlatina. 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Tiieo. Die Pflanzenstoffc, p. 199. 

Torciier, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 31, 
ct seq. 

Phillips, Dr. C. D. P. Materia Medica and Therapeutics, London, 1874, p. 143. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition, vol. ii., p. 454. 

Smith, Dr. Robert Meade. The Physiological Action of Sanguinarina. The Am. 
Jour. Med. Sci., October, 1876, p. 346, ct seq. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 769. 

Xanthoxylum. — Prickly ash. The bark of Xanthoxylum fraxineum. 
United States Pharmacopoeia, secondary list. 

There are no officinal preparations of xanthoxylum. A decoction 
may be made by boiling an ounce of the bark in a quart of water down 
to one pint, and of this one to two ounces may be used every four 
hours. A tincture may also be prepared with two ounces of the root to 
a pint of diluted alcohol, of which the dose would be 3 ss — 3 ij. A 
fluid extract is prepared, and is more frequently in use; the dose of this 
is m. xv — 3 ij. In prescriptions it should be designated " Extraction 
xanthoxyli fluidum" 

Composition. — Xanthoxylum contains a neutral crystallizable prin- 
ciple, which is known as xanthoxylin, and is said to be identical with 
xanthopicritc, and the latter has been shown to be berberina. Besides 
this important constituent, a volatile and a fixed oil, resin, gum, etc., 
are contained in it. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of xanthoxvlum is at first 



252 AGENTS INCREASING WASTE. 

sweetish, and somewhat aromatic, but considerable bitterness is soon 
developed, followed by acridity, which remains long in the fauces. It 
has remarkable sialagogue property, and the increased flow of saliva 
occurs from the systemic effects, as well as the local impression on the 
mucous membrane of the mouth. In the stomach it excites a sensation 
of warmth, and increases secretion from the stomach and intestinal 
mucous membrane. It is in a high degree probable that just as its 
presence in the mouth causes salivation, so its presence in the intes- 
tinal canal determines the flow of gastric, duodenal, hepatic, and pan- 
creatic secretion. The action of the heart is increased by xanthoxylin, 
the arterial tension rises, the capillary circulation becomes more ener- 
getic, and the sweat-glands are made to pour forth a more abundant 
secretion. Corresponding effects are produced in the kidneys, and in- 
creased flow of urine follows its administration. 

Theeapy. — Xanthoxylum is a domestic remedy for toothache. The 
bark, chewed, has a popular reputation for paralysis of the tongue. A 
decoction of the bark is an efficient local application to the throat when, 
in cases of chronic pharyngitis, there is dryness of the mucous mem- 
brane. From ten to thirty minims of the fluid extract, or a half to one 
drachm of the tincture, is a successful remedy for an extremely obsti- 
nate affection, namely, chronic pharyngitis — the mucus adhering in 
large, thin, dry scales, and the mucous membrane being glossy, shining, 
glazed, and dry. 

The active principle (xanthoxylin, really berberia) is a useful sto- 
machic tonic in atonic dyspepsia. When, however, in stomach, intestinal, 
or hepatic disorders the object is to promote secretion, the preparations 
of xanthoxylum must be used. Jaundice due to catarrh of the bile- 
ducts, and that form of jaundice produced by acute malarial poisoning , 
are conditions in which xanthoxylum is distinctly remedial. Constipa- 
tion, due to deficient secretion, is also removed by this agent. 

Xanthoxylum has long had a deserved reputation in the treatment 
of chronic rheumatism. It is adapted to muscular rheumatism, myal- 
gia, and such local muscular disorders as torticollis (recent cases), lum- 
bago, etc. It may be used with advantage, locally, in these affections. 
The curative power which it possesses in chronic rheumatism is doubt- 
less due to its eliminant action on the mucous and cutaneous surfaces. 

Xanthoxylum is a remedy for constitutional syphilis of equal merit 
with guaiac, mezereon, stillingia, etc., and is greatly more effective than 
sarsaparilla. 

Decoction of xanthoxylum has been used with success in the treat- 
ment of dropsy. 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. tjnd Theo. Die FJlanzenstqfe, pp. 80, YlY, 1108. 
Porcher, Dr. F. Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 161. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 900. 



ELECTRICITY. 253 



AGENTS USED TO MODIFY THE FUNCTIONS OF 
THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 

In this division of remedies, the agents are employed with a view 
to their influence over the functions of the nervous system. They do 
not for the most part affect the function of nutrition ; they do not enter 
into the formation of tissues ; and, having modified the functions of the 
nervous system, they are excreted from the organism in the form in 
which they entered it. 

The different parts of the nervous system are so closely united in 
function that a disturbance at any point is differentiated to other and 
often widely-separated points, and the complexus of effects is made up 
of many minor disturbances. For this reason it is quite impossible, in 
the present state of our knowledge, to make a classification which will 
sharply define the limits of activity of any particular remedy. Never- 
theless, physiological experiment and clinical experience have furnished 
us sufficiently accurate information with regard to the most important 
actions of the remedies of this division, to justify an arrangement based 
on their most conspicuous qualities. 



AGENTS WHOSE MOST IMPORTANT QUALITY CONSISTS IN EXCIT- 
ING FUNCTIONAL ACTIVITY. 

A.— OF THE SPINAL CORD AND SYMPATHETIC. 

Electricity. — jSlectricite, Fr. ; Flectricitat, Ger. 

Forms of Electrical Force employed in Medical Practice. — Static 
or frictional electricity, galvanic, faradic (electro-magnetic, magneto- 
electric). 

Static or frictional electricity is obtained by friction from glass, as 
in the cylinder, plate, or Holz electrical machine. The last-named in- 
strument is best adapted for medical use. The prime conductor of the 
electrical machine furnishes positive or vitreous electricity, and the rub- 
ber, negative or resinous. Various modes of electrization by static 
electricity are resorted to : 

1. By sparks. In this mode the part to be acted on is made to re- 
ceive sparks from the machine. in action. 

2. The electric bath. The patient is placed on an insulated stool, 
and is charged with positive or negative electricity from the prime con- 
ductor, or rubber, according as he is in connection with either. Sparks 
may be drawn from the affected part by presenting the knuckles or a 
metallic conductor. A sharp, tingling sensation, followed bj r redness 



254 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

and wheals, is produced by sparks, whether received from the machine 
or drawn from the body. 

3. By the Leyden-jar. In this method the electricity is condensed 
in the Leyden-jar, and the charge is transmitted through the part of 
the body to be acted on. 

Galvanism. — In general terms it may be stated that all chemical 
action is accompanied by electrical phenomena. In its simplest form 
a galvanic battery consists of two elements, zinc and copper, zinc and 
platinized silver, or zinc and carbon, for example, and an exciting fluid. 
The greater the difference in the chemical action of the exciting fluid 
on the two metals, the stronger the galvanic current. The current 
starts from the surface of the oxidizable metal — from the zinc of any 
of the above combinations — and passes through the exciting liquid to 
the copper, platinized silver, or carbon. This is known as the positive 
current. There is, also, a current which passes in the opposite direc- 
tion — the negative / but, in order to prevent confusion, the positive is 
alone considered. The circuit is said to be closed when the two metals 
are brought directly into contact, or through the intermediation of a 
connecting or conjunctive wire. While, in any of the combinations of 
elements above given, the zinc is the positive metal, it forms the nega- 
tive or — pole, because the current passes from the zinc to the cop- 
per or carbon element in the battery, and from the copper or carbon 
element to the zinc, through the conjunctive wire. A battery is a com- 
bination of elements, and may consist of any number of elements — for 
medical purposes from ten to one hundred, or more. The quantity of 
electricity is the same at all points in the circuit, and depends on the 
amount of chemical action taking place in the battery. Intensity de- 
pends on the number of the elements. According to the law of Ohm, 
the intensity of a galvanic current is in inverse ratio to the resistance 
of the circuit. 

Various forms of batteries are used in medical practice. The most 
suitable are the modification of Daniell's battery, by Remak, known as 
Siemens and Halske's, Smee's zinc and platinized silver, Stohrer's zinc- 
carbon, Hill's zinc and copper, Muirhead's, Daniell's, GaifFe's chloride 
of silver, or Grenet's sulphate of mercury. Of these, the best perma- 
nent batteries are Siemens and Halske's elements and Hill's, and the 
best portable battery Stohrer's zinc-carbon combination. The following 
are the requisites of a good galvanic battery for medical use : It should 
be truly constant / that is, it should furnish a current of uniform volume 
and tension, and not be subject to great fluctuations, rapidly rising to 
the maximum and then as suddenly sinking to zero. It should require 
but little attention to keep it in order. It should be worked with facil- 
ity. The elements of Siemens and Halske, with a suitable pole or key- 
board to work the battery, make an arrangement which more nearly 
fills the requirements of a medical battery than any other. 



ELECTRICITY. 255 

Fakadism. — This form of current differs from the preceding in that 
it is an induced current, and passes in both directions, and has very high 
tension. The apparatus of a faradic instrument (electro-magnetic) 
consists essentially of one or two cups, connected by a conjunctive coil, 
transmitting an inducing current, a secondary coil in which the induced 
current is excited, and a rheotome or current-breaker. The current- 
breaker interrupts the current in the primary coil. So long as the in- 
ducing current passes uninterruptedly, an induced current is not ex- 
cited ; at the moment of opening and closing the circuit, however, an 
instantaneous current is produced, on closing the circuit in a direction 
contrary to that in the conjunctive coil of the battery, and on opening 
the circuit in the same direction. The induced current is therefore a 
to-and-fro current. 

The faradic instruments ordinarily in use furnish both a primary 
and secondary current. 

The magneto-electric differs from the electro-magnetic in that a cur- 
rent is induced in the secondary coil by magnetism. By a mechanical 
arrangement, a coil of fine wire is made to revolve rapidly about the 
poles of a permanent magnet. As the galvanic current induces a mag- 
netic condition of the bundle of wires which forms the core of the in- 
duction-coil, so the magnetic current of a permanent magnet induces an 
electric state of the insulated wire of the temporary magnet which is 
made to revolve about it. The .principle of the two batteries is the 
same as regards the induction of an electric current, the inducing cur- 
rent being in the one case galvanism, and in the other magnetism. 

Physiological Effects of Galvanism. — Electro-physiology has 
not contributed very greatly to serve as a foundation for electro-thera- 
peutics. Nevertheless, some attention must be paid to the facts of 
electro-physiology, in so far as they may be utilized to explain the re- 
sults obtained by the empirical employment of electricity. 

The conductivity of the tissues depends upon the quantity of fluid 
which they contain. Bones and ligaments conduct, therefore, much 
less perfectly than muscles, and muscles more actively than nerves. 
The skin offers a strong resistance to the passage of the electrical cur- 
rent, and hence the utility of moistened electrodes. The current does 
not, as is commonly supposed, pass in right lines, but takes various 
curves, determined by the relative conductivity of the tissues and the 
degree of resistance. 

Notwithstanding the brain is incased in a bony envelope, it has been 
conclusively shown that a galvanic current, applied to the exterior of 
the skull, does traverse the brain. The deepest parts of the body 
may be brought within the circuit. The faradic current does not have 
the power of diffusion and penetration possessed by the galvanic. It is 
not easy to localize the galvanic current to the parts between the poles 
or electrodes. Thus, when one electrode is placed on the nape of the 



256 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

neck, and the other on the sacrum, and a strong current is sent through 
the spine, a metallic taste is experienced in the mouth, and flashes of 
light appear before the eyes, due to the diffusion of the current and 
the excitation of the gustatory and optic nerve respectively. It is 
true these remote effects of the current are sometimes explained by the 
term reflex, but the phenomena are really due to secondary or derived 
currents. 

Organic substances, when submitted to the action of the galvanic 
current, undergo decomposition. The effects are proportionate to the 
number and size of the elements. Electrolysis is the term applied to 
the electric decompositions. The constituents of the tissues obey the 
ordinary laws of electrolysis — the acids and chlorine appear at the posi- 
tive pole, and the alkalies at the negative pole. The effects produced 
at the poles are due respectively to the acids and alkalies which appear 
at them, and the degree of action is determined by the amount of 
electricity which passes in a given time. The cauterizing action of 
the anode and cathode, or positive and negative poles, may be in- 
creased by introducing into the current a salt, such as the iodide of 
potassium, for example, the iodine appearing at the positive pole and 
the potassa at the negative. 

Faradism and galvanism differ in their action on the circulation. 
In order to understand this, it is necessary to note that when a spas- 
modic contraction of the vessels is produced, a diminution of the amount 
of blood in the part takes place ; on the other hand, when the organic 
muscular fibre acts, when stimulated, in the normal vermicular manner, 
the amount of blood is increased. An induction, or faradic current, 
causes a contraction of the arterioles by inducing spasm of the organic 
muscular fibre ; and a continuous galvanic current, by increasing the 
vermicular movements of the vessels, increases the flow of blood and 
elevates the temperature. An interrupted galvanic current has the 
same effect upon the vessels as the faradic. 

A current which passes from the spine to the periphery is said to ' 
be descending, or centrifugal / from the periphery to the spine, as- 
cending, or centripetal. The direction of the current influences the 
results of electrical excitation. A descending current increases the 
amount of blood in the part by increasing the peristalsis of the arte- 
rioles; an inverse or ascending current has the opposite effect. A cen- 
trifugal current (descending) increases the afflux of blood to the uterine 
vessels, and favors the occurrence of the monthly flow. Also, a de- 
scending current which stimulates the organic muscular fibres of the 
arterioles, increases the amount of blood in the erectile tissues. 

The descending or centrifugal current acts most strongly on the 
motor nerves, and the ascending or centripetal current affects more the 
sensitive nerves. The excitability of the nerves is diminished by a 
direct or descending current, and increased by an inverse or ascending 



ELECTRICITY. ■>;,; 

current, whence it follows that a nerve fatigued by a descending current 
has its excitability restored by an ascending current, and a nerve whose 
excitability has been increased by an ascending current may be made 
to lose its excitability by a descending current. When motor nerves 
and muscles are brought within the circuit, the muscular contractions 
are strongest at the closing, whatever may be the direction of the cur- 
rent. An ascending current causes more energetic muscular contrac- 
tions when the sensibility of the part is preserved, but, when the sensi- 
bility is diminished or abolished, the contractions are feebler. The 
muscular contractions, under these circumstances, are much stronger 
when a descending current is used. The contractions produced by an 
ascending current are probably reflex, or induced contractions. 

The stronger the current, within certain limits, the more energetic 
the muscular contractions, and changes of intensity increase the effect 
according to their rapidity. 

Currents of induction (faradic) differ from galvanic currents in their 
effects on the muscles. When the interruptions are rapid the muscle is 
thrown into a tetanic state ; but, when slower, the contractions are mo- 
mentary and successive, with intervals of relaxation. The direction of 
the current appears to have no influence over the results. When a 
mixed nerve (motor and sensitive) is stimulated by an induced current, 
muscular movements take place and pain is experienced. The more 
rapid the interruptions, the more decided are the effects. If the electric 
stimulation of a nerve continues for a long time, it loses its excitability. 

The effects of electrical currents on the spinal cord may be summa- 
rized as follows : 

The descending current acts on the motor nerves, giving rise to vio- 
lent contractions of all the muscles of the body, and on the sensory 
nerves, causing pain. The ascen'ding current increases the excitability 
of the cord and augments the reflex function ; while the descending 
current has the opposite effect. 

The question of the electric excitability of the cerebral hemispheres 
is yet sub judlce. Hitzig, and Fritsch, and Terrier, by a series of ex- 
periments, now well known, have apparently demonstrated the excita- 
bility of the hemispheres, in opposition to the doctrines long since laid 
down and universally accepted, of Magendie, Flourens, and others 
Hitzig and Ferrier have shown that certain parts of the brain respond 
in a very definite manner to electric stimulation, and in this way local- 
ization of the functions of the brain has been much advanced. ]n a se- 
ries of electrical experiments on the brain of a woman exposed by an 
epithelioma, I was enabled to demonstrate the homology of the func- 
tion of the brain of animals and man. 

Modes of applying Electricity. — Although it is a general prin- 
ciple that electricity should be applied to the seat of the morbid action, 
it is also true that much relief is often experienced from applications to 
18 



258 EXCITO-MOTOKS. 

parts in which symptoms are felt. In cases of hemiplegia, for example, 
the best results are obtained by galvanization of the brain and fara- 
dization of the paralyzed muscles. Numerous illustrations of the same 
truth might be adduced. 

Electrical currents are applied to parts by means of electrodes, con- 
nected by flexible wires with the poles — the anode and cathode — of the 
battery. Electrodes are of various forms and sizes, and are usually 
merely holders of sponge, or are pieces of steel, copper, or carbon, cov- 
ered with sponge, with ebony or hard-rubber handles. When the mus- 
cles and internal organs are to be reached by the current, the sponges 
are moistened with warm water or a solution of salt. As has already 
been stated, the conductivity of the tissues depends on the quantity of 
water contained in them ; hence, in order to overcome the resistance 
offered by the skin, the sponges should be well moistened. On the 
other hand, w^hen it is desired to confine the electrical current to the 
skin itself, the skin should be rubbed dry and dusted with a drying- 
powder. The electrical brush, consisting of a bundle of fine wires, or 
of a number of flexible-wire electrodes, is often used when the current is 
to be confined to the skin. 

To galvanize the brain one pole may be placed on the forehead, the 
other on the occiput, or a pole may be placed on each mastoid process, 
or on each temple. Whatever may be the situation of the electrodes, 
flashes of light, a metallic taste, and vertigo, will be experienced if the 
current has sufficient force to traverse the brain. From three to ten 
cups will usually produce these symptoms ; hence, a larger number 
should not be used, and the applications should not continue longer 
than five minutes. 

Dr. Beard styles that method " central galvanization " in which one 
pole is placed over the occiput and the other over the epigastrium, the 
first pole being gradually moved down over the neck and spine so as to 
bring the cord and the great nerve-trunks of the body within the cir- 
cuit. The spinal cord is galvanized by placing one pole on the nape of 
the neck, and the other over the sacrum. Much has been said recently 
of galvanization of the sympathetic. The superior ganglion of the sym- 
pathetic may be brought within the circuit by one pole placed in the 
auriculo-maxillary fossa, and the other on the spinous process of the 
seventh cervical vertebra. Obviously, the superior portion of the pneu- 
mogastric, the spinal accessory, the cervical plexus, etc., are also in- 
cluded. One pole placed in the auriculo-maxillary fossa and the other 
on the manubrium of the sternum bring within the circuit the cervical 
sympathetic, the pneumogastric, the cervical plexus, etc. To stimulate 
the phrenic nerve, place the anode or positive pole on the outer margin 
of the sterno-cleido mastoid, near the omo-hyoid muscle, and the nega- 
tive on the epigastrium. In order to electrize the ear it must be filled 
with warm water, and an electrode, made for the purpose, must be intro- 



ELECTRICITY. 259 

duced connected with the positive pole, while the negative is applied to 
the mastoid process. For electrization of the eye a soft, sponge-covered 
electrode may be applied directly to the organ. The larynx, rectum, 
bladder, urethra, and uterus, may be readily reached by insulated 
sound-electrodes. 

Muscles may be most effectively electrized by placing one pole on 
the belly of the muscles, and bringing the other pole in relation to the 
nerve-trunk supplying them. In works on electro-therapeutics these 
points are mapped out. Single muscles may be electrized best by Du- 
chenne's pointed electrodes. 

Diagnosis by Electricity. — By means of an electric current we 
determine the electro-contractility of the muscles. In health the mus- 
cles respond to the galvanic current at the opening and closing of the 
current, and to the rapid interruptions of the faradic current. In cer- 
tain states of disease the " irritability " and the " contractility " of 
muscle may be increased, lessened, or destroyed. In paralysis of cere- 
bral origin the electro-contractility is not usually impaired, and may 
indeed be heightened. Also, in diseases of the spinal cord, the electro- 
contractility is impaired or destroyed only in those muscles the nerves 
innervating which come off from the injured portion of the cord, and is 
not affected in those muscles receiving their nervous supply from a 
healthy portion of the cord below the seat of disease or injury. The 
electro-contractility is lost in muscles when the motor nerves supplying 
them are cut off from their origin in the spinal cord. Hence it follows 
that if a paralyzed muscle responds to an electrical current the lesion 
is not in the nerve, or in that part of the spinal cord from which the 
nerve takes its origin. The contractility of muscles is increased when 
the brain or spinal cord is in a condition of increased irritability, as 
occurs, for example, from recent injury, acute congestion, etc. \Yhen 
the electro-contractility of muscle is diminished in cases of cerebral dis- 
ease, this effect is usually simply the result of disuse of the muscles, 
and is quickly restored by exercising them with a faradic current. Loss 
of electro-contractility may be due to some direct injury to the muscle, 
as from a blow, cold, or rheumatism — paralysis of the deltoid from a 
blow on the shoulder, of the muscles of the face from cold affecting the 
pes anserinus of the seventh, etc. Muscles thus affected, and incapable 
of responding to the faradic current, may react energetically to a slowly- 
interrupted galvanic current. 

The sensibility to the electric current may be modified in various 
ways — in the skin and muscles it may be increased, diminished, or it 
may entirely disappear. 

Therapy. — Allbutt made a number of experimental observations at 
the West Riding Lunatic Asylum on the therapeutical effects of elec- 
tricity (galvanism) in psychical disorders, and he sums up his results 
as follows: Marked improvement in acute primary dementia / distinct 



260 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

improvement in mania, atonic melancholia, and perhaps recent sec- 
ondary dementia y no change observed in chronic dementia and some 
cases of melancholia, and an unfavorable effect in hypochondriacal mel- 
ancholia, and, perhaps, brain-wasting. In the cases reported by All- 
butt, the current was sent through the head and through the cervical 
sympathetics. Benedict (page 222) reports three cases of mental dis- 
order improved by galvanism. 

I have observed excellent results in the mental and other symptoms 
— confusion of mind, impaired memory, hypochondriasis, vertigo^ 
etc. — which result from imperfect nutrition of the brain, caused by 
atheromatous degeneration of the cerebral vessels. My method of ap- 
plication has consisted in transverse transmission of the current through 
the brain, using a current of sufficient intensity merely to cause slight 
giddiness, a faint metallic taste, and barely perceptible flashes of light. 

Galvanization of the brain and of the cervical sympathetics is one of 
the measures to be resorted to in acute active or passive congestion of 
the brain. WciJcefulness, when not reflex in origin, and when depend- 
ent simply on the state of the vascular supply, is often relieved by 
galvanization of the brain. Insomnia may be dependent on either ac- 
tive or passive congestion. In the first case a continuous current of 
moderate intensity should be passed through the superior ganglion of 
the sympathetic — the positive pole being placed in the auriculo-maxil- 
lasy fossa, the negative on the seventh cervical vertebra ; in the second 
case a mild current should be transmitted transversely through the 
brain, and be slowly interrupted. 

To promote absorption of the clot in cases of cerebral hemorrhage, 
and to relieve the collateral oedema in embolism of the cerebral arteries, 
very mild galvanic currents may be employed. Caution is necessary, 
however, in emplo} T ing galvanism in such cases. Strong currents and 
lengthened applications may do serious mischief; but the author be- 
lieves, with Remak, that judicious application of galvanism will be use- 
ful. The immediate effects of the embolism, or of the haemorrhage, 
should be allowed to subside before commencing the use of electricity, 
and, if there be much headache and vertigo, the greatest circumspec 
tion will be necessary. 

In hemiplegia the constant current may be applied to the brain, for 
the purpose of improving its nutrition, and the faradic or induced cur- 
rent to the muscles, to prevent wasting and loss of function from dis- 
use. If the temperature of the paralyzed parts is lowered, the skin 
discolored and roughened, the muscles weak and flabby, much improve- 
ment in all these particulars will follow faradization. Large electrodes, 
well moistened, should be used, and all the muscles should in turn be 
made to contract — one pole being placed over the motor nerve, the 
other over the bellies of the affected muscles. In cases of hemiplegia, 
when the nutrition of the skin and muscles has been improved to the 



ELECTRICITY. 2G1 

extent which faradization can accomplish, no advantage can accrue from 
further persistence in the applications. In faradizing the muscles in a 
case of hemiplegia, a current of just sufficient intensity to cause con- 
tractions should be used. Tetanic cramps fatigue the muscles, and are 
harmful. The so-called "late rigidity" — the muscular contractions 
which ensue after a time in hemiplegia, and which occur chiefly in the 
forearm and hands — is best treated by a continuous current to the con- 
tracted flexors, and an interrupted or faradic current to the relatively 
weaker extensors. 

In recent affections of the spinal cord, as a rule, electricity is not 
indicated. In chronic myelitis, syphilitic diseases of the meninges, 
after a course of suitable specific treatment, and in some of the sequehe 
of acute meningitis, much good may be accomplished by the galvaniza- 
tion of the spine and the paralyzed muscles. The wasting of the af- 
fected muscles may be arrested and their nutrition raised to the normal, 
and the paralysis of the sphincters may, in many cases, be relieved. 
When the electro-contractility of the muscles is not impaired, and when 
they have not wasted, no good is to be accomplished by stimulating 
them with the electrical current. 

That very troublesome disorder, spinal irritation, with its extensive 
irradiations of nerve-pain, is much benefited by an inverse galvanic cur- 
rent, according to Hammond, and this observation I have been enabled 
to confirm by my own experience. Hysterical paralysis of the extrem- 
ities, accompanied or not with anaesthesia or hyperesthesia, should be 
treated by galvanization of the spine and faradization of the muscles. 

In paralysis from lead (dropped wrist), the muscles may be so far 
atrophied as not to respond to faradization, but may react when stimu- 
lated by a slowly-interrupted galvanic current. When this condition 
exists, the interrupted galvanic current must be first employed, and the 
cure be completed by the faradic current when the muscles are so far 
improved as to react to the latter. 

The best example of a peripheral paralysis is that of the muscles 
of the face, from disease or injury of the facial nerve. From exposure 
to cold, or disease of the ear, or traumatic injury, the nerve is damaged 
and the muscles to which it is distributed are paralyzed. In accordance 
with the law already given such muscles do not respond to the faradic 
current, but do react to galvanism. The positive pole is placed over 
the pes anserinus, or on the mastoid process, and the negative is made 
to pass over the peripheral expansion of the nerve so that all the mus- 
cles innervated by the nerve are brought into action. A current of 
sufficient intensity to induce muscular contraction must be employed. 
As in the case of other peripheral paralyses, after a time the affected 
muscles recover their power of response to faradism, when this form of 
current may be used to complete the cure. If the nerve has not been 
irrevocably damaged, and if the paralysis has not existed so long that 



262 EXCITO-MOTOES. 

the electro- contractility is lost in consequence of atrophic degeneration 
of the muscles, a cure of facial paralysis may be effected by a persistent 
use of electricity. 

Certain of the ocular paralyses, as of the third, fourth, and sixth 
nerve, are often cured by electricity (interrupted galvanic current). It 
is necessary, in order to obtain a successful result, that the remedy be 
employed in suitable cases. When these paralyses are dependent on 
cerebral tumors, syphilitic gummata, exostoses, etc., electricity cannot 
be expected to cure ; but the paretic state of the muscles, left after the 
removal of the gummata, may be promptly relieved by galvanization. 
The functional states of the above-mentioned nerves, of which paralysis 
may be a symptom, will certainly be cured by electricity. Faradism 
may sometimes succeed when galvanism fails in these cases (Althaus). 

Cases of aphonia^ when dependent on paralysis of the vocal cords, 
are sometimes cured by a single application, and few, indeed, resist the 
proper use of galvanism. The larynx may be faradized externally ; the 
recurrent laryngeal may be galvanized by placing one rheophore over its 
trunk and the other over the larynx, or, what is better, an intra-laryngeal 
electrode (Mackenzie's) may be used. 

Paralysis of the bladder and of the sphincter ani, even when symp- 
tomatic of spinal affections, may be greatly benefited, and the condition 
of the patient rendered much more comfortable, by an interrupted gal- 
vanic or faradic current applied by suitable insulated electrodes. Idio- 
pathic cases of these affections may be cured in this way. Constipation^ 
due to atony of the muscular layer of the large intestine, can be over- 
come by the same means. An insulated electrode is introduced into 
the rectum, and a large, sponge-covered rheophore, well moistened, is 
passed over the abdomen so as to bring every part of the large intestine 
within the circuit. 

The failure of respiration in opium narcosis can be most success- 
fully obviated by faradization of the muscles of respiration. A strong 
faradic current is one of the most effective means of causing uterine 
contractions in cases of postpartum haemorrhage. 

In certain of the " myopathies of spinal origin" but not in all of 
them, electricity gives excellent results. The most decidedly curative 
results are obtained in infantile paralysis. The electrical treatment 
should be begun early, but after the subsidence of all inflammatory 
symptoms. Good results may be looked for if the electro-contractility 
of the muscles is not lost, and if important changes have not occurred 
in the joints. In many cases the affected muscles, although not atro- 
phied, do not respond to the faradic current, but will to the interrupted 
galvanic. The latter should therefore be used until the muscles are put 
into a condition to respond to the former. Besides galvanization and 
faradization of the paralyzed muscles, the electrical treatment should 
include galvanic spinal-nerve and plexus-nerve currents. Thus far but 



ELECTRICITY. 263 

little benefit has accrued from the electrical treatment of progressive 
muscular atrophy. If the initial change in this malady were myopathic 
(as asserted by Friedreich), good results from localized faradization 
might be obtained. The author's experience as to the curability of this 
disease by electricity is quite in accord with Onimus and Legros, who 
declare that it is without avail in this disorder. Posterior spinal 
sclerosis is equally uninfluenced as regards its course and progress by 
electricity, but galvanization of the spine lessens somewhat the severity 
of the neuralgic pains which belong to this malady. 

Nothing is more certain in therapeutics than the relief to pain by 
galvanization of the affected nerve or nerves. In tic-doiiloureux decided 
relief to the pain is obtained by electrical applications to the fifth, and 
a permanent cure not unfrequently results in those cases belonging to 
the category of the essential neuralgise, so called. The best method of 
application is that advised by Onimus and Legros, which consists in 
placing the positive pole on the point of emergence of the affected nerve, 
and the negative over the superior ganglion of the cervical sympathetic. 
About ten elements of Siemens and Halske is the proper strength, and 
five to eight minutes the proper time, for these applications. This 
method of treatment is, according to Frommhold, the most effective 
remedy for migraine or hemicrania. 

In cervico-braeliial neuralgia, and in sciatica, excellent results are 
obtained by galvanization of the affected nerves. The positive pole 
should be placed over the point of emergence of the nerves from the 
cord, and the negative over the main divisions of the peripheral expan- 
sion. Both labile and stabile currents may be employed. A current 
from thirty elements will usually be required. The electrodes should be 
large sponges well moistened. In old cases of neuralgia, a needle such 
as is used for acupuncture, but insulated to near its point, may be intro- 
duced down to the neighborhood of the nerve-trunk and attached to the 
positive pole, while the negative sponge-electrode may be passed over 
the course of the nerve. This mode of galvanization is especially to be 
recommended in old cases of sciatica. A daily stance of from five to 
fifteen minutes is required usually in cases of neuralgia. The cure is 
much more difficult, and the applications must be continued over a much 
longer period of time, in those cases of neuralgia dependent on neuritis. 
Decided amelioration and even cure may be hoped for by sufficiently 
prolonged applications, when the nerves are so far altered that induced 
currents do not cause any muscular contractions. Some of the most 
satisfactory results have been obtained from galvanization of the uterus 
in uterine and ovarian nerve-pain. 

In certain kinds of muscular spasm the galvanic current has unques- 
tioned utility. Cases of spasmodic wry-necTc (torticollis) of recent ori- 
gin, due to " rheumatism," are quickly relieved by galvanization by 
stabile currents of the affected muscles, and faradization of the opposed 



264 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

muscles. Old cases of wry-neck and convulsive tic of the face, and 
writer's cramp, are not benefited by this treatment. Cases of chorea 
have been cured by static electricity, but little benefit has been derived, 
according to the author's observation, from galvanism or faradism. 

Galvanism is sometimes of great service in epilepsy, but no exact 
indications for its use can be laid down. Obviously it can only be ser- 
viceable in idiopathic epilepsy. The applications should include the 
brain (transverse current from mastoid process), the cervical sympa- 
thetic, and those nerve-trunks along which an aura is transmitted. 

The author has witnessed some remarkable results from the gal- 
vanization of the pneumogastric nerves, and as conspicuous failures from 
the same practice, in spasmodic asthma. Even in those cases not per- 
manently improved, great relief to the difficult breathing is experienced 
when the current is passing. The positive pole is placed over the pneu- 
mogastric, beneath the mastoid process, and the negative pole is applied 
to the epigastrium. Faradism is not serviceable in this disease. 

Exophthalmic goitre, a disease of the sympathetic system and mani- 
fested objectively by proptosis, goitre, and palpitation of the heart, is 
cured by galvanization of the cervical sympathetic and of the pneumo- 
gastric, and by applications to the eyes and thyroid gland. 

There can be no reasonable doubt of the influence of electricity over 
the nutritive functions. Beard and Rockwell employ the method termed 
by them " general electrization," which consists in faradic applications 
to the surface of the body, " one pole, usually the negative, being 
placed at the feet or the coccyx, while the other is applied all over the 
surface of the body." They formulate their principles in these appli- 
cations as follows : " Constitutional diseases are better treated by gen- 
eral, and local diseases by localized electrization." According to Bene- 
dikt — and in this view electricians are generally in accord — the true 
method of using electricity consists in making applications to the af- 
fected part or organs, and, to this rule may be added, to those parts or 
organs also in which symptoms are felt. 

General electrization is useful " in those diseases that are dependent 
on, or associated with, impairment of nutrition and general debility of 
the vital functions, such as nervous dyspepsia, neurasthenia, ancemia, 
chlorosis, hysteria, hypochondriasis, paralysis, and neuralgia of a con- 
stitutional origin, rheumatism and other toxic diseases, some forms of 
chorea, and oftentimes in functional disorders of the genital, digestive, 
and other special organs." 

In ancemia and chlorosis the usual remedies for these states may be 
much assisted by central galvanization, and localized applications to 
the vegetative organs. Regurgitation of food, gastralgia, and feeble- 
ness of digestion, are often signally benefited by galvanization of the 
pneumogastric, and by localized applications to the abdominal organs. 
Strong currents are needed when internal organs are to be affected by 



ELECTRICITY. 2G5 

electrodes applied to the integument of the abdomen. A more effec- 
tive application in these cases consists in the use of an insulated rectal 
electrode, while a sponge electrode of large size, and well moistened, is 
passed over the various organs of the abdomen. The relief of constipa- 
tion by this means has already been alluded to. 

Various diseases of the pelvic organs, both in the male and female, 
are successfully treated by electricity. Amenorrhea, when dependent 
on atony of the ovaries and uterus, is cured by static electricity, by 
faradism, or by an interrupted galvanic current. A shock from a Ley- 
den-jar may be transmitted through the pelvis, or a strong faradic or 
galvanic current may be applied by means of one pole on the spine, 
the other on the hypogastric region. In the case of married women an 
insulated vaginal electrode may be introduced and placed in contact 
with the os uteri. This is a more effective way of making the applica- 
tions than by the electrodes placed externally. In neuralgic dysmenor- 
rJtoea the galvanic current will afford relief in a large proportion of 
cases; and, in congestive dysmenorrhcea, an inverse current will di- 
minish the blood-supply and thus lessen suffering. The treatment of 
these affections should be conducted during the interval. The chronic 
congestive enlargement of the uterus is sometimes remarkably benefited 
by a galvanic current of moderate intensity slowly interrupted, but it is 
doubtful if any case of chronic interstitial metritis is ever cured, or even 
ameliorated, by this means. 

Although the changes in the joints, induced by gout and rheumatism, 
may not be cured by galvanization of the central nervous system, as 
claimed by Meyer, yet there is no doubt that myalgia, lumbago, and 
other so-called rheumatic diseases of the muscular system, may be 
promptly relieved and cured by the constant current. The stiffness of 
the joints and the muscular soreness which remain after an attack of 
acute rheumatism are best relieved by passing a mild galvanic current 
through the affected parts. 

Herpes, especially herpes zoster, and prurigo, when they are refer- 
able to an alteration of the cutaneous nerves, are curable by electricity. 
The author has seen excellent results in cases of shingles, from gal- 
vanization of the affected intercostal nerves — the positive pole being 
placed over the point of emergence of the nerves, and the negative 
brushed over the terminal filaments in the skin. Beard reports the cure 
of obstinate cases of chronic eczema by central galvanization, and his 
results have been confirmed by others. The author has seen a number 
of cases of acne get well under the influence of galvanization of the 
cervical sympathetic, and local galvanization of the skin of the face — 
the positive pole on the neck, the negative passed over the affected 
parts. It need hardly be stated that strong currents are not to be used 
when the poles are applied in these situations. Among the other skin- 
affections treated by galvanism with success are prurigo, psoriasis, and 



266 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

even scleroderma / but, as Dr. Piffard, of New York, has remarked, this 
method is " by no means uniformly successful." It is applicable to the 
treatment of the neuroses of the skin. 

Electeolysis. — When the electrical current is made to traverse in- 
sulated needles introduced into the tissues of the body, electrolytic 
effects are produced, decomposition of the tissues ensues, hydrogen and 
the alkalies appear at the negative pole, and acids and chlorine at the 
positive. Remak, in his various publications, much insisted on the 
catalytic action of the constant current. Effusions into and about in- 
flamed parts, and into the substance of tumors, may be made to disap- 
pear by the external application of galvanism, through moistened sponge 
electrodes. It is doubtful, however, whether neoplastic formations can 
be thus made to undergo absorption. The disappearance of effusions 
induces such an appearance of shrinking of tumors and inflammatory 
products, that actual absorption of the neoplastic material may be sup- 
posed to have occurred. 

Galvano-puncture is used to remove malignant and other new for- 
mations. The sanguine expectations once entertained that cancer can 
be thus removed, although justified by the results in a few apparently 
successful cases, have not been realized. Beard proposes and has exe- 
cuted a new method, " working up the base," which consists in electro- 
lytic decomposition of the subjacent parts of a cancer. A number of 
needles, insulated to near their points, are introduced into the healthy 
tissues beneath the morbid growth, and a current from twenty to sixty 
elements is passed through them. Decomposition ensues, and. there 
takes place a separation of the morbid mass. As the pain of this method 
is great, etherization should be resorted to. 

Aneurisms, so situated as to be beyond the reach of surgical inter- 
ference, have been treated by galvano-puncture, but the success, al- 
though brilliant in a few instances, has not been such as to justify very 
sanguine expectations of its future utility. Erectile tumors are curable 
by electrolysis. Goitre is sometimes made to disappear by the same 
means. The cysts connected with glandular tumors in the neck may be 
permanently occluded by galvano-puncture. The most useful applica- 
tions of this method have been made in hydrocele, which may be inva- 
riably cured in my experience by introducing two needle-electrodes, 
insulated to near their points, and passing a current from twenty to 
forty elements. Not less effective is the same method in the treatment 
of hydatid disease of the liver. One needle, connected with the neg- 
ative pole, is introduced, and the sponge-electrode is placed at some 
indifferent point on the abdomen. 

Spasmodic and permanent stricture of the urethra are treated by 
electrolysis, an insulated sound with a metallic tip, connected with the 
negative pole, being passed into the stricture, and the positive pole 
placed at some indifferent point. The most successful results have been 



ELECTRICITY. 2G7 

obtained bv Mallcz and Tripier, and Dr. Robert Newman, of New York; 
but it is the author's observation, as also the experience of Dr. Keyes, 
of New York, that this method has little real utility. 

bounds and ulcers of an indolent character, and bed-sores, may be 
made to heal by attaching to them a galvanic couplet (zinc and silver), 
one of the elements remaining in contact with the sore, and the other 
on the skin in the neighborhood. They should be connected by a cop- 
per wire, and be confined to the parts by strips of adhesive plaster. 
This method has been especially serviceable in the treatment of bed- 
sores. 

Galvano - Cautery. — This method consists in cauterization by a 
platinum wire heated by the galvanic current. The battery used for 
this purpose furnishes a large quantity of electricity of low tension, 
hence the elements are few in number but having large surface. When 
a large quantity of electricity is made to traverse a platinum wire which 
offers great resistance, the wire is heated and may be melted. The 
platinum in the form of wire-loop, or dome cautery, or knife, heated by 
the electrical current, is the cauterizing agent. If the wire be not so 
highly heated as to cut through the tissues too rapidly, but little bleed- 
ing results, and a clean surface is left which promptly granulates. 

It would be foreign to the scope of this work to enter into details in 
regard to galvano-cautery, which is a department of surgical practice. 
It will suffice to mention briefly the principal applications of the method. 
It may be used to remove polypi, and other pedicidateel groicths, to am- 
putate the penis and cervix uteri, to separate haemorrhoids, ncevi, lupus, 
and carcinoma, or to arrest Heeding in deep cavities, or to cauterize 
sinuses. 

Authorities referred to in this article : 

Allbutt, Dr. T. Clifford. The Electric Treatment of the Insane. Tlie West Fading 
Lunatic Asylum Reports, vol. Li., p. 203. 

Althaus, Dr. Julius. A Treatise on Medical Electricity, second edition, Philadel- 
phia, 1870. 

Anstie, Dr. Francis E. Neuralgia and the Diseases that resemble it, London, 1871, 
p. 199, et seq. 

Beard and Rockwell. A Practiced Treatise on the Medical and Surgical Uses of 
Electricity, New York, 1871. 

Benedikt, Dr. Moritz. Elektrotherapie, Wien, 1868. 

Duciienne, Dr. G. B. (of Boulogne). De E Electrisation Localisee, Paris, 1861. 

Eulenburg, Dr. Albert. Lehrhuch der functionellcn Ncrvenkrankhcitcn, Berlin, 1871, 
p. 78, et seq. 

Frommiiold, Dr. Carl. Die Migraine undihr Ueilung durch Electric! tat, Pest, 1868. 

Hammond, Dr. "William A. A Treatise on Diseases of the Nervous System, New York, 
1871. 

Hamilton, Dr. Allan McLane. Clinical Electro- Therapeutics, New York, 1873. 

Jaccoud, Dr. S. Traite de Pathologic Interne, vol. i., Paris, 1870. 

Morgan, Dr. Charles E. Electro-Physiology and Therapeutics, New York, 1868. 

Onimus, E., et Cii. Legros. Traite D'JSlectricite Medicale, Paris, 1872. 



268 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

Remak, Dr. Robert. Galvanotherapie, traduit de l'Allemand, Paris, 1860. 
Reynolds, Dr. J. Russell. Lectures on the Clinical Uses of Electricity, Philadelphia, 
1872. 

Voltolini, Dr. Rudolph. Die Anwendung der Galvano-Kaustik, "VVien, 1872. 
Ziemssen, Dr. Hugo yon. Die Electricitat in der Medicin, erste Hiilfte, Berlin, 1872. 

Nux-Vomica. — The seeds of strychnos nux-vomica. JVoix vomique 9 
Fr. ; Krahenaugen, Ger. 

Extr actum, JSfucis Vomicce. — Extract of nux-vomica. Dose, gr. -J- 

— gr. h 

Tinctura Nucis 'Vomicce. — Tincture of nux-vomica. Dose, m. j — 
m. v. 

Composition. — Nux-vomica contains two alkaloids and a peculiar 
acid. The alkaloids are strychnia and brucia, and the acid strychnic 
or igasuric acid. The proportion of strychnia ranges from one-fourth 
to one-half of one per cent., and of brucia from one-eighth to one per 
cent. These wide differences are in great part due to the varying skill 
of the chemists who have made analyses. Besides these another c^s- 
tallizable base has been discovered in the mother-liquor from which 
strychnia and brucia have been precipitated. This has been named 
igasurine. The alkaloids exist in nux-vomica in combination with 
igasuric acid. 

Strychnia " is a white or grayish-white powder, of an intensely 
bitter taste, nearly insoluble in water, slightly soluble in cold alcohol, 
and readily soluble in boiling alcohol. When heated it melts, and by 
strong heat is wholly dissipated. It is but slightly or not at all red- 
dened by nitric acid. A small portion dissolved in officinal sulphuric 
acid yields, on the addition of a minute quantity of bichromate of potas- 
sium, a splendid violet-color." 

Strychniw Sulphas. — Sulphate of strychnia. " A white salt, in 
colorless, prismatic crystals, which are without odor, exceedingly bit- 
ter, readily soluble in water, sparingly soluble in alcohol, and insoluble 
in ether. They effloresce on exposure to the air, and melt when heated, 
losing nearly fourteen per cent, of their weight of water of crystalli- 
zation. By a strong heat they are wholly volatilized. Dose, gr. -^ — 

&• -sAr- 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The paralyzers, such as woorara, 

conium, tobacco, opium, belladonna, and physostigma, antagonize the 
actions of strychnia in a part of the sphere of its influence. They do 
not antagonize its toxic action. Chloral, tobacco, bromide of potassium, 
ether, and chloroform (inhaled), are its true physiological antagonists. 

In cases of poisoning, tannin and the vegetables containing it should 
be freely administered, for the tannate of strychnia is very insoluble. 
Emetics, or the stomach pump, must be used promptly. The tetanic 
spasms are best controlled by chloral and the inhalation of ether, or by 
tobacco, or by the bromide of potassium in very large doses ( 3 ij — § ss) , 



NUX- VOMICA. oqq 

Tiie maintenance of artificial respiration by force seems, in animals at 
least, (o postpone the lethal action of strychnia. 

Synergists. — Bracia, picrotoxine, thebaine, ergot, and, according to 
my own experimental investigations, belladonna, electricity, cold, etc., 
promote the activity of nux-vomica and its alkaloids. 

Physiological Effects. — The preparations of nux-vomica are ex- 
tremely and persistently bitter. Like all bitters, they promote the flow 
of the stomach and intestinal juices, increase the digestive power, and 
thus favorably affect the appetite. They also hasten the intestinal 
movements, and the stools voided are somewhat relaxed. 

The alkaloids of nnx-vomica are very diffusible substances, and enter 
the blood very quickly. They lessen somewhat the oxidizing power 
of the blood, but this effect is quite insufficient to account for the phys- 
iological reactions produced in the nervous system. Small medicinal 
doses of nux-vomica and its alkaloid accomplish no more than other 
bitters, as respects the circulation. More or less plethora, slightly in- 
creased action of the heart, and, as a consequence of this condition of 
the vascular system, a greater energy in the performance of the various 
functions, result from their administration. 

When a lethal dose of nux-vomica, or of its alkaloids, has been taken, 
characteristic symptoms follow in a few minutes. The state of the 
stomach as to food, the presence of tannic acid in the food, and of fat, 
probably, also the condition of the blood-vessels, influence the rate of 
absorption, and symptoms may begin in a few minutes or be delayed 
an hour or even longer. When a full medicinal dose has been taken, 
some slight shuddering, a sense of. constriction of the fauces and jaws, 
sudden pains like electric shocks passing through the limbs, startings 
of some of the voluntary muscles, dilated pupils, " a meaningless smile," 
paleness of the face, followed by flushing and increased warmth of the 
surface and perspiration, are symptoms which may be produced without 
further development of a toxic action. If the dose be large enough to 
cause death, the above-described symptoms are quickly followed by 
tetanic convulsions, in which nearly all the voluntary muscles are en- 
gaged. When the paroxysm occurs, a shudder passes through the whole 
frame; the head and extremities jerk and twitch, and then, suddenly, a 
general tonic convulsion takes place — the limbs are extended, the hands 
clinched, the toes and feet incurvated, the head bent backward, the 
body arched and rigid, the abdominal muscles hard and tense, the re- 
spiratory muscles fixed so that the body, curved in the form of a bow, 
rests on the occiput and heels. The countenance assumes a ghastly 
grin — the risus sardonicus / the arrest of the respiratory movements 
suspends oxidation of the blood, and the skin becomes cyanosed ; strong 
erections of the penis occur, and frequently involuntary evacuations of 
semen, urine, and faeces take place. Rarely does death ensue in the 
first paroxysm ; the spasm relaxes, and nothing remains of the attack 



270 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

but the muscular soreness and fatigue, and the sense of impending dis- 
solution. Absolute quiet retards the paroxysms. At first the senses 
are preternaturally acute, and, as the reflex function is abnormally ex- 
citable, the slightest peripheral irritation suffices to bring on the spasms. 
Generally patients experience comfort when the limbs are strongly held, 
or even rubbed, during the paroxysms ; but, in the interval, absolute 
quiet is most grateful. The mind remains unaffected until the close, or, 
at least, until carbonic-acid poisoning sets in. The paroxysms rapidly 
succeed each other, and increase in duration and severity, death occur- 
ring usually by fixation of the muscles of respiration, or by exhaustion, 
and within two hours usually from the beginning of symptoms. 

The remarkable similarity in the symptomatology of traumatic 
tetanus and strychnia tetanus requires that the points of difference 
between them be clearly set forth. In strychnia tetanus the jaw-mus- 
cles are not first thrown into spasm, and are not always rigid during 
the paroxysm ; in traumatic tetanus, trismus is one of the first symp- 
toms. In strychnia tetanus, after the convulsion lasting from a half to 
one or two minutes, there is usually complete relaxation ; in traumatic 
tetanus rigidity of the affected muscles continues. A case of strychnia 
tetanus goes on rapidly increasing in severity, and lasts from a few 
minutes to two hours ; a case of traumatic tetanus proceeds more slowly, 
and lasts always a number of hours, and may extend over days and even 
weeks. And, lastly, in traumatic tetanus, the capital symptom of a 
wound or injury exists. 

No very characteristic post-mortem appearances result from strych- 
nia-poisoning. The muscles, at first relaxed, become rigid, the feet 
turned in, the fingers clinched, or the body may maintain the position 
of opisthotonos, it which it was at the moment of death. Congestion 
of the cerebral and spinal meninges is usually observed, and Schroeder 
Van der Kolk has ascertained that dilatation of the vessels and san- 
guineous extravasations are found in the gray matter of the cord 
(medulla oblongata). 

The smallest quantity of strychnia which has produced a fatal result 
in an adult was a half-grain. Rarely can one- twelfth of a grain be 
given without causing muscular twitchings, and one-sixteenth of a 
grain has caused death in a child of between two and three years. 

The effects of strychnia are exerted on the spinal cord, on the seat 
of the motor functions. It does not affect the functions of the motor 
nerves directly — the irritability of the motor nerves is not destroyed 
by strychnia, it is exhausted by over-stimulation. The sensory nerves 
are either unaffected, or their irritability is increased. The reflex 
functions of the spinal cord are exalted. The afferent nerves preserv- 
ing their irritability, communicate impressions to the reflex centres, 
motor impulses are quickly originated, and the muscles through the 
motor nerves are fixed in a state of tonic contraction. The over-stimu- 



NUX-VOMICA. 271 

lation of the cord and the motor nerves exhausts the irritability of the 
latter. The muscles preserve their contractility. 

The effects of strychnia are not limited to the nervous system of 
animal life: the organic nervous system participates in the perturba- 
tion. The dilatation of the pupil, the erection of the hair-follicles, the 
tinnitus, the increased heat in the limb, and the perspirations which 
are produced when strychnia is injected subcutaneously, indicate an 
influence on the sympathetic system similar in kind to that exerted 
on the voluntary. Experimental investigations have confirmed these 
clinical observations. A very considerable rise in the arterial pressure, 
contraction of the vessels in the frog's web, and increased action of the 
heart, have been experimentally demonstrated to be caused by strych- 
nia (Sigmund Mayer). 

Therapy. — The tincture of nux-vomica is one of the numerous 
remedies proposed for the vomiting of pregnancy. It is best adapted, 
according to the author's observation, to those women who have a sea- 
sick feeling and who do not vomit much. Half a drop to a drop, in 
cherry-laurel water, or in simple water, every hour or tw^o, is a suitable 
dose. Like all other remedies, nux-vomica often fails in this malady. 
Owing partly to its intense bitterness, and partly to its influence on 
the nervous system, the tincture of nux-vomica is an excellent stomachic 
tonic, adapted more especially to the treatment of those cases in which 
there is a neurotic element, as, for example, atonic dyspepsia and gas- 
tralgia. From five to ten drops three times a day before meals is a 
suitable dose in these cases. In chronic gastric catarrh, whether 
occurring as an independent affection, or as an accompaniment of other 
maladies, the tincture of nux-vomica is one of the most effective bitters. 
In the gastric catarrh and morning vomiting of drunkards, this 
remedy is next in value to arsenic. It may be given, advantageously, 
with mineral acids. The poor appetite, the feeble digestion, and the 
nervousness and trembling, which follow the sudden withdrawal ot 
alcoholic stimulants, may be removed by frequent small doses of the 
tincture. To diminish the craving for stimulants when they are with- 
drawn, and to sustain the nervous system, the following combination is 
exceedingly effective : I£. Tinct. capsici, 3 vj ; tinct. nucis vom., 3 ij. M. 
Sig. Twenty drops in water every four hours. Intestinal indigestion 
and flatulence are also removed by tincture of nux-vomica. 

In atonic diarrhoea, nux-vomica is a serviceable addition to other 
remedies, when a paretic condition of the muscular layer of the bowel 
may be presumed to exist. It is, however, more especially in constipa- 
tion that nux-vomica is useful. It is indicated in those cases in which 
there are inaction of the muscular layer and, consequently, great fecal 
accumulations. It may be most advantageously given with purgatives 
in such cases: I£. Tinct. aloes et myrrhae, 3 vj ; tinct. nucis vomicae, 
3 ij. M. Sig. Fifteen to thirty drops two or three times a day. 



272 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

Nux-vomica has been signally useful in some forms of epidemic 
dysentery. It is indicated when there is depression of the vital forces, 
the intestines distended with gas, the stools like prune-juice. In some 
epidemics of cholera, strychnia, combined with mineral acids and 
opium, has appeared to be effective when the patient was about to pass 
into the state of collapse ; and it has also been used as a prophylactic 
during the preliminary diarrhoea: I£. Strychnise sulphat., gr. £; acid, 
sulphuric, dil., | ss ; morphine sulphat., gr. ij ; aquse camphorae, § iijss. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonful every hour or two, well diluted. This combi- 
nation is also effective in summer diarrhoea, when the evacuations are 
very watery, and in colliquative diarrhoea. When there is much pain, 
the quantity of morphia may be increased, or the first dose may be 
doubled. When the character of the case is such as to require con- 
tinued use of the prescription, of course, the quantum of strychnia must 
be lessened. 

Nux-vomica and its alkaloid strychnia are much used in combina- 
tion with restorative remedies, in cases of impoverished blood — in 
anemia, chlorosis, hemorrhagic diathesis, purpura, etc. In anaemia 
and chlorosis strychnia is used with reference to its power to stimulate 
the blood-making organs, which functionate under some special influ- 
ence proceeding from the nervous system. Ijfc. Ferri sulph. exsic, 2)ij ; 
quinias sulph., 3j; strychniae sulph., gr. ss. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. 
One pill three times a day. No prescription is more generally useful 
in these states than the sirup or elixir of iron, quinia, and strychnia, a 
formula originally proposed by Aitken. 

In the treatment of amenorrhea, the preparations of , nux-vomica 
and strychnia frequently enter into the composition of prescriptions. In 
post-partu7n hemorrhage, Fordyce Barker prescribes the tincture of 
nux-vomica (twenty drops), and fluid-extract of ergot (thirty drops), 
" every half-hour until well assured that the uterus is well contracted." 
It is obvious that not more " than two or three doses " of such strength 
will be safe. The neuralgic form of dysmenorrhea may be permanently 
removed by nux-vomica given during the interval. 

When impotence is due to mere relaxation and atony of the erectile 
apparatus, and is not dependent on organic defects, the preparations of 
nux-vomica are indicated and are useful. Incontinence of urine, when 
due to a paralytic state of the sphincter, may sometimes be cured by 
strychnia. Nocturnal incontinence, which is most successfully treated 
by belladonna, ergot, and iodide of iron, is sometimes not relieved by 
these agents, when strychnia may be tried. The author cannot state 
with precision the cases in which it succeeds, but it has appeared to 
him most successful in those cases dependent on simple atony of the 
bladder, associated with general laxity of fibre. 

The most important uses of nux-vomica and its alkaloids are in the 
treatment of nervous affections, chiefly in paralysis. It may be used 



NUX- VOMICA. 273 

with advantage in hemiplegia, when sufficient time lias elapsed to per- 
mit repair of the damage done by the extravasation. It is improper to 
use strychnia during- the period of " early rigidity," and it is without 
avail in cases of " late rigidity " of the paralyzed members. It is most 
useful when the paralyzed members are completely relaxed. It is use- 
less when the paralysis has existed so long that the muscles have under- 
gone fatty degeneration, so that they no longer respond to a faradic or 
slowly-interrupted galvanic current. Even if the necessary conditions 
as respects the state of the muscles are present, strychnia is inadmis- 
sible in cases of paralysis of cerebral origin when there are vertigo, head- 
ache, and tinnitus. 

In parapAegia of reflex origin, in rheumatismed paraplegia, in syphi- 
loma of the spinal meninges, paraplegia continuing after the removal 
of the deposits, strychnia is a most serviceable remedy. 

The best results are obtained from the use of strychnia in local 
paralysis, in lead-colic and constipation, and in drop-wrist, in mercu- 
rial and paludal palsies, in rheumatismal parcdyses — for example, fa- 
ded paralysis, from exposure of the face to cold — torticollis, spAncd 
'■> v /■ ■/■ < if ure, from paresis of the muscles on one side, etc. 

In certain forms of 'spasms strychnia sometimes achieves most im- 
portant results. The evidence which has been accumulated as to the 
curative power of strychnia in tetanus is certainly very conclusive. In 
this disease it should be given so as to substitute the strychnic for the 
traumatic tetanus, but the symptoms induced should not exceed those 
due to a full medicincd close. Strychnia is most successful — as indeed 
are all the appropriate remedies — in the more chronic cases of tetanus, 
and in those of spontaneous rather than traumatic origin. 

Trousseau's experience is strongly in favor of the use of strychnia 
in the treatment of chorea. The method which he has pursued does 
not commend itself — it is heroic, and indeed unsafe. It consists in the 
use of such doses, beginning with one dose a day and increasing them 
until stiffness of the muscles of the neck, spasmodic jerkings, and a 
" meaningless smile," indicate the beginning of strychnic poisoning. 

Strychnia is a very serviceable remedy in idiopathic or essenticd 
epilepsy. It is adapted to pale, anaemic young subjects who have the 
/ ( fit mal, as well as the grand mal, and whose attacks are nocturnal. 
It exerts no influence but an injurious one over symptomatic epilepsy — 
that dependent on "coarse organic lesions of the brain." It is said 
that the state of the retinal circulation furnishes an indication for 
strychnia or bromide of potassium, fullness of the retinal vessels be- 
ing an indication for the latter agent, and pallor and anaemia for the 
former." 

In that functional irritability of the nervous system manifested by 
restlessness and wandering neuralgic pains, strychnia affords relief. 

Spasmodic asthma of nervous subjects, when the paroxysms are 
19 



274 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

due to an irritable state of the nervous system, are associated with 
vague neuralgic pains, and are determined by ps} 7 chical influences, may 
be so far influenced by the persistent use of strychnia as to occur much 
less frequently. 

Amaurosis of a functional kind, from lead, tobacco, and alcohol, 
may be cured by strychnia. Paralysis of the ocular muscles (proso- 
palgia), of the muscle of accommodation, and paralysis of a single 
muscle, when these affections are due to an arrest of function of the 
nerve or nerves, and do not involve changes of structure, are curable 
by strj^chnia. Nagel, however, reports a cure of amaurosis in which 
there existed white atrophy of the optic disks ! 

Nux-vomica has been used with success in the treatment of inter- 
mittents. At present it is rather employed as an adjuvant to quinia, 
than relied on as the sole curative agent. 

Hypodeemattc Injection of Steychnia. — This important thera- 
peutical measure needs to be separately discussed. The solution which 
the author advises is as follows: t^. Strychnine sulphat., gr. ij ; aquae 
destil. vel aquae lauro-cerasi, 3 j. M. Sig. Five minims contain one- 
forty-eighth of a grain. Some heat is usually necessary to procure a 
perfect solution. 

" The effects of strychnia," as has been well remarked (Echeverria), 
" are widely different when administered hypodermically or by the 
mouth. By the latter method the quantity may be repeated and in- 
creased, unsuccessfully .... and yet a smaller dose of the substance, 
exhibited hypodermically, be capable of regenerating at once the lost 
muscular power." 

The indications for the subcutaneous use of strychnia are precisely 
as those given above for its stomach administration : it is contraindi- 
cated in cases of hemiplegia when the injury to the brain has been 
recent. It generally does no good, but harm, when the paralyzed 
muscles are rigid. It is most useful in old cases of hemiplegia, the 
subjects not being advanced in life, the paralysis incomplete, the 
muscles flaccid but not wasted, and having preserved their electro-con- 
tractility. Very remarkable improvement not unfrequently follows from 
this mode of treatment in suitable cases. 

The hypodermic injection of strychnia not unfrequently is entirely 
successful in curing paraplegia, but the limits of its utility are well 
defined. It is not proper, and is in every way injurious, in acute cases 
involving structural alterations of the spinal cord. In doubtful cases, 
a strychnia-injection may be used as a means of diagnosis between 
structural and functional diseases of the cord ; in the former, the symp- 
toms are increased in definition ; in the latter, they are ameliorated by 
the injection. This mode of using strychnia is curative in reflex para- 
plegia, in paraplegia due to anaemia of the cord, in hysterical p>ciraple- 
gia, and in those cases of paresis of the muscles of the inferior ex- 



NTJX-VOMICA. •> ; - 

tremities clue to concussion of the cord, to rheumatism of the meninges, 

and to syphiloma, after the local morbid process has ceased. 

In infantile paralysis, the hypodermatic injection of strychnia is an 
important addition to other means of treatment. If the electro-con- 
tractility of the affected muscles is not lost, very beneficial results may 
be expected: the injection promotes the capillary circulation, and in- 
creases the growth and power of the muscles. 

In no form of paralysis is the use of strychnia more conspicuous for 
good than diphtheritic jKirahjsis. Few cases are not promptly bene- 
fited and most are quickly cured. The utility of the subcutaneous 
injection of strychnia has been most signally exhibited in the local 
paralyses; e. g., facial paralysis, aphonia from paralysis of the vocal 
cords ; paralysis of the extensors by lead y paralysis of the sphincter 
vesicce, of the sjyhincter ani, etc. 

The mode of practising the injection is of considerable importance. 
The solution should be thrown into the substance of the paralyzed 
muscles. For example, in hemiplegia, the muscles in turn, of the para- 
lyzed side, should be pierced by the needle, and the solution discharged 
into them. In drop-wrist the extensors should be grasped, made tense, 
and the needle of the syringe be thrust well into them. In paralysis 
of the sphincter ani and prolapse of the bowel, the muscle affected 
should be penetrated by the needle. When the affected muscles are 
beyond reach, the injection may be practised at any indifferent point. 

Authorities referred to : 

Baud, Dr. C. L. Philadelphia Medical Times, June, 1871. 

Barker, Dr. Fordyce. The Puerperal Diseases, p. 18. 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. Manual of Hypodermic Medication, second edition, ar- 
ticle Strychnia. 

Blatin, Prof. Schmidt's Jahrbv.chcr, vol. clvii., p. 241. 

Dupuy, M. Gazette des Hopitaux, February, 1875. 

Echeyerria, Dr. Gonzales. Treatment of Paralysis by Hypodermic Injections of 
Strychnia. 

Eulenburg, Dr. Albert. Lehrluch der functionellcn JVervenkrankheiten, Berlin, 
1-71, p. 450. 

Ibid., Hypodermatische Injectionen, article Slrychnium. 

Fluckiger and Raxbury. Pharmacograph ia . 

Gillespie, Dr. Ciias. B. American Journal of Medical Sciences, October, 1870, p. 420. 

Haughton, Dr. Samuel. British Medical Journal, June 22, 1872, p. 660. 

Hunter, Mr. Ciias. British and Foreign Medico- Chirurgical Review, April, 1868. 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Tiieod. Hie Pfanzenstoffe. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittellehre, zweiter Band, 
Berlin, 1875, p. 935. 

Kurzak, Dr. Sydenham Society's Year Booh, 1860. 

Meyer, Dr. Sicmund. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. eliii., p. 265. 

Xagel, Prof. Dr. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, viii., 1871, p. 6. 

Nash, Dr. John P. The Lancet, March 14, 1868. 

Rosenthal, M. Klinik der Nervenkrankheiten, Stuttgart, 1875, p. 013, and other 
articles. 



276 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

Schroeder Van der Kolk. On the Spinal Cord and Medulla Oblongata. Sydenham 
Society, p. 78. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition, vol. xi. 
Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, London, 1875, p. 691, et seq. 
Trousseau. Clinique Medicale, vol. xi., p. 190. 

Picrotoxine. — A principle found in cocculus Indious. 

Actions aind Uses. — Picrotoxine is not an alkaloid, although allied 
to this group of substances. It does not combine with acids to form 
salts; but it crystallizes in needles. It is soluble in water to some 
extent, and dissolves freely in alkaline solutions. As picrotoxine in 
solution is unaffected by metallic salts, tannin, etc., its range of 
pharmaceutical combination is wide. 

The taste of picrotoxine is bitter. It excites irritation of the gas- 
tro-intestinal mucous membrane, and causes nausea and vomiting. As 
a crystalloidal substance, it diffuses rapidly into the blood. Its chemi- 
cal relations and affinities are such that it probably does not affect the 
composition of the blood. It is actively toxic, its effects being ex- 
pended chiefly on the cerebro-spinal axis. The symptoms produced by 
it on the brain are hebetude of mind, stupor, delirium, hallucinations, 
coma, etc. ; on the spinal cord, exaltation of its reflex function, convul- 
sions, partly clonic, but more especially tonic in character, similar to 
those caused by strychnia, trembling, incoordination, etc. The tetanic 
cramps produced by picrotoxine differ from those caused by strychnia, 
in that the latter affect more exclusively the extensors. It has been 
well said that the convulsions of picrotoxine more resemble the choreic ; 
those of strychnia, more the tetanic (Gubler) ; the tetanizing action of 
picrotoxine has, also, been referred to an impression on Setchenow's 
inhibiting centre of reflex movements. 

Picrotoxine has lately been proposed as a remedy for epilepsy 
(Hammond). It is especially adapted to the cases characterized by 
anaemia, and to those in whom the attacks occur in the night. Gubler 
proposes its use in chorea. What Trousseau has shown for strychnia 
in chorea is equally true of picrotoxine : to be curative it must be ad- 
ministered in doses large enough to produce some characteristic effects. 

Picrotoxine will doubtless be found useful in the treatment of pa- 
ralysis; bat the limitations which govern the employment of strychnia 
in the same case sare equally necessary. According to Tschudi, this 
agent is especially useful in paralysis of the sphincters (Husemann). 
It may be administered by the stomach, or hypodermatically ; in the 
former case, in pill-form ; in the latter, in solution in water — the injec- 
tion being made into the paralyzed muscles. The tremors of alcoholic 
excess may be diminished or removed by small repeated doses of pi- 
crotoxine. This is also one of the numerous remedies for headache, 
being more especially adapted to the cases of sick-headache occurring 
periodically. 



ERGOT. 277 

An ointment of cocculus Indicus has long been considered an efficient 
remedy in parasitic skin-affections . In the preparation of this oint- 
ment, picrotoxine is now usually employed in the proportion of ten 
grains to the ounce. Such a preparation must not be applied to an 
abraded surface. 

For hypodermic use, the dose of picrotoxine will range from ^ to 
^V of a grain — the larger quantity for adults and those whose physio- 
logical capacity has been tested. By the stomach, the dose may vary 
from -fa to ^ of a grain. 

Authorities referred to : 

Gitbler, Prof. A. Codex Mcdicamentarius, p. 89. 

Hammond, Prof. W. A. Notes relative to the Physiological Effects and Therapeutical 
Value of Picrotoxine. St. Louis Clinical Record, October, 18*76. 
HuSEMANK. Die Pjlanzenstoffe, p. 804. 

Erguta. — Ergot. The sclerotium of claviceps purpurea, replacing 
the grain of secale cereale. Ergot de seigle, Fr. ; Mutterkom, Ger. 
Extractum JErgotoe Fluidum. — Fluid extract of ergot. Dose, 3 ss 

— 3 i- 

Vinum Ergotce. — Wine of ergot. Dose, 3 i — 3 ss. 

Ergotin. — This preparation must not be confounded with a con- 
stituent of ergot, supposed to be an active principle. The ergotin of 
the shops is simply an aqueous extract. It varies ver} 7 much in strength, 
owing to faulty modes of preparing it, and, as found in the shops, is 
not unfrequently inert. As prepared by Squibb it is entirely soluble 
in water, and represents the powers of the drug. Ergotin is the most 
eligible preparation for hypodermatic injection. From one to five 
grains may be injected at one time. In preparing it for this purpose, 
the quantity to be injected should be rubbed up with fresh distilled 
or rain water, and then passed through the filter. It is always better 
to prepare it whenever required. If it is necessary to preserve the 
solution, the addition of a little carbolic acid — one grain to four ounces 
— will usually suffice. The addition of glycerine is not necessary, 
unless added as a preservative fluid ; and is objectionable, because 
it greatly increases the pain which attends the subcutaneous injec- 
tion. 

Composition. — Ergot contains about thirty per cent, of a saponi- 
fiable, non-drying oil, with which is associated a small quantity of resin 
and cholesterin. The oil consists of oleine, palmitine, acetic and bu- 
tyric acids, and glycerine. Two active principles, ecbolina and ergotina, 
and a peculiar acid (ergotic acid), are found in ergot. According to 
some authorities, ecbolina possesses in a high degree the physiological 
activity of ergot ; according to others, it is inert. A similar discrep- 
ancy of opinion exists in regard to ergotina, and it is probable that the 



278 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

peculiar qualities of this drug are due to a combination of action of its 
constituents. "When the extract of ergot is treated with an alkali, a 
peculiar, fishy odor is developed, due to methylamine according to 
some authorities, and trimethylamine according to others. This does 
not exist preformed, but is the product of the decomposition of the al- 
buminoid matters contained in ergot. Ergotine, the alkaloid, must not 
be confounded with the aqueous extract of Bougeau, to which he, 
unfortunately, gave the name ergotine. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies and the 
metallic salts are chemically incompatible. Aconite, veratrum viride, 
tobacco, lobelia, etc., antagonize the action of ergot on the circulation. 

Synergists. — Electricity, cold, digitalis, belladonna, are synergistic 
as regards the vascular system. Savin, gossypium, rue, borax, increase 
its parturient action. 

Ustilago Maidis. — Corn ergot. 

Composition. — There is a great similarity in the composition of 
this substance and the ergot of rye. An important constituent is 
propylamine, and it contains also the so-called secalin, a thick, viscid 
oil, resin, and some other unimportant ingredients. 

As it corresponds to ergot of rye in its chemical constitution, it is 
in a high degree probable .that it possesses similar physiological effects. 

Preparations. — The most eligible preparation is the fluid extract. 

JExtractum Ustilaginis Maidis. — Fluid extract of ustilago. Dose, 
m. xx — 3 ij. Each minim is equivalent to one grain of the crude drug. 

The clinical evidence is strong that the corn ergot possesses the 
same properties as the rye ergot, and is applicable to and has been 
used in the same forms of disease. If further experience confirms these 
observations, a most desirable addition to the resources of the materia 
medica will be made. It occurs in larger quantity, is more readily 
obtained, and will be less sophisticated than the corresponding rye 
preparation. 

Physiological Effects. — In small medicinal doses ergot does not 
produce sensible physiological effects. In large doses it produces 
symptoms referable to the gastro-intestinal canal, and to the cerebro- 
spinal axis. It is bitter to the taste, and excites more or less heat and 
dryness of the throat, followed by thirst, stomach-pain, vomiting, intes- 
tinal pain, and occasionally purging. These gastro-intestinal sjanptoms 
are unquestionably due to the local irritant action of the drug ; for, 
after death, in the few fatal cases which have resulted from its admin- 
istration, there have been found patches of inflammatory redness in the 
stomach and intestines. 

The active constituents of ergot diffuse into the blood. What 
changes, if any, are caused in the composition of the blood, are at 
present quite unknown. Very characteristic effects are, however, pro- 



ERGOT. •> ; g 

duced in the circulatory system : the action of the heart becomes slower, 
and an enormous rise takes place in the blood-pressure. This influence 
on the circulatory system modern research has shown to be due to the 
action of ergot on the vaso-motor nervous system ; it increases the ac- 
tion of this system, and causes a contraction of the arterioles. 

The dilatation of the pupil which follows is another evidence of this 
Action. Pain in the head (usually frontal), dimness of vision, giddiness, 
and stupor, are also produced by it. The action of ergot on unstriped 
muscular fibre is further shown in the contractions of the parturient 
womb, the arrest of haemorrhage, and the difficulty of micturition, which 
follow its medicinal administration. The power of ergot to contract the 
arterioles has been repeatedly demonstrated in the web of the frog's 
foot. 

The phenomena above described, due to the administration of large 
medicinal or toxic doses, are known as acute ergotism. The peculiar 
morbid effects of ergot, when used for a long period of time as food (dis- 
eased grain), are known as chronic ergotism, which exists in two forms, 
the convulsive and gangrenous. Generally the convulsive form begins 
by vertigo, disorders of vision, tinnitus aurium, numbness of the fin- 
gers and toes, and afterward of the integuments of the body. These 
r-ymptoms are followed by tetanoid contractions of the fingers, of the 
forearms or the arms, and of the arms against the chest ; of the toes on 
the palmar surface of the foot, of the leg on the thigh. The thoracic, 
abdominal, and diaphragm muscles are also tetanically contracted, and 
respiration becomes painful and difficult, and attacks occur similar to 
asthma. The intestinal muscles become affected by cramp, doubtless 
tetanoid in character, colics ensue,. and diarrhoea ; the uterus in pregnant 
females takes on action, and abortion may result. The pulse is small, 
action of heart slow, and the surface cold. The appetite is generally 
ravenous. 

The tetanic spasms, at first separated by distinct intervals, become 
continuous, and opisthotonos or emprosthotonos is produced. Anaes- 
thesia (complete) of the surface succeeds to the tetanoid attacks, and 
gangrene of limited spots may occur. The organs of sense lose their 
sensibility and taste, hearing and smell are abolished. The pupils are 
dilated, sometimes unequal, and various disturbances of vision ensue. 
Epileptiform convulsions may occur in addition to the tetanoid spasms, 
delirium sets in, and complete insensibility at last supervenes. 

As has been shown by Lasegue and Tardieu, the gangrenous and 
convulsive forms of chronic ergotism are not separated by any well- 
marked pathological differences. The gangrenous form begins by 
tingling, numbness, formication, an insupportable sense of fatigue in 
the members, an earthy hue of the skin, coldness of the surface ; nausea, 
vomiting, and diarrhoea, with intestinal cramps, then occur; muscular 
contractions take place; an eruption of vesicles filled with a dark ichor- 



280 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

ous fluid appears on one or more extremities, and gangrene, dry or 
moist, quickly destroys the toes, the legs, the nose, or other parts. 

THe phenomena of chronic ergotism are evidently due to two causes 
— to the dyscrasia which exists in the subjects of this malady, owing to 
insufficient food and bad hygienic surroundings, and to the action of 
the ergot of the diseased grain, in diminishing the blood-supply to the 
cerebro-spinal axis, to the vegetative organs, and to the skin and mus- 
cular system. 

Therapy. — The only diseases of the intestinal canal to which ergot 
is applied, are chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. It is best adapted to 
those cases in which the chronic succeeds to the acute form, and is not 
so serviceable in the chronic diarrhoea of warm climates, which has de- 
veloped slowly, without preliminary acute sj'mptoms. Ijt. Ext. ergotae 
fluidi, fiijss; tinct. opii deodor., § ss. M. S. A teaspoonful three 
times a day. $. Ergotinae (aq. ex.), 3j ; ext. nucis vomicae, gr. v; ext. 
opii, gr. x. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One every four or six hours. The 
last-mentioned prescription is highly useful in persistent chronic diar- 
rhoea. 

Ergot in the form of the fluid extract, with or without nux-vomica, 
will often arrest the bleeding of haemorrhoids, and cause such a con- 
traction of the vessels in recent cases as that the symptoms may en- 
tirely disappear. This treatment is especially serviceable in the haemor- 
rhoids which succeed to delivery. Relaxation of the sphincter ani and 
prolapsus of the rectum may be ameliorated and, when recent, cured 
by the same means. 

Ergot is a useful remedy in cases of enlarged heart (dilated cavities) 
icithout valvular lesion. - It may be given with digitalis : IJL Ext. 
ergotae fluidi, | iijss ; tinct. digitalis, f ss. M. Sig. A. teaspoonful 
three times a day. There is now no longer any doubt as to the value 
of ergot in aneurisms, and especially in internal aneurisms beyond the 
reach of surgical treatment. In these cases the methodus medendi is 
as follows : ergot slows the action of the heart, and causes such a de- 
gree of contraction of the arterioles as to produce a great increase of 
the blood-pressure, whence it follows that the coagulation of the blood 
in the aneurismal sac is greatly promoted. It is quite conceivable that, 
as respects small aneurisms of the peripheral main arterial trunks, 
ergot may effect a cure in the mode suggested by Langenbeck, viz., 
by direct contraction, under the influence of the ergot, of the unstriped 
muscular fibres in the affected portion of the vessel. With the use of 
ergot should be enjoined rest in the recumbent posture, and other 
measures to favor hyperinosis and the coagulation of the blood in the 
aneurismal sac. 

The recent, more accurate notions, regarding the physiological action 
of ergot, have led to its employment in various forms of hemorrhage. 
With suitable means for improving the quality of the blood, ergot is 



ERGOT 281 

very serviceable in the hemorrhagic diathesis; but it is not to be 

relied on alone. The special indication for its use in haemorrhage is a 

want of tonicity of the vessels. It is used in epistaxis, haemoptysis, 

cU, intestinal and uterine haemorrhage. Large doses of a suitable 

preparation are necessary; for, if the drug- be inert, nothing but disap- 
pcintment will be experienced from its use, and small doses do not pro- 
duce sufficient effect. From half a drachm to a drachm of the powdered 
ergot, or one to two drachms of the fluid extract, given every half-hour 
or hour, will be necessary in urgent cases. As powdered ergot rapidly 
loses its activity by keeping, the fluid extract should be used, and only 
that prescribed which has been carefully made from the fresh drug. 
Attention to these precautions will insure more uniform results in 
haemorrhage than have hitherto been obtained. In haemoptysis the 
fluid extract of ergot may be given with other appropriate remedies : 
It . Ext. ergotae fluidi, 3 iij ; ext. ipecac, fluidi, tinct. opii deodor., aa 
3 ss. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every half -hour or hour. When the 
sputa are heavily charged with blood, and there is no defined haem- 
orrhage, the following may be used : 1^. Ergotinae (aq. ex.), 3j ; pulv. 
ipecac, gr. x; acid, gallic, ±)). M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One every 
hour or two. In renal haemorrhage, the following is a useful formula 
and generally very effective : IjL Ext. ergotae fluidi, tinct. krameriae, aa 
3 ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonfxd every hour or two. Or, ergotine may be 
prescribed with gallic acid, as in the prescription above given. 

The indication for the use of ergot in monorrhagia is the existence 
of large, spougy uterus — the condition of things wdiich depends on 
subinvolution of the womb. Menorrhagia, when caused by ovarian 
excitement, is usually more promptly relieved by bromide of potassium, 
and metrorrhagia, produced by fibroids or fungous granulations, is, in 
the author's experience, much more decidedly held in check by diluted 
sulphuric acid than by ergot. 

When there is reason to believe that vertigo, epistaxis, headache, 
and tinnitus aurium, are due to miliary aneurisms of the inter-cranial 
arterioles, most favorable results can be produced by the use of ergot. 
Also, when there is a sluggish and partially obstructed state of the in- 
tra-cranial veins, usually due to chronic arteritis, and accompanied by 
hebetude of mind, giddiness, epistaxis, etc., these symptoms are made 
to disappear, and the mental condition is much improved b} r ergot. 

Dr. Crichton Browne, a physician of large experience in these dis- 
orders, finds ergot a very useful remedy in certain forms of mental 
disease, for example, "in recurrent mania, chronic mania icith lucid 
intervals, and in epileptic mania" In these mental disorders he as- 
sumes the existence of cerebral hyperaemia, and he deduces the cura- 
tive value of ergot from its power to cause contraction of the vessels. 

Migraine, when the attacks are accompanied by suffusion of the 
face, injected conjunctivae, and a full pulse — the congestive form is 



282 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

cured by ergot, and Dr. Kitchen indeed extends its use to almost all 

kinds of headache. 

In epidemic cerebrospinal meningitis, ergot is one of the remedies 

from which the best results are to be expected. In congestion of the 

spinal meninges and the cord, and in acute 'myelitis, this remedy has 

probably been more uniformly successful than any other, but it must 

be given in large doses. 

Excellent results have been obtained from the use of ergot in acute 

inflammation of the conjunctiva, in blepharitis, and in the phlyctenular 

ophthalmia of children. 

The long-continued use of ergotine has achieved remarkable results in 

chronic metritis. Uterine fibroids and polypi of the uterus are greatly 
benefited in two modes by ergot : uterine action is set up, by which the 
growth is either compressed or extruded, and the nutrient vessels are 
so diminished in calibre that atrophy of the morbid growth occurs. 
The numerous reported instances of success by this treatment, and the 
author's personal experience of its utility, justify him in urging a trial 
of this remedy in uterine fibroids and polypi. 

In congestive dysmenorrhoea, much good may be expected from the 
use of ergot when the menstrual molimen begins. IjL Ext. ergotse 
fliiidi, 3 vij ; tinct. gelsemii con., 3 j ; tinct. aconiti rad., gtt. xvj. M. 
Sig. A teaspoonful every two, three, or four hours. Amenorrhoea, ichen 
dependent on plethora, has been cured by ergot. 

When incontinence of urine, nocturnal or diurnal, is caused by a 
paretic or paralytic state of the sphincter vesica?, relief may be confi- 
dently expected from the use of ergot. The fact that one. of the ill- 
results of the administration of ergot in large doses is an inability to 
void the urine, is an interesting explanation of the methodus medendi 
of ergot in these cases. 

Ergot is one of the most satisfactory remedies in the treatment of 
spermatorrhoea. It is not useful when the losses are due simply to 
plethora. Its curative value is especially exhibited in those cases in 
which the erections are feeble and infrequent, the intromittent power 
wanting, and the testes relaxed and deficient in secretory activity. 

Paralysis of the bladder, the residt of over-distention, and occasion- 
ally when due to cerebral or spinal lesion, is greatly benefited or cured 
by ergot. 

It is said that the toxic symp>toms caused by carbonic oxide are 
speedily removed by ergot, but the author is aware of no case in which 
the results of experiments on animals have been confirmed by observa- 
tion on man. 

Ergot in - Obstetric Practice.— It is no longer a matter of doubt 
that ergot promotes uterine contractions ; that it originates them with- 
out previous effort of the womb, is questionable. The contractions due 
to ergot differ from the spontaneous, natural contractions, in being less 



ERGOT. 283 

rhythmical and more tetanic. When large doses of ergot are used, a 
continuous expulsive effort may be produced. Ergot is indicated in 
labor when there is uterine inertia, the first stage being completed, and 
no obstacle existing at the outlet. If given before dilatation is com- 
pleted, the perinseum rigid, and the ostium vaginae not relaxed, disas- 
trous consequences may ensue, both to mother and child. On the part 
of the mother, the violent and continuous pains — the resistance in front 
remaining — may cause a rupture of the womb, or the resistance may be 
overcome by laceration of the perinasum. On the part of the child, it 
arrests ha?matosis, partly by direct action on the placental blood, and 
partly by the continuous compression of the body ; but the chief danger 
is paralysis of the fcetal heart. 

It is highly approved by obstetricians at the present time to admin- 
ister a dose of er£*ot at the conclusion of the second stao-e of labor, to 
insure firm uterine contractions. This practice is held to be the more 
necessary when previous experience justifies the apprehension of trou- 
blesome haemorrhage. When post-partum haemorrhage occurs it is uni- 
versally conceded to be the proper thing to administer a full dose of 
ergot ; but at the same time other measures must be resorted to in 
order to procure firm uterine contractions, on which alone depends the 
safety of the patient. In these conditions the ergot is usually admin- 
istered in substance — one scruple to a drachm, of coarsely-powdered 
ergot, infused in a cup of hot water, the whole being drunk by the pa- 
tient. From 3 j to 3 j of the fluid extract may be given instead — the 
officinal preparation representing a grain of ergot to the minim. 

The Hypodermatic Injection of Ergoteste. — The subcutaneous in- 
jection of ergot has become so important a therapeutical resource that 
it is necessary to treat the subject in a separate division. The solution 
employed for this purpose is usually as follows : IjL Ergotinae (aq. ex.), 
3 j ; glycerinae, 3 j ; aquae destil., 3 vij. M. Sig. Eight minims con- 
tain one grain of ergot ine. Squibb has prepared "an extract of ergot 
which is almost entirely soluble in cold water, and represents good rye 
ergot in the proportion of one grain of extract for five grains of ergot. 
Sixty grains of this extract, dissolved in two hundred and fifty minims 
of water — the solution filtered, and made up to three hundred minims 
by passing water through the filter to wash it and the residue upon it — 
makes a solution w 7 hich represents ergot in the proportion of minim for 
grain, and is of the same strength as the fluid extract of ergot, but is 
free from alcohol or other irritant substance." When the aqueous ex- 
tract of ergot of good quality cannot be obtained, the fluid extract may 
be used. 

The rules for the administration of ergot are the same as for other 
agents applied in this way. 

In the treatment of hemorrhage, when a prompt effect is desired, 
the hypodermatic injection is preferable to the stomach administration. 



284 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

In haemoptysis, the injection may be practised while suitable remedies 
are administered by the stomach. In hoematemesis, especially if the 
stomach be irritable, better results may be obtained by subcutaneous 
use of ergotin than by any form of intestinal medicine. In post-partum 
haemorrhage, when to await the action of ergot may endanger the life 
of the mother, the subcutaneous administration should be resorted to. 
The happy results which have attended this mode of administration, in 
serious cases, demand that the accoucheur be provided with the neces- 
sary appliances for the hypodermatic injection of ergotine in every ob- 
stetrical case. This mode of using ergot is not only prompter in results 
but is more effective in securing uterine contractions and arrest of haem- 
orrhage. 

The good results which are obtained from the stomach administra- 
tion of ergot, in subinvolution of the uterus and in chronic metritis, are 
much more quickly and decisively obtained from the subcutaneous ad- 
ministration. Since the memoir of Hildebrandt appeared, numerous 
cases of successful treatment of uterine fibroids by hypodermatic injec- 
tion of ergotine have been published. There seems to be no longer any 
doubt that this agent administered in this way, and less effectively and 
for a much longer period by the stomach, also has the the power to ar- 
rest the growth of uterine fibroids, to cause them to atrophy, or to set 
up such a degree of uterine action as to compel their extrusion as poly- 
pi from the uterine cavity. It has, of course, long been known that 
ergot administered by the stomach m&y induce such a degree of uterine 
contraction as to expel a polypus. In those instances in which the hy- 
podermatic injection fails to arrest the growth of & polypus, notable 
improvement in the amount of the haemorrhage and of the muco-puru- 
lent discharge is, at least, a result of the treatment. The author is en- 
abled to speak from personal observation of the excellent results ob- 
tained by this mode of treatment in many cases. 

From two to six grains of the aqueous extract of ergot (ergotine) 
may be injected under the skin in these cases of uterine fibroids on al- 
ternate days, or thrice or twice each week. The abdomen is usually 
preferred as the site of the injection. More or less pain is experienced 
at the moment of the insertion of the solution, and an indurated spot, 
which may be more or less sore, will remain for a week or more. Sup- 
puration may result from the injection, but it is not a frequent acci- 
dent. 

The hypodermatic injection is an effective mode of treating varicocele. 
About two grains of ergotine in solution is a suitable dose. The needle 
is inserted so that its point will rest among the dilated veins, but care 
must be taken not to puncture a vein. Very severe pain follows, and 
there may be great faintness, but the effects subside in a few hours un 
less considerable swelling should ensue, which is quite usual. A single 
inj-ection may cure a very extensive varicocele, and more than two are 



ERGOT. 285 

rarely necessary. Varicose veins in other parts, especially of the in- 
ferior extremities, have been cured by the same treatment. The follow- 
ing is the mode of proceeding in these cases: the needle is inserted un- 
der the skin, in close juxtaposition to the enlarged vein, and the fluid 
is so injected as to lie alongside of the vein, but not to enter it. The 
cure which follows in many of these cases has been ascribed to the in- 
flammatory swelling which takes place, but there is, doubtless, besides 
this effect, a dynamical influence exerted on the vessel-walls. 

It has lately been asserted that deficient erections and loss of the 
capacity for coitus are not unfrequently due to enlargement of the dor- 
sal vein of the penis, and consequent too rapid emptying of the veins of 
the erectile tissue. Acting upon this plausible suggestion, the author 
has practised the hypodermatic injection of ergotine about the dorsal 
vein of the penis, and he has had apparently excellent results. 

Before closing this article, it may be advisable to recall to the read- 
er's attention the fact that the hypodermatic injection of ergot, or its 
internal administration in large doses, may cause such tonic contraction 
of the sphincter vesicae as to render micturition impossible. Careful 
inquiry and frequent examinations of the hypogastric region should be 
made during a course of ergot preparations. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bailly, Prof. M. Ergot, Ergotine — Action physiologique, etc. Bulletin General de 
Thcrapeutique, vol. lxxviii., pp. 433, 481, 529. 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. Manual of Hypodermic Medication, second edition, ar- 
ticle, Ergotine. 

Briesemann, Dr. C. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. cliii., p. 30. 

Browne, Dr. Crichton. The Practitioner, vol. vi., p. 321. 

Cyr, Dr. Jules. Traite de V Alimentation, Paris, 1869, article, Ergotisme, p. 425, 
el seq. 

Dutoit, Dr. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. cliv., p. 315. 

Ebertt, Dr. P. SchmidVs Jahrbucher, vol. clviii., p. 126. 

Eulenburg, Dr. Albert. Die hypodermatischen Injection der Arzneimiitel, 1867, p. 283. 

Fluckiger and IIanbury. Pharmacographia, p. 6*72, et seq. 

Hildebrandt, Prof. Uebcr die Einwirkung subculaner Injectionen von exir. secal. cor- 
nut. aq. auf Fibro-Myome des Uterus. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, No. 25, 1872, 
p. 29. 

Holmes, Dr. Cn. L. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. clviii., p. 126. 

Husemann, Drs. Theo. und Aug. Die Pflanzenstoffe ; Alkaloide des Muttcrkorns, p. 
520. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch der gesammten Arzncimiltellchre, Berlin, 1875, p. 
1203. 

Kitchen, Dr. Daniel. Tlie American Journal of Insanity, July, 1873. 

Langenbeck, Prof. Berliner klinische Wochcnsehr/ff, Xo. 6, 1869. 

Luton, Dr. A. Gazette Ilebdomadaire, October, 1871. 

Meadows, Dr. Alfred. The Practitioner, September, 1868. 

Nicol, Dr. Patrick, and Isaac Mossop. On the Action of Certain Neurotics on the 
Cerebral Circidation. British and Foreign Medico- Chirurgical Pevitv:, July, 1872. 

Schneider, Dr. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift r vi., 36, p. 390. 



286 EXCITO-MOTOES. 

Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia 3Iedica, vol. ii., p. 677, et seq, 
Tardieu, Dr. Ambroise. Dictionnaire d 1 Hygiene Publique, tome i. 
Voigt, Dr. Paul. Berliner Minische Wbchenschrift, ix., 10, 1872. 
Wernich, Dr. Virchow's Archiv, Band lvi., p. 515. 
Wood, H. G. A Treatise on Therapeutics. 

Digitalis. — The leaves of digitalis purpurea, from plants of the 
second year's growth. Feuilles de digitate, Fr. ; Fingerhutbldtter, 
Ger. 

Infasum Digitalis. — Infusion of digitalis ( 3 j — 3 viij). Dose, § ss 

-Si- 

JExtractum Digitalis Fluidum .^-Fluid extract of digitalis. Dose, 
m. v — 3 ss. 

JExtractum Digitalis. — Extract of digitalis. Dose, gr. ss — grs. ij. 

Tinctura Digitalis. — Tincture of digitalis. Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Composition. — Digitalis contains an active principle, digitaline. 
This exists in the amorphous and crystalline form. The amorphous 
form — the digitaline of Homolle and Quevenne — possesses considerable 
activity, and, according to some authorities, is quite equal to the crys- 
talline in strength. The crystalline digitaline (Nativelle's digitaline), 
physiological investigations have shown, is really an active principle 
which represents all of the powers of the drug. This occurs in needle- 
shaped crystals, and has an extremely bitter taste.. 

Digitalinum. — Digitaline. " A white, or yellowish-white powder, 
without odor, and having a very bitter taste. It is readily soluble in 
alcohol and in acids, but nearly insoluble in water and in ether." Dose, 
"gS — To °f a g ra i n » It is frequently prescribed in the form of a granule 
containing one-sixtieth of a grain. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The cinchona preparations, ace- 
tate of lead, the sulphate and tincture of the chloride of iron, are chemi- 
cally incompatible Tannic acid and the preparations containing it 
diminish the physiological activity of digitalis. Opium, aconite, lobelia, 
and the cardiac paralyzers, antagonize some of the actions of digitalis, 
but the antagonism does not extend throughout the whole range of 
their influence. The most complete physiological antagonism exists 
between digitalis and saponine (Kohler), the active principle of sapo- 
naria officinalis, closely allied to senegin. If this fact be confirmed, 
senegia may be regarded as a physiological antagonist to digitalis. 

Synekgists. — Cold, ergot, belladonna, increase the physiological 
activity of digitalis. 

Physiological Actions. — Digitalis has a disagreeable, bitter taste. 
In considerable doses of the infusion, for example, it disturbs the stom- 
ach and gives rise to nausea' and vomiting, and frequently purges. Loss 
of appetite results from its medicinal administration in some subjects, 
even when the quantity is small; but, in others, the appetite is in- 
creased. The active constituents of digitalis diffuse into the blood, but 



DIGITALIS. 28*3 

nothing is definitely known as to the action of this agent on the com- 
] ositioo of the blood, or the influence which it has, if any, on the mor- 
phological elements. 

On the heart digitalis exerts a peculiar action which requires atten- 
tive examination: it prolongs the diastole and increases the vigor of 
the systole. A lethal dose arrests the heart in systole, inducing a tetan- 
ic state of the heart-muscle. While digitalis increases the r^ower of 
the systole, the diastole is prolonged, hence the number of pulsations 
per minute is reduced. With ordinary medicinal doses this slowing of 
the heart may be considerable, and the pulsations may descend to fifty 
or even forty per minute. Microscopic examination of the mesentery 
(Ackermann) and of the web of the frog has definitely ascertained 
that a marked contraction of the arterioles takes place under the influ- 
ence of digitalis. The increased power of the systolic contraction of 
the heart and the greatly-increased resistance in front from a narrow- 
ing of the calibre of the vessels produce, as might a priori be ex- 
pected, a considerable rise of the blood-pressure. When the pulse is 
greatly reduced by the administration of large medicinal doses, a change 
from the recumbent to the upright posture causes a remarkable increase 
in the number, and diminution in the force, of the cardiac pulsations. 
When lethal doses, short of a sudden toxic effect, have been experi- 
mentally administered, the slowing of the heart and rise of arterial ten- 
sion first produced are succeeded by a quick, feeble pulse, and fall in 
the blood-pressure. These results are obviously due to the loss of 
power (paresis) which results from over-stimulation. 

A temporary rise of temperature follows the administration of a 
lethal dose of digitalis, but this rise is soon succeeded by a marked and 
sustained reduction. Owing to the increased resistance from diminu- 
tion of the calibre of the arterioles, the actual energy expended by the 
heart is in part converted into heat. Subsequently the slowing of the 
circulation, especially through the lungs (Traube), hinders the combus- 
tion process, and hence the fall of temperature. 

Digitalis in full medicinal doses produces headache, a band-like feel- 
ing around the forehead, dizziness, disturbances of vision (mistiness, 
vibiatory movements of external objects, chromatic dispersion, etc.), 
drowsiness, languor, and a sense of weariness, and it may even cause 
hallucinations, illusions, and delirium. Digitalis lessens the reflex func- 
tion of the cord, lowers the sensibility of the nerves, motor and sensory, 
and impairs the electro-contractility of muscles; but these effects are 
not produced by medicinal doses, but are toxic in character. 

As might be anticipated from a study of its physiological actions, 
digitalis acts like ergot on the enlarged uterus; it stimulates to ener- 
getic contraction the muscular fibres, and in this way arrests uterine 
haemorrhage. On the genital organs of man it has a similar action ; by 
diminishing the blood-supply to the erectile tissue it lessens the power 



283 EXCITO-HOTORS. 

of erections, and, secondarily, affects the venereal appetite, producing 
anaphrodisia. 

Considerable difference of opinion exists as to the influence of digi- 
talis on the function of nutrition — the metamorphosis of tissue. By 
some an increase in the production of urea, b} 7 others, a diminution has 
been noted. The truth, most probably, is that it has no real influence 
in urea formation, and that the variations observed are accidental. The 
phosphoric acid and chlorides are diminished. In health digitalis affects 
but little the water of the urinary secretion ; according to some the 
water is diminished, according to others increased. It is difficult to 
reconcile these opposing statements, in view of the fact which has re- 
cently been ascertained by Brunton, that the diuretic action of digitalis 
in dropsy is not due to the increased blood-pressure, but to a special 
action on the Malpighian tufts. 

Therapy. — Before entering on the therapeutical applications of 
digitalis, there are several practical points with regard to the quality 
of the drug which require attention. Disappointment in the use of 
digitalis is frequently experienced, in consequence of the inferior qual- 
ity of the drug prescribed. The wild digitalis is better than the culti- 
vated. In this country much of the digitalis found in the shops is the 
plant cultivated and put up by the Shakers. It is very uncertain, and, 
according to the author's observation, usually .inert. The English digi- 
talis, and the preparations made from it, should alone be prescribed. 

Digitalis has an undoubted power to arrest haemorrhage. The mech- 
anism of its action is similar to that of ergot ; it slows the action of the 
heart and contracts the arterioles. In haemoptysis it is especially useful 
in the following state of things : frequent expectorations of bloody 
mucus, with occasionally a mouthful of florid blood, accompanied by 
fever. This group of symptoms is dependent on transudation from a 
number of small vessels about the site of a pneumonia due to a tubercu- 
lar or caseous deposition. The same kind of expectoration, due to pid- 
monary congestion from, mitral regurgitation, is amenable to the same 
treatment. In uterine haemorrhage digitalis is also serviceable, but it is 
more especially indicated in menorrhagia and metrorrhagia of plethoric 
subjects. Like ergot, digitalis has the power to induce uterine con- 
tractions, and hence it has been used successfully to arrest post-partum 
hemorrhage. Cases of menorrhagia, of a peculiarly obstinate kind, are 
caused by mitral regurgitation or stenosis, the mechanical result being 
to increase the blood-pressure in the venous system of the uterus. 
Digitalis is the appropriate remedy in such cases. Granules of digita- 
line may be prescribed for some days previously to the occurrence of 
the menstrual molimen, but during the attack the infusion of digitalis 
is more serviceable. In cases of haemorrhage, generally speaking, the 
infusion is the most effective form in which to employ digitalis. If the 
symptoms are urgent, a tablespoonful of the infusion may be given 



DIGITALIS. 289 

every half-hour until four doses are taken. In ordinary eases a table- 
spoonful of the infusion twice a day is a sufficient quantity to maintain 
a constant physiological effect. In the treatment of haemorrhage, digi- 
talis may be combined with other remedies which are synergistic. I£. 
Infus. digitalis, 3 ij ; tinct. kramerise, cxt. ergotae fluidi, aa 3 j. M. 
Sig. ^1 tablespoonful pro re nata. 

In purpura and the hoemorrhagic diathesis, digitalis is useful when 
given conjointly with restorative medicines ; but, as a dj-scrasia exists on 
which the extravasations of blood depend, it is obviously necessary to 
correct this state of things, in order that the patient shall be benefited 
by a remedy which gives tone to the heart and vascular system. 

The most important uses of digitalis are in cardiac diseases. In 
general terms it may be said that it is indicated when the action of the 
heart is rapid and weak and the arterial tension loic, and is contrain- 
dicated when the action of the heart is vigorous and the arterial tension 
Jii'jJi. 

In simple hypertrophy, which is compensatory, digitalis has no util- 
ity. In stenosis of the aortic orifice, toith compensatory hypertrophy \ 
it is not only useless, but it may give rise to serious symptoms, and 
even cause a fatal result, if administered in doses sufficient to produce 
physiological effects. When stenosis of the aortic orifice leads to in- 
competence and regurgitation of the mitral, then digitalis may be used 
with advantage. As respects the nature of the cardiac lesion merely, 
digitalis is useful in dilated heart with incompetence of the mitral, in 
disease of the mitral orifice with stenosis or regurgitation, and in dilata- 
tion of the right heart w T ith incompetence of the tricuspid. As respects 
the mechanical difficulties which ensue from cardiac lesions merely, 
digitalis is useful, by reason of the increased power which it gives the 
auricles and ventricles to empty their respective cavities, and the longer 
intervals between the pulsations, which enable the auricles more per- 
fectly to discharge their contents into the ventricles. The mechanical 
difficulty consists in a deficiency of blood (isclicemia) on the arterial 
side, and a stasis of blood on the venous side, of the systemic and pul- 
monary circulation. Digitalis, therefore, assists in the "compensation," 
or, in other words, by its action on the heart restores the mechanical 
balance of the circulation, deranged by the cardiac lesions. As respects 
the rational symptoms of heart-disease, digitalis is useful when the 
action of the heart is rapid and weak, the tension of the pulse low, when 
there are cough, difficulty of breathing, a dusky countenance, pulsating 
jugulars, scanty and high-colored urine, and general dropsy. As a rule, 
it may be stated that the rational signs furnish more conclusive indica- 
tions of the need of digitalis than the physical. If given in suitable 
cases, the action of digitalis^ in heart-diseases is most conspicuous for 
good ; but careful consideration should be given to the conditions de- 
tailed above if the practitioner would procure thoroughly satisfactory 
20 



290 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

results. The form in which digitalis is prescribed is most important. 
The infusion is the best form in cases of cardiac disease with dropsy. 
It should be given in tablespoonful doses, twice a day, until some char- 
acteristic physiological effects are produced. After the subsidence of 
the severe symptoms digitaline-granules may be substituted for the in- 
fusion, or the powder of the leaves may be given in pill-form. As very 
decided anaemia is present in these cases, the best results are obtained 
by a combination of digitalis with quinia and iron. Ifc. Pulv. digitalis, 
3ij ; ferri redacti, quiniaa sulph., aa 3 j. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One 
pill two or three times a day. 

The antipyretic effect of digitalis is a fact much insisted on in Ger- 
many (Traube,.Wunderlich, Thomas, Liebermeister, etc.). In the re- 
cent elaborate work of Husemann digitalis is classed with the Fie- 
oermittel — the " antipyretica." The results which have followed its 
administration as an antipyretic in fevers (typhoid, typhus, etc.), do 
not, it appears to the author, justify its use in these maladies, notwith- 
standing its power to lower the temperature. The indications for its 
use are, according to Liebermeister, just the opposite of those which 
obtain in cardiac disease ; that is, " digitalis is only to be used in those 
cases of typhoid fever in which there is no considerable degree of car- 
diap weakness." He usually gives from eleven to twenty-two grains, 
extended over a period of about thirty-six hours. 

In scarlet fever the utility of digitalis is very great ; it lowers the 
temperature and maintains the action of the kidneys, thus obviating the 
two principal sources of danger in that disease. A drop or two of the 
tincture given every hour or two, according to the age, in a v little water, 
or from half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful of the infusion every two, 
three, or four hours, is a suitable mode of administration. If uraemia 
occur, the infusion is the proper remedy, conjoined, of course, with other 
means. The author has seen most excellent results from a poultice of 
digitalis-leaves, applied to the abdomen and back, in cases of urcemic 
convulsions, the patient being unable to swallow, or the stomach so 
irritable as to reject all medicines. 

Digitalis has been used with success in erysipelas, but it is by no 
means equal to belladonna in this affection. 

In rheumatic fever the testimony in favor of the use of digitalis is 
certainly very strong. It lowers the temperature, and apparently ma- 
terially shortens the duration of the disease. It may be given in pow- 
ders — two grains every four hours — or a corresponding quantity of the 
infusion. In rheumatism, as in every other affection, very prompt effects 
do not follow the use of digitalis ; a day or two must elapse before any 
marked reduction of temperature takes place, but a cessation of the 
joint-trouble may be looked for in seven to ten days. Digitalis is more 
particularly useful in the cardiac complications of acute rheumatism, 
when irregular and feeble action of the heart, difficult breathing, cya- 



DIGITALIS. 291 

nosis, and general oedema, are present. The following- is a prescription 
of Oppolzer in this condition: $. Inf. digitalis, 3 ij ; liq. potassii 
citrat., sjss; acet. scillte, 3 ss. M. Sig. A tablespoonf id every four 
hoars. 

Digitalis has recently been much employed in inflammatory affec- 
tions, notably pneumonia. On examination of the reported cases the 
author finds that the defervescence, produced apparently by digitalis 
from the sixth to the tenth day, occurred at the time when the crisis in 
pneumonia is to be expected, and hence it is difficult, if not impossible, 
to estimate the precise share which the remedy had in the results. That 
digitalis has any power to prevent the deposition of fibrinous material, 
to prevent or check the migration of the white corpuscles, or to arrest 
the multiplication of the cellular elements of inflamed parts, seems to 
the author highly improbable. That it may be useful to combat some 
of the symptoms — high temperature, ischemia of the arterial system 
from pulmonary obstruction, and low tension of the vessels — may be 
well admitted. 

There is considerable evidence to show that digitalis is serviceable 
in chronic bronchitis with interstitial pneumonia (fibroid lung), when 
accompanied with difficult breathing, secondary dilatation of the right 
cavities, and general anasarca. It diminishes the cough and expec- 
toration, tones up the weakened and laboring heart, and reduces the 
oedema. That digitalis has any curative power in pulmonary tubercu- 
losis or caseous pmeumonia, can hardly be credited, notwithstanding 
the claims which have been put forward. It may be used as an anti- 
pyretic when there is much hectic, but the derangement of the intes- 
tinal canal produced by it is a most serious bar to its employment in 
phthisis. 

Some important results have been obtained by the use of digitalis 
in nervous diseases. The congestive form of hemicrania may not un- 
frequently be permanently relieved by the persistent use of digitaline- 
granules (one-sixtieth of a grain bis die). Acute maniacal delirium, 
chronic mania, and delirium tremens, are disorders of the brain in 
which digitalis has proved very useful. The conclusions of Dr. Wil- 
liams, of Hayward's Heath Asylum, are as follows : 

u 1. That digitalis is a valuable sedative in the treatment alike of 
recent and chronic mania, and when these forms of disease are compli- 
cated with general paresis and with epilepsy. 

" 2. That the average dose of the tincture is from 3 ss to 3 j, and 
this quantity may be certainly given with impunity for several days, 
and subsequently — adjusted to the state of the pulse — may be advan- 
tageously used for several months. 

" 3. That the indication b}* which the use of this drug is regulated 
is the state of the pulse, any marked intermittence requiring its imme- 
diate discontinuance. 



292 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

" 4. That the weakness of the circulation is no indication against its 
employment ; on the contrary, experience shows that the most enfeebled 
subjects bear its administration as well as the most robust." 

In delirium tremens extraordinary doses of the tincture of digitalis 
have been used with success ( 3 ij — 3 iv), but these large doses are un- 
necessary. This treatment is most useful in the young and robust, with 
marked cerebral hyperasmia, according to some; but, according to others, 
in pale subjects with a tendency to cyanosis, the state of the brain being 
one of ansemia, with effusion and oedema. According to the author's 
observation, the latter indications are the more correct. The infusion 
is doubtless a better preparation than the tincture, and of this a table- 
spoonful may be administered every four hours. 

Some supposed cases of arachnitis have been reported cured by 
digitalis, but grave doubts must exist as to the accuracy of the diag- 
nosis. 

Cases of exophthalmic goitre in young subjects, purely functional in 
character, have been cured by digitalis, and the cardiac irregularities, 
and the dilatation of the cervical vessels, ameliorated in even incurable 
cases. Digitaline is the form in which to employ this remedy, or pow- 
dered digitalis may be given in pill, with iron and manganese to remove 
the anasmia. 

Since the anaphrodisiac properties of digitalis were ascertained, it 
has been much used in spermatorrhoea. It is adapted to the same class 
of cases as those in which ergot has been shown to be so beneficial, viz., 
feeble erections, frequent emissions, and cold hands and feet. The au- 
thor has seen better results from the combination of bromide of potas- 
sium and digitalis, in the spermatorrhoea of plethora, than from any- 
other remedies: I>. Inf. digitalis, § viij ; potassii bromidi, f j. M. 
Sig. A tahlespoonful morning and night, and, after a week, at ?iight 
only. 

Digitalis is one of the' most generally useful remedies in dropsy 
which we possess. It is, of course, specially useful in the mechanical 
dropsy of valvular lesions. In renal dropsy from. acute desquamative 
nephritis (tubal nephritis) " of all drugs, digitalis is of the greatest 
value," and the best form in which to administer it is the infusion. 
Several days usually elapse before very decisive results are achieved, 
but the flow of urine is, then, often enormous. The fact that, contrary 
to what has been heretofore believed, digitalis has a direct action on 
the glomerule of the kidney, is of great interest in this connection. 
The author has seen very favorable results from the use of digitalis in 
granular degeneration of the kidney when dropsy supervened, but its 
use in this disease requires caution in consequence of the fact that the 
elimination of urea and of the chlorides is retarded by this agent. 

The so-called Cumulative Effects of Digitalis. — The author agrees in 
opinion with those who hold that digitalis is not a cumulative poison in 



DIGITALIS. 093 

the sense in which this term was formerly used. Doses of digitalis fre- 
quently repeated, so that the effect of one is added to those before 
en, will certainly produce toxic symptoms. In this sense opium, 
belladonna, strychnia, etc., are cumulative poisons. If full doses of digi- 
talis are given at proper intervals, and the etFects of one dose are per- 
mitted to cease before the next is given, no accumulation will take place. 
Sudden toxic symptoms are developed as follows : When, after the ad- 
ministration of large doses, the pulse is much reduced in the recumbent 
posture, on rising, the heart is suddenly found unequal to maintaining 
the circulation in face of the increased resistance in the arterioles and 
against the force of gravity. It must not be forgotten, further, that the 
irritability of the vaso-motor nervous system may be. destroyed by over- 
stimulation by digitalis, and lethal effects be produced in this way. 

Authorities referred to : 

Ackermann, Prof. Th. Ueber die Wirkungen der Digitalis. YolkmanrCs Sammlung, 
No. 48. 

Boehm, Dr. Rudolph. Ueber die physiologische Wirkung der Digitalis und des Digi- 
talin. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. cliii., 1S72. 

Briesemann, Dr. C. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. cliii., p. 29. 

Dybkowsky, W., und Felikau, Eug. Schmidts Jahrbiicher, vol. cxvi., p. 170. 

Foster, Dr. B. Clinked Medicine: Lectures and Essays, 1874, p. 92. Digitalis in 
Heart Disease. 

Fothergill, Dr. J. Milner. Prize Essay. British Midiced Journal, July and August, 
1871. 

Gourvat, If. Gazette de Paris, July to December, 18*71, and January to February, 
1872. 

Hirtz, Dr. Gazette Medicate de Strasbourg, 1862. 

Holland, Sir Henry. Medical Notes and Reflections, American edition. 

Homolle, M. Archives Generales, July, 1861, p. 5. 

Husemann, Frof. Dr. Th. Handbuch der gesammten Arzncimittellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 914, et seg. 

Koiiler, Dr. H. Ueber den Antagonismus der physiologischen Wirkungen der Saponin 
und Digilalin. Archiv f. exper. Path, und Phar., 1873, p. 138. 

Ibid. ILtndbuch, p. 174. 

Liebermeister, Frof. Dr. Karl. Ziemssen^s Cyclopcedia of the Practice of Medicine, 
foL i., p. 217. 

Maudsley, Dr. Henry. The Practitioner, January, 1869. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. TJierapeuiics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., article Digitalis. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, London, p. 796. 

Traube, Frof. Dr. L. Berliner klinisclic Wochcnschriff, No. 17, April, 1870, and No. 
18, May 2, 1870. 

Weil, Dr. A. Schmidts Jahrbiicher, vol. cliv., p. 143. 

Wood, Dr. H. C. Therapeutics, Materia Medica, and Toxicology. 

Cimicifuga. — Black snake-root. The root of cimicifuga racemosa. 
Extraction Cimicifugce Fluidum. — Fluid extract of cimicifuga. 

Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Cimicifugce. — Tincture of cimicifuga (unofficinal). Dose, 
3 ss— 3 ij. 



294 EXCITO-MOTOKS. 

• 

Composition". — When fresh, the root contains a volatile oil, which 
possesses in a high degree the characteristic odor of the drug. A true 
active principle has not yet been isolated, yet Conara has obtained a 
neutral substance, crystallizable, and having a very acrid taste. The 
so-called cimicifugine is nothing more than an impure resin, obtained 
by precipitation from the tincture by the addition of water. The root 
contains resin, coloring matters, tannic and gallic acids. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — As the preparations of cimicifu- 
ga contain tannic and gallic acids, they are incompatible with the salts 
of iron. Stimulants, as alcohol, ammonia, antagonize cimicifuga thera- 
peutically. 

Synergists. — In its action, although feeble, cimicifuga lies between 
digitalis and ergot. Its physiological effects are increased by cold, digi- 
talis, ergot, belladonna, etc. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of cimicifuga is bitter and as- 
tringent, with an after acrid feeling. In small doses, without producing 
any sensible physiological effect, it promotes the appetite and digestion. 
In full doses it increases the gastro-intestinal secretions. On the heart 
and circulatory system, cimicifuga has an action not unlike digitalis, but 
less powerful : it slows the heart-beats but increases their force, and 
elevates the tension of the arterial system. Its effects on the nervous 
system, when administered in large doses, are very decided. It causes 
vertigo, dilated pupils, and in many subjects considerable soporific and 
anodyne effects. There is little doubt that it increases the contractility 
of unstriped muscular fibre in a manner that resembles ergot, but much 
less energetically. It stimulates the venereal appetite in man, and pro- 
motes the menstrual flow in women. Diaphoresis and increased bron- 
chial secretion are produced by it, and the urine possesses a distinct 
odor of the drug. 

In order to procure physiological effects from cimicifuga, it is essen- 
tial that preparations made from the fresh root be employed. 

Therapy. — Cimicifuga is an excellent stomachic tonic, and is espe- 
cially adapted to the treatment of the irritative dyspepsia of drunk- 
ards. In fevers and inflammatory disorders, when the action of the 
heart is quick and the tension of the vessels low, cimicifuga may take 
the place of digitalis, but it is much less efficient than the latter. It is 
an excellent expectorant, useful in bronchitis and in neuropathic pulmo- 
nary disorders, fy. Ext. cimicifugse fl., §ss; tinct. opii deod., 3 i j ; 
syrp. tolu., 3 x. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every four hours. This com- 
bination is efficacious in acute catarrh (common cold), and in acute 
bronchitis after the more active symptoms have subsided. Good re- 
sults have been obtained from cimicifuga in phthisis. It would be 
idle to claim that it is curative ; but, to moderate hectic, to improve 
the appetite, and to facilitate expectoration, it is undeniably of ser- 
vice. It is in that form of phthisis now called caseous pneumonia. 



CIMICIFUGA. 295 

that cimicifuga can be expected to relieve symptoms, and not in tuber- 
culosis. 

Dilated heart, fatty heart, languid circulation, oppressed breathing, 
general dropsy, are conditions in which cimicifuga takes the role of digi- 
talis, and sometimes more efficiently. It is safer than digitalis, espe- 
cially in the case of fatty heart. 

Most favorable reports have been made of cimicifuga in acute rheu- 
matism. Chron ic rheumatism, with tumefaction of the joints, lumbago, 
intercostal pain, and myalgia, are disorders affecting the muscular sys- 
tem, in which this drug sometimes succeeds in a wonderful manner; 
yet it very often fails, and we are, unfortunately, unable to indicate be- 
forehand the particular kind of cases in which it is most beneficial. 

The power of cimicifuga to relieve certain kinds of pain is well 
established. Neuralgia of the fifth, arising from cold, rheumatic head' 
ache, ovarian neuralgia, succeeding to suppressed or arrested menstru- 
ation, etc., are forms of pain in which this remedy is frequently very 
effective. 

Puerperal mania, hypochondriasis, and convulsions, due to men- 
strual irregularities, have been cured by cimicifuga. The greatest suc- 
cesses of this drug have been achieved in chorea. It is useful in those 
cases which arise about the period of puberty, and are connected with 
disorders or perversions of the menstrual How. 

Cimicifuga relieves the pains of dysmenorrhea when of the con- 
gestive variety. Heat of head, flushings of the face, pain in the head, 
back, and limbs, quick pulse, and nervous?iess, when due to arrest of 
the monthly flow, are often remarkably benefited by this agent. It has 
been used to promote parturient pains, to induce uterine contractions 
after delivery, and to relieve after-pains, but it is inferior to ergot for 
most of these purposes. It is serviceable in subinvolution of the uterus, 
and may be given in combination with ergot. 

The aphrodisiac effects of cimicifuga render it useful in spermator- 
rhoea. It is not adapted to physiological spermatorrhoea, which is really 
a condition of normal plethora, but to those cases in which the organs 
are relaxed, the erections weak, and the seminal discharges feeble and 
occur on slight excitement. 

To obtain curative effects from cimicifuga, it must be administered 
in sufficiently large doses to produce some of its cerebral effects. 

Authorities referred to : 

Davis, Dr. X. S. Transactions of the American Medical Association, i., 352. 

HiLDRETii, Dr. American Journal of Medical Sciences, October, 1842. 

Phillips, Dr. Charles D. F. Materia Mcdica and Therapeutics, London, 1874, p. 39 

Porciier, Dr. Francis P. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 18. 

Ringer, Dr. Sydney. Handbook of Therapeutics, article Actcea. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., p. 562. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



296 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

Belladonna. — Deadly nightshade. 

Belladonnas Folia. — Belladonna-leaves. Feuilles de belladone, Fr. ; 
Tollkraut, Ger. 

JBelladonnoe Radix. — Belladonna-root. Racine de belladone, Fr. ; 
Belladonnaionrzel, Ger. 

Emplastrum Belladonnas,. — Belladonna-plaster. (Belladonna-root 
and resin-plaster.) 

Extractum JBelladonnw. — Extract of belladonna. Dose, gr. \ — gr. j. 

Ext? 'actum Belladonnas Alcoholicum. — Alcoholic extract of bella- 
donna. Dose, gr. \ — gr. j. 

Extractum Belladonnas Fluidum. — Fluid extract of belladonna. 
Dose, m. j — m. v. 

Suppositoria Belladonnas. Suppositories of belladonna. (Alcoholic 
extract and cacao-butter. Each' suppository contains thirty grains — 
gr. ss — grs. xxixss.) 

Tinctura Belladonnas. — Tincture of belladonna. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Unguentum Belladonnas. — Ointment of belladonna. (Extract, 3 j ; 
lard, 3 vij.) 

Composition. — Belladonna contains a peculiar alkaloid atropia, on 
the presence of which the physiological activity of the drug depends. 
This principle is found chiefly in the bark of the root, and of young root. 
Another principle has also been discovered analogous to atropia, to 
which the name helladonnine has been given. The root also contains 
a fluorescent substance and a coloring matter, which has been called 
atrosin. Atropia exists in the plant in combination with malic acid as 
bimalate. 

Atropia. — Atropia. " Js in yellowish-white, silky ^ prismatic crystals, 
without smell, but having a bitter and acrid taste. It is soluble in three 
hundred parts of water at 60° Fahr., in twenty-five parts of ether, and 
in much less alcohol. It has a strong alkaline reaction, and forms crys- 
tallizable salts with acids." 

Atropias Sulphas. — Sulphate of atropia. "Is a white, slightly crys- 
talline powder, very soluble in water and in alcohol, insoluble in ether, 
and wholly dissipated by heat." Dose, gr. y^ — gr. -gL. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Caustic alkalies act on atropia, 
and ammonia is evolved; they are, therefore, incompatible with the 
preparations of belladonna. As respects physiological antagonism, 
physostigma counterbalances the actions of belladonna in almost the 
whole range of its influence. Opium — within certain limitations to be 
hereinafter described — antagonizes the actions of belladonna. In cases 
of poisoning, the stomach should be promptly emptied by emetics (sul- 
phates of zinc or copper), and the nervous disturbances cGmbated, as 
they arise, by physostigma or opium. 

Physiological Actions. — Dryness of the mucous membrane of the 



BELLADONNA. 297 

nose, mouth, throat, and larynx, is produced by the direct application 
of atropia to these parts, and the same effects in a more positive man- 
ner follow the stomach or subcutaneous administration. A peculiar 
bluish appearance of the lips, as well as dryness, the author has fre- 
quently observed. Nausea is occasionally produced by belladonna, but 
this effect is probably due to cerebral disturbance. Dryness of the mu- 
cous membrane of the stomach and intestines is doubtless produced by 
belladonna, but increased secretion occurs subsequently, for the stools 
are rendered more liquid, and are also voided more frequentlj'. In- 
creased peristalsis is most probably a result of the action of belladonna 
on the unstriped muscular fibre of the intestines. 

The active principle of belladonna (atropia) is an extremely diffus- 
ible substance. What changes it induces in the blood, if any, are not 
known. It affects the circulation in a remarkable manner. In some 
subjects a decided slowing of the heart takes place immediately after 
the administration of a considerable dose (atropia hypodermically), and 
in all, most probably, an instantaneous retardation of the pulse-rate, but 
a very decided rise in the number of pulsations quickly follows. Not 
only is the number of the heart-beats increased, but their vigor also, 
and the area over which the pulsations are distributed is enlarged. It 
has been conclusively shown that the increased action of the heart is 
due, first, to stimulation of the cardiac ganglia of the sympathetic, and, 
secondly, to a paralyzing action on the pneumogastric terminal fila- 
ments. In other words, the motor power of the heart is increased in 
activity, and the inhibiting control is lessened. 

The stimulation of the vaso-motor centres by belladonna, or atropia, 
is not confined to the cardiac ganglia, but extends to the vaso-motor 
ganglia throughout the body, and a general rise of blood-pressure takes 
place owing to a contraction of the arterioles. It is a singular fact that 
the influence of atropia rapidly produces a state of over-excitation, and 
the irritability of the vaso-motor nervous system, at first increased, soon 
diminishes ; the action of the heart becomes weak, the vessels dilate, 
and the blood-pressure falls below the normal. In large medicinal doses 
this effect is easily seen, and, in lethal doses in animals, it may be most 
certainly demonstrated. 

As regards the function of respiration, atropia increases the number 
and depth of the respiratory movements, but the increase is not in the 
same ratio as is the elevation of the pulse-beat. The more rapid action 
of the heart, the increased respiratory movements, the contraction of 
the arterioles, result in an increased supply of blood to the periphery, 
more rapid nutritive changes, and consequent elevation of temperature. 
The rise in temperature in man, from a full medicinal dose, is from 4° 
to 1° Fahr. This increased body-heat is not long maintained ; with the 
fall in the blood-pressure (vaso-motor paresis), there ensues a diminu- 
tion in temperature. 



298 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

In persons of a light complexion, more especially in women, a full 
dose of atropia is frequently followed by a diffused redness of the skin, 
not unlike the rash of scarlatina, but wanting in the punctated char- 
acter of this specific eruption. Redness of the fauces, and some diffi- 
culty of swallowing, owing to the dryness of the mucous membrane, 
occur at the same time, rendering the similitude to scarlet fever very 
striking. The flush of atropia succeeds to a marked but temporary 
pallor, which is the first effect, and is a symptom of the vaso-motor 
paresis which succeeds to the vaso-motor stimulation. The belladonna 
rash is sometimes followed by desquamation. 

Dilatation of the pupil is a conspicuous effect of atropia. Whether 
dropped into the eye, introduced into the stomach, or injected under 
the skin, prompt and decided dilatation of the pupil follows. A much 
smaller quantity suffices to produce this effect, when applied directly to 
the eye. Paresis of the muscle of accommodation is caused by atropia, 
and this agent also lessens the intraocular pressure. It has been con- 
clusively shown that atropia produces these remarkable effects by an 
action on the peripheral filaments of the nerves of the iris, and not on 
its muscular fibres : atropia paralyzes the oculo-motor nerve end-organs, 
and stimulates those of the sympathetic. 

The cerebral effects of belladonna are very characteristic. Head- 
ache, vertigo, illusions, hallucinations, a busy delirium, sometimes som- 
nolence, are produced by large doses. The vision is usually lost, the 
pupils are dilated to the .utmost, the eyes are brilliant and staring. 
Muscular weakness, incoordination, and complete motor paralysis occur ; 
but sensation is not destroyed ; although occupied with fancies and 
illusions, the patient may be indifferent to moderate irritation. The 
delirium which occurs has a peculiar character ; it may be gay and 
laughing, or busy, the patient being incessantly occupied with a single 
object or idea, or it may be noisy and furious, the patient fighting and 
striking all who approach. In lethal doses convulsions may occur, or 
profound stupor may result after a period of delirious excitement. 

The voluntary muscles are not affected by belladonna. The muscu- 
lar paresis which results from the administration of this drug is due to 
its action on the motor nerves, but the excitability of these nerves is 
diminished only, and not wholly destroyed. Both the motor-nerve trunks 
and the end-organs are affected. The sensibility of the sensory nerves 
is also impaired, but is not diminished to the same extent as is that 
of the motor nerves. 

Although the action of belladonna is so largely paralyzant, it is not 
exclusively so, and, under certain circumstances, a tetanic action very 
similar to that caused by strychnia is developed. In frogs, a day or 
two after the induction of paralysis by the subcutaneous injection of 
atropia, the tetanic state occurs. When this state is reached, although 
the frog lies perfectly limp and motionless if undisturbed, an irritation 



BELLADONNA. 299 

applied to the periphery will at once cause general tetanic rigidity nnd 
spasms. The author was the first to show that this condition of the 
nervous system is attained in frogs an hour or two after the conjoined 
administration of atropia and physostigmia (eserine). 

Atropia, by virtue of the greater than normal transmission of blood 
through the tissues, increases metamorphosis, and the results of this are 
represented in an increased elimination of the products of waste. 

Atropia is eliminated chiefly by the urine, and the urine of an atro- 
pinized animal will dilate the pupil of another animal. 

Therapy. — In mercurial ptyedism, and the ptyedism of the pregnant 
state, a few drops (five to ten) of the tincture of belladonna, given every 
four to six hours, or a corresponding quantity of atropia, will cause the 
excessive secretion to diminish, and even dry up, and will thus relieve a 
very disagreeable symptom. Gastralgia, as well as the pain which 
accompanies gastric ulcer, is often happily relieved by atropia. r>. 
Atropine sulphatis, gr. j ; zinci sulphatis, 3 ss; aquae destil., 3 j. M. Sig. 
From three to Jive drops ttoice or thrice a day. A similar combination 
is very effective in pyrosis, chronic gastric catarrh, and irritative dys- 
pepsia. Atropia is frequently effective in relieving the vomiting of 
pregnancy. $. Atropine sulphat., gr. ij; aquae destil., 3 j. M. Sig. 
Tiro drops in water before meals. It is often more useful when applied 
to the rectum in the form of suppository. It sometimes gives great re- 
lief when applied to the epigastrium in chloroformic solution. r£. 
Atropine, gr. v; chloroformi, 3 j. M. Sig. Apiece of lint to be moist- 
ened with the solution and laid on the epigastrium. 

The extract of belladonna is a useful addition to purgatives, to di- 
minish the harshness and at the same time to increase the effectiveness 
of their operation. Belladonna has the pow 7 er to increase the peristaltic 
movements and to allay irregular or spasmodic movements. It is, there- 
fore, used to overcome habitual constipation. A pill containing a half- 
grain of extract, taken at night, will sometimes succeed, but it is gen- 
erally better to combine it as follows : 1^. Ext. belladonnae, ext. nucis 
vomicae, ext. physostigmatis, aa gr. iij. M. ft. pil. no. vj. Sig. One 
at bed-hour. An addition of a half-grain of aloine will, of course, in- 
crease the action of this pill, and may be added when there are great 
torpor and inaction of the intestines. 

When, in affections of the gastro-intestinal apparatus, acids are indi- 
cated with atropia, they may be combined as follows : r>. Acid, muriat. 
dil., 3 j ; atropine, gr. ss. M. Sig. Five drops in water before meals. 
Such a prescription is useful in heart-burn, water-brash, etc. 

Harley advises the use of atropia as a cardiac stimulant y but the 
fact that this agent exhausts the irritability of the cardiac ganglia after 
a period of stimulation, seems to the author to contraindicate its use. 
Notwithstanding this objection, atropia may be given to counteract a 
Budden and temporary depression in the heart's action — as, for example, 



300 EXCITO-HOTORS. 

in the collapse of cholera, in which it has been employed successfully 
by the hypodermatic method. 

Belladonna is a remedy of great efficacy in certain acute inflamma- 
tions of the air-passages. No remedy gives such prompt and sustained 
relief in acute nasal catarrh with profuse watery secretion. To adults, 
the best method of administration consists in giving a first dose of five 
drops of the tincture, and repeating a drop or two drops every hour 
until atropinism is produced. This remedy is also very admirably 
adapted to the treatment of ordinary sore-throat. As a constant phys- 
iological action of belladonna is redness and drj^ness of the fauces, its 
therapeutical action, in sore-throat with increased secretion, is antipathic 
or substitutive ; or, as it may be more scientifically expressed, the action 
of belladonna is the physiological antagonist of the disease-action. 
When there is much fever it is useful to combine aconite with bella- 
donna. IjL Tinct. aconiti rad., 3j; tinct. belladonna, 3 ij. M. Sig. 
Four drops in water every hour or tioo. That form of aphonia which 
is due to fatigue of the vocal cords may be removed very speedily by 
a morning and evening dose (y^ — -^ of a grain) of atropia. Not un- 
frequently hysterical aphonia may be quickly cured in the same way. 

There is much to be expected from the use of belladonna prepara- 
tions in whooping-cough. The best form for administration is a solu- 
tion of the sulphate of atropia (gr. j — § j of water. Dose, m. ij — m. iv). 
This remedy is not adapted to all cases, and is most effective in the 
spasmodic stage. In order to be curative, physiological effects must be 
produced. The good results of atropia in whooping-cough are most ob- 
vious in those cases characterized by profuse bronchial secretion. 

Belladonna gives great relief in paroxysms of asthma, and in the 
spasmodic difficulty of breathing which accompanies emphysema. Ac- 
cording to the author's observation, when the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane is deficient in secretion, the pulse much accelerated, the skin dry 
and hot, belladonna rather adds to the distress ; and its good effects are 
most conspicuous when there are abundant expectoration, a cool and 
moist skin, and a quiet pulse of low tension. In asthma, atropia may 
be injected subcutaneously, or the belladonna-leaves be used by the 
method of fumigation. Belladonna-leaves, dipped in a saturated solu- 
tion of nitre and then dried, may be burned in a close apartment, the 
patient breathing the fumes until relief is obtained. Pastiles are made 
of belladonna, stramonium, poppy, tobacco, etc. A good formula for 
cigarettes is the following (Trousseau): Belladonna, grs. v; stramo- 
nium and hyoscyamus, of each grs. iij ; extract of opium, -J- of a grain ; 
cherry-laurel water, a sufficient quantity. The leaves are moistened with 
a solution of the opium in the cherry-laurel water, and when dry made 
into a cigarette. Two to four of such cigarettes may be smoked daily. 
When the paroxysms of asthma occur in the morning, they may some- 
times be prevented by the one-sixtieth of a grain of atropia at bedtime. 



BELLADONNA. 301 

The remarkable similarity in the symptoms of atropinism and of 8€ 
latina has led to the use, by homoeopathic practitioners, of belladonna 

a prophylactic against this disease. The points of resemblance are 

superficial, and the differences so wide, that no more striking instance 
could be adduced of the uncertainty in the application of the homoeo- 
pathic dogma, even admitting its truth. The author is convinced that 
the so-called prophylactic power of belladonna against scarlatina has 
no real existence. He has seen too many cases of scarlatina occur in 
subjects who had been given the remedy freely, to permit him to come 
to any other conclusion. Belladonna is a useful remedy to relieve some 
of the symptoms in scarlatina. During the stage of eruption it is indi- 
cated when the pulse is feeble, the bodily powers are depressed, and 
the rash is imperfectly evolved. In this condition of things — in which 
carbonate of ammonia is so much used — belladonna also renders most 
important service, but it should not be forgotten that these agents 
are chemically incompatible, and should not therefore be prescribed 
together. 

In diphtheria, when there is much depression, belladonna is a most 
excellent remedy. If given before the exudation has spread and con- 
solidated into membranous plaques, and when a few patches only have 
appeared on the tonsils, or soft-palate, it seems to have the power to 
hinder the formation of the exudation. 

There is no doubt that belladonna has a real curative power in 
erysipelas. It is especially adapted to idiopathic erysipelas, notably 
to facial erysipelas, and is less serviceable in traumatic erysipelas. 
Homceopathists explain this on the doctrine of similars, but the action 
is really one of antagonism, or substitution. When there is much 
fever, digitalis or aconite may be combined with belladonna with ad- 
vantage, and when there is much depression, quinia. IjL Quinia? 
Bulph., 3 ss ; belladonna? extract., grs. iij. M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. One 
every four or six hoars. 

Excellent results have been obtained from the use of belladonna in 
typhus <'itd typhoid fevers. Graves originally suggested an indication 
for its use in fevers, which is doubtless serviceable, viz., contracted 
pupils ; but belladonna has been used, irrespective of this sign, by 
other practitioners with great success. The tincture is a suitable prepa- 
ration, and of this from five to ten drops every four hours is a proper 
dose. According to the author's observation, belladonna is indicated 
when there is much low, muttering delirium, subsultus, and stupor, and 
is contraindicated in the condition of delirium ferox. 

Belladonna has important application in the treatment of certain 
disorders of the nervous system. Sick-headache, due to or accompanied 
by spasm of the arterioles — a condition manifested by pallor of the 
face, vertigo, and tinnitus auriam — is relieved bj' belladonna. At first 
the distress may be even increased, but great relief presently follows. 



302 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

This remedy is injurious in the congestive form of sick-headache. The 
following is a serviceable combination in the cases of sick-headache due 
to vaso-motor spasm: r>. Atropine sulph., gr. ss; chinoidin, 3 j. M. 
ft. pil. no. lx. Sig. One pill twice or thrice a day. 

Although belladonna in the physiological state induces wakeful- 
ness and busy delirium, in certain morbid states of the brain it is hyp- 
notic. The indications for its use are as follows : prostration, low 
state of the arterial tension, languid intra-cranial circulation, a con- 
tracted pupil, and insomnia, due to the condition of the brain manifested 
by these objective signs. In various kinds of mental disorder, in which 
the foregoing symptoms are present, much good may be expected from 
the use of belladonna in moderate doses ; but harm only will be pro- 
duced by it when there is much vascular excitement. 

Belladonna, according to Trousseau and Pidoux, is a more efficient 
remedy in the treatment of epilepsy than the salts of silver, copper, or 
zinc. They insist that the capital condition of success is perseverance 
on the part of the physician and patient, that belladonna should be 
given steadily for a year in gradually-increasing doses, and that if 
amendment is then produced it should be continued through two, three, 
or even four years. Belladonna is not equal to bromide of potassium 
in cases of diurnal epilepsy, in epilepsy accompanied by cerebral hy- 
peremia, and in epileptiform convulsions due to coarse organic lesion 
of the brain. The best results are obtained from it in nocturnal epi- 
lepsy, in petit mal, and in pale, delicate, and anaemic subjects, with cold 
hands and feet, blue skin, and weak heart. 

In neuralgia belladonna affords relief, although not equal to some 
other agents. Given hypodermatically (see post), it is often very effec- 
tive. In any case, its use must be persisted in ; full doses are neces- 
sary, and physiological effects must be produced and maintained for 
some time. A solution of atropia is the best form for the stomach ad- 
ministration. Dysmenorrhoea, when neuralgic in character, and ova- 
rian neuralgia, may be permanently removed by belladonna. It is 
useful in these cases to combine it with synergistic remedies. ^ . Ext. 
belladonnas, grs. iv ; ext. stramonii, grs. v ; ext. hyoscyami, grs. v ; 
quiniae sulphat., 3ij. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill two or three 
times a day. When anaemia exists, iron may be added to this formula. 

No single agent has been as uniformly successful in the treatment 
of nocturnal incontinence of urine as belladonna. This morbid state 
is due to several conditions, and belladonna is not equally successful in 
all : nocturnal incontinence may be due to an excess in the acidity of 
the urine, which renders it unduly stimulating; to relaxation of the 
sphincter vesicae ; to an irritability of the mucous membrane, in conse- 
quence of which erroneous impressions are communicated to the brain 
Belladonna gives relief in the two last-named conditions. The atropia 
dissolved in the urine acts locally on the nerves of the mucous mem- 



BELLADONNA. 303 

brane, diminishing their irritability ; the sphincter is put into a state of 
tonic contraction by reason of the systemic effect, which includes, of 
course, the sympathetic system. The error is often committed of giving 
too little of the remedy; sj'stemic effects must be produced, and chil- 
dren, compared with adults, are insusceptible to the action of bella- 
donna. The best form for administration, because less disagreeable and 
more constant in effect, is a solution of atropia. 

Nocturnal seminal losses, as respects mechanism of production, mak- 
ing allowance, of course, for difference of seat, have a strong analogy 
with nocturnal incontinence of urine. This trouble may be considered 
a morbid state, onl} T , when the losses are frequent and affect the health. 
Bromide of potassium best relieves spermatorrhoea, so called, when it is 
largely physiological and clue to a normal plethora ; belladonna is most 
serviceable when the genitalia are relaxed, the emissions flowing with- 
out force, and without a distinct dream and orgasm. 

Atropia is a remedy of the greatest importance in the practice of 
oplith'ilniology. As it dilates the pupil, diminishes the intraocular press- 
ure, contracts the arterioles, and acts topically on the sentient nerves, 
it is obvious that its field of utility is wide, and its therapeutic power 
great. 

In phlyctenular keratitis atropia renders the greatest service; it 
diminishes the photophobia and blepharospasm, and lessens the blood- 
supply by contracting the vessels. It has a still more beneficial action 
in iritis * it prevents adhesions, anterior and posterior, and by dilata 
tion of the pupil so compresses the vessels as to jugulate the inflamma- 
tory process. When the cornea is perforated, herniary protrusion and 
adhesion of the iris are prevented by dilating the pupil. For these pur- 
poses a four-grain solution of atropia is the proper strength for instil- 
lation into the eye. When it is desirable to susj:>end the pow r er of 
accommodation, in cases of hypermetropia to determine the refraction of 
the eye, and in astigmatism to ascertain the difference in the meridians, 
atropia is used. A weak solution only is employed, to dilate the pupil 
for a brief period, in order to facilitate the examination of the fundus 
of the eye. Dilatation of the pupil with atropia is also necessary in 
the examination of cataract, especially in the early stages of its forma- 
tion. It should be remembered that strong solutions of atropia in- 
stilled into the eyes may, by subsequent absorption, produce atropinism, 
and to such an extent as to occasion solicitude. 

In certain affections of the skin belladonna is useful, viz., in the 
cutaneous neuroses, prurigo, herpes zoster, erythema, and eczema, etc. 
Cases of these affections which resist ordinary treatment, yield to bella- 
donna. The tincture, or the alkaloid, in suitable doses, may be given 
in quantity sufficient to maintain a slight physiological action. Hyper- 
idrosis (colliquative sweating), unilateral sweating, and other forms 
of profuse transpiration through the skin, are arrested by the internal. 



304 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

and, in some cases, by the local application of the belladonna prepa- 
rations. 

No remedy is so generally effective in relieving the sweats of 
phthisis as atropia. The one-sixtieth of a grain at bedtime usually 
suffices. The author was the first to indicate this use of atropia in his 
" Prize Essay." Not only is atropia antagonistic in action to that con- 
dition of the sudoriparous glands resulting in the sweats of disease, but 
it equally antagonizes the hyperidrosis produced by such drugs as jabo- 
randi. 

In connection with the subject of the use of atropia in the night- 
sweats of phthisis, it may be proper for the author to state that he has 
observed cases of phthisis which appear to him to have been remark- 
ably improved by the continued use of this remedy. 

Hypodermatic Use of Atbopia. — The solution usually employed 
for this purpose is two grains of the sulphate of atropia to an ounce of 
distilled water, the dose of which ranges'from two to five minims. 

There are two forms of neuralgia in wmich the subcutaneous use of 
atropia has been most signally useful : tic-douloureux and sciatica, 
more especially the latter. Atropia is not as effective in the treatment 
of the neuralgias in general as morphia, and the systemic effects of the 
former are much more unpleasant than those caused by the latter. 
Nevertheless, when morphia fails or disagrees with the patient, atropia 
may be used with confident expectation of its affording relief. We 
owe to Hunter our knowledge of the fact that atropia has a very special 
utility in tic-douloureux and sciatica. The merely subcutaneous injec- 
tion of atropia does not afford the same degree of relief as its deep 
injection in the neighborhood of the affected nerve-trunk. Further- 
more, a decided impression must be made on the cerebrum, in order to 
obtain the best results. The largest doses compatible with the safety 
of the patient must be used— generally the one-fiftieth of a grain to the 
one-thirtieth. If the remedy is employed in sufficient quantity, and well 
inserted into the tissues about the nerve, decided curative results may 
be expected from it in these two forms of neuralgia. When relief fol- 
lows the injection of atropia, it is apt to be more permanent than when 
the same degree of relief is obtained from morphia. We have the high 
authority of Dr. Anstie for the assertion that atropia is exceptionally 
serviceable in peri-uterine and dysmenorrhoeal neuralgia. The eminent 
Dr. Weir Mitchell asserts that atropia in traumatic neuralgias is " sim- 
ply useless," and, as his power of accurate observation is unquestioned, 
and his clinical opportunities vast, we may accept this conclusion as final. 

Muscular cramp, from injuries to the nerve-trunk, are often remark 
ably relieved by injections of atropia into the substance of the affected 
muscles. The so-called "late rigidity," as a result of which the mem 
bers may be put into very injurious positions, is occasionally removed 
or diminished by the same expedient, viz., injecting a small quantity of 



BELLADONNA ;>,,;, 

atropia (yj-y of a grain) into the contracted muscles. This result does 
not ameliorate the condition of the patient to any greater extent than 
that of affording relief to an inconvenient deformity. 

The insomnia of mental disorders, and of delirium tremens^ may be 
overcome by the hypodermatic injection of atropia when the following 
indications for its use are present : Ccma vigil, great restlessness, weak- 
action of the heart, coldness of the surface, cyanosis, clammy sweat. 
When there is a condition of hyperemia of the cerebro-spinal centres, 
excitement with elevated pulse-rate and increase of arterial tension, 
atropia can only do harm. 

The treatment of asthma by belladonna, administered by the stom- 
ach and in the form of fumigation, has already been referred to. The 
hypodermatic injection of atropia is much more effective. From yA-*- 
to -fa of a grain may be used for this purpose ; but, as the relief comes 
from the systemic effect, it is not necessary to inject the solution in the 
neighborhood of the pneumogastric, as practised by Courty, In order 
to procure the greatest relief, the injection should be made at the be- 
ginning of the asthmatic paroxysm, and succeeding attacks should be 
anticipated by inducing atropinism at the first warning of a seizure. 

Vomiting of pregnancy, when obstinate and resisting other means, 
is sometimes arrested promptly and permanently by the subcutaneous 
injection of atropia in small quantity (j-J-q of a grain). Seasickness 
is relieved in the same way. In these maladies, it is better to insert 
the injection in the epigastrium. 

Cramp of the hollow muscular organs — hepatic, intestinal^ uterine, 
and renal colic — may all be relieved by the subcutaneous injection of 
atropia, but the most satisfactory results are produced by the combined 
use of atropia and morphia. 

Exteexal Application of Belladonna Peepaeations. — The 
chloroformic solution of atropia is an excellent external application to 
relieve pain in nerves superficially situated, fy. Chloroformi, spts. vini 
rect., aa ^ss; atropia, grs. v. M. Sig. Apply on lint to painful part ; , 
and cover with oiled-silk. The same application to the epigastrium 
sometimes arrests obstinate vomiting, cerebral or reflex,' as for example 
the vomiting of pregnancy, sea-sickness, etc. A belladcnna-plaster is 
an excellent application to relieve the chest-pains of phthisis, to allay 
irritability of an over-excited heart, to diminish the pains and soreness 
of lumbago, myalgia, etc. 

Excessive sweating of a part, as for example, unilateral sweating of 
the head, may be removed by brushing over the affected surface a solu- 
tion of atropia (grs. iv — 3 j). 

There is no doubt that belladonna has the power to arrest the secre- 
tion of milk, in the same way that it stops the cutaneous transpiration, 
for the milk-gland is only an enlarged sebaceous gland whose function 
is differentiated from that of other sebaceous glands of the bod}\ When 
21 



306 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

it is desirable to arrest the secretion of milk, the gland may be en- 
veloped by a belladonna-plaster, or the ointment of belladonna may be 
carefully rubbed into the integument. These are rather disagreeable, 
sticky applications, which soil the clothing. A much more elegant 
method of applying this treatment is to envelop the breast in lint wetted 
with a solution of atropia, four grains to the ounce of rose-water. As 
systemic effects may be produced by such an application, when the 
pupils dilate and the mouth becomes dry, it should be removed. In- 
flamed breasts may be treated in the same way. The mode of action 
of the belladonna preparations is quite obvious : the irritability of the 
terminal filaments of the nerves is allayed by the direct action of the 
atropia, and the arterioles are made to contract, thus diminishing the 
blood-supply to the inflamed tissue. 

Other superficial inflammations are subdued by the same treatment, 
as, for example, abscesses, boils, carbuncles. A plaster made of bella- 
donna extract may be kept in contact with the inflamed tissue, or the 
solution of atropia, above recommended, may be used. 

Pruritus of the vulva, vaginismus, fissure of the anus, are some- 
times relieved, as if by magic, by the use of the atropia solution above 
recommended. 

Whenever atropia is used locally for the relief of inflammatory pain 
and swelling, the efficiency of the application is much increased by the 
addition of morphia, or morphia and chloral, according to formulas to be 
given hereafter in the article on the latter drug. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholow, Dr. R. Prize Essay of the American Medical Association, 1869. The 
Physiological Effects and Therapeutical Uses of Atropia and its 'Salts. 

Ibid. Manual of Hypodermic Medication, second edition, 1873. 

Bezold und Bloebaum. Untersuch. aus phys. Laborat. in Wurzburg. Quoted by 
Stille. 

Botkin, Dr. S. Virchow's Archiv., voL xxiv., p. 85. 

Donders. On the Anomalies of Accommodation and Refraction of the Eye, Sydenham 
Society edition. 

Eulenburg, Dr. Albert. Lehrbuch der functionellen Nervenkrankheiten, Berlin, 1871, 
p. 168. 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, pp. 407, 411. 

Fraser, Dr. Thomas R. An Investigation into some Tetanic Symptoms produced by 
Atropia in Cold-Blooded Animals. From " Transactions of the Royal Society of Edin- 
burgh," vol. xxv. 

Harley, Dr. John. The Old Vegetable Neurotics. 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Theod. Die Planzenstoffe, article Atropin. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 1100, et seq. 

Jones, Mr. T. Wharton. On Belladonna in Ophthalmic Practice, Medical Times 
and Gazette, 1857, pp. 27, 79. 

Lemattre. Archives Generales de Medecine, Juillet, 1865, p. 49. 

Meuriot, Dr. Gazette Hebdomadaire, 1868. 



STRAMONII'M AND IIYOSCYAMUS. :]()]' 

Mitciiki.l, Dr. S. Weib. Injuries <f X, rves and tie ir Consequences, Philadelphia, 1S72. 
PUTNAM, I>k. Mary-(Jacobi). The Xew York Medical Record, 1873. 
RlMOKB, Dr. Sidney. JIandbitch of Therapeutics, article Belladonna. 
Rosenthal, Iff. Klinik der Nervenkrankheiten, Stuttgart, 1875. 
BrXLLWAG yon Carion. Diseases of the Eye, American edition. 
Stille, Dr. A. Tlarapcuiics and Materia Medica, fourth edition, yoI. ii. 
Taylor, Dr. A. On Poisons, third edition, p. 759. 

Tbousseau et Pidoux. Traite. de Thirapcutique et de Matters Mcdicale, huitiemc Edi- 
tion, vol. ii. 

Wells, J. Soelberg. Diceascs of the Eye. 

Wood, Dr. LIoratio C. Therapeutics, Materia Medica, and Pharmacology. 

Stramonium. — Leaves and seed of datura stramonium. Stramoine, 
Fr. ; Stechapfel, Ger. 

Stramonii Folia. — Stramonium-leaves. 

Stramonii Semen, — Stramonium-seed. 

Extractum Stramonii Foliorum. — Extract of stramonium-leaves. 
Dose, gr. |— gr. j. 

Extractum Stramonii Semlnls. — Extract of stramonium-seed. Dose, 
gr. |— gr. ss. 

Tlnctura Stramonii. — Tincture of stramonium. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Unguentum Stramonii. — Ointment of stramonium. 

Composition. — Stramonium contains an alkaloid, datnrla, which is 
chemically and physiologically identical with atropia. It is contained 
in the seeds in the proportion of about one-tenth per cent., and in the 
leaves in much smaller quantity. It exists in the plant in combination 
with malic acid. The seeds contain a fixed oil in considerable quantity. 
* Antagonists, Incompatibles, and Synergists, are the same as for 
belladonna. 

HyoscyamilS. — Leaves and seed of hyoscyamus niger. Jusquiame, 
Fr. ; JBllsenJcrcnit, Ger. 

Hyosciami Folia. — Hyoscyamus-leaves. 

Jlyosclami Semen. — Hyoscyamus-seed. 

Extractum Hyoscyami Alcohollcum. — Alcoholic extract of hyoscya- 
mus. Dose, gr. -J- — gr. j. 

Extractum Hyoscyami. — Extract of hyoscyamus. 

Extractum Hyoscyami Fluidum. — Fluid extract of hyoscyamus. 
Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Tlnctura Hyoscyami, — Tincture of hyoscyamus. Dose, 3 ss — f ss. 

Composition. — Hyoscyamus contains an active principle (hyoscya- 
mla), a fatty oil, and the leaves are rich in nitrate of potassium. The 
seeds possess a larger quantity of hyoscyamia than the leaves. 

Antagonists, Incompatibles, and Synergists, are the same as for 
belladonna. 

Physiological Actions. — As atropia, daturia, and Eyoscyamia, are 
similar if not identical in chemical composition and in physiological 



308 EXCITO-MOTORS. 

action, the remarks already made in regard to the actions and use of 
belladonna are applicable to stramonium and hyoscyamus. 

The following conclusions, to which MM. Oulmont and Laurent have 
been conducted, appear to the author to be thoroughly well grounded : 

1. Hyoscyamia and daturia act especially on the sympathetic ner- 
vous system. 

2. In small doses they reduce the capillary circulation [contraction 
of the arterioles] ; in large doses they produce paralysis of the vessels 
[exhaust the irritability of the vaso-motor system]. 

3. The arterial tension is increased by the administration of weak, 
and is diminished by powerful, doses. These effects are not modified 
by section of the vagi. 

4. The frequency of the pulse is increased, and its fullness dimin- 
ished. 

5. Hyoscyamia renders the movements of the heart regular; da- 
turia often produces intermittence and arrest of action. When applied 
directly both alkaloids slow, and ultimately arrest, the beats. 

6. Both always accelerate the respiration. 

7. Neither has any direct action on the nervous system of animal 
life. Sensation and motor power are not modified by them. In toxic 
doses the} 7, blunt cutaneous sensibility. 

8. These alkaloids have no action on the excitability of striated 
muscles ; they do not modify their structure. 

9. In small doses they accelerate the movements of the intestines ; 
in large doses the} 7 paralyze them. 

10. The general phenomena observed when these alkaloids are given 
are due to modification of the circulation, and disappear rapidly. The 
alkaloids are soon eliminated, especially by the urine, in which they 
may be found. 

11. The dilatation of the pupil which is produced is due to stimula- 
tion of the sympathetic ; the third pair of nerves is not concerned in 
its production. 

12. Small doses generally give rise to slight increase of tempera- 
ture ; large doses diminish the central temperature. 

Theeapt. — Stramonium and hyoscyamus may be used like bella 
donna for the relief of painful affections, the neuralgice / but they 
possess no special advantages over their more powerful congener. 
Oulmont has used the hypodermatic injection of hyoscyamia with re- 
markable success in several cases of neuralgia, but he does not regard 
it as more conspicuous and rapid than is obtained from opium and bel- 
ladonna. Stramonium is used with advantage in the treatment of dys- 
menorrhoea. !>, . Ext. stramonii, ext. hyoscyamia ext. opii, aa gr. vj. 
M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill every three, four, or six hours. This 
combination gives great relief in dysmenorrhcea, and may also be ser- 
viceable in neuralgia. 



STRAMONIUM AND HYOSCYAMUS. 309 

In affections characterized by spasm, as asthma, laryngeal cough, 
hepatic, intestinal, renal, and uterine colic, stramonium and hyoscyamus 
may be given with advantage, in place of or in combination with bella- 
donna. The hypodermatic injection of hyoscyamia or daturia is an 
excellent expedient for procuring relief in these cases, but these alka- 
loids are not more effective than atropia. Hyoscyamus, especially in 
the form of tincture, is frequently prescribed in irritable states of the 
bladder due to the presence of stone, enlargement of the prostate, and 
iu catarrh of the bladder arising by transference of irritation from the 
urethra. It should not be forgotten that liquor potassa?, so much pre- 
scribed in a mixture with hyoscyamus, is incompatible. 

M. Oulmont refers, in terms which may seem to be exaggerated, to 
the great efficiency of hyoscyamia in the treatment of mercurial tremor, 
senile tremor, paralysis agitans, locomotor ataxia, and tetanus. In mer- 
c a rial and senile tremor cures were obtained, but, as might be expected, 
only amelioration in paralysis agitans, locomotor ataxia, and tetanus 
The dose which Oulmont found effective was the one-thirty-second of 
a grain of hyoscyamia, gradually increased to the one-fifteenth of a grain. 

The hypnotic quality is much more conspicuous in hyoscyamus than 
in belladonna or stramonium. In children it has long been known that, 
when opium is not well borne, hyoscyamus is an efficient substitute. 
Recent experience in asylum practice has shown that hyoscyamus in 
large doses is a very valuable hypnotic. According to Dr. Campbell, 
two and a half drachms of the tincture are equivalent in hypnotic power 
to thirty grains of chloral hydrate. In order to procure efficient hyp- 
notic effects, from two drachms to an ounce of the tincture is necessary, 
and this large quantity appears to be free from danger. 

Extract of hyoscyamus is used in combination with purgatives, with 
the object — which abundant clinical observation confirms — of rendering 
their operation more efficient, and, at the same time, less drastic. 

The ointment of stramonium is a favorite application to irritable 
ulcers, superficial inflammations, etc. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bucknill and Tuke. Manual of Psychological Medicine, London, 18*74, p. 727. 

Campbell, Dr. Journal of Mental Science, No. Ixxx., 1871. 

Froxmullkr, Dr. Klinische Siudicn uber die schlafmachende Wirkung der narkoti- 
schen Arzneimittel, Erlangen, 1875, p. 70. 

Ih semanx, Dr. TnEODOR. Handbuch der gesammlcn Arzneimittellehre, zweiter Band 
p. 1115, et seq. 

Laurent, M. le Dr. De V Ihjoscyamine et de la Daturine. Tithe. 

Oulmont, M. le Dr. De V Hyoscyamine et de son Action dans les Nevroses. Bulletin 
General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxxiii., p. 481. 

Forcher, Dr. Francis Feyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 549 
et seq. 

Trousseau et Fidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, tome second, 
huitieme edition, p. 202. 



310 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 



B.— AGENTS EXCITING THE FUNCTIONAL ACTIVITY OF THE CEREBRUM. 

To this group belong those remedies usually classed together under 
the designation of antispasmodics. They are to a slight degree car- 
diac stimulants ; they increase the cutaneous circulation, and promote 
diaphoresis ; they also stimulate the bronchial mucous membrane, and 
favor expectoration. As a result in part of the increased rapidity of the 
circulation, the functions of the brain become slightly more active, ideas 
flow more freely, irregular mental excitement and muscular hyperkine- 
sis are moderated, and an orderly feeling of well-being is established. 
These effects are probably in part due to a direct action of these agents 
on the gray matter of the hemispheres, but our knowledge does not at 
present permit an exact statement of the nature of this impression. 
These agents do not in any quantity suspend the functions of the brain, 
and the temporary increase of activity which they produce is not fol- 
lowed by manifest depression. 

Camphora. — Camphor. Camphre, Fr. ; Campher, Ger. " A pecul- 
iar, concrete substance, derived from camphora ofBcinarum, and purified 
by sublimation." 

Aqua Camphor w. — Camphor-water. Dose, 3j — § j. 

Linimentum Camphorai. — Camphor-liniment. (Camphor, § iij ; 
olive-oil, 1 xij.) 

Linimentum Saponis. — Soap-liniment. (Soap, camphor, oil of rose- 
mary, alcohol, and water.) 

Spiritus Camphorm. — Spirit of camphor. (Camphor, ^iv; alcohol, 
Oij.) Dose, m. v — m. xx. 

Camphora 3£onobromata. — Monobromide of camphor. Dose, grs. 
ij — grs. x (unofficial). 

Composition and Properties. — Camphor is found in colorless, trans- 
lucent, crystalline masses. One part dissolves in about 1,300 parts of 
water, but it is freely soluble in alcohol, ethers, oils, chloroform, bisul- 
phide of carbon, etc. Its odor is peculiar and characteristic. The 
formula for camphor is the following : C 10 H 16 O. By distillation with 
chloride of zinc it is converted into cymol, and by oxidizing agents into 
camphoric and camphretic acids. 

Antagonists and Incompatible s. — The addition of water precipi- 
tates camphor from its spirituous solution. Alkaline and earthy salts, 
for example sulphate of magnesium, separate from its solution the 
small quantity of camphor contained in aqua camphorse. Coffee, the 
arterial sedatives, cold, and depressing causes generally, antagonize its 
physiological action. 

Synergists. — All the remedies of this group, and alcohol, opium, and 
narcotic substances, increase the effects of camphor. 



CAMPHOR. 311 

Physiological Actions. — Applied to the skin, camphor produces 
redness, heat, and superficial inflammation, if the contact be sufficiently 

prolonged; to an open wound its effects are still more severe. Its 
taste is hot, aromatic, and pungent. In the stomach it causes a sensa- 
tion of heat, and may excite in large doses inflammation and ulceration. 
The symptoms common to irritant poisons may, therefore, be produced 
by camphor. After experimental doses in animals camphor has been 
detected in the blood of the mesenteric and portal vein, but not in the 
chyle or urine. In moderate doses (medicinal) it increases the action 
of the heart, elevates the arterial tension, and promotes cutaneous trans- 
piration; it also produces mental exhilaration, even a gay and lively 
intoxication, and allays pain. In toxic doses, in addition to the local 
irritant action on the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, and the conse- 
quent systemic effects, it lowers the pulse, the skin becomes pale, and 
the surface cold and moist, stupefies, diminishes the reflex functions of 
the spinal cord, and causes convulsions, insensibility, and death ; but 
these cerebral phenomena are not separable from the reflex effects, on 
the nervous centres, of the violent gastro-intestinal disturbance. Some- 
times dysuria has been caused by camphor, and, in small doses, owing 
doubtless to the merelv stimulant effects on the circulation, it increases 
the sexual appetite ; but, in large doses, it is antaphrodisiac. 

Camphor, after absorption, is eliminated chiefly by the skin and 
bronchial mucous membrane, hence the breath and sweat of those using 
this substance smell of it strongly; but, when much camphor is taken 
in the solid form, it escapes with the faeces. 

Therapy. — Camphor enters into the composition of many dentifrices. 

Camphor is contraindicated in all inflammatory affections of the 
gastro-intestinal mucous membrane. In hysterical vomiting a few drops 
of the spirit (two to five), every half-hour or hour, will often give relief. 
Camphor is an efficient remedy in summer diarrhoea.. It is usually 
combined with opium: 1^,. Spirit, camphorae, tinct. opii, aa ^ ss. M. 
Sig. Ten to thirty drops every tico, three, or four hours. fy. Aqua 
camphorae, 3 iij ; tinct. Iavendula3 comp., 3 j ; tinct. opii, 3 j — 3 ij. M. 
Sig. A tablespoonful every hour or two. This is an excellent formula, 
omitting the opium, for flatulence, especially hysterical flatulence and 
the flatulent colic which so often occurs during the climacteric period. 
For the preliminary diarrhoea of Asiatic cholera camphor is largely 
used, and with very obvious benefit. A drop or two of the saturated 
tincture (Rubini's), or five to ten drops of the spirit, may be given with 
a little laudanum every half-hour or hour. Oppolzer gave the ethereal 
tincture with opium: IjL Camphorae, 3J; etheris, 3 vij ; tinct. opii, 
3 j. M. Sig. Twenty to forty drops, as necessary. Camphor, which 
is very serviceable in the summer diarrhoea of children, may be given 
to these little subjects in milk, in which it is soluble in the proportion 
of one drachm to four ounces. 



312 CEREBKAL EXCITANTS. 

Spirits of camphor, in the form of vapor, is a useful inhalation in the 
incipiency of acute catarrh. Dr. Beard speaks in very enthusiastic 
terms of a camphor preparation which he has called " cold powder." 
This formula is as follows : " Camphor five parts. Dissolve in ether to 
the consistence of cream. Then add carbonate of ammonium four parts, 
opium-powder one part." The dose of this ranges from three to ten 
grains. Dr. Beard finds this combination of "great value in breaking 
icp colds, when taken in time, and in modifying their force when taken 
late." 

Camphor was formerly much used in the treatment of asthma, but, 
at present, more efficient remedies have taken its place. The mono- 
bromide of camphor has proved decidedly beneficial in whooping-cough. 
Five grains, suspended in mucilage and sirup of tolu, may be given to a 
child three or four times a day. .It is most serviceable in the spasmodic 
stage, but will do good at any period. 

Camphor will allay cough and promote expectoration, hence its 
utility in chronic bronchitis, in capillary bronchitis when stimulants 
are needed, and in emphysema. In the so-called typhoid pneumonia 
camphor is serviceable as a stimulant, in small and frequently-repeated 
doses, to sustain the powers of life during the period of defervescence. 

In typhus and typhoid fevers, and in the exanthemata generally, 
camphor is used to accomplish two objects — to quiet delirium, subsultus, 
or restlessness, and to overcome the cardiac depression. When very 
active interference is unnecessary the following can be used: 1^. Aqua 
camphorse, liq. ammonias acetatis, aa § ij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful 
every two hours. 

Attacks of nervousness and hysteria are relieved by camphor-julep, 
i. e., camphor rubbed up with mucilage. Some cases of delirium tre- 
mens are benefited by camphor, but it is impossible to indicate the 
special condition requiring it. Maniacal excitement, melancholia, and 
erotomania, have also been relieved by this agent, but a great uncer- 
tainty exists as to the indications for its employment. Large doses are 
necessary in these affections, and they should at first .be tentative, for it 
is not 'possible in the present state of our knowledge to predict the 
results of any given trial. On the whole, but little dependence is to be 
placed on camphor ; besides, more certain and effective remedies are 
now available for the treatment of these maladies. 

There appears to be a satisfactory clinical experience as respects 
the use of camphor to allay sexual excitement. Large doses (from ten 
to twenty grains) diminish the venereal appetite, and the vigor of the 
erections ; hence the use of camphor in priapism, satyriasis, nympho- 
mania, chor dee, etc. The following is a formula of Ricord: 1$,. Cam- 
phorse, lactucarii, aa 3 j. M. ft. pil. no. xxx. Sig. One or two pills, or 
more, as necessary. For nocturnal seminal losses, w r ith weakness and 
relaxation of the genitalia, the following formula is useful : r>. Ergotine 



A<AF(ETIDA. 313 

(aq. ex., Squibb's), 3ij; campborae, 3 j. M. ft. piL Do, xx\. Sig. 2\co 
at bed-hour. A full dose of camphor will often arrest the strangury 
produced by blist< 

isiderable testimony has been collected showing- the value of 
camphor as a remedy in senile gangrene, and in hospital gangr 
Five to fifteeo grains every four hours may be given in an emulsion, 
and powdered camphor may be applied freely to the sloughing surface. 
A clyster of camphor is an effective remedy against asearides. 

Camphor was a favorite remedy with Dewees for dysmenorrl 
He gave ten grains in a mixture with mucilage and cinnamon-water, 
and repeated the dose in an hour or two if necessary. For after-pains, 
camphor (ten grains), in a mixture with a little morphia (one-eighth of 
a grain), is an effective remedy. 

External Uses. — A cataplasm of camphor, morphia, and flaxseed, 
applied to the cheek will relieve toothache. Camphorated oil is a mild 
counter-irritant, which is a useful external application for the relief of 
internal inflammations. The solution of camphor in ether has been ap- 
plied locally with benefit in erysipelas. Myalgia, lumbago, and neu- 
r Ugia of superficial nerves, may sometimes be relieved by frictions 
with camphorated oil, or soap-liniment. Powdered camphor, freely 
sprinkled over the surface, is one of the means resorted to, and some- 
times with success, to prevent pitting of the face from variola. 

Authorities referred to : 

Beard, Dr. George M. Archives of Electrology, 1874, p. 272. 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, article Camphora. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolphe. Bulletin General de Th'erapeutique, December 30, IS 71. 

Harley, Dr. Joux. The Physiological Action of Qamphor. The Practitioner, vol. 
ix., p. 210. 

HuSEMAKN, Dr. Theod. Handbuch der gesarnmten Arzneiinittellehre, Berlin, 1875, 
zweiter Band. 

Kuiiler, Prof. Dr. Hermann. ILindbuch der plots. Tlurapeutik. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., article Camphor. 

TROUSSEAU et Pidoux. Traite de Therap. et de Mat. Med., vol. ii., huititrme edition. 

Von Grisar, V. Pharmacodynamic dcr dth. Oele, Diss., Bonn, 1873. 

AsafCBtida. — Asafcetida. A gum-resinous exudation, obtained by in- 
cision, from the root of narthex asafcetida. Asafcetida, Fr. ; Teufels- 
dreck, Ger. 

Emplastrum Asafo tidce, — Asafcetida-plaster. 

Mistura Asafcetidce. — Asafcetida-mixture. Dose, 5 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Asafcetida?. — Tincture of asafcetida. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Pilulce Asafcetidce. — Pills of asafcetida. (Asafcetida and soap.) 
Dose, 1 — 4 pills. 

Pilule Aloes et Asafcetidce. — Pills of aloes and asafcetida. (Asa- 
fcetida, aloes, soap.) Dose, 1 — 4 pills. 



314 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

JPilulce Galbani Composite®. — Compound pills of galbanum. (Asa- 
fcetida, galbanum, and myrrh.) Dose, 1 — 4: pills. 

Composition. — About one -half of the gross constituents of asa- 
fcetida consists of resin. This is not wholly soluble in chloroform or 
ether. It contains a peculiar acid (ferulaic acid). Asafcetida also 
contains a sulphuretted and phosphuretted volatile oil, in the propor- 
tion of from three to five per cent. This oil is at first neutral, but be- 
comes acid by exposure to the air, and evolves sulphuretted hydrogen. 
It possesses in a high degree the disagreeable odor of the drug. 

Asafcetida also contains 'malic acid, and acetic, formic, and vale- 
rianic acids, are products of the watery distillation. There is sufficient 
gum present also to form an emulsion with water. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Acids, neutral salts, cold, and 
arterial sedatives, oppose the action of asafcetida. 

Synergists. — The gum-resins, the balsams, and the aromatics, es- 
sential oils containing sulphur and phosphorus, and alcohol and ether, 
promote the physiological and therapeutical activity of asafcetida. 

Physiological Actions. — Asafcetida possesses an extremely char- 
acteristic odor, and a pungent, rather hot, and faintly acrid taste. It 
excites by its presence in the fauces an increased flow of saliva. It 
stimulates secretion from the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, pro- 
motes the appetite, improves digestion, and increases peristalsis. The 
fasces are somewhat softer, and are very offensive from the presence in 
them of sulphur and phosphorus compounds, resulting from the decom- 
position of the essential oil. In large quantity asafcetida causes 
nausea, vomiting, and purging. The active principle (the essential oil) 
undoubtedly slowly diffuses into the blood, for the odor of it is detect- 
able in the sweat and breath. Increased action of the heart, a higher 
temperature of the surface (subjectively, at least), more or less diapho- 
resis, and diuresis, have been observed to follow its medicinal adminis- 
tration. It acts as a gentle stimulant to the brain, induces a feeling of 
well-being, increases the flow of ideas, and causes, as the author has 
observed in one case, certainly, sufficient exhilaration of a pleasant kind 
to be regarded as an intoxicant. 

Asafcetida is eliminated by the skin, intestinal and bronchial mucous 
membrane, and in small part by the kidneys. The functions of all these 
parts are increased in activity by the local stimulant effect. Partly due 
to the general rise of arterial pressure which it produces, partly to its 
local action in the process of elimination, and partly to its phosphorus 
compounds, asafcetida increases the menstrual flux, and, in both sexes, 
the venereal appetite. 

Therapy. — Asafcetida is used in the country of its habitat as a 
condiment. A little — very little — rubbed on the gridiron, improves 
the flavor of beefsteak. If it were not for its intolerable odor, and for 
the horrible eructations which follow its use, even when disguised in a 



ASAFCETIDA. 315 

sugar-coated pill, it would be much employed as a. stomachic tonic in 
atonic dyspepsia accompanied by torpor of the intestines. For the 
flatulent colic of infants no remedy is better than mistura asqfcetid&j 
which may be given in teaspoonful doses. It is especially in the flatit- 

' of hysteria and hypochondriasis that this remedy is serviceable. 
It expels the flatus, promotes intestinal secretion and digestion, and 
relaxes the bowels. In this way the mind is relieved, but the action 
of asafcetida extends beyond this improvement in the state of the 
chylopoetic viscera — it induces a condition of mental cheerfulness 
which takes the place of the abnormal mobility of hysteria, and of the 
gloom of hypochondriasis. 

The officinal pill of aloes and asafcetida is an excellent combination 
for the relief of constipation, when associated with amenorrhoea. It 
is adapted, of course, to those cases in which there is a condition of 
anaemia rather than of plethora, and in which there exists a state of 
torpor of the ovaries, as well as of the intestinal canal. These conditions 
existing, the combined pill of aloes and asafcetida is indicated whether 
hysteria be present or not. 

The chronic scaly eruptions, chronic eczema, etc., especially when 
the skin is dry and harsh, are much improved by the persistent use of 
asafcetida. 

Bronchorrhcea, bronchitis after the acute sj-mptoms have subsided, 
the cough maintained by habit which may succeed the whooping-cough, 
and the sympathetic cough of mothers, whose children are experiencing 
whooping-cough, are greatly benefited by asafcetida. Tfc . Mist, asafceti- 
dae, 5 iv ; ammonii muriat., 3 j. M. Sig. A. tablespoon^ \d as necessary. 

Asafcetida, which was formerly much prescribed in asthma, ichoop- 
ing-cough, and other neuroses of the respiratory organs, has been sup- 
planted by more efficient remedies. 

The disagreeable odor of asafcetida, which is a bar to its employ- 
ment in many of the diseases to the treatment of which it is very well 
suited, is not an objection to its use in hysteria, hypochondriasis, and 

•'psy. The moral effect of its repulsive odor is not without influence 
in the psychic realm. But the effect of asafcetida is not simply on the 
imagination of the patient; it has constituents of very positive quality, 
which impress the brain. Hence the utility of asafcetida to arrest the 
hysterical paroxysm, and to relieve the numerous maladies in which the 
hysterical constitution disports itself. The remarks already made in re- 
gard to the action of asafcetida on the digestive functions in hypo- 
chondriacal subjects, render it unnecessary to speak more at length on 
the use of this remedy in hypochondriasis. Asafcetida is no longer 
employed in the treatment of epilepsy, except in the so-called hystero- 
epilepsy. The convulsions of childhood, from reflex irritation, are 
sometimes relieved by this remedy, but it is entirely without utility in 
convulsions arising from renal or cerebral disease. 



316 CEREBEAL EXCITANTS. 

Ammoniacum. — Ammoniac. A gam-resinous exudation from do- 
rema ammoniacum. Gomme ammoniaque, Fr. ; Amrnoniahgummi, 
Ger. 

Emplastrum Ammoniaci. — Ammoniac-plaster. 

Mistura Ammoniaci.— Ammoniac-mixture. (The resin is sus- 
pended by the gum in water.) Dose, § ss — § j. 

JPilulce Scillce Composite. — Compound pills of squill. (Squill, gin- 
ger, ammoniac, and soap.) Dose, 1 — 2 pills. 

Composition. — Ammoniac contains a volatile oil, which differs from 
the asafoetida oil in not containing sulphur. It has the odor of the 
drug. Ammoniac also contains gum and resin, the latter in the pro- 
portion of about seventy per cent. 

Antagonists, Incompatibles, and Synergists, same as for asa- 
foetida. 

Physiological Actions. — The effects of ammoniac are similar to 
those of asafoetida, but it is much less active, owing to the fact, chiefly, 
that its volatile oil does not contain sulphur and phosphorus compounds. 

Therapy. — Ammoniac may be used for the same purposes as asa- 
foetida, but it is much less efficient than the latter. At present its use 
is almost entirely restricted to chronic bronchial affections, in which 
the mistura is prescribed usually with the carbonate or chloride of am- 
monium. Ammoniac-plaster is sometimes used as a discutient to indo- 
lent glandular and inflammatory swellings. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacograpliia. 

Gubler, Dr. A. Commentaires Therapeutiques. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, etc., zweiter Band, p. 987.. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch, etc., erste Halfte, p. 392. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite Therap. et Mat. Med., vol. ii. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Valeriana. — Valerian. The root of Valeriana officinalis. Valeria?ie, 
Fr. ; JBaldrianwurzel, Ger. 

Infusum Valerianw. — Infusion of valerian. ( J ss — O j. ) Dose, 
1 ss — | ij. 

Extractum Valeriana*, Fluidum. — Fluid extract of valerian. Dose, 
3 ss — | ss. 

Tinctuva Valerianae. — Tincture of valerian. ( f iv — O ij.) Dose, 
3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Valeriana} Ammoniata.— Ammoniated tincture of vale- 
rian. ( | iv — Oij spts. ammon. aromat.) 

Ammonii Valerianas. — Valerianate of ammonia. " Is a white salt, 
in the form of quadrangular plates, having the disagreeable odor of 
valerianic acid, and a sharp, sweetish taste. It deliquesces in a moist 



VALERIAN. 317 

air, but effloresces in a dry one, and is very soluble in water and in 
alcohol. It is decomposed by potassa, with evolution of ammonia, and 

by the mineral acids with separation of valerianic acid, which rises to 
the surface in the form of oil." 

Oleum Valeriana. — Oil of valerian. Dose, m. ij — m. iv. 

Composition. — Valerian contains from one to two per cent, of an 
essential oil, which, if distilled from the perfectly fresh plant, has but 
little odor. In the process of drying of the root, or on exposure to the 
air of the oil distilled from fresh roots, valerianic acid is formed. As 
obtained from the dried root, the oil of valerian consists of valerianic 
acid, a camphor, vcderene, and valerol. 

An acid strongly resembling valerianic is obtained by the oxidation 
of amvlic alcohol; but the two acids are not identical. The valerianic 
acid of pharmacy is, however, obtained in this way, and the various 
valerianates are products of the combination of the acid formed from 
amvlic alcohol, with bases. 

Antagonists and Ixcompatibles. — Quinine, digitalis, ergot, and 
remedies acting similarly, antagonize the actions of valerian. 

Synergists. — All the agents of this group, opium, alcohol, ether, 
etc., increase the action of valerian. 

Physiological Actions. — Valerian and its preparations have a hot, 
pungent taste, and a peculiar and disagreeable odor. A sensation of 
warmth at the epigastrium follows when it is taken into the stomach. 
In large doses, nausea, hiccough, eructations of the drug, vomiting, and 
diarrhoea, maybe produced. In small doses no appreciable physiological 
effects are observed ; but in considerable doses the action of the heart is 
increased, the temperature of the surface rises, and diaphoresis occurs. 
As respects the nervous system, headache, veitigo, exhilaration of mind, 
spectral illusions, hallucinations, have, it is said, been produced by 
valerian ; but these results are by no means constant phenomena. 
According to Von Grisar (Kohler) oil of valerian reduces the reflex ex- 
citability, motility, and sensibility, and antagonizes the tetanizing action 
of brucia. 

The odorous principle — valerianic acid — appears in the sweat, breath, 
and also the urine. 

Therapy. — The flatulence of the hysterical and hypochondriacal 
is quickly relieved by the tincture Or fluid extract of valerian. 

It sometimes happens that a mild attack of spasmodic asthma may 
be relieved by valerian, but this by no means efficient remedy quickly 
loses its effect. Whooping-cough , laryngismus stridulus, and other 
neuroses of the respiratory organs, maybe occasionally modified by this 
agent ; but it is by no means equal to many other remedies now avail- 
able. 

The chief therapeutic use of valerian is in the treatment of nervous- 
ness, hysteria, and hysterical disorders generally. There can be no 



318 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

difference of opinion as to its great value in these cases ; but as respects 
epilepsy, chorea, paralysis agitans, etc., in which it was formerly used, 
it must suffice to say that it is now never prescribed. 

Under the impression that the physiological and therapeutical ac- 
tivity of valerian depends on valerianic acid, various valerianates have 
been introduced into practice. The only one which requires notice here 
is the valerianate of ammonia, which in the form of elixir is frequently 
prescribed in hysterical affections. It is not nearly so effective as the 
tincture, the fluid extract, and the oil of valerian, for a very obvious 
reason : valerianic acid is associated in the drug with several important 
constituents which undoubtedly contribute to its therapeutical powers. 
The valerianate of ammonia is not unfrequently successful in the treat- 
ment of nervous headache. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittellehre, zweiter Band. 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Theo. Die Pflanzenstoffe. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der physiologischen Therapewtik, etc., erste Halfte. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Trait'e de Therapeutique et de Mat. Med., huitieme edition. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Serpentaria. — Serpentaria, Virginia snake-root. The root of aristo- 
lochia serpentaria, of aristolochia reticulata, and of other species of 
aristolochia. Marine de serpentaire, Fr. ; Virginische Schlangenwur- 
zel, Ger. 

Infusum Serpentarice. — Infusion of serpentaria. ( § ss — Oj.) Dose, 

Extractum Serpentaria^ Fluidum. — Fluid extract of serpentaria. 
Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura Serpentariw. — Tincture of serpentaria. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition". — Serpentaria contains a volatile oil, resin (a cam- 
phor), and a bitter principle, aristolochine, which is similar to quassine. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The addition of water to the 
tincture renders it turbid. As the preparations of serpentaria contain 
tannin, the salts of iron are incompatible with them. Arterial seda- 
tives, depressants, ergot, etc., are opposed, physiologically. 

Synergists.- — Camphor, valerian, ammonia, alcoholic stimulants, 
opium, favor the action of serpentaria. 

Physiological Actions. — Serpentaria has a warm, camphoraceous, 
pungent taste, and a characteristic odor. In small doses it increases the 
appetite, promotes secretion from the intestinal mucous membrane, and 
relaxes the bowels. In large doses it excites decided irritation, result- 
ing in nausea, vomiting, and diarrhoea. 

The action of the heart, the cutaneous circulation, and the tempera- 



SERPENTARIA. ;}i«; 

ture, are elevated by serpentaria. It promotes secretion from the bron- 
chial mucous membrane, and is expectorant. 

Fullness of the head, headache, vertigo, exhilaration, arc produced 
by full doses. As a rule serpent aria increases the urinary secretion, 
and it has very decided aphrodisiac effects. Increased vigor of the 
erections and priapism in the male, increased menstrual flow in the 
female, have been noted from its use in considerable doses. 

Therapy. — The therapeutical applications of serpentaria are dedu- 
cible from its physiological actions. It is a stimulant expectorant of 
very considerable value. In capillary bronchitis, typhoid pneumonia, 
and chronic bronchitis, it sustains the powers of life, and promotes ex- 
pectoration. In the acute pulmonary inflammations it is frequently 
prescribed with carbonate of ammonia, when stimulants of this kind are 
required. IjL Infus. serpentaria?, 3 iv ; ammonii carbonat., 3ij. M. Sig. 
A table spoonful every three hours. This combination is especially 
serviceable about the period of crisis in pneumonia; it lessens the de- 
pression which ensues from the rapid defervescence of the fever, and it 
hastens the transformation of the inflammation products and favors 
their elimination. Most excellent results are obtained by the use of 
serpentaria with carbonate of ammonia in the capillary bronchitis of 
children. I]L Ext. serpentaria? fluid., 3 ss ; ammonii carb., 3 ij ; syrp. 
tolutan., 3 iss. M. Sig. A teaspoonfid every two, three, or four hours. 
In diphtheria, scarlatina, and other exanthemata, when there exists 
much depression, serpentaria is a useful stimulant. The infusion is an 
excellent detergent application to the throat (as a gargle) in the above- 
mentioned disorders with local manifestations in the fauces. 

In typhoid, typhus, and remittent fevers, serpentaria is indicated, 
and is unquestionably serviceable when much depression exists. It is 
apt to increase the diarrhoea of typhoid, however, and must be given 
with caution when the intestines are very irritable. It has been as- 
serted that serpentaria has decided antiperiodic powers and it enters 
into the composition of Huxham's tincture, but it is greatly inferior to 
many other antiperiodics without reference to quinia. 

The emmenagogue properties of serpentaria render it useful in 
amenorrhcea of anaemia and chlorosis. When relaxation of the genital 
organs, feeble erections, and too ready ejaculation, render intromission 
uncertain, serpentaria will not unfrequently afford relief and restore the 
waning sexual power. 

Authorities referred to : 

Porcher, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 393. 
Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, fourth edition. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



320 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

Cannabis Indica. — Indian Hemp. Chanvre Indien, Fr. ; Hauf- 
Jcraut, Ger. 

Cannabis Americana. — American Hemp. 

Composition. — The physiological activity of hemp is influenced 
largely by soil and climate ; for, although in botanical characters Indian 
and American hemp are identical, the Indian hemp possesses decidedly 
more narcotic power. Indeed, until recently, it was supposed that 
American hemp was devoid of the peculiar properties possessed by the 
Indian. We owe to H. C. Wood the demonstration of the fact that 
American hemp does really have effects similar in kind to, but much 
less in degree than, those caused by the Indian. 

The most important constituent of hemp is a peculiar resin, which 
possesses the active powers of the plant. By distillation of the leaves 
and stems, a peculiar volatile oil, is obtained ; and this is divisible into 
cannabene, a very light hydro-carbon, and hydride of cannabene, a solid 
crystalline substance. 

An impure resin, collected in an imperfect and crude way from the 
leaves and stems, is known as charas, or churrus. Bhang consists of 
the dried leaves and stalks made into a confection with preserved fruits 
and aromatics, and, in this form, constitutes the well-known hashish. 
Gun j ah is the female, flowering plant, dried, from which the resin has 
not been extracted. 

Preparations. — Tinctura Cannabis Indicce. Tincture of Indian 
hemp. Dose, 10 minims to GO (480 grains of extract — Oij alcohol). 

Extr actum Cannabis Americanm. — Extract of American hemp. 
Dose, half-grain to two grains, or more. 

Extr actum Cannabis Tndicce. — Extract of Indian hemp. Dose, 
half-grain to two grains, or more. 

No arbitrary rules for the dose can be laid down. In beginning the 
use of any newly-made preparation, it is safer to commence with the 
minimum dose. Having, by gradually increasing the quantity, ascer- 
tained the physiological activity of that particular specimen, it may 
then be pushed according to the necessities of the case. 

Antagonists and Incompatible s. — The caustic alkalies, the acids, 
strychnia, and induction electricity, oppose the actions of hemp. In 
cases of poisoning, the stomach should be evacuated, and symptoms be 
combated as they arise. Strychnia may be injected hypodermically, 
and the respiration be maintained by faradization of the respiratory 
muscles. As, however, hemp possesses but feeble toxic power, cases 
of acute poisoning have never been reported. 

Synergists. — Alcohol, ether, nitrous oxide, the mydriatics — bella- 
donna, hyoscyamus, etc., opium, and the cerebral stimulants generally, 
promote the actions of hemp. 

Physiological Actions.— The resin of hemp is a soft solid; is solu- 
ble in alcohol and in ether, in the fixed and volatile oils, and in the fats. 



CANNABIS INDIOA. 321 

It lias a balsamic taste, hut is hitter and acrid. It promotes the appe- 
tite and the digestion somewhat. The most important actions are 
those referable to the nervous system. There is a distinction to be 
made between the effects on the nervous system of the inhalation of the 
fumes of hashish and those effects which follow the stomach adminis- 
tration. Inattention to this point has, probably, given rise to most of 
the confusion regarding the physiological actions of this remedy. When 
inhaled it produces a singular muscular erythism and agitation, a great 
desire for muscular activity and motion, an entire absence of the sense 
of fatigue ; but these sensations are followed by exhaustion, even by 
syncope. Hallucinations occur, but they are not usually agreeable ; 
they are often painful, and are replaced by stupor. 

By the stomach, and in moderate doses, hashish is an excitant of 
the nervous system, increasing intellectual and motor activity. In 
large doses, it lowers the tactile sense and the sense of pain — in other 
words, it is analgesic and anaesthetic — and it induces a catalejDtic state, 
in which the muscles maintain any position in which they may be 
placed. The mental intoxication is ordinarily of an agreeable kind ; 
the ideas flow more easily, are highly pleasurable, and are usually ac- 
companied by bursts of gay laughter. Not unfrequently the excite- 
ment takes the form of a furious delirium, in which acts of violence are 
committed — whence the name " haschaschins," or assassins, applied to 
the unfortunate hashish-eater who, under the influence of the drug, 
commits murder. It has been maintained, and probably rightly enough, 
that the form which the delirium takes represents the mental and moral 
condition of the individual in his normal state : those who are amiable 
and gay become more so under the influence of hashish ; and those 
possessed of evil and malignant dispositions enact deeds of violence. 

Under the influence of hashish the knowledge of time is lost ; such 
are the number and variety of the images which occupy the mind, that a 
few minutes appear to be hours, days, or even years. After the effects 
of the drug have passed off, the hashish-eater is usually unconscious of 
the events that have transpired. Sleep or coma, according to the dose, 
ends the effects of the drug. 

Dilatation of the pupil, and disorders of vision, which contribute to 
the hallucinations by the distortion of external objects, are produced by 
hemp. Aphrodisiac effects are said to follow the use of hashish ; but 
impotence, which is common in hashish-eaters, doubtless results from 
the repeated over-stimulation of the sexual organs. 

It is not known by what organs, or in what form, hashish is elimi- 
nated. The effects of a large dose are not entirely expended in twenty- 
four hours, and those who have taken it by way of experiment have 
suffered vertigo, headache, and other cerebral symptoms, for some time 
subsequently. It does not increase any of the secretions, except it may 
be the urinary, somewhat; and it does not stimulate into increased ac- 
22 



322 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

tivity any organs except the cerebro-spinal and the sexual. The sleep 
or stupor which it produces, and which comes on after the stage of ex- 
citement, is not followed by after nausea and depression, as in the case 
of opium. 

Therapy. — The extract of cannabis Indica enters into the composi- 
tion of chlorodyne, a nostrum which has had a great reputation as an 
anodyne and hypnotic. In cholera morbus and diarrhoea this remedy 
has been used successfully, but we now possess more efficient ones. 

Before the days of anaesthesia, and in very remote times, the fumes 
of hashish were employed to stupefy and to render painless surgical 
operations. It was also employed to relieve pain, and as a substitute 
for opium in neuralgia, and as an hypnotic. We possess now so much 
more efficient remedies that cannabis Indica is rarely, if ever, employed 
for these purposes. Cases of melancholia are sometimes relieved by it. 
It has been used, more or less, in the treatment of chorea, in senile 
trembling, in epilepsy, etc., but with results that do not recommend its 
employment. About one-half of the cases of tetanus, for which hemp 
was much prescribed a few years ago, got well under its use ; but more 
accurate knowledge of the natural history of this disease has shown that 
many cases tend to recovery without aid of medicines. It has been 
used successfully in trismus neonatorum. 

At the present time the therapeutical employment of hemp is almost 
entirely restricted to the treatment of certain uterine maladies. It is 
well established that hemp has the power to promote uterine contrac- 
tions. It cannot initiate them, but increases their energy when action 
has begun. It may be given with ergot. 

In consequence of this power which it possesses to affect the mus- 
cular tissue of organic life, hemp is used successfully in the treatment 
of menorrhagia. It is said to be especially useful in that form of 
menorrhagia which occurs at the climacteric period (Churchill). 

There can be no doubt that cannabis Indica is a useful remedy in 
cases of impotence. It need hardly be stated that it is adapted to the 
functional disorder. It may be advantageously combined with ergot 
and nux-vomica in this malady ; for example : Ij* . Ext. cannabis Indi- 
cae, gr. x ; ergotin. (aq. ex.), 2)ij ; ext. nucis vom., gr. x. Ft. pil. no. xx. 
Sig. One morning and evening. 

This agent has also been used with success in the treatment of 
gonorrhoea. It diminishes the local inflammation, allaj-s chordee, and 
lessens the pain and irritation, with the accompanying restlessness. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bulletin General de Therapeutique. Various articles, 1870, "74, "76. 
Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, p. 491. 
Gubler, Prof. A. Codex Medicamentarius, p. 151. 
Wood, H. C. Therapeutics and Materia Medica. 



COCA, OB CUCA, 323 

Coca, or Cuca. — The leaves of Erythroxj-lon Coca (unofficinal). 

PREPARATIONS. — Infusion; fluid extract. The fluid extract is the 
most eligible preparation, if carefully prepared. The dose of the iluid 
extract for an adult is 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — The effects of coca, or cuca, depend on the presence 
of a peculiar alkaloid — cocaine. It contains also an aromatic oil which 
gives it the special aroma and taste, and it possesses considerable as- 
tringency, due to the presence of a tannic acid. The odor, taste, and 
appearance of the infusion, are comparable to those of tea. Cocaine 
has decided basic properties, and combines with acids to form salts. 
It crystallizes in prisms in the smaller rhombic system (Husemann), 
which, when pure, are transparent and colorless. It is very slightly 
soluble in water and in alcohol, but dissolves freely in ether. It has 
a bitter taste, and the salts are more bitter than the alkaloid itself. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The actions of coca are op- 
posed by all those agents which increase waste. The infusion and fluid 
extract are incompatible with the metallic salts. Muriatic acid splits 
cocaine into benzoic acid, and an alkaloid — ecgonin ; hence the mineral 
acids should not be prescribed with the infusion and fluid extract. 

Synergists. — The agents promoting constructive metamorphosis, 
caffein, the cerebral stimulants, and the narcotics generally, increase 
the effects of coca. 

Physiological Actions. — The historical notes of Sir R. Christison 
show that the peculiar properties of cuca-leaves have long been known 
to the inhabitants of Peru. The leaves have a strong, tea-like odor, 
and the infusion resembles ordinary tea in taste. The volatile oil and 
the active principle are readily diffusible, and enter the blood with 
facility. A momentary depression of the pulse and diminution of the 
blood-pressure take place, but these effects are quickly overcome, and 
a considerable increase in the action of the heart, and of the blood- 
pressure, follows (Ott). A feeling of contentment and of well-being 
takes possession of the mind, the sense of fatigue is removed, drowsi- 
ness is experienced for a brief period, but it is soon succeeded by wake- 
fulness, and increased mental activity. It has long been known to the 
mountaineers of the Peruvian Andes that chewing cuca-leaves in- 
creases the respiratory power, and removes, or lessens, the sense of 
fatigue. The celebrated pedestrian, Weston, having learned this fact, 
was detected in the use of cuca during one of his extraordinary feats 
in London (Thompson). 

As respects the action of cocaine on the nervous system, it has been 
demonstrated that it diminishes the excitability of the motor nerves, 
and impairs the power of voluntary coordination. Its influence on the 
sensory nerves depends on the quantity of the drug ingested ; a small 
quantity increases the excitability of the sensory nerves, whereas a 
large quantity causes paralysis (Ott). It is not known whether or not 



324 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

the paralysis is the result of over-stimulation, and an exhaustion of the 
sensibility. The posterior columns of the spinal cord are chiefly affected. 
The paralysis of the heart which ensues from a large quantity seems 
to be due to an action on the intra-muscular ganglia of this organ. 
It first excites, then paralyzes, the respiratory centre. 

The most interesting question connected with the action of cuca is 
its influence over the metamorphosis of tissue. It certainly lessens 
urea-elimination. As is the case with coffee and tea, cuca acts as an 
indirect nutrient, by checking waste, and hence a less amount of food 
is found necessary to maintain the bodily functions. It is probable 
that some of the constituents of cuca are utilized in the economy as 
food, and that the retardation of tissue-waste is not the sole reason why 
work may be done by its use which cannot be done by the same per- 
son without it. 

Therapy. — Although cuca possesses valuable powers as a restora- 
tive, but little use has been made of it, except by the French. It will, 
no doubt, be found useful in phthisis, and wasting diseases generally, 
and in convalescence from acute maladies. It is a valuable remedy in 
the nervous form of sick-headache, migraine. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bouchardat, Prof. Annuaire de Therapeuiique, 1876. 

Christison, Sir Robert. The British Medical Journal, April 29, 1876. 

Husemann, Drs. August und Theodor. Die Pflanzenstoffe, p. 89. 

Ott, Br. Isaac. Cocain, Ver atria, and Gelsemia. Philadelphia: Lindsay & Blakis- 
ton, 1874. 

Thompson, Mr. J. Ashburton. The British Medical Journal, March 11, 1876, and 
March 18, 1876. 

Caffein. — An alkaloid, found in the Caffea Arabica. 

Preparations. — Citrate of caffein. Dose, gr. j — grs. v. 

Properties. — Caffein crystallizes in needle-shaped crystals, and in 
prisms, the form depending on the mode of evaporating a concentrated 
solution. It has a bitter and disagreeable taste, and. is soluble in water, 
alcohol, and ether. As regards composition, caffein is remarkable for 
the quantity of nitrogen which it contains, surpassing in this respect 
almost all the alkaloids. In the coffee-bean, caffein exists in combina- 
tion with a peculiar acid, caffeic, and with caffeo-tannic acid. 

Antagonists and Incompatible s. — Tannic acid, iodide of potas- 
sium, and the salts of mercury, precipitate caffein from its solution in 
water. Physiologically, it is antagonized by opium (Bennett). 

Synergists. — The actions of caffein are promoted by the agents of 
this group, and by the mydriatics. ; 

Physiological Actions. — The effects of coffee as a beverage have 
been sufficiently discussed elsewhere. 

Caffein, in small medicinal doses, promotes appetite, increases the 



CAFFEIN. 323 

digestive power by stimulation of the gastric glands, and relaxes the 
bowels slightly. On the heart it exerts at first a decided stimulant 
action, and raises the arterial tension ; but these effects are succeeded 
by weakened cardiac movements and diminished blood-pressure, th» 
cardiac muscle and its contained ganglia being both probably paralyzed 
by it. Respiration ceases before the heart stops in animals poisoned 
by caffein. 

As regards the cerebral effects, it may be stated that, at first, drowsi- 
ness occurs ; but this is soon followed by wakefulness, excitement, mus- 
cular trembling, confusion of mind, hallucinations, and delirium. The 
cerebral effects terminate in deep sopor, but this is probably the result 
of exhaustion. Rise of temperature, convulsions, general paralysis, 
occur when toxic doses are administered to animals ; but the temper- 
ature declines when paralysis supervenes. 

Caffein, in common with tea, cocoa, cuca, guarana, and other agents 
similarly employed by mankind, possesses the power to check tissue- 
waste, and to lessen the excretion of urea and the nitrogen of the 
fajces. 

Therapy. — Caffein is a useful stomachic tonic. In convalescence 
from acute maladies, it is in a high degree serviceable, given to pro- 
mote the constructive metamorphosis. Chronic catarrh of the stomach, 
with occasional attacks of migraine, is a combination of maladies in 
which caffein is especially useful. Paullinia, or cuca, may be used in- 
stead of caffein. 

In the diarrhoea of phthisis, in ordinary atonic diarrhoea, in cholera 
infantum, and in cholera morbus, produced by agencies affecting the 
nervous system, the remedies of this group, especially caffein, are often 
extremely useful. When the vital powers are depressed, and when 
there is at the same time an abnormal excretion of urea — a condition of 
things which exists in incipient phthisis, associated with indigestion — 
caffein, cuca, and paullinia, are in a high degree serviceable. They in- 
crease the appetite and the digestive power, and diminish tissue-waste. 

Black coffee, or caffein, increases the action of the heart, and raises 
the arterial tension, and is therefore useful when the circulation is de- 
pressed from various causes. 

The most important use of caffein, at present, is in the treatment of 
headache. It is adapted especially to the relief of migraine, the so- 
called nervous headache, accompanied with, or without, stomach-de- 
rangement. In this disorder we may administer a grain of caffein every 
half-hour, until the headache is relieved ; or the citrate of caffein may 
be given in an effervescent draught. A very elegant preparation is the 
granular, effervescent citrate of caffein. 

When sick-headache occurs periodically, regulation of the diet, 
according to the methods set forth in another part of this work, is of 
the first consequence ; but we may contribute very materially to a per- 



326 CEREBRAL EXCITANTS. 

raanent curative result by giving twice daily, in the intervals between 
the attacks, from two to five grains of caffein. 

The action of opium is antagonized by caffein ; hence this agent is 
employed in opium narcosis, and in some cases with success. It may 
be injected hypodermically when the patient is unable to swallow ; but 
it cannot take the place of atropia. 

In hypochondriasis , and in simple melancholy, caffein has been 
used with advantage. It may be given to relieve the droiosiness 
which in so many persons comes on after a late dinner. It helps dissi- 
pate the stupor of uraimia. 

Cases of cervico-brachial neuralgia have been relieved by the hypo- 
dermic injection of caffein. 

Guarana. — A preparation of the seeds of paullinia sorbilis. Dose, 
grs. xv — 3 j. 

Composition. — It contains a principle which has been entitled gua- 
ranin, and which subsequent researches have proved to be identical 
with caffein. 

Actions and Uses. — The physiological effects of paullinia are due 
to its alkaloid, chiefly ; and, as this is the same as caffein, the observa- 
tions already made on the latter are equally applicable to the former. 

The special use of paullinia is in the treatment of sick-headache or 
migraine. It is adapted to the so-called nervous form of sick-head- 
ache, and is less efficient when the attacks are due to stomachal trou- 
bles. As it possesses, directly or indirectly, restorative powers, it may 
be employed to promote constructive metamorphosis. Administered 
with this view, it may be given with advantage in the convalescence 
from acute maladies, in i?icipient phthisis, and in the wasting dis- 
eases generally. 

The most agreeable form in which to administer paullinia is the 
elixir, but, as this preparation varies according to the taste, honesty, 
and skill of the apothecary, the physician needs to be assured of its 
quality before prescribing. 

Authorities referred to: 

Amort, Dr. R. Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, 1868, p. 17. 

Aubert, M. Physiological Action of Caffein. Centralblatt, 1873, p. 124. 

Bennett, Dr. Alexander. Physiological Actions of Theine, Caffeine, Guaranine, 
Cocaine, and Theobromine. Pamphlet, 1873. 

Leven, M. Archiv de Physiologie, 1868, pp. 179 and 470. 

Pratt, Dr. Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, vol. ii., 1868, p. 6. 

Schmiedeburg, Prof. 0. Ueber die Verschiedenheit der Caffeinwirkung an Rana tern- 
poraria L. und Rana Esculenta L., Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar., 1874, p. 63. 



alcohol. 327 



REMEDIES WHICH DIMINISH OR SUSPEND THE 
FUNCTIONS OF THE CEREBRUM AFTER A PRE- 
LIMINARY STAGE OF ENCITEMENT. 

To this group belong the so-called narcotics, the ancesthetics, and 
some of those usually classed as antispasmodics. They all agree in these 
respects : their effects are expended, chiefly, on the nervous system : 
they first stimulate the functions of the brain, but this stage of excite- 
ment, which may be of shorter or longer duration, is followed by sopor, 
coma, and complete insensibility. 

Alcohol. — Alcohol. " Spirit of the specific gravity 0.835. Alcohol 
is colorless, is wholly vaporizable by heat, and unites in all proportions 
with water and ether. Diluted with twenty parts of distilled water, it 
should yield little or no foreign odor." 

Alcohol Amylicum. — Amylic alcohol. Fusel oil. 

"A peculiar alcohol, obtained from fermented grain or potatoes, by 
continuing the process of distillation after the ordinary spirit has ceased 
to come over. An oily, nearly colorless liquid, having a strong, offensive 
odor, and an acrid, burning taste. Its specific gravity is 0.818, and its 
boiling-point between 268° and 272°. It is sparingly soluble in water, but 
unites in all proportions with alcohol and ether. It does not take fire 
by contact with flame, and, when dropped on paper, does not leave a 
permanent greasy stain. Exposed to the air in contact with platinum- 
black, it is slowly oxidized and yields valerianic acid." 

Alcohol Dilution. — Diluted alcohol. Specific gravity, 0.941. Equal 
parts of alcohol and distilled water. 

Alcohol Fortius. — Stronger alcohol. Specific gravity, 0.817. 

Spiritus Frumenti. — Whiskey.' "Spirit obtained from fermented 
grain by distillation, and containing from forty-eight to fifty-six percent, 
by volume of absolute alcohol." 

Spiritus Vini Gallici. — Brandy. The spirit obtained from fermented 
grapes by distillation, and containing from forty-eight to fifty-six per 
cent, by volume of absolute alcohol. 

Vinam Portense. — Port wine. 
Vnium Xericum. — Sherry wine. 

Composition. — A large number of bodies have been classed under 
the generic term of alcohols. A list of the most important of these is 
subjoined : 

MethyJic alcohol CE.,0. 

Ethylic " C 2 H O or CH,0 + (CH 2 ). 

Propylic « C 3 II b or CIl 4 + 2(CH 2 ). 

Butylic " C 4 H 10 Oor CH 4 + 3(CIT 2 ). 

Amylic " C 5 H 12 OorCH 4 + 4(CH 2 ). 

Caproic " CJI 14 or CH 4 + 5(CH 2 ). 



328 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

These alcohols are called "homologous," because they are closely 
related to each other, and differ by the common multiple CH 2 . Ethylic 
is the common or ordinary alcohol, and amylic is an impurity existing 
in certain alcoholic beverages — for example, whiskey, in which it occurs 
in consequence of the cupidity of distillers in carrying on the process 
after all the ethylic alcohol has distilled over. Absolute alcohol should 
be entirely free from any odor except its native ethereal odor, and no 
products but carbonic acid and water should result from its combustion. 

Whiskey is a solution of alcohol in water (48 to 56 per cent.), but 
contains various odorous principles and ethers which impart to it its 
peculiar physical properties. The best specimens, doubtless, contain 
traces of fusel-oil, and acetic, butyric, and sometimes valerianic acids are 
present in it. The reactions of these acids with the alcohol result in the 
formation of various ethers, and hence old whiskey is more fragrant and 
therefore more highly prized than the recent product of the still. 

Brandy is also a solution of alcohol in water (48 to 56 per cent.). It 
has a wine-like odor, and a hot, astringent taste. It contains a volatile 
oil, an ether pecular to wines (cenanthic ether), coloring-matters, tannic 
acid, aldehyde and acetic ether. The color is usually factitious : m pale 
brandy, the color is derived from the cask ; in dark brandy, from caramel. 
Brandy is made artificially from high-wines by the addition of an ether 
(cognac, acetic or nitric), of coloring-matter (burnt sugar), and an astrin- 
gent to give it the necessary roughness of taste (logwood, catechu, etc.). 

Physiological Actions. — Alcohol in prolonged contact with the 
skin, evaporation being prevented, excites a sense of heat and super- 
ficial inflammation. It coagulates albumen and hardens the animal text- 
ures. The epithelium of the mouth is corrugated by it — a result due to 
the abstraction of water and condensation of the 'albumen. In the 
stomach alcohol causes a sense of warmth, which diffuses over the abdo- 
men, and is quickly followed by a general glow of the body. In mod- 
erate quantity it induces a superficial congestion of the mucous mem- 
brane — a dilatation of the arterioles — and this increased blood-supply 
enables the mucous follicles and the gastric glands to produce a more 
abundant secretion. The increased formation of the stomach -juices is 
doubtless somewhat determined by the stimulation of the mouths of the 
glands, in accordance with a well-known physiological law. The excita- 
tion of the gastric mucous membrane, when habitual, results in impor- 
tant changes ; a gastric catarrh is established, for the mucous follicles, 
under the influence of repeated stimulation, pour forth a pathological 
secretion. The gastric glands at first simply produce an increased 
amount of gastric juice, but abnormal stimulation results in pathological 
changes in this secretion. The increased blood-supply to the mucous 
membrane sets up an irritation of the connective tissue, which undergoes 
hyperplasia ; the proper secreting structure is encroached upon, and 
the glands undergo atrophic changes which result in still more impor 






alcohol. 309 

tant modifications of the gastric juice. Alcohol also affects directly the 
constitution of the gastric juice by precipitating the pepsin from its solu- 
tion and by arresting the activity of this ferment. 

In small doses, not too frequently repeated, alcohol increases the 
digestive power by stimulating the flow cf blood and soliciting a greater 
supply of the stomach-juices. Large doses impair digestion directly by 
precipitating the pepsin, an albuminoid ferment. That a small quantity 
does not produce the same results in a comparative degree, is simply 
due to the fact that it is too far diluted, by the quantity of fluid present 
in the stomach, to act on the pepsin. 

The structural alterations induced by the habitual use of alcohol, and 
the action of this agent on the pepsin, seriously impair the digestive 
power. Hence it is that those who are habitual consumers of alcoholic 
fluids suffer from disorders of digestion — gastric catarrh. The abnor- 
mal mucus which is elaborated in great quantity, acts the part of a fer- 
ment, and the starchy, saccharine, and fatty elements of the food undergo 
the acetic, lactic and butyric fermentation. Acidity, heartburn, p}TOsis, 
regurgitation of food, and a peculiar retching in the morning (morning 
vomiting of drunkards) are produced. 

As alcohol is a very diffusible substance, it enters the blood with 
great facility, and probably almost all of that taken into the stomach 
passes into the blood from this organ, and docs not reach the small 
intestine. The liver is consequently the first organ, after the stomach, 
to be influenced by the ingested alcohol. The blood of the portal vein, 
rendered more highly stimulating by the presence of alcohol, increases 
for the time being the functional activity of the liver-cells, and, as is 
the case with the stomach, a more abundant glandular secretion follows. 
Frequent stimulation and consequent over-action result in impairment 
or loss of the proper function of the part, as is the universal law. The 
hepatic cells, over-stimulated, produce an imperfect product ; they are 
affected by fatty and atrophic changes, and shrink in size ; and the con- 
nective tissue of the liver undergoes hyperplasia. The first result of 
the structural alterations is an increase in the size of the organ ; but 
with the shrinking of the hepatic cells, and the contraction of the newly- 
formed connective tissue, the liver becomes smaller, nodulated, and 
hardened. To this change the term cirrhosis has been applied. It is 
essentially a slowly-developing and chronic malady, and long indulgence 
in alcoholic liquids is necessary to its production. 

In small doses alcohol increases the action of the heart and the 
cutaneous circulation ; a slight general rise of temperature is observed ; 
and all of the functions are, for the time being, more energetically per- 
formed. If a considerable dose be taken, the phenomena of exhilaration, 
of excitement, of slight intoxication ensue. A still larger quantity 
causes loss of muscular power, impaired coordination of voluntary 
movements, and rambling incoherence. When a toxic dose is taken, 



330 . CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

the stage of excitement is of short duration; profound insensibility, 
with stertorous breathing and complete muscular resolution, quickly 
follow. 

As respects the action of alcohol on the nervous system, it is obvious 
that its first effect is to increase the functional activity of the brain ; the 
ideas flow more easily, the senses are more acute, the muscular move- 
ments are more active. These effects are coincident with the increased 
action of the heart, the slight rise of temperature, and the greater ac- 
tivity of the functions of the organism in general. With the increased 
action of the alcohol on the cerebrum the excitement becomes dis- 
orderly, the ideas incoherent and rambling, the muscular movements 
uncontrolled and incoordinate (over-stimulation of the cells of the 
gray matter). With an excessive quantity, the functions of the cerebrum 
are suspended, and complete unconsciousness ensues ; 'the reflex move- 
ments cease ; the functions of organic life are performed feebly ; and, by 
an extension of the toxic influence to the centres presiding over these 
movements, respiration and circulation finally cease. 

That these effects on the intra-cranial Organs are due to the direct 
action of the alcohol has been shown. Alcohol has been discovered in 
the fluid contained in the ventricles, and has been distilled from the 
cerebral matter; and Hammond has demonstrated that it has a special 
affinity for nervous matter, being found in the cerebro-spinal axis and 
in the nerves, in greater quantity than in other tissues of the body. As 
a result of the direct contact, chiefly, but in part also from the variations 
in the intra-cranial blood-current, important structural alterations are 
gradually wrought in the cerebral matter. The cells of the gray matter 
become more or less fatty and shrunken, the neuroglia undergoes hyper- 
plasia, shrinking and condensation of the whole cerebrum ensue 
(sclerosis), and the cerebro-spinal fluid relatively increases. The ob- 
jective evidences of these pathological changes are seen in the impaired 
mental power, the muscular trembling, the shambling gait, of the 
drunkard. 

In some subjects from sudden excess of a periodical kind, in others, 
from a failure of the stomach to dispose, not only of aliment, but of the 
accustomed stimulus, a peculiar morbid state, known as delirium tremens, 
is produced. Peculiarity of the nervous system — idiosyncrasy — is an 
important factor in the causation of this condition and probably also 
the use of alcoholic beverages rich in fusel-oil — for Richardson has 
shown, and the author has repeatedly confirmed the observation, that 
amylic alcohol causes tremors and muscular twitching " identical with 
the tremors observed in the human subject during the alcoholic disease 
known as delirium tremens." 

The long-continued action of alcohol on the nervous system pro- 
duces other disorders besides delirium tremens. Hemi-anassthesia, 
epilepsy, paraplegia, amaurosis, etc., have been observed to result from 



ALCOHOL. 331 

alcoholic exc< ss, and mental alienation, as the asylum statistics prove, 
has in the same agent its most influential cause. 

It is necessary now to consider what becomes of the alcohol after its 
introduction into the human body, and the influence which it exerts, if 
any, in the metamorphosis of tissue. The results of experiment on 
these points have been remarkably contradictory; and the questions 
involved are by no means settled. It would require a volume to make 
a satisfactory analysis of the various memoirs and papers which have 
been published on the actions of alcohol. The author, therefore, merely 
presents the conclusions to which he himself has come, after a careful 
consideration of all the more important contributions to the literature of 
the subject. 

A small quantity of alcohol, in a subject not accustomed to its use, 
causes, as has been already stated, increased activity in all the bodily 
functions, and slight elevation of temperature. Habit, as is the case 
with a great many drugs, modifies in a remarkable manner the physio- 
logical activity of alcohol, and hence these results are not perceived in 
the habitual consumers of this substance. Considerable doses of alco- 
hol cause a decline in the temperature of the body, which is even more 
marked in pyrexia than in the normal state. As respects this effect, 
the influence of habit is equally great, for in old topers a decline in 
temperature does not follow the use of alcohol in doses short of lethal. 
In animals the reduction of the body-heat is more marked than in man. 
To what cause is the decline in temperature, produced by alcohol, attrib- 
utable? This is, doubtless, referable to the diminished rate of tissue 
metamorphosis — for it has been ascertained that the excretion both of 
urea and of carbonic acid is lessened by alcohol. The combustion of 
the nitrogen and carbon foods is, therefore, retarded. This action is 
represented, objectively, by an increase in the body-weight and the 
embonpoint of those who take stimulants moderately. 

The disposition of alcohol in the organism is a subject which has 
gone through several revolutions of opinion. At present the weight of 
authority and the deductions of experiment are in favor of that view 
which maintains that, within certain limits (one ounce to one and a half 
ounce of absolute alcohol to a healthy man), alcohol is oxidized and 
destroyed in the organism, and yields up force which is applied as 
nervous, muscular, and gland force. The amount of alcohol ingested, in 
excess of this oxidizing pow T er of the organism, is eliminated as alcohol 
by the various channels of excretion — by the lungs, skin, kidneys, etc. 
As alcohol checks tissue metamorphosis, and thus diminishes the evo- 
lution of heat and force, it might be expected that the products of its 
own oxidation would supply the deficiency, but this is not the case. 
Alcohol is a useful food in the small quantity which increases but does 
not impair digestion, which quickens the circulation and gland secretion 
but does not over-stimulate, and which is within the limit of the power 



332 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

of the organism to dispose of by the oxidation processes. This amount 
has been pretty accurately shown, as stated above, to be one ounce to 
one ounce and a half of absolute alcohol for a healthy adult in twenty- 
four hours. All excess is injurious. North-pole voyages, military ex- 
peditions (experiences in India and the Ashantee march), and the 
diminished power of resistance to cold shown by drunkards, have con- 
clusively demonstrated that alcohol does not supply the place of other 
foods ; and that those habituated to its use, damaged as they are in their 
vital organs, do not possess the same endurance of fatigue and the same 
power of resistance to external morbific influences as do the healthy. 
Furthermore, clinical experience has amply proved that topers do not 
bear chloroform well, that they succumb more quickly to injuries and 
surgical operations, and that they possess much less power of resistance 
than the temperate to the inroads' of acute diseases. While these facts 
rest upon the soundest basis, it is equally true that alcohol is, within 
certain limits, a food, and that the organism may subsist, for a variable 
period, on it exclusively. 

It is an important clinical fact that the physiological effects of alco- 
hol differ in different conditions of the system. . In convalescence from 
acute diseases, in the sudden depression of the powers of life caused 
by the bites of venomous snakes, or from loss of blood, or from 
serious injury, quantities which would, in the state of health, cause pro- 
found intoxication, are taken with impunity. The extremes of life — in- 
fancy and old age — bear considerable quantities of alcohol well, and are 
often remarkably benefited by them. Habitual use modifies still more 
decidedly the immediate influence of this agent on the functions of 
calorification, of circulation, and of the nervous system. 

The differential diagnosis of acute alcoholism (lethal dose), of opium 
narcosis, concussion of the brain, cerebral haemorrhage, and haemorrhage 
into the pons or medulla, is by no means easy. In the absence of the 
history, in any given case, it may be impossible to determine. The odor 
of the breath (of opium or alcohol) ; the state of the pupil (contract- 
ed from opium, unequal, or contracted or dilated from intra-cranial 
haemorrhage, contracted or dilated from alcoholic intoxication) ; the 
muscular resolution (common to all these states) ; the slow, sighing, 
irregular, or stertorous respiration (may occur in either) ; the abolition 
of reflex movements (a final symptom in all), are in the nature of things 
fallacious. A man who has received a concussion of the brain, or had 
an intra-cranial haemorrhage, may have taken opium or alcoholic stimu- 
lants in quantity sufficient to impart a distinct odor to his breath, with- 
out otherwise being distinctly affected by it. The other signs are not 
sufficient in themselves to enable a decision to be reached. Hence the 
importance of an attentive examination of the surrounding circum- 
stances. In the absence of a trustworthy history, suspend opinion until 
the further developments of the case enable an exact diagnosis to be 



ALCOHOL. 333 

made. The numerous examples of errors fallen into by most competent 
observers should make the physician hesitate before pronouncing an 
opinion of "drunk" or "dying," in the sensational language by which 
some of these cases of mistake have been characterized. 

The treatment of acute alcoholism consists in the evacuation of the 
stomach by the stomach-pump of any unabsorbed alcohol; the cautious 
inhalation of ammoniacal gas ; cold affusion to the head ; faradisim of the 
muscles of respiration, external warmth, etc. 

As respects the 2^ost-)nortem appearances the following have been 
observed : intense hyperemia of the gastric mucous membrane ; disten- 
tion of the right cavities of the heart, and of the great venous trunks ; 
hvperasmia of the cerebral meninges, and serous effusion into the ven- 
tricles and subarachnoid spaces. 

Therapy.— Alcohol in small doses is a useful stomachic tonic. It is 
best taken for this purpose after or with meals. It is specially service- 
able in the feeble digestion of old people, the atonic dyspepsia of the 
sedentary \ and in the sloio and inefficient digestion of convcdescence 
from acute diseases. It should be prescribed with caution in these cases, 
especially in the atonic dyspepsia of women and of sedentary men, 
because of the danger that an alcohol habit may be formed. When it is 
prescribed in the convalescence of acute diseases, the stimulant should 
be withdrawn at the earliest period. 

Excellent results are obtained from the use of brandy in the apepsia 
of infants. The summer diarrhoea, both of children and adults, may be 
arrested by a full dose of brandy. Irritating matters and undigested 
food should be removed before the brandy is administered. The vom- 
iting of cholera-morbus and of cholera may, frequently, be arrested by 
small doses of iced brandy (a teaspoonful in pounded ice every half- 
hour), or tablespoonful doses of iced champagne. Other forms of vom- 
iting, w r hen due to irritation or inflammation of the stomach — as, for 
example, the vomiting of pregnancy — can sometimes be promptly cured 
by the same remedy. It sometimes happens that, in delirium tremens, 
nothing is retained by the stomach, and the life of the patient is put 
into imminent danger, by reason of the failure of the food-supply to the 
blood. A little brandy and ice will sometimes settle the stomach under 
these circumstances, and enable the patient to take and digest the much- 
needed aliment. 

Notwithstanding the theoretical objections which may be urged 
against this practice, clinical experience is strongly in favor of the use of 
alcoholic stimulants to counteract the depressing influence of certain 
agents on the action of the heart — as, for example, aconite, veratrum 
viride, chloral, digitalis, and the poison of venomous snakes. Before 
commencing the inhalation of chloroform, an ounce or two of whiskey or 
brandy should be given the patient. This serves a double purpose: it 
sustains the heart and prolongs the chloroform narcosis. 



334 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Alcohol in some form is constantly prescribed in low conditions in 
fevers, acute inflammations, and depressing maladies of all kinds. It 
is serviceable in tbese diseases, when it lessens the pulse- rate, but in- 
creases the contractile power of the heart and elevates the arterial ten- 
sion. It does harm when the pulse becomes more rapid and the blood- 
pressure is lowered by it. It does good when the tongue, before dry, 
becomes moister under its use, and harm when the dryness of the 
tongue is increased. It does good when the temperature is reduced, the 
delirium and subsultus lessened, and the sleep becomes more continuous 
and refreshing ; and does harm when it increases fever, exaggerates the 
delirium, and induces coma vigil. The chief utility of alcohol in these 
forms of disease is not as a stimulant, but as a food. It furnishes 
material, easily oxidizable, which can be applied as nervous, muscular, 
and gland force. Furthermore it stimulates digestion, and enables more 
food to be taken and disposed of, and thus contributes indirectly to the 
maintenance of the powers of life. It follows from these considerations, 
that alcohol should be given in these low conditions of the organism, 
with milk, eggs, broth, and other suitable aliment. 

Undoubtedly the stimulant treatment of adynamic states is often car- 
ried to great excess. The large doses of alcoholic substances adminis- 
tered, disorder the stomach and suspend digestion ; and thus the condi- 
tion of things which they are intended to relieve is only made worse. 
Furthermore, stimulants are excessively used in these disorders, from a 
wrong notion of their therapeutic action, and a conviction that diseases 
characterized by depression are best treated by arterial stimulants. The 
reaction which has set in against the antiphlogistic methods is in part 
answerable for the great freedom with which alcohol is now used in 
fevers and inflammations. , 

As respects its action on the nervous system, alcohol is a narcotic. 
It may be used to relieve pain, to promote sleep, and to quiet delirium. 
The various neuralgiw may be temporarily alleviated by intoxicating 
doses of alcohol, but such a prescription is dangerous to the moral health 
of the patient. The subjects of neuralgia, or those who possess the neu- 
rotic temperament, have as a rule an inherited or acquired weakness of 
constitution, and a mobility of the nervous system, which render the 
effects of alcoholic stimulants peculiarly grateful. 

When wakefulness is due to a condition of cerebral ''anaemia, a full 
dose of some alcoholic fluid, whiskey or brandy, will procure sound and 
refreshing sleep. In some subjects a glass of ale or beer answers better. 
Some cases of delirium tremens are greatly benefited by alcoholic stimu- 
lants. When the delirium is the result of sudden excess and of the 
direct action of the alcohol on the cells of the gray matter, the use of 
this agent will only add to the existing disorder ; but when, as is so fre- 
quently the case, the attack is determined by the failure of the stomach 
to appropriate not only the stimulant but the food also, the careful 



alcohol. 335 

administration of alcoholic stimulants with suitable aliment renders an 
incontestable service. 

As alcohol stops waste, promotes constructive metamorphosis by 
increasing the appetite and the digestive power, and favors the depo- 
sition of fat, it is directly indicated in chronic toasting diseases, espe- 
cially in phthisis. Clinical experience is in accord with physiological 
data : alcohol is an important remedy in the various forms of ptdmo- 
nary phthisis. It is frequently given with cod-liver oil, or an ounce or 
two of whiskey may be taken with some bitter or aromatic immediately 
after meals. It is an interesting fact that an intractable form of phthisis 
is induced by alcoholic excess. If alcohol disagrees, if it does not im- 
prove but lessens the appetite, it will do harm in phthisis. 

External Applications of Alcoiiol. — Equal parts of alcohol and 
water is an excellent evaporating lotion for the relief of superficial in- 
flammations — bruises, inflamed joints, orchitis, etc. Alcohol is an ex- 
cellent hcemostatic, for restraining oozing from a large surface. For 
suppurating icounds alcohol is an excellent antiseptic dressing — it 
destroys germs, removes fetor, and stimulates the tissues to more 
healthy growth. It favors the cicatrization of open wounds by coagu- 
lating the albumen and thus making an impermeable covering. It is 
a useful practice to wash the parts threatened with bed-sores with 
whiskey or alcohol ; it hardens the cuticle, and prevents ulceration. 
Sore nipples may be prevented by washing them with brandy after the 
child nurses, and then dusting them with bismuth carbonate. Brandy- 
and-water is an excellent lotion for mercurial and other forms of sto- 
matitis, requiring stimulant applications. Brandy-and-water is one of 
the thousand injections used in gonorrhoea. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. Francis E. Stimulants and Narcotics, and various papers in The Prac- 
titioner. 

Binz, Prof. Dr. C. Virchoio^s Archiv, vol. li., p. 153. 

Ibid. The Practitioner, vol. iii., 1869, and vol v., 18 70. 

Dur-RE, A., Ph.D. The Practitioner, vol. viii., pp. 148,224. The Elimination of 
Alcohol. 

Jombs, Dr. C. Handfield. The Practitioner, vol. vii., p. 331. 

Lallemand, Perrin et Duroy. JDu Role tie VAlcoblet des Ancesthetiques dans V Or 
ganisme, Paris, 1860. 

Lombard, Dr. J. S. Nexo York Medical Journal, June, 1865. 

Murchison, Dr. Charles. A Treatise on Fevers, second edition, p. 230. 

Xicol, Dr. Patrick. The British and Foreign Medico -Chirurgical Review, vol. I., 
p. 203. 

Parkes, Dr. E. A. and Cocnt Cir. \Yollowicz. Experiments on the Effects of Alcohol 
(ethyl alcohol) on the Human Body. 

Rabow, Dr. S. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift. Bcobachtungcn ilber die Wirkung 
des Alkohol auf die Korpertempcratitr, 1871, p. 257, et seq. 

Richardson, Dr. B. W. The Medical Times and Gazette, December 18, 1S69, p. 703 

Ringer and Rikard. The Lancet, August 26, 1866, p. 208. 



336 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Senator, Dr. H. Tinier snchung en iiber den fieberliaflen Prozess, Berlin, 1873. 
Schulinus. Quoted by Anstie. 

Strassburg, Dr. Gustav, aus Bremen. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung des 
Alkohols im Fieber. Virch.ow's Archiv, 1874, p. 471, et seg. 
Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, 1875, p. 632. 

Vinum. — Wine. 

Vinum JPortense. — Port wine. 

Vinum Xericum. — Sherry wine. 

These are the only wines recognized by the United States Pharma- 
copoeia. In medical practice a great variety are employed, in accord- 
ance with special indications. It would occupy too much space, and be 
foreign to the purpose of this work, to enter into details in regard to 
particular wines, but some attention should be given to the different 
groups. 

Sparkling "Wines, (Champagne, sparkling catawba, etc.) — These 
are wines which have been bottled before the stage of fermentation has 
been completed, hence they are lively, or sparkling, in consequence 
of being charged with carbonic acid. A considerable portion of the 
grape-sugar has not been converted into alcohol ; they are sweet wines, 
therefore, and the quantity of absolute alcohol which they contain is 
relatively low (eight to twelve per cent.). Sparkling hock is a lighter 
wine than champagne, and contains less sugar. Sparkling catawba 
more nearly resembles hock than champagne. 

A sophistication now mucli practised consists in adding to still wines 
carbonic-acid gas, by pressure, in the same manner that carbonic-acid 
water is manufactured. 

Dry Acid Wines. — The best specimens of this group are the Ger- 
man Rhine and Moselle wines, California hock, and Ohio and Kelly- 
Island catawba. The German varieties are very numerous, and are 
remarkable for their flavor, for the completeness of the fermentation 
(absence of sugar), and for their permanence. The most important of 
the varieties are the following : Diirkheimer, Ungsteiner, Hochheimer, 
Deidesheimer, Forster, Rudesheimer, Johannisberger, Liebfrauennrilch, 
etc. The French wines are, as a rule, rather acid. The best known 
are the clarets, but these are more properly classed with the red 
wines. 

Sweet Wines. — In this group are contained Burgundy, still cham- 
pagne, muscatel, malaga, California muscatel, and angelica, Madeira, 
etc. The alcoholic strength, of these wines, unless fortified, is rela- 
tively low, because the sugar has not been consumed by the fermen- 
tation. 

Light Red Wines. — The French clarets, the red Rhine wines, the 
American Ives's seedling, and Concord and California port, are meift- 
bers of this group. They contain a large proportion of the coloring- 
matter of the grape, and considerable tannic acid. 



wine. 337 

Heavy Red Wines. — Port is the principal representative of this 
group, but it is not a natural wine; during the process of manufacture 
spirit is added, and its alcoholic strength is raised to thirty or forty per 
cent. California port when fortified, as it probably frequently is, should 
be classed in this division. 

Dry Spirituous Wines. — The most important member of this group 
is sherry. 

Composition and Peopeettes. — The composition of wine is ex- 
tremely complex. The constituents ascertainable by chemical analysis 
do not represent all of the peculiar qualities which render various wines 
desirable. Bouquet and flavor cannot be determined by the most 
expert chemist, and elude all other means of investigation but the 
tongue and nose of the " wine-taster." 

A wine is a solution of alcohol in water, mixed with various con- 
stituents of the grape. The proportion of alcohol ranges from six to 
forty per cent. — the largest quantity being found in the artificial wines, 
such as port and sherry. The proportion of sugar varies greatly — from 
three to twenty-five per cent. The acids are fixed (tartaric) and volatile 
(acetic). The relation between these several constituents is nearly as 
follows: Port contains about fifty-three parts by weight of alcohol to 
one part of acid, and twelve parts of sugar to one part of acid. The 
average cf sherry is thirty-nine of alcohol and 1.5 of sugar to one 
of acid. In the sweet wines, the average is about thirty parts of sugar 
to one part of acid and fifteen parts of alcohol. In the acid wines, 
the average proportion of alcohol to acid is as eighteen to one, while 
the sugar is almost absent, and in some of the best is entirely so. 
Those are dry wines which are free from sugar. Besides tartaric and 
acetic acids, wines contain, in much smaller quantity, malic, tannic and 
carbonic acids. Wines containing less than three hundred grains of 
acid to the gallon are wanting in flavor ; on the other hand, an excess 
of acid over five hundred grains to the gallon is too sour to be agree- 
able. The coloring-matter of wine varies greatly, and the distinction 
between " white " and "red" depends on the quantity present in these 
different varieties. The red wines are more astringent, due to the larger 
proportion of tannin which they contain, and they are also rougher to 
the taste. 

Wine contains a great many mineral constituents : tartrates of po- 
tassa and lime, chlorides of sodium, potassium and calcium, 'and sul- 
phates of potassa and lime. The percentage of ash ranges from 0.18 
to 0.40. 

The peculiar odor of wine (bouquet) is due to cenanthic acid, and 
cenanthic ether, produced by a reaction of the acid on the alcohol. 

According to Fresenius, the quality of a wine is so much the greater 
the less it coiitains of free acid, the more it contains of sugar, and the 
greater its quantity of extract / and, further, its quality is not de- 
23 



338 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

cidedly influenced by the quantity of alcohol, and cannot be determined 
by its specific gravity. 

A certain quantity of free acid is necessary, but it should not be 
greater than can be masked by the alcohol, sugar, and extractive, matter. 
The flavor and. odor of wine are produced by ethers formed by the action 
of the free acid on the alcohol ; hence the importance of this acid con- 
stituent. 

Dr. Druitt, in his " Report on Cheap Wines," has very well summed 
up the qualities of good wine, in the following conclusions : 

" 1. The wine should have an absolute unity, or taste as one whole. 

" 2. Wine should contain a certain amount of alcohol. 

" 3. Wine should be slightly sour. > 

" 4. Sweetness is characteristic of a certain class of wines, while cer- 
tain other wines are dry, or free from sugar. 

" 5. Wines should have a taste free from mawkishness, and indica- 
tive of instability. 

" 6. Roughness or astringency is a most important property, and be- 
longs to most red wines. In moderation it is relished, as sourness is, by 
a healthy, manly palate, just as the cold souse is welcome to the skin. 
In excess it leaves a permanent harshness on the tongue. 

" 7. The wine must have body. This is the impression produced by 
the totality of the soluble constituents of wine — the extractive, that 
which gives taste to the tongue, and winch, as wine grows older, is de- 
posited along with the cream of tartar forming the crust. 

" 8. Bouquet is that quality of wine which salutes the nose. Flavor 
is that part of the aromatic constituent which gratifies the throat. 

" 9. The wine must satisfy. A man must feel that he has taken some- 
thing which consoles and' sustains. Some liquids, as cider and thin 
wines, leave rather a craving, empty, hungry feeling after them." 

Physiological Actions. — As respects the alcohol which they con- 
tain, the physiological actions of wines could be discussed with the 
previous article. But wines differ from alcohol, and from brandy and 
whiskey, not only in spirituous strength, but in the possession of the 
varied and important constituents mentioned above. 

The sparkling wines are more sedative to the stomach, and are more 
intoxicating, relatively to their alcoholic strength, than the other wines. 
As they contain a considerable quantity of unappropriated sugar, acid 
fermentation is apt to occur, and acidity, with headache, follows their 
use. As respects the influence on the pulse, they are less stimula- 
ting than the stronger wines, and the experiments of Dr. Edward 
Smith have demonstrated that they increase the excretion of carbonic 
acid. 

The dry acid wines are more purely stimulant, partly in consequence 
of their alcohol, and partly in consequence of the important ethers which 
they contain. As they are free from sugar, acid fermentation does not 



WINE. 

follow their use, but with some subjects the free acid present in them 
disagrees. 

The Bweet wines have, generally, considerable body and alcoholic 

igth. They rather pall on the appetite; are apt to disorder the 

stomach, and produce headache. Some of them have fine bouquet and 

flavor, and are satisfying to the palate; but as a rule they are not borne 

as well as the dry wines. 

The red wines, light and dark, are astringent and have considerable 
body and alcoholic strength. The tannin which they contain, and color- 
ing-matters, are apt to cause stomach-disorders, constipation, and a 
febrile state. By reason of the large amount of alcohol in them, espe- 
cially in port, they approach whiskey and brandy in power as stimulants 
and narcotics. 

Therapy. — The effervescing or sparkling wines often render impor- 
tant service in irritable states of the stomach without inflammatory ac- 
tion. The vomiting of pregnancy, of sea-sickness, of yellow fever, of 
cholera -morbus, icith depression, and of true cholera, are not infrequently 
arrested by tablespoonful-doses of iced champagne every fifteen minutes. 

A generous glass of a dry wine (sherry) taken with the principal meal 
greatly assists the digestion of the sedentary who suffer from atonic 
dyspepsia. The wine should be taken during the course of the meal, 
and at no other time. Persons who suffer from acidity, due to an excess 
of formation of acid gastric juice, are relieved by a dry acid wine, taken 
during the meal or just previously. For this purpose a genuine Rhine 
wine — for example, Forster Riesling — is best. 

In diarrhoea and dysentery, after the acuter symptoms have subsided, 
and when there is considerable depression, those wines are indicated 
which contain tannin — the red wines, claret, Ives's seedling, port, etc. 

In cases of anaemia and chlorosis, wines render an important ser- 
vice by increasing digestion and assimilation. To aid in this process, 
red wines with a good deal of sugar and extractives are most necessary. 
When wines produce headache, and the digestion is disordered by them, 
and the appetite impaired, they are not serviceable in these maladies. 
Moreover, for the nervous and hypochondriacal, wines must be pre- 
scribed with caution, for the habit of indulgence is quickly acquired by 
such subjects. In convalescence from acute diseases, there can be no 
difference of opinion as to the great value of wine as a restorative. 
Wines of considerable bod}' and alcoholic strength are indicated under 
these circumstances. When there is much nervous restlessness, wake- 
fulness, and cardiac depression, a wine rich in ethers is specially useful, 
according to Anstie. In chronic wasting diseases, as phthisis, scrofuhr, 
etc., the stronger wines, as sherry, burgundy, port, may take the place, 
in some cases, of the spirits, whiskey, and brandy. In these wasting 
diseases, wines serve a double purpose : they stimulate the activity of 
the primary assimilation, and within certain limits they are utilized as 



340 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

foods. They are only harmful when digestion is impaired by them ; and 
under no circumstances can they take the place of other aliment. 

In passive hemorrhages, in the hemorrhagic diathesis and in^wr- 
vura, wines are indicated, because they elevate the arterial tension, and 
thus act indirectly as haemostatics. 

In various acute diseases, when the action of the heart becomes feeble 
and irregular, the pulse dicrotic, and there occur wcikefidness aud de- 
lirium, a wine of considerable alcoholic strength and rich in ethers is 
peculiarly serviceable. Wines are much more largely used in fevers 
(typhoid, ti/2)hus, etc.) than in any other forms of disease, and the cir- 
cumstances requiring their employment are indicated in the preceding 
sentence. The routine practice of alcoholic stimulation in fevers cannot 
be justified. Exact indications for the use of wine exist in the state of 
the heart and arterial system, and of the brain, and these should be 
sought for in every case, instead of prescribing for the name. In fevers, 
wines precede the spirituous liquors. The first weakening of the heart's 
action, the beginning of dicrotism, and the transitory delirium and sub- 
sultus, require champagne and the light and acid wines ; more profound 
adynamia, with diarrhoea, the stronger red wines. 

In acute inflammations (pneumonia, pleuritis, peritonitis, etc.), 
wines serve to maintain the strength when the powers of life are weak- 
ening, or to maintain the functions of brain and heart when crises occur, 
as in pneumonia. The rules for the administration of wine in acute in- 
flammations are the same as in fevers. 

Next to their use in fevers, w 7 ines are most frequently prescribed, 
and with the greatest advantage, in surgical practice, for the conse- 
quences of wounds and injuries, to support the powers of life under pro* 
traded and profuse suppuration, and to favor digestion and assimilation 
in the course of convalescence from surgical diseases. 

The immediate stimulant effect of wine is of great value in sudden 
and prof use loss of blood, whether from injuries and surgical operations, 
or post partum. A highly-etherized wine of good body is most useful 
here, because it produces a prompt effect and easily yields up the force 
needed to keep the heart and brain in action, and, in the case of the 
relaxed uterus, to furnish the power needed to procure its energetic con- 
traction. 

Beer, Ale, Porter. — Beer and ale are fermented liquors made from 
malted grain, hops and other bitter substances being added. Ale is pro- 
duced by rapid fermentation, in which the yeast rises to the surface, and 
beer is the product of slow fermentation in cool cellars, the yeast falling 
to the bottom. Hence the name lager-bier. Porter embraces the quali- 
ties of beer and ale, and is so named on account of its strong quality, 
which endeared it to porters. 

Composition. — The proportion of alcohol varies somewhat. In Edin- 



MALT L1QU0R& 3-il 

burgh ale it amounts to about six per cent.; in brown stout to six per 
cent. ; in porter to four per cent. ; in beer two to three per cent. Besides 
alcohol and water, these malt liquors contain extract of malt five to 
fourteen per cent. ; carbonic acid 0.16 to 0.G0 per cent. In the extract 
arc found also various aromatic substances, lactic acid, potash and soda 
salts, etc. 

Physiological Actions. — So far as the alcohol is concerned, beer, 
ale, and porter correspond in physiological actions to the spirituous 
liquors and to wines. As they contain malt extract, their nutritive value 
is greater than spirits and wine. An important constituent, the hop, 
being an aromatic bitter, the tonic and stomachic qualities of these malt 
liquors are also greater than their congeners. The process of fermen- 
tation, however, lessens in a remarkable degree the nutritive and sto- 
machic qualities of the constituents which enter into the composition of 
malt liquors. Their value as foods is much exaggerated by the habitual 
consumers. They increase the appetite and favor the deposition of fat. 
Although the malt beverages do not cause to anything like the same 
extent the alterations in the nervous centres produced by the spiritu- 
ous, they induce other and almost as important structural changes. 
They set up in the organism fatty degeneration of various tissues, nota- 
bly of the liver and heart. The habitual beer-consumer is known by 
his obesity, his flushed face, embarrassed breathing*, puffy hands, yellow 
conjunctiva, etc. The habitual beer-consumer is usually short-lived, 
and the end is reached by hepatic and cardiac disorders. It is certainly 
true that a moderate amount of beer may be taken daily, for a lifetime, 
without any obvious impairment of the functions ; but excessive use 
produces with great certainty the unfavorable effects above described. 

Therapy. — Beer, ale, and porter, are not usually prescribed in acute 
maladies. They are, however, much and justly esteemed as stomachic 
tonics and restoratives in chronic wasting diseases — for example, in 
convalescence from acute diseases and surgical injuries, in cases of 
profuse and protractedj suppuration, prolonged lactation, diseases of 
the joints,, scrofula, phthisis, etc. 

The malt liquors are harmful in all stomach-disorders with acidity, and 
in chronic affections of the liver, especially fatty liver. When these bev- 
erages do not improve the appetite, when they cause a sense of epigas- 
tric oppression, and when they coat the tongue, they are not beneficial. 

When wakefulness is due to cerebral anaemia, a glass of beer or 
ale at bedtime will frequently produce satisfactory sleep. Puerperal 
ni'iiu't, delirium tremens, and acute maniacal delirium, when these 
symptoms coexist with a condition of adynamia, are greatly benefited 
by the liberal use of ale (pale or Edinburgh ale). The effect of this 
remedy is to arouse the appetite, to quiet delirium, and to produce 
sleep. In melancholia, excellent results are often obtained by the use 
of porter with a little tincture of opium. 



342 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. The Medicinal and Dietetic Uses of Wine. The Practitioner, vols, 
iv. and v. 

Druitt, Dr. R. Report on Cheap Wines. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

JEther— Ether. iSther, Fr. ; Aether, Ger. 

A very inflammable liquid, having the specific gravity 0.750. It 
wholly evaporates in the air and does not redden litmus. "When shaken 
with an equal bulk of water, it loses from one-fifth to one-fourth of its 
volume. 

^Ether Fortior. — Stronger ether. " Stronger ether has a specific 
gravity not exceeding 0.728. It is extremely inflammable and does not 
redden litmus. Shaken with an equal bulk of water, it loses from one- 
tenth to one-eighth of its volume. It boils actively in a test-tube, half 
filled with it and inclosed in the hand, on the addition of small pieces 
of glass. Half a fluid ounce of the liquid, evaporated from a porcelain 
plate by causing it to flow to and fro over the surface, yields a faintly 
aromatic odor as the last portions pass off, and leaves the surface with- 
out taste or smell, but covered with a deposit of moisture." 

Spiritus ^Etheris Compositus. — Compound spirit of ether. Hoff- 
man's anodyne. (Ether, alcohol, and ethereal oil.) " A colorless, 
volatile, inflammable liquid, having an aromatic, ethereal odor, and a 
burning, slightly sweetish taste. Its specific gravity is 0.815. It is 
neutral, or but slightly acid to litmus. It gives only a slight cloudi- 
ness with chloride of barium; but when a fluid ounce of it is evapo- 
rated to dryness with an excess of this test, it yields a precipitate of 
sulphate of barium, which, when washed and dried, weighs six and a 
quarter grains. When a few drops are burned on glass or porcelain, 
there is no visible residue, but the surface will have an acid taste and 
reaction. A pint of water, by the admixture of forty drops, is rendered 
slightly opalescent." Dose m. x — 3 j. 

Sp)iritus ^Etheris Nitrosi. — Spirit of nitrous ether. Sweet spirit of 
nitre. "Is a volatile, inflammable liquid of a pale-yellow color, inclin- 
ing slightly to green, having a fragrant, ethereal odor, free from pun- 
gency, and a sharp, burning taste. It slightly reddens litmus, but does 
not cause effervescence when a crystal of bicarbonate of potassium is 
dropped into it. When mixed w 7 ith half its volume of officinal solution 
of potassa previously diluted with an equal measure of distilled water, 
it assumes a yellow color, which slightly deepens, without becoming 
brown, in twelve hours. A portion of the spirit in a test-tube half filled 
with it, plunged into water heated to 145°, and held there until it has 
acquired that temperature, will boil distinctly on the addition of a few 
small pieces of glass. 

" Spirit of nitrous ether has a specific gravity 0.837, and contains five 



ETHER. 343 

per cent, of its peculiar ether. It should not be long kept, as it becomes 
strongly acid by age." Dose, 3 ss — 5 ss. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Ether dissolves iodine, bromine, 
corrosive sublimate, the volatile and fixed oils, many resins and balsams, 
tannin, caoutchouc, most of the alkaloids, sulphur, and phosphorus — the 
last-named two sparingly. As respects its stimulant and anodyne prop- 
erties, it is antagonized by arterial sedatives, quinia, oxygen, protoxide 
of nitrogen, the tetanizing alkaloids, strychnia, picrotoxine, etc. 

Synergists. — Alcohol and its congeners, chloroform, arterial stimu- 
lants, cerebral stimulants, etc., assist the action of ether. 

Physiological Actions. — The physiological effects of ether when 
inhaled require separate treatment ; hence the subject of anaesthesia by 
vapors will be discussed in a special article. It is now proposed to treat 
of the effects of ether administered by the usual route — the stomach. 

Ether has a taste at first sweetish, but afterward hot and pungent. 
It leaves a cooling sensation in the stomach after the subsidence of the 
burning, and this quickly diffuses over the body. Increased action of 
the heart, flushing of the face, warmth of the surface, with increased 
diaphoresis, follow in a few minutes. The senses are quickly excited, 
the mind becomes more active, ideas flow rapidly, and the cerebral 
phenomena of alcoholic intoxication ensue. These effects are of short 
duration, and a feeling of content, mental calm, and sopor, succeeds to the 
transient excitement. Ether is eliminated rapidly, chiefly by the lungs, 
and the whole duration of the effects of even a large quantity ( 3 ij) does 
not exceed an hour. 

Therapy. — Before it is administered, ether should be diluted with 
alcohol, which renders it readily miscible with water. 

A few drops of Hoffman's anodyne (m. x — m. xx) in some camphor- 
water is an excellent remedy to expel flatus from the stomach. Gas- 
tralgia may often be quickly relieved by the same means. A few drops 
of ether, added to cod -liver oil, enable the stomach to bear it more 
easily, and, it is said, favors its digestion ; but, that it accomplishes this 
object by increasing the pancreatic juice, is in the highest degree im- 
probable. Paroxysms of hepatic colic are sometimes treated by the 
internal administration of ether, but this treatment is by no means equal 
in effectiveness to the inhalation of the vapor. Ether mixed with tur- 
pentine has the power to dissolve hepatic calculi^ hence the remedy of 
Durande. As Trousseau well remarks, chemical results which take 
place in the laboratory are not reproduced in the body with equal 
facility. The rapidity with which ether diffuses into the blood at the 
temperature of the stomach would appear to preclude the possibility of 
its exerting any solvent action on a calculus fixed in an hepatic duct. 
Whatever good result is secured by the administration of the remedy 
of Durande must be ascribed to the anodyne and anti-spasmodic action 
of its constituents. 



344 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Sudden failure of the hearts action (syncope), from mental emo- 
tion or hysteria, is most promptly remedied by the administration of 
Hoffman's anodyne. Mild attacks of angina pectoris, and of spas- 
modic asthma, may sometimes be aborted by a full dose of the ethe- 
real preparations, but these remedies soon lose their effect in these dis- 
orders. 

Nervous or hysterical sick-headache is quickly cured by 3 ss doses 
of spirit of ether. The most important application of these ethereal 
remedies is in the treatment of the hysterical paroxysm. As the action 
is prompt and quickly expended, it is obvious that ether or Hoffman's 
drops are only adapted to sudden hysterical seizures, and not to more 
lasting nervous symptoms arising in an hysterical constitution. Noth- 
ing can be more satisfactory than the prompt relief by these agents of 
hysterical flatulence, globus hystericus, and hystero-epilepsy. ]J. Spts. 
etheris composit., tinct. valerian, ammon., aa § j. M. Sig. A tea- 
spoonful in water every fifteen minutes until relieved. 

As a cardiac stimulant in fevers, the ethereal preparations are occa- 
sionally prescribed. For a quick effect, in an emergency of practice, 
they are useful, but are not equal to spirits and wine when a sustained 
effect is required. 

Nitrous ether is employed in domestic practice as a mild diapho- 
retic, a diuretic, and carminative. It no longer occupies the place it 
formerly held in medical practice, but it is occasionally prescribed in 
feverishness, as a constituent in expectorant mixtures, in combination 
with diuretic medicines, etc. 

CMoroformum. — Chloroform. Chloroforme, Fr. ; Chloroform, Ger. 

Chloroformum Venale* — Commercial chloroform. " A colorless 
liquid, varying in specific gravity from 1.45 to 1.49. Shaken, with an 
equal volume of officinal sulphuric acid, in a bottle closed with a glass 
stopper, it forms a mixture which separates by rest into two layers ; 
the upper one colorless, and the lower one — consisting of the acid — of 
a brownish hue, which, after the lapse of twenty-four hours, becomes 
darker but never quite black. 

Chloroformum JPurificatum. — Purified chloroform. " Purified chlo- 
roform is a colorless, volatile liquid, not inflammable, of a bland, ethereal 
odor, and hot, aromatic, saccharine taste. Its specific gravity is 1.480. 
It boils at 142°. It is slightly soluble in water, and freely so in alcohol 
and ether. When shaken with an equal volume of sulphuric acid, in 
a bottle closed by a glass stopper, and allowed to remain in contact 
twenty-four hours, no color is imparted to either. When one fluid 
drachm is evaporated spontaneously with one drop of a neutral, aqueous 
solution of litmus, the color of the latter is not reddened. The result 
of the test is the same if the chloroform contained in a white-glass bot- 
tle has been previously exposed to direct sunlight for ten hours." 



CHLOROFORM. 345 

Spiritus Chloroformi. — Spirit of chloroform. (Chloroform, |j; di- 
luted alcohol, 3 xij.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 j. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Chloroform separates from the 
mixture when prescribed with weak spirits or glycerine. It is soluble 
in alcohol (ten to six), in ether (one to seven), in water (one to two 
bundled). It dissolves very freely iu olive-oil and turpentine, but does 
not dissolve in or mix with glycerine. It has very extensive solvent 
power, dissolving caoutchouc, gutta-percha, mastic, tolu, benzoin, copal, 
among the gums ; iodine, bromine, the organic alkaloids ; fixed and 
volatile oils, resins, and fats. In cases of poisoning by the internal ad- 
ministration of chloroform, the treatment should be conducted on the 
same plan as for irritant poisons. There is no chemical antidote. To 
overcome its effects on the respiratory and circulatory systems, artificial 
respiration, cold affusion, and galvanism, may be employed. 

Synergists. — Anaesthetic agents, opium, chloral, alcohol, etc., pro- 
mote the action of chloroform. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of chloroform is hot, swee^sh, 
and pungent. Undiluted it excites violent irritation and inflammation 
of the mucous membrane. In passing through the fauces the vapor 
may enter the larynx in such quantity as to cause great heat and in- 
flammation, followed by oedema. In the stomach, chloroform produces 
a feeling of warmth, followed by coldness, like ether; but, when taken 
in large quantity undiluted, violent gastritis. Besides the local action, 
chloroform diffuses into the blood, and affects distant parts. Like alco- 
hol and ether, it increases the action of the arterial system, and occa- 
sions excitement of the brain, followed by sopor. In lethal doses pro- 
found stupor and insensibility are produced by it. 

Therapy. — A little chloroform (m. ij — m. v), dropped on sugar and 
swallowed, will remove some kinds of nausea and vomiting. It can be 
useful in non-inflammatory states only, as, for example, sea-sickness, the 
vomiting of pregnancy, •sick-headache, etc. Gastralgia may some- 
times be relieved in the same way. The following formula is an effec- 
tive remedy for flatulent colic: $. Spirit, chloroformi, tin ct. cardamomi 
comp., aa 3 ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every half-hour in water 
Hepatic and saturnine colic are also benefited by chloroform, but the 
addition of opium increases its efficacy, and is usually necessary in 
these cases. Chloroform is a solvent of biliary calcidi, and has been 
prescribed with the view to effect a solution of calculi contained in the 
gall-bladder, or lodged in the hepatic duct. It undoubtedly affords some 
relief, but not probably because of its solvent action. As has been re- 
marked of ether, it is in the highest degree improbable that sufficient 
chloroform, even when it is administered in large doses, can reach the 
calculus to effect its solution, when experiments out of the body have 
shown that some hours are required to dissolve a calculus immersed in 
chloroform. In irritable ulcer of the rectum, and itching about the 



346 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

anal region, an ointment of chloroform gives great relief: IjL Ung. 
zinci oxidi, § j ; chloroformi, 3 j. M. ft. ung. The vapor of chloro 
form may be applied directly to these parts. 

In hay-asthma, whoopi7ig-cough, spasmodic asthma, irritable reflex 
cough, the vapor of chloroform may be used as follows : To a cup of 
warm water, 80° to 100° Fahr., add a teaspoonful of spiritus chloro- 
formi, and repeat every five minutes. This inhalation should not be 
used except in the presence of a medical man, and not more than five 
teaspoonfuls should be inhaled at a time. The patient should inhale 
the vapors as they arise, directing them into the air-passages from the 
cup by a paper shield. A little chloroform (a minim or two) is a useful 
constituent of expectorant mixtures, when a neurotic element is present. 

Chloroform is a very valuable hypnotic in delirium tremens. It is 
unsafe when used by inhalation in the treatment of this affection, but, 
by the stomach, not unfrequently excellent results are obtained from -it. 
It is contraindicated when there are a vigorous action of the heart, and 
an elevated state of the arterial tension, and useful when symptoms of 
depression and adynamia are present. It should be given in the form 
of the spirit. IjL Spirit, chloroformi, tinct. capsici, aa § j. M. Sig. 
A teaspoonfid in water every half-hour, hour, or two hours. 

Neuralgia. — Chloroform is extremely valuable in the treatment of 
this disease, and it is the most effective when used by the method of 
" deep injection," first proposed by the author. This plan of treatment 
consists in the injection deeply, in the neighborhood of the affected 
nerve, of five to fifteen minims of pure chloroform. Considerable pain 
is produced by this injection, swelling of the invaded tissues follows, 
and a circumscribed induration and numbness are left, but these effects 
slowly disappear. An abscess may result from the local inflammation, 
but this is not frequently the case. The author has procured by this 
means apparently permanent relief to long-standing cases of neuralgic 
pain (tic-douloureux) affecting the superficial divisions of the fifth. 
Other practitioners have been equally successful, and the cases thus 
treated now include neuralgic affections of the most important nerves. 

Pain in superficial nerves may sametimes be relieved by the local 
application of chloroform. I>. Chloroformi, tinct. aconiti rad., aa § ss; 
liniment, saponis, § j. M. Sig. Liniment. A piece of flannel, moist- 
ened with this, is applied to the painful part, evaporation being pre- 
vented by a covering of oiled silk. The pain of dysmenorrhea is 
relieved by the local application of chloroform-vapor, and of sciatica, 
lumbago, myalgia, and similar affections, by chloroform applied directly 
to the parts. Nervous headache may sometimes be cured by a little 
chloroform in a watch-glass applied to the temple. 

An impending paroxysm of intermittent may be prevented by a full 
dose of chloroform ( 3 j — 3 i j ) administered before the onset of the 
chill. The inhalation of chloroform is used for the same purpose. 



CHLOROFORM. ;;j; 

A few drops of chloroform, frequently repeated, is an excellent 
means of relief in cholera. It allays nausea and vomiting, arrests diar- 
rhoea, relieves the cramps, and restores the temperature. It mav be 

given in tbe form of spiritus chloroformi, or of chlorodyne, a very cele- 
brated empirical remedy. No single remedy has been more efficacious 
than chloroform in the treatment of true cholera. 

Chloroform as a Counter-irritant. — When chloroform is applied 
to the skin and evaporation prevented, it causes heat, redness, and even 
vesication. Frequently, chloroform is used locally to produce this ef- 
fect, but usually in combination with other counter-irritants. t>. Chlo- 
roformi, ol. terebinthinoe, ail 3J; lin. saponis, § ij. M. Sig. lini- 
ment. 1^. Chloroformi, lin. camphorae, ail 3 j. M. Sig. Liniment. 
These are elegant counter-irritant applications, in cases requiring the 
milder remedies of this class, and are used in various internal inflam- 
mations and local affections characterized by pain. 

Clilorodyne. — This empirical preparation is largely used in cholera, 
and in painful diseases requiring an anodyne. Numerous formula? have 
been published, but none of them appear to possess the exact qualities 
of the original preparation by Dr. J. 0. Browne. The dose of the genu- 
ine chlorodyne ranges from ten to thirty drops. The following formula 
makes a product more nearly resembling the original than any other 
known to the author : 

Chloroform , 4 ounces. 

Ether f. 1 ounce. 

Alcohol 4 ounces. 

Treacle 4 ounces. 

Extract of liquorice. ; 1\ ounces. 

Muriate of morphia 8 grains. 

Oil of peppermint 16 minims. 

Sirup 17^ ounces. 

Acid, hydrocyan. dil 2 ounces. 

Dissolve the muriate of morphia and the oil of peppermint in the 
alcohol, mix the chloroform and ether with this solution, dissolve the 
extract of liquorice in the sirup, and add the treacle ; shake these two 
solutions together, and add the hydrocyanic acid. Dose, five to fifteen 
minims. 

Some of the published formulae contain resin of cannabis Indica, atro- 
pia, perchloric acid, in addition to the ingredients above given. 

The following formulae (Fox) are very efficacious in the local affec- 
tions for which they are recommended : 

I£. Chloroformi, m. vj ; cucumber cerate, § j. M. Sig. Ointment 
for pruritus. Tfc. Plumbi carbonat., 3ss; chloroformi, m. iv ; ung. 
aquae rosae, 3 j. M. Sig. Ointment for pruritus. rjL Chloroformi, 
m. viij ; glycerin., 3 j ; ung. simplicis, 3 vj ; potassi cyanidi, grs. iv. 



348 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

M. Sig. Ointment for pruritus. I> . Morphias acetat., 1 part ; chlo- 
roform, 8 parts ; lard, GO parts ; oil of sweet almonds, 40 parts. M. 
An ointment to be applied several times a day in pruritus pudendi. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. On the Deep Injection of Chloroform for the Relief of Tic- 
Douloureux. The Practitioner, July, 1874, p. 9. 

Gubler, Dr. Adolph. Commentaires Therap. du Codex Medicamentarius, p. 670. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimiitellehre, zweiter Band, 
1869. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Mat. Med., fourth edition. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traiie de Therap. et Mat. Med., eighth edition. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

ANAESTHETICS AND ANESTHESIA. 

iEther Fortior. — The stronger ether. 

CMorofornmm Purification. — Purified chloroform. 

Neither of these anaesthetics should be used until its conformity to 
the standard of the United States Pharmacopoeia has been ascertained. 
The tests of purity are given under their respective heads in the pre- 
ceding article. 

The term anaesthetic, proposed by Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, means 
an agent capable of producing anaesthesia, or insensibility to pain. It 
is true, anaesthesia is a term which, according to its etymological sig- 
nification, should be applied to loss of sensation of touch, chiefly, and 
analgesia should be used to signify loss of the sense of pain ; but the 
word anaesthesia, as expressive of the state of profound unconsciousness 
induced by anaesthetics, is now so firmly established, by usage that it 
were better to retain it. Insensibility to pain (analgesia) may be pro- 
duced, without simultaneous loss of common sensation, touch (anaesthe- 
sia). By the inhalation of ether, chloroform, bichloride of methylene, 
nitrous oxide, and some other agents, the functions of animal life can 
be so far suspended that surgical operations involving intense pain, and 
certain natural processes, accompanied 'by great suffering, can be per- 
formed entirely without the consciousness of the subject concerned. 

Physiological Actions. — When the vapor of ether or chloroform 
is inhaled, a sense of faucial irritation and of the need of air is expe- 
rienced, and more or less cough is produced. The irritation of the fauces 
excites the flow of mucus, and the reflex act of swallowing. The feel- 
ing of need of air causes the patient to push aside the inhaler or sponge, 
and in children may lead to violent struggling. The sensibility of the 
glottis is soon diminished, the coughing ceases, and the inhalation then 
proceeds quietly. 

The first effect is a general exhilaration, the pulse increases in fre- 
quency, the respirations become more rapid, and sometimes assume a 
sobbing or convulsive character; the face flushes; talking, laughing, 



ANAESTHETICS :)10 

crying, singing, and sometimes praying, indicate the cerebral intoxica- 
tion. This stage of excitement varies in duration in different individu- 
al-, and is more pronounced in character and more persistent in those 
of mercurial disposition, and in the hysterical. At this period, although 
the patient can be easily aroused, sensibility to pain is decidedly dimin- 
ished ; although the sense of touch may be preserved, taste and smell 
are abolished, and the sight is either abnormally acute or is perverted 
by illusions. If the inhalation be continued, the patient passes into the 
condition of complete insensibility. In women and children, and males 
reduced by illness, the production of insensibility, if the anaesthetic be 
not inhaled too rapidly, takes place quietly ; but, if the subject be a 
robust male, in full health, especially if the inhalation has been pro- 
ceeded with rapidly, the stage of insensibility is preceded by a tetanic 
convulsive stage, in which the voluntary muscular system and the re- 
spiratory muscles become rigid, the breathing stertorous, the face cya- 
nosed. This condition of rigidity is similar to, if not identical with, the 
tetanic stage of the epileptic paroxysm. If the inhalation of the anaes- 
thetic be pushed still further, the tetanic rigidity subsides, the cyanosis 
disappears, the breathing proceeds quietly, and a condition of complete 
muscular relaxation, and of abolition of reflex movements, is established. 
When this is accomplished the arm drops without resistance when let 
fall, the conjunctiva is insensible to irritation, the pupils do not alter in 
size when exposed to light, and no mechanical irritation awakens the 
least consciousness of pain. The surface is cool, and bathed with abun- 
dant perspiration, the countenance is placid, the eyes closed, the pupils 
rather contracted than dilated ; the respiration easy, but more shallow 
than normal; the pulse slower — it may be feebler, it may be stronger 
than in health. The functions of the cerebrum are suspended ; only the 
lower centres, presiding over respiration and circulation, continue in 
action. Out of this condition, and without interference, the patient will 
presently emerge. If, however, the inhalation be continued these or- 
ganic functions will be suspended, and life will be terminated by the 
cessation of the action of the heart and of the respiratory organs. 
There are several modes of dying from anaesthetic vapors: 
1. By the first mode, called by Richardson syncopal apneea, the 
death is sudden and occurs very soon after the inhalation has begun, 
and is ascribed by him to " irritation of the peripheral nervous system, 
accumulation of carbonic acid in the blood, and arrest of the action of 
the heart." This explanation, the author submits with diffidence, seems 
very unsatisfactory, for phenomena of this kind, up to the point of car- 
diac paralysis, must ensue in all cases of chloroform narcosis. The sud- 
den death, at the beginning of inhalation, seems to be more properly 
explicable on the theory that the first chloroform vapor wdiich reaches 
them paralyzes the cardiac ganglia, already in an abnormal state of 
susceptibility from causes not now understood. 



350 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

2. By the second mode, called by Richardson epileptiform syncope, 
death ensues in the stage of rigidity preceding complete muscular re- 
laxation, and is due to tetanic fixation of the respiratory muscles, and 
consequent interference with the pulmonary circulation, accumulation 
of blood on the venous side, and arrest of the heart's action. In these 
cases respiration ceases before the pulsations cf the heart cease. 

3. By paralysis of the respiratory muscles. Death ensues during 
the stage of complete muscular relaxation, and the action of the heart 
continues for some seconds, or even minutes, after respiration has 
ceased. 

4. By paralysis of the heart. This also occurs in the course of 
complete insensibility; the motor ganglia are paralyzed, and the heart 
suddenly ceases to act, the respiration continuing for a short time 
longer. 

5. This mode of dying is made up of two factors : depression of the 
functions by chloroform narcosis, and the shock of the accident, or the 
surgical operation. Death may ensue during the inhalation, or may 
occur afterward. 

Conditions or the Organism rendering the Use of Anaesthetics 
dangerous. — Experience has demonstrated that old drunkards are 
peculiarly unfavorable subjects. When tumor or abscess of the brain 
exists, it is dangerous to administer anaesthetics. Instances of sudden 
death under these circumstances are relatively numerous. Very much 
enlarged tonsils, swollen epiglottis, oedema of the glottis, are contra- 
indications, but not insuperable, to the use of anaesthetics. Emphysema 
of the lungs is so frequently accompanied by ischaemia of the arterial, 
and engorgement of the venous side of the systemic circulation, and 
with dilatation of the right- cavities, that it must be considered a dan- 
gerous state in which to administer chloroform, or even ether. Fatty 
change in the muscular substance of the heart must be considered pecul- 
iarly unfavorable, for more deaths have ensued from this cause than any 
other. 

Chloroform and ether have been administered with' safety in cases 
of phthisis and heart-disease (valvular lesions), the muscular substance 
and its contained ganglia being free from structural change. 

Experience has abundantly demonstrated that those reduced by 
illness and disease, and the feeble, bear anaesthetics better than the 
healthy and robust ; that children and women are better subjects than 
adults and men; that anaesthetics are safer when given for operations 
for disease than for injury. 

Incomplete anmsthesia is a condition of danger. Numerous acci- 
dents have occurred from the use of anaesthetics for trivial operations — 
notably for extraction of teeth — in which but a partial degree of insen- 
sibility is induced. In such cases the heart, enfeebled by chloroform 
narcosis, is suddenly paralyzed by the reflex action proceeding from the 



ANAESTHETICS. 

peripheral injury. The district of tissue supplied by the fifth nerve is 
an especially dangerous region, owing doubtless to the intimate con- 
nection of tiie nucleus of the fifth with the nucleus of the pneumogas- 
tric. By far the largest number of fatal cases have resulted from a 
neglect of this rule : it is never safe to proceed in a surgical operation 
with anaesthetics, unless complete insensibility has been produced. 
The author is aware that Trousseau and Pidoux have attributed the 
number of cases cf fatal chloroform narcosis, which have occurred in 
England, to the fact that the just-mentioned rule is adhered to by Eng- 
lish surgeons. Their words are as follows: En Angleterre, les clnrur- 
glens portent V 'etherisation jusquhl V abolition de toutes les facidtes 
animates, jusqifau commencement de la periode d'etherisme organique. 
Plus prudents sous ce rapport que leurs confreres de la Grande-Bre- 
tagne, les chirurgiens franpais ont F habitude de s\irreter des que la 
sensibility aux excitations de la peau est dbolie et que la resolution 
musculaire commence. Cette prudence explique comment les chirur- 
giens fran$ais ont eprouve moins d' accidents graves et comptk moins 
de morts subites. (Vol. ii., p. 322.) 

Modes of conducting the Inhalation. — After ascertaining that 
none of the contraindications mentioned above exist, the patient may 
be prepared for the inhalation of the anaesthetic vapor. The inhalation 
should not be proceeded with soon after a full meal. Vomiting, as the 
narcosis subsides, is usual, and, as the insensibility of the glottis persists 
for some time afterward, particles of food niay be lodged in the chink, 
causing fatal suffocation. Several cases of this kind have been reported. 
On the other hand, it is bad practice to administer an anaesthetic after 
a prolonged period of fasting, for the exhaustion thereby induced may 
be an influential factor in determining" a fatal result. Before the inha- 
lation is begun, it is proper to administer an ounce or two of whiskey 
or brandy. Much more important is the expedient proposed by the 
eminent German surgeon, Nussbaum, viz., to administer a subcutane- 
ous injection of morphia. When this is done a much less quantity of 
the anaesthetic is needed to induce insensibility, and the stage of nar- 
cosis is sulficiently prolonged for ordinary surgical operations, without 
requiring renewed administration of the ether or chloroform. 

When the ana3sthetic is about to be administered, the operator 
should, by a cheerful and confident manner, remove the fears of the 
patient. Xone of the parapherna of the operation to be performed 
should be exhibited before the patient, and no remarks should be made 
in his hearing regarding his case, the anaesthetic sleep, or the surgical 
procedure. Only the physician having the administration of the anaes- 
thetic in charge, and the necessary assistants, should be present in the 
apartment. An abundant supply of fresh air should be insured to the 
patient, and all the appliances required for resuscitation should be at 
hand. 



352 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

The simplest apparatus only is required. Complicated inhalers have, 
as frequently as the towel or the handkerchief, been used in fatal cases 
of chloroform narcosis. A cone of stiff paper, lined with lint or felt, and 
large enough to cover the nose and mouth of the patient, is the best 
form of inhaler for the administration of ether. Lente's ether-inhaler con- 
sists of a cone of hard rubber lined with felt, and having attached to the 
apex a flexible rubber tube communicating with the ether-bottle. This 
is a very satisfactory apparatus. When ether is inhaled the atmosphere 
is, as far as possible, excluded, in order that the anaesthetic effect may 
be quickly induced. The important point in the administration of 
chloroform is to secure such an admixture of atmospheric air as that 
the amount of chloroform-vapor shall not exceed three and a half per 
cent. If this rule be regarded, the form of inhaler is of little impor- 
tance. The original method of Simpson is as good as any : applying 
the vapor by dropping slowly chloroform on a piece of thin cloth laid 
over the mouth and nose, or by a linen handkerchief moistened with 
half a drachm. The mouth and nose should be protected from the irri- 
tant action of the chloroform by inunction with oil. 

In administering the vapor of chloroform by any of the modes in 
use, it should not be forgotten that it has. a density and weight four 
times those of air, and that, consequently, when a cloth or handkerchief 
is held closely over the mouth the air is displaced, and the patient may 
be breathing little more than chloroform-vapor. 

During the administration of ether, attention should be directed to 
the state of the respiration, for arrest of the respiratory movements is 
the only source of danger. When chloroform is being inhaled, the state 
of the circulation, as well as of the respiratory apparatus, must be re- 
garded. 

Means of removing Dangerous Symptoms. — Suspension of the 
heart's action is to be met at once by the withdrawal of the vapor, and 
the inversion of the patient, according to the method of Nelaton ; fail- 
ure of respiration, by forcibly drawing out the tongue, by the practice 
of artificial respiration, and by faradization of the respiratory muscles. 
Artificial warmth should be applied, and cooling of the body by cold- 
water douche, etc., should be prohibited. Acupuncture of the heart, 
galvano-puncture, injection of ammonia into the veins, are measures 
which have been used in extreme cases, but unfortunately rarely w 7 ith 
success. 

In practising resuscitation for arrest of breathing due to ether, arti- 
ficial respiration by the method of Silvester, and inversion of the body 
by the method of Nelaton, are the most promising expedients. 

Therapy. — Anaesthetic agents are used to quiet pain and spasm 
from disease, to render the dressing of injuries and surgical operations 
painless, and to produce muscular relaxation. Ether-inhalations give 
entire relief to the pain of neuralgia (tic-douloureux), cancer, and in- 



ANAESTHETICS. 353 

fiammation y to pain dependent on spasms — tetanus, chorea, hepatic 
and nephritic colic, etc. It is not necessary in these cases, as a rule, 
to induce full anaesthesia, for, as has already been pointed out, the 
sensibility to pain ceases before the condition of insensibility is reached 
— before, indeed, the perceptive centres of conscious impressions are 
otherwise impaired than as to the appreciation of pain. Paroxysms of 
iiKtniacal delirium, and of puerperal mania, when violent and uncon- 
trollable, are sometimes quickly quieted and refreshing sleep obtained, 
from which the patient eventually arouses in a calmer frame of mind. 
Ether is the proper agent for this purpose. It should not be forgotten 
that anaesthetics are dangerous in delirium tremens. 

In puerperal convulsions due to reflex irritation, or to uraemia, the 
use of chloroform is invaluable. It is equally effective in the reflex con- 
vulsions of early life, in the urcemic convulsions of scarlet fever, and 
in the so-called hystero-epilepsy. When puerperal, or other forms of 
convulsive seizures, are due to cerebral haemorrhage, no good can be 
accomplished by anaesthetic inhalations. In any case, although con- 
vulsions may be arrested by anaesthetic inhalations, other appropriate 
measures must be resorted to for the permanent removal of the causes. 
A paroxysm of epilepsy impending may be aborted by the inhalation 
of ether, but the nitrite of amyl is a more effective remedy for this 
purpose. 

In certain neuroses of the respiratory organs, great relief is ob- 
tained by anaesthetic inhalations. Laryngismus stridulus may be 
quickly cured by the vapor of chloroform. A few drops of chloroform 
on a handkerchief will suffice, and special care should be taken to dilute 
the vapor largely with air. A similar procedure will relieve severe 
paroxysms of whooping-cough, but a more energetic use of chloroform 
is required when convulsions occur during a fit of coughing. No single 
agent gives more relief in asthma, but, like all other remedies for this 
disease, the power of relief declines, and increasing doses of the anaes- 
thetic become necessary, so that the habit of chloroform or ether nar- 
cosis is formed. 

Anaesthetic inhalations should not be recommended in cases which 
will probably require their use for a long time, because the inclination 
for this kind of intoxication grows rapidly, and is as difficult to control 
as the opium-habit. The author has seen one case in which the patient 
consumed a pound of chloroform daily, but, as might be expected, this 
extraordinary consumption of the anaesthetic did not long continue, for 
the patient succumbed in a few months. 

In obstetric practice the applications of anaesthetics are numerous 
and important. The indications and contraindications for chloroform in 
natural labor may be formularized as follows : When the labor is of 
short duration, and not excessively painful, anaesthetics should not be 
used ; on the other hand, when the labor is protracted and the suffering 
24 



354 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

great, they favor the progress of the case and prevent exhaustion and 
uterine inertia. In primipara caution is necessary. The inhalation of 
the anaesthetic should not begin until near the close of the first stage, 
unless those painful but ineffectual contractions occur, which have been 
aptly characterized as "nagging pains," when the vapor, very much 
diluted, may be cautiously inhaled for their relief. The inhalation 
should be practised only during the existence of the pain. The influ- 
ence of the anaesthetic on the pulse, respiration, and uterine contrac- 
tions, should be carefully observed, and, if the pulse fail, the respirations 
become shallow, or the pains lose in efficiency, the inhalation should be 
discontinued. If the anaesthetic cause great excitement, and the patient 
become loudly clamorous for more, while the uterine contractions are 
lessening in force, it is doing harm and should be withdrawn. It is 
never necessary, nor proper, to administer the anaesthetic to complete 
unconsciousness. Toward the close of the second stage, when the head 
begins to distend the external parts, the quantity of chloroform may be 
somewhat increased, but the inhalation should be discontinued when 
the occiput has passed under the pubic arch. If these rules are fol- 
lowed, the action of the anaesthetic is beneficent. Properly administered 
the use of chloroform may be considered perfectly safe in the parturient 
female. It is generally conceded that no well-authenticated case of 
death from the use of chloroform in labor has occurred, when the ad- 
ministration was in the hands of a properly-qualified medical man. 

The following evil results, the author believes, have followed the 
incautious use of anaesthetics in labor: the progress of the case arrested, 
so that forceps became necessary ; slow and imperfect uterine contrac- 
tion, and consequent post-partum haemorrhage; a toxic condition of the 
mother's blood, with after - excitement, wakefulness, and puerperal 
mania ; asphyxia of the child, tedious convalescence, and subinvolution 
of the womb. 

When instrumental delivery is required, the utility of anaesthetics 
is unquestionably great. It facilitates the necessary manipulations, and 
prevents shock. The inhalation should be carried far enough in these 
cases to produce sufficient quietude in the patient, but not to com- 
plete muscular resolution. When turning is to be performed, the 
state of chloroform narcosis must be deep enough to suspend uterine 
contractions. 

If puerperal convulsions occur at any stage, the utility of chloro- 
form is unquestionable. The limits of its utility in these cases have 
already been indicated. 

When careful examination of the pelvic viscera is to be made to 
establish the diagnosis in difficult and obscure cases, as, for example, 
phantom tumor \ ovarian and fibroid growths, pelvic abscess, etc., the 
importance of full anaesthesia can hardly be over-estimated. 

The use of anaesthetics in operative surgery is now an indispensable 



ANAESTHETICS. 355 

practice. Tt may be compendiously stated that ether, or chloroform, is 
required in all surgical operations of magnitude, for the reduction of 
dislocations, for the taxis in strangulated hernia, for dressing painful 
wounds and adjusting fractures, for breaking up adhesions, and con- 
tractions of muscles and tendons in cases of deformity, tor establishing 
the diagnosis in feigned diseases, etc. 

The after nausea and vomiting, which are sometimes most depress- 
ing, and occasionally dangerous, produced by anaesthetics, may be pre- 
vented by the hypodermatic injection of morphia and atropia before 
beginning the administration of the anaesthetic. After the patient 
emerges from the anaesthetic sleep, the above-mentioned unpleasant 
after-effects may be relieved by a minute quantity of morphia (^V of a 
grain) and atropia (y^- of a grain) injected subcutaneously. 

Comparative Utility of Ether and Chloroform. — Chloroform is 
more pleasant to inhale, and is less irritant to the air-passages than 
ether. The vapor of chloroform is not, and the vapor of ether is, in- 
flammable, "whence it follows that the former may be alone admissible 
at night under some circumstances. The stage of excitement is longer 
from ether than from chloroform, but, as ether may be given much more 
rapidly, this difference in action may be made to disappear in practice. 
Chloroform is more prompt in its effects, and the narcosis induced by it 
more sustained, than is the case with ether ; but these advantages pos- 
sessed by chloroform are quite balanced by the greater freedom with 
which ether may be administered. The danger from the inhalation of 
chloroform is vastly greater than from ether. 

It follows from the above considerations that ether should be used 
in preference to chloroform, in all cases, except during labor. Chloro- 
form is to be preferred in labor, because more pleasant to inhale, more 
prompt in action, and without inflammability. The consideration of 
safety must necessarily take precedence, but experience has shown that 
chloroform is perfectly safe in labor when properly administered. 

The frequency with which fatal cases of chloroform narcosis have 
been reported — amounting in the aggregate now to about five hun- 
dred — imposes an immense responsibility on the administrator. In the 
present state of opinion on the subject, the use of chloroform, when 
ether is available, for the production of anaesthesia, can hardly be justi- 
fied, especially if a fatal result follow its administration. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. Francis Edmund. Stimulants and Narcotics, American edition. 

Boettciier, Prof. Dr. A. Weber die Wirkung des Chloroforms auf das Blut. Vir- 
chow's Archiv, xxxii., 1865, 1, p. 126. 

Gubler, Dr. A. Commentaircs Therapeutiques du Codex Mcdicamentarius, etc., p. 670. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittcllehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 1034. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Chloroform, Aether und die als Ersatzmittel des Chloroform 



356 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

empfohlenen Alkoholderivaie zusammengestellt und besprochen. Schmidt's Jahrbilcher, vol. 
cxlii., p. 209, and vol. cxlv., p. 305. 

Lente, Dr. Frederic D. New York Medical Journal, vol. viii., p. 615. 

Medico-Chirurgical Transactions. Report of the Committee, etc., to inquire into 
the Uses and the Physiological, Therapeutical, and Toxical Effects of Chloroform, etc., vol. 
xxix., second series, p. 323. 

Morgan, Dr. J. The Danger of Chloroform and the Safety and Efficiency of Ether, 
London, 1872. 

Nothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Die fettige Degeneration der Organe bei Chloroformvergif- 
tung. Berliner klinische Wochen., iii., 4, 1866. 

Ibid. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, p. 125. 

Petrequin, Dr. J. E. Nouvelles JRecherches sur la Choix d faire entre la Chloroforme 
et VEther red., etc., Gaz. Eeb., 4-6, 1867. 

Reeve, Dr. J. C. American Journal of Medical Sciences, October, 1867. 

Richardson, Dr. B. W. The Medical Times and Gazette, 1866-1871, various articles. 

Sansom, Dr. Arthur Ernest. Chloroform : Its Action and Administration, Philadel- 
phia, 1866. 

Simpson, Sir J. Y. Anaesthesia, Hospitalism, etc., Works, American edition. 

Snow, Dr. On Chloroform and other Ancesthetics, London, 1858. 

Squibb, Dr. E. R. New York Medical Journal, April, 1871. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et de Matiere Medicate, eighth edition, 
vol. ii., p. 301. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



Local Anaesthesia. — The diminution of the cutaneous sensibility, 
by the application of ice and freezing mixtures, has long been practised. 
It was not, however, until Richardson's method by the hand-ball spray 
apparatus had been proposed, that there had been much use made of 
local anaesthesia. 

This method consists in directing a current of atomized ether against 
the part to be anaesthetized. The ether employed for this purpose should 
have a specific gravity not to exceed 0.723. Rhigolene, the lightest 
liquid known, a product of the fractional distillation of petroleum, is 
more effective than ether, but great difficulty attends its use owing to 
its extreme volatility. When a current of atomized ether or rhigolene 
is directed, against the skin, the rapid evaporation produces an intense 
degree of cold, in consequence of which the nerves lose their power of 
transmitting impressions to the sensorium. 

A serious drawback to the process of producing local anaesthesia is, 
the unpleasant burning which follows in the part when it recovers from 
the freezing, and also the great pain which attends the application of 
ether-spray to certain parts. 

Therapy. — For small operations, such as extraction of teeth, and 
opening abscesses, the method of local anaesthesia is extremely useful. 
It has been, and can be, used with entire success in much larger opera- 
tions, but it is generally employed for merely minor ones. 

The application of ether-spray to the spine is an extremely service' 
able remedy in spinal irritation and in chorea. In the latter disease it 



NITROUS OXIDE. 357 

alone suffices to effect a cure. In neuralgia of superficial nerves, lum- 
bago, muscular rheumatism, etc., the ether-spray affords relief very 
quickly, which may be permanent. 

Nitrous Oxide. — Protoxide of nitrogen. Laughing-gas. 

Composition and Properties. — A colorless, inodorous gas, having 
a slightly sweetish taste, and a specific gravity of 1.527. It consists 
of one equivalent each of nitrogen and oxygen. It increases the rate 
of combustion of inflammable substances. Water at ordinary tempera- 
ture absorbs about three-fourths of its bulk of the gas. By pressure 
and cold the gas may be condensed into a liquid, and can then be stored 
up in suitable vessels for transportation and use. The quantity of the 
gas taken up by cold water may be much increased by pressure, and 
the water will then yield it up on heating. Hence this constitutes a 
convenient mode of storing the gas for preservation. The ordinary 
mode of storing the gas is in gas-bags, holding about eight gallons, in 
gasometers, or in the liquid form in strong metallic casks. 

Physiological Actions. — The first surgical operation performed with 
a modern anaesthetic was the extraction of a tooth, the subject being 
unconscious from the inhalation of nitrous oxide. It had long been 
known that this gas produced decided exhilaration, when inhaled to a 
certain point. It has a very short anaesthetic stage, unless the inhala- 
tion of the gas be continued. 

The first effect of the inhalation of nitrous oxide is a subjective dizzi- 
ness, whirring noises in the ears, and tingling and loss of sensation 
throughout the body. Extraordinary illusions beguile the senses, and 
the intoxicated subject suddenly breaks forth into singing, declamation, 
sobbing, melancholy, or manifests a pugnacious tendency and assaults 
those about him. As the effects quickly cease, and as the return to 
consciousness is very abrupt, the subject is surprised and ashamed to 
find himself in some ridiculous or grandiose position quite foreign to 
his usual demeanor. 

When used to produce anaesthesia for surgical operations, the inha- 
lation of the gas is forced, and the stage of excitement is very brief. 
The countenance assumes a frightful aspect, most alarming to those 
who have not witnessed the inhalation of the gas. The face becomes 
deadly pale, the respirations, at first shallow, soon assume a stertorous 
character, the jaw becomes fixed, the eyes protrude, and the pallor of 
the face is presently replaced by a bluish and purplish tint. 

So far as the exterior phenomena can afford any indication of the 
nature of the action, the condition produced by nitrous oxide is an 
asphyxiated state. The blood ceases to be oxygenated, carbonic acid 
accumulates, and the centres of conscious impressions are rendered in- 
active in consequence of the deficient supply of oxygen, and the excess 
of carbonic acid. The rational indications of the nature of the narcosis 



358 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

produced by nitrous oxide are confirmed by physiological experiment. 
It has been found that the exhalation of carbonic acid is decidedly 
diminished by the inhalation of nitrous oxide, and that animals live no 
longer in an atmosphere of this gas than in an atmosphere of nitrogen. 

The inhalation of nitrous oxide appears to be almost free from dan- 
ger, and it is rare that unpleasant after-effects follow its administration. 
Two fatal cases have certainly occurred, which can with propriety be 
attributed to the lethal action of this gas, and various cases have fallen 
under the observation of the author in which nervousness, vague mental 
symptoms, and headache, have been experienced after the inhalations. 

Therapy.- — The very prompt action of nitrous oxide and the . quick 
subsidence of the narcosis render it a very useful anaesthetic agent 
when small operations, quickly executed, are to be performed. It is 
especially adapted for the extraction of teeth, opening of abscesses, and 
similar minor operations. But it has also been used successfully for 
maintaining prolonged anaesthesia for the performance of capital oper- 
ations. There is no difficulty in keeping up insensibility from fifteen 
minutes to a half-hour, since the introduction of liquefied gas and of 
apparatus for its suitable application. 

Authorities referred to : 

Amort, Dr. Robert. The Physiological Action of Nitrous Oxide. New York Medical 
Journal, August, 1870. 

Johnson, Dr. George. A Lecture on the Physiology of Coma and Anaesthesia. Medi- 
cal Times arid Gazette, April 3, 1869. 

Joltet et T. Blanche, MM. Recherches experimentales sur V Action du Gaz protoxyde 
d 1 Azote. Bulletin General de Therap., toI. lxxxv., p. 91. 

Richardson, Dr. B. W. Medical Times and Gazette, vol. i., 1-868. 

United States Dispensatory^ thirteenth edition, p. 1656. 

Chloral. — Hydrate of chloral. Chloral, Fr. ; CMoralhydrat, Ger. 

" A white, crystalline mass having a pungent odor and taste, soluble 
in its own weight of distilled water, and readily soluble in alcohol. 
When heated it fuses and evaporates without residue, and in the open 
air without combustion. The aqueous solution is not precipitated by 
the nitrate of silver, and, when mixed with an equal bulk of nitric acid 
and heated, no red vapors are evolved. The solution acidulated with 
sulphuric acid, and faintly tinged with permanganate of potassium, is 
not decolorized within three hours. The crystals float on sulphuric acid 
and, when the two are agitated together, the acid becomes temporarily 
turbid, but remains colorless after being heated." 

Dose, grs. v — 3j, or more, but it should not be forgotten that 3 ss 
has produced toxic symptoms. 

Antagonists and IncompAtibles. — The depression of the heart and 
respiration caused by chloral is antagonized by alcoholic stimulants, 
ammonia, atropia, by galvanism, and by artificial heat. These are, 



CHLORAL. 359 

therefore, appropriate remedies to be employed in cases of poisoning. 
Strychnia is held by Liebreich to be antagonistic, and hence it may 
be administered hypodermatically when the measures above mentioned 
are being used. 

Alkalies decompose chloral with the production of formic acid and 
chloroform, hence all agents having an alkaline reaction are incom- 
patible. 

Synergists. — The hypnotic medicines, notably opium, and the an- 
aesthetics, deepen the effects of chloral when they are simultaneously 
administered. 

Physiological Actions. — Chloral has considerable antiseptic prop- 
erty, and is preservative of animal textures. It produces redness and 
inflammation of the skin, when kept in contact with it for a lengthened 
period. The taste of chloral is hot and pungent, and it excites an 
abundant flow of saliva. In the stomach it causes first a cooling sensa- 
tion, followed by warmth, and when taken in large quantity may set 
up a high degree of gastric irritation, nausea, and vomiting. In moder- 
ate quantity chloral rather stimulates than impairs the appetite, and 
indigestion and nausea do not, as a rule, follow as an after-effect. 

Chloral diffuses into the blood rapidly. The changes which occur 
after its entrance into the vessels is much disputed. Liebreich, as is 
w r ell known, was led — by observing the reaction when chloral is brought 
into the presence of an alkali — to the deduction that the soda of the 
blood would split up chloral into chloroform and formic acid, and that, 
therefore, the effects belonging to chloroform might be produced by the 
administration of chloral. It is probably true that this reaction does 
take place to some extent, but there are several insuperable objections 
to the theory of Liebreich : 

1. The effects of chloral differ from those produced by a correspond- 
ing quantity of chloroform. 

2. After the administration of chloral, there is no elimination of 
chloroform by the breath or urine. 

3. Chloral is more decidedly hypnotic, and much less anaesthetic, 
than chloroform. 

4. Crystals of chloral have been recognized in the blood, and the 
products of the decomposition of chloral have recently been recovered 
from the urine. 

The effects which follow an ordinary medicinal dose (fifteen to thirty 
grains) are not the same in all subjects, although it must be admitted 
that a great degree of uniformity exists. When there is present an 
insusceptibility to its hypnotic action it produces headache, and in some 
subjects a delirious excitement. Immediately preceding its hypnotic 
action there is developed in all subjects a stage of excitement, usually 
very short in duration, and followed by sudden and complete sopor. 
The sleep produced by chloral is extraordinarily like natural sleep, and 



360 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

is calm, dreamless, and refreshing. It is not a condition of narcotism, 
and the patient may be easily aroused to take food and nourishment, 
and will quickly and without difficulty fall asleep again. As a rule no 
unpleasant after-effects are experienced from a dose of chloral — no head- 
ache, faintness, giddiness, nausea, and constipation, so common after 
morphia. The quantity of chloral necessary to produce sleep, without 
dangerous narcotism, ranges from fifteen to forty grains, and the dura- 
tion of the effect varies in different subjects from two to eight hours. 
Chloral does not destroy the sensibility to pain, unless 'administered in 
a quantity sufficient to suspend the functions of the cerebrum. It is 
not a pain-relieving agent in the sense that morphia is. 

When sleep is produced by proper medicinal doses of chloral the 
pupil contracts a little, the pulse may remain unaltered or become 
slower, and the respirations are unaffected. When a dangerous or 
lethal dose is taken, profound narcotism will follow ; the respirations 
will be slower and shallower, the pulse will become weak, rapid, and 
irregular; sensibility and the reflex movements will be abolished, and 
complete muscular relaxation will ensue. The mode of dying is by 
suspension of the functions of the cerebrum, and, finally, by paralysis 
of the respiratory centre, and of the cardiac motor ganglia. Death 
may be suddenly produced by paralysis of the heart, in cases of fatty 
degeneration of the muscular tissue of this organ, without proceeding 
so far as to involve the lower centres of the brain. . 

A marked reduction in temperature, notably in rabbits — so much as 
8° Fahr. — is produced by chloral, but this effect may be considerably 
lessened by enveloping the body in non-conductors (Brunton), which 
act by preventing the cooling of the blood by the atmosphere. The 
first effect of chloral is to raise the arterial tension (stage of excite- 
ment), but this action quickly ceases, and a decided lowering of the 
tension results. The diminished arterial tension and the weakened 
action of the heart are the principal factors in the reduction of the 
body temperature, for the combined action of these agencies is to lessen 
the combustion process. After death from chloral, congestion of the 
meninges of the brain and cord, of the lungs, and distention of the 
right cavities of the heart, have been observed. The arrest of the heart's 
action takes place in the diastole. 

Chloral does not affect the motor nerves nor impair the contractility 
of muscle ; hence the paralytic phenomena both of animal and of organic 
life produced by it are due to its direct action on the nervous centres. 

Very large quantities of chloral have been taken without producing 
fatal symptoms. I have seen a patient who took daily from two drachms 
to three drachms of chloral for many months, without any symptoms 
of acute poisoning. While it is true that enormous doses (several 
hundred grains) have been taken without producing lethal effects, it is 
equally tru^ that serious symptoms and death have resulted from very 



CHLORAL. 361 

moderate doses (twenty to thirty grains). Great care should therefore 
be taken in prescribing an agent of such uncertain power. A fatty 
heart, atheromatous degeneration of the vessels, advanced disease of 
the lungs, and instability of the nervous system, are contraindications 
of the use of chloral. 

Chloral-Habit. — The habitual use of chloral constitutes a disorder, 
which, if not as persistent as the opium-habit, has its own difficulties 
and dangers of no little importance. Those who take chloral habitually 
have irritable, injected, and rather brilliant eyes, and are voluble in 
speech, and have a rather excited and hurried manner. They complain 
usually of singing in the ears, of an empty or vacuous feeling in the 
brain, and are subject to sudden attacks of vertigo. They are wakeful, 
and very nervous and excitable, without chloral, when the time for 
sleep arrives, and they are usually entirely unable to sleep without the 
usual dose of the hypnotic. During the day they are melancholy, 
easily fatigued, and their voluntary movements are apt to be uncertain 
and disordered. The appetite is always capricious, frequently wanting ; 
digestion is labored ; the secretion of bile is deficient, the stools being 
rather white and pasty ; the urine stained with the bile-elements, and 
sometimes albuminous. 

An increasing weakness and irregularity in the action of the heart; 
dyspnoea, chiefly when the stomach is distended ; redness, injection, 
and ecchymoses of the skin, have been occasionally observed to occur in 
cases of the chloral habit. 

The best method of managing these unfortunate cases consists in the 
very gradual diminution of the daily quantity of chloral ; in regulation 
of the ditft and administration of a suitable supply of food ; air, exer- 
cise, and change of scene ; chalybeate tonics, with hyoscyamus and 
lupuline ; occasional purgatives. 

Therapy. — Chloral is a remedy of great value in seasickness. 
From fifteen to thirty grains every four hours, the recumbent posture 
for a short time, and suitable nourishment, are the most effective means 
we now possess for this troublesome disorder. In some cases of sick' 
ness of pregnancy chloral is equally effective, but, like other remedies 
for this condition, it often fails. According to the author's observation 
it is most effective when there is much dizziness, faintness, and repug- 
nance to food, and but little vomiting. When the odor of chloral in- 
vites nausea, as is not unfrequently the case, it may be given advan- 
tageously by enema. 

In severe cases of cholera-morons, with cramps, coldness of the 
surface, cold breath and cold tongue, remarkable relief is procured, and 
the patient not unfrequently wrested from a condition of extreme dan- 
ger by the hypodermatic injection of chloral. There is no means of 
treatment of cholera now known so effective as this, as the author has 
personally witnessed. The effectiveness of chloral is increased by com- 



362 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

bination with morphia. I£. Chloral, hydratis, 3 iij ; morphias sulph., 
gr. iv ; aquas laur.-cerasi, § j. M. Sig. From fifteen to thirty minims 
— -for cholera, cholera-morous, etc. This injection produces considera- 
ble burning pain and an indurated lump, but in the author's experience 
suppuration has not followed. 

As chloral produces a lowering of the temperature, and, according 
to Richardson, diminishes the coagulability of the fibrine, good results 
may be expected from its use in inflammations and fevers. It is 
especially indicated when the temperature is high and there are much 
delirium and restlessness present. The author has observed excellent 
results from its use under these circumstances in the eruptive fevers, 
pneumonia, etc. It should not be forgotten, however, that chloral must 
be prescribed with caution when there is ischsemia of the arterial sys- 
tem — a condition which must necessarily exist when a considerable 
portion of the lung-space is blocked up by fibrinous or caseous deposi- 
tions. In pleuritis, endo- and pericarditis, and in peritonitis, much 
good will result from the use of moderate doses of chloral — five grains 
every three hou'rs. It is useful because it allays restlessness, causes 
sleep, lowers the fever, and limits or prevents fibrinous deposits and ex- 
udations. 

The most important uses of chloral are in diseases of the nervous 
system. As an hypnotic, pure and simple, it is quite unrivaled. Cases 
of sleeplessness, due to mental overwork, anxiety, or physical fatigue, 
are entirely relieved by fifteen to twenty grains of chloral. The re- 
freshing sleep thus obtained not unfrequently leads to repeated and 
long-continued use of chloral, and thus the chloral-habit is formed. It 
follows that sleep should be procured by proper hygienic methods in 
such cases, if possible, and chloral should be resorted to only after the 
failure of such means. No hypnotic is so uniformly successful in pro- 
curing sleep in delirium tremens / but this remedy, as other remedies 
of the same class, not unfrequently fails. ' It is more particularly adapted 
to those cases in which the delirium has succeeded to a debauch, and is 
less useful, and may, indeed, produce serious symptoms, in old, worn-out 
drunkards. Violent excitement not unfrequently is produced by it when 
it fails to cause sleep. The author must caution his younger readers 
against the too large administration of chloral in this disease. Sleep 
may be procured which will end in fatal exhaustion. Especially should 
caution be use in old drunkards, whose heart and vascular system may 
have undergone serious fatty and calcareous degeneration. In suitable 
cases there is no doubt chloral is a remedy of the highest value, but it 
should not be used to the exclusion of suitable hygienic and dietetic 
treatment. 

Various forms of mania, in which delirium and wakefulness are 
prominent symptoms, are largely benefited by hypnotic doses of chlo- 
ral. This remark is true of acute mania, acute melancholia, puerperal 



CHLORAL. 3G3 

mania, acute maniacal delirium, and the excitement which occurs in 
general paralysis of the insane. When it agrees, and produces re- 
freshing sleep, marked improvement in the mental state not unfre- 
quently follows its use. In incurable and intractable cases, chloral 
often renders the greatest service as a calmative and an hypnotic. 

Puerperal convulsions, when the patient is in a condition to swal- 
low, may be arrested by full doses of chloral — twenty grains every two 
hours. Infantile convulsions, when due to reflex irritation, may be 
suspended by the same means. When the jactitations of chorea are so 
incessant as to prevent sleep, or w r hen they occur during sleep, chloral 
may be administered with advantage. It is not a curative agent in 
chorea, but when it produces quiet and refreshing sleep it indirectly 
contributes to the cure. 

Some of the respiratory neuroses are greatly benefited by chloral. 
The paroxysms of spasmodic asthma may be arrested by it, and the 
spasmodic attacks of difficult breathing which accompany emphysema 
may be decidedly ameliorated by timely doses of chloral. It must not 
be foro-otten, however, that the use of chloral is not unattended with 
danger in pulmonary diseases with ischsemia of the arterial system. In 
the spasmodic stage of whooping-cough, great relief to the paroxysms 
may be obtained by the use of this agent. From five to ten grains will 
generally be a suitable quantity for administration in these cases. Im- 
pending attacks of laryngismus stridulus may be prevented, and seiz- 
ures already in action can be quickly arrested by a full dose of chloral — 
five to fifteen grains. 

We have no remedy more effective in tetanus than chloral, but it 
must be given in large doses. Nocturnal attacks of epilepsy may not 
unfrequently be prevented by a full dose of chloral at bedtime. In 
parcdysis agitans, good effects have been attained by hypnotic doses at 
bedtime. Chloral is a physiological antagonist to strychnia, and may, 
therefore, be used with advantage in poisoning by this substance. 

Chloral is not unfrequently prescribed to relieve pain, but under a 
mistaken notion of its physiological powers. It can only relieve pain 
by suspending the functions of the cerebrum, and in doses, therefore, 
which are dangerous. It has no direct pain-relieving power, like mor- 
phia. When pain is to be relieved and sleep procured, the combination 
of chloral and morphia is extremely effective. 

Although chloral does not directly suspend the functions of the sen- 
sory nerves, it relieves certain kinds of pain due to irregular or overac- 
tion of unstriped muscular fibres. Very great relief is afforded by 
chloral, to the irregular pains of the first stage of labor, which cause 
suffering but do not advance the case — the so-called " nagging-pains " 
in popular obstetric language. JRigidity of the os uteri and soft parts 
may be corrected by the timely administration of chloral, and exhaus- 
tion may be prevented by giving it in such a way as to suspend irregu- 



364 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

lar uterine action and to procure sleep. After-pains are stopped by 
chloral. In all these cases of obstetric diseases, large doses are gener- 
ally required. 

A solution of chloral is an excellent antiseptic application to foul 
wounds : it destroys the odor of putrefaction, arrests fermentative 
changes, and promotes the formation of healthy granulations. It may 
be used to preserve anatomical preparations and morbid specimens. A 
weak solution of chloral (gr. j to grs. iv — § j) is an excellent injection 
in gonorrhoea. 

Equal parts of chloral and camphor, triturated together, form a clear 
fluid, which is often of great service in neuralgia^ applied to the affected 
part. It is painted lightly over the surface with a camel's-hair brush, 
and is allowed to dry on. It is. said to allay spasmodic cough when 
painted over the larynx. 

Authorities referred to : 

Amort, Dr. Robert. The New York Medical Journal, vol. xv., p. 606. 

Andrews, Dr. J. B. The Physiological Action and Therapeutic Use of Chloral, Utica, 
N. Y., 1871. 

Browne, Lennox. The British Medical Journal, March 7, 1874, p. 304. 

Da Costa, Dr. J. M. Clinical Notes on Chloral. American Journal of Medical Sci- 
ences, April, 1870, p. 359. 

Demarquay, M. Notes sur le Chloral. Bulletin de Therapeutique, vol. lxxvii., p. 307. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch der gesamrnten Arzneimiltellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 1088. 

Keen, Dr. W. W. The Anatomical, Pathological, and Surgical Uses of Chloral. 
American Journal of Medical Sciences, July, 1875. 

Liebreich, Dr. Oscar. Das Chloralhydrat, ein neues Hypnoticum und Ancestheticum, 
und dessen Anwendung in der Medicin, zweite Auflage, Berlin, 1869. 

Lange, Dr. Ueber die Wirhung des Chloralhydrat. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, 
No. 10, 1870. 

Personne and Bouchut, MM. The Medical Times and Gazette, vol. xi., 1869, p. 605. 

Richardson, Dr. B. W. On the Physiological Actions of Chloral. T7ie Medical 
Times and Gazette, vol. xi., 1869. 

Reynolds, Dr. J. Russell. The Practitioner, vol. iv., p. 188, March, 1870. 

Tomaszewicz, A. Die Wirhungen des Chloral und der Trichloressigsaure. Archiv 
fur Physiologie, ix., p. 35, Mai, 1874. Schmidfs Jahrbiicher, No. 8, 1874. 

Wells, Mr. Spencer. On Hydrate of Chloral and its Use in Practice. The Medical 
Times and Gazette, vol. xi., 1869. 

Croton-Chloral Hydrate. — This substance occurs in rather small and 
brilliant tabular crystals. It is soluble in water, but not freely so ; and, 
as respects antagonists and incompatibles, may be classed with chloral 
hydrate. Dose, grs. ij — grs. xv, largely diluted in water. It may also 
be conveniently made into pills with glycerite of tragacanth. 

Physiological Actions and Therapy. — Croton-chloral resembles 
chloral in its hypnotic action, but it is feebler and also less certain. As 
in lethal doses it causes death by paralysis of respiration, it is ad mis- 



OPIUM. 365 

sible in cases of weak heart. It differs from chloral, especially in the 
singular property which it possesses of causing anaesthesia of the head. 
Croton-chloral is much less certain in its effects than chloral : sometimes 
one or two grains will relieve severe trigeminal neuralgia ; and often 
from five to fifteen grains are necessary. When pain is to be relieved 
and sleep procured, the best results are obtained by a combination of 
the two agents. 

Croton-chloral has proved very effective in various neuralgice. It 
been especially useful in tic-douloureux, in which it should be given in 
doses of two to five grains every hour or two, until fifteen grains have 
been taken. It is probably not safe to exceed this amount at one time. 
The pains of dysmenorrhea and sciatica have also been relieved by the 
use of this remedy. 

Authorities referred to : 

The British Medical Journal, October 30, 1873, March 7, 18*74. 
Schmidt's Jahrbucher. Papers by Profs. Liebreich, Benson, Baker, and Wickham 
Legg, Band 161, p. 16. 

Opium. — Opium. Opium, Fr. ; Opium, Ger. "The concrete juice 
obtained from the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum, by incision 
and spontaneous evaporation. 

" Opium, when dried at 212° until it ceases to lose weight, should 
yield at least ten per cent, of morphia by the officinal process." 

Confectio Opii. — Confection of opium. (Opium, aromatic powder, 
honey.) / Dose, thirty-six grains of the confection contain one grain of 
opium. 

Emplastrum Opii. — Plaster of opium. (Extract of opium, Burgun- 
dy pitch, and lead-plaster.) 

Extractum Opii. — Extract of opium. Dose, gr. ss — grs. ij. 

Pilulai Opii. — Pills of opium. Dose, one to four pills. Each pill 
contains one grain of opium. 

PihdcB Saponis Composite?,. — Compound pills of soap. (Opium and 
soap.) Five grains contain one grain of opium. 

Pulvis Ipecacuanhce Compositus. — Compound powder of ipecacu- 
anha. Dover's powder. Ten grains contain one grain each of ipecac, 
and of opium, and eight grains of sulphate of potash. 

Tlnctura Opii. — Tincture of opium. Laudanum. Thirteen minims 
or twenty-five drops are equivalent to one grain of opium. 

Tinctura Opii Acetata. — Acetated tincture of opium. Ten minims 
or twenty drops are about equal to one grain of opium. 

Tinctura Opii Camphorata. — Camphorated tincture of opium. 
Paregoric. Half a fluid ounce contains nearly one grain of opium. 
Dose, for children, from gtt. v — gtt. xx ; for adults, from 3 j — | j. 



366 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Tinctura Opii Deodorata. — Deodorized tincture of opium. Dose, 

m. v— 3 j. 

Vinum Opii. — Wine of opium. (Opium, cinnamon, cloves, sherry 

wine.) Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Composition. — About half of the weight of opium is made up of 
gum, pectine, albumen, and fragments of the poppy-capsules, and calca- 
reous salts. It contains, also, some coloring-matter, and a volatile sub- 
stance in minute quantity. The proportion of water varies from twelve 
to thirty per cent. A large number of basic, acid, and neutral sub- 
stances have been and are still being discovered in opium, hence its 
chemistry is very complex. 

The following natural alkaloids have been found in opium. Various 
derivatives of these have also been described. This list, except some 
unimportant modifications, is taken from Fliickiger and Hanbury's ad- 
mirable Pharmacographia : 

Hydrocotarnine. — Crystallizable, alkaline. Volatile at 100°. (C ia 

H..NA-) 

Morphine (morphia). — Crystallizable, alkaline. (0 17 H 19 N 1 8 .) 

Pseudo-morphine. — Crystallizes with H 2 0, does not unite even with 
acetic acid. (C^H^N^.) 

Codeine (codia). — Crystallizable, alkaline, soluble in water. (C 18 H ai 

NA-) 

Thebaine (thebaia). — Crystallizable, alkaline. (C^H^NjO,.) 

Protopine. — Crystallizable, alkaline. (C^H^IN^O,..) 

Laudamine. — An alkaloid, which, as well as its salts, forms large 

crystals. (p^JXfl,) ■ 

Codamine. — Crystallizable, alkaline; can be sublimed: (C 20 H a6 

N.O..) 

Papaverine (papaverina). — Crystallizable, alkaline. (C ai H ai N x 4 .) 

Phoeadine. — Crystallizable, not distinctly alkaline ; can be sublimed. 

(C„H„N,0,) 

Meconidine. — Amorphous, alkaline ; melts at 58° ; .not stable; the 
salts also easily altered. (C g H 28 N 1 4 .) 

Cryptopine (cryptopia). — Crystallizable, alkaline ; salts tend to ge- 
latinize; hydrochlorate crystallizes in tufts. (C^H^NjOj.) 

Laudanosine. — Crystallizable, alkaline. (C 21 H 27 N 1 4 .) 

JVarcotine (narcotina). — Crystallizable, not alkaline; salts not stable. 

Lanthopine. — Microscopic crystals, not alkaline. (C 38 H flB N 1 4 .) 

JSFarceine (narceina). — Crystallizable as a hydrate; readily soluble 
in boiling Water or in alkalies. (C^H^NjOg.) 

The only important derivative in the therapeutic sense is apomor- 
phia, obtained from morphia by the action of hydrochloric acid. This 
possesses active emetic property, and will be grouped with emetics. 

Besides the foregoing alkaloidal and basic substances, opium con- 



OPIUM. 367 

tains a peculiar acid (meconic acid), and, according to T. and II. Smith, 

a peculiar form of lactic acid (thebolactic). 

The proportion of morphia in Turkey opium should not be less than 
ten per cent,, and in good specimens may reach fifteen per cent. 
Pseudo-morphine occurs in the minute quantity of 0.02 per cent. The 
proportion of codeine varies from one-fifth to two-fifths per cent. The- 
baine and papaverine exist in Turke} 7 opium in about the proportion 
of one per cent. Narcotine is found in considerable quantity in differ- 
ent varieties of opium, and ranges in amount from one and five-tenths 
to ten per cent. Narceine varies from 0.1 to 0.71. The quantity of 
cryptopine and rliceadine is extremely small. 

The morphia of opium exists in the drug in the form of the tri- 
basic meconate. The proportion of meconic acid is about three to four 
per cent, of the crude opium. 

The value of opium depends on the quantity of morphine which it 
contains. 

Morphia. — " In colorless crystals, which are inflammable and wholly 
dissipated by red heat. It is scarcely soluble in cold water, slightly so 
in boiling water, and freely soluble in boiling alcohol. Nitric acid first 
reddens it, and then renders it yellow. With a solution of sesqui- 
chloride of iron, it assumes a deep-blue color. Its solution restores the 
color of litmus, previously reddened by an acid." 

Morphias Acetas. — Acetate of morphia. " A white powder, wholly 
soluble in water and in alcohol. From its solution potassa throws down 
a precipitate, which is dissolved by an excess of the alkali. It is af- 
fected by/ heat, nitric acid, and sesquichloride of iron in the same man- 
ner as morphia." Dose, gr. -J- — gr. ss. 

Morphm Murias. — Muriate of morphia. " In snow-white, feathery 
crystals, wholly soluble in water and in alcohol." Dose, gr. \ — gr. ss. 

Morphioz Sulphas. — Sulphate of morphia. "In snow-white, feath- 
ery crystals, which are wholly soluble in water." Dose, gr. -J- — gr. ss. 

Liquor Morphiaz Sulphatis. — Solution of sulphate of morphia. 
(Morph. sulph., gr. viij ; water, 3 viij.) Dose, 3 j — 3 ij. 

Trochisi Morphia} et Ipecacuanha*. — Troches of morphia and ipe 
cacuanha. (Morphia, ipecac, sugar, oil of gaultheria, mucilage.) 

Liquor Morphia? JBimeconatis. — Solution of the bimeconate of mor- 
phia. Same strength as laudanum. Dose, m. x — m. xx. 
The other alkaloids of opium are not officinal. 

CocUcb Suljyhas. — Sulphate of codia. Dose, gr. \ — gr. j. 

JVarcotince Murias. — Muriate of narcotine. Dose, gr. ij — gr. x. 
As an antiperiodic. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — As regards chemical antago- 
nism the alkaline carbonates, lime-water, and the salts of iron, lead, 
copper, zinc, mercury, and Fowler's solution, are incompatible with the 



368 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

preparations of opium. Notwithstanding this chemical, incompatibility 
the metallic salts are frequently given in conjunction with opium, and 
the systemic effects of both are produced. Astringent vegetables (tan- 
nin) are also incompatible ; they limit physiological activity by forming 
tannate of morphia, which is not readily soluble. 

In cases of opium-poisoning, if any portion of the drug remain un- 
absorbed in the stomach, the most prompt and efficient emetic should 
be used. Apomorphia should be injected subcutaneously, if the patient 
is unable to swallow ; if conscious, the sulphate of copper may be ad- 
ministered by the stomach. In a case of opium narcosis which resisted 
ordinary emetics, violent emesis was induced by a solution of bicarbon- 
ate of sodium, followed by a solution of tartaric acid. In the absence 
of other and more active emetics, powdered mustard may be adminis- 
tered — a tablespoonful to a teacupful of warm water. "When the opium 
swallowed is in solution, the stomach-pump should be used if the nar- 
cosis is profound. Cold affusion, artificial respiration, when the breath- 
ing flags, and faradization of the chest-muscles, are measures of great 
practical utility. The author has personally witnessed in several cases 
the excellent effects of faradization, first, in causing such irritation of 
the surface as to produce reflex excitation of the respiratory centre ; 
and, second, inducing contractions of the respiratory muscles. As a 
peripheral irritant, faradization is more humane and seemly, and also 
more efficient than flagellation. 

The action of opium is antagonized, at least in a part of the sphere 
of its influence, by belladonna. These agents are opposed as regards 
their influence on the intra-cranial circulation, on the pupil, on the re- 
spiratory organs, and on the heart. Opium in lethal doses dilates the 
arterioles and veins ; belladonna contracts them, and, by energizing the 
cardiac movements, substitutes an active for a passive congestion. It 
cannot be too strongly insisted on in this connection that belladonna 
in too great quantity, or too long in action, exhausts the irritability 
of the unstriped muscular fibre, and thus induces the very state which 
its administration was intended to relieve. The state of the pupil, the 
action of the heart, and the condition of the reflex movements, are the 
guides to the administration of belladonna in cases of opium narcosis. 
The smallest quantity of belladonna which will dilate the pupil, raise 
the tension of the arterial system, deepen the respiration, and reestab- 
lish the reflex excitability, should be used. The author has a strong 
conviction, arising from some painful personal experience, that it is a 
fatal error to attempt to restore a patient in opium narcosis to com- 
plete consciousness by repeated doses of belladonna. The action of 
these agents combined is to produce profound sopor, and this is not a 
condition of danger so long as the pulse, respiration, and reflex move- 
ments, are in good condition. To substitute belladonna narcosis for 
opium narcosis is only increasing the hazard under which the patient is 



OPIUM. 369 

already struggling. Impatient to afford relief, and assuming that the 
tendency to sleep must be obviated, the physician too frequently, as the 

history of many cases plainly shows, repeats the doses of belladonna 
until its action greatly preponderates, and the irritability of the cardiac 
ganglia is completely exhausted. The author, therefore, feels himself 
warranted in repeating that the utility of belladonna consists in its 
power to maintain the action of the heart, and the respiration, until 
elimination has taken place, and that even coma is of little importance 
provided the respiration, circulation, and reflex movements, are properly 
maintained. 

The hypodermic injection of atropia is the most efficient and satis- 
factory method of employing this physiological antagonist. Not more 
than T J-Q- of a grain of the sulphate should be administered at a dose, 
and this may be repeated every fifteen minutes (up to three doses) 
until dilatation of the pupil, increased power of the cardiac movements, 
deeper respiration, warmth and dryness of the skin, and flushing of the 
face, are produced. No more can be accomplished by the largest doses, 
and the results of the antagonism must be awaited. Belladonna con- 
tinues longer in action than opium. In a succeeding chapter, devoted 
to the consideration of the combined administration of opium and bella- 
donna, or morphia and atropia, the nature and degree of the antagonism 
will be more fully elaborated. 

Coffee, with its active principle {caffeine), is also an antagonist to 
opium. Good results have undoubtedly been obtained by the free use 
of black coffee, in milder cases of opium narcosis. The unpleasant con- 
fusion off mind, and vertigo, which in so many subjects are experienced 
after the subsidence of the effects of a medicinal dose, may sometimes 
be removed by a cup of strong coffee. These cerebral effects may be 
prevented, or relieved when they occur, by a full dose of bromide of 
potassium. This discovery, if we may dignify so small a matter by so 
imposing a title, was briefly announced by the author in the first edition 
of his work on " Hypodermic Medication," and was afterward more 
fully set forth in a special memoir by Da Costa, of Philadelphia. 

Gubler has shown that some of the cerebral effects of opium are 
antagonized by quinine. Tartar emetic and digitalis also oppose to 
some extent the action of this remedy on the intra-cranial circulation. 

Synergists. — The cerebral and hypnotic effects of opium are pro- 
moted by alcohol and its derivatives (notably chloral), and, within cer- 
tain limits, by the mydriatics. Its depressing influence on the heart 
and respiratory organs is favored by aconite, veratrum viride, lobelia, 
gelsemiuin, etc. The sudorific action of opium is increased by ipecacu- 
anha. 

Physiological Actioxs. — As opium is a very complex substance, 
made up of numerous principles which differ remarkably among them- 
selves, it will conduce to a better understanding of its actions to con- 
25 



370 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

sider, first, opium as a whole, and then follow with some details regard- 
ing its individual constituents. 

The physiological effects of opium are best studied as respects — 1. 
Small medicinal doses; 2. Full medicinal doses ; 3. Lethal doses. 

1. The preparations of opium have a disagreeable, bitter, and rather 
nauseous taste. Dryness of the mouth and fauces, huskiness of voice, 
and diminution in the sense of taste, occur in a short time after admin- 
istration of the drug has begun, and continue during the whole period 
of its influence. To the dryness succeeds a viscid secretion, which con- 
tains excrementitious matter having a foul odor. When opium does 
not produce nausea, the appetite may not be impaired, may be even 
increased ; but the rule is that the desire for food is lessened by opium. 
The secretion of mucus, and of the special glandular apparatus of the 
gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, is lessened by opium, and hence the 
digestion and the peristaltic movements are less active. The excretions 
being thus locked up, dullness and hebetude are experienced, the skin 
looks muddy, the tongue is coated, and the breath is offensive. When 
the influence of the opium ceases, it not unfrequently happens that the 
constipation is succeeded by relaxation of the intestines, and rather pro- 
fuse and fetid evacuations, and increased urinary discharges, take place. 

The action of the heart becomes stronger, and the arterial tension 
rises. When opium agrees, the sense of fatigue vanishes, and muscular 
movements become more rapid and easy. The face flushes a little, the 
pupil contracts slightly, the conjunctivae may be somewhat injected, and 
the expression of the e} 7 e more brilliant. At this stage the ideas flow 
more rapidly, but are less sustained and orderly. The appreciation of 
time, the sequence of events, and the sense of moral-fitness, are dimin- 
ished. The cerebral excitement is, after a period which varies in dif- 
ferent individuals, succeeded by calm, by drowsiness, and sleep when 
it occurs is usually disturbed by visions and dreams, often of a frightful 
character. In most subjects, after the sopor has passed off, headache, 
vertigo, confusion of mind, nausea, constipation, and muscular hebetude, 
are experienced. 

2. When full medicinal doses are administered the symptoms above 
described occur in a more intense degree. The stage of cardiac stimu- 
lation and of cerebral excitement is of much shorter duration; and the 
stage of intoxication and sopor not only comes on more quickly, but is 
much m ore pronounced. At first the pulse is increased in frequency 
and the respiratory movements are more rapid ; but the cardiac pulsa- 
tions soon diminish in number and force, and the respirations become 
sighing in character and more shallow. There is also present decided 
dryness of the mouth, fauces, and larynx, and swallowing becomes some- 
what difficult and the voice grows husky. Nausea and vomiting, or at 
least weight and oppression of the epigastrium, ensue. Confusion of 
ideas, vertigo, somnolence, are succeeded by deep sleep, contracted pu- 



OPIUM. : ; j [ 

pils, slow and relaxed pulse, slow and snoring respirations, a perspiring 
skin, and, in many persons, an intense general pruritus, which, however, 
is more harassing at the nasal orifices. 

Persons not habituated to the use of opium usually experience, after 
a full medicinal dose has expended its force, very distressing sequelae, 
referable to the cerebro-spinal system. The most important of these 
after-effects are headache, confusion of mind, vertigo — which is especially 
severe on assuming the erect posture — nausea, retching and vomiting, 
complete anorexia, and constipation. A mild but defined hepatogenic 
jaundice not unfrequently occurs, and the urine is tinged with the 
coloring-matter of the bile. 

3. A lethal dose of opium causes but a transient excitement ; the 
stage of narcosis quickly supervenes, and the functions of animal life 
are often rather abruptly suspended. The patient soon lapses into a 
condition of insensibility, with a slow and feeble, or, it may be, rapid 
and feeble, action of the heart; slow respiration, shallow and quiet or 
stertorous ; face at first flushed, but soon becoming shrunken, pallid, 
andcyanosed; skin wet ; pupils minutely contracted and insensible to 
stimulation ; unconsciousness profound, with muscular relaxation and 
abolition of reflex movements. This state of opium narcosis is with dif- 
ficulty distinguished from alcohol narcosis, from cerebral haemorrhage — 
especially in the pons — and from unemic coma. An attentive consid- 
eration must be given to all available facts in the history of the case, to 
the surroundings of the patient, and to the odor of the breath or other 
excretions, for the symptoms of one of the states above mentioned may 
be represented in another, even to the inequality of the pupils, since a 
case of opium narcosis has been reported in which such inequality ex- 
isted. 

There are no characteristic structural alterations produced by opium. 
The brain presents the appearance known as the " wet brain " by pathol- 
ogists ; the subarachnoid spaces and the ventricles contain an abnormal 
quantity of serum ; the intra-cranial veins are engorged, and W\q puncta 
vasculosa are somewhat more numerous. The right cavities cf the 
heart and the large venous trunks are usually distended with soft co- 
agula. These appearances are largely due to the mode of dying. In 
consequence of the diminishing frequency of the respiratory movements 
the blood is imperfectly decarbonized, and the capillary circulation of 
the lungs is impeded. The action of the heart being weak and the re- 
sistance a f route increased, it is obvious that venous stasis must take 
place. 

It is necessary now to consider somewhat more minutely the nature 
and degree of the action of opium on the different organs and systems 
of the body. It will save space and avoid repetitions to study these 
actions in connection with the several principles contained in opium. 

The Physiologic a.l Action of the Alkaloids of Opium. — 1. Mor- 



372 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

phia. — The peculiar powers of opium are represented chiefly in the 
morphia which it contains. In opium of good quality the proportion of 
morphia is from ten to fifteen per cent. The actions of the other princi- 
ples contained in opium differ widely ; and as they all possess some 
activity, the sum of their effects must so far influence the result that the 
powers of opium and morphia must vary somewhat in kind as well as 
in degree. One-sixth of a grain of morphia is about equivalent in ac- 
tivity to one grain of average opium. 

In general terms, it may be stated that morphia differs from opium 
in the following respects : 

Morphia is less stimulating, less convulsant, and more decidedly 
hypnotic and anodyne than opium. 

Morphia constipates less and affects the contractility of the bladder 
more than opium. 

Morphia has less diaphoretic action and produces much more pruri- 
tus than opium. 

The physiological action of morphia is best studied as administered 
subcutaneously. In a short period — from a few seconds to ten minutes 
— after the insertion of an ordinary dose — one-sixth to one-fourth of a 
grain — under the skin, the symptoms of morphia narcosis begin. A 
sense of heat and flushing of the face — after, in most subjects, a very 
transient pallor — fullness of the head, giddiness, tinnitus aurium, and 
frequently nausea, are experienced. Deep-seated epigastric pain is 
often felt, and loud bor.borygmi occur. The vertigo may be so consid- 
erable as to render walking uncertain and staggering, or to render the 
upright position impossible. Injection of the conjunctivas and con- 
traction of the pupils occur at the same time the cerebral effects are 
experienced. The lips have a bluish appearance, the mouth and tongue 
become dry, swallowing is painful, and the voice has a husky tone. 
When these physiological effects are produced, pain and spasm are 
relieved, and an indescribable feeling of content takes possession of the 
mind. A condition of somnolence in many persons, .in others of ex- 
treme wakefulness, with intense mental activity, is experienced. When 
sleep occurs it is usually deep but not calm, the respirations are slow, 
noisy, and labored. Not unfrequently the sleep is disturbed by dreams 
and visions, or the individual passes into a somnambulistic state, from 
which he is aroused w T ith difficulty. The action of the heart is dimin- 
ished in frequency, but a decided rise takes place in the arterial tension. 
On ophthalmoscopic examination, a marked increase in the vascularity 
of the retina, and blurring of the papilla?, can be discerned. 

Soon after a hypodermatic injection has been practised, itching of 
the nose, and often of the whole cutaneous surface, is experienced. The 
skin is at first dry, but, after a time, diaphoresis begins and is some- 
times profuse. The relaxation of the skin is coincident with a fall in 
the arterial tension. The secretions of the mucous surfaces are at first 



opium. 373 

arrested, as weil as those of the skin. If the morphia I),' administered 
after a full meal, digestion is suspended for a time. The intestinal 
movements are also arrested for a short period, and constipation is 
therefore produced; but, very frequently indeed, no change takes place 
in the time in which the alvine discharges occur, or in their number. 
Partly in consequence of the increased action of the skin, the quantity 
of urine discharged is lessened, and, at the same time, difficulty is en- 
countered in its emission. When the desire is felt, an interval of less 
or greater duration elapses before the flow begins, and, as the con- 
tractile power of the bladder and of the ejaculatory muscles is dimin- 
ished, the discharge is feeble and slow, and the last drops linger in the 
urethra. 

With the decline of morphia narcosis a majority of subjects, prob- 
ably, experience headache, confusion of mind, anorexia, and nausea. 

When a lethal dose of morphia has been administered by any mode, 
profound narcotism quickly ensues ; the pulse becomes slow and feeble, 
or rapid and feeble ; the respirations also become very slow and shal- 
low ; the skin cold and sweating; the face pale, cyanosed, and ghastly; 
the conjunctivae deeply injected ; the pupils minutely contracted, and 
reflex movements entirely abolished. Respiration ceases before the 
action of the heart, as a rule, but in some instances very sudden death 
ensues from paralysis of the heart. 

Half a grain is the smallest dose of morphia which has proved fatal 
to an adult. Five cases, according to Taylor, have been recorded in 
which one grain of the muriate caused death. 

A consideration of the symptoms produced in man by morjmia, and 
the result^ of experiments on animals, prove that it chiefly affects the 
cerebro-spinal functions. In the lower animals, the spinal more ; in 
man, the cerebral more than the spinal functions. Morphia first raises 
and afterward lessens the action of the heart and arteries; first stimu- 
lates the pneumogastric end-organs and cardiac motor ganglia, and 
afterward paralyzes both. It causes death chiefly through paralysis of 
the muscles of respiration. 

2. Codia. — According to the author's observations the codia of com- 
merce corresponds closely in action to morphia, but is much feebler. 
Four grains of codia is about equivalent to one grain of morphia. It 
has anodyne and hypnotic qualities. Codia produces sleep freer from 
disturbance, and the after-effects are less disagreeable, than those of 
morphia. The special direction to the pneumogastric nerve ascribed to 
it by some observers, seems to the author to exist in nature. 

3. N~arcotina. — This alkaloid is singularly inappropriately named. 
It has but feeble narcotic power. In children considerable doses pro- 
duce a calmative effect and drowsiness, but these results are not ob- 
served in adults. Experiments on animals have shown that narcotine 
is a convulsant. While pigeons are poisoned only by two or three 



374 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

grains of morphia, administered subcutaneously, the same quantity of 
narcotine causes fatal convulsions. The reverse is true in man. Nar- 
cotine is allied in action to berberia, and alkaloids of that group, so far 
as the effects on man are concerned; and to thebaia, picrotoxine, 
strychnia, and brucia, so far as the effects on animals are concerned. 

4. Narceine. — The most contradictory observations have been pub- 
lished on the action of this principle. By Bernard, Behier, and Eulen- 
burg, it is held to possess remarkable hypnotic power, and to be free 
from stimulating and convulsant action ; by Fronmuller, Harley, Da 
Costa, Mitchell, and others, it is considered feeble, if not inert. The 
physiological actions of narceine, therefore, remain sub judice. Until 
further researches are made with chemically pure narceine, and by com- 
petent observers, it will be safer to give no opinion on the subject of 
its actions and uses. 

The other alkaloids of opium are curiosities of chemical and physi- 
ological research, and may be dismissed in a few words. 

Cryptojna is in a much greater degree than narceine an hypnotic 
and anodyne. 

Thebaia has a strong convulsant action in animals. 

Various circumstances modify the action of opium. These are 
chiefly age, sex, idiosyncrasy, habitual use, and certain states of the 
system, as the presence oipain, urmmia, etc. 

The extremes of life are relatively more susceptible to the action of 
opium, and especially is the susceptibility to its action gTeat in early 
life. Fatal opium narcosis has ensued in a nursing infant whose mother 
had taken a medicinal dose. A single drop of laudanum has produced 
lethal effects in a child under six months of age. 'Womeii are more 
easily affected by opium than men, and they are more apt to be thrown 
into a condition of hysterical excitement than put to sleep. Nausea, 
vomiting, headache, and depression, much more frequently occur in 
women than in men. As a rule, therefore — but to this rule there are, 
of course, numerous exceptions — women are less favorable subjects for 
the administration of opium than men. 

More than age or sex is the action of opium influenced by idiosyn- 
crasy. There are persons so easily affected by it that the minutest 
quantity will cause uncontrollable vomiting, faintness, vertigo, and 
alarming prostration. It is never safe to administer morphia hypoder- 
matically to such subjects, unless in an extremely small dose. 

The habitual use of opium diminishes in a remarkable degree the 
susceptibility to its action. Numerous instances are on record in which 
a pint or more of laudanum has been taken daily, or several hundred 
grains of opium, or a scruple of morphia. The author has met with a 
patient who took a scruple of morphia a day subcutaneously. When 
opium is given by the stomach, for the relief of a chronic painful dis- 
ease, to maintain a constant effect increasing doses are necessary. The 



opium. 375 

power of tlio stomach to absorb opium is doubtless impaired by frequent 
repetition of the dose, and in consequence of the local action of the 
drug on the aerves of the stomach. Besides this, the susceptibility of 
the cerebro-spinal system steadily declines. The proof of these state- 
ments is allbrded by the action of morphia when used subcutaneously 
for long periods. A gradual increase of the dose becomes necessary in 
order to produce a given physiological effect ; but the increase is much 
slower than when it is administered by the stomach. 

Great pain lessens the influence of opium upon the centres of con- 
scious impressions. The quantity in grains is of much less importance 
than the quantity as measured by the physiological reactions. Uraemia, 
or the retention in the blood of urinary excrementitious matters, is sup- 
posed to increase the narcotic influence of opium ; but some facts, to 
be hereafter presented, render it probable that the state of ursemia and 
the influence of opium on the brain are antagonistic. 

Therapy. — Stomach pain, whether simply neuralgic (gastralgia), 
or excited by the presence of food (Irritative dyspep>sia), or due to 
ulcer or cancer, is relieved by opium. The preparations of morphia are 
better than the crude drug, as a rule, in these cases. The endermic 
application is an excellent mode of procuring relief. The subcutane- 
ous injection, practised in the epigastric region, is still more effective. 
Morphia is frequently combined with bismuth, or zinc, or silver salts, 
in painful stomach diseases. IjL Bismuthi subcarb., vel subnitrat., 3 iij; 
morphias sulph., gr. j — grs. ij ; pulv. aromat., 3 j. M. ft. pulv. no. xij. 
Sig. A powder in milk before each meal. The following formula is 
also useful, notwithstanding its unchemical relations: 3. Zinci oxidi, 
3 ss; morphias sulph., gr. j — grs. ij. M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. One pill, 
three times a day, before each meal. A half-grain of the oxide of silver 
may be substituted for the oxide of zinc in the above formula. 

Inflammatory pain, due to corrosive poisons, to peritonitis, etc., 
requires opium. When the stomach is irritable, and the symptoms 
urgent, the best mode of using the remedy is the hypodermatic injec- 
tion of morphia. Many kinds of nausea and vomiting, stomachal or 
reflex in origin, are arrested by opium preparations. In vomiting of 
cerebral origin, or produced by uraemia, or caused by cirrhosis, the use 
of opium is contraindicated. When vomiting is caused by irritant mat- 
ters, opium is prescribed after the stomach is emptied. The vomiting 
which accompanies the passage of biliary or renal cedculi, dysmenor- 
rhoea, etc., is best relieved by opium. Very severe cases of sea-sick- 
ness, and of the vomiting of pregncoicy, may be sometimes arrested 
when all other means fail, by the subcutaneous use of a minute quan- 
tity of morphia (one-twelfth to one-sixth of a grain). 

Nothing is more common than the prescription of opium in diar- 
rhceal diseases, but it is often used without a just appreciation of the 
conditions requiring it. In acute diarrhoea, caused by irritating ali- 



376 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

ments, such astringent laxatives as rhubarb, or mild salines, should 
precede the use of opium. When the evacuations are watery, the best 
results are obtained by a combination of opium with mineral acids, or 
acetate of lead. In acute dysentery opium is a very important remedy, 
but it is often injudiciously employed. If there be fever, much te- 
nesmus, and the stools consist of mucus and blood, the exhibition of 
opium should be postponed until salines have emptied the intestinal 
canal of its contents, and have depleted the distended vessels. An ex- 
cellent method of administration, especially when the dysenteric inflam- 
mation occupies the rectum, is an enema of starch or milk, or a sup- 
pository, containing opium in some soluble form. In chronic dysentery 
opium is indispensable. It is usually combined with arsenic, or with 
the salts of silver, copper, or zinc. ' In the chronic dysentery of malarial 
origin, the best results are obtained by a combination of arsenic and 
opium, according to a formula already given ; in that form which suc- 
ceeds to the acute disease, opium and sulphate of copper, or zinc, or 
nitrate of silver, or vegetable astringents. 

Nothing can be more satisfactory than the treatment of cholera- 
morbus by the hypodermatic injection of morphia. It is always desir- 
able to secure the expulsion of irritating matters before resorting to 
opiates. For an ordinary case of cholera-morbus from one-twelfth to 
one-sixth of a grain of morphia suffices. In true cholera the utility of 
opium is most evident in the preliminary diarrhoea, but is entirely with- 
out avail in the stage of collapse. Mischief not unfrequently results 
from its use, for patients emerging from the condition of collapse are. 
either directly narcotized by the opium which had lain unabsorbed in 
the stomach, or the cerebral symptoms of the secondary fever are greatly 
intensified by it. In cholera infantum opium must be used with cau- 
tion, if not avoided. The subjects of this malady are easily narcotized, 
and the nervous system — an unknown morbid state of which bears some 
close relation to the gastro-intestinal disorder — is rendered so irritable 
by opium that the symptoms are aggravated hy it. . • 

The following formula embodies a truth of great practical impor- 
tance : As a ride, opium does harm in all gastro-intestinal mcdadies in 
which there is a deficiency in the proper secretion, or a suspension of 
the functions, of the liver and kidneys. 

Opium gives a degree and kind of relief in hepatic, renal, and satur- 
nine colic, which no other remedy or combination of remedies affords. 
The most prompt and effective form in which the remedy can be admin- 
istered is the hypodermatic injection of morphia. This relieves the pain, 
and relaxes the spasm of the affected tube, and at the same time checks 
the depressing vomiting which attends these cases. The quantity of 
morphia required will vary from one-fourth to one-half a grain. As the 
effect is immediate, the most prudent practice consists in the adminis- 
tration of ° small quantity (one-sixth to one-eighth of a grain) for the 



OPIUM. ;;;; 

first dose, in order to test the physiological capabilities of the patient, 
and following this in fifteen minutes with a dose of similar size if the 
first is well borne and the pain persist. 

Opium, in small doses, is a valuable tonic to a weak ami dilated 
heart. When administered simultaneously with digitalis, it obviates 
one of the dangers which may be caused by that agent. In the so- 
called passive hemorrhages, in which not only is the blood altered in 
quality but the tension is low, small doses of opium sustain the powers 
of life, and by increasing the arterial tension lessen the transudation 
through the vessel- walls. Under these circumstances, the dose of opium 
should not as a rule exceed five minims of the tinctures, and it should 
generally be given in combination with ergot, digitalis, tannic and 
gallic acids, acetate of lead, etc. 

The important observation was made by Bernard, and afterward 
illustrated and confirmed by Nussbaum, that the hypodermatic injection 
of morphia, administered before the inhalation begins, prolongs the 
stage of chloroform narcosis with a less quantity of the anaesthetic, 
diminishes the danger of cardiac paralysis, and prevents the after-nausea 
and depression. 

Opium is the most important agent which we possess in the treat- 
ment of various inflammations. Its efficacy depends upon several fac- 
tors : it relieves pain, quiets restlessness, and thus removes from the 
inflammatory process one of its most important elements, viz., an irri- 
table and paretic state of the nerves of the affected part. Besides these 
effects, opium raises the tonicity of the vessels, helps to maintain the 
continuity of the blood-current, and hinders the mio-ration of the white 
corpuscles of the blood. It is especially in inflammations of the serous 
membranes that its highest utility is manifest, e. g., pleuritis, perito- 
nitis, arachnitis. Good reasons exist for believing that the h}*poder- 
matic injection of morphia will sometimes cut short (jugulate) these 
maladies, if administered just at their outset. If the period for obtain- 
ing such a fortunate result has passed, the course and duration of these 
diseases can be greatly modified by the judicious use of opium. The 
quantity of opium required will be determined by the effect ; the pain 
should be relieved, the pupils somewhat contracted. A full dose should 
be administered at the beginning of treatment (two to three grains of 
opium — a half grain of morphia), and a given physiological effect be 
maintained by the regular use of smaller doses. Pain is probably the 
surest guide, for the existence of pain indicates that decided opium 
narcosis has not been attained. 

In peritonitis, whether puerperal, traumatic, or the extension of 
intestinal inflammation, no fact of therapeutics is better established 
than the curative power of opium. Besides its immediate influence 
over the inflammatory process, its indirect action, in maintaining the 
necessary quietude of the intestines, is of the greatest service. In 



378 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

arachnitis, pachymeningitis, basilar meningitis, there are clinical facts 
which tend to show that small doses of some opiate preparation really 
accomplish more than any other remedies. The author is convinced 
that we possess no means of treatment of cerebrospinal meningitis so 
effective as the opiate treatment. The same rule as to the quantity 
required, as that given for peritonitis, should be observed : that quan- 
tity of opium should be administered which will relieve the pains and 
rigidity. The best results are obtained by the hypodermatic injection 
of morphia. When effusion takes place, and stupor and coma ensue, 
the utility of opium is ended. 

In parenchymatous inflammations, experience has shown, opium is 
much less useful. When pain is a prominent symptom, it can be em- 
ployed to relieve it ; in small, stimulant doses, it may be given to main- 
tain the action of the heart. In pneumonia opium is a remedy of very 
doubtful utility. Its narcotic action certainly disposes to pulmonary 
congestion, although it may be cautiously used to allay pain and moder- 
ate cough. 

In fevers — typhoid, typhus, and eruptive fevers — opium was for- 
merly much more frequently prescribed than at present. The cold 
baths, antipyretics, and more favorable hygienic influences, have less- 
ened the violence and diminished the mortality from fevers. The 
maniacal excitement and the low, muttering delirium are not so fre- 
quently observed now as formerly, and hence the use of opium in these 
affections has greatly declined. The discovery of chloral has also dimin- 
ished the use of opium as an hypnotic. Nevertheless, when there is much 
restlessness, wakefulness, subsultus, and delirium, opium may render 
important service. When the delirium is of the low; muttering kind, a 
small quantity of morphia (one-eighth to one-sixth of a grain) may suf- 
fice to procure quiet and refreshing sleep. When the delirium is vio- 
lent, combination of tartar-emetic with opium, on the plan of Graves, 
may have a very happy effect. Or opium may be combined with bella- 
donna, or chloral — the former when the condition is one of great depres- 
sion, the latter when the delirium and wakefulness are excited in char- 
acter. In measles and scarlet fever, when there is a condition of 
profound depression, the eruption being tardy in making its appear- 
ance, and is dusky in hue and ill-defined, beneficial results are experi 
enced from the use of opium, especially when combined with camphor. 

A threatened paroxysm of intermittent fever may be aborted by the 
hypodermic injection of morphia (one-fourth of a grain). This practice 
has a high degree of importance in the pernicious intermittens, when 
time is not afforded for an effective use of quinia. The febrile heat of 
intermittent and remittent fevers may be diminished, and the sweating 
stage induced earlier, by the use of opium in moderate doses (ten min- 
ims of the deodorized tincture every two, three, or four hours). The 
addition of morphia to quinia enables the latter to be better borne by 



opium. 3T9 

llie Btomach, counteracts some of its unpleasant effects on the brain, 
and increases its therapeutical power. When no contraindication to 

the use of morphia exists, it is good practice to combine it with quinia 
in the treatment of intermittent and remittent fevers. 

Narcotine has decided antiperiodic power, and may be given as a 
substitute for quinia when reasons exist to prevent the use of the latter. 
From five to ten grains of pure narcotine may be administered. As an 
antiperiodic it ranks after arsenic, salicine, and even apiol. 

As an hypnotic opium is very frequently used in affections of the 
nervous system. The stimulant properties of crude opium, or its offi- 
cinal preparations, render it less serviceable than morphia in the group 
of cases generally requiring an hypnotic. There can be no doubt that 
remarkable curative results have followed the hypodermatic injection 
of morphia in acute mania. The following are the indications for the 
use of morphia in mental disorders : prolonged wakefulness, maniacal 
excitement, persistent refusal of food, drink, or medicine, destructive 
and suicidal tendencies. As respects individual subjects, the state of 
the arterial tension furnishes a guide to the use of morphia. If the 
tension of the arterial system is low a small dose is required. When 
the pulse is quick, and the arterial tension high, a large dose of morphia, 
by over-excitation, causes paresis of the sympathetic, and thus reduces 
action, an indication for the full influence of the agent. Large doses of 
morphia, when given subcutaneously, require the utmost circumspection 
in maniacal cases, especially in obese and aged subjects. Besides acute 
mania, excellent results have followed from the use of morphia in lype- 
mania (KrafTt-Ebing), in chronic mania, and melancholia. Probably 
the best effects have been witnessed from opium in melancholia. In 
this mental disorder, which is a condition of depression, the best form 
for the administration of opium is the tincture, and the dose required is 
the stimulant and not the narcotic dose. The author is impelled to add 
the caution so well expressed in the following words by Maudsley : "It 
will be well to have in mind that neither opium by the mouth, nor mor- 
phia hypodermically injected, will always quench the fury of acute 
mania, and that successive injections of morphia, followed by brief 
snatches of fitful sleep, have been followed also by fatal collapse." 

It was formerly held that large and increasing doses of opium were 
necessary for the cure of delirium tremens, the theory being entertained 
that to procure sleep was to insure recovery. It is now known that to 
reestablish digestion and to support the powers of life by suitable nutri- 
ents are in a large proportion of cases the only means needed to quiet 
delirium and to cause sleep. Opium, if used at all, must be given cau- 
tiously. Chloral has to a large extent taken its place as an hypnotic in 
this disease, but cases are not unfrequently met with in which morphia 
agrees better, and is more effective in inducing quiet. 

Some cases of sunstroke, coup de soleil, or " thermic fever," are 



380 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

rapidly cured by the hypodermatic injection of morphia. When the pa- 
tient is able to swallow, good effects follow the conjoined administration 
of tincture of opium and brandy. The cases benefited by this treatment 
are characterized by pallor of the face and weakness of the heart. 

Epilepsy and epileptiform seizures may be sometimes prevented by 
the timely administration of morphia hypodermatically. This treatment 
is best adapted to epilepsy, the attacks of which occur at night, to petit 
mal, and to convulsive tic. It is improper in epileptoid seizures, due 
to tumor or other coarse organic lesion of the brain. In suitable cases, 
this treatment procures most decided amelioration in the condition of 
the patient. 

The remarkable fact has been demonstrated by Loomis, of New 
York, that we have in the hypodermatic injection of morphia the most 
important agent for the cure of urcemic convulsions, puerperal and non- 
puerperal. It is true this mode of treatment had been originally prac- 
tised by Scanzoni, but Loomis has, more especially, drawn attention to 
its real power and utility. " The most uniform effect of morphine so 
administered is, first, to arrest muscular spasms by counteracting the 
effect of the ursemic poison on the nerve centres ; second, to establish 
profuse diaphoresis ; third, to facilitate the action of cathartics and 
diuretics, especially the diuretic action of digitalis." 

In chorea Trousseau has carried the administration of morphia to an 
extraordinary extent. He restricts its use to severe cases, which appear 
to have a singular insusceptibility to the action of opium even in enor- 
mous doses. When the jactitations are incessant, preventing sleep, or 
persisting in spite of sleep, the utility of morphia is very great. It is 
most effective when combined with chloral. In these severe cases of 
chorea, the only limit to the quantity of morphia is the effect produced. 
It is evident, from the experiences of Trousseau, that very large doses 
are required, and that curative effects are thus obtained to w^hich small 
doses are entirely inadequate. The subcutaneous method is more effi- 
cient than the stomach administration. . • 

In tetanus and hydrophobia the- use of morphia has been chiefly pal- 
liative. M. Demarquay has, however, applied morphia, by deep injec- 
tion into the tetanized muscles, with greater success than heretofore. 
He carries the needle deeply into the tetanized muscles, and, if possi- 
ble, to the point of entrance of the nerves. He injects in this way the 
masseters, the sterno-cleido mastoid, the neck and sacro-lumbar muscles, 
etc. The relaxation of the muscles of mastication thus induced per- 
mitted the nourishment of the patients. Of three cases thus treated 
during the siege of Paris two recovered and one died, but the death 
was due to pysemia and not to tetanus. 

The most important uses of opium, and its various preparations, are 
in the relief of pain. In surgical practice its administration is indis- 
pensable to prevent or mitigate shock, to quiet pain, and to check in- 



OPH'M. , 381 

fiammation. To particularize on these points would require an epitome 
of surgery for illustration. Before the administration of chloroform 

morphia should be injected hypodermatically, to diminish the dangers 
of the inhalation and to secure relief to the after-pain of the surgical 
Operation. Nothing is more universal in surgical practice than the ad- 
ministration of an opiate after an operation of any magnitude, for the 
objects above named. 

The most signal service is rendered by opium and its preparations 
in the various neuralgia-. The most effective mode of administration 
is by subcutaneous injection, and the remedy should be inserted in the 
neighborhood of the affected nerve, notwithstanding that relief is af- 
forded by the injection at any point. In tic-douloureux, brachialgia, 
cardialgia, gastralgia, hcpatalgia, nephralgia, sciatica, and pelvic neu- 
ralgia', immediate relief is afforded by this remedy, and the relief is 
not temporary and palliative merely, but curative in numerous instances. 
It appears to be especially curative in sciatica. It is a remarkable fact 
that morphia inserted under the skin, and especially in the neighbor- 
hood of affected nerves, exerts a curative power which it does not at all 
have when administered by the stomach. An efficient method of using 
morphia in the treatment of neuralgia?, according to Brown-Sequard, 
consists in applying it in a finely-divided state to the derma, denuded 
by a blister. Lafargue proposed the method of inoculation, which con- 
sists in inserting morphia into the skin by means of a lancet-puncture. 
These clumsy and painful processes are by no means equal to the hypo- 
dermatic method. 

The enchanting sense of relief to suffering wrought by opiates, and 
especially by the subcutaneous use of morphia, leads to the morphia- 
habit. It is a singular fact that in these cases the pains which were cured 
by the remedy return when it is withdrawn, and other painful sensations 
appear of an even more distressing kind. In practising the hypoder- 
matic method for a long period in severe cases of neuralgia, the utmost 
care should be used to avoid the morphia-habit. 

In the neuroses of the respiratory organs, great relief is often af- 
forded by the use of opium in some of its forms. No remedial agent 
will so quickly cut short a paroxysm of asthma as the hypodermatic 
use of morphia. The paroxysms of difficult breathing, which occur in 
emphysema, are also readily relieved in the same wa} r . But there is 
great danger of establishing the opium-habit in these chronic cases. 
In an allied disease — hay-fever, hay-asthma, or autumnal catarrh — 
the hypodermatic use of morphia is quite as effective as in spasmodic 
asthma. An incipient catarrh may be aborted by a full dose of Do- 
ver's powder, taken at the very outset of the inflammation. Morphia 
and quinia combined are rather more effective than Dover's powder in 
these cases. Opium, or some of its preparations, enter into the com- 
position of expectorant mixtures to allay cough. 



382 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

The hypodermatic injection of morphia has been shown to possess 
a, high degree of utility in cases of dilated heart, with difficult breath- 
ing, and general oedema. The eighth to the sixth of a grain suffices for 
this purpose. The effect it has is to quiet and regulate the action of 
the heart, to allay the distress of breathing, and to permit rest and 
sleep in the recumbent position. An occasional dose only is necessary 
(twice or three times a week). 

Opium is a very important addition to our resources in the treat- 
ment of diabetes. It must be given in considerable doses, as Pavy has 
shown. From six to twelve grains a day are necessary, in order to pro- 
duce a decided impression. It checks the bulimia — the inordinate ap- 
petite — allays thirst, diminishes the flow of urine, and the excretion of 
sugar, and, probably, arrests or prevents the changes in the nervous 
system which accompany or are causative of this disease. Although 
many cases are decidedly ameliorated, it cannot be said that any have 
been cured by opium. 

External Uses of Opium. — A solution of morphia in distilled water 
is an excellent astringent anodyne in conjunctivitis, and, combined with 
atropia, in iritis. IjL Morphias sulph., grs. iv — grs. viij ; aquas destil., 
| j. M. Sig. A few drops to be put into the eye as necessary. ]J. 
Morphias sulphatis, grs. iv ; zinci sulphatis, grs. ij— grs. viij ; atropice 
sulph., gr. j — grs. ij ; aquas destil., J j« M. Sig. Lotion for iritis and 
other inflammatory affections of the eye. The last formula, omitting 
the zinc, is an excellent application in earache, the external meatus 
being filled with it, and in toothache, a few drops on cotton being placed 
in the hollow of the tooth. 

Local inflammatory swellings, painful in character, can be relieved 
somewhat by poultices containing laudanum. Frictions with laudanum 
are serviceable in lumbago, sciatica, myalgia, and similar superficial 
painful affections. An infusion of opium ( 3 j — O j ), applied hot, is an 
excellent application to inflamed joints, inflamed, testicle, etc. 

On the combined Uses of Opium and Belladonna, Morphia and 
Ateopia. — The conjoined use of these agents is so important a subject 
from the point of view of practical therapeutics, that the author pur- 
poses to consider it under this head. Although a physiological antago- 
nism as respects a part of their action unquestionably exists, it does not 
extend throughout their whole range of influence in the organism. The 
balance of actions furthermore produces results which neither is capable 
of singly. Hence the importance of a more direct presentation of these 
points than has been heretofore given. 

Both act on the brain, atropia causing delirium, hallucinations, and 
disturbed sleep ; morphia producing stupor, somnolence, hebetude of 
mind. Both relieve pain, but this effect is much greater in the case of 
morphia. Both produce disorders of motility, staggering*, difficulty 
of coordination of muscular movements, vertigo, confusion of mind, and 



OPIUM. 383 

headache. The reciprocal influence exerted upon each other, when they 
are administered together, modifies in a remarkable manner their physi- 
ological effects. 

Morphia corrects the illusions and phantasms produced by atropia. 
In small doses (e. g., one ninety-sixth of a grain) atropia increases the 
hypnotic power of morphia, with the result of causing a less disturbed 
and more nearly normal sleep than is produced by morphia alone. If, 
however, the quantity of atropia be in excess of what is necessary to 
establish the physiological balance in the cerebrum, it overrides the 
action of morphia and asserts its own peculiar power of inducing phan- 
tasms, illusions, and hallucinations. 

The pain-relieving power of morphia is rather increased than di- 
minished by atropia. The disorders of motility are enhanced by the 
mutual reactions of the two agents. The after-headache, vertigo, nau- 
sea, and depression of the heart's action caused by morphia, are to a 
large extent prevented by the conjoined administration of atropia. 
When a large quantity of opium, or morphia, is given by any of the 
modes of administration, its immediate depressing effects are counter- 
acted by the simultaneous use of belladonna or atropia. Morphia pro- 
duces contraction of the pupil, and a tetanic condition (according to 
Graefe) of the muscle of accommodation; atropia causes dilatation of the 
pupil, and contraction of the ciliary muscle. When used together these 
effects may be precisely balanced. It requires but a minute quantity 
of atropia to overcome the action of morphia on the pupil. When these 
effects on the pupil are balanced, it does not follow that the muscle of 
accommodation is in a normal condition, for visual defects remain. 
Morphia prevents the contraction of the arterioles produced by atropia, 
and, as a necessary consequence, the subsequent relaxation of the mus- 
cular fibre. 

Morphia depresses the action of the heart, atropia is a powerful car- 
diac stimulant. Morphia produces pallor of the surface, and reduces the 
external temperature ; atropia causes redness and injection of the skin, 
and elevation of the body-heat. In some experiments the author ascer- 
tained that while atropia alone raised the pulse to 105 from 72, atropia 
and morphia combined depressed the pulse of the same subject to 60. 

Both morphia and atropia produce dryness of the mucous membrane 
of the mouth and fauces. Morphia suspends, and atropia increases, the 
peristaltic movements. The sickness and nausea caused by morphia 
are, to a considerable extent, lessened or prevented by atropia. 

Morphia lessens and atropia increases the functional activity of the 
kidneys ; on the skin their effects are opposed, hence when used in 
combination the urinary secretion is rather increased than diminished 
by them. Both produce dysuria. 

Therapeutical Applications of Opium and Belladonna. — When- 
ever opium is used to relieve pain, to procure sleep, to relax spasm — 



384 CEKEBEAL SEDATIVES. 

there being no inflammatory action present — belladonna should be com- 
bined with it, unless some contraindication should exist to the action 
of the latter. This formulated expression is more especially applicable 
to the hypodermatic use of morphia. 

In the various psychical disorders, in which the general condition 
is sthenic, opium or morphia should be used alone. When power is 
deficient, the forces depressed, the temperature rather below than above 
the normal, belladonna or atropia should be combined with the opium 
or morphia. For the relief of insomnia the combined action of these 
agents is much more effective than either singly. The proportion in 
which the alkaloids should be used is about as follows : j^-q — yi-g- of a 
grain of atropia to \ and \ of a grain of morphia. 

In the various convulsive disorders in which opium or morphia 
may be used, especially hypodermatically, atropia should be combined 
with it. 

The neuralgice are best treated by morphia and atropia combined, 
for the following reasons : the combination is more effective, the after- 
unpleasant effects of either are prevented to a considerable extent. 

The neuroses of the respiratory organs, of the abdominal viscera, 
etc., are, as a rule, more successfully treated by morphia and atropia in 
combination, than by either separately. 

In surgical diseases and operations of various hinds, the combina- 
tion of morphia and atropia has most important and varied applications, 
among which may be enumerated : to render safer and to prolong ether 
or chloroform narcosis y to prevent or relieve shock * to save suffering ; 
to relax muscles ; to facilitate operative procedures. 

The combined administration of morphia and atropia is of the great- 
est service in obstetric practice: to relieve the teasing pains of the first 
stage ; to procure sleep in the course of an exhausting labor ; to quiet 
after-pains ; to facilitate the performance of various obstetric opera- 
tions / to arrest puerperal convidsions. 

Authorities referred to : 

Albers, Dr. J. H. F. Virchoufs Archiv, Band xxvi., p. 229. 

Allbutt, Dr. T. C. The Practitioner, vol. iii., p. 342. Ibid., vol. v., p. 327. 

Anstie, Dr. E. E. Stimulants and Narcotics, American edition. Article Alcoholis- 
mus, Reynolds's System of Medicine. The Practitioner, vol. i., No. 1, etc. 

Asche, Dr. Schmidfs Jahrbucher, Band cxxv., pp. 331-337. 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. Manual of Hypodermic Medication, second edition. 

Bernard, Claude. Bulletin General de Th'erapeutique, vol. lxxvii., p. 241, et seq. 

Ibid. Archives Generales de Medecine, 1864. 

Bois, Dr. A. De la Melhode des Injections Sous-cutanees, Paris, 1864, p. 17. 

Courtenay, Dr. E. M. West Riding Lunatic Asylum Reports, vol. ii., p. 254. 

Da Costa, Dr. J. M. Pennsylvania Hospital Reports, 1868. 

Demarquat, Dr. Bulletin General de Th'erapeutique, October 15, 1871, p. 229, et seq. 

Erlenmeyer, Dr. A. Die subcutancn Injectionen der ArzneimiUel, dritte Auflage, Neu- 
wied, 1866. 



H0F8 

Eulenburg, Dr. A. 7 'run dcr,: 'id, zwcite Auflage, 

Berlin, 1867, p. 96, d I 

Ibid. Lehrbuch der fmnd . Berlin, 1ST1, p. 166, etc. 

Flucku.er and Banbury. Pharmacographia, p. 40, et seq. 

nml lleii. Dr. K'lnhcJte St\ r die schlafmeichende Wirkung der narkv: 

ttel, Erlangen, 181 

Barley, Dr. John. The Old Vegetable Xeuroi 

Hunter, Charles. On the % Belief of Pain and ether Xenons Affection* by 

means of (he Hypodermic Method, Churchill, London, 1S65. 

Hlsemann. Drs. Aug. und Theod. Die Planzenstoffe, p. Ill, et s 

Hcsemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuth der gesammten Arzneienittellehre, Berlin, 1875, 
zweiter Band, p. 10.35, et seq. 

Hutchison, Dr. James H. Pennsylvania Hospital Report*. 

Krafft-Ebing, Dr. R. ton. Bulletin General ele Thtrapeutique, January BO, 
p. 47l. 

Lawson, Dr. Henry. Sciatica, Lumbago, and Brachialgia, London, 1872 

Loomis, Dr. A. L. Lectures on Diseases of the Respiratory Organs, Heart, and Kid- 
neys, New York, 1875, p. 41 

Maupsley, Dr. H. The Physiology and Pathology of the Nervous System, and Rey 
noleh'- N M inc. 

Medico-Chircrgical Transactions, vol. L, p. 561, et seep 

Mitchell, Dr. S. Weir. American Journal of Medical Science, 1869-70, also in con- 
junction with Morehouse and Keen. 

Ibid. Injuries of Nerve* and their Consequences. 

Xothnagel, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der Arzneimittellehre, p. 1, et seq. 

Reissner, Dr. Bulletin Central de Therapeutique, January 30, 1870, p. 89. 

Robertson, Dr. C. Lockhart. The Practitioner, May, 1S69, p. 272. 

Rosenthal, M. Klinik der N< rvenkrankheiten, Stuttgart, 1S75. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Epidemic Meningitis, and TJierapeutics and Materia 3fedica. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, London, 1875, p. 547. 

Trousseau, A. Cliniqve Jfedicale, vol. ii., p. 196. 

"Wap.d, Dr. J. Bywater. West Biding Lunatic Asylum Reports, vol. i., p. 152. 

"Wolff, Dr. O. J. B. Archie fur Psychiatric und Xerve nkrankheitcn , Band ii. 

Humulus. — Hops. The strobiles of bumulus li^ulus. 

Lupulina. — Lupuline. "The yellow powder separated from the 
strobiles of H. lupulus." LupuHne, Fr. ; Ilopfendrilsen, Ger. 

Infusum Humtdi. — Infusion of hops ( 3 ss — O j ). Dose, a teacup- 
ful or more. 

Ti Hamuli. — Tincture of hops (3 V — Oij). Dose, 3 ss — 

3 U- 

Tinctura JJupulincB. — Tincture of lupuline ( 3 ij — O j ). Dose, 3 ss 

— : bs. 

Ol \ Hnce. — Oleo-resin of lupuline. Dose, m. v — 3 ss 

or more. 

Extractum Lupulince iluidum. — Fluid extract of lupuline. Dose, 
3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — Hops contain lupuline (described above), a tannic 
acid, an essential oil composed in part of valcrol, trimethylamine, and 
a liquid volatile alkaloid, lupuline (?). 
26 



386 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

Physiological Actions. — Hops is an aromatic stomachic tonic, and 
as such promotes the appetite and digestive power. It is slightly astrin- 
gent also. The action of the heart is somewhat increased, the cutane- 
ous circulation excited, and diaphoresis produced. 

In a very slight degree, hops first causes cerebral excitement, followed 
by calm and a disposition to sleep. Experience has shown that it pos- 
sesses some anaphrodisiac property, and lessens the functional activity 
of the testes and the apparatus of erection. 

Theeapy. — As a stomachic tonic hops is quite as serviceable as 
many more rare and costly medicines. It is useful in atonic dyspep- 
sia^ simple flatulent colic, and mild diarrhoeas. 

The power of a hop pillow to quiet the mind and to induce sleep 
seems to be well established, but its influence is, doubtless, largely due 
to imagination and the association of ideas. The tincture of lupuline 
and the oleoresin are useful remedies in mild cases of delirimn tre- 
mens. They serve a double purpose — as a stomachic tonic and cerebral 
sedative. A combination of fluid extract or tincture of lupuline and 
tincture of capsicum is probably the best substitute for alcoholic stimu- 
lants, when the habit of their use is to be discontinued. I3L Ext. lu- 
pulinse fluid., tinct. capsici, aa § j. M. Sig. One or two teaspoonfids as 
necessary. The condition known as horrors, or the wakefulness and 
excitement which just precede the attack of delirium tremens, may 
often be quite removed by free use of this combination. 

Nocturnal seminal losses may be reduced in frequency by the use 
of lupuline, of which the best preparation for this purpose is the oleo- 
resin. Chordee is said to be prevented by the use of lupuline, but the 
author has been quite disappointed in his attempts to relieve this state 
by this remedy. 

A hop poultice or bag is a domestic remedy for internal pains and 
inflammation, especially of the abdominal organs. A quantity of hops is 
sewed into a muslin bag, dipped in hot water, and then laid over the 
affected region. It forms a light fomentation, which owes its virtues 
rather to the heat and moisture than to the anodyne qualities of the hops. 

Lactucarium. — Lactucarium. " The concrete juice obtained from 
lactuca sativa, by incision and spontaneous evaporation." Dose, gr. 
v-3j. 

Syrupus Lactucarii. — Sirup of lactucarium ( 3 j— Oj). Dose, ? ss 

Composition. — Lactucarium contains several organic substances 
and eight to ten per cent, of inorganic matter. . It yields about fifty- 
eight per cent, of lactucerine or lactucone, an inodorous, tasteless 
neutral substance, a crystallizable bitter principle, lactucine, and laC' 
tucic acid. 

Physiological Action, and Theeapy. — The soporific quality of let- 



BROMIDES. 387 

tuce is known to all who cat this vegetable. Notwithstanding this uni- 
versal experience, careful experiments have shown that lactucarium pos- 
sesses a very feeble hypnotic quality, if it be not entirely inert. It is only 
used as a substitute for opium and its alkaloids when these disagree. 
The sirup of lactucarium is prescribed to relieve cough, but it is more 
properly employed as a vehicle for more powerful agents of the class of 
expectorants. 

Bromides. — Ammonii JBromidum. Bromide of ammonium. 3ro- 
mure d' } ammonium, Fr. ; JBromammonium, Ger. " A white, granular 
salt, becoming yellow on exposure, readily soluble in water, and spar- 
ingly so in alcohol." Dose, gr. v — 3j. 

Pot ass ii JBromidum. — Bromide of potassium. JBromure de %>otassi~ 
um, Fr. ; Bromkalium, Ger. In white crystals, wholly soluble in water 
(1 to !$■), but sparingly soluble in alcohol (1 to 13). Dose, gr. v — 3 j. 

Sodii JBromidum. — Bromide of sodium (unofficinal). Dose, gr. v — 

3j. 

Lithii JBromidum. — Bromide of lithium (unofficinal). Dose, gr. v — 

Calcii JBromidum. — Bromide of calcium (unofficinal). Dose, gr. v 

— 3j. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Acids, acidulous and metallic 
salts are incompatible with bromides of ammonium and potassium, and 
nitrous ether with the former. The physiological actions of the bro- 
mides are antagonized by cold, digitalis, belladonna, ergot, and other 
agents which energize the vaso-motor nervous system. 

Synergists. — Opium, chloral, and remedies belonging to the same 
group, promote the action of the bromides on the brain ; and aconite, 
veratrum viride, gelsemium, etc., increase the depressing effect of the 
bromides on the circulatory system. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of a bromide is bitter and saline. 
In a short time after it is swallowed, the characteristic taste returns to 
the mouth, owing to the outward diffusion of a portion of that admin- 
istered. The tactile sense of the fauces, as also the muscular move- 
ments in the act of swallowing, is diminished by long-continued use 
of the bromides. 

Sixty grains of the bromide of potassium or sodium, and a less 
quantity of the ammonium salt, will, in some persons produce slight 
nausea and diarrhoea ; in others, a sense of coolness in the epigastric 
region ; but in many, provided the salt is properly diluted, no effect on 
the stomach. Gastric catarrh is undoubtedly one of the evil results 
which may follow the protracted administration of the bromides in con- 
siderable doses. 

These are diffusible substances and hence pass quickly into the blood. 
When large doses are administered, it is probable that no inconsider- 



388 . CEREBRAL SEDATIVES . 

able portion escapes absorption, for they can be detected in the intes- 
tinal mucus and in the faeces. 

Yery obvious effects on the action of the heart, on the respiration, 
and on the animal temperature, are produced by the bromides if admin- 
istered in considerable quantity. These functions are depressed, but 
the depression is much less evident as to temperature, hence, in order to 
determine this result most careful observations are necessary. The 
author has ascertained that two drachms of bromide of potassium will 
lower the temperature in a healthy adult from one-fifth to one-half a de- 
gree ; the respirations from two to five, and the pulse from ten to twenty 
beats per minute. These effects' are more pronounced in animals, as 
ascertained by the administration of lethal doses. In man the number 
of the cardiac pulsations is not only reduced, but their force is dimin- 
ished, and the tension of the arterial system is lowered. 

A transient excitement, intoxication, giddiness, in some persons an 
anxious mental state, are produced by one or several large doses. As a 
rule, slight somnolence, and sounder and more refreshing sleep result, 
provided no disturbing element intervenes. The pupil is not affected 
in its size and sensibility to luminous impressions, in an adult man by a 
dose of 120 grains. When long continued the hypnotic effect is much 
more pronounced, and a constant drowsiness is experienced. The sensi- 
bility to pain, but especially the sensibility to tactile impressions, is 
lowered by the bromides at all accessible points of the mucous mem- 
brane, and of the skin-^— notably of the plantar surfaces of the hand and 
foot. The diminution of the sensibility of the mucous membranes is in 
part due to a local action of the salt as it is being eliminated. 

Motility is impaired by the long-continued use of the bromides in 
man, and in animals paralysis of the muscles ensues. If injected into 
the tissues of a limb, paralysis of motion and sensibility begins in that 
member. In man the impaired motility is probably due to other factors 
as well as to the action of the bromides on the muscular tissue, viz., to 
the cutaneous anaesthesia, and to an anaemia of the coordinating centres 
in consequence of which their functional power is lowered. 

A very notable effect of the bromides — chiefly bromide of potas- 
sium — is the diminution of the sexual feeling and of the power of erec- 
tions produced by it. This fact has been established by abundant clini- 
cal evidence. This result is not, however, produced with equal facility 
in all cases, and considerable doses are necessary in any case. 

Prolonged administration of the bromides develops a peculiar state 
to which the term bromism is applied. This condition of chronic poi- 
soning differs from the effects of a few medicinal doses in the extent 
and intensity, but not in the character, of the symptoms. The following 
were the symptoms of bromism, as observed in an epileptic boy, to 
whom two drachms of the bromide of potassium had been administered 
daily for a month : extreme pallor and anaemia, dilated pupils, acne on 



BROMIDES. 389 

face, forehead, and shoulders ; a fetid, bromine breath ; slow and feeble 
action of the heart ; breathlessness, and quickened pulse on slight ex- 
ertion ; cool hands and feet; a general subjective sense of coldness; 
movements in walking tremulous and uncertain ; diminution of the tac- 
tile sensibility of both cutaneous annd mucous surfaces; fauces dry, and 
the reflex movements sluggish; swallowing somewhat difficult; anta- 
phrodisia and complete relaxation of the genitals; mind weak, mani- 
fested in silly conduct and unmeaning laughter. 

Various mental symptoms are in some subjects produced by the long- 
continued use of the bromides. Weakness of mind, without perversion 
of intellection, is a very constant result of the continued use of large 
doses. Headache, confusion of mind, and a sort of intoxication, had 
long ago been observed to follow the use of the bromide of potassium 
in even moderate doses (Puche). A form of mental derangement, with 
hallucinations of a melancholic character, has been observed by Ham- 
mond and others. 

The pallor and anromia of bromism are due to several causes : to the 
diminished action of the heart ; slowness of the capillary circulation, 
and consequent interference in the metamorphosis of tissue ; derange- 
ment of digestion and assimilation in consequence of gastric catarrh ; 
and diminished blood-supply to the cerebro-spinal axis. The disorders 
of voluntary movement, the uncertain gate, the apparent defects of co- 
ordination, are variously explained ; but, they are doubtless made up of 
several factors, of which the cutaneous anaesthesia is the most influen- 
tial. The bromides possess the power to destroy or impair the irrita- 
bility of the motor and sensory nerves, and the contractility of muscle, 
and to these effects must be attributed in part the disorders of volun- 
tary movement noted above. 

It is very obvious that the bromides depress certain organic func- 
tions : they diminish the action of the heart, lower the animal temper- 
ature, and lessen the blood-supply to various organs. These results can 
only be accomplished by a sedative influence on the sympathetic system. 
Some very accurate observers have maintained that in this action lies 
all of the physiological power of the bromides (Reynolds, Amory). 

Effects of the Bromides compared. — There is a general corre- 
spondence in the actions of the different bromides. As respects their 
influence on the pulse, body-heat, and respiration, the author's compara- 
tive experiments have demonstrated that these agents stand to each 
other in the following order: bromide of sodium, bromide of lithium, 
bromide of potassium, bromide of ammonium. Very notable differences 
exist between the bromide of ammonium and the others, due, undoubt- 
edly, to the character of the base. 

The author's experiments on animals further demonstrated the fol- 
lowing: bromide of potassium possesses the most toxic power, and 
bromide of sodium the least. The bromide of lithium is first, the bro- 



390 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

ttride of sodium second, and the bromide of potassium third, in hypnotic 
power. As respects the influence of these agents severally on the reflex 
faculty of the spinal cord, it may be stated that none of them possess 
the power to abolish the reflex faculty except when administered in suf- 
ficient quantity to produce lethal effects. Considered from this point 
of view, the bromides may be grouped as follows: bromide of ammo- 
nium, bromide of potassium, bromide of lithium, bromide of sodium. 

The elimination of the bromides takes place through the mucous 
membrane of fauces, intestinal canal, and bronchi, through the skin, but 
chiefly by the kidneys. The rate of elimination varies, but is usually 
slow, several days being occupied in its diffusion outward from the 
blood. 

Therapy. — In some kinds of vomiting the bromides are most ser- 
viceable. The form of vomiting, to the treatment of which they are 
adapted, is that of cerebral origin ; e. g., the vomiting of cerebral con- 
gestion, seasickness, the vomiting of pregnancy, etc. They are con- 
traindicated in all cases of vomiting due to primary gastric disturb- 
ance. 

Remarkable improvement not unfrequently results from the use of 
bromide of potassium in cholera infantum. It is difficult to define the 
precise conditions under which this agent is successful ; but, according 
to the author's observation, it is useless, if not injurious, when defective 
alimentation is the cause of the attacks, and is serviceable just in pro- 
portion to the degree in which an irritable state of the nervous system 
dominates the gastro-enteric disturbance. When the cause of the at- 
tacks is heat, or reflex irritation of the fifth pair as in teething, or cere- 
bral congestion, very excellent results are obtained from the use of the 
bromide of potassium. ]J. Potassii bromidi, 3 ij ; syrp. simplicis, 3 ss ; 
aquas menthas pip., 1 jss. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every hour or two. 

Increased action of the heart (hyperkinesis) due to irritation of the 
sympathetic, as, for example, such as occurs in exophthalmic goitre, is 
calmed by the bromides. The irregular and too frequent action of the 
heart, occurring in hysterical subjects of plethoric constitution, is gen- 
erally relieved in the same way; but the bromides are contraindicated 
in all cases dependent on anaemia. Disturbed action (over-action) of 
the heart, with cerebral hyperasmia, is frequently most advantageously 
treated by a combination of digitalis and a bromide : 1^ . Inf. digitalis, 
^ iv; potassii bromidi, | ss — | : j. M. Sig. A tablespoonfid morning 
and evening. 

Da Costa has, in two distinct publications, strongly urged the use 
of the bromide of ammonium in acute rheumatism. Doubtless, other 
bromides (potassium, sodium, lithium) would be as effective, and are 
certainly much less disagreeable. The author has used the bromide of 
lithium with considerable apparent success, in subacute rheumatism, in 
rheumatic gout, and to remove the stiffness and nodosities of joints re- 



BROMIDKS. 391 

maininff after attacks of the above-named rheumatic affections. The 
wakefulness, delirium, and hyperpyrexia, which sometimes complicate 
rheumatism and gout, are best treated by bromide of lithium, pain be- 
ing relieved by morphia if necessary. 

It has been stated that the bromides, especially bromide of ammo- 
nium, diminish the deposition and hasten the retrograde metamorpho- 
sis of the fat in obesity. Undoubtedly these agents increase waste, but 
they do so, chiefly, in consequence of a severe gastric catarrh which 
they set up. 

Rabateau has proposed the use of the bromides as eliminating 
agents in cases of mercurial, cupric, or saturnine poisoning. These 
agents, more efficiently than the iodides, combine with the deposited 
minerals, convert them into soluble combinations, and thus cause their 
elimination. The best results are probably obtained by a combination 
of the bromide and iodide of potassium. 

The most important therapeutical applications of the bromides of 
potassium, sodium, lithium, etc., are in the treatment of cerebral disorders 
from over-action. The bromides acting on the heart slow its move- 
ments, and, on the vaso-motor nerves, diminish the intra-cranial blood- 
supply. The best results are obtained in the treatment of cases in 
which there is no anaemia on the one hand, or inflammatory reaction on 
the other ; cases in which the intra-cranial blood-supply is in excess, 
because the vaso-motor regulating centres are wanting in activity. The 
most typical representation of this condition is seen in wedceftdness 
from cerebral overwork. No clinical fact is more conspicuous than that 
the bromide of potassium will relieve wakefulness of this kind. The 
hypnotic action of the bromides, is not a certain action like that of 
chloral, nor like that of morphia under appropriate conditions ; consid- 
erable mental excitement and an active cerebral congestion may entirely 
prevent the hypnotic effect. Wakefulness from mental worry, fatigue, 
unrest of the peripheral nerves (fidgets), and similar causes, will gen- 
erally be relieved by the bromides. For this purpose a cumulative ac- 
tion is generally desirable, viz., to give a dose of fifteen grains before 
each meal, and one of thirty grains on retiring. The manner in which 
the hypnotic action of the bromides is limited by certain states of the 
intra-cranial circulation is well exhibited in delirium tremens. In the 
condition of nervous excitement and wakefulness which precedes the 
delirium, and which is known as " horrors," the action of the bromide 
is most satisfactory ; it quiets the restlessness and induces sleep. For 
this purpose considerable doses are necessary — a drachm every four to 
six hours. When, however, delirium tremens is fully developed, this 
remedy is much less efficient, and frequently fails altogether to produce 
sleep. It is more serviceable in the first than in subsequent attacks of 
horrors, and its utilitv diminishes as the structural alterations of chronic 
alcoholismus increase. 



392 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

In some cases of maniacal excitement the bromides produce excel- 
lent effects, but they very frequently fail without apparent reason. In 
acute mania accompanied by heat of head, injected conjunctiva?, and 
restlessness, refreshing sleep may follow the administration of one full 
dose ; but the remedy fails more frequently than it succeeds. In puer- 
peral mania of the sthenic form, with rather quick and full pulse, hot 
head, and injected conjunctiva?, the author has witnessed excellent re- 
sults from the use of the bromide of potassium ; but it has rather in- 
creased the delusions and the depression when the type of the case was 
melancholic, with systemic weakness and ansemia. A similar experi- 
ence has been had in the use of the bromides in hypochondriasis and 
melancholia. These forms of mental trouble are most usually accom- 
panied by bodily weakness, and are rather increased by the use of the 
bromides ; but it occasionally happens that these agents give an amount 
of relief afforded by no other drug or combination of drugs. It is im- 
possible to indicate, in the present state of our knowledge, the particu- 
lar cases in which the bromides may be serviceable, but the author vent- 
ures to express the opinion that the state of the intra-cranial circula- 
tion, which may be ascertained on ophthalmoscopic examination, will 
furnish the true guide. It need hardly be observed that the bromides 
are useless when wakefulness is dependent on pain. 

Some kinds of neuralgia are much benefited by the bromides. The 
congestive form of migraine, or sick-headache, is generally quickly dis- 
pelled by one or more full doses. The form of migraine in which it 
acts almost as a specific is that characterized by a flushed face, throb- 
bing temples, injected conjunctiva?, eyes intolerant of light. The bro- 
mides often give great relief in the fugitive nerva-pain o^ hysterical 
women ; but they are quite ineffectual in neuralgia fixed in a nerve, as, 
for example, in trigeminal neuralgia, sciatica, etc. The bromide of 
potassium is often quite successful in ovarian neuralgia, and in the 
nervous unrest which grows out of ungratified sexual instinct in men 
and women. 

Very remarkable results have been obtained by the use of large 
doses of bromide of potassium in tetanus. H. C Wood gives a tabular 
statement of fifteen cases which he has collected, in which the bromide 
of potassium was the chief or the only agent used, and of these but two 
died. No results equal to this have been achieved by any other agent, 
not even by Calabar bean. In order to succeed with this remedy it 
must be given in large doses ( 3 j every three or four hours). 

Cases of strychnia-poisoning have been reported cured by full doses 
of the bromide of potassium. One case is narrated by Dr. Gillespie in 
which three grains of strychnia were taken, and the lethal effects were 
obviated by one ounce of bromide of potassium in divided doses. 

No therapeutical fact is better established than the influence of bro- 
mide of potassium over epilepsy and epileptiform seizures. But the 



BROMIDES. 393 

curative power of this agent in epilepsy has numerous limitations. It 

has been well ascertained that bromide of potassium is most valuable 
in those rases of epilepsy characterized by frequent and violent con- 
vulsive seizures. Epileptiform attacks, dependent on the presence of a 
tumor or other coarse organic lesion of the brain, are usually suspended 
by the use of this agent, although the neoplasm is unaffected in its 
growth and development. It is a curious circumstance that attacks, 
nocturnal exclusively, are less amenable to the bromide-treatment than 
those which occur in the daytime. 

Cases of the petit mal, or epileptoid seizures, in which there is tem- 
porary loss of consciousness without convulsion, or with a transient 
spasm of the facial muscles, etc., are as a rule not so much benefited as 
are cases of the grand mat. Hysterical convulsions (hystero-epilepsy) 
are benefited by the bromide in the degree in which they partake of the 
nature of true epilepsy. Simple hysterical convulsions are rarely im- 
proved even by a course of this medicine. It has been repeatedly 
shown, as was first observed by Sir Charles Locock, that the bromides 
are especially efficacious in cases of epilepsy of sexual origin. 

Although the bromide of potassium is less effective in the epilepsy 
of childhood than of adults, it is an excellent remedy in infantile con- 
vulsions dependent on reflex irritation. After the removal of the irrita- 
tion the convulsive attacks may continue, but they can be arrested by 
the use of the bromides. The cerebral congestion which precedes the 
convulsive seizure may be relieved by this agent, and the threatened 
attack averted. The author is convinced that the convulsions which at- 
tend tubercular meningitis may be prevented by the bromide, but this 
agent exerts no curative influence in this fatal malady. 

In the present state of our knowledge it is not possible to indicate 
with any degree of certainty, besides the points mentioned above, the 
kind of eases in which a successful result may be expected from the 
bromide-treatment. If no improvement be manifest after several weeks 
of treatment, and if bromism be induced, the case must be regarded as 
an unfavorable one for this treatment. Brown-Sequard thinks that the 
cropping out of an " acne-like eruption on the face, neck, shoulders," 
etc., is an evidence that the bromide is proving curative, and he even 
asserts that there is " a positive relation between the intensity of the 
eruption and the efficacy of the remedy against epilepsy." According 
to Voisin, the abolition of reflex nausea — ascertained by passing a spoon 
as far back as the epiglottis, without causing attempts at vomiting — is 
an indication of the successful action of the remedy. Furthermore, 
he regards the following physiological effects as evidence of curative 
power: "hypnotic manifestations, general lassitude, an easy and rapid 
disappearance of reflex nausea, and antaphrodisiac action." 

Certain cases of epilepsy, in which the bromide of potassium fails to 
afford relief, are greatly benefited by strychnia. From this circum- 



394 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

stance it has been concluded that the former agent is most serviceable 
in cases in which a condition of hyperemia of the brain exists, and 
that the latter agent produces the best effects when a condition of 
cerebral ansemia is present. 

Various important considerations are connected with the adminis- 
tration of the bromides in epilepsj^. The daily dose required varies from 
half a drachm to four drachms, the limit of the quantity administered 
being determined by the effect produced. The occurrence of bromism 
and the arrest of the seizures are the evidences that a sufficient quan- 
tity has been introduced into the organism. According to the author's 
experience, forty grains of the bromide, dissolved in water and given 
before each meal, or three times a day, and if required a double dose at 
bedtime, is an amount of the medicine which it is rarely necessary to 
exceed. When the convulsive attacks have ceased, a single dose of 
sixty grains at bedtime will generally suffice ; but this result must not 
be interpreted too favorably, and the remedy discontinued, for an im- 
mense experience has now demonstrated that security against a return 
of the attacks can only be attained by a continuance of the remedy for 
two or more years after all indications of epilepsy have disappeared. 
After the continuous use nightly of the remedy for a year, the dose 
may be so far diminished as to give it on alternate nights. Should the 
attacks recur after temporary cessation, larger doses are required as 
a rule. 

The long-continued use of the bromide of potassium may produce 
very serious symptoms of bromism. The remedy must then be discon- 
tinued, and tonics and restoratives administered until the organism 
recovers its tone. It is not unfrequently desirable to administer iron 
during a course of bromides. The author has had excellent results from 
the following: £>,. Potassii bromidi, §j; ferri bromidi, gr. vj ; aquas, 
5 vj. M. Sig. A tablespoonful three times a day. Echeverria has 
made the observation that taking strong coffee with the meals hinders 
the development of bromism. The troublesome and very disfiguring 
acne may be, in part at least, prevented by the conjoined administra- 
tion of arsenic (three to five drops of liq. potassii arsenitis). Brown- 
Sequard, with that fondness for complex combinations which he has 
always exhibited, recommends the following formula for epilepsy : J$ . 
Potassii bromidi, § j ; ammonii bromidi, 3 ijss ; potassii iodidi, 3 j ; po- 
tassii bicarb., 3ij; infus. calumbas, § vj. M. Sig. A teaspoonful 
before each meal, and three teaspoonfuls at bedtime. There is prob- 
ably no advantage in this combination, and it is execrable as regards 
taste. It is true sometimes better results are obtained from a combi- 
nation of bromides than from the bromide of potassium alone. It is 
always advisable to combine the iodide of potassium with the bromides^ 
when there is reason to suspect syphilitic cerebral lesions, or when de- 
generate changes may appear to be taking place. 



BROMIDES. 395 

Vaso-motor disturbances, elsewhere than intra-cranial, are relieved 
by the bromides. " Such symptoms are, for example, sudden numbness, 
coldness, deadness, or pricking- sensations in one or more limbs ; sud- 
den distressing but indefinable feelings in the epigastrium, abdomen, 
or hypogastrium ; or sensations akin to rigor, with much anxiety and 
palpitation, or ' fluttering,' of the heart. In such cases it may be ob- 
served that the local circulation is interfered with ; that, for example, 
the pulse in one arm becomes faltering, irregular in force and rhythm, 
occasionally intermitting, while that in the other arm may remain un- 
altered, and the beat of the heart may maintain its normal character." 

The painful flushings of the face, and the sense of fullness in the 
head, which occur so frequently at the climacteric period in women, 
may often be removed by the bromides. 

Certain of the respiratory neuroses are greatly relieved by the 
bromides. Laryngismus stridulus, when present, may ' be suspended 
by the prompt use of full doses, and the tendency to frequent recur- 
rence of the attacks obviated by the steady and continued use of mod- 
erate doses of this remedy. It may be combined with chloral : I£ . 
Potassii bromidi, 3 ij ; chloral, hydratis, 3 ss ; syrp. tolu., 3 ss ; aquae, 
§ jss. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every half-hour. The bromides greatly 
relieve the spasmodic element of whooping-cough, but they do not ap- 
pear to shorten the duration of the disease. A combination such as 
given above, for a child of two years, may be prescribed in whooping- 
cough during the spasmodic stage, and in proportionally larger quantity 
for older children. 

In spasmodic asthma very great relief is sometimes afforded by the 
use of bromides, but these remedies lose their effect very quickly. The 
best results are obtained from a combination of the bromide with the 
iodide of potassium: 1^,. Potassii bromidi, fj; potassii iodidi, |ss; 
aqua?, 3 iv. M. Sig. A teaspoonful in sufficient water every half- 
hour, or hour. 

Cough which is merely reflex (stomachal, intestinal, renal, uterine, 
ovarian) can usually be cured by the bromides. It is said that a gargle 
of the bromide of potassium will diminish the cough of phthisis. The 
author has ascertained that it is only occasionally that such a fortunate 
result can be achieved in this way. Such a diminution of the sensi 
bility of the fauces can be produced by a few large doses of the bromide 
of potassium, that this expedient has been proposed to facilitate laryn- 
goscopy and rhinoscopy. 

In certain neuroses of the genito-urinary organs, male and female, 
excellent results have been obtained by the use of the bromide of potas- 
sium. Abnormal sexual excitement and nocturnal seminal emissions 
may be checked by this remedy. The condition of plethora is the indi- 
cation for the bromide. When the sexual organs are much relaxed, the 
erections feeble, and the seminal fluid watery, especially if there be such 



396 CEREBRAL SEDATIVES. 

a constant stillicidium of semen as to constitute the so-called diurnal 
losses, the bromide of potassium does harm. The more nearly noctur- 
nal seminal losses approach the physiological type, the more effective 
the bromides. As they act by diminishing the blood-supply to the 
erectile organs, it is obvious that they are contraindicated when there 
is debility, and when the erections are feeble. They prove completely 
successful when the erections are normal as to character, but teasing 
and persistent. The various nervous disturbances growing out of un- 
satisfied sexual desire are quieted by these agents. As a rule, nympho- 
mania and satyriasis dependent on cerebral lesions are not diminished 
or prevented by the bromides. 

Bromide of potassium, in full doses, has been proposed for the relief 
of chordee. The result is generally disappointing, but occasionally re- 
lief is experienced from it. Very large doses ( 3 j every four hours) are 
necessary. 

Menorrhagia., dependent on ovarian irritation, is usually promptly 
arrested by these agents. Sometimes metrorrhagia, even when due to 
a fibroid, is remarkably improved by their use, but success is only occa- 
sional, and no precise indications can be laid down. 

Various functional nervous disorders associated with, or dependent 
on, derangements of the sexual system — for example, such as are 
grouped together under the term spinal irritation — are treated with 
success by the bromides. It is to be noted, however, that a condition 
of general anaemia or local spinal ansemia, which usually coexists, is a 
contraindication to the use of these agents. They are useful in propor- 
tion to the degree of plethora present. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. Neuralgia and the Diseases that resemble it, English edition, p. 185. 

Bartholow, Dr. R. The Bromides: their Physiological Effects and Therapeutical 
Uses, Fisk-Fund Prize, Providence, 1871. 

Bill, Dr. J. H. American Journal of the Medical Sciences, July, 1868. 

Browne, Dr. J. C. The Action of the Bromide of Potassium on the Nervous System 
Pamphlet. 

Brown-SeIquard, Dr. C. E. Functional Nervous Affections, Part i., p. 35. 

Clarke and Amory. The Physiological and Therapeutical Action of the Bromide of 
Potassium and the Bromide of Ammonium, Boston, 1872. 

Da Costa, Dr. J. M. American Journal of the Medical Sciences, April, 1871. 

D amourette et Pelvet. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxiii., p.' 296. 

Day, Dr. Albert. Methomania, Boston, 1867, p. 30. 

Echeverria, M. Gonzales. On Epilepsy, p. 316. 

Eulenburg tjnd Guttmann. Schmidt's Jahrbuclier der gesammten Medicin, vol. cxxxvii., 
p. 158. 

Gillespie, Dr. Charles. American Journal of the Medical Sciences, October, 1870. 

Hammond, Dr. William A. On Wakefulness. 

Ibid. The Psychological Journal. 

Laborde, Dr. J. V. Archives de Physiologie Normale et Pathologique, May, 1868. 

Lewizky, atjs Kasan. Virchow's Archiv fur pathologische Anatomie, 1868, p. 183. 



CONIUM. 397 

Pletzi k. M. Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, Rami exxxix., p. ICG, No. 
S, 1868. 

Rabuteau, M. Gazette Hebdomadaire, March 19, 1868. 

Reynolds, Dr. J. Russell. The Practitioner, July, 18G8. 

Voisin, A. Bulletin General de Th&rapeutique^ vol. lxxi., p. 102. 

"Williams, Dr. S. W. D. On the Efficacy of the Bromide of Potassium in Epilepsy, 
etc., Churchill, 1865. 



AGENTS WHICH DEPRESS THE MOTOR FUNCTIONS 
OF THE SPINAL CORD AND SYMPATHETIC. 

Coilium. — Hemlock. Cigue, Fr. ; Schierling, Ger. 

Conii Folia. — The leaves of conium maculatum. 

Conii Fructus. — " The full-grown fruit of conium maculatum, gath- 
ered while j^et green and carefully dried." 

Extraction Conii. — Extract of conium. Dose, gr. j — 3 j. 

Extraction Conii Alcoholicum. — Alcoholic extract of conium. Dose, 
gr. j— grs. v. 

Extractum Conii Fructus Fluidum. — Fluid extract of conium-seed. 
Dose, m. ij — m. v — m. xl. 

Succus Conii. — Juice of conium. Dose, 3 ss — 3 j. 

The preparations of conium are very uncertain in strength. It is 
pretty well established that the extracts are nearly, if not quite, inert. 
The best preparations are the fluid extract and the succus. 

Composition. — The special powers of hemlock are due to a peculiar 
alkaloid (conia). This is an oily, limpid liquid, having a strong alka- 
line reaction, a peculiar odor resembling the urine of mice, and a specific 
gravity of 0.88. It probably exists in the plant in the form of the 
malate; but, by some authorities, the acid with which it is combined is 
supposed to be an acid peculiar to conium, the coneic acid. Conia 
is associated with ammonia, and another crystallizable alkaloid, con- 
hydrine. 

Conia is quickly decomposed by heat. Exposed to the air it is soon 
converted into a brownish resin, and becomes inert. Hence it is that 
the preparations of conium possess but little activity, and are so fre- 
quently, indeed entirely, wanting in physiological and therapeutical 
effects. It is better, therefore, to administer the alkaloid, which, being 
soluble in alcohol, may be administered in that menstruum, or it may 
be converted into an acetate and dissolved in a mixture of alcohol-and- 
water. It is to be noted, also, that different specimens of conia differ 
remarkably in activity ; hence whenever a new preparation is begun, the 
minimum dose should be first administered until its real power is ascer- 
tained (Burman). 

Conia. — Dose, gr. -fo — gr. -fa— gr. fa, or in minim-doses from m. ^ 



398 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

— m. ij. Half a minim of conia (pure) is about equivalent in activity 
to § j of the best succus conii. 

Antagonists and Incompatible s. — The caustic alkalies and tannic 
acid are chemically incompatible. Physiologically considered, the ac- 
tions of conium are antagonized by nux-vomica and its alkaloids strych- 
nia and brucia, by picrotoxine, and the tetanizing agents in general. 

Syneegists. — Gelsemium, tobacco, veratrum viride, aconite, methyl- 
strychnium, hydrocyanic acid, and opium, increase the action of conium. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of conium possess a con- 
siderable degree of acridity, and are therefore apt to produce gastric 
irritation, nausea, and vomiting. These results sometimes follow the 
subcutaneous injection of conia. The active principles readily diffuse 
into the blood. What changes, if any, they induce in the blood are 
quite unknown. It is probable that they limit the power of the red 
blood-globules to convey oxygen to the tissues on which they have a 
selective action — the motor nerves. 

When an active dose of conia is administered, weakness of the legs 
and a sense of weight and fatigue of these members are first experi- 
enced. The eyelids become heavy and droop somewhat, and double 
vision, or confused vision, a feeling of torpor of the mind, and giddi- 
ness, follow. Speech is also affected as respects vocal utterance, but 
the memory for words and the faculties of mind generally are unim- 
paired. When the dose is a lethal one, paralysis of the voluntary mus- 
cles — first of the inferior extremities — ensues, there is considerable ver- 
tigo, the mind is torpid and indifferent but not perverted, speech and 
vision are lost, the respiration becomes labored and slow from paralysis 
of the respiratory muscles, and death occurs from asphyxia, the action 
of the heart continuing until after respiration has ceased. The mind 
remains unclouded to the last, except when delirium ensues from car- 
bonic-acid poisoning. Convulsive movements generally occur in ani- 
mals from retention of carbonic acid in the blood, and in man sometimes 
local convulsive movements. Sensation is unaffected until near the 
close, but a subjective sense of numbness is experienced in the feet and 
legs, without actual impairment of the functions of the sensory nerves. 
The body temperature is decidedly lowered, and in a direct ratio to the 
amount of the paralysis. 

The physiological effects of conia, even when produced by decidedly 
large medicinal doses, are hindered if not entirely prevented by active 
exercise. When the muscular weakness, the heaviness and sense of 
fatigue in the legs are first experienced, if resisted and muscular move- 
ments are carried on, these sensations disappear, and the w 7 hole duration 
of the physiological effects is much shortened. 

The action of conia is, primarily and chiefly, on the end-organs of 
the motor nerves ; the nerve-trunks next lose their excitability, and by 
an extension of the paralysis the spinal cord is at last involved. The 



CONIUM. 399 

muscular irritability remains unaffected. According to M. Verigo, the 
paralysis proceeds from the spinal cord, outwardly, to the terminal fila- 
ments of the motor nerves. But it is probable that this experimenter 
operated with a preparation of conia containing methyl-conium, which 
has been shown, by Crum Brown and Fraser, to affect first the motor 
columns of the spinal cord. 

No constant and characteristic post-mortem appearances seem to 
be produced by conia. The left cavities of the heart are found empty, 
and the right distended, but these are products of the mode of dying, 
and are not directly due to the action of the poison. The blood is gen- 
erally fluid, and the coagula are soft. 

Elimination takes place by various channels, chiefly by the kidneys. 
Conia has been found in considerable quantity in the liver, lungs, and 
spleen. 

Therapy. — Formerly the preparations of conium were much used 
for a supposed discutient or resolvent action in glandular enlargements, 
and in certain kinds of tumors. But, since it has been shown that the 
preparation chiefly employed for this purpose (the extract) is practically 
inert, the supposed cures effected in this way are justly regarded as ex- 
amples of the post hoc. Influenced by the same considerations, conium 
was supposed to have an alterant and anodyne action in cancer. But, 
since, in the progress of physiological research, it has been shown that 
conium affects the motor and not the sensory nerves, it is no longer em- 
ployed to relieve the pains, or to arrest the growth and diffusion, of 
cancer. It is right to add, however, that able practitioners hold that 
the discutient and resolvent powers of conium are well established in 
clinical experience (Stille). 

The true uses of conium are those deduced from a consideration of 
its physiological actions. As it lowers the functional activity of the 
motor nervous system, it is indicated in those cases of disease in which 
motor activity is in excess. Very valuable results have been obtained 
by the use of conia in mania, administered with the view of subduing 
excessive motor excitement. Its real utility consists in quieting mus- 
cular agitation, and thus preventing emaciation and maniacal exhaus- 
tion. It is considered to be most suitable to the treatment of acute 
mania, without organic brain-lesion (Burman). The dose required for 
this purpose is m. ss — m. iij, or subcutaneously, commencing with one- 
tenth of a minim, and gradually increasing it until some characteristic 
physiological effects are produced. 

The succus conii has been used by Harley and others with success 
in chorea. The special object for which it is used in this malady is to 
quiet the excessive muscular agitation ; but, in order to accomplish this 
result, a sufficient quantity must be administered to produce distinct 
physiological effects. To quiet muscular agitation is not alone suf- 
ficient to cure chorea ; a suitable hygiene, proper alimentation, and 



400 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

restorative agents, are indispensable. Some cases of paralysis agitans 
are remarkably benefited by conium (succus), but it is of little avail 
in cases of sclerosis, or when important structural alterations have 
occurred. Conia is certainly indicated in tetanus, hydrophobia, and 
strychnia-poisoning, but hitherto it has not succeeded, probably be- 
cause inert preparations were employed. The author has ascertained 
that in animals conia rather hastens than retards the lethal effects of 
strychnia. 

In whooping-cough, asthma, and laryngismus stridulus, good effects 
have been obtained by the use of conium, carried to the point of induc- 
ing its characteristic physiological effects. A priori, the best results 
might be expected from the use of conium in epilepsy, but it is by no 
means comparable to the bromides. According to Echeverria, conium 
is serviceable in those cases of epilepsy " attended by cerebral derange- 
ment and vertigo." 

The state of blepharospasm, which accompanies strumous ophthal- 
mia, is relieved by considerable doses of conium. It is necessary in the 
treatment of this, as of other motor disorders, to give a sufficient quan- 
tity of conium to produce sensible physiological effects. 

The Hypodermatic Use of Conia. — The alkaloid itself is much too 
irritant for subcutaneous use. The local inflammation which it sets up 
prevents absorption, and hence the effects are nil. The alcoholic solu- 
tion is almost equally objectionable. The following formula, proposed 
by Burman, is best adapted to subcutaneous use : 

Ij6 . Comae, 3 iij, m. xij. 

Acidi acetic, fort., 3 iij, m. xij.- . 
Spts. vini rect., 3 j. 
Aquas destillatse ad § ij. 
M. Sig. Dose, one minim to begin with, and gradually increase as necessary. 
Five minims of this solution contain one minim of conia. 

"The acid must be added carefully and gradually until neutraliza- 
tion, or as near an approach to it as possible, is attained ; litmus-paper 
being used, from time to time, to determine the reaction." Different 
specimens of conia may require somewhat different proportions of acid 
to neutralize it. If the mixture be turbid after the addition of the 
spirit and water, a little more spirit may be added. 

The subcutaneous injection of conia may be practised instead of the 
stomach administration, in all of the forms of disease for which this 
remedy is prescribed. By Burman this mode of administration has 
been practised with much success in the treatment of acute mania y by 
Pletzer, in asthma / by Erlenmeyer, in emphysema and angina pecto- 
ris y by Lorent, in pneumonia and pleuritis / and by Eulenburg, in 
blepharospasm. A marked decrease in the pulse-rate, and in the tem- 
perature, has been observed to follow the hypodermatic injection of 



GELSEMIUM. 401 

3oni;i in these diseases. The rational indication for the use of conia in 
pneumonia and plenritis is, to give the organs physiological rest by 
inducing a paretic state of the respiratory muscles. 

Coxia and Morphia. — The effects of conia are in every way height- 
ened by morphia. These agents have been very successfully employed 
in acute mania, conjointly administered subcutaneously. "Conia act- 
ing on the purely motor centres, in a sedative manner, and morphia 
acting in a similar way on the sensori-motor and ideo-motor centres, it 
follows, as a fair corollary, that the combination of the two, in subcu- 
taneous injection, should lead to effects directly antagonistic to the 
condition of maniacal excitement ; and, such being in fact the case, they 
may be thus used together with very great success in the treatment of 
mania." When nerve-pain and muscular spasm coexist, the best re- 
sults may be expected from the combined administration of morphia 
and conia. 

Authorities referred to : 

Burman, Dr. J. Wilkie. West Riding Lunatic Asylum Reports, vol. ii., p. 1. 
Curtis, Dr. Edward. The Nodical Record, Nos. cexxxvii., cexxxviii., 1875. 
Erlenmeyer, Dr. A. Die subcutanen Injectionen, p. 74. 
Eclenburg, Dr. A. Die hypodermatische Injection, p. 239. 
Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, p. 266. 
Harley, Dr. John. Old Vegetable ^Neurotics, English edition, etc. 
Husemaxn, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammien Arzncimittellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 925. 

Husemann, Drs. Theod. tjnd Aug. Die Pflanzenstoffe. 

Kolliker, Prof. Dr. A. Virchow's Archiv, Band x., p. 228. 

Lorent, Dr. E. Die Hypodermaiischen Injectionen, p. 42. 

Pelvet et Damourette. Archives Generates, sixieme serie, tome vi., p. 87. 

Peltzer, M. Quoted by Eulenburg, supra. . 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, p. 731. 

Von Praag, L. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher der gesammten Medicin. 

Verigo, M. The Practitioner, vol. vii., p. 58. 

Gelsemium. — Yellow jasmine. u The root of gelsemium semper- 
virens." 

JExtractum Gelsemii Fluidum. — Fluid extract of gelsemium. Dose 
m. v — m. xx. 

The fluid extract is the only officinal preparation. A tincture is pre- 
pared by macerating four ounces of the fresh root in two pints of di- 
luted alcohol. The dose of this tincture is from ten to thirty drops. 
The so-called gelseminine is obtained by evaporation of the tincture, and 
is a very uncertain preparation; the dose is gr. ss — gr. ij. It is only 
used by the eclectic practitioners. 

Disappointment is frequently experienced from the use of gelsemium 
preparations, owing to the fact that they are made from the dried root. 
In the process of drying, even spontaneously, the alkaloid disappears. 
27 



402 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

The most trustworthy preparation is the officinal fluid extract, prepared 
conscientiously from the fresh root. 

Composition. — Gelsemium contains a very powerful alkaloid — gelse- 
mia or gelsemina — in combination with a peculiar acid — gelsemic or 
gelseminic acid. It contains also an acrid resin, volatile oil, gallic acid, 
a yellow coloring-matter, besides some other unimportant ingredients. 

Gelsemia. — " In its pure state gelseminine (gelsemia) is a colorless, 
odorless solid, having an intensely persistent, bitter taste. It has 
strongly basic properties, completely neutralizing the most powerful 
acids, forming salts of which the sulphate, nitrate, chloride, and acetate 
are freely soluble in water." Dose, gr. -^ — gr. -^. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies and tannic 
acid are chemically incompatible. As respects the physiological actions 
gelsemium is antagonized by the diffusible stimulants, by alcohol, am- 
monia, belladonna, digitalis, etc. The lethal effects are best treated by 
emetics, warmth, alcoholic stimulants, bj^ faradization and artificial respi- 
ration. 

Synergists. — Conium, physostigma, tobacco, opium, etc., when ad- 
ministered with gelsemium, increase its effects in the whole sphere of 
its physiological activity. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of gelsemium have a 
bitter and somewhat aromatic taste, and a narcotic odor. They do not 
produce gastric irritation. The active substance, being crystalloidalj 
diffuses into the blood with facility. In moderate doses, but sufficient 
to produce decided physiological effects, gelsemium causes a feeling of 
languor and mental calm, slowing of the action of the heart, drooping 
of the eyelids, dilatation* of the pupil, and some feebleness of muscu- 
lar movements. In larger doses the physiological effects are as fol- 
lows : vertigo, double vision, amblyopia, paralysis of the levator pal- 
pebrse so that the upper eyelid cannot be raised, dilated pupil, la- 
bored respiration in consequence of a paretic state of the respiratory 
muscles, slow and feeble action of the heart, great muscular weakness, 
and sensibility to pain and touch much reduced. These effects are pro- 
duced in about a half -hour after the stomach administration, and last 
two or three hours, when they subside. When lethal doses are taken, 
the above-described symptoms occur in a more intense degree. The gait 
is at first staggering, but the power of muscular movement soon ceases, 
and a sense of numbness diffuses over the body. The eyelids close 
(paralysis of the levator), the pupils dilate widely, vision is lost, and 
the pupils cease to respond to the stimulus of light. The lower jaw 
drops, and the power of speech is lost in consequence of paralysis of 
the muscles of the tongue. The respirations are labored, sl^allow, and 
irregular ; the action of the heart weak, feeble, and intermittent. Gen- 
erally the skin is covered with a profuse perspiration, but no other 
evacuation takes place. Death occurs from asphyxia, and the action 



GELSEMIUM. 403 

of the heart ceases after the respiratory movements. Consciousness is 
preserved until near the close, and until carbonic poisoning ensues. In 
one instance (Wormley) extreme restlessness was noted, but generally 
there is a condition of calm, a soporose state, or the unconsciousness of 
carbonic-acid narcosis, and convulsions never occur. 

The author's investigations have demonstrated that gelsemium is a 
paralyser of motility and sensibility; that sensibility is first affected in 
cold-blooded animals (frogs), and afterward motility, and that in warm- 
blooded animals tbe motility is affected before sensibility. As respects 
the seat of the action, the author has ascertained that the end-organs 
of the motor nerves, and the nerve-trunks, do not lose their irritability, 
and that the muscular contractility is unimpaired. "Its paralyzing 
effect is due to its action on the motor centre, and not to an action on 
the peripheral nerve-fibres. It acts also on the sensory portion of the 
cord, producing at last complete anaesthesia ; but this effect in warm- 
blooded animals, and in man, is toxic only, and follows the paralysis of 
the motor functions." Applying the precise observations which are 
made on animals to the explanation of the lethal effects which have 
occurred in man, we are conducted to the following conclusions : the 
disorders of voluntary movement, and the more or less complete pa- 
ralysis of the motor and of the sensory functions, are due to the effects 
of gelsemium on the motor and sensory portions of the cord, the func- 
tions of the sensory columns resisting longer the action of the poison. 
The labored respiration is due to the paretic state of the respiratory 
muscles, especially of the diaphragm. The depressed action of the 
heart is probably secondary to the diminished respiration movements, 
which produce this result by impeding the flow of blood through the 
pulmonary capillaries. The dilated pupil, the double vision, the ptosis, 
are due to paralysis of the third pair. 

In rabbits and cats gelsemium, in lethal doses, affects motility in a 
very remarkable manner: when the paralyzing effects are becoming 
manifest — first in the fore extremities — these animals perform a series 
of backward movements, in which sometimes a complete backward 
somersault occurs. In pigeons, general muscular tremors precede the 
backward movements. No corresponding acts have taken place in the 
fatal cases observed in man. A very considerable reduction of tem- 
perature occurs from lethal doses in warm-blooded animals. 

The author's experimental observations on the physiological actions 
of gelsemium have since been fully confirmed by Ott and by Ringer, in 
an elaborate series of investigations. It is to be regretted that the au- 
thor's experiments are regarded as " inconclusive " by Dr. H. C. Wood. 

Therat r. — Gelsemium is indicated in those maladies in which an 
exaltation of function has taken place in the motor and sensory spheres 
of the nervous system. Several cases of tetanus have been reported 
cured bv this remedy; but it is impossible to sav whether these were 



404 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

examples of post hoc or propter hoc. A priori it might be expected 
that gelsemium would prove serviceable in this disease, because its ac- 
tion on the spinal cord is opposed to that which takes place in tetanus. 
In strychnia-poisoning in animals, however, the tetanic spasms are not 
prevented by the administration of gelsemium. In mania, with great 
motor excitement and wakefulness, this remedy is more useful than 
conium. To produce the best results from its administration, doses of 
sufficient strength must be given to produce definite physiological ef- 
fects, viz., dilated pupil, drooping of the eyelids, and a feeling of lan- 
guor. In the condition of " horrors " from alcoholic excess, in simple 
wakefulness, in the insomnia which results from over-excitement and 
too great physical activity, cures are not unfrequently obtained by the 
use of gelsemium. In the inflammatory affections of the meninges, 
and in cerebrospinal meningitis, sporadic or epidemic, with a decided 
febrile reaction, this agent is extremely useful in small doses (m. v of 
fluid extract), repeated every two hours so as to maintain a uniform 
physiological effect. 

Gelsemium has been used with success recently in the treatment of 
neuralgia of the fifth nerve. Cases cured by this remedy were, doubt- 
less, not instances of the tic-douloureux, but nerve-pain caused by cold, 
rheumatism, or temporary excentric irritation. Intercostal neuralgia, 
and especially myalgia, is frequently cured by this agent ; but con- 
siderable doses are necessary — from five to twenty minims of the fluid 
extract every three hours until the characteristic drooping of the eye- 
lids, dilatation of the pupil, and muscular languor, manifest themselves. 

In convulsive, or spasmodic cough, gelsemium often affords remark- 
able relief. It is beneficial in the spasmodic stage of whooping-cough, 
reflex cough from irritation of the laryngeal nerves, the irritative 
cough of phthisis with scanty expectoration, and the nervous cough of 
hysterical subjects. In some cases of spasmodic asthma great relief 
is afforded by gelsemium, but, as is the case with all other remedies for 
asthma, it frequently fails and loses its good influence even in those 
cases in which it was at first successful. 

The author has witnessed excellent results from the use of gelse- 
mium in acute inflammations of the lungs and pleura. In pneumonia 
it affords rest by diminishing the activity of the respiratory function; 
it allays cough, and, by depressing the cardiac movements,. it lessens 
stasis of the pulmonary capillaries and lowers the temperature. It is 
better to give medium doses (m. v — m. x of the fluid extract), every 
two hours, to maintain a constant effect within the limits of safety. It 
favors, when exhibited in this way, the occurrence of an early crisis, and 
assists in the production of one critical evacuation — the sweat. A simi- 
lar mode of administration should, be pursued in pleuritis, in which its 
use is equally rational and effective. 

Yery great relief is afforded by the use of gelsemium in certain pel* 



ARNICA. 405 

disordi ra in women. There is no more generally-useful medicine in 
ovarian n< uralgia. The pains of dysmenorrhcea are also greatly alle- 
viated by it. The evidence is conclusive that this remedy also suspends 
after-pains, and it is held b\ r some good observers that it quiets the 
11 1 lagging" pains of the first stage of labor. In these disorders of the 
female sexual organs, it is generally necessary to administer a quantity 
of the remedy sufficient to produce some of its characteristic physio- 
logical effects. 

The first empirical use of gelsemium was in the treatment of the 
remittent, or so-called bilious fevers of the South. A considerable num- 
ber of facts have been accumulated, which show that this remedy exer- 
cises a really beneficial influence in remittent and typo-malarial fevers. 
It is not an action of specificity — like quinia in intermittent and remit- 
tent fevers. Its power to depress the temperature is probably the real 
explanation of its utility. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. Experimental Investigations into the Actions and Uses of 
Gelsemium Semper virens. Hie Practitioner, London, vol. v., p. 200. 

Ott, Dr. Isaac. On Gelsemia, pamphlet, 1865. Also, Philadelphia Medical Times, 
vol. v. 

Porcher, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 501. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

"Wormley, Dr. Theodore. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Chemical Compo- 
sition of Gelsemium Sempervirens. American Journal of Pharmacy, vol. xlii., January, 
1870. 

Arnica. — Arnica. " The flowers of arnica montana." Racine <Par~ 
niea, Fr. ; JLrnicawurzel, Ger. 

Tinctura Arnicce. — Tincture of arnica. Dose, m. x — 3 ss. 

Composition. — The chemistry of arnica has not as yet been thor- 
oughly elucidated. Walz has isolated a principle (arnicine). The 
root contains an essential oil on which depends, in great part, its physi- 
ological activity. The oil is a complex substance. One of its most im- 
portant constituents is trimethylamine. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The actions of arnica are an- 
tagonized by ammonia, alcoholic stimulants, opium, camphor, etc. 

Synergists. — Aconite, veratrum viride, digitalis, and arterial seda- 
tives generally, increase the effects of arnica. 

Physiological Actions. — Arnica excites considerable irritation of 
the skin, if the contact be sufficiently prolonged. It produces when 
swallowed a sense of heat and acridity in the fauces, and increases the 
flow of saliva. It is decidedly irritant to the stomach, and causes in 
large doses nausea and vomiting, and choleraic diarrhoea. Its active 
principles diffuse into the blood. In small medicinal doses arnica in- 
creases the action of the heart and arteries, and excites the functions 



406 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

of the skin and kidneys. In large doses, probably after a short stage 
of excitement, depression of the circulation, of the respiration, and of 
the animal temperature, ensues; violent headache is experienced, the 
pupils are dilated, and paresis of the muscular system comes on. In 
toxic doses arnica paralyzes the nervous system of animal and organic 
life, and death ensues in a condition of collapse. 

Therapy. — In febrile diseases and inflammations, when there is 
sthenic reaction, arnica in full doses depresses the action of the heart 
and lowers the arterial tension. It is, therefore, antipyretic. For the 
production of this effect, an infusion is probably a better preparation 
than the tincture. When, however, in febrile diseases there is present 
the condition of asthenia, small doses of the tincture (five minims) are 
to be preferred. That this remedy will produce different results, in 
small or large doses, need not occasion surprise. It is conceded on all 
sides that the effects of opium differ according to the size of the dose, 
and the frequency with which it is repeated. 

Good results have been obtained from the use of arnica infusion in 
mania and melancholia. The tincture of arnica is exceptionally ser- 
viceable in delirium tremens, with depression. 

In rheumatism and rheumatic gout, very decided curative effects 
have been obtained from arnica. The fact that it contains trimethyla- 
mine is probably the true explanation of its utility in these affec- 
tions. 

The tincture of arnica has a popular reputation for the relief of 
sprains, bruises, and external inflammations. The author has known 
violent erysipelatous inflammation to follow its application to a sprained 
ankle. It is extremely doubtful whether the good effects are more de- 
cided than those of a spirit-lotion. The infusion or decoction does not, 
it is said, cause local irritation. 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittellelire, zweiter Band, 
p. 978. 

Phillips, Dr. C. D. F. Materia Medica and Therapeutics, p. 305. 
Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia Medica,vo\. i., p. 791. 

Trimethylamilie. — (Un officinal.) This is an ammoniacal substance, 
having a strong, fishy odor. It is isomeric with propylamine, which is 
also an ammonia. As the propylamine of commerce is a mixture of 
various substances, and is of uncertain composition, trimethylamine only 
should be used (Spencer). The dose of trimethylamine is four to eight 
minims. Its disagreeable taste may be disguised somewhat by pepper- 
mint-water. 

Properties. — Trimethylamine is a colorless liquid, having the com- 
position C S H 9 N. It dissolves freely in ether, alcohol, and water, has a 
strong alkaline reaction, and is inflammable. 



TRIMETHYLAMINE. 407 

Chloride of Trimethylamine is a stable salt which crystallizes in 

long needles; it is very deliquescent, and its solution when concen- 
trated has a caustic action on the skin and mucous membrane. It is 
free from odor, except when heated or mixed with an alkali, when the 
fishy smell is evolved. The taste of a solution of this salt is alkaline, 
but not disagreeable (Dujardin-Beaumetz). Dose, grs. ij every three 
hours. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Chemically trimethylamine is 
incompatible with the mineral acids, the salts of the metals, the alkalies 
(chlorides), and vegetable infusions. It should always be prescribed 
alone, in solution, in some aromatic water. Therapeutically it is an- 
tagonized by the stimulants, opium, belladonna, digitalis, etc. 

Synergists. — All agents depressing the vascular system and the 
temperature are synergistic. 

Physiological Actions. — Applied to the skin, mucous membrane, 
or areolar tissue, trimethylamine produces decided caustic effects, com- 
parable to those which result from the action of ammonia. It excites 
gastric pain when taken into the stomach in considerable doses, and 
will, doubtless, cause a high degree of inflammation if incautiously ad- 
ministered. The most characteristic effects are the lowering of the action 
of the heart, the depression of the temperature, and the diminution in the 
amount of urea excreted. In the physiological state Dujardin-Beaumetz 
found, in some experiments on himself, that the chloride of trimethyla- 
mine lessened the temperature and the pulse, but these results w r ere 
much more decided when it was administered in cases of acute rheuma- 
tism. The influence which this agent has on the excretion of urea is 
still more remarkable. The observations of Dujardin-Beaumetz show that 
a gradual but considerable decline in the excretion of urea is a con- 
stant result of its administration. On the other hand, Spencer says that 
the excretion of urea is sometimes increased, and, in one case in wdrich 
the urinary discharge was carefully studied, the urine was almost trebled, 
and the urea more than doubled, by the use of this remedy. If the 
diminution of the amount of urea were a constant result, as claimed by 
Dujardin-Beaumetz, the influence which trimethylamine has on the 
body temperature might be due to an interference with the combustion 
process. But the facts do not as yet justify the construction of a theory 
as to its mode of action. 

Therapy. — Thus far almost the only application made of trimethyl- 
amine is in the treatment of acute rheumatism and gout. In some 
cases it appears to produce almost complete relief after the administra- 
tion of a few doses, but generally a longer time is required (Awenarius, 
Dujardin-Beaumetz, Spencer, Leo). It moderates, at once, the fever 
and the joint-pain, and very decidedly shortens the duration of the dis- 
ease. It is said to diminish the tendency to cardiac complication. 

This agent, having so decided an influence on the pulse, temperature, 



408 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

and excretion of urea, will, in the future, doubtless be applied to the 
treatment of other maladies. 

Authorities referred to : 

Buchheim, Dr. Erwin. Ueber das Trimethylamin. Schmidt 's Jahrbucher, vol. lxxxiii., 
p. 13. 

Ddjardin-Beaumetz, Dr. Du Chlorhydrate de Trimethylamine dans le Traitement du 
Rhumatisme Articulaire Aigu. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxxiv., pp. 337, 
S95. 

Leo, Dr. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, 1875. 

Petit, M. A. Sur la Trimethylamine. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxxiv., 
p. 313, et seq. 

Spencer, Dr. W. H. On the Employment of Trimethylamine in Rheumatism and 
Gout. The Practitioner, February and March, 1875. 

Jaborandi. — (Unofficinal.) A plant belonging to the family of 
rutacese — pilocarpus pinnatus (Gubler). 

Infusum Jaborandi. — Infusion of jaborandi ( § ij — Oj). Dose, 3 ss 

— 1 ij- 

Extractum Jaborandi Fluidum. — Fluid extract of jaborandi. Dose, 

3 ss— 3 ij. 

Tinctura Jaborandi. — Tincture of jaborandi ( 5 iv — Oj). Dose, 
3 ss — 3 ij. 

Pilocarpine, Nitrate. — Dose, gr. -g 1 ^ — gr. \. 

Composition. — The important constituent is the alkaloid — pilocar- 
pine — which possesses the physiological properties of the drug. It 
combines with acids to form salts. The salts of pilocarpine crystallize 
in the oblique system, and are soluble in water. Probably the most 
eligible preparation is the nitrate. It may be administered hypoder- 
mically. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies, the per- 
salts of iron, and the salts of the metals generally, are chemically 
incompatible. A remarkable antagonism has been shown to exist 
between jaborandi and belladonna (Ringer and Gould). 

Synergists. — Aconite, veratrum viride, gelsemium, and remedies 
which paralyze the vaso-motor nervous system, promote the activity of 
jaborandi. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of jaborandi is rather hot and 
pungent. The considerable doses of the crude drug required to pro- 
duce physiological effects excite nausea and. vomiting, especially if 
taken on an empty stomach. It has been shown, however, in recent 
experiments, that these results follow the use of the alkaloid ; hence it 
may be concluded that not bulk alone is the cause of the gastric dis- 
tress, but that it is one of the physiological properties of the drug. 

The active principles of jaborandi diffuse readily into the blood. In 
about ten minutes after the infusion is swallowed, the face, ears, and 
neck, become deeply flushed. Simultaneously perspiration begins on 



JABORAXDI. 409 

the skin, an abundant flow of saliva takes place, the nasal and bronchial 
mucus, and the tears, are increased, and watery diarrhoea may occur. 
It is said that, when the salivary secretion is greatly increased, that of 
the skin is relatively less so, and vice versa (Fereol), but this is not 
generally admitted. The quantity of perspiration poured out by the 
skin is enormous — the sweat runs from the body and soaks the clothes. 
The quantity of saliva discharged is also very great. Ringer reports 
that in two of his cases the amount of saliva was respectively twenty- 
two ounces and twenty-seven ounces. 

The action of the heart is increased by jaborandi, but the arterial 
tension is notably diminished. The rise in the pulse-rate averages 20 
beats, and the duration of this effect is about two and a half hours. A 
very distinct fall of temperature (0.5° to 2° Fahr.) ensues when the 
sweating begins, and this decline of body-heat is maintained on an aver- 
age about four and a half hours. According to Robin, a transient rise 
of temperature precedes the fall, but Ringer and Riegel deny the accu- 
racy of this observation. 

The effects of jaborandi on children, according to Ringer, are, singu- 
larly enough, much less, for corresponding doses, than on adults, as 
respects the flushing, the sweating, the salivation, and the temperature. 

More or less drowsiness, both in children and adults, follows the 
profuse sweating, and pallor succeeds to the flushing. Chilliness is ex- 
perienced with the cessation of the sweating stage. Languor and de- 
bility persist for some hours after the completion of the effects. The 
drowsiness is probably not due to a direct action of the remedy on the 
cerebrum, but to the greatly-diminished vascular tonus, and to the loss 
of fluid from the vessels. Vision is generally affected. The pupil is 
usually contracted, and the power of accommodation is impaired. No 
characteristic or constant changes in the fundus of the eye have been 
observed on ophthalmoscopic examination. Locally applied to the eye 
jaborandi causes " contraction of the pupil, tension of the accommo- 
dative apparatus of the eye, with approximation to the nearest and 
farthest points of vision, and amblyopic impairment of vision from 
diminished sensibility of the retina." The eye resumes its normal state 
in about an hour and a half (Tweedy). 

The results of experiment indicate that the action of jaborandi is 
paralyzant of the vaso-motor nervous system. The flushing of the skin 
is doubtless due to dilatation of the arterioles, and the increased action 
of the heart must be referred to the same cause. The sphygmograph 
demonstrates the lowering of the vascular tension. The decline in tem- 
perature must be referred chiefly to the profuse transpiration, but the 
depression of the vascular tonus may also somewhat influence this re- 
sult. The data do not yet exist for a statement of the mode in which 
jaborandi excites the salivary and cutaneous secretions. It probably 
affects the end-organs of the excito-secretory nerves. 



410 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

Elimination of the active constituents of jaborandi probably takes 
place through the organs whose functions are so powerfully excited. 
It is a remarkable circumstance that the amount of urea passing out in 
the sweat caused by jaborandi is enormously increased over the normal, 
amounting to from fifteen to seventeen grains. The urine is not in- 
creased. Hence it may be concluded that elimination does not take 
place by the kidneys. 

The experiments which have demonstrated the existence of a physi- 
ological antagonism between jaborandi and belladonna have thrown 
much light on the action of the former. When the heart of a frog is 
arrested in the diastole by jaborandi, it immediately recommences its 
beat when atropia is subcutaneously injected (Langley). "When the 
superior ganglion of the cervical, sympathetic, and the lingual, and the 
pneumogastric nerve are divided, jaborandi administered causes profuse 
salivary secretion ; but this action is at once antagonized, and the secre- 
tion arrested by the injection of atropia. These agents, therefore, are 
exactly opposed as respects their action on the nerve-endings in the 
salivary glands (Carville). The effects of one grain of atropia, in a boy 
poisoned by it, were, as respects the state of the mouth and skin, an- 
tagonized by thirty grains of jaborandi. In three men the perspiration 
and salivation, caused by sixty grains of jaborandi, were arrested by 
the subcutaneous injection of y^-g- of a grain of atropia (Ringer and 
Gould). 

Therapy. — As jaborandi is a drug of very remarkable powers, it 
will probably be applied to important uses. Clinical experience is 
not yet sufficient to enable the author to define the particular con- 
ditions for the relief of which this remedy may be prescribed. Never- 
theless some important observations have been published. Good results 
have been obtained from the use of jaborandi in dropsy, ascites, and 
hydrothorax (Gubler). TTrcemia from desquamative nephritis, or 
chronic parenchymatous nephritis, is a condition in which the most 
satisfactory relief may be expected from it. An immense increase of 
the elimination of urea by the skin, it will be remembered, is one of 
the results of the administration of this remedy. Subacute rheumatism, 
according to Gubler, is "most happily modified" by it, and, in bron- 
chitis with asthma, it sometimes produces "marvelous results." A 
rebellious case of acute ophthalmia, in the hands of Dr. Abadie, yielded 
quickly to jaborandi. 

In various skin- diseases, characterized by deficiency in the secretion 
of the sweat-glands, no doubt this remedy will be very serviceable. As 
an eliminating agent of mineral poisons, it may be employed in lieu 
of baths. It will probably take place as a remedy for constitutional 
syphilis. 

Ringer has used jaborandi with success to increase the secretion of 
milk. As the milk-glands correspond in structure to the sudoriparous 



PHYSOSTIGMA. 411 

glands, and are merely differentiated and specialized for theix particular 

office, the effects of this drug in increasing the production of milk might 
have' been, a priori^ expected. The author has used recently a fluid 
extract of jaborandi successfully in a case of deficiency in the secretion 
of the milk of a nursing-woman. 

In two cases of that very intractable disorder diabetes insipidus, or 
polydipsia, Laycock has used jaborandi with the effect to reduce the 
quantity of urine in one case from three hundred ounces to one hundred 
and twenty ounces per diem, and, in the other, from one hundred and 
fifty-eight ounces to ninety-eight ounces per diem. 

In the travels of Dr. Piso (about 1640) it is stated that he " saw 
divers, as it were, in an instant redeemed from death — from the eating of 
venomous mushrooms, and other unwholesome things — only by drinking 
a recent infusion of the root of jaborand " (Easby, in the Lancet, March 
13, 1875). 

Authorities referred to : 

Ambrosoli, Dr. Quoted in TJie Medical Times and Gazette, 1875, p. 106. 
Brackenridge, Dr. Proceedings of the Medico- Chirurgical Society. The Medical 
Times and Gazette, vol. ii., 1875, p. 583. 
Craig, Dr. W. Ibid. 

Fereol, Dr. Journal de Therapcutique, January 10 and 25, 1875. 
Gubler, Dr. A. Bulletin General de 27ierapeutique, 1875, p. 186. 
Langley, J. N. The British Medical Journal, February 10, 1875. 
Laycock, Dr. T. The Lancet, 1875, vol. ii., p. 242. 

Riegel, Dr. F. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, February 8 aud 15, 1875. 
Ringer and Gould. The Lancet, January 30, 1875. 
Robin, M. Albert. Journal de Therapcntique, January, 1875. 
Twkedy, Mr. John. The Lancet, vol. ii., 1875, p. 159. 

Physo stigma. — Calabar bean. The seed of physostigma venenosum. 
Five de Calabar, Fr. ; Kalabarboline, Ger. 

Extr actum JPJiysostigmatis. — Extract of Calabar bean. Dose, 
gr. \— gr. ss— gr. v. 

Tinctura Physostigmatis. — Tincture of physostigma (unofficinal). 
Dose, m. v — m. xx. 

Composition. — Calabar bean contains two alkaloids, physostigmine 
and eserine. These have been supposed to be the same, but they diffe- 
in important particulars. Physostigmine has an alkaline reaction, is 
amorphous, colorless, and tasteless. Eserine crystallizes in colorless, 
rhomboidal plates, and has a bitter taste. Eserine has strong basic 
properties, and combines with acids to form salts, which are freely solu- 
ble. The Calabar bean contains, besides these alkaloids, the ordinary con- 
stituents of the common bean, viz., albuminous matters, starch, and oil. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The vegetable astringents, tan- 
nic acid, and the caustic alkalies, are chemically incompatible. As 
respects physiological actions, ph} r sostigma is antagonized in a limited 



412 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

part, but not in the whole of its actions, by atropia, and still more by 
chloral. Therapeutically, the tetanizing agents may be regarded as 
opposed to physostigma. 

Synergists. — The paralyzers, or depressors of the motor nervous 
system, conium, gelsemium, nitrate of amyl, etc., act in harmony with 
physostigma, increasing its effects in the whole range of its physio- 
logical influence. 

Physiological Actions. — The preparations of physostigma are apt 
to excite nausea. Increased secretion of the gastro-intestinal mucous 
membrane, and increased peristalsis, follow their administration. The 
active principles quickly diffuse into the blood. Physostigma does not 
impair the respiratory function of the blood, but, after death, loose 
coagula are found, the globules have undergone changes of shape, and 
rectangular plates of haemato-crystalline occur (Leven and Laborde). 
The action of the heart is affected by considerable toxic doses ; it is 
paralyzed in the diastole, and is flabby, but it contracts lazily on elec« 
trie stimulation. In less than lethal doses the action of the heart is 
slowed, and the arterial tension is, for a brief period, lowered, but soon 
rises considerably above the normal. As these effects are not due to 
an action on the inhibitory apparatus, and follow when the heart is 
separated from the vaso-motor centre by division of the spinal cord, it 
is probable that the action consists in a stimulation of the cardiac gan- 
glia, and a subsequent paralyzing action on the cardiac muscles. The 
same result may be due to a paralyzing action on the accelerator nerves 
of the heart (K(3hler). The respiration is more powerfully affected than 
the circulation. When a lethal dose is administered the respiration 
becomes slower and shallower, and death ensues from arrest of the re- 
spiratory movements (asphyxia), the heart continuing in action for 
some time afterward. 

Physostigma does not affect the centres of conscious impressions, 
and consciousness is preserved until the oxygenation of the blood is so 
far interfered with that carbonic-acid narcosis supervenes. Giddiness, 
vertigo, and a sense of muscular weakness and fatigue, are produced 
by considerable doses (Gubler). When a lethal dose is administered to 
an animal, its muscular system soon grows weak, and complete paraly- 
sis soon after ensues. The voluntary muscular system, however, be- 
fore complete resolution occurs, is agitated by a succession. of tremors 
— temporary tetanic contractions followed by entire relaxation. These 
muscular tremblings occur, but more feebly after complete paralysis, 
and persist in a slight degree after death. The muscular contractility 
is not destroyed, not even impaired by physostigma. 

The irritability of the motor nerves is affected, if at all, to a very 
slight extent, and the sensibility of the sensorj* nerves is rather height- 
ened. It follows from these facts that the paralyzing effect of physos- 
tigma is due to a direct action on the spinal cord. 



PHYSOSTIGMA. 413 

Attention has not thus far been directed to the influence of ph}'SO- 
Btigraa on the pupil. Whether introduced directly into the eye, or taken 
into the stomach, or thrown under the skin, it contracts the pupil. This 
is a local and peripheral action, exactly corresponding, as to its seat, to 
the action of atropia. The end-organs of the sympathetic, or of the 
motor oculi, and it may be of both, are acted upon. By some it is held 
that the contraction of the pupil is due to a tetanic state of the circular 
fibres (Grttnhagen, Rogow) ; by others, to a paralysis of the dilator 
system (Fraser, Hirschmann). It were probably safer to accept the 
conclusion that the nerves innervating both sets of fibres are acted on — 
the motor oculi stimulated (see case by T. Wharton Jones, Practitioner, 
vol. iii.), the sympathetic depressed — for we find that tetanic contraction 
of the muscular fibre of the intestine, followed by dilatation and a paret- 
ic state, can be experimentally produced by phj'sostigma. The appara- 
tus of accommodation is also affected; myosis begins in ten to fifteen 
minutes after the disks are inserted. Direct galvanization of the iris, 
contracted by physostigma, causes it to dilate (Engelhardt, Hermann). 

Therapy. — The applications of physostigma to the treatment of dis- 
ease are by no means so important as the elaborate study given to its 
physiological action, by various observers, would seem to indicate. 

In torpor of the muscular layer of the intestine, combined with 
deficient secretion of the mucous membrane, this agent is often very 
serviceable. In some subjects fifteen minims of the tincture, or a half- 
grain of the extract, taken at bedtime, will procure a morning evacua- 
tion, but it frequently fails. When the state to be relieved is such as 
is indicated above, a combination of physostigma, belladonna and nux- 
vomica is sometimes very effective: IjL Tinct. physostigmatis, tinct. 
nucis vomicae, tinct. belladonna, aa 3 ij. M. Sig. Thirty drops in 
water morning and evening. ~fy. Extract, physostigmatis, ext. bella- 
donnas, ext. nucis vomicae, aa gr. v. M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. One pill at 
bed-hour. Physostigma (gr. \ — gr. ss of the extract) is a useful addi- 
tion to a cathartic pill. IJ. Ext. physostigmatis, resime podophylli, 
aa grs. iij. M. ft. pil. no. vj. Sig. One pill at bed-hour. 

To the troublesome flatulence of women at the climacteric period, 
usually associated with a paretic state of the muscular kryer of the 
bowel, very great relief is often afforded by the use of physostigma. 
With the relief to the flatulence there usually follows relief to the mor- 
bid fancies, the headache and vertigo connected with it. 

The action of physostigma on the spinal cord, as a paralyzer, natu- 
rally suggested its use in tetanus. The evidence of its utility is dis- 
crepant. Moreover, tetanus, in many instances, manifests a tendency to 
spontaneous cure. It is difficult, therefore, to estimate the precise value 
of physostigma, but about one-half of the cases treated with this agent 
recover — according to Watson ten in eighteen, according to Roemer 
twenty in forty-seven cases. A larger measure of success might have 



414 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

been achieved, had sufficient attention been paid to the quality of the 
extract used and to the mode of administration. The following re- 
marks by Dr. Fraser, in regard to the treatment of tetanus by Calabar 
bean, are of great importance : 

"I should myself feel inclined alwa} T s to commence the treatment 
by subcutaneous injection, and to repeat such injection until the system 
is decidedly affected, and then to administer the remedy by the mouth 
in a dose three times as large as is found necessary by subcutaneous in- 
jection. Such a plan might be quite safely followed in a child of even 
nine years. If the remedial effects continue to be produced by admin- 
istration by the mouth, it should be persevered with, for such admin- 
istration has obvious advantages as far as the convenience of the prac- 
titioner is concerned. In the more severe cases, however, I believe 
subcutaneous injection should be alone employed. The distress and 
increase of spasm caused by swallowing, or the impossibility of intro- 
ducing substances by the mouth, will render this necessary. I cannot, 
also, too strongly urge that subcutaneous injection should alwaj^s be 
used when severe and continued spasms occur, when a fatal result is 
imminent from the exhaustion caused by prolonged and frequent con- 
vulsions, and when apncea threatens at once to close the tragic scene. 
By it we obtain the quickest and most powerful effect. 

" From the preceding remarks it cannot be expected that any arbi- 
trary rules of dosage can be laid down. For an adult one grain of the 
extract by the stomach, or one-third of a grain by subcutaneous injec- 
tion, will generally be sufficient to commence with. This should be 
repeated in two hours, when its effects will usually have passed off, and 
the succeeding doses may be modified according to the experience that 
will be thus gained. . . . The great object is to produce as quickly as 
possible, and then to maintain, the physiological effect of physostigma 
in diminishing reflex excitability. The doses must, therefore, be con- 
tinued in increasing quantities until this physiological effect is pro- 
duced, or until the sedative action of the drug on the circulation is 
carried to a dangerous extreme, or until constant nausea and vomiting 
compel us to desist." 

Influenced by theoretical considerations, physostigma has been pre- 
scribed in chorea and epilepsy, but the results have not been encour- 
aging. It is true successful cases of chorea have been reported, but the 
influence of favorable hygienic surroundings and time is so great in 
uncomplicated chorea, that we may well doubt whether physostigma 
has any real influence. Of twelve cases of epilepsy treated by this 
agent six were improved, and in the other six a notable increase in the 
number of the epileptic paroxysms took place (Williams). 

In progressive paralysis of the insane remarkable improvement has 
occurred under the use of physostigma in a few cases (Browne), but in 
others the results have been entirely negative (Williams). As in this 



PHYSOSTIGMA. 415 

melancholy disorder no remedies have hitherto been of any avail, it is 
a gratifying fact that in some cases Calabar bean has seemed to stay 
its progress. 

Since it has been shown that physostigma lessens the activity of 
the respiratory function, lowers the action of the heart, and depresses 
the temperature, it has been used in bronchitis, congestion of the lungs, 
and pneumonia, with a degree of success which warrants more extended 
and systematic use. 

Besides the various applications in ophthalmic practice growing out 
of the myosis produced by physostigma, it has been used with success 
in certain paralytic and convulsive states of the ocular muscles. In 
a case of paralysis of the third nerve, with ptosis, double vision, and 
immobile pupil, Wharton Jones effected a cure by the instillation of 
physostigma into the eye, whence he concludes that the myosis caused 
bv this ajrent is due to the stimulation of the third nerve. Galezowski 
recommends the instillation of plrvsostigma into the eye in cases of 
suppuration of the cornea, and in amblyopia. Eseriue disks (of gela- 
tine) have been successfully employed in tic. 

The experiments — thirty in number — of the British Medical Associa- 
tion Committee, with regard to the antagonism between physostigma 
and strychnia, have led them to the following conclusion : 

"Although the symptoms produced by either substance were modi- 
fied considerably by the action of the other, there was no instance of 
recovery from a fatal dose." 

The antagonism between atropia and physostigma, at least to a con- 
siderable extent, has been well established, especially by the labors of 
Fraser. In 1864 Kleinwachter, influenced probably by the marked 
antagonism of the two agents on the pupil, employed physostigma with 
success in a case of poisoning by atropia. The British Association Com- 
mittee, however, conclude as the result of their investigations that — 
" 1. Sulphate of atropia antagonizes to a slight extent the fatal action 
of extract of Calabar bean ; 2. The area of antagonism is more limited 
than even Dr. Fraser has indicated in his paper on the subject. 

Thirty-one experiments, performed by the committee with hydrate 
of chloral and Calabar bean, have shown that — 

" 1. Hydrate of chloral modifies to a great extent the action of a 
fatal dose of extract of Calabar bean, mitigating symptoms and pro- 
longing life. 

" 2. Hydrate of chloral, in some cases, saves life from a fatal dose 
of Calabar bean. 

" 3. If hydrate of chloral be given before extract of Calabar bean, 
so that the animal is deeply under the influence of hydrate of chloral 
before it receives the extract of Calabar bean, the symptoms produced 
by the latter are much modified, and life is saved from the effects of 
what would otherwise be a fatal dose. 



416 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

" 4. Chloral hydrate is of little service as an antagonist to extract 
of Calabar bean, if given some time after the latter. If the symptoms 
of the action of Calabar bean be in full operation it will not save life, 
however it may modify symptoms." 

Note. — It is certainly true that to the singularly meritorious investigations of Fra- 
ser (" Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh," vol. xxvi.) we owe the exact 
knowledge, now in our possession, of this antagonism between physostigma and atropia. 
Repeating the observation of Gubler and Labee (" Bulletin General de Therapeutique," 
vol. lxxxiv., p. 556), which H. C. Wood (" Therapeutics and Materia Medica," p. 305) has 
echoed, that " these laborious researches in the special subject with which we are now 
occupied remain as the model to be followed in all questions of the same class," the 
author may still be permitted to set forth his own original work in the same field. The 
following historical points have been fully established : 

1864. — The case of Kleinwachter, in which a supposed lethal dose of atropia was suc- 
cessfully overcome by Calabar bean. 

1867. — The single experiment of Bourneville, in which the effects of the powdered 
kernel of physostigma, " introduced into the stomach of a cabiai," were antagonized by 
atropia administered subcutaneously. 

1867. — The investigations of Bartholow were made. Some of the experiments and the 
results were included in an " Essay on Atropia," which received the prize of the American 
Medical Association at its annual meeting, May, 1868; 

Authorities referred to : 

Arnstein und Sustchinsky. Schmidt's Jahrbucher der gesammten Medicin, Band 
cxlii., p. 286. 

Bennett, Dr. J. Hughes. Report of the Committee of the British Medical Association 
to investigate the Antagonism of Medicines. British Medical Journal, January 23, 1875. 

Browne, Dr. J. Crichton. British Medical Journal, p. 60, January 10, 1874. 

Fraser, Dr. Thomas R. An Experimental Research on the Antagonism between the 
Actions of Physostigma and Atropia, Edinburgh, 1872. (I am indebted to the courtesy 
of Dr. Fraser for a copy of this important memoir.) 

Galezowski, Dr. Xavier. Gazette des Hopitaux, 124, 1869. 

Grunhagen, Dr. Virchow's Archiv, Band xxx., p. 521. 

Hermann, Prof. Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Berlin, 1874, p. 337. 

Jones, T. Wharton. The Practitioner, vol. iii., and vol. vii., p. 345. 

Kohler, Dr. H. Experimentelle Beitrage znr Kenntniss der Herzwirkung des Calabar, 
etc. Archiv fur experimentelle Pathologie und Pharmacologic, 1873, p. 276. 

Laschkewich, Dr. Virchow's Archiv, vol. xxx v., p. 294. 

Laborde et Leven, MM. Gazette de Paris, 3, 6, 1870. 

Papi, Clementi. (Gaz. Lomb.) Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. cxlii., p. 286. 

Roemer, Dr. B. St. Louis Medical Journal, 1873, p. 367. 

Subbotin, Dr. Victor. Ext. sem. Physostigmatis venen. bei atonischem Zustande des 
Barmkanals. Archiv fur klin. Medicin, vi., 2, 3, p. 285, 1869. 

Watson, Dr. Eben. The Practitioner, vol. iii., p. 146, and Edinburgh Medical Jour- 
nal, May, 1867, p. 999. 

Tabacum.— Tobacco. Tabac, Fr. ; Tabakblatter, Ger. " The com- 
mercial dried leaves of Nicotiana tabacum." 

Infusum Tabaci. — Infusion of tobacco ( 3 j — Oj). Dose, as an 
enema, § ss — § iv. 



TOBACCO. 417 

Okum Tabaci. — Oil of tobacco. 

Unguent u»i Tabaci. — Tobacco-ointment ( 3 ss — 3 viij ). 

I r %num Tabaci. — Wine of tobacco ( 3 j — Oj ). Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Composition. — Tobacco contains a powerful alkaloid — Nicotia, or 
Nicotine — in combination with malic acid. It is an oily, colorless, 
liquid, strongly alkaline in reaction. Its taste is hot and acrid, and its 
odor disagreeable and peculiar. It is contained in the dried leaves, in 
the proportion of about five per cent. 

Tobacco also contains a peculiar camphor — Xicotianine. 

Tobacco-leaves are rich in mineral constituents — potash, lime, ni- 
trates, and phosphates. The vapor of tobacco " contains numerous 
basic substances of the picolinic series, and cedes to caustic potash, 
hydrocyanic acid, sulphuretted hydrogen, several volatile fatty acids, 
phenol, and creosote." (FlUckiger and Hanbury, Husemann.) It does 
not contain nicotia. The oil of tobacco is an empyreumatic product, 
obtained by distillation. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies, tannin, 
iodides, are chemically incompatible. Strychnia is, according to Haugh- 
ton, a true physiological antagonist. Ergot, digitalis, belladonna, am- 
monia, and alcoholic stimulants, antagonize the effects of tobacco on the 
heart and arterial system. 

In cases of poisoning the stomach should be evacuated by emetics, 
or the stomach-pump, and tannin and the iodides should be adminis- 
tered. Ammonia and brandy are indicated to relieve the failing circu- 
lation. Subcutaneous injection of strychnia should also be resorted to, 
and, if necessary, artificial respiration. 

Synergists. — All of the motor depressants increase the effects of 
tobacco. 

Physiological Effects* — Tobacco is a severe and very depress- 
ing nauseant and emetic. It is locally an irritant to the mucous mem- 
brane, and produces burning pain at the epigastrium. It is also laxa- 
tive even when smoked, and in considerable quantity by the stomach 
causes hypercatharsis. The emetic effect of tobacco is doubtless the 
product of three factors : its cerebral action, its local irritation of the 
gastric mucous membrane, and its specific emetic property. The secre- 
tions of. the intestinal mucous membrane are increased, and the muscular 
layer is thrown into tetanic contraction, whence the catharsis which 
follows its administration. Applied to a wounded surface, tobacco pro- 
duces the same effects. 

Its active principle, nicotia, a crystalloidal substance, diffuses into 
the blood with great rapidity. It corresponds, in the mode and inten- 
sity of its action, to prussic acid. In a case narrated by Taylor, a fatal 
result ensued in three minutes after a toxic dose. In another case, 
death occurred in five minutes (M. Fougnies, poisoned by Count Bo- 
carm6). When a lethal dose is administered to an animal, the action 
28 



418 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

of the heart continues after respiration has ceased. Its cavities are 
usually found empty, or containing black fluid blood. Tobacco is not, 
therefore, a cardiac poison, and the depression of the circulation noted 
when full medicinal doses are administered are doubtless due to the 
interference with the pulmonary functions. Applied directly to the 
muscular tissue of the heart, nicotia does not impair its contractile 
power (Benham). The blood throughout tJie body is black and fluid, 
but as agitation with oxygen restores its color, and as the blood-globules 
are unaffected, the condition of the blood is doubtless due to the arrest 
of oxygenation (asphyxia). 

Trembling and clonic spasms are produced by lethal doses of tobacco. 
Its ultimate effect is paralyzing, but preceding the muscular relaxation 
and paresis there is in animals, and occasionally in man, a definite 
tetanic stage. Death ensues through its paralyzing action on the mus- 
cles of respiration. The end-organs of the motor nerves lose their 
excitability, next the trunks of the nerves, and then the spinal cord, 
but the muscular irritability is unaffected. The brain is not directly 
affected. Giddiness and delirium have been noted in cases of poison- 
ing by tobacco, but these symptoms, as well as the insensibility which 
immediately precedes death, are no doubt due to the accumulation of 
carbonic acid in the blood. The pupils are contracted by tobacco, and, 
in fatal cases, are insensible to light. 

There is considerable sweating, and the skin is cold and clammy in 
fatal cases. The temperature of the body is decidedly reduced (Tsches- 
chichin). The elimination of nicotia probably takes place by the 
kidneys. Very free urinary discharge, at all events, is produced by 
tobacco, and, reasoning by analogy, it may be supposed that this effect 
is due to the direct action of the nicotia on the Malpighian tufts and on 
the tubules of the kidneys. 

When a lethal dose of nicotia has been taken, and the effects follow 
immediately, there may be none of the sj^mptoms described above. In 
the case narrated by Taylor, the "deceased stared wildly ; there were 
no convulsions, and he died quietly [in three minutes], heaving a deep 
sigh in expiring." 

Thekapt. — In habitual constipation , due to a relaxed state of the 
muscular la} 7 er of the bowel, five minims of the wine of tobacco, admin- 
istered at bedtime, will not unfrequently afford relief. 

Impaction of the ccecum, colica pictonum, sometimes intussuscep- 
tion, and strangulated hernia, may be overcome by a tobacco-enema. 
It must be borne in mind, however, that this is an expedient not free 
from danger. Numerous deaths have been caused by it, and Dr. Cope- 
land reports one instance in which thirty grains by enema proved fatal. 
Of the officinal infusion ( 3 j — Oj ) it is not safe to use more than four 
ounces, or fifteen grains ; and this quantity may be expected to produce 
most depressing nausea. It must be urged in favor of this remedy 



TOBACCO. 419 

that it has, in very unfavorable cases, proved exceedingly effective. It 
is especially adapted to cases in which obstruction has occurred from 
paresis of the muscular layer of the bowel (impacted ciucum, typhlitis, 
painter's colic). 

Tobacco is one of the antispasmodic remedies used in the treatment 
of spasmodic asthma, and the paroxysms of difficult breathing in em- 
physema. It enters as a constituent in various pastilles and cigarettes 
employed in these maladies. Asthmatics unaccustomed to the use of 
tobacco, are sometimes relieved by smoking* a cigar or pipe, but the 
effect is lost by habitual use. Laryngismus stridulus may be quickly 
arrested by a snuff-plaster to the neck — an effective but dangerous 
domestic remedy. Obstinate hiccough, or singultus, may be cured by 
five-minim doses of wine of tobacco, but we possess other effective 
remedies, less dangerous and less unpleasant in action. 

We possess no remedy more effective in the treatment of tetanus 
than tobacco. It may be used in the form of an enema, commen- 
cing with four ounces of the infusion, and regulating the quantity to 
be administered and the time of administration by the effect pro- 
duced. Minim-doses of the alkaloid may be given every two hours 
by the stomach, or two minims by the rectum (Haughton). When it 
acts favorably it relaxes the trismus so that nutriment may be taken, 
and suspends the tonic convulsions. Care must be used not to intro- 
duce a lethal quantity, and produce death by asphyxia. The author 
has known the wine of tobacco to be used successfully in a severe case 
of tetanus, the quantity administered being regulated by the effect of 
the remedy on the convulsions. 

The experiments of Haughton having demonstrated an antagonism 
between nicotia and strychnia, he proposed the use of nicotia in strych- 
nia-poisoning, and cases have occurred in which it proved entirely suc- 
cessful. As the effects of nicotia are so nearly instantaneous, the 
stomach administration — if the spasms do not prevent — will suffice, but 
rectal and even hypodermatic injections may be resorted to if neces- 
sary. The following formula of Erlenmeyer may be used for the sub- 
cutaneous injection in strychnia-poisoning, and in tetanus : T^,. Nicotise, 
gr. ss ; aquae destil., 3 ij. M. Sig. Ten minims contain -fa of a 
grain. The cases of strychnia-poisoning in which tobacco was used 
successfully were treated by the infusion. 

Tobacco was formerly employed in the treatment of dropsy. It is 
adapted to those cases in which digitalis is now used. It promotes free 
diuresis, and is at the same time laxative — effects especially serviceable 
in cardiac dropsy. It is, however, so disagreeable in action that few 
practitioners have the temerity to prescribe it, and few patients are 
willing to swallow it. 

There is no doubt that excessive use of tobacco lessens the venereal 
appetite. Slightly nauseating doses of the wine of tobacco will check 



420 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

chordee and priapism. Satyriasis is effectively quenched in tobacco- 
nausea. Nocturnal pollutions, due to repletion and to continence, are 
also usually suspended by the use of this remedy ; but it is, unfor- 
tunately, so horribly depressing that the remedy may be justly consid- 
ered the greater evil. 

Local Uses of Tobacco. — So many unfortunate accidents have re- 
sulted from the external application of tobacco, that its use in this way 
is rarely justifiable. The infusion and an ointment have been employed 
with success in tinea, scabies, prurigo, pityriasis, etc. An injection 
of tobacco will destroy ascarides, but it is unsafe. Other and more 
manageable remedies have entirely taken the place of tobacco in the 
local diseases above named. 

Authorities referred to : 

Benham, Dr. W. T. On the Action of Nicotine. West Riding Lunatic Asylum Re- 
ports, vol. iv., p. 30V. 

Blatin, M. le Dr. Recherches Rhys, et Clin, sur la Nicotine ei la Tabac. Gaz. des 
Hopitaux, 18 TO, p. 221. 

Copland, Dr. Dictionary of Practical Medicine, article Colic, vol. i., p. 443. 

Curling, Mr. T. B. A Treatise on Tetanus, London, 1836. 

Erlenmeyer, Dr. A. Die subcutanen Injectionen der Arzneimittel, 3. Auflage, p. 85. 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, English edition, p. 418. 

Haughton, Rev. Prop. Dublin Hospital Gazette, December, 1856, and Dublin Quar- 
terly Journal, August, 1862, p. 172. 

Hermann, Dr. L. JJandbuchder exper. Toxicologic, p. 318. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Art.neimitiellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 1142. 

Hirschmann, Br. Abstract in Bull. Gen. de Th'erap., lxv., p.. 561. 

Hirt, Dr. Ludwig. Die itrankheiten der Arbeiter, erster Theil, p. 156, et seq. 

Nasse, Dr. 0. Centralblait fur diemed. Wissensch., 1865, p. 785. 

Tardief, A. Diet, ii' Hygiene, deuxieme edition, 1862, article Tabac, p. 229, et seq. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third English edition, p. 803. 

Tscheschichin. Arch, fitr Anatomie und Physiologie, 1866, p. 151. 

Traube, Dr. L. As quoted by Hermann. 

Uspensky, P. Arch, fur Anat. und Physiologie, 1868, p. 522. 

Van Praag, Dr. L. Arch, fur Anat. und Phyisologie, viii., p. 56. 

Yon Basch und Oser. Wiener medicinische Jahrbucher, 1872, p. 387. 

. 
Lobelia. — Lobelia. The leaves and tops of lobelia inflata. Indian 

tobacco. Lobelie enflee, Fr. ; Lobelialcraut, Ger. 

Acetum Lobelias. — Vinegar of lobelia. (Lobelia, § iv — diluted acetic 
acid to Oij.) Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Tinctura Lobelice. — Tincture of lobelia. (Lobelia, § iv- — Oij of 
diluted alcohol). Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Lobelin. — (Unofficinal). A resinoid. Dose, gr. ss — gr. j. 

Composition. — The effects of lobelia are due to the presence in it 
of a peculiar alkaloid — lobelina. This principle is oily in consistence, 
has a pungent, rather acrid taste, a tobacco-like odor, and is strongly 



LOBELIA. 421 

alkaline in reaction. It is slightly soluble in water, but more freely 
6olul)le in alcohol and ether. It combines with acids to form crystal- 
lizable salts, which are soluble in water and in alcohol. The active 
principle— lobelina — is combined in the plant with lobelic acid. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies decom- 
pose lobelina ; hence these are incompatible. The depressing effects 
of lobelia on the circulation are counteracted by digitalis, belladonna, 
ergot, and other vaso-motor excitants, by alcohol, ether, ammonia, etc. ; 
on the nervous system of animal life, by strychnia, picrotoxine, thebaia, 
etc. 

Synergists. — All of the motor depressants increase the effects of 
lobelia. 

Physiological Actions. — The taste of lobelia is pungent and acrid, 
and it persists for a long time in the fauces. The leaves chewed excite 
a very abundant flow of saliva, and soon cause a feeling of epigastric 
depression and nausea, with giddiness and headache. The preparations 
of lobelia administered by the stomach produce, in considerable doses, 
a degree of nausea and depression which amounts to anguish. An 
abundant outpouring of gastric mucus takes place, and vomiting en- 
sues, with great straining and distress. The action of the heart is 
enfeebled ; headache and vertigo are experienced ; a profuse sweat 
breaks out on the surface of the body ; the intestinal canal is relaxed, 
and the discharge of urine is increased. When a lethal dose is taken, 
especially if vomiting do not occur, the effects are chiefly expended on 
the nervous system of animal life. Muscular weakness and trembling, 
shallow respiration, coldness of the surface, feeble circulation, insensi- 
bility, and sometimes convulsions, have occurred. Death ensues from 
paralysis of the muscles of respiration — the action of the heart contin- 
uing after respiration has ceased. The insensibility is doubtless pro- 
duced in the same way as by tobacco, and the cerebral effects are not 
the result of a direct action of the poison. 

According to the investigations of Ott, lobelia, in moderate doses, 
first "increases the blood-pressure by acting as an excitant on the 
peripheral vaso-motor nervous system." This primary effect is not of 
long duration, a fall in the blood-pressure soon occurs, the peripheral 
circulation is so embarrassed from weakened power of the heart, and 
obstructed pulmonary circulation, that oxygenation of the tissue is rap- 
idly impaired, and a marked reduction of temperature takes place. 
Lobelia affects chiefly the motor nervous system, and especially the 
medulla oblongata and its respiratory centre (nucleus of pneumo- 
gastric). 

Therapy. — Lobelia is much employed by the self-styled physio- 
medical practitioners as a " sanative agent." The great quantity of 
mucus discharged from the stomach under its emetic action is consid- 
ered by them a proof of its power as an eliminating agent. As an 



422 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

emetic, lobelia is entirely too harsh and depressant to justify its use for 
this purpose. In habitual constipation, dependent on atony of the mus- 
cular layer of the bowel and deficient secretion of the mucous mem- 
brane, good results are sometimes obtained by small doses of the tinct- 
ure — ten minims — administered at bedtime. Impaction of the cce- 
cum, when inflammation has not occurred, may be removed, and the 
bowels induced to act, by small doses, frequently repeated, of the tinct- 
ure of lobelia (two drops every hour). This remedy can be used when 
purgatives would produce serious mischief. An infusion of lobelia as 
an enema has succeeded in relieving strangulated hernia, intussuscep- 
tion, and fecal impactions. This use of the agent is the same as for 
the corresponding administration of tobacco ; it is much safer than 
tobacco, and may be used to produce as decided therapeutic effects. 

Unquestionably the most important application of lobelia is to the 
treatment of the asthmatic paroxysm. It gives relief in a few minutes 
to violent attacks of spasmodic asthma, and it sometimes happens that 
the relief is permanent. Frequent repetition of this remedy in the 
same individual, however, lessens its effects, and it may finally cease to 
afford any relief. To be effective in asthma, a teaspoonful dose of the 
acetum or tincture must be administered every fifteen minutes until 
nausea is induced. Free expectoration and abundant gaseous eructa- 
tions take place, and the breathing soon becomes easy and calm. The 
efficiency of lobelia is increased by the addition of iodide and bromide 
of ammonium, ty. Tinct. lobelias, |j; ammonii iodidi, 3ij; ammonii 
bromidi, 3 iij ; syrup, tolutan., § ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonful every one, 
two, three, or four hours. 

Whooping-cough, especially after the cessation of the catarrhal 
stage, has been treated successfully by lobelia, but we now possess other 
agents more effective and less disagreeable in action. Lobelia is, however, 
an excellent expectorant. It is adapted to cases in which the cough is 
dry, resonant, and spasmodic. It succeeds best in those who have at- 
tacks of cough with spasmodic difficulty of breathing, and who get up 
a little tough mucus after long and painful paroxysms of coughing. 

A lobelia-emetic will cut short an attack of spasmodic croup, but it 
is too harsh and dangerous a remedy to be employed for this purpose. 

Lobelia may be used instead of tobacco in tetanus, strychnia-poison- 
ing, and allied states. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, p. 35*7. 

Ott, Dr. J. Note on the Action of Lobelina on the Circulation. (Reprinted from the 
Boston Medical and Surgical Journal.) 

Porcher, Dr. Francis Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 438. 
Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia Ifedica, fourth edition, vol. ii., p. 354. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



HYDROCYANIC ACID. 423 

Acidum Hydrocyanicum. — Hydrocyanic or JPrussic Acid. Acide 
hydrocyanique^ Fr. ; Blausaure, Gcr. 

Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilution. — Diluted hydrocyanic acid. "A 
colorless liquid having a peculiar odor, and wholly volatilized by heat. 
It imparts a faint, evanescent red color to litmus, and is not discolored 
by hydrosulphuric acid. With solution of nitrate of silver, added in 
slight excess, one hundred grains of it produce a white precipitate, 
which, when washed with w^ater until the washings are tasteless, and 
dried at a temperature not exceeding 212°, weighs ten grains, and is 
wholly soluble in boiling nitric acid." 

The officinal diluted acid contains two per cent, of anhydrous acid. 
Dose, m. j — m v. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The metallic salts are, gener- 
ally, incompatible ; also the red oxide of mercury and the sulphides. 
Freshly-precipitated oxide of iron (hydrated sesquioxice) has been pro- 
posed as a chemical antidote, but its action is too slow. In cases of 
poisoning, the remedies of the greatest utility are cold affusion to the 
spine, the inhalation of ammonia, the stomach administration, as also 
the intra-venous injection of this substance. Atropia has been pro- 
posed as a physiological antagonist by Preyer ; but the rate at which 
atropia is diffused, as compared with the diffusion of prussic acid, ob- 
viously will render such antagonism ji>owerless, how much soever it may 
be approved on theoretical grounds. The results of experiments, as the 
author and others have shown, are, however, opposed to the existence of 
this antagonism. In addition to these measures, artificial respiration 
should be practised. 

Physiological Effects. — Applied to the unbroken skin, it is 
doubtful wdiether hydrocyanic acid is absorbed, but in contact with a 
wound or an abrasion, and with the mucous membrane, it diffuses into 
the blood with great rapidity. 

The vapor has a rather fragrant odor, similar to that of bitter-al- 
monds. Inhaled, it has speedily caused death. When the effects of the 
vapor are short of lethal, giddiness, faintness, embarrassed breathing, a 
weak, small pulse, and great muscular weakness, are produced; and there 
may be even coma and profound insensibility, and yet recovery ensue 
(Taylor). 

In small medicinal doses, beyond a fugitive and very slight calma- 
tive effect, no symptoms are produced by it. When the dose somewhat 
exceeds the medicinal standard, there may occur transient giddiness, 
nausea, faintness, a feeble pulse, and general muscular weakness. The 
effects follow very speedily. When a very large toxic dose is taken. 
a few seconds only intervene from the act of swallowing until its effects 
are manifest, and death may ensue in two minutes or be postponed to 
fiV3. Under these circumstances, the following phenomena have been 
observed : sudden insensibility ; eyes protruding and glistening ; pu- 



424 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

pils dilated and unaffected by light ; extremities cold, relaxed ; the skin 
covered with a clammy sweat ; breathing convulsive, slow ; the pulse 
extremely feeble or imperceptible ; evacuations involuntary (Taylor). 
When the effects are slower, in consequence of the ingestion of a mere- 
ly lethal dose, there are occasionally tetanic convulsions, opisthotonos, 
trismus, etc. 

Although the effects of prussic acid are exceedingly rapid, a fatal 
result is not instantaneous. Various acts of volition may be gone 
through, provided but a few seconds are required for their performance. 
Several instructive instances of this kind are narrated by Taylor. The 
effects of hydrocyanic acid are not more rapid than can be accounted 
for by its distribution through the blood. 

Most contradictory opinions have been expressed as to the action 
of prussic acid on the blood : that it at first arterializes and afterward 
arrests decarbonization of the blood ; that it destroys the ozonizing 
power, and does not impair the capacity of the red blood-globules to 
carry and to yield up oxygen; that cyanohsemoglobine is formed by the 
combination of the acid with hsemoglobine, and that this combination 
cannot take place, owing to the rapidity of the action of the poison. 
From this chaotic state of scientific opinion the following may be 
evolved : the blood is dark, owing to deficient decarbonization, but this 
is probably due to a spasm of the pulmonary arterioles and paresis of 
the muscles of respiration, whence it follows that rapid asphj-xia en- 
sues. The primary action of prussic acid on the terminal filaments of 
the pneumogastric, as shown by Preyer, is confirmatory of this view. 

Although the action of the heart ceases after, respiration, prus- 
sic acid undoubtedly exerts a direct paralyzing action on the cardiac 
ganglia. 

The cerebral effects of this poison are, probably, indirect, the re- 
sult of rapid carbonic-acid poisoning, and the sudden withdrawal of 
oxygen from the cerebral tissues. Direct application of prussic acid to 
the medulla oblongata causes (in the alligator) a sudden and complete 
expiration, and collapse of the lung (Jones). The tetanic convulsions 
which have been observed in many cases of poisoning, in animals and 
in man, indicate a direct action of this agent on the spasm-centre ; but 
the disappearance of the excitability of the motor nerves, and of the 
contractility of muscles which it causes, shows that it quickly exhausts 
the irritability of the spinal cord. These effects on the cord, on the 
nerve-trunks, and on the muscles, are also, probably, in part due tc 
the circulation through them of blood deprived of oxygen and charged 
with carbonic acid. The fact that instances of recovery from a condi- 
tion of profound insensibility are numerous, is confirmatory of the 
view just expressed. Moreover, artificial respiration exerts an undeni- 
able influence over the lethal effects of the acid in animals (Preyer), 
whence it may be concluded that to supply oxygen to the blood in 



HYDROCYANIC ACID. 425 

sufficient to arrest all of the symptoms produced by the want of oxygen 
and by the excess of carbonic acid. 

Post-mortem rigidity sets in early after death from prnssic acid, and 
is very pronounced. The fingers are tightly closed, the toes strongly 
flexed, the jaws rigid, the eyes prominent and staring. The blood is 
dark-colored, fluid, and the venous trunks and the cerebral sinuses are 
gorged. 

The quantity of medicinal, diluted hydrocyanic acid necessary to 
produce death will vary with the age, size, and bodily vigor. Habit, 
also, influences to a remarkable degree the susceptibility to its toxic in- 
fluence. A quantity equivalent to forty minims of the diluted hydro- 
cyanic acid (United States Pharmacopoeia) has proved fatal. As the 
effects of a medicinal dose are expended in a half-hour to one hour, the 
repetition of the doses hourly will not be unsafe. Hydrocyanic is not 
a cumulative poison. 

Therapt. — Hydrocyanic is a remedy of very considerable utility in 
certain affections involving the functions of the pneumogastric nerve. 
It is often highly serviceable in various kinds of nervous vomiting • for 
example, the vomiting of pregnancy, the vomiting which accompanies 
some cerebral disorders, and the reflex vomiting of phthisis. The good 
effects are quickly, if at all, produced ; hence, if no result is attained 
after some days' administration, no advantage can be expected from its 
continued administration. 1$. Acid, hydrocyan. dil., 3j; aquce laur.- 
cerasi, 3 ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonfid every two to four hours. 

Gastralgia, when it is a truly neuralgic affection of the gastric 
aerves, is occasionally very quickly cured by this agent. Sometimes 
cases, apparently in every way suitable for its use, are not improved by 
it. If a few doses do not effect any amelioration, it will be useless to 
continue it. Cases of indigestion accompanied by pain in the nucha, 
and attacks of giddiness (stomachal vertigo), are sometimes remarka- 
bly relieved by prussic acid. Irritative dyspepsia, manifested by these 
symptoms, a red-glazed tongue, pain, epigastric tenderness, and a feel- 
ing of weight and oppression, may be, not unfrequently, much benefited, 
and, indeed, cured ; but while the results are often brilliant, failures are 
also frequent. Enter dig ia, a malady often extremely rebellious to 
remedies, not unfrequently yields promptly to prussic acid. 

Considerable medicinal doses of this agent are very fatal to round 
worms (lumbricoides). 

Hydrocyanic acid is a successful remedy in whooping-cough, after 
the subsidence of the catarrhal symptoms. It acts by allaying irrita- 
bility of the pneumogastric, and is successful just in proportion to the 
preponderance of the nervous symptoms. The cases in which the au- 
thor has witnessed the best results were cases of cough by habit, after 
the cessation of the whooping-cough proper. The nervous cough of 
mothers, which exists during the presence of whooping-cough in the 



426 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

household, may be allayed by this agent. IjL Acid, hydrocyan. dil., 
3 j ; tinct. sanguinarise, 3 iv ; syrp. senegse, % ss ; syrp. tolutan., § ij ; 
aquas lauro-cerasi, 3 vij. M. Sig. One or two teaspoonfuls according 
to age, every three or four hours. For irritable cough. It sometimes 
happens that this agent will greatly relieve the cough of phthisis, but 
only when it is chiefly nervous. 

To allay cerebral irritation and excitement, prussic acid has been 
employed with benefit (McLeod). In forty cases of mental disorder ob- 
served by McLeod, there was "slight or temporary amelioration " in 
ten; a "more decided and permanent effect," the disease being still sta- 
tionary or progressive, in nineteen ; and in eight cases, six of acute 
mania, and two of acute melancholia, " the drug has been a factor, and 
a very main one, in rapid restoration to reason." In the treatment of 
these cases, McLeod used from two to five minims of Scheele's dilute 
acid, which contains five per cent, of anhydrous acid. His method of 
administration consisted in giving it at first at short intervals (every 
quarter of an hour), and, when effects were produced, every hour or two. 
He also employed it subcutaneously, in five-minim doses. 

External Uses. — In various cutaneous diseases characterized by 
itching, the local application of prussic acid affords relief. The follow- 
ing formulas, from Fox, represent serviceable combinations : I£. Bi- 
chloride of mercury, gr. j ; dilute hydrocyanic acid, 3 j ; emulsion of 
almonds, § vj. M. Use in itching, in lichen, in the syphilodermata. 
]$. Dilute hydrocyanic acid, 3 ss to 3 j ;. infusion of marsh mallow, § v 
to | viij. M. Use in pruritus. ^. Acetate of ammonia, 3J; dilute 
prussic acid, 3 jss ; infusion of tobacco, § viij. M. - Sig. To be sponged 
on the part twice a day in pruritus ani or p. vulval. I£ . Borax, 3 j ; 
prussic acid, 3 i j ; rose-water, § viij. M. In the pruritus of old people. 

Authorities referred to : 

Amory, Dr. Robert. The Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, vol. ii., 1866, p. 73. 
Casper, yon Dr. Carl Liman. Gericht. Medicin., zweiter Band, p. 521. 
Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der experimentellen Toxicologic, Blausaure, p. 288. 
Hoppe-Seyler. Archiv fur Path. Anat., Band xxxviii., p. 435. 
Ibidem. Tubingcr med. chem. Unter., p. 206. 
Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, etc., zweiter Band, p. 1136. 
Jones, Dr. Joseph. The Medical Record, New York, vol. ii., p. 459. 
Kolliker, Prof. Dr. Archiv fiir Path. Anat, Band x., p. 272. 

Lecorche et Meuriot, MM. Archives Generates de Med,, tome xi., 6 ser., p. 530, et 
seq. 

McLeod, Dr. Kenneth. The Medical Times and Gazette, vol. i., 1863, p. 262. 
Preyer, Dr. W. Die Blausaure, phys. Untersucht., Bonn, 1868-70. 
Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third London edition, p. 585, et seq. 

Potassii Cyanidum. — Cyanide of Potassium. " In white, opaque, 
amorphous pieces, having a sharp, somewhat alkaline and bitter-almond 
taste, and an alkaline reaction. It is deliquescent in moist air, readily 



CYANIDE OF POTASSIUM. 427 

soluble in water when reduced to powder, and sparingly soluble in alco- 
hol." Dose, gr. -^— gr. f 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Acids decompose it and set 
free hydrocyanic acid. As respects its physiological properties, its an- 
tagonists are the same as those of hydrocyanic acid. 

Synergists. — Same as for hydrocyanic acid. 

Physiological Actions. — The effects of this salt have been already 
mentioned in sufficient detail in the preceding article, so far as they 
correspond to lrydrocyanic acid. It has, however, some special physical 
properties which separate it slightly from the powerful agent which en- 
ters into its composition. 

Applied to the unbroken epidermis, the cyanide of potassium pro- 
duces at first a sensation of coldness, followed by tingling and itching, 
and in a half-hour the skin is found to be somewhat reddened. Pro- 
longed contact produces a phlyctenular or eczematous eruption. 

Systemic effects are produced by the local and external use of the 
cyanide of potassium, viz., slowing of the pulse and respiration, mus- 
cular weakness, drowsiness, and coldness. Lethal effects may follow 
prolonged contact with the skin, even when the epidermis is unbroken. 
Applied to a wound or abraded surface this salt causes a burning pain, 
excites a high degree of inflammation, and produces prompt lethal 
effects. 

Therapy. — Cyanide of potassium may be prescribed as a substitute 
for hydrocyanic acid in all of the maladies for which the latter is used. 
This salt has, however, some special applications, which we owe to 
Trousseau. This eminent observer has shown that a solution of the 
cyanide applied to the seat of painful sensations gives great relief in 
various forms of reflex headache, gastric, cardiac, pulmonary, and men- 
strual. The headache which accompanies the pyretic state is, accord- 
ing to the same authority, cured or greatly alleviated by the cyanide 
solution, while at the same time a favorable influence is exerted over 
the temperature. I£. Potassii cyanidi, gr. x — *T>j; aquas lauro-cerasi, 
3 iv. M. S. A compress, moistened icith the solution, to he applied 
to the seat of pain. From a quarter to a half hour of contact with the 
skin usually suffices. 

A solution of the cyanide of potassium, of the strength given above, 
will remove the stains of nitrate of silver, and also the dissecting-room 
odor, from the hands. 

Cyanide of potassium, in the form of ointment or solution, is an ex- 
cellent remedy for allaying irritation in various cutaneous diseases. In 
pruritus and urticaria, the following formula (McCall Anderson) gives 
relief : I£ . Potassii cyanidi, gr. vj ; pulv. cocci, gr. j ; ung. aq. rosa?, 
§ j. M. Sig. Ointment. In eczema, with pruritus, the same authority 
recommends the following: $. Potassii cyanidi, gr. v; sulphuris, 
potassii bicarb., aa 3ss; pulv. cocci, gr. vj ; axungise, fj. M. Sig. 



428 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

Ointment. A solution of the cyanide of potassium is one of the most 
effective applications for that very troublesome disorder, pruritus pu~ 
dendi. £>. Potassii cyanidi, gr. xv; aquae lauro-cerasi, § viij. M. 
Sig. Lotion. This formula is also serviceable in lichen and prurigo 
(Hardy). 

Entomologists make use of the cyanide to destroy insects without 
injuring their structures. One part of the cyanide, two parts of plaster 
of Paris, and one and a half part of water made into a paste and poured 
into a wide-mouthed bottle, sets into a solid mass, which gives off the 
vapor of hydrocyanic acid (Squire). 

Authorities referred to : 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique, etc., vol. ii., p. 265, et seq. 
Trousseau, A. Clinique Medicate, vol. ii., p. 332. 

Amyli Nitritum. — Nitrite of Amyl. (Unofhcinal.) Nitrite d'amyle, 
Fr. ; Amylnitrit, Gr. 

Properties. — A yellowish or reddish-yellow liquid, rather oily in 
consistence, very volatile, and having a peculiar and very diffusive 
ethereal odor. It may contain, as impurities, nitric acid, amylnitric 
ether, amylvalerianic ether, and hydrocyanic acid. The specific gravity 
is .877. Dose, m. ij — m. v, by inhalation. 

Antagonists. — The actions of the nitrite of amyl are antagonized by 
all those agents which increase the functional activity of the spinal cord 
and sympathetic — as strychnia, brucia, picrotoxine, digitalis, ergot, bel- 
ladonna, etc. This antagonism may not be available, owing to the 
difference in the rate at which they are diffused, to affect the system. 

Synergists. — All of the motor depressants increase the effects of 
the nitrite of amyl. 

Physiological Actions. — The following are the symptoms pro- 
duced by nitrite of amyl when inhaled : acceleration of the action of the 
heart ; sudden flushing of the face ; dilatation of the arterioles in con- 
sequence of paresis of the muscular layer of these vessels ; a sense of 
extreme fullness of the brain, with vertigo ; fall in the blood-pressure ; 
lowering of the temperature ; complete resolution of the muscular sys- 
tem of animal life. The vapor of nitrite of amyl applied directly to the 
tissues — muscular or nervous — suspends or completely arrests func- 
tional activity. Circulating in the blood, it undoubtedly affects most 
the vaso-motor nervous system and unstriped muscular fibre. 

The marked acceleration of the heart (Pick) is in part consecutive, 
doubtless, to the sudden dilatation of the arterioles, permitting such an 
increased quantity of the blood to enter these vessels as to require 
renewed effort on the part of the heart to supply it ; in part, also, to 
the paretic state which it induces in the inhibitory apparatus. The 
great fall in the blood-pressure noted by Brunton, Wood, and Amez* 



NITRITE OF AMYL. 429 

Droz, is also due to dilatation of the arterioles, and consequent diminu- 
tion of tension in the peripheral vascular system. Dilatation of the 
retinal vessels, when nitrite of amyl is inhaled, has been ascertained by 
ophthalmoscopic examination (Aldridge). 

On the nervous system of animal life the nitrite of amyl acts as a 
depressant — impairing motility first, and at the last, sensibility. It 
affects both the spinal cord and the nerves, lessening the sensibility to 
all forms of irritation, and diminishing the reflex functions. It also 
impairs the contractility of muscle. Death ensues from failure cf respi- 
ration, and the cerebral functions are unaffected until carbonic-acid poi- 
soning ensues. 

Decided lowering of temperature is produced by the nitrite of amyl. 
This result is no doubt due to the action of this agent on the hsemo 
globine, whereby the carrying capacity of the red blood-globules of oxy- 
gen is lessened (Gamgee), metamorphosis of tissue is interfered with, 
and the generation of animal heat is diminished. A peculiar change 
ensues in the color of the blood as a result of the lessened oxygenation : 
all the blood of the body assumes a modified venous hue. 

A curious fact has been noted by Hoffman, viz. : the hypodermatic 
injection of lethal doses of nitrite of amyl produces in rabbits a tem- 
porary glycosuria. 

Therapy. — The applications cf the nitrite of amyl in the treatment 
of disease have been deduced from a study of its physiological actions. 
It is especially indicated when morbid symptoms result from vaso-motor 
spasm. It has been shown that epileptic attacks may be warded off by 
the inhalation of nitrite of amyl, at the beginning of the movement of 
the aura. Patients who have a distinct warning of the seizures should 
be constantly provided with a small quantity of this remedy in order to 
practise the inhalation whenever an attack is impending. The mechan- 
ism of the action is very simple : the vaso-motor spasm of the cerebral 
vessels, which is the initial symptom of an epileptic convulsion, is re- 
laxed, and the vessels dilated by the nitrite of amyl. 

An attack of migraine of that form characterized by vaso-motor 
spasm (pallor of the face) maybe quickly relieved and sometimes abort- 
ed by the inhalation of two or three drops of amylnitrite. When there 
are redness of the face, injection of the conjunctiva?, and fullness of the 
cerebral vessels, this remedy is contraindicated. 

Asthma, when purely spasmodic, is usually quickly checked by this 
remedy. The paroxyms of difficult breathing which accompany em- 
physema and cardiac disease are not relieved in this way ; indeed, the 
author has known the most serious distress to be produced by the in- 
halation under these circumstances. 

Exaltation of the reflex function of the spinal cord and muscular 
spasm are morbid states in which good results may be expected from 
inhalation of the nitrite of amyl. It has been used with success in 



430 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

tetanus. It should also be fairly tried in strychnia-poisoning and in 
hydrophobia. 

Most signal relief has been obtained from the inhalation of amylni- 
trite in angina pectoris. We owe this important suggestion and prac- 
tice to Brunton, who had ascertained that when the paroxysm of angina 
pectoris occurs, a great rise of arterial tension takes place. When the 
pain, precordial distress, and anxiety are felt, there should be no delay 
in the use of the remedy. Some cautions are, however, needed. It 
may be unsafe when advanced degeneration of the cerebral vessels ex- 
ists (Anstie). Fatty degeneration of the heart, which is so frequently 
a cause or an accompaniment of angina pectoris, may also render the 
use of so powerful a paralyzer of doubtful expediency. 

Dr. Mary Putnam Jacobi has found the inhalation of nitrite of 
amyl very servicable in neuralgic dysmenorrhea. On theoretical 
grounds this agent was proposed for the relief of cholera asphyxia 
(Brunton, Gamgee), but the trials thus far made with it have demon- 
strated its inutility. Owing to the fact, shown by Gamgee, that nitrite 
of amyl combines with hoemoglobine, Brunton proposes that this remedy, 
if given at all in cholera, must be administered by the stomach or by 
subcutaneous injection, and not by inhalation. 

Repetition in the use of the nitrite of amyl diminishes its effects, 
and hence increasing doses are necessary wh^n it is often employed in 
the same case. 

Authorities referred to : 

Aldridge, Dr. Charles. The West Riding Lunatic Asylum Medical Peports, vol. i., 
p. 97. 

Amez-Droz, Dr. Archives de Physiologie Normale et Pathologique, 1873, p. 467. 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. Transactions of Clinical Society, Lancet, March 5, 1870. 

Brunton, Dr. T. L. The British Medical Journal, July 13, 1872. Ibid., The Lancet, 
July 27, 1867. 

Gamgee, Dr. Arthur. Philosophical Transactions, 1868, p. 589. 

Haddon, Dr. John. Edinburgh Medical Journal, July, 1870, p. 45. 

Jacobi, Dr. Mary Putnam. The Medical Record, New York, January 15, 1875. 

Mitchell, Dr. S. Weir. The Philadelphia Medical Times, vol. v., p. 553. 

Wood, Dr. H. C. American Journal of the Medical Sciences, July, 1871. 

Aconitum. — Aconite. Aconiti Folia. Aconite-leaves. Feuilles 
oVaconit^ Fr. ; FisenhutJcraut, Ger. 

Aconiti Radix. — Aconite - root. Racine d'aconit, Fr. ; JEisenhut- 
knollen, Ger. 

The leaves and root of aconitum napellus. The Indian aconite-root, 
or bish, is supposed to be more powerful than the root of A. napellus, 
and is preferred for the manufacture of aconitia (Fluckiger and Han- 
bury). 

JExtr actum Aconiti. — Extract of aconite. Prepared from the leaves. 
Dose, gr. -J- to gr. ss. 



ACONITE. 431 

Linimentum Aconiti, — Liniment of aconite (aconite, glycerine, 
alcohol). For external use only. 

Tinctura Aconiti Hadlcis. — Tincture of aconite-root. Dose, m. j 

— m. v. 

Composition'. — The principal alkaloid is aconitia or aco?iitine, which 
exists in two forms, crystalline and amorphous, and forms with acids 
crystallizable salts. The crystalline form of aconitia is soluble in chloro- 
form, ether, and alcohol. Aconite contains also another alkaloid 
which lias received various designations — pseudo-aconitinc, napettine, 
nepattine, etc., which is closely allied to aconitia 5 and is found in com- 
merce under this name. It is but slightly soluble in chloroform, ether, 
and alcohol, and it exists also in two forms, crystalline and amorphous. 
Besides the foregoing, another base has been discovered, to which the 
oame napelline has also been given. This is an amorphous alkaloid, 
having strong basic properties, soluble in water, chloroform, and alco- 
hol, but not soluble in ether. 

These basic substances are united with a pecnlar acid — aconitic acid. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Alcohol, ether, ammonia, turpen- 
tine, digitalis, heat, etc., antagonize the actions of aconite. In cases of 
poisoning, the stomach should be evacuated, stimulants administered by 
the stomach and rectum, and external warmth applied. Digitalis has 
been used with considerable advantage (Fothergill). The intra-venous 
injection of ammonia maybe practised, and artificial respiration resorted 
to. To overcome the depression of the heart's action, which is the 
capital point, the hypodermatic injection of atropia is indicated. As 
the chief danger consists in failure of the heart's action, the recumbent 
position should be strictly maintained. 

Synergists. — All the agents of this group increase the effects of 
aconite. Cold, fatigue, and all depressing emotions, are also syner- 
gistic. 

Physiological Actions. — A drop of tincture of aconite placed on 
the tongue excites a warm and pungent sensation, followed by persist- 
ent tingling and numbness. Prolonged contact with the skin causes 
similar effects upon the sensory nerves. During the medicinal adminis- 
tration of aconite in considerable doses, irritation and a sense of constric- 
tion of the fauces are experienced. Large medicinal doses produce 
gastric pain, nausea, and even vomiting. When the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane is in an irritable state, aconite impairs the appetite, 
hinders the digestion, and causes diarrhoea, and in the normal state of 
the membrane increases its secretions and hastens the peristaltic move- 
ments. 

The systemic effects of aconite follow within a half-hour after its 
administration. The number and force of the heart-beats are reduced, 
and the arterial tension is lowered. The action of the skin is increased, 
and a more abundant urinary discharge takes place. If the quantity 



432 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

has been a full medicinal dose, some muscular weakness, tingling in the 
tongue, lips, and extremities, are also experienced. The whole duration 
of the effect is about three hours. When a lethal dose is swallowed, 
the symptoms begin in from five minutes to a half-hour. In a medical 
student, who swallowed by mistake a teaspoonful of the tincture of the 
root, the symptoms began after he had reached the college, having 
walked from his quarters — the time being about twenty minutes. He 
experienced an overpowering sense of fatigue in the lower extremities, 
and he felt, also, great muscular weakness. His eyesight became dim, 
the globes rather prominent, the pupils dilated. He experienced great 
dyspnoea, and his respirations were shallow and labored. The pulse 
was at first slow and small, and at last became imperceptible. The 
surface of the body, the tongue, and breath, were cold. The skin was 
covered with a profuse sweat. He was restless, anxious, and sighed 
frequently; but he had no stupor or convulsions. There were also 
decided numbness and tingling in the extremities, and in the tongue 
and lips. Tactile impressions were very faint, and the sense of pain 
was greatly reduced, so that he seemed almost unconscious of irritants. 
His temperature fell 2° Fahr. Under the use of heat, brandy, and 
ammonia, he revived in the course of six hours, and, on the following 
day, although weak, there were no indications of the effects of the 
poison. 

Aconite affects the sensory nerves before the motor. It paralyzes, 
first, the end-organs, next the nerve-trunks, and finally the centres of 
sensation in the cord. Aconite also impairs the reflex function of the 
spinal cord; but this effect is, doubtless, secondary to the sensory 
paralysis. The power of voluntary movement continues after the cessa- 
tion of the reflex functions ; but it is finally lost. The arrest of motil- 
ity is due to the action of the poison on the motor centres of the cord, 
and subsequently on the nerve-trunks. 

Aconite, applied directly to the heart, lessens the number and force 
of its beats, and finally arrests its action in the diastole. The cardiac 
muscle, after the cessation of its movements, does not respond to gal- 
vanic excitation. Aconite lowers the arterial pressure, as well as les- 
sens the force of the heart-beat. From these facts it may be concluded 
that it is a direct cardiac poison affecting its ganglia and muscle, and 
also a sedative to the vasor-motor nervous system. It is also a respira- 
tory poison, in virtue of its paralyzing action on the muscles of respi- 
ration ; but the action of the heart ceases before the respiratory move- 
ments. 

Aconite increases elimination by the skin and kidneys. With in- 
creased discharge of water, there takes place, also, increased excretion 
of solids. 

Therapy. — The monopoly by homoeopathic practitioners of the use 
of aconite has aroused a prejudice against it, which has discouraged its 



ACONITE. 433 

employment. Aconite is, however, an antagonist to the fever-pro- 
cess; it is not applicable in accordance with the so-called law of simi- 
lars. It is used by these quacks because it is a powerful agent which 
will produce manifest effects in small doses, that may easily be dis- 
guised. 

The author can quite agree with Dr. Ringer in the statement that 
aconite is a verv valuable medicine, in the class of cases to which it is 
adapted. It lessens the pulse-rates, lowers arterial tension, diminishes 
abnormal heat; it therefore antagonizes that condition of the organism 
known as fever. As it also slows the respiratory movements, and thus 
lessens the amount of work done by the breathing-apparatus, it is espe- 
cially indicated in inflammatory states of the respiratory organs. As 
it diminishes the sensibility of the sensory nerves, it is useful in certain 
forms of neuralgia?. As it induces muscular weakness and lowers the 
activity of the reflex functions, it is indicated in morbid states charac- 
terized by an excess of motor activity. 

Tonsillitis, acute pharyngitis, ulceration of tonsils, when accom- 
panied by fever and elevated arterial tension, are greatly relieved by 
the use of the tincture of aconite. From a half-drop to one drop every 
half-hour, until an impression is made on the fever-movement, and then 
every hour or two, is the best mode of administration. In acute catarrh 
(nasal and faucial), acute otitis, and in acute catarrhal bronchitis, the 
best results may be obtained by the use of aconite, as above described. 
The author's observations entitle him to speak with confidence of the 
good effects of this remedy in catarrhal and fibrinous pneumonia. It 
is more especially serviceable before exudations have taken place, but is 
not without utility at any stage, provided the inflammatory process con- 
tinues. It not only abates the symptoms, but it favors the removal of 
the products of inflammation, by increasing elimination through the 
skin and kidneys. The use of aconite is not incompatible with the em- 
ployment of other measures which may be needed; but, generally, in 
fibrinous pneumonia, aconite is sufficient up to the period of crisis. The 
author has witnessed excellent results from the use of aconite in small 
doses frequently repeated (one drop every hour) in lowering the tem- 
perature of phthisis, especially when new districts of pulmonary tissue 
are invaded by pneumonitis. For the treatment of acute pleuritis, pre- 
vious to the stage of effusion, no remedies are more effective than aco- 
nite and opium. I£. Tinct. aconiti rad., 3 ij ; tinct. opii deodor., 3 vj. 
M. Sig. Eight drops in water every hour or two. If the pain is 
severe, a larger dose of opium should be administered, when the effect 
can be maintained by the quantity directed in the above prescription. 

Overact ion of the heart, with hypertrophy and without valvular 
lesion, especially if there be present a condition of plethora, is bene- 
fited by a quantity of aconite sufficiently large to moderate the cardiac 

movements. 

29 



434 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

Aconite is contraindicated in inflammatory states of the gastroin- 
testinal mucous membrane. It is very serviceable in acute congestion 
of the liver and hepatitis : it diminishes the fever, and, by causing free 
transpiration, lessens the pungent heat of the skin. Peritonitis is best 
treated by a combination of aconite and opium, as described above for 
pleuritis. Generally, the opium needs to be given in somewhat larger 
quantity in peritonitis than in pleuritis. In pelvic peritonitis, puer- 
peral metritis and peritonitis, aconite is indicated, and is of unques- 
tionable utility, provided there be present a condition of sthenic reac- 
tion. A condition of adynamia, on the other hand, always contraindi- 
cates the use of aconite. 

The simple fevers of childhood, febricula, ephemeral fever, arising 
from various causes, as cold, fatigue, excitement, etc., are best treated by 
small and repeated doses of aconite. The remedy induces sweating, 
and then the fever-movement subsides. The hot stage of intermittents 
and remittent fever, if any febrifuge is required, may be relieved of its 
intensity by frequently-repeated doses of aconite. The continued fevers 
are not benefited by this remedy unless a condition of hyperpyrexia is 
threatened, w T hen aconite may be used in connection with other anti- 
pyretic remedies. 

Aconite possesses the highest value in the eruptive fevers, especially 
in scarlet fever. There are two conditions of this disease especially 
requiring the use of aconite — the eruptive stage, and the period of des- 
quamation, if, as is usual, a marked rise of temperature takes place at 
this period of the disease. Several important purposes are subserved 
by the use of this remedy; it lowers the fever-heat, favors the action 
of the skin and kidneys, and checks the nasal, faucial, and aural inflam- 
mations, which constitute such troublesome complications and sequelas. 
The particular utility of aconite in measles consists in its pcwer to ar- 
rest the catarrhal pneumonia, one of the most serious complications of 
this disease. We have no remedy more useful in erysipelas — idio- 
pathic, so called, and not arising from trauma; but, on the other hand, 
Ringer describes an apparently erysipelatous inflammation following 
vaccination, which is quickly cured by aconite. According to the au- 
thor's observations, it is facial erysipelas which is most decidedly bene- 
fited, and cases characterized by sthenic reaction. When there is a 
state of adynamia present, the eruption being dusky and the cutaneous 
circulation languid, belladonna is preferable to aconite. When, in acute 
rheumatism, there are much heat and a dry skin, instead of the usual 
sweating, aconite is very serviceable. It affords very considerable relief 
in muscular rheumatism when there is much fever. 

In acute inflammation of the cerebral and spinal meninges^ and in 
cerebrospinal meningitis before effusion has taken place, aconite is as 
serviceable as in other acute inflammations. It is generally advisable 
to combine opium with it, especially in cerebro-spinal meningitis. In 



VERATRUM VIRIDE. 

acut maniacal delirium, and in mental disorders generally, when there 
is much motor activity, with vascular excitement and increased arterial 
tension, aconite is useful, but is not so effective as.gclsemium. Aconite 
renders important service in the active form of acute cerebral congestion. 

Neuralgia, when accompanied by arterial excitement and muscular 
spasm, is relieved by aconite ; but generally the neuralgias are much 
more successfully treated by hypodermatic injections and galvanism. 

It is asserted by Ringer, and also by Phillips, that sudden suppres- 
sion of the catamenial flow, caused by cold, can be relieved by aconite, 
in drop-doses of the tincture every half-hour or hour. The author can 
assert that this remedy has a high degree of utility in congestive dys- 
menorrhea, occurring in plethoric subjects. These are cases, also, in 
which gelsemium is so undoubtedly beneficial. 

As aconite when locally applied benumbs the sensory nerves, it is 
frequently used for the relief of neuralgia. It is more effective when 
combined with chloroform (see enepidermic method). I>. Tinct. aco- 
niti radicis, chloroformi, aa 3 ss ; lin. saponis, 3 j. M. Sig. Apply to 
painful point. A piece of flannel may be moistened with this, laid on 
the affected part, and covered with oiled silk. A combination of the 
kind just given is generally more efficient than the officinal linimentum 
aconiti. 

Authorities referred to : 

Achscharumctw, Dr. Archiv fur Anat. unci Physiologic, 1866, p. 255. 

Bohm and Eweus. TJeber die phys. Wtrk., etc., Archiv far experimentelle Pathologie 
und Pharmakologie, 1873, p. 385. 

Fothergill, Dr. J. M. The British Medical Journal, 1870. Ibid., January 17, 1874. 

Hottot, M. Journal de V Anatomie et de la Physiologie, 1864, p. 113. 

Husemann, Drs. Theodor und Aug. Pflanzenstoffe, p. 210. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimiitellchre, p. 1153. 

Liegeois et Hottot. Ibid., 1861, p. 520. 

Phillips, Dr. C. D. F. The Practitioner. Ibid., Materia Medica and Therapeutics^ 
1874, p. 2. 

Ringer, Dr. Sydney. Handbook of Therapeutics, article Aconite. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third London edition, p. 747. 

Van Praag, Dr. L. Archiv fur path. Anat., vii., p. 438. 

Veratrum Album. — White hellebore. 

Veratrum Viride. — iVmerican hellebore. 

JExtr actum Veratri Viridis Fluidum. — Fluid extract of veratrum 
viride. Dose, m. ij — m. v. 

Tinctura Veratri Viridis. — Tincture of veratrum viride. Dose, 
m. ij — m. v. 

Yeratria. — Veratria. '* Is pulverulent, grayish-white, inodorous, 
but very irritant to the nostrils. It has an acrid, bitter taste, causing a 
sensation of tingling with numbness in the tongue. It is very slightly 
soluble in water, but readily and wholly dissolved by alcohol. It has an 
alkaline reaction." 



436 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

ZTnguentwn Veratrice. — Yeratria-ointment. (Veratria, £j; lard, 

Composition. — Yeratrum album, veratrum viride, and veratrum 
sabadillae, correspond closely in chemical composition, and the first 
two in botanical characteristics. Sabadilla is only used as the source 
of the alkaloid, veratria. The alkaloids of veratrum album are jervia 
•and veratralbia (Mitchell). Yeratrum viride contains two alkaloids 
also — -jervia and veratroidia. The alkaloid jervia, as found in both 
plants, is the same in chemical action and in physiological effects, and 
may therefore be considered identical. There are very close affinities 
between the veratralbia of Mitchell and the veratroidia, first discovered 
by Bullock, but they are not the same ; they differ as respects their 
chemical relations, and also in physiological properties — veratralbia 
being much more powerful than jervia and veratroidia. Yeratrum 
album and veratrum viride contain abundance of soft resin, which, when 
pure, is nearly, if not quite, inert. As the alkaloid jervia is with dif- 
ficulty separated from the resin, it is probable that the physiological 
activity, ascribed to the resin by some observers, is really due to the 
presence of the alkaloid. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The effects of veratrum viride 
on the heart are counterbalanced by alcoholic stimulants, opium, and 
ammonia. When dangerous symptoms are produced, the recumbent 
position should be enforced, alcoholic stimulants should be administered 
by the stomach and rectum, and dry heat should be applied to the body. 
Ammonia may also be given by the stomach or by intra-venous injec- 
tion, and, if nausea and vomiting persist, morphia may be administered 
subcutaneously. The tincture of opium, in stimulant doses, may be pre- 
scribed with the alcoholic stimulants. 

Synergists. — The vaso-motor depressants, tobacco, lobelia, aconite, 
etc., are synergistic. Bloodletting, hsemorrhage, purgatives, and all 
agencies which diminish vital power, increase the effects of veratrum. 

Physiological Effects. — In the remarks which follow, veratrum 
viride only is referred to. 

Applied to the skin, veratrum viride excites redness and heat, 
and, to the Schneiderian mucous membrane, it causes violent sneez- 
ing. It is a prompt and efficient emetic, but its operation is 
accompanied with intense nausea and depression, and the vomiting is 
often violent and persistent. The contents of the stomach are at first 
evacuated, and afterward of the gall-bladder, so that it has been sup- 
posed to possess the power to increase the secretion of bile. It does 
not generally purge, but occasionally profuse watery evacuations have 
been produced by it, and rarely severe hypercatharsis. Its alkaloids 
enter the blood with facility. The power which veratrum viride has to 
affect the cardiac movements and the vascular tonus is its most charac- 
teristic property. It lowers, in a remarkable manner, the number and 



VBRATRUM VI RIDE. 437 

force of the cardiac pulsations. The pulse may be reduced to fifty, 
forty, or even thirty-five per minute, and its force correspondingly 
diminished. According to Lin on, the arterial tension is raised, as 
shown by the sphygmograph. By very careful administration, this 
reduction in the pulse-rate may sometimes be accomplished without 
inducing nausea and vomiting, but usually vomiting cannot be pre- 
vent ed when the remedy is pushed to this extent. When the pulse is 
reduced very decidedly, the patient being in the recumbent posture, a 
change to the erect position at once alters its character, and it becomes 
extremely rapid, thready, and feeble. 

Very great depression of the powers of life is produced by large 
doses. The action of the heart becomes exceedingly weak, the pulse 
almost indistinguishable, the vomiting and retching extreme, the sur- 
face of the body cold and covered with a cold sweat, the temperature 
reduced. There are also produced faintness, dimness of sight, dilata- 
tion of the pupils, giddiness, great muscular weakness, shallow and 
slow respiration ; sometimes somnolence, coma, and insensibility, with 
stertorous breathing. Notwithstanding the very formidable symp- 
toms produced by large doses, fatal results have been extremely rare. 
An ounce of the tincture has been swallowed without causing death 
(Norwood). The prompt emesis which it produces is probably the ex- 
planation of its lethal inactivity; for, in the act of vomiting, the medi- 
cine is ejected with the first matter from the stomach. Suspension of 
the medicine and free stimulation quickly remove the most alarming 
symptoms of depression. 

The experimental investigations into the actions of jervia and vera- 
troidia, made by Wood, Peugnet, and others, have shown that the phys- 
iological actions of veratrum viride are the sum of the actions of the 
alkaloids. The nauseating and emetic qualities of the drug are due, 
chiefly, to veratroidia, and to a slight extent to the resin. Both alka- 
loids depress the functions of the spinal cord, and destroy its reflex 
activity ; but they do not impair the excitability of the nerves, nor the 
contractility of muscles. Veratroidia, according to Wood, first stimu- 
lates the inhibitory cardiac nerves to an extraordinary extent, and after- 
ward paralyzes them ; but the evidence which he adduces in favor of 
the singular statements on this point are far from satisfactory. Both 
alkaloids lower the blood-pressure, by diminution of vaso-motor tonus, 
and paralyze the cardiac muscle, and probably also its contained gan- 
glia. They cause death by asphyxia — by paralysis of the muscles of 
respiration. The cerebral effects which have been noted in man, and 
the convulsions in animals, are doubtless due to the accumulation of 
carbonic acid in the blood. 

Therapy. — The best preparation for administration is the tincture. 
As the therapeutic properties of V. viride depend, chiefly, on the jer- 
via, an attempt may be made in the future to supply this alkaloid in 



438 MOTOK DEPRESSANTS. 

sufficient quantity for administration ; but, at present, the processes in- 
volved in its preparation are too intricate and expensive. As the effect 
of V. viride quickly reaches its maximum, if it be desired to maintain 
the pulse-rate at a constant level, the doses must not be at a longer in- 
terval than two hours. The effect must be maintained by increasing 
doses, if necessary, and the recumbent posture must be rigidly enforced. 

The emetic property of veratrum viride is never applied in practice: 
too much depression is produced by it. The chief use of this agent is 
to depress the action of the heart and to lower the vaso-motor tonus. 
In simple hypertrophy of the heart, without valvular lesion, it dimin- 
ishes the over-action and thus gives relief to the most distressing symp- 
tom. The irritable heart, so frequently found associated with and 
dependent on the excessive use of tobacco, on mental excitement and 
irascibility of disposition, and on overstrain, is relieved by this rem- 
edy, provided no valvular lesions coexist. The hypertrophy of the 
cardiac muscle, and the abnormal arterial tension, which accompany 
the chronic form of albuminuria, are alleviated by veratrum viride. 
Moderate doses of the tincture (five drops ter die) usually suffice in these 
cases. When there are valvular lesions, and when the cardiac muscle 
is enfeebled from any cause, this agent is inadmissible. 

Excellent results are sometimes obtained in aneurism by the use of 
veratrum viride. In the various surgical expedients for the cure of 
aneurism (forced flexion, compression, ligation), this remedy, used to 
depress the circulation, renders an important service, by lessening the 
force with which the blood is propelled, and the number of the cardiac 
contractions. In this way, coagulation of the blood in the aneurismal 
sac is greatly favored. In the case of large internal aneurisms — of the 
innominata, aorta, etc. — veratrum viride ^s a powerful adjunct to rest 
and other means of treatment. Some precautions are necessary, how- 
ever, in the administration of this remedy. As the utmost slowing of 
the circulation consistent with safety may be required, a sufficient quan- 
tity of the tincture must be administered to accomplish this object, and 
the effect produced is the only measure of the amount to be given. The 
result must be accomplished, if possible, without causing vomiting. 
The patient should, therefore, remain absolutely in the recumbent post- 
ure, and a little opium should be prescribed with the veratrum viride. 
Active hmmorrhage, occurring in the plethoric, is sometimes stopped by 
fall medicinal doses of this drug. 

There can be no doubt that veratrum viride renders an important 
service in acute parenchymatous congestion — of the brain, lungs, liver, 
and other organs. Its utility ceases when exudations have taken place: 
its action is confined to the influence which it has in diminishing the 
blood-supply to the affected organs. The changes produced by inflam- 
mation are in no wise affected by veratrum viride. Much that is extrav- 
agant has been written in regard to its curative influence in pneumo- 



VERATRUM YIRIDE. 439 

n*a, but we need not be surprised at this, when we reflect that our 
knowledge of the natural history of this disease is only of recent origin. 
Those who knew nothing of the period of crisis of pneumonia naturally 
attributed the defervescence of temperature to the effect of the remedy. 
It is not to be denied that in the very incipiency of pneumonia, before 
fibrinous exudation has taken place, veratrum viride, by lessening the 
amount of blood circulating in the lungs, may render an important ser- 
vice, but when hepatization occurs its good effects cease. The same 
observations are true of other parenchymatous inflammations, and 
equally so of serous inflammations. 

Veratrum viride has been much extolled as a remedy for reducing 
the pulse-rate and the temj:>erature in typhoid and other fevers (Nor- 
wood). It is true, these effects may be procured by it, but that any 
influence is exerted in this way, over the course and duration of a fever, 
seems highly improbable. The chief dangers in fever being the occur- 
rence of cerebral or cardiac paralysis due to the persistent elevation of 
the temperature, it is unwise to use a powerful cardiac depressant, 
although it has the power to lower the temperature somewhat. There 
is, however, a condition of things arising in the course of fevers — viz., 
delirium fer ox — in which, when dependent on arterial excitement, much 
good may be accomplished by the use of veratrum viride. 

The excitement of acute mania, of maniacal delirium, and other 
forms of mental disorder in which a condition of cerebral hyperaemia 
may be supposed to exist, is successfully combated by veratrum viride. 
Chorea and epilepsy have been reported cured by this agent (Nor- 
wood), but a doubt may be well expressed as to the accuracy of these 
statements. 

Veratria is used only externally, and for the relief of neuralgia, 
headache, myalgia, etc. The officinal unguentum veratrice is the form 
in which it is employed — a small quantity being rubbed in over the seat 
of pain. 

Authorities referred to : 

Briesemann, C. Mikroskopische Untersuchungen iibcr die Wirhung des Digitalin, 
Veratrin u. Ergot in auf die Circulation, Rostock, 1869. 

Linos, M. Gazette Medicate de Strasbourg. Bulletin General de ThSrapeutique, vol. 
lxxvi., p. 94. 

Mitchell, Charles L. Transactions of American Pharmaceutical Association, vol. 
xxii., p. 397. The Active Principles of the Officinal Veratrwns. 

Norwood, Dr. W. C. The Authorship and Therapeutical Powers of Veratrum Viride 
more fully examined, Albany, 1868, p. 39. 

Otlmont, M. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. lxxiv., p. 153. 

Ibid. Communication of paper by MM. Zuber and Hirtz to Society of Therapeutics, 
Bulletin General, vol. lxxvi., p. 468, et s^/. 

Percy, Dr. S. R. Transactions of American Medical Association, 1864. 

Pecgxet, Dr. Eugene. Tlie Medical Record, May, 1872. 

Squarey, Dr. TJte Practitioner, 1870, vol. i., p. 211. 

Wood, Dr. H. C. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, January, 1870. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



440 MOTOK DEPRESSANTS. 

Pulsatilla. — Pasque-flower. Pulsatille, Fr. ; Kiichenschelle, Ger. 
(Unofficinal.) 

Preparations. — There are no officinal preparations. The tincture 
is the form usually employed in medical practice, the dose of which 
varies from one minim to twenty minims. 

Composition. — The peculiar powers of the plant depend on the 
presence in it of an alkaloid — Anemonin, a camphor. Anemonin crys- 
tallizes in prisms — the regular rhombic system — and is hardly at all 
soluble in cold water and in alcohol (Husemann). Pulsatilla also con- 
tains a peculiar acid — anemonic acid. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The caustic alkalies, tannic 
acid, and the metallic salts generally, are chemically incompatible. 
From the physiological standpoint, pulsatilla is antagonized by the 
alcohols, by opium, digitalis, etc. 

Synergists. — The effects of pulsatilla are promoted by the para- 
lyzers, especially by the other members of the same family — notably, 
by aconite, cimicifuga, etc. 

Physiological Actions. — The local effects of pulsatilla (the fresh 
plant) are those of an irritant ; and, after prolonged contact, even caustic 
effects are produced. Applied to the tongue, it gives rise to tingling, 
burning, followed by numbness — effects very similar to those caused by 
aconite. On the intestinal mucous membrane it has very pronounced 
irritating effects. The active principles diffuse into the blood with 
facility. Depression of the heart's action, lowering of the arterial ten- 
sion, and declination of temperature, are caused by pulsatilla. It is a 
paralyzer of motility and sensibility, but, as respects the motor func- 
tions, it is not known whether it impairs the contractility of muscle or 
the irritability of nerve ; and, as respects sensation, it has not yet been 
determined whether the lessened sensibility is due to an influence 
which this remedy has on the spinal cord, on the nerve-trunks, or on 
the peripheral expansion — end-organs of the sensory system. Dilated 
pupils, hebetude of mind, stupor, coma, and convulsions, are cerebral 
symptoms which occur after a lethal dose has been administered. 
These cerebral effects may be due to a primary action of pulsatilla on 
the brain, or to the carbonic-acid poisoning, and the anaemia. When 
the action of the heart and the respiration are very feeble, carbonic 
acid accumulates in the blood, and an extreme degree of cerebral 
anaemia ensues. Coma, convulsions, and insensibility, are natural 
effects of these causes. Nothing is positively known as to the time 
and mode of elimination of anemonin, but it is probable that excretion 
takes place by the kidneys. 

The production of any given physiological effect will, of course, 
depend on the genuineness of the drug. The active principles are 
volatile, and often disappear in the process of desiccation. 

Therapy. — Owing to the irritating action of pulsatilla, it is not 



GRINDELIA. 441 

suited to the treatment of gastro-intestinal disorders, especially when 
a state of inflammation exists. Notwithstanding this local irritant 
effect, homoeopathists employ it for the relief of dyspepsia, and the 
accompanying mental symptoms; but, in coming to conclusions as to 
its curative value, they calmly ignore the natural history of these 
maladies. 

Pulsatilla is adapted to the treatment of acute inflammation of the 
nasal, faucial, laryngeal, and bronchial mucous membrane — acute 
catarrh. It is not proper in those cases when accompanied by gastro- 
intestinal disturbance. It is clearly useful in acute inflammation of 
the cerebral and spinal meninges. 

It is used by the homoeopathists in the treatment of catarrhal oph- 
thalmia, by internal and local applications ; and they hold that it is 
very efficacious in certain diseases of the uterus, on which organ they 
suppose it to have a special or specific action. Sudden arrest of the 
menstrual flow, whether caused by moral emotion, or cold, may be re- 
lieved, and the effects prevented, by pulsatilla. As aconite is very 
useful under the same circumstances, it may be assumed that good 
results may be had by the administration of pulsatilla. 

Authorities referred to : 

Gubler, Prof. A. Codex Jfedicamentarivs, p. 17. 
HusKMANN, Drs. Aug. und Tiieod. Die Pjlanzenstoffe, p. 795. 
Phillips, Dr. Charles D. F. Materia Mediea and Therapeutics, p. 17. 

Grindelia. — The leaves, stems, and flowers, of grindelia robusta. 

Composition. — An alkaloid with basic properties has been isolated 
(Rademaker), but its chemical relations have not been fully made out. 
The plant contains also a volatile oil, and a resin, to which its physio- 
logical activity is doubtless in part due. 

Preparations. — Fluid extract. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Antagonists and Ixcompatibles.— Water precipitates the oleo- 
resin. The mineral salts and caustic alkalies are chemically incom- 
patible. Opium, the cerebral stimulants, alcohol, strychnia, picrotoxine, 
etc., are opposed as respects the physiological actions. 

Synergists. — All motor depressants increase the actions of grin- 
delia. 

Physiological Actions.— The taste of grindelia is rather pungent, 
even acrid, and in the stomach it excites a sensation of warmth. The 
local stimulant effect is such that it promotes the appetite and diges- 
tion ; but, if too long continued, or in too great quantity, it excites 
gastric uneasiness. Grindelia slows, somewhat, the heart and respira- 
tory movements. When administered in sufficient quantity, decided 
cerebral effects are produced. It dilates the pupil and induces sleep. 
During this condition of hypnotism, the general cutaneous sensibility 
is much reduced, and reflex movements become sluggish. Motility is 



442 MOTOR DEPRESSANTS. 

also affected, the paresis beginning in the hind extremities. Its toxic 
powers are by no means great, two drachms of the fluid extract being 
required to induce sleep in small rabbits. It affects other warm-blooded 
animals, and also frogs, in the same way. When death ensues, it is 
from paralysis of the muscles of respiration. Elimination takes place 
by the pulmonary mucous membrane, and chiefly by the kidneys. 

Therapy. — The most important uses of grindelia, thus far devel- 
oped, are in the treatment of the respiratory neuroses. Its utility in 
the treatment of asthma, especially the so-called spasmodic asthma, is 
certainly great ; few cases fail to be relieved at once. Beside the 
stomach administration, it may be given in the form of fumes, accord- 
ing to the following plan : The plant is steeped in a saturated solution 
of nitre, dried, when it may be inflamed on an ordinary tin plate, the 
patient inhaling the fumes as they arise, or the fumes in the air of a 
small, closed apartment. This preparation may also be rolled into 
cigarettes, and smoked with or without the addition of tobacco, stra- 
monium, lobelia, etc. The fluid extract of grindelia may be incor- 
porated with other asthmatic remedies, in an extemporaneous prescrip- 
tion. For example : Ext. grindeliae fluid., f ss ; ext. lobelice, fl. 3 ij ; 
ext. belladonnse, fl. 3 j ; potassii iodidi, 3 iij ; glycerinse, % iij. M. Sig. 
A tablespoonful, as necessary. 

Cough by imitation and habit, whooping -couyh, and the spasmodic 
difficulty of breathing which accompanies various pulmonary and car- 
diac diseases, hay -asthma, etc., are helped by grindelia. It is also an 
effective remedy for bronchitis, after the subsidence of acute symptoms ; 
for chronic bronchitis and bronchorrhoea, and for the bronchitis of 
emphysema. 

Besides the above diseases for which grindelia has been used with 
success, it will prove advantageous in chronic pyelitis, chronic cystitis, 
etc. In these diseases local application of the oleo-resin takes place 
all along the urinary tract. 

Authorities referred to : 

Crowe, Dr. John E. Louisville Medical News, April, 1876. 
Fiske, Dr. H. M. The Pacific Medical and Surgical Journal. 
Rademaker, Dr. C. J. Louisville Medical News. 

Phytolacca. — Phytolacca bacca. — The fruit of phytolacca decandra 
— poke-berries. 

Phytolacca radix. — The root of phytolacca decandra — poke-root. 

Preparations. — Extractum Phytolacca Fluidum. — Fluid extract 
of phytolacca. Dose, m. v — 3 j. 

Tinctura Phytolacca. — Tincture of phytolacca. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Composition. — An active principle has not been isolated. 



PHYTOLACCA. 443 

ANTAGONISTS AND Incompatible*. — Alcohol, ether, strychnia, opium, 
digitalis, etc., oppose the action of phytolacca. 

SYNERGISTS. — All depressing agents, the paralyzers, and emetics, 
contribute to the effects of phytolacca. 

Physiological Actions. — Poke is nauseant and emetic, and these 
effects occur, whatever may be the mode of administration. The emesis 
does not occur at once ; there is a slowly-accumulating anguish ; vomit- 
ing does not result for an hour, and the vomiting is accompanied with 
great depression. 

Phytolacca lowers the rate of cardiac movement and the respiration, 
but does not alter the rhythm. It is a paralyzer, the loss of power 
occurring first in the hind extremities. The impairment of motility is 
not due to an action of this agent on the motor nerve or on the muscle 
— for the irritability of the nerve and the contractility of muscle remain 
unaffected when a lethal dose of phytolacca has been given. The action 
is on the spinal cord, chiefly on the medulla. In rabbits, violent trem- 
bling occurs, and convulsions, partly tonic, partly clonic, are produced. 
Death ensues from paralysis of respiration ; for in frogs, when all signs 
of life have ceased, the heart is found to be in action, on opening the 
chest. In cases of accidental poisoning, convulsions of a tetanic char- 
acter have been observed. Elimination takes place chiefly by the 
kidneys. 

Therapy. — Poke has been proposed as an emetic, but the slowness 
of the action, and the great depression of the powers of life which it 
causes, have prevented, and will ever prevent, its employment for this 
purpose. 

Alterative powers have been ascribed to it, and cases supposed to 
be malignant have been cured ; but these results were probably in- 
stances of the jjost rather than the propter hoc. Ulcers, cutaneous dis- 
eases, and ophthalmia, are maladies which have been reported cured. 
The evidence is strong that phytolacca does possess considerable power 
to promote the healing of varicose and other ulcers of the leg (Tidd). 
A soft extract is spread on muslin, and kept applied to the surface of 
the ulcer. Obstinate eczema has been cured in the same way. The 
pain and inflammation of bums may be assuaged by the same applica- 
tion, and the healing greatly facilitated. How far the effect is merely 
mechanical does not appear. 

It has long been known that phytolacca is a serviceable remedy in 
chronic rheumatism. But the therapeutical application of this remedy 
most deserving of consideration is the treatment of inflamed breasts. 
There seems to be no reason to doubt that phytolacca possesses the 
remarkable property of arresting an inflammation of the mamma, and 
preventing suppuration. For this purpose the fluid extract may be 
given internally, and the solid extract spread on a cloth and kept 
applied to the breast, which is the seat of the inflammation. The pos- 



4:44 HOTOK DEPRESSANTS. 

session of this property to prevent suppuration in the breast implies 
the existence of the same property in threatened suppuration in other 
glandular organs. As the fact is entirely empirical, and rests on no 
physiological action of the drug, it can only be determined by further 
trials whether it will check suppuration elsewhere. 

Authorities referred to : 

Biggers, Dr. G. W. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, vol. lxv., p. 275. 
Dutcher, Dr. A. P. The Cincinnati Lancet and Observer, June, 1859. 
Tidd, Dr. C. H. The Clinic, vol. v., p. 253. 
United States Dispensatory, fourteenth edition. 

Ailailtus. — The bark of A. Glandulosa, a well-known and abun- 
dant shade-tree. 

Preparations. — Fluid extract. Dose, m. x to 3 j. Bark, gr. x — 

3j- 

Composition. — The most important constituent is the oleo-resin. 

It contains, also, a volatile oil, which is extremely diffusible and pow- 
erful, and a bitter principle. 

Actions and Uses. — The taste is bitter and somewhat acrid. It is 
strongly nauseant, and the nausea is accompanied with weakness, ver- 
tigo, and cold sweating. It possesses decided purgative property, the 
stools being large and watery. It has considerable power as a vermi- 
fuge, and is effective when emplo} r ed against tasnia. The action of the 
heart is at first increased, but is subsequently slowed, the pulse be- 
coming small and weak. Respiration is similarly affected, and death 
ensues in animals by paralysis of the muscles of respiration. 

On the brain and nervous system ailantus acts as a paralyzer, the 
loss of power beginning in the hind extremities. The paralyzing ac- 
tion seems to depend on the volatile oil, while the purgative and an- 
thelmintic effects are possessed by the oleo-resin. 

Therapy, — The most important application of ailantus is in the 
treatment of tape-worm. For this purpose the oleo-resin, or, better, a 
decoction of the fresh bark ( 3 j — 1 iv), may be used. The oleo-resin 
has the advantage in being a permanent preparation, whereas the bark 
loses its strength in the process of drying. 



EMETICS BY LOCAL ACTION. 445 



REMEDIES USED TO CAUSE SOME EVACUATION 
FROM THE BODY.—EVACUAXTS. 

EMETICS. 

Some of the agents in this group produce vomiting by virtue of a 
local action on the stomach, and do not affect this viscus when intro- 
duced elsewhere. These may be entitled, Emetics by Local Action. 
There are others which cause emesis, when they enter the blood at any 
point — Systemic Emetics. The first sub-group of emetics make an im- 
pression on the gastric nerves, and an action is at once instituted for 
their expulsion. The process consists in the transmission of the periph- 
eral irritation to the spinal centre, the generation of a motor impulse, 
and the consequent action of the nervous and muscular apparatus con- 
cerned in the the mechanism of vomiting. The systemic emetics pro- 
duce their effects through the intermediation of the blood, and the vom- 
iting is onlv one of the results of the disturbance introduced into the 
functions of the nervous system. 

EMETICS BY LOCAL ACTION. 

The most important of these are : 

Cupri sulphas, sulphate of copper. 

Zinci sulphas, sulphate of zinc. 

Hydrargyri sulphas flava, yellow subsulphate of mercury. 

Alum en, alum. 

Sinapis, mustard. 

Scilla, squill. 

All of the members of this group have been discussed in other parts 
of this work, except mustard and squill, and the consideration of these 
will be more appropriate elsewhere. It is necessary, however, in this 
place to indicate the nature of the action, the cases to which they are 
adapted, and the mode of administration of the more important of the 
emetics belonging to this division. 

Cupri Sulphas, — This is a very prompt and efficient emetic. The 
action begins in a few minutes, and the medicine comes up with the 
vomited matters. Very little depression follows the emetic effect. It 
is more especially adapted to the treatment of narcotic poisoning, be- 
cause, the action being local, the obtunded state of the reflex centres 
interferes less with its operation than is the case with the systemic 
emetics. It is also occasionally used in croup, to effect the dislodgment 
of the false membrane, but other mechanical emetics are preferable. 

Administration. — Dissolve twenty grains of the sulphate of copper 
in two ounces of distilled water, and give a tablespoonful every fifteen 



446 EVACUANTS. 

minutes until vomiting occurs. When prompt action is required, as in 
narcotic poisoning, ten grains of the sulphate of copper may be given 
at a draught in an ounce or two of water. Its action should be assisted 
by the free use of diluents. 

Zinci Sulphas. — This agent acts in a manner similar to the corre- 
sponding copper-salt, but is less powerful It has the advantage of be- 
ing less likely to induce gastro-enteritis than sulphate of copper, and is, 
therefore, usually preferred to the latter. It is administered in cases of 
narcotic poisoning, in croup, and to relieve the stomach of indigestible 
alimentary substances. 

Administration. — In narcotic poisoning a scruple of the sulphate 
of zinc may be administered in water, and, if need be, repeated once. 
In croup, or for other purposes,, as an emetic, it may be given as fol- 
lows : Dissolve a half-drachm in two ounces of water, and administer a 
tablespoonful every fifteen minutes until emesis is produced. The free 
use of diluents promotes the emetic action. 

Hydrargyri Sulphas Flava. — This is one of the most efficient mem- 
bers of this group. It is an active poison, but, as it is returned with the 
contents of the stomach, no danger attends its administration. It does 
not act so speedily as copper and zinc. It produces very little nausea, 
but, when the action begins, the effects are suddenly experienced, and 
are powerful, without leaving after-depression and sickness. It is not 
so well adapted to the treatment of narcotic poisoning as the copper 
and zinc sulphates, but it is the most desirable emetic in the treatment 
of croup. It was formerly much prescribed in this disease as an emetic, 
but it fell out of fashion until revived recently by Dr. Fordyce Barker. 
The author's experience in its use is quite in accord with the much 
more extended experience of Dr. Barker. 

Administration. — As the yellow subsulphate of mercury has but 
little taste, it is easily administered to children. It should be prescribed 
in the form of powder, rubbed up with sugar of milk. The dose varies 
from three to five grains. Dr. Barker makes the useful suggestion that 
powders of this preparation, labeled " croup-powders," should be kept in 
every household, the children of which have the tendency to attacks of 
croup. It should be given when the first symptoms manifest them- 
selves, and its repetition will be governed by the state of the breath- 
ing. 

Alumen. — Powdered alum is a safe,, efficient, but slow emetic. 
About a half-hour usually elapses after it is swallowed before the eme- 
sis occurs. It acts mechanically, produces no considerable nausea, -and 
leaves behind no depression. As an emetic its only use is in croup and 
diphtheria, administered w T ith the view to cause a detachment of the 
false membrane. Some effect has been ascribed to the local action of 
the alum in its passage along the throat, but this opinion is scarcely 
tenable. 



SYSTEMIC EMETICS. 447 

Administration. — A teaspoonful of powdered alum may be admin- 
istered in sirup, honey, or mucilage. It can be repeated, if need be, 
every half-hour. 

Sinapis. — Mustard is a stimulant, local emetic. It acts promptly 
and efficiently. In emergencies, other emetics not being available, it 
may be employed in narcotic and other forms of poisoning. As an 
emetic it is especially adapted to depressed conditions of the system — 
for, while it causes vomiting, it stimulates the action of the heart. 
When, therefore, an emetic is indicated, and at the same time the cir- 
culation is feeble, the surface cold, and the functions of animal life op- 
pressed, mustard should be used. 

Administration. — A tea to a dessert spoonful of pow r dered mustard 
should be stirred up in a tumblerful of tepid water, and quickly swal- 
lowed. The irritant action of the mustard may be limited, and its 
emetic action promoted, by the free use of diluents. 

Scilla. — Squill is never employed as an emetic by and of itself. It 
is harsh and rather slow in action. In the form of the compound sirup 
of squills, it is not unfrequently used for this purpose, especially in 
domestic practice, but the emetic property of this combination is due 
chiefly to the tartar-emetic which it contains. 

SYSTEMIC EMETICS. 

Apomorphia. — An alkaloidal substance obtained by the action of 
strong acids from morphia contained in closed tubes and subjected to a 
somewhat elevated temperature. It is obtained also by the action of 
chloride of zinc in solution on morphia. It is a whitish powder, wdiich 
becomes greenish by absorption of moisture. It is soluble in water, 
and it may, therefore, be administered in this menstruum. Dose, gr. 
-jig- to gr. -J. If given hypodermatically, gr. ■£$ is sufficient ; if by the stom- 
ach, gr. -§-. As it undergoes important changes when in contact with 
water, the solution for hypodermatic use should be made when required. 

Physiological Actions. — Whether injected under the skin or taken 
into the stomach, apomorphia causes vomiting. The rate at which it 
moves to affect the stomach depends somewhat on the dose administered. 
From five to twenty minutes usually elapse after the hypodermatic in- 
jection before vomiting begins. The act of vomiting is preceded by 
very little nausea, the contents of the stomach are usually thoroughly 
evacuated, and the vomiting recurs a few times at intervals of a quarter 
to a half hour. In. young subjects very considerable depression has been 
observed to be produced by it, and dangerous symptoms of cardiac pa- 
ralysis have followed its emetic action in a few instances. These clinical 
facts seem to contradict the experimental observations of Siebert and 
Moerz, who have show T n that apomorphia does not affect the blood-press- 
ure, and that the pulse rises when emesis comes on, reaches its maxi- 
mum during vomiting, and declines in the interval. The cardiac depres- 



448 EVACUANTS. 

sion which has been observed, clinically, may have been the result of 
idiosjmcrasy, yet we should not lose sight of the fact observed by Har- 
nack, that in cold-blooded animals it may be produced experimentally. 

Apomorphia causes at first increased rapidity of the respiration, af- 
terward diminishes the force and depth of the movements, and finally 
arrests them. As this result occurs when the vagi are divided, the 
drug must necessarily first excite and afterward exhaust the irritability 
of the respiratory centre. Apomorphia has no appreciable influence on 
the temperature. 

As respects its influence on the nervous sj^stem, apomorphia is at 
first strongly excitant. Afterward it causes muscular tremblings, fol- 
lowed by paralysis and convulsions. The muscular irritability is im- 
paired but not destroyed, and the functions of motor and sensory nerves 
remain intact ; hence it may be concluded that the convulsant action of 
this agent is due to a direct impression on the spinal cord (the spasm- 
centre). 

Therapy. — Apomorphia is indicated as an emetic when swallowing 
is difficult or impossible, and when very prompt action is necessary. 
As it produces vomiting by its spinal action, profound narcosis w T ill pre- 
vent it, and hence, in narcotic poisoning ', it may fail of effect unless ad- 
ministered before narcosis has supervened. It is a suitable emetic when 
it is desired to empty promptly an overloaded stomach. It is to be 
preferred to all emetics which must be introduced into the stomach, 
when this viscus is in a state of inflammation, for it is best given subcu- 
taneously. Apomorphia has been administered as an emetic in suffoca- 
tive catarrh, to empty mechanically the bronchial tubes, but it produced 
serious depression — a result which might have been a priori predicted, 
since this drug exerts a paralyzing action on the respiratory organs. 
It has also been given as an expectorant, but on insufficient data, for 
it does not seem to have an effect upon the vagi, and, as above stated, 
at first it excites the respiration movements, and afterward paralyzes 
them. 

As compared with its congeners, morphia and codia, it is more exci- 
tant than morphia and codia, and without their hypnotic and anodyne 
properties. As respects its convulsant action in animals, it has close 
physiological relations to narcotina and thebaia. Some clinical experi- 
ences have shown (Riegel u. Bohm) that apomorphia causes heaviness 
in the head, giddiness, drowsiness, yawning, mental hebetude, etc. The 
trials in which these results were noted were made with Merck's prep- 
aration of apomorphia. 

Authorities referred to : 

Gee, Dr. Samuel. Note upon Apomorphia and Chlorocodide. St. Bartholomew? s Hos- 
pital Reports, vol. v., 1869. 

Harnack, Dr. E. Arch. f. experimentelle Pathologie und Pharmacologic, vol. ii., 
p. 291. 



SYSTEMIC EMETICS. 440 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lekrbuch der crperbnentdlen, Toxicologic, p. 381. 

Hkuskmanx, Dr. Theod. JIa?idbuch, etc., zweiter Band, p. 615. 

Moerz, Dr. A. Frag. Yjhrsbr., 76, 1872. Abstracted in Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. 
clvii., p. 12. 

Queiil, Dr. Max. Ucber die phys. Wirkungen dcs Apomorphia. Schmidt's Johr- 
b'ucher, vol. civ., p. 14, et seq. 

Riegel und Bohji. Arch. f. Min. Med., vol. ix., 2, p. 211, 1871. 

Siebert, Dr. Vincent. Untersuchungen uber die physiol. Wirkungen des Apomor- 
phin. Abstracted in Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. civ., p. 14, et seq. 



Ipecacuanha. — Ipecacuanha. The root of cepha^lis ipecacuanha. 
Racine d ^ ipecacuanha , Fr. ; Hrechicurzel, Ger. 

Extraction Ipecacuanhas, Fluidum. — Fluid extract of ipecacuanha. 
Dose, m. ij — 3 j. 

Syrupus Ipecacuanha?,. — Sirup of ipecacuanha (fluid extract, 3 ij ; 
sirup, § xxx). Dose, 3 j — 3 ss. 

Trochisci Ipecacuanhas. — Troches of ipecacuanha (ipecac, traga- 
canth, arrow-root, sugar, and sirup of orange-peel). Dose, one or more. 
Each troche contains one-fourth of a grain of ipecacuanha. 

Trochisci Morphias et Ipecacuanhas. — Troches of morphia and ipe- 
cacuanha (each troche contains one-fortieth of a grain of morphia, and 
one-twelfth of a grain of ipecac). 

Vznum Ipecacuanhas. — Wine of ipecacuanha (fluid extract of ipe- 
cac, 3 ij ; sherry wine, § xxx). Dose, in. i — 3 j. 

JPulvis Ipecacuanhas Compositus. — Compound powder of ipecacu- 
anha. Dover's powder. Ten grains contain one grain each of ipecac 
and opium, and eight grains of potassium sulphate. This preparation 
has already been discussed in the article on opium, and requires no con- 
sideration here. 

Composition. — Ipecacuanha contains an active principle, designated 
emetia or emetine. This exists in the bark of the root, in combination 
with a peculiar acid — ipecacuanhic acid. The alkaloid is found in the 
root in a proportion somewhat less than one per cent. It is a bitter, in- 
odorous, and amorphous substance, colorless, and alkaline in reaction. 
It is freely soluble in chloroform and only slightly so in ether. Ipecac- 
uanhic acid is a glucoside, and is chemically related to kinic and caffe- 
tannic acids. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — The salts of lead and mercury, 
the vegetable acids and astringent infusions, are incompatible. The 
tannate of emetia is extremely insoluble. Bismuth, carbolic acid, hy- 
drocyanic acid, and narcotics generally, hinder its emetic action. 

Synergists. — The emetics — those by local action and the systemic — 
favor the vomitive action of ipecac. Its effects on the skin and bron- 
chial mucous membrane are promoted by opium, warm diluents, etc 

Physiological Actions. — Inunctions of ipecacuanha excite very 
considerable irritation of the skin : at first, small isolated pustules ap- 
30 



450 EVACUANTS. 

pear, and these are followed by large pustules and ulceration (Duck- 
worth). When applied to the mucous membrane of the nares, it pro- 
duces a sensation of heat and causes sneezing. Some persons are so 
susceptible to its action that the smallest quantity inhaled will induce 
an asthmatic paroxysm. 

Administered by the stomach in small doses (from one-eighth to 
one-quarter of a grain), ipecacuanha acts as a stomachic tonic, and 
probably increases the gastric secretions. In larger doses (from five 
grains to a scruple), it is nauseant and emetic; but the sickness which 
it causes is not severe, and the vomiting is -not accompanied nor fol- 
lowed by much depression. Its action as an emetic is rather slow, from 
twenty minutes to a half -hour being required, and is not persistent. 
Repetition of large doses will, in most cases, but not invariably, pro- 
duce a condition of tolerance, when vomiting does not occur, but a ca- 
thartic action is induced, the stools having a peculiar bilious character, 
appropriately designated "ipecacuanha-stools." Both vomiting and 
purging are sometimes produced by an emetic of ipecacuanha. 

Like other nauseants and emetics, ipecac, increases the secretions of 
the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane, and is therefore held to pos- 
sess expectorant properties. More than any other agent of the class, 
it relaxes the skin, and promotes cutaneous transpiration. 

Ipecacuanha exerts but little influence over the circulation. In 
animals, lethal doses of emetia cause death by paralysis of the muscles 
of respiration, the heart continuing in action after the cessation of the 
respiratory movements (D'Ornellas). The temperature of the surface 
falls, but the internal temperature remains the same, or rises somewhat, 
owing, it is said (D'Ornellas), to the irritant action of the agent on 
the intestinal mucous membrane. 

In the post-mortem examination of animals killed by emetia, very 
considerable gastro-intestinal irritation is found. The lungs are some- 
times seen to be hypersemic and presenting patches of hepatization, and 
sometimes exsanguine, but the former condition is more frequently ob- 
served. As the most common state of the lungs, caused by lethal doses 
of ipecac, is similar to that which is induced by section of the vagi, it is 
a reasonable conjecture that it has a special action on these nerves — 
according to Chouppe, on the terminal filaments of the vagi. The elimi- 
nation of emetia takes place in large part by the gastro-intestinal 
mucous membrane, and is found in the secretions. 

Therapy. — For ordinary purposes no emetic is more safe and effi- 
cient than ipecacuanha. As it causes but little depression, and is free 
from irritant effects in ordinary doses, it may be given in conditions of 
the system in which tartar-emetic and the other mineral emetics are 
inadmissible. When the stomach is to be relieved of indigested ali- 
ment, ipecacuanha is the most suitable emetic. Attacks of acute in- 
digestion, migraine, and the so-called bilious sick-headache, may not 



SYSTEMIC EMETICS. 451 

(infrequently be cut short by an ipecac-vomit. The good effects of the 

vomitive treatment are, not unfrequently, most strikingly exhibited in 
the beginning of continued fevers, the eruptive fevers, erysipelas, and 

nodical fevers. It has been alleged that fevers are sometimes 
" aborted " in this way. In den3 T ing the possibility of such results, it 
must be admitted that clinical experience has shown the good effects 
of the practice on the subsequent course of the malady. Formerly an 
ipecacuanha-emetic was much more frequently employed at the outset 
of fevers than is the fashion at present, and the author is convinced that 
this mode of treatment should be resorted to now in suitable cases. 
The indications for the use of emetic doses of ipecacuanha, in the fevers 
above-named, are these : a heavily-coated tongue, much nausea and in- 
effectual efforts to vomit, a strong sense of epigastric oppression, icterus 
or an icterode hue of the surface, a hot and dry skin, acid and turbid 
urine. When these symptoms are present in cases of malarial fever, 
the antiperiodic remedies will be much more effective in their action 
if their administration has been preceded by an ipecacuanha-emetic. 

In all the cases in which emetics are employed for mechanical effects, 
as in membranous croup, capillary bronchitis, foreign bodies lodged, 
etc., ipecacuanha may be used. In croup it is not so effective as the 
yellow subsulphate of mercury ; in capillary bronchitis, as tartar-emetic ; 
but, as respects the latter disease, ipecacuanha is to be preferred in the 
very young or very old, and in those debilitated by any cause. In the 
domestic treatment of laryngismus stridtdus an emetic dose of the 
sirup of ipecac, is the most usual remedy. 

As an emetic twenty grains of the powder of ipecacuanha may be 
diffused in a cup of warm water, and a tablespoonful of the mixture 
exhibited every fifteen minutes until emesis occurs. Two grains may 
cause vomiting, and four grains will usually act efficiently ; hence a 
good method of proceeding, when an emetic effect is desired, is to ex- 
hibit a powder of four, grains in a tablespoonful of warm water every 
fifteen minutes until vomiting occurs. The action will be facilitated 
by drinking freely of warm water ; but, if the systemic impression of 
the ipecacuanha is desired, the patient should retain the recumbent post- 
ure, and all fluids should be withheld. If the cathartic as well as the 
emetic action is sought for, some weak animal broth should be given 
when the stomach is emptied of its contents. If free action of the skin 
is to be promoted, as soon as the vomiting has ceased warm aromatic 
infusions should be administered, and the patient should be covered 
with blankets. 

It has long been known that ipecacuanha, in small doses, has the 
power to arrest certain kinds of vomiting. Attention has recently been 
recalled to this curious fact. It is in nervous vomiting more especially 
that this remedy is useful: for example, in the vomiting of pregnancy, 
vomiting of drunkards, vomiting of migraine, etc. A minim of the 



452 EVACUANTS. 

vinum ipecacuanhse, given every half-hour or hour in a little water, will 
sometimes relieve these cases in a very remarkable manner; but it very 
frequently fails, and there are no indications at present known which 
will enable the practitioner to determine beforehand whether it will or 
will not be successful. , . 

It is a singular fact, showing the remarkable phases through which 
professional opinion passes, that ipecacuanha, which was introduced at 
the close of the seventeenth century as a remedy for dysentery ', after a 
time ceased to be employed in this disease, but has again been restored 
to the estimation in which it was originally held. Epidemic dysentery, 
especially of malarious and tropical countries, is the form of the disease 
to the cure of which ipecacuanha seems best adapted. The author has 
used it with much success in acute dysentery, as it occurs in the interior 
valley of this continent. When the characteristic ipecacuanha-stools 
are produced the tormina and tenesmus cease, and the dejections soon 
become feculent; the skin, previously dry and hot, becomes moist and 
cool, and a refreshing calm is experienced. Large doses of ipecacuanha 
are required in the treatment of acute dysentery. In the severe attacks 
of tropical regions, from twenty to sixty grains are given for the initial 
dose, and the quantity subsequently administered depends on the effect 
— usually about twenty grains every four, six, or eight hours. It is im- 
portant to establish tolerance of the remedy as speedily as possible. If 
the first dose be rejected, subsequent ones may be retained. ' Various 
expedients may be resorted to in order to secure the retention of these 
large doses. The ipecacuanha may be combined with some opium and 
aromatic powder: $. Ipecacuanha, 3ss; opium, gr. j ; pulv. aromat., 
grs. v. M. ft. pulv. no. j. After the dose of ipecacuanha is adminis- 
tered a sinapism may be applied to the epigastrium, and an enema of 
laudanum and starch, or the subcutaneous injection of morphia, may be 
practised. Milk is an excellent vehicle for the administration of ipe- 
cacuanha. In the cases of dysentery treated on this plan by the author, 
he has found that doses of fifteen grains, given in milk, were generally 
pretty well borne. It not un frequently happens, however, that toler- 
ance cannot be established, and the remedy must then be abandoned. 
Some patients so object to the nausea produced by it as to be reluctant 
to take it, and others, after one trial, decline to continue the treatment. 
Notwithstanding these drawbacks, it must be conceded that ipecacu- 
anha is a most valuable remedy krepidemic and sporadic dysentery. It 
has been shown that in India, before the introduction of this method of 
treatment, the mortality from dysentery was about 79.6 per one thou- 
sand of cases ; but, since the use of ipecacuanha has been generalized, 
the mortality has fallen to 20.15 per one thousand of cases. 

Ipecacuanha has also been used with success in chronic dysentery, 
but, in the author's experience, it is by no means so beneficial as in the 
acute. It succeeds best in those cases which are the outgrowth of acute 



SYSTEMIC EMETICS. 453 

attacks, and in which the intestinal ulcerations are not far advanced. 
The rules for its administration are the same in chronic as in acute dys- 
entery. In the summer dysentery audi diarrhoea of teething children 
ipecacuanha is often extremely serviceable. The special indication for 
its use is the occurrence of greenish stools, containing mucus and some- 
times blood. These stools are usually voided with much pain and 
straining. At the same time the skin is harsh and dry, the tongue 
rather dry and pasty, or glazed, and there is great thirst, although little 
or no fever may be present. Ipecacuanha changes the character of the 
stools, induces- perspiration, and allays the thirst and dryness of the 
mouth. From two to five grains every two hours may be given in these 
cases, or it may be administered with pepsin, oxide of zinc, bismuth, or 
other remedies. fy. Ipecacuanha?, grs. xij; bismuthi subcarb., 3j; 
pepsinae sacch., 3 ss. M. ft. pulv. no. xij. Sig. One in millc every tico 
hours. 

The evidence is conclusive that ipecacuanha possesses very valuable 
antihoemorrhagic powders. It has been successful in haemoptysis, epis- 
taxis, menorrhagia; postpartum haemorrhage, etc. As Peter has ob- 
served, "the vomitive medication" (ipecacuanha) "arrests not only 
haemoptysis but all kinds of haemorrhage, and is, therefore, a general 
antihaemorrhagic medication." In haemorrhages the ipecacuanha should 
be given in frequently-repeated doses until vomiting ensues ; usually, 
when this effect is produced the haemorrhage ceases. Other antihaemor- 
rhagic agents may be combined with ipecacuanha. Tfc. Ext. ipecac, 
fluidi, 3 i j ; ext. ergotae fluidi, 3iv; ext. digitalis fluidi, 3 ij. M. Sig. 
Tliirty minims to a teaspoonfid at a dose, as required. The author has 
witnessed excellent results from this combination in haemoptysis and 
menorrhagia. In the treatment of postpartum haemorrhage, the most 
suitable combination is fluid extract of ipecacuanha and fluid extract of 
ergot. Trousseau strongly urges the employment of ipecacuanha in 
post-partum haemorrhage, and, indeed, in the various accidents which 
occur in the pueiperal state, among which he designates gastrointes- 
tinal irritation, suppression of the lochia, subacute metritis, pelvic cel- 
lulitis, bronchial catarrh, subacute pneumonia, etc. " He has not ob- 
served the least ill-result from this practice ; on the contrary, in the 
most of these cases, he has obtained either a cure or a notable amend- 
ment " (Trousseau et Pidoux). 

Certain acute affections of the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane 
are much benefited by non-emetic doses of ipecacuanha, for example, 
acute catarrh of the nasal and bronchial mucous membrane, hay- 
asthma, capillary bronchitis. An emetic dose will cut short an attack 
of 'laryngismus stridulus. An occasional emetic gives great relief in 
tchooping-coitgh, when there is profuse bronchial secretion. Non- 
emetic doses of the fluid extract (m. j — m. iij) diminish the violence of 
the spasms in this disease. Nauseating and emetic doses are service- 



454 EVACUANTS. 

able in the attacks of spasmodic asthma, but the good effects of the 
remedy are lost by repetition. Ordinary colds, especially in children, 
are benefited by doses sufficient to produce slight nausea but not vomit- 
ing. A troublesome cough at night, which prevents sleep, may not 
unfrequently be arrested by a dose at bed-hour of some one of the 
ipecacuanha preparations. For these various purposes the wine or the 
fluid extract may be used, but the latter preparation is much more 
trustworthy and effective than the former. 

Authorities referred to : 

Chouppe, M. Archives de Physiologie, No. 1, 1875, p. 101. 

D'Ornellas, Dr. Antonio-Evaristo, Du Vomissement, etc., Bulletin Gen. de Therap., 
vol. lxxxiv., pp. 193, 244, 295, 348. 

Duckworth, Dr. Dyce. St. Bartholomew's Hospital Reports, vol. v., p. 287, 1869 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, article Ipecacuanha. 

Fuller, 0. 0. London Lancet, December 4, 1869, On the Action of Ipecacuanha. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch der gesanimten Arzneirnittellehre, zweiter Band, 
p. 608, et seq. 

Peter, M. Michel. Apropos des Hemoptysies et de leur Traitement par la Medication 
Vomitive, Bulletin Gen. Therap., vol. lxxvii. 

Phillips, Dr. C. D. F. On the Actions and Uses of Ipecacuanha, The Practitioner^ 
vol. iii., p. 276, et seq. 

Ibid. Materia Medica and Therapeutics, article Ipecacuanha. 

Ringer, Dr. Sydney. Handbook of Therapeutics. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traite de Therapeutique et Mat. Med., huitieme edition, vol. 
i., p. 733, et seq. 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. — Tartrate of antimony and potassa. 
Tartar-emetic. 

This is a powerfully spoliative and depressing emetic, which has 
already been discussed under the head of " Agents promoting Destruc- 
tive Metamorphosis." It was formerly much employed as an emetic in 
croup, capillary bronchitis, and at the onset of fevers and inflamma- 
tions ; but the local irritation, as well as the systemic depression which 
follows its use, has led to its almost entire abandonment for these 
purposes. 

Administeation. — Six grains may be dissolved in four ounces of 
water, and a tablespoonful be given every fifteen minutes until emesis 
occurs. Ipecacuanha and tartar-emetic are frequently administered to- 
gether — twenty grains of the former and two grains of the latter. 

CATHARTICS. 

Purgatives are divisible into several groups, according to the nature 
of their action. 

Laxatives are medicines which stimulate the intestinal movements, 
without increasing, to any considerable extent at least, the intestinal 
secretions. 



CATHARTICS. 455 

Saline Purgatives excite increased secretion, while at the same 
time they hasten the peristaltic action. The dejections which are pro- 
duced by them are loose and watery. 

Jlercurial Purgatives, chiefly calomel and blue mass, exert an influ- 
ence peculiar to themselves. Without expressing an opinion at pres- 
ent, for or against their supposed cholagogue effects, the author believes 
that they differ so much in their action from other purgatives as to be 
appropriately placed in a separate class. 

Tonic-astringent and Resin-bearing Purgatives. — These affect the 
liver and the glandular appendages of the mucous membrane, and in- 
crease the tonicity of the muscular layer of the intestine. They increase 
the proper secretion of the glands, and do not merely cause an outward 
osmosis of fluid from the vessels. 

Uydragogue Purgatives act with great energy, and not only increase 
the glandular secretions, but cause a very abundant outward osmotic 
flow, so that the dejections which they produce are extremely watery. 
This group of purgatives also excite very rapid and violent peristaltic 
movements. 

Laxatives. — Manna. — Manna. "The concrete saccharine exuda- 
tion, in flakes, of fraxinus ornus, and of fraxinus rotundifolia." Dose, 
3 j — 3 ij, according to age. 

Composition and Properties. — Manna has a sweetish, rather 
mawkish taste; is soluble, when pure, in three parts of cold water, and 
in its own weight of boiling water. It contains a sugar — manna-sugar ', 
or mannite, which constitutes from seventy to eighty per cent, of the 
best specimens of manna. It is said to contain dextrine, or a mucilage 
having similar reactions, and ether extracts from it in small quantity a 
slightly acrid, reddish-brown resin, on which the laxative property of 
manna probably depends. 

Actions and Uses. — Manna is a very mild laxative, but, when 
administered alone, is apt to cause griping. It is rather slow in its 
operation, but is free from irritating qualities, and leaves no unpleasant 
after-effects. It is most frequently combined with other purgatives — 
senna chiefly — the operation of which it aids, and at the same time 
renders less drastic. It is rarely given alone, and only to children and 
pregnant women. Formerly it was used as a laxative in hemorrhoidal 
affections. 

Sulphur. — Sulphur lotum (washed sulphur). Sulphur sublimatum 
(sublimed sulphur). Washed sulphur should only be used as a laxative. 
Sublimed sulphur contains a trace of acid which imparts to it a griping 
quality. Dose, 3 j — 3 iij. 

Actions and Uses. — Sulphur is insoluble in water, but dissolves in 
alkaline solutions and in the volatile and fixed oils. In the small intes- 
tine, sulphur is placed under favorable conditions for absorption. That 
it does enter the blood is proved by the fact that it appears in the per- 



456 EVACUANTS. 

spiration, urine, milk, etc. Silver coins, carried in the pockets of those 
taking sulphur, are discolored by the formation of the sulphide of sil- 
ver. Considerable sulphuretted hydrogen gas is produced as a result 
of the chemical changes in the intestines, and a quantity of offensive 
flatus is an unpleasant sequel of its administration. The intestinal 
secretions are somewhat increased by it, and the stools are therefore 
softer. It is a very mild laxative. Combination of sulphur and bitar- 
trate of potassa or magnesia is occasionally resorted to, especially in 
domestic practice, for the purpose of increasing the laxative action. 

Sufficient attention has already been paid to the sulphur compounds, 
and it only now remains to speak of sulphur as a laxative. It is used 
chiefly to render the stools softer and more easily voided in cases of 
haemorrhoids , fissures of the anus, and after surgical operations about 
the pelvic organs. It is used also as a laxative in slcin-dis eases, chronic 
rheumatism, sciatica, and lead-eachexia, conjoined usually with sulphur- 
baths, the sulphurous mineral waters, and other appropriate medication. 

Administration". — A teaspoonful or two of washed sulphur may be 
given mixed with sirup at bedtime. A teaspoonful of sulphur, and 
the same quantity of cream of tartar or magnesia, may be administered 
in the same way. 

Magnesia. — Magnesia. Magnesii carbonas (carbonate of magnesia). 

Actions and Uses. — A mild antacid laxative. In the stomach it 
neutralizes any free acid it meets with, and the resulting salt has a laxa- 
tive action. It is used to correct acidity, the carbonate being preferred 
when there is an irritable state of the stomach, because the carbonic 
acid, which is set free by the action of the stomach acid, is a local seda- 
tive and anodyne. If magnesia does not enter into combination with 
the stomach acid, no laxative effect is produced. Under these circum- 
stances a solution of citric acid or lemonade, taken after the magnesia, 
will cause it to act. Magnesia is a useful antacid and laxative in sick- 
headache, especially when accompanied by acidity and constipation. It 
has been employed also in gouty affections, and in lithiasis (uric acid) ; 
but it is much inferior to the potash salts in these affections. In the 
intestinal indigestion of infants, attended with flatulence, magnesia is 
much prescribed in conjunction with carminatives. The following is 
Dewees's formula for flatulent colic and diarrhoea in infants: Ij&. Mag- 
nesii carbonat., 3 ss ; tinct. asafoetidaa, gtt. xl ; tinct. opii, gtt. xx ; 
sacchari, 3 j ; aqua3 destil., § j. M. Sig. Twenty drops to a teaspoon- 
ful, according to age. The carminative of Dalby is similar in composi- 
tion : IjL Magnesii carbonat. 3ij; ol. menth. pip., gt. j ; ol. myrist., gtt. 
ij ; ol. anisi, gtt. iij ; tinct. castor., gtt. xxx ; tinct. asafcetid., gtt. xv ; 
tinct. ol. hedeomae, gtt. xv ; tinct. cardam. comp., gtt. xxx; aquae men- 
thse pip., § ij. M. Sig. A teaspoonful, as necessary. 

Magnesia is frequently combined with other purgatives because of its 
antacid property. The following is Meigs's formula, gelsemium having 



CATHARTICS. 457 

been substituted for henbane: I>. Magnesii carb., 3ss; magnesii sul- 
phat., 3 iij ; spts. ammonias aromat., 3j; tinct. rhei, sss; tinct. gelse- 
mii, 3 ss ; aquas mentha? pip., 3 iv. M. Sig. A tablespoon fid tv:o or 
three times a day. 

It is unsafe to use magnesia in large quantity for lengthened 
periods, owing to the fact that it may form intestinal concretions — 
a hydrate of magnesia. Instances of this kind have been reported. 

Freshly-precipitated hydrate of magnesia is an antidote to arsenious 
acid in solution, but it is not so effective as the hydrated sesquioxide of 
iron. 

Oleum JRicini. — Castor-oil. Ilitile de ricin, Fr. ; Castorol, Ger. 
The fixed oil as obtained from the seed of ricinus communis. Dose, 

3J-SJ- 

Properties axd Composition.— Castor-oil has a pale amber-color, 

a rather nauseous taste, and is quite viscid. Cold increases the viscid- 
ity. It has a specific gravity of about 0.96. It contains several fatty 
acids — palmitic and ricinoleic — the latter peculiar to castor-oil. The 
seeds appear to contain a drastic constituent, which is more powerfully 
purgative than the oil. The purer the oil, the less active its purgative 
property. 

Actions and Uses. — Castor-oil is a mild but very certain and 
efficient laxative. It operates in from four to six hours, causing but 
little pain, and producing copious stools. It increases but slightly the 
intestinal secretions — hence the stools are not very liquid. Its purga- 
tive principle enters the blood, and the milk of the mother may in this 
way acquire a purgative property. It does not appear to have any effect 
upon the hepatic secretion. Rohrig's experiments, which demonstrated 
this point, have been confirmed by the subsequent investigations of 
Rutherford and Vignal. After the action of castor-oil has been com- 
pleted, it may not unf requently be seen floating on the stool ; }^et Buch- 
heim (Husemann) has been unable, after careful examination of the 
faeces, to discover in them castor-oil or any of its derivatives. 

Castor-oil is justly held in great esteem as a laxative for children, 
for pregnant women, for the puerperal state. When hardened fmces 
and irritating substances are to be removed from the intestinal canal, 
castor-oil is the most efficient purgative compatible with safety. When 
inflamed hemorrhoids, fissures of the anus, or surgical operations on 
the pelvic viscera, require the use of a mild, certain, but unirritating 
laxative, castor-oil should be selected. Unfortunate^, its taste is so 
repugnant to many palates, that no considerations will overcome the 
disgust which it excites. No remedy is more useful in the diarrhoea of 
children, induced and maintained by undigested aliment or irritating 
secretions. It is judicious practice, in these cases, to give a laxative 
dose of castor-oil to empty the canal, and follow it with an opiate or 
enema of laudanum. The dysentery of children, and sporadic dysen- 



458 EVACUANTS. 

tery of adults, especially after the more acute febrile s} T mptoms have 
subsided, are generally very successfully managed by an emulsion of 
castor-oil: ~fy. 01. ricini, §j; mucil. acaciae, syrp. simplicis, aa fss; 
aquae cinnamomi, 3 ij. M. Sig. A tablespoonful every four to six 
hours. In cases of dysentery, when there are much pain, tenesmus, and 
frequent passages, ten to twenty drops of laudanum may be added to 
each dose ; when there are much depression, a low state <^f the arterial 
tension, and a dry, glazed tongue, five drops of turpentine may also be 
added. 

A poultice made of the leaves of the castor-oil plant applied to the 
breasts, it is said, has the power to promote the secretion of milk. 
Warm applications to the mammae undoubtedly stimulate their func- 
tional activity, but it is questionable whether castor-oil leaves have a 
special galactagogue property. It is said, however, that the inhabitants 
of the Cape Yerd Islands have long been acquainted with this supposed 
property. The internal use of a fluid extract of the leaves has also, it 
is supposed, the power to determine an increased secretion of milk. 
Jaborandi will probably prove to be more effective in this respect than 
the ricinus communis. 

Saline Purgatives. — Many of these have been discussed elsewhere ; 
some of them are no longer employed in medical practice. The sulphate 
and the citrate of magnesium may be regarded as typical representa- 
tives of the class, and hence, in a statement of their physiological ac- 
tions and therapeutical applications, may be comprehended all that is 
immediate and of practioal value on the subject. 

3fagnesii Sulphas. — Sulphate of magnesia. Sulfate de magnesie, 
Fr. ; Bittersalz, Ger. " In colorless crystals, which slowly effloresce 
on exposure to the air, and are very soluble in water." Dose, 3 j — 

ij- 

Magnesii Citras (Liquor, officinal). — In two forms : 1. As a granu- 
lar salt, consisting of citrate of magnesium, bicarbonate of soda, and cit- 
ric acid ; 2. In solution (liquor magnesii citratis) in a tightly-secured 
corked bottle. A tablespoonful of the granular salt added to a half-tum- 
blerful of water, and drunk during effervescence, is the quantity and 
the form in which it is taken. The bottled solution, which is also highly 
effervescent, must be drunk immediately on being poured out. It is a 
pleasant drink, and, when properly prepared, an active cathartic. 

Physiological Actions of Saline Purgatives. — As a general 
rule, saline cathartics are easily borne by the stomach ; especially is this 
true of the Epsom salts. The purgative action is due chiefly to increase 
of the intestinal secretions, and hence the stools are large and watery. 
Thiry and Radziejewski had apparently demonstrated that all purga- 
tives acted by increasing the peristaltic movements, but exactly oppo- 
site results have been obtained by Moreau, whose observations have 



CATHARTICS. 459 

been confirmed by Vulpian and Brunton. The conclusion readied by 
the last-named observer is expressed as follows : "Such positive results 
as these seem to prove that purgatives do cause a flow from the intesti- 
nal wall, quite as conclusively as experiments with Thiry's fistula do the 
opposite; and, as the conditions under which the purgatives act on the 
intestines more nearly approach the normal in Moreau's than in Thiry's 
experiments, there can be little doubt that purgatives produce a decided 
secretion of fluid from the intestines, as well as accelerate peristaltic 
movements." Of the agents employed by Brunton in his experiments 
— croton-oil, elaterine, gamboge, jalapin, and sulphate of magnesia — the 
greatest secretion w r as caused by the latter. The results of the best 
directed experiments are, therefore, in accord with clinical observations, 
and it may hence be considered as established that saline cathartics 
produce an outpouring of fluid into the intestinal canal. This outward 
osmosis occurs chiefly from the vessels, and is not truly a secretion of 
the glandular appendages of the mucous membrane. 

Therapy. — The saline purgatives are indicated in acute inflamma- 
tory affections, as a part of the denutrition treatment. If the arterial 
tension is abnormally high, purgatives, especially the salines, lower it, 
as the sphygmographic tracings slow T . When a considerable quantity 
is withdrawn from the intestinal vessels, the blood-pressure is necessa- 
rily diminished elsewhere (Brunton). Free transudation from the blood- 
vessels of the intestinal canal lessens the amount of work which the kid- 
neys have to do, and, if these organs are hyperaemic, removes the con- 
gestion. Saline cathartics are therefore very important remedies in 
the treatment of renal and cardiac dropsy. Free purgation, also, 
influences the condition of the kidneys by reflex action. As a result 
of the lessened hyperemia of the kidneys, the diminution of the blood- 
pressure, and the reflex stimulation of these organs, the action of 
a purgative is often followed by greatly-increased activity of the renal 
function. In ascites from obstruction of the portal circulation, saline 
cathartics are even more conspicuously beneficial than in general dropsy 
— for in this case they affect directly the organs involved. Cholcemia, 
uraemia, oedema of the brain, increased intra-cranial blood-pressure 
from any cause, are conditions requiring the use of active saline ca- 
thartics. 

The most important applications of saline cathartics are in the treat- 
ment of various intestinal disorders. When the stomach is irritable, 
and the intestines inflamed, no other purgative is so well borne as Ep- 
som salts, and its use may be resorted to, when any other agent of the 
kind would be inadmissible. Impaction of the eweum and typhlitis, 
resulting from this cause, may be removed by the proper administration 
of this remedy. It is unsafe, by active and drastic purgatives, to at- 
tempt to unload the bowel — for these harsh measures will only aggra- 
vate the existing inflammation. Epsom salts will liquefy the fecal 



460 EYACUANTS. 

masses and deplete the vessels, and thus remove the obstruction with- 
out causing any irritation. Small doses frequently repeated are more 
suitable than a large purgative dose. Usually about a teaspoonful in a 
wineglassful of water, every three hours, will be the quantity required. 
Perityphlitis and the peritonitis arising from inflammation and perfora- 
tion of the appendix vermiformis are conditions in which purgatives of 
any kind are inadmissible. 

The constipation which accompanies lead-colic can be overcome by 
Epsom salts. r>. Magnesii sulphatis, §j; acidi sulphuric, dil., 3j; 
aquae, § iv. M. Sig. A tablespoonful every three hours. As Brunton 
has pointed out, the administration of Epsom salts is a very important 
expedient in the treatment of the saturnine cachexia. Lead, as well as 
other minerals, mercury and copper, for example, is eliminated with 
the bile, and is discharged into the intestine, where it is again ab- 
sorbed. For an indefinite period, therefore, the absorption and dis- 
charge of the same metal may be going on ; and hence the utility of 
giving purgative doses of Epsom salts during the treatment of lead-poi- 
soning. 

The most efficient treatment of acute dysentery is by the adminis- 
tration of sulphate of magnesia. It is especially adapted to the acute 
stage when there are fever, pain, tenesmus, and stools of mucus and 
blood. It lessens the hypersemia and causes fecal evacuations, with the 
result of relieving the pain and the distressing straining. It is admin- 
istered as follows: Take a sufficient quantity of sulphate of magnesia to 
saturate seven ounces of water, and to this saturated solution add one 
ounce of diluted sulphuric acid. The dose of this is a tablespoonful 
every hour or two, in a wineglassful of water, until it operates. Sul- 
phate of morphia may be combined with it, or starch enemata with 
laudanum may be employed. 

The bleeding from hemorrhoids may sometimes be arrested by the 
above-described solution of Epsom salts and sulphuric acid, especially if 
the state of the hemorrhoidal vessels be due to constipation. Uterine 
haemorrhage caused by the presence of a fibroid, or by subinvolution, and 
congestion of the pelvic viscera, are not unfrequently relieved by the 
same agent when other agents apparently more powerful fail. When 
congestion of the pelvic organs, constipation, and anaemia coexist, the 
following is an efficient remedy: IjL Magnesii sulphat., |j; ferri 
sulphat., manganesii sulphat., aa 3 j ; acid, sulphur, dil., 3 ij ; aquae, § iv. 
M. Sig. A. tablespoonful in a wineglassful of water each morning 
before breakfast. For habitual constipation in those of full habit and 
active circulation, a daily morning dose of a teaspoonful of Epsom salts 
is often a permanently effective remedy. 

The disagreeable taste of Epsom salts is perfectly well covered by 
coffee. Boil for two minutes in an earthen vessel one ounce of sul- 
phate of magnesia, two and a half drachms of roasted coffee in a pint 



CATHARTICS. 4G1 

of water; then remove from the fire, allow it to "draw" for a few min- 
utes and strain. 

The other saline purgatives belonging to this group are : 

Sodli Sulphas, sulphate of sodium, Glauber's salts, 

Potassii Sulphas, sulphate of potassium; but both of these have 
long since ceased to be used. 

Sodli JPhos})has, phosphate of soda, 

Potassii et Sodli Tartras, tartrate of potassium and sodium, Ro- 
chelle salts, and 

JPulveres JEffervescentes Aperientes, effervescing aperient powders 
or Seidlitz powders, have been considered elsewhere. 

Potassii Bitratras, bi tartrate of potassium, cremor tartar, may also 
be regarded as a member of this group, although it has but feeble pur- 
gative property. 

Mercurial Purgatives. — As the actions and uses of the mercurial 
preparations have been sufficiently discussed elsewhere, little need be 
said in addition as respects their applications as purgatives. 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. — Mild chloride of mercury. Calo- 
mel. Dose as a cathartic, gr. j — grs. x. 

Pllulce Hydrargyri. — Mercurial pill. Blue mass. Dose, grs. v — 
grs. xv, as a cathartic. 

Actions and Uses. — These mercurial purgatives are rather slow in 
their action. A dose at bedtime will usually operate during the course 
of the following morning. One grain of calomel or five grains of mer- 
curial pill will produce distinct purgative effects in most persons in 
about twelve hours, unless there be considerable habitual torpor of the 
bowels. They are apt to cause griping pains, nausea, and even vomit- 
ing, when the purgative effects begin. First brownish and bad-smell- 
ing, and afterward greenish stools, supposed formerly to be character- 
istic of the mercurial action, are produced. Mucn heated discussion 
has arisen as to the cholao;oo;ue action of mercurv. Without entering; 
into details on this point, it may be admitted that bile-elements are 
found in the stools from the action of mercury, as the} 7 are unquestion- 
ably found in the stools caused by some other purgatives. The presence 
of bile-elements in the faeces discharged only proves that mercurial 
cathartics swept them out with the other contents of the intestinal 
canal, and does not prove that an excitant action was exerted on the 
secretory function of the liver. The stored-up bile in the gall-bladder 
may be emptied into the intestine in obedience to a reflex influence 
transmitted from the intestinal mucous membrane irritated by the pur- 
gative. Experimental investigations must be invoked to determine the 
question whether mercurials actually stimulate the liver to the produc- 
tion of an increased quantity of bile. In another place the experiments 
of Hughes Bennett's Edinburgh Committee have been stated. As these 



462 EVAOUANTS. 

pages are going through the press, the very accurate and painstaking 
investigations of Rutherford and Vignal are being published. Rohrig 
had already determined as the result of his experiments that " with 
large doses (twenty grains for a dog) it rarely happened that the secre- 
tion of bile was recalled after it had come to a standstill, although this 
agent can increase the secretion when it is only diminishing." Ruther- 
ford and Vignal arrived at the following conclusions as the results of 
their experiments with calomel : " 1. An increase of the biliary secre- 
tion followed the administration of two successive doses of ten grains 
of calomel in one case (Experiment 30). Diminution of the secretion 
was the only result of the same doses given under similar circumstances 
in other two cases (Experiments 31 and 32) ; and it was the most defi- 
nite result of the administration of four successive doses of three grains 
in another case (Experiment 33). 2. In all the four experiments the 
calomel had a purgative effect. 3. Analysis of the bile secreted during 
the calomel purgation in Experiment 33 showed that, notwithstanding 
a diminution in the quantity of bile secreted, the percentage amount of 
solids had become less." The results of experiment render it probable 
that mercurials do not increase the secretion of bile. 

That the purgative action of mercurials has a distinctive and pe- 
culiar quality, a vast clinical experience attests. The stools are rather 
different from those caused by other purgatives, and the therapeutical 
effects are, it is generally held, sui generis. Whatever peculiarity per- 
tains to the purgative action of mercurials is probably due to the fact 
that they greatly increase the elimination of the products of waste, or 
retrograde metamorphosis of tissue, by the intestinal glandular appa- 
ratus. 

As a purgative the use of mercury is restricted to those cases in 
which a deficiency of bile is supposed to be the cause of the morbid 
state — clay-colored stools, jaundice from catarrh of the gall-ducts, and 
to those cases, singularly enough, in which bile is supposed to be in 
excess — biliousness, so called, jaundice from excessive production of 
bile, etc. For further remarks on the actions and uses of mercury the 
reader is referred to the section on remedies used to promote destruc- 
tive metamorphosis. 

TONIC-ASTRINGENT AND RESIN-BEARING PURGATIVES. 

Senna. — Senna. Feuilles de s'me, Fr. ; Sennesblatter, Ger. " The 
leaflets of cassia acutifolia, of cassia obovata, and of cassia elongata." 

Confectio Sennm. — Confection of senna. (Senna, coriander-seed, 
liquorice, figs, prunes, tamarinds, cassia.) Dose, 3 j — 3 ij. 

Extractum Sennm Fluidum. — Fluid extract of senna. Dose, 3 ss. 

Infusum Senna3. — Infusion of senna. (Senna, § j ; coriander-seed, 
3 j ; boiling water, Oj.) Dose, f iv. 



CATIIARTICS. 4G3 

Composition. — The active constituents of senna prove to be a pe- 
culiar colloid body, and an acid, to which has been given the name 
cathartic acid. It has been shown that " cathartate of ammonia pos- 
sesses, in a concentrated form, the purgative activity of the original 
drug." Two bitter principles have been obtained from senna — senna- 
crol and sennapicrine. It contains also a peculiar sugar — catharto- 
n aim lite. 

Actions and Uses. — The taste of senna is nauseous and bitter. In 
infusion — the form in which it is most usually prescribed — it is most 
disagreeable in odor as well as taste. It produces a sense of warmth in 
the stomach, and causes much flatulence and griping, which may, how- 
ever, be prevented by combination with aromatics. Its active principles 
are absorbed, and the milk of the mother taking senna acquires a pur- 
gative property. It is a very efficient cathartic, producing copious 
liquid stools in about four hours. It does not cause inflammation or 
hypercatharsis, and its purgative action is not followed by intestinal 
torpor and constipation. It is, therefore, a very safe and serviceable 
cathartic, if it were not so disagreeable. 

The confection of senna is a palatable preparation, and a mild laxa- 
tive, operating without any disturbance. It is used chiefly to correct 
the constipation of pregnancy, but it is highly prized by some patients 
as a remedy for habitual constipation. It is also taken to procure soft 
and easy evacuations in hemorrhoids, fissures of the amis, etc. A 
large bolus (one hundred and twenty grains), taken at bedtime, will 
operate gently on the following morning. The fluid extract of senna 
is a form for the administration of this drug more agreeable than the 
infusion. These two preparations are very excellent cathartics to over- 
come constipation, especially when ordinary purgatives fail. 

The action of senna is much improved by combination with other 
purgatives, and with aromatics. The well-known " black draught " is 
an infusion of senna with sulphate of magnesia — one ounce of the latter 
dissolved in four ounces of the former. By the addition of coffee, the 
odor and flavor of senna may be rendered more tolerable. Two drachms 
of senna and one drachm of coffee may be infused in three ounces 
each of hot milk and boiling water, and the whole drunk after twelve 
hours. 

Rheum. — Rhubarb. JRhubarbe, Fr. ; Ilhabarber, Ger. " The root 
of rheum palmatum, and of other species of rheum." 

Extractum JRhei. — Extract of rhubarb. Dose, grs. x — grs. xv. 
Extractum Rhei Fluidum. — Fluid extract of rhubarb. Dose, 3 ss 

— 3ij. 

I?ifusum Rhei. — Infusion of rhubarb. Dose, 3 ss — 5 ij. 
Pilulm JRhei. — Rhubarb-pills. Each pill contains three grains of 
rhubarb and one grain of soap. 



464 EVACUANTS. 

Pilulce JRhei Compositce. — Compound pills of rhubarb. (Rhubarb, 
socotrine aloes, myrrh.) Dose, 2 — 4 pills. 

Syrupus JRhei. — Sirup of rhubarb. (Fluid extract, § iij ; simple 
sirup, J xxix.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Syrupus Mhei Aromaticus. — Aromatic sirup of rhubarb. (Rhu- 
barb, cloves, cinnamon, nutmeg.) Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Tinctura JRhei. — Tincture of rhubarb. Dose, 3 j — 1 ss. 

Tinctura JRhei et Sennce. — Tincture of rhubarb and senna. War- 
ner's gout cordial. Dose, % ss — 3 ij. 

Vimim JRhei. — Wine of rhubarb. (Rhubarb, canella, sherry.) Dose, 
3 j— ! ss. 

Composition". — Rhubarb contains a number of substances which have 
been isolated, but its composition has not yet been accurately deter- 
mined. It contains two acids, rheo-tannic and rheumic, a resinous body, 
phworetine, and chrysophan, or chrysophanic acid. 

Physiological Actions. — In small doses, rhubarb is a tonic astrin- 
gent. It promotes the appetite and the digestive power, and, by virtue 
of its tannin, is astringent and diminishes peristalsis. As it contains 
also a purgative principle, in sufficient doses cathartic effects follow its 
administration. The stools are stained by the coloring-matters of the 
rhubarb, are of a yellowish-brown color, and are rather soft without 
being watery. After the purgative action has ended, the astringent 
constituents assert their power and constipation results. As the stools 
present an appearance to which the term " bilious " was applied, it was 
formerly supposed that rhubarb had the power to increase the flow of 
bile; more recently it has been universally conceded that the color- 
ing-matter of rhubarb produces the peculiar tint referred to. The 
latest investigations of Rutherford and Vignal have, apparently, very 
conclusively shown that rhubarb really possesses the property anciently 
ascribed to it, and that it must be placed among the cholagogue medi- 
cines. As it is now known to increase the flow of bile, it may be as- 
sumed that the intestinal secretions in general are promoted by it. 
These effects, which indeed are produced by all the purgatives contain, 
ing a resin, are probably due to phaeoretine — the rhubarb resin. 

The coloring-matters of rhubarb stain the perspiration, milk, and 
urine, and the milk acquires a bitter taste and purgative properties. 

Therapy. — The infusion of rhubarb is frequently employed as a 
vehicle for the administration of alkalies and mineral acids, in stomachic 
disorders. In small doses, the tincture is an excellent stomachic tonic 
in dyspepsia, with deficient biliary and intestinal secretions. It is adapted 
to those of a relaxed habit, and is inadmissible when an hyperemia of 
the mucous membrane exists. 

Rhubarb is a remedy of the greatest utility in the duodenal catarrh, 
and in the catarrh of the biliary ducts with jaundice, as these maladies 
occur in children. The passing of whitish, pasty, or clay-colored stools, 



CATHARTICS. 4G5 

while the skin presents an earthy or jaundiced hue, is the indication 
for the use of rhubarb. It is true that the stools will be quickly stained, 
so as to present the bilious character, without any improvement having 
necessarily taken place in the local malady; but it is also true that 
rhubarb is curative in the conditions above described. In the summer 
diarrhoea of children, no remedy is more generally prescribed. The 
aromatic sirup of rhubarb is a pleasant form in which to administer it. 
In this disorder, especially if the motions are sour, alkalies should be 
prescribed with the rhubarb. Magnesia, chalk, or sodium carbonate, 
may be given with the powder of rhubarb, the fluid extract, or the sirup. 
The following is an excellent formula in these cases: I£. Infus. rhei, 
3 iij ; potassii bicarb., 3 j ; tinct. cinnamomi, 3 ij ; syrp. simplicis, 3 vj. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonful every hour or two in cholera infantum. Diar» 
rhota in children or adults, due to the presence of undigested food, or 
retained irritating secretions, may not unfrequently be cured by a pur- 
gative dose of some rhubarb preparation. After the purgative effect is 
expended, the bowels are confined by the astringent. In acute dysen- 
tery the saline purgatives are much more appropriate than rhubarb. 

In habitual constipation good effects may be obtained by chewing 
some rhubarb-root. The astringent after-effect is, however, a decided 
objection to the frequent use of this remedy for this purpose. In the 
rhubarb-pill the astringency is counteracted by soap. The compound 
rhubarb-pill, which contains aloes, is a mild and efficient cathartic. 

Aloes. — Aloe Parbadensis. — Barbadoes aloes. The inspissated juice 
of the leaves of aloe vulgaris. 

Aloe Capensis. — Cape aloes. The inspissated juice of the leaves 
of aloe spicata, and of other species of aloe. 

Aloe Socotrina. — Socotrine aloes. The inspissated juice of the 
leaves of aloe socotrina. 

Aloe Purijicata. — Purified aloes. " In brittle pieces of a dull-brown 
or reddish-brown color, and having the peculiar aromatic odor of Soco- 
trine aloes. It is almost entirely soluble in alcohol." Dose, gr. j — 
grs. v. 

PilulcB Aloes. — Pills of aloes. Each pill contains two grains of 
aloes, and two grains of soap. Dose, 1 — 5 pills. 

Pihdce Aloes et Asafoetidce. — Pills of aloes and asafoetidse. (Aloes, 
asafcetida, and soap, in equal parts.) Dose, 2 — 5 pills. 

Pilules Aloes et Mast i dies. — Pills of aloes and mastic. Lady Web- 
ster's pills. (Aloes, mastic, and red rose.) Dose, 1 — 2 pills. 

Pilules Aloes et Myrrhce. — Pills of aloes and myrrh. (Aromatic 
powder, myrrh, aloes.) Dose, grs. v — grs. xv. 

Tinctura Aloes. — Tincture of aloes. Dose, 3 ss — 3 j. 

Tinctura Aloes et Myrrha?. — Tincture of aloes and myrrh. Dose, 

3 ss — 3 ij. 

31 



466 EYACUANTS. 

"Vinwm Aloes. — Wine of aloes. Dose, 3 j — § ss. 

JPulvis Aloes et Canellce. — Powder of aloes and canella (hiera picra). 
Dose, grs. v — 3 j. 

Composition. — The odor of aloes is due to a peculiar volatile oil. 
It contains also a resin, and a principle, alo'ine. The composition of 
aloine is not precisely the same in the different varieties of aloes. The 
Barbadoes aloes furnishes barbalo'ine, the Natal aloes, natalo'lne, and the 
Socotrine aloes, soalo'lne. These varieties, it is supposed, constitute an 
homologous series. 

Actions and Uses. — Aloes has a bitter and very disagreeable taste, 
leaving a rather acrid after-sensation in the fauces. It is a stomachic 
tonic, and, like bitters in general, it promotes the appetite and diges- 
tion. Accordingly, it is much prescribed as a stomachic tonic in cases 
of indigestion with torpor of the large intestine. Irritable or inflam- 
matory states of the stomach mucous membrane contraindicate its em- 
ployment. 

The recent investigations of Rutherford and Vignal have shown that 
aloes has the power to stimulate the hepatic functions, and to promote 
the flow of bile. This result is confirmatory of clinical experience. In 
large doses (twenty grains or more) aloes undoubtedly increases the 
intestinal secretions generally ; but, in the ordinary medicinal laxative 
dose, the stools are not liquid, and are but little altered in character. 
The principal effect of aloes is expended on the large intestine, the 
peristaltic movement of which it increases. Some tormina is expe- 
rienced when the laxative effect begins, and tenesmus, w T ith heat and 
irritation of the rectum, is produced when an active purgative dose 
has been taken. The blood-supply to the pelvic organs is increased by 
aloes ; the menstrual flow becomes more abundant ; in the male, erec- 
tions take place more frequently, and abortion, it is said, may be caused 
by its incautious administration. 

Ten or twelve hours elapse after it has been swallowed, before ca- 
thartic effects are produced. The rate at which it moves to affect the 
intestinal canal is influenced less by the size of the dose than by the 
condition of the bowels. 

The purgative principle of aloes diffuses into the blood. Applied 
to an exposed surface it is absorbed and purges, and the milk of moth- 
ers taking it acquires a purgative action. 

Simple jaundice, of an atonic kind, may be cured by aloes. No 
purgative is more efficient in constipation, dependent on weakness and 
impaired contractility of the muscular layer of the large intestine. 
Jaundice, or at least a bilious state, a coated tongue, foul breath, a 
tumid abdomen, and an impacted colon, are conditions frequently asso- 
ciated and are readily relieved by aloes. The constipation of hypochon- 
driasis and melancholia is best overcome by the use of this agent, and, 
with the removal of the impacted faeces, there is not unfrequently an 



CATHARTICS. 4G7 

improvement in the mental state. Aloes is prescribed in cerebral dis- 
ord( rs t when purgatives are given with a view to a derivative effect. 

In amenorrhoea, which is dependent on anaemia, aloes is prescribed, 
with other appropriate remedies, to determine an afflux of blood to the 
uterine system. Menorrhagia, occurring in debilitated and relaxed 
subjects, is sometimes relieved in the same way. Iron may be asso- 
ciated with aloes in these cases. Congestion of the pelvic viscera is a 
contraindication to the use of aloes, and the existence of haemorrhoids, 
or of a tendency therefor, has heretofore been considered an equally 
positive contraindication. Fordyce Barker has, however, shown that 
aloes has a curative power in certain cases of haemorrhoids , and notably 
those which occur after delivery. The local condition, under these cir- 
cumstances, is not one of active hyperaemia, but really consists in a 
sluggish state of the circulation in the inferior haemorrhoidal veins. It 
can hardly be doubted that aloes would increase the trouble if pre- 
scribed for cases in which there was active congestion of the pelvic 
viscera. Barker also advocates the use of aloes in non-puerperal Jtcemor- 
r holds, but the local condition must be suitable for the use of this 
remedy or the disease will be aggravated. The following are formulae 
proposed by Barker: I£. Pulv. aloes Soc., sapo. Cast., aa 3j; ext. hyos- 
cyami, 3 ss ; pulv. ipecacuanha?, grs. v. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One 
pill morning and evening. " When the haemorrhoids are associated 
with an irritable rectum, and with frequent, small, teasing, thin evacu- 
ations, Barker substitutes for the hyoscyamus a small quantity of opium, 
giving also a less quantity of the aloes, as in the following formula:" 
I>. Ferri sulph., 3 j ; pulv. aloes Soc, extr. opii aq., sapo. Cast., aa 
grs. x. M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill morning and evening. Op- 
polzer also used aloes as a remedy for haemorrhoids, prescribing, when 
there was constipation, aloes and quinia, and, when the bowels were 
not confined, aloes and sulphate of iron. 

The action of aloes, as well as of other resin-bearing purgatives, in 
the condition of anaemia, is promoted by the conjoined use of the bit- 
ters, quinia, iron, and tonics generally. Two grains of aloes, taken at 
bedtime, will cause a satisfactory evacuation on the following' day. 
Combination with soap, as in the officinal pil. aloes, and pil. aloes and 
asafoetida, diminishes the drastic, while it increases the efficiency of the 
purgative, action. It is generally better to give aloes by itself, without 
combination with other cathartics ; but its purgative effects may be 
greatly enhanced by administering a saline laxative six or eight hours 
after the aloes has been taken. 

A gonorrhoea may, it is said, be cured by the internal use, three 
times a day, of a pill containing two or three grains of aloes. Catarrh 
of the uterus has been treated successfully by aloes rectal enemata. The 
tincture of aloes, diluted to one-half or even more, by water, is a very 
effective injection in gonorrhoea after the acute symptoms have subsided. 



468 EVACUANTS. 

Jalapa. — Jalap. " The tuber of exogonium purga, or ipomea jalapa." 
Racine de jalap, Fr. ; Jalape, Ger. 

Extractum Jalapm. — Extract of jalap. Dose, grs. v — 3]. 

JResina Jalapm. — Resin of jalap. Dose, grs. ij — grs. v. 

Tinctura Jalapce. — Tincture of jalap. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

JPulvis Jalapm Gompositus. — Compound powder of jalap. (Jalap, 
one part ; bitart. of potassa, two parts.) Dose, gr. x — 3 j- 

Composition. — Jalap contains a resin, to which its purgative prop- 
erty is due. The resin consists of two varieties, one soluble, the other 
insoluble, in ether. The latter has been named convolvuline, or jalapine, 
and is the more active purgative of the two. Various secondary prod- 
ucts of considerable interest are obtained from the resin, but these 
possess no special importance from the therapeutical point of view. 

Physiological Actions. — As a cathartic jalap resembles, but it is 
much more active than, senna. It is apt to produce nausea, and tormina 
and tenesmus invariably accompany its purgative action. It usually oper- 
ates in from two to four hours, but the rate at which it moves to affect 
the intestinal canal is not influenced by the amount administered. The 
stools are soft at first, and afterward liquid. Jalap does not produce 
haemorrhoids, nor does it cause a tendency to, or increase an existing, 
menorrhagia. The secretions of the intestinal canal are increased by 
it, and the recent researches of Rutherford and Vignal have demon- 
strated that jalapine (convolvuline) excites the flow of bile. 

The action of jalap appears to be local. It is true that experiments 
in support of a contrary opinion have been made ; but, in the conclu- 
sive test of the intra-ven'ous injection of convulvuline, no purgative action 
has followed (Husemann). 

Therapy. — The resin of jalap being the active constituent, it should 
generally be preferred. It has the merit of being almost tasteless, and 
hence may be given readily to children. 

Jalap is an efficient cathartic in the beginning of fevers, inflamma- 
tions, and acute diseases, requiring the use of such therapeutic means. 
Formerly calomel and jalap were much prescribed, but this combina- 
tion has deservedly fallen into discredit. Occasionally the resin and 
calomel, in less ponderous doses than formerly given, may be used with 
advantage as a cathartic : J$ . Resinse jalapse, hydrarg. chlor. mit., ext. 
hyoscyami, aa gr. j. M. ft. pil. no. j. Sig. Take at bedtime. 

As jalap in sufficient quantity causes free watery evacuations, it is 
a suitable purgative in anasarca and ascites. The most generally ap- 
proved hydragogue purgative, under these circumstances, is the com- 
pound jalap-powder. The efficiency of this may be increased by the 
addition of podophyllum. A teaspoonful of the compound powder, 
taken in the early morning, will usually produce several very copious, 
watery stools. Increased urinary discharge also is a not unfrequent 
result of its action. 



OATHARTICa 409 

Jalap has the power to cause the expulsion of lumbrici. As a ver- 
mifuge it is not at all equal to the other approved remedies, but it is 
certainly useful as an adjunct. For example, santonine at night, and the 
resin of jalap and calomel on the following morning, is an effective 
method of expelling these parasites. 

Jalap is, of course, contraindicated in inflammatory states of the 
intestinal canal. In overdoses it causes hypercatharsis, and it may 
excite violent gastro-enteritis and endanger life. With proper attention 
to the conditions in which it is admissible, and to the dosage, jalap is 
entirely safe, and is a very certain and efficient cathartic. An excellent 
vehicle for the administration of the resin of jalap is the sirup of rhu- 
barb. I£. Resince jalapoe, grs. ij — grs. v; syr. rhei aromat., 35s. M. 
This is especially suitable for children. 

Scammonium. — Scammony. "A resinous exudation from the root 
of convolvulus scammonia." Scammonee, Fr. ; /Scammonium, Ger. 

Hesina Scarumonii. — Resin of scammony. Dose, grs. v — grs. x. 

Composition. — The activhVy of scammony, as a cathartic, depends 
entirely on the resin which it contains. As the crude scammony is 
much adulterated, the resin is alone worthy of confidence. 

Actioxs and Uses. — Scammony corresponds very closely to jalap in 
the time it requires to cause cathartic action, in the character of the 
stools produced, and in the kind of irritation which it excites. Scam- 
mony is somewhat more drastic than jalap. As it has but little taste, 
and is at the same time very active, the resin is much prescribed by 
English practitioners as a cathartic for children. It may be given 
rubbed up with milk, or with sirup of rhubarb. It is adapted to 
the same class of cases, and to the relief of the same conditions, as 
jalap. 

ColocyiltMs. — Colocynth. " The fruit, deprived of its rind, of citrul- 
lus colocynthis." Coloquinte, Fr. ; Koloqninten, Ger. 

Extractum Colocynthidls. — Extract of colocynth. 

Extractum Colocynthidls Composition. — Compound extract of colo- 
cynth. (Extracts of colocynth, scammony, and aloes ; cardamoms, 
soap.) Dose, grs. v — grs. x. 

JPilulce CatJiarticce Compositor. — Compound cathartic pills. (Com- 
pound extract of colocynth, extract of jalap, calomel, gamboge.) Dose, 
1 — 3 pills. Each pill contains one grain of calomel. 

Composition. — Colocynth contains a bitter principle (colocynthine) 
which is the purgative principle. Colocynthitine is another substance 
contained in the alcoholic extract. It differs from colocynthine in being- 
soluble in ether, and not in water. As colocynthitine is a tasteless 
crystalline powder, it is probably devoid of purgative property. Colo- 
cynthine is a very powerful cathartic. 



470 EVACUANTS. 

Actions and Uses. — Colocynth is a gastrointestinal irritant. In 
moderate doses it hastens the peristaltic movements, and increases the 
intestinal secretions. Its cathartic operation is usually attended with 
griping, and the stools are fluid. Violent gastro-enteritis may be pro- 
duced by a large quantity, and numerous fatal cases have been reported 
from its incautious or criminal administration. 

The action of colocynth is not merely local. Applied to the skin of 
the abdomen it causes intestinal pain, and more frequent alvine dis- 
charges. 

Colocynth is never administered alone, but usually in combination 
with other purgatives. The compound extract is a safe, effective, and 
not unpleasant cathartic for the relief of constipation. Tfc. Ext. colo- 
cynthides comp., 3j; ext. belladonnas, ext. physostigmatis, aa grs. v. 
M. ft. pil. no. x. Sig. One each night in habitual constipation. The 
officinal compound cathartic pill is a most serviceable combination. In- 
stead of calomel the resin of podophyllum may be used in the prepara- 
tion of this pill, without impairing its utility. 

In cerebral congestion the preparations of colocynth are used as 
derivative purgatives. Hypochondriasis and melancholia, w T hen asso- 
ciated with torpor of the large intestines and fecal accumulations, are 
benefited by brisk purging with the colocynth preparations, but other 
drastic purgatives are equally efficient. 

Colocynth is inadmissible in inflammatory states of the intestinal 
canal, and is unsafe during the existence of pregnancy. There is a 
popular notion, which has led to its use in toxic doses, that colocynth 
may cause abortion. Any quantity which will affect the gravid womb 
must be sufficient to endanger life. 

Podophyllum. — May-apple. The rhizoma of podophyllum peltatum, 

JResina Podophylli. — JResin of podophyllum. Dose, gr. \ — gr. j. 

JExtractum Podophylli. — Extract of podophyllum. Dose, grs. v 
— grs. x. 

Composition. — The medicinal qualities of podophyllum are due to 
a resin, or to two resinous substances, one soluble in alcohol and ether, 
and the other soluble in alcohol only. Both possess purgative proper- 
ties. May-apple-root contains the alkaloid berberina, which, however, 
is not peculiar to podophyllum, being found in berberis, hydrastis, and 
other plants. 

Resina podophylli is the preparation entitled " podophylline " by the 
eclectic practitioners. 

Actions and Uses. — The taste of podophyllum is bitter, with an 
after-sense of acridity. It increases the intestinal secretions and is 
actively cathartic, producing copious and rather watery stools. Its action 
is similar to, but considerably slower than, that of jalap. From six to ten 
hours elapse after its administration before cathartic effects are expe- 



CATHARTICS. 471 

riencetl. Taken by itself it is apt to cause nausea and griping', but in 
combination with other cathartics, or with belladonna or hyoscyamus, it 
operates pleasantly as well as efficiently. The Edinburgh committee, 
Dr. Bennett, chairman, ascertained, as they supposed, that the resin of 
podophyllum has no cholagogue action, but the more recent as well as 
the more accurately conducted experiments of Rutherford and Vignal 
have apparently demonstrated that it decidedly increases the flow of 
bile, corresponding in this particular to the other resinous cathartics. 

Podophyllum-resin is the most generally useful cathartic in cases of 
constipation, in which the secretions of the glandular apparatus of the 
intestinal canal, and of the liver, are deficient. Habitual constipation, 
due to torpor of the muscular layer of the bowel, may, it is said, be re- 
moved by the nightly use of a small dose of the resin combined with 
belladonna. 1}. Resina? podophylli, grs. vj ; ext. belladonna?, ext. phy- 
sostigmatis, aa grs. iij. M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill each night. 
It is especially in congestion of the portal circulation, in catarrhal and 
malarial jaundice, and in ascites, that podophyllum-resin acts most 
efficiently and serviceabl}-. Hemorrhoids that bleed in consequence 
of stasis in the portal circulation, and that are of recent formation, may 
sometimes be cured by a brisk podophyllum cathartic. 

The clinical experience which had shown that the resin of podo- 
phyllum possessed cholagogue powers, long before the experimental 
inquiry was instituted to settle the question, led also to a wide gener- 
alization in the therapeutical uses of this agent. Acting on the liver, 
it was assumed that, in a manner similar to mercury, it must also possess 
similar " alterative " powers. It came to be used as the " vegetable 
calomel," in the diseases in the treatment of which mercury was sup- 
posed to be essential. It need hardly be asserted that these specula- 
tions have no basis, and that podophyllum possesses no property in 
common with mercury except its pow'er to purge. 

Leptaildra. — Leptandra. "The root of leptandra Virginica." 

There is no officinal preparation. A fluid extract is found in the 
shops, which may be given in the dose of twenty minims to a drachm. 
LepAandrine, so called by the eclectics, is an impure resin obtained by 
precipitation from the tincture by the addition of water. The dose of 
this preparation is two to four grains. 

Composition. — A crystallizable principle has been obtained from 
the root — leptandria (?). It contains also a resin which, in the impure 
form at present found in commerce, has a distinctly purgative quality. 

Actions and Uses. — Leptandra is an active cathartic in the recent 
state. In the form of the fluid extract* or of the so-called leptandrine, 
it acts mildly, causing somewhat liquid and apparently bilious stools. 
It is held to be cholagogue, and, according to the rules of analogy, this 
claim may be well founded, for other cathartics containing resin, as the 



472 EVACUANTS. 

experiments of Rutherford and Vignal have shown, possess the power 
to increase the flow of bile. 

It is applicable to cases of disease of the intestinal canal, attended 
by constipation, in which the biliary and intestinal secretions are insuf- 
ficient. 

Iris Versicolor. — Blue flag. " The rhizoma of iris versicolor." 

There are no officinal preparations of this drug. A fluid extract is 
prepared, the dose of which is from twenty minims to a drachm. The 
so-called iridine, an impure oleo-resin, is given in the dose of one grain 
to five. 

Actions and Uses. — Iris versicolor has a bitter, nauseous, and rather 
acrid taste. It is apt to cause severe nausea. The fresh root has ac- 
tively purgative and diuretic qualities, but these are impaired by age. 
The fluid extract and the " iridin " are laxative, and are supposed to 
have cholagogue powers. 

The oleo-resin is prescribed in hepatic and intestinal disorders, and 
in dropsy. There is much evidence tending to show that this remedy 
is really serviceable when the stools are clay-colored, and the skin jaun- 
diced, in consequence of duodenal catarrh and obstruction of the biliary 
ducts. It is said that malarial jaundice may be cured by this drug, 
and that in bilious remittent fever and in chronic malarial poisoning 
it exerts a favorable influence. 

EuonymuS. — Wahoo. " The bark of euonymus atropurpureus." 

There are no preparations recognized by the United States Phar- 
macopoeia. A fluid extract is prepared for sale, the dose of which is 
twenty minims to a drachm. The eclectic preparation (euonymin) 
consists of the resin and fixed oil, and is prescribed in the dose of a 
half-grain to five grains. 

Composition. — An uncrystallizable and intensely bitter principle has 
been isolated (euonymine). It contains also a crystallizable, a yellow 
and a brown resin, fixed oil, etc. 

Actions and Uses. — Euonymus possesses cathartic properties simi- 
lar to rhubarb, and is an excellent remedy in hepatic and intestinal 
disorders requiring the use of such a remedy. The eclectic preparation 
(euonymin) is a convenient form in which to procure the cathartic 
action of euonymus. 

HYDRAGOGUE CATHARTICS. 

Gambogia. — Gamboge. Gumme gutte, Fr. ; Gummigutt, Ger. A 
gum-resin obtained from the garcinia morella (F. and H.). Dose, gr. j 
— grs. v. 

The only officinal preparation is the compound cathartic pill, of 
which gamboge constitutes about a tenth part. 



CATHARTICS. 473 

Composition. — Gamboge is a mixture of resin and gum, the latter 
constituting from fifteen to twenty per cent. 

Actions and Uses. — Gamboge has no taste at first, but, when 
chewed, an acrid sensation is developed in the mouth. It is irritant to 
the gastro-intestinal canal, increases secretion of the glands, excites 
vomiting and intestinal pain, and purges violently, producing copious 
watery stools. The experiments of Rutherford and Vignal show that 
gamboge is not an hepatic stimulant, but does cause hydrocatharsis. 
Violent gastro-enteritis is set up by large doses, yet but few fatal cases 
have been reported. As vomiting soon follows the ingestion of a large 
dose, this fact may explain the rarity of a fatal result due to its ad- 
ministration. 

Gamboge is rarely prescribed alone as a cathartic, owing to the vio- 
lence and harshness of its operation. Combination with other cathar- 
tics, as in the compound cathartic pill, greatly modifies its action. As 
it is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, it is given with advantage in 
dropsy, when hydrocatharsis is indicated. It is best administered in 
small doses, at short intervals, rubbed up with sugar or made into a 
pill with soap. Besides its purgative properties, gamboge is decidedly 
diuretic. In order to obtain its diuretic effects it must be given in 
small doses, at short intervals, and vomiting must be avoided. Admin- 
istered in solution with an alkaline diuretic, its efficiency is much in- 
creased. Gamboge has also been used as an anthelmintic, but it has no 
powers in this respect not possessed by other drastic purgatives. 

Oleum Tiglii. — Croton-oil. " The fixed oil obtained from the seeds 
of croton tiglium." Huile de Croton, Fr. ; Crotonbl, Ger. Dose, gt. j 
— gtt. ij. 

Composition. — It contains glycerides of the fatty acid series — 
stearic, palmitic, myristic, and lauric acids — and the more volatile acids 
acetic, butyric, and valerianic (Fluckiger and Hanbury, Husemann). 
Genther and Frohlic have discovered a peculiar volatile acid to which 
they have applied the name tiglinic acid. By the same chemists the 
so-called crotonic acid is held to be an artificial product. Schlippe has 
asserted the discovery of the vesicating principle of croton-oil, but other 
chemists have failed to find this substance, to which he has assigned 
the name crotonol. The purgative principle of the oil appears to exist 
in all parts of the croton tiglium, but it has not yet been isolated. 

Actions and Uses. — Croton-oil is a transparent or semitransparent 
viscid liquid, amber-colored, and having a rather rancid smell, and an 
oilv, acrid taste. Applied by friction to the skin it excites inflamma- 
tion, and causes an eruption which is at first papular, witli rounded 
summits, and afterward becoming pustular. The eruption is sometimes 
umbilicated, but is generally rounded. An areola surrounds the pus- 
tules, and there are considerable heat and burning in the part. The 



474 EVACUANTS. 

eruption appears in a few hours after the frictions have been practised, 
reaches its maximum in about four days, and then declines by abortion 
of the pustules and by scabbing. In many subjects permanent, small 
white cicatrices mark the site of the eruption. All subjects are not 
equally susceptible to the vesicating action of croton-oil. 

The mucous membrane is violently attacked by croton-oil. In the 
fauces it causes an intensely acrid sensation, and increases the flow of 
saliva. A sense of heat, pain, and nausea, are produced when the oil 
is received into the stomach, tormina soon follows, and in an hour or 
two watery stools are passed with some burning and irritation about 
the anus. The action of the oil continues during the succeeding twelve 
to twenty-four hours, numerous fluid dejections are passed, and con- 
siderable debility is the result. When large doses are taken, if not 
rejected promptly by vomiting, violent hypercatharsis occurs, with 
great prostration and collapse. Fortunately, when an overdose is 
swallowed, vomiting quickly ensues, and hence very large quantities 
have been taken without producing a fatal result. The lesions caused 
by croton-oil are those of gastro-enteritis, but fatal cases have occurred, 
with all the objective phenomena of choleraic collapse, without any 
evidences of local inflammation. 

As croton-oil is still purgative after being deprived of its acrid prin- 
ciple by washing with alcohol, it has been held that the oil becomes 
cathartic only by the action of the alkaline juices of the duodenum. 
Numerous instances have been reported, and some have fallen under 
the author's observation, in which croton-oil applied to the integument 
has produced diarrhoea. - It must, therefore, act by absorption into the 
blood. In some cases, without causing purging, croton-oil affects the 
nervous system in a peculiar manner. Thus restlessness, palpitation of 
the heart, headache, giddiness, confusion of ideas, etc., have occurred 
under these circumstances (Husemann). 

Rohrig found that croton-oil stimulated the hepatic function, and in- 
creased the flow of bile. Radziejewski found peptones, bile, glycogen, 
leucine, and tyrosine, in the stools. Rutherford and Vignal have since 
shown that croton-oil, although it causes great vascular dilatation of the 
vessels of the intestinal mucous membrane, cannot be regarded as a 
cholagogue. 

The principal effect of croton-oil, for which it is administered in 
medical practice, is that of &hydragogue cathartic. It is, therefore, used 
in dropsies when it is desired to procure free watery evacuations. It is 
inadmissible when there is much debility, or when an irritable or inflam- 
matory state of the intestinal mucous membrane exists. 

Notwithstanding its great activity, croton-oil is an easily-managed 
cathartic for ordinary purposes. It is the most efficient purgative when 
there is simple impaction, without inflammatory symptoms. The con- 
stipation from lead may be overcome by it, when less powerful purga- 



CATHARTICS. 475 

tivcs will fail. It is the most appropriate of cathartics, when these 
agents are indicated as revulsives in cerebral congestion. Croton-oil, by 
increasing the vascular dilatation in the intestines, lowers the intra- 
cranial blood-pressure. Per contra, it is harmful when a state of cere- 
bral anaemia exists. 

Croton-oil has been used successfully against taenia, but it has no 
special vermifuge property. 

The smallness of the dose required renders croton-oil a very useful 
purgative in the maladies of children and of the insane. When the 
patient is unable to swallow from insensibility or paralysis, a drop or 
two placed on the tongue will act efficiently. It may be given to chil- 
dren, rubbed up with sugar of milk. As washing with alcohol removes 
the acridity, and does not impair the purgative property, a preparation 
so treated will be best for administration to children. The unpleasant 
effects of this remedy may be much modified by cembination with other 
cathartics: $. 01. tiglii, gtt. iij; ext. colocynth. comp., 3 j ; ext. bella- 
donnae, grs. iij. M. ft. pil. no. vj. One of these will usually act effi- 
ciently. The following is the formula of Dr. Francis's " triplex pills : " 
3. Aloes Socot., scammonii, pil. hydrargyri, aa 3 j; ol. tiglii, m. xx ; 
ol. carui, m. xc ; elix. proprietatis, q. s. M. ft. pil. no. 400. Dose, as 
a laxative, one at bedtime. 

Elaterium. — Elaterium. " A substance deposited by the juice of the 
fruit of momordica elaterium, ecbalium agreste." Concombre purgatif, 
Fr. ; Spring gurke, Ger. Dcse, gr. -^ — gr. \. 

Composition. — The important constituent of elaterium is elaterine. 
This principle crystallizes in hexagonal plates or prisms. In taste it is 
acrid and bitter. 

Elaterine. — Dose, gr. -^ in pill. 

Actions and Uses. — Elaterium excites an abundant flow of saliva, 
and a persistent bitter taste is experienced in the fauces some time 
after it is swallowed. Nausea and vomiting, profuse, watery stools, 
and great weakness and prostration are produced by a considerable dose 
of elaterium. The vomited matters and stools have an appearance and 
composition similar to the "rice-water" discharges of cholera. On 
animals elaterium acts somewhat differently. Without causing purging 
it affects the nervous system, producing irregular respiration, hebetude, 
convulsions, and death (KcUiler). The gastro-intestinal action is doubt- 
less local, and the result of the immediate impression made by the agent 
in its passage down the intestinal canal. According to Kohler, the 
presence of bile is necessary to the action of elaterium. 

The chief use of elaterium is to procure free watery evacuations in 
ascites, general dropsy, uraemia, and to act as a revulsive in cerebral 
disorders. It must be used with caution in debilitated subjects. Gas- 
tro-intestinal irritation, or inflammation, contraindicates its use. The 



476 EYACUANTS. 

depression which its operation induces must be counteracted by stimu- 
lants and proper aliment. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. Report on the Physiological Action of Podophyllin. The Medical 
Times and Gazette, vol. L, 1863. 

Barker, Dr. Fordyce. The Puerperal Diseases, p. 34. 

Brunton, Dr. T. Lauder. On the Action of Purgative Medicines. The Practitioner, 
May, 18*74. 

Fltjckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia. Various articles. 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Theo. Die PJianzenstoffe. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch der gesammten Arzneimittellehre, zweiter Band. 

Kohler, Dr. H. Der Fruchtsaft vpn Momordica Elaterium in historischer, chemi- 
scker und physiologischer Hinsicht. Virchow's Archiv, Band xlix., p. 434, L, p. 273. 

Moreau, Armand, Dr. Archives Generales de Med., vol. xvi., p. 234, sixth series. 

Percy, Dr. S. K. The American Medical Times, vol. iv. 

Badziejewski, Dr. S. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. cxlvii., p. 20. Zur physiolog. Wir- 
Jcung der Abfuhrmittel. 

Butherford and Vignal. Experiments on the Biliary Secretion of the Dog. Tlie 
British Medical Journal, November, 1875. 

Thiry, Dr. L. SchmidVs Jahrbucher, vol. cxxviii., p. 17. 

Vulpian, Prof. A. Bulletin General de Therap., vol. lxxxiv., p. 522. 

Enemata. — An enema is a rectal injection. The capacity of the 
rectum, it need hardly be stated, varies with the age of the individual. 
For an infant, half an ounce to an ounce ; for a child of two to five 
years, two to six ounces ; for five to fifteen years, six ounces to a pint ; 
for an adult, a pint to a quart of fluid may be considered as an ap- 
proximation to the capacity of the rectum at these ages respectively. 
Habitual use of injections no doubt increases the tolerance, as also the 
capacity of the rectum. 

Injections may consist of water — cold, tepid, warm, or hot; of medi- 
cated solutions — emollient, anodyne, laxative, cathartic, or anthelmintic. 
Under this head are to be considered only enemata administered with 
the view to cause an evacuation from the intestinal canal. 

Enemata act either by a reflex irritation or by absorption. When a 
cold injection is thrown into the rectum, or this organ is distended, an 
action is set up for the expulsion of the offending substance, and the 
muscular fibre of the bowel more or less vigorously contracts according 
to its functional condition. The quantity, as well as the temperature 
of the fluid injected, must therefore be taken into consideration, when 
it is proposed to empty the bowels by a merely reflex irritation. On 
the other hand, when it is the intention to procure the absorption of 
the medicated fluid, the quantity injected must be relatively small, and 
its temperature should as nearly as possible be that of the rectum. In 
order to secure absorption, it is necessary also to regard the laws of 
osmosis. As the secretions of the rectum are alkaline, it is obvious 
that acidulated solutions will diffuse into the rectal veins with the 



CATHARTICS. 477 

greatest facility. It is doubtful whether colloidal substances of them- 
selves are taken up in the rectum. {See Nutrient Exemata, p. 42.) 

Irrigation of the intestines, or forced injections of a large quantity 
of water, is a modern expedient of great practical utility. The appa- 
ratus required for the performance of this operation consists of a rectal 
tube, a flexible rubber pipe three or four feet in length, and a funnel- 
shaped vessel to contain the fluid to be injected. The decubitus on either 
side, the hips being elevated, may be sufficient; but, to insure gravita- 
tion of the fluid to the ileo-caecal valve, the female patient should be 
placed in Sims's position, and the male patient on his hands and knees. 
The rectal tube should be inserted, and passed up to the sigmoid flex- 
ure ; the flexible tube should then be attached. The height to which 
the reservoir is raised will regulate the hydrostatic pressure, and the 
flow of fluid through the flexible tube can be lessened or increased at 
the pleasure of the operator b} 7 compression with the fingers. 

In administering rectal injections the utmost gentleness is requisite, 
especially when a large amount of fluid is to be introduced. Rude 
thrusting of the pipe into the rectum may injure the mucous membrane, 
and rapid and forcible dilatation of the bowel will excite an imperious 
desire to go to stool. Too great pressure, in the process of irrigation, 
may cause a rupture of the intestine, especially if its coats are softened 
by disease or penetrated- by ulceration. It is possible that sudden and 
forcible distention of the bowel may produce dangerous cardiac syncope 
in susceptible subjects. 

The experiments on the cadaver have demonstrated that, although 
the large intestine may be filled with water, no fluid can be made to 
pass the ileo-caecal valve. Notwithstanding these experiments, it has 
been claimed that in the living subject, by the irrigation method, water 
can be forced through the whole length of the intestine. If these ob- 
servations are correct, it is probable that a pathological state of the 
ileo-ca?cal valve must have existed. 

Forms of Exemata. — Enema Aloes. — 1^. Aloes, 3ij; potassii car- 
bonat., grs. xv ; mucil. am}~li vel decoct, hordei, | x. (B. P.) 

JSnema Magnesii Sulphatis. — 1^,. Magnesii sulphat., 3J; ol. olivse, 
3 j ; mucil. amyli vel decoct, hordei, § xv. Dissolve the sulphate of 
magnesia in the mucilage, then add the oil. (B. P.) 

Enema Terebinth tin a-. — IjL 01. terebinthinae, |j; mucil. amyli vel 
decoct, hordei, 3 xv. (B. P.) 

Enema 01. Ricini et Terebinthinae. — r^. 01. terebinthini, 3 ss ; ol. 
ricini, 3 iss ; ovi, j ; decoct, hordei vel aq. fervid., 3 xiv. 

A common domestic enema consists of soap-suds, made somewhat 
more stimulating to the rectum by the addition of common salt. 

Therapy. — A pint of cold water is a good enema for cases of 
habitual constipation, especially when there are haemorrhoids which 
bleed with every motion. The enema of aloes, in quantity correspond- 



478 EVACUANTS. 

ing to the age of the subject, is an efficient remedy for the destruction 
of ascarides vermiculares. 

The purgative enemata above given are employed to act on the large 
intestine, chiefly by virtue of reflex stimulation, but, in part, absorption 
of the purgative principle takes place, whence it follows that they may 
affect the whole canal. They are used, therefore, as cathartics, and for 
the ordinary purposes of these remedies. The purgative enemata are 
not suitable for habitual use. They excite irritation of the rectum, 
which may result in ulceration, ischio-rectal abscess, fistula in ano, fis- 
sure of the anus, and other serious accidents. 

Irrigation of the bowel is resorted to for the removal of impacted 
fosces, to overcome intussusception, etc. 

Cases of intestinal invagination have been very quickly relieved by 
sudden inflation of the large intestine with carbonic acid. The process 
consists in the injection of a solution of sodium bicarbonate, followed 
by a solution of tartaric acid — about one drachm of each to eight 
ounces of water. The escape of the gas through the sphincter ani must 
be prevented by forcible pressure upon the anus. 

Suppositoria Aloes. — (Aloes and cacao-butter.) Each suppository 
contains about five grains of purified aloes. One of these, introduced 
into the rectum at night, will generally procure one or two evacuations 
on the following day. It is not good practice to employ such a method 
of treatment frequently. 

A piece of hard white soap cut into a conical shape, and of a suit- 
able size, is frequently used in domestic practice to' relieve the consti- 
pation of infants. The soap suppository thus prepared is carefully 
introduced into the rectum. The habit of a daily evacuation may be 
thus induced. A piece of paper rolled into a conical shape, and dipped 
into oil, may be used instead of the soap suppository. 



ANTHELMINTICS. 

Anthelmiistics are remedial agents used to cause the expulsion of 
parasites from the intestinal canal. Vermifuges are remedies which 
expel worms ; vermicides are remedies which kill as well as expel 
worms. Some of these agents act mechanically, as mucuna and pow- 
dered tin ; others are administered in such quantity as to sicken and 
disable the worms, when their expulsion is easily effected : for example, 
pumpkin-seed emulsion ; others again possess narcotic and toxic prop- 
erties, as turpentine, chenopodium, santonine, etc. 

Anthelmintics are conveniently divided into those employed against 
ascarides vermiculares, those employed against ascarides lumbricoides, 
and those employed against the different varieties of taenia. 



ANTHELMINTICS. 479 

Ascarides vermiculares infest the rectum and large intestine, ex- 
tending 1 up occasionally as high as the ileo-cascal valve ; in females, 
they may also spread into the vagina. As they deposit their ova in 
the folds of the anus, and in the vagina, it is obvious that the parasiti- 
cide, to be effective, must be apijlied in these situations. 

Infusion of quassia, decoction of aloes, and a weak solution of car- 
bolic acid, are the most frequently -prescribed remedies for the destruc- 
tion of ascarides. If carbolic acid is used, the strength of the injection 
for children should not exceed twenty grains to the pint. Infusion of 
quassia is at the same time safe and effective ; but, when this injection 
is used, a solution of carbolic acid should be applied also, by means of 
a sponge, to the folds of the anus, and, in the case of female children, 
to the external genitals. If the ascarides extend up into the large intes- 
tine beyond the sigmoid flexure, a dose of santonine and calomel should 
precede the use of the rectal parasiticide. 

REMEDIES USED FOR THE EXPULSION OF ASCARIDES LUMBRICOIDES. 

Mucuiia. — Cowhage. The hairs of the pods of mucuna pruriens. 
(United States Pharmacopoeia secondary list.) This remedy is now 
rarely if ever used. It is administered in the form of electuary, mixed 
with molasses. A teaspoonful or more of the mixture should be ad- 
ministered fasting, and after the action of a cathartic. "When several 
doses have been taken a brisk purgative should be given. 

When cowhage is applied to the skin it excites intense itching, in- 
flammation in the skin, and pustulation. It has been proposed as a 
counter-irritant, but a more disagreeable one could hardly be conceived. 
It is very irritant to the intestinal mucous membrane, as it is to the skin, 
and an action is speedily set up for its expulsion. When by the use 
of a purgative, and by reason of fasting*, intestinal worms are uncovered 
and exposed to attack, it is held that the mucuna-hairs pierce the para- 
sites and irritate them, so that their stay in the intestine is rendered 
intolerable. In consequence of the active peristaltic movements in- 
duced by the cowhage, and by the purgative with which it is followed, 
the worms are hurried out with the remaining contents, if any, of the 
intestines. 

Santoilica. — Santonica. The unexpanded flowers of artemisia cina. 
Semencine, Fr. ; Wurmsamen, Ger. 

Composition. — Resin, malic acid, essential oil, and a crystallizable 
principle {santonine). 

Santoninum. — Santonine. " A colorless substance crystallizing in 
shining, flattened prisms, without smell, and nearly tasteless when first 
put into the mouth, and afterward bitter. It is not altered by the air, 
but becomes yellow on exposure to light. Nearly insoluble in cold 






480 EYACUANTS. 

water, it is dissolved by two hundred and fifty parts of boiling water. 
It is soluble in forty-three parts of cold, or in three parts of boiling 
alcohol, and in seventy-five parts of ether." Dose, gr. ss — grs. v, ac- 
cording to age. 

Trochisi Santonini. — Troches of santonine. (Santonine, § ss ; with 
sugar, tragacanth, orange-flower water, to form four hundred and eighty 
troches.) Each troche contains a half-grain of santonine. 

Antagojhsts and Incompattbles. — We do not possess any satis- 
factory data in regard to the physiological antagonists of santonine. 
When a poisonous dose has been taken the stomach should be emptied, 
and the systemic effects should be treated symptomatically. 

Synergists. — Therapeutically the action of santonine is aided by 
cathartics, especially by calomel. 

Physiological Actions. — In ordinary medicinal doses as used for 
the expulsion of lumbrici, santonine causes no sensible intestinal dis- 
turbance. In considerable doses nausea and vomiting are produced, and 
are followed by colic and diarrhoea. Santonine enters the blood, prob- 
ably, in combination with soda, for, although it has no acid properties, 
it has the power to form such combinations. Santonine, according to 
Hesse (Fluckiger and Hanbury), is the anhydride of a crystallizable 
acid, which, when heated, is resolved into santonine and water. Vision 
is affected in a remarkable manner. Usually all objects appear as if 
viewed through yellow glass ; but other colors sometimes appear, as 
green, blue, or even red (Gelbsehen, Rose). The chromatopsia is prob- 
ably due, according to Rose, to the solution of santonine in the alkaline 
serum, and its action on the perceptive centres (vol. xviii., page 26). 
In passing out with the urine santonine imparts a yellowish, and, when 
the amount is large, a reddish-purple, hue to this fluid. 

In toxic doses santonine produces very decided cerebral effects : 
trembling, vertigo, convulsive movements, tetanoid cramps, stupor, 
cold sweats, dilated pupils, insensibility, etc. 

Therapy. — Cures of amaurosis have been reported from the use 
of santonine, but we possess no exact indications for its administration. 
It is, probably, effective only in functional derangement. The chief use 
of this remedy is for the expulsion of ascarides lumbricoides. It is the 
most effective and pleasant remedy which can be employed for this pur- 
pose. A convenient form for administration is the troche, or it may be 
prescribed in a powder with calomel. The following is a successful 
plan of using this parasiticide : A laxative in the morning, fasting 
through the day, a dose of santonine and calomel at bedtime, a senna- 
draught on the following morning. 

Authorities referred to : 

Brown, Dr. Dyce. Schmidt's Jahrbilcher, vol. cl., p. 138. 
Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia, p. 347. 



ANTHELMINTICS. 481 

Hermann, Dr. L. Lehrbuch der exper. Toxilologie, p. 383. 
Hi skmann, Dks. Aug. uni) Tiieod. Die Planzenstoffe, p. 927. 
KiiiiLKR, Du. Hermann. Handbuch, vol. ii., p. 1292. 
ROSE, E. Virchow's Archiv, vols, xvi., xviii., xix., xx., xxviii. 

Spigelia. — Pink-root. The root of spigelia Marilandica. 
Extractum Spigelian Fhddum. — Fluid extract of spigelia. Dose, 

3 j— 3 ss - 

Extractum Sennce et Spigelice Fluidum. — Fluid extract of spigelia 
and senna. Dose, 3 ij — ? j. 

Infusum Spigelice. — Infusion of spigelia. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — A bitter, uncrystallizable principle (spigeline?), vol- 
atile oil, tannic and gallic acid. 

Actions and Uses. — In moderate doses spigelia produces a sensa- 
tion of warmth at the epigastrium, stimulates the intestinal movements, 
accelerates the action of the heart, and promotes the cutaneous trans- 
piration. In large doses it produces cerebral effects, vertigo, dimness 
of vision, dilated pupils, convulsions, and insensibility. Many of the 
serious symptoms supposed to have been produced by it in certain 
cases, were probably really due to preexisting cerebral lesions. Cases 
of basilar meningitis, for example, have not unfrequently been con- 
founded with " worm-fever." Any vermifuge, given under these cir- 
cumstances, might seem to have caused the head-symptoms which are 
characteristic of the brain-lesions. 

Spigelia is used only as a vermifuge, and against the round worm. 
A low diet and a brisk cathartic should precede the use of this rem- 
edy. The best form for administration is the fluid extract of senna 
and spigelia. 

Authorities referred to : 

Porcher, Dr. F. P. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. 
Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medlca. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 

Chenopodium. — Worm-seed. The fruit of chenopodium anthel- 
minticum. 

Oleum Chenopodii. — Oil of worm-seed. Dose, gtt. v — git. xv. 

Actions and Uses. — The oil of worm-seed is the only preparation 
of the plant now used, and this is rarely employed, in consequence of 
its very disagreeable and characteristic odor and taste. It excites a 
sensation of warmth at the epigastrium, increases the action of the 
heart, and promotes cutaneous, bronchial, and renal secretions. It is a 
diffusible stimulant, and as such may be given with advantage in hys- 
teria and chorea, as a carminative in flatulence, and as an antiperiodic 
in intcrmittents. The only use of worm-seed is as a remedy for as- 
carides lumbricoides. It is one of the most efficient of the class. It 
32 



482 EVACUANTS. 

should be given three times a day for two days, and followed by a brisk 
cathartic. An excellent combination for the expulsion of the round 
worm is ten drops of worm-seed oil, and a teaspoonful of fluid extract 
of senna and spigelia. It may also be administered in castor-oil. 

KEMEDIES USED AGAINST MNLE 

The success of tasniafuges depends largely upon the preliminary 
treatment. The parasite is imbedded in mucus, its hooklets fixed in 
the mucous membrane. The medicament which is administered for its 
expulsion must come in contact with the scolex. To dislodge a quan- 
tity, however large, of the segments (strobila), although temporal re- 
lief may follow, will not be permanently curative. The head of the 
parasite must be expelled. 

Before using the taeniafuge the contents of the intestinal canal must 
be thoroughly evacuated. 

Two days of fasting, some milk and bread only being taken, must 
precede the treatment. 

Filix Mas. — Male fern. "The rhizome, covered with portions of 
the stipes, of aspidium filix mas." Foughre male, Fr. ; Wurmfarn- 
wurzel, Ger. 

Oleoresina Filicis. — Oleo-resin of fern. Dose, m. xv — 3 j. 

Composition. — A green, fatty oil, volatile oil, resin, tannin, etc. 
The ethereal extract deposits a granular, crystalline substance {fili- 
cic acid), on which the medicinal activity of the drug appears to 
depend. 

Actions and Uses. — The oleo-resin of filix mas is a very efficient 
remedy for tape-worm, especially the unarmed variety ; but, if suitable 
precautions be taken to insure success, it is quite a certain remedy for 
the armed taenia. The method of Trousseau and Pidoux is as efficient 
as any (vol. xi., page 1040). On the first day, a strictly milk diet; on 
the morning of the second day, four grammes (about 3 j) of the oleo- 
resin, in four doses, with an interval of a quarter of an hour between 
each; on the third day, the same quantity at the same intervals, fol- 
lowed by fifty grammes of the sirup of ether, and, a half-hour later, an 
emulsion containing three drops of croton-oil. Kuchenmeister gives 
a number of methods, and Cobbold favors the employment of male fern 
in certain cases. 

Granati FructllS Cortex. — " The rind of the fruit of punica' grana- 
tin." 

Granati Hadicis Cortex. — The bark of the root of punica granatum. 
Fcorce de racine de grenadier, Fr. ; Granatwurzelrinde, Ger. 

Composition. — Pomegranate-bark contains a large quantity of a 



ANTHELMINTICS. 483 

peculiar tannic acid (jnuiico-tannic acid). There is no constituent 
which serves to explain its activity as a taeniafuge. 

Actions and Uses. — The rind of the fresh root only should be used. 
The best preparation is the decoction, prepared by boiling gently two 
ounces of the bark in a quart of water down to a pint. Of this decoc- 
tion a wineglassful may be given every hour until all is taken. It 
should be preceded by a brisk purgative, and should be taken fasting. 
It produces more or less nausea, borborygmi, intestinal pain, and usu- 
ally purges. If a purgative effect is not caused by it, a brisk cathartic 
should follow. In the author's experience, this is a very certain and 
efficient taeniafuge. 

Brayera. — Kousso. " The flowers and unripe fruit of brayera an- 
thelmintica." Brayhre anthelminthique, Fr. ; ICussobliithen, Ger. 

Composition. — Brayera contains an active principle (Jcosine, or Jcous- 
sine), which crystallizes in rhombic prisms. Kosine appears to be inert 
of itself, and is active only when combined with the other constituents 
of the drug. 

Actions and Uses. — Kousso is used solely as an anthelmintic. 
Opinions vary as to its utility. On the whole, it ma}'' be said that the 
first enthusiasm which attended its introduction into practice has died 
away. It brings the segments, but rarely expels the head of the para- 
site. It is necessary to take it in large quantity— a half an ounce — 
mixed with water. It is retained with difficulty, and produces much 
intestinal distress. When successful, the worm is brought away with- 
out the action of a purgative. 

Rottlera. — Kameela. "The glandular powder and hairs obtained 
from the capsules of rottlera tinetoria." Dose, 3 j — 3 iij. 

There are no officinal preparations. A saturated tincture may be 
given, in the dose of one to three drachms. 

Actions and Uses. — It is an orange-powder. It causes some nausea 
and griping, usually, but it may operate without producing any un- 
pleasant sensations. It acts as a purgative, and causes the expulsion 
of the worm. If one dose is insufficient, its administration should be 
continued every three hours until five or six doses have been taken. 
Kameela is effective not only against tapeworm, but also against lum- 
brici and ascarides vermiculares. 

Pepo. — Pumpkin-seed. " The seed of cucurbit o pepo." 
Actions and Uses. — This is one of the most efficient remedies which 
we possess against taenia. Two ounces of* the fresh seed are pounded 
in a mortar, with a half-pint of water, until the husks are loosened and 
an emulsion is made. The mixture is then strained, and the whole 
amount is taken fasting. If an action of the bowels does not take place 



484 EVACUANTS. 

in two hours, the emulsion should be followed by castor-oil. If success 
is not attained, the dose may be repeated each morning until the para- 
site is produced. Numerous cases of successful use of pumpkin-seed 
emulsion have been reported. 

The expressed oil, which is bland and unirritating like almond-oil, 
may be used as a substitute for the seeds. It should be given in the. 
dose of a half-ounce, two or more times, and after several hours fol- 
lowed by castor-oil. The rules already given, in regard to preliminary 
treatment, should also be followed. 

Authorities referred to : 

Cobbold, T. Spencer. On Parasites. Also various articles in The Medical Times and 
Gazette, 1875. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch, op. cit., erster Band, p. 202. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch der physiologische Therapeutik, zweiter Band, 
p. 1292. 

Ktjchenmeister, Dr. Frederick. On Animal and Vegetable Parasites, Sydenham So- 
ciety, vol. i., p. 147, et seq. 

Stille, Dr. Alfred. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii. 



JJRINO-GENITAL REMEDIES. 

These remedies are employed chiefly for their action on the genito- 
urinary passages. They stimulate the kidneys to increased activity, 
and excite the functions of the pelvic viscera. In excessive quantity, 
or long continued, they may set up inflammation of the kidney, pro- 
duce strangury and bloody urine, excite uterine contractions, and stimu- 
late to an unnatural degree the sexual propensities. They contain an 
essential oil, or principle, which makes its exit by the urinary passages 
and excites local irritation by direct contact. 

Oleum Terebinthinae. — Oil of turpentine. " The volatile oil distilled 
from the turpentine of -pinus palustris, and of other species of pinus." 
Essence de terebinthine, Fr. ; Terpenthinol^ Ger. Dose, m. v — § ss. 

Linimentum TereMnthince. — Liniment of turpentine. (Resin cerate, 
§ xij ; oil of turpentine, Oss.) 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — All remedies increasing waste, 
and the vaso-motor depressants, counterbalance the therapeutical ac- 
tions of turpentine, In cases of poisoning the stomach should be 
promptly emptied, and anodynes and demulcents should be adminis- 
tered. Elimination should be favored, and the toxic symptoms treated 
according to the systemic indications. Ozonized oil of turpentine is 
an antidote to phosphorus, preventing the formation of phosphoric acid 
and converting the poison into an insoluble spermaceti-like substance. 
Turpentine worn in a vial about the neck prevents necrosis of the jaw, 



URIXO-GEXITALS. 4g,3 

and steatosis of organs, in workmen engaged in manufactures employ- 
ing phosphorus. 

Synergists. — The diffusible and alcoholic stimulants favor the action 
of turpentine. 

Physiological Actions. — Turpentine-oil is a limpid, colorless fluid, 
having a strong, peculiar, and diffusive odor, and a hot and pungent 
taste. It is very slightly soluble in water. The oil exposed to the air 
absorbs oxygen (ozone), which it retains with great tenacity. Applied 
to the skin turpentine causes heat, redness followed by a vesicular 
eruption, and sometimes by intractable ulcerations. A few drops pro- 
duce a sense of heat at the epigastrium, and a large dose (medicinal) 
causes intense burning pain, nausea, eructations of the oil, intestinal 
irritation and purging (usually). Notwithstanding its slight solubility 
in water, turpentine diffuses into the blood w T ith facility, and is quickly 
recognized in the breath, sweat, and urine. The action of the heart and 
arteries is increased b}' it, the arterial tension rises, and a general sense 
of warmth and exhilaration is experienced. In large doses (one or two 
ounces) vomiting, thirst, and a febrile state, are induced ; the muscular 
strength is diminished, the power of coordination is impaired ; exhilara- 
tion of mind, incoherence of ideas, and rambling insensibility, follow. 
In toxic doses there are complete muscular relaxation and profound in- 
sensibility with abolition of all reflex movements ; the face is flushed 
or cyanosed, the pupils usually dilated, and the breathing labored and 
stertorous. All the organs by which turpentine is eliminated, espe- 
cially the kidneys, suffer from extreme ; rritation when large doses have 
been swallowed. The skin is usually moist, and exhales a turpentine 
odor ; the bronchial secretion is increased, and convulsive coughing is 
induced; the urine is scanty and bloody, and there is violent strangury. 
The only fatal cases which have been reported have occurred in children 
(Taylor). From four to six ounces have not destroyed life in adults. 

As regards its action on the organs of circulation, the author's ex- 
periments show that turpentine stimulates the vaso-motor nervous sys- 
tem when administered in moderate doses. A large quantity quickly 
exhausts the irritability of the sympathetic ganglia, the action of the 
heart becomes weak, and the arterial tension falls ; the respiratory 
movements are at first stimulated, but afterward become shallow, and 
carbonic-acid poisoning supervenes. The brains of animals killed by 
turpentine smell strongly of it, and hence it may be concluded that it 
has a direct action on the cells of the cerebral lobes. 

Turpentine has decided antiseptic power. It arrests fermentation 
processes, putrefaction, and is very destructive of minute organisms 
(vibrio, bacteria, etc.). 

The vapor of turpentine inhaled produces nasal and bronchial irri- 
tation, frontal headache, and renal irritation, even bloody urine and 
strangury. 



486 EYACUANTS. 

On post mortem after turpentine poisoning, violent gastro-intestinal 
irritation, ecchymoses of the air-passages, congestion of the lungs, and 
hyperaemia of the kidneys, are noted. 

Therapy. — Flatulence, may be quickly relieved by a few drops 
(three to five) of turpentine, on a lump of sugar. This remedy is es- 
pecially indicated in flatulence persisting from a paretic state of the 
muscular layer of the bowel. There is abundant evidence to prove the 
curative power of oil of turpentine in chronic intestinal catarrh. It is 
especially indicated when the tongue is dry and glazed, when there is 
tympanitic distention of the bowels, and when the alvine discharges 
consist either of fluid fasces or scybala, mixed with mucus and pale, 
watery blood. It is best administered in an emulsion, with almond-oil 
and opium. IjL 01. terebinthini, 3 j; ol. amygdal. express., | ss; tinct. 
opii, 3 ij ; mucil. acacias, 3 v ; aquae laur.-cerasi, f ss. M. Sig. A. 
teaspoonful every three, four, or six hours. The same remedy, in a 
similar combination, is very effective in acute dysentery after the sub- 
sidence of the more acute symptoms. The following is probably the 
true explanation of its action in these cases : it gives tonicity to the 
vessels, and to the muscular fibre of the intestines ; arrests the putre- 
factive and fermentative processes which take place in the vitiated 
mucus and articles of food, and increases the cutaneous capillary circu- 
lation, thus relieving congestion of internal organs. 

Stimulating enemata are made of turpentine, mucilage, oils, etc. 
These are especially indicated in constipation, and in impaction of the 
rectum. Ij*. 01. terebinthini, 3 ij — 1 j; ol. ricini, |.ij ; vitell. ovi unius ; 
decoct, hordei, % viij — Oj. M. Sig. A.s an enema. Such injections 
are frequently used in tympanitic distention of the large intestine, in 
flatulent colic, in impaction of the caecum, etc. 

A combination of equal parts of turpentine and ether constitutes the 
well-known remedy of Durand for the solution and cure of biliary cal- 
culi. Notwithstanding the unquestionable utility of this remedy, we 
cannot admit with Durand that its efficacy depends on its solvent power 
(Trousseau). During the attack of biliary colic this remedy may be 
administered with a view to its anodyne and antispasmodic effect; but, 
as Kfthler states, it is by no means equal to morphia and chloral hydrate. 
In the after-treatment, clinical experience is in favor of the occasional 
administration of Durand' s remedy during a course of Vichy or Carls- 
bad water. 

Turpentine is one of the most effective remedies which we possess in 
the treatment of teenies. Full doses ( § ss — § i j ) are required, and the 
rules for preliminary treatment already laid down {see Anthelmintics) 
should be adhered to. Turpentine should be combined with a purga- 
tive, in order to insure prompt cathartic effect. If absorption of any 
considerable part of the turpentine takes place, violent intoxication 
will follow, and irritation of the kidnej'S, haematuria, and strangury, will 



URIXO- GENITALS. 437 

be produced in the efforts at elimination. The oleo-resin of filix mas 
may be combined with turpentine, r),. 01. terebinthinae, |j; oleo- 
resinae iilicis, 3 j; vitell. ovi no. ij ; ol. ricini, 3 j. M. Sig. A draught. 
This is an effective, but by no means an agreeable, mixture. An ounce 
each of turpentine and castor-oil may be administered, as the cathartic, 
after the use of the decoction of pomegranate. 

Turpentine being a cardiac stimulant, and an excitant of the capil- 
lary circulation, is contraindicated in hypertrophy of the heart, and 
when advanced atheroma of the cerebral arteries may be presumed to 
exist. It is a serviceable cardiac stimulant when the action of the 
heart is weak, and the arterial tension low. In the p> ass ^ ve haemor- 
rhages we possess few agents more generally useful. The indications 
for its use are a condition of debility, relaxation of the vessels, and an 
impoverished condition of the blood. Transudations of the free mucous 
surfaces — epistaxis, bronchial hemorrhage, haematemesis, intestinal 
hemorrhage, hcematuria — when associated with the state of constitu- 
tional depression defined above, are forms of hemorrhage in which 
turpentine should be used. 1^. 01. terebinthinae, 3 iij ; ext. digitalis 
fl., 3j; mucil. acacia?, 3SS; aquae menthae pip., 3 j. M. Sig. A tea- 
spoonful every three hours. The haemorrhagic transudations which 
take place in purpura, in scorbutus, and allied states, are also arrested 
by turpentine. It need hardly be stated that active haemorrhage and 
a condition of plethora contraindicate the use ofturpentine. 

As a stimulant to the vaso-motor nervous system, turpentine is in- 
dicated in fevers when the action of the heart is feeble, the arterial 
tension low, and the peripheral circulation languid. Ten drops in an 
emulsion is a suitable form, and every two hours is a proper interval 
for its administration in this condition of things. According to Gr. B. 
Wood, a dry tongue, peeling off in flakes, leaving a glazed surface be- 
neath, is a special indication for the use of turpentine in fevers. The 
intestinal haemorrhage of typhoid may be restrained by turpentine. 

Clinical experience is in favor of the use of turpentine in puerperal 
fever, and in yellow fever. The indications for its employment in 
these maladies are just the same as those mentioned above in typhoid. 
Cardiac weakness, depression of the vaso-motor nervous system, a dis- 
solved state of the blood, are the conditions requiring turpentine. Tym- 
panitic distention of the abdomen is an additional indication in puerperal 
fever. Similarly, turpentine is used in epidemic dysentery, traumatic 
erysipelas, hospital gangrene, etc. In these various states, used with 
a well-defined conception of its real powers, this remedy is more gen- 
erally serviceable as a stimulant than alcohol. As respects the dosage, 
in febrile diseases, a rule may be formulated as follows : for the intes- 
tinal complications, small doses frequently repeated (ten drops) ; as a 
stimulant to the vaso-motor nervous system, larger doses (m. x — 3 ss) 
at somewhat longer intervals. 



488 EVACUANTS. 

In the article on " Phosphorus " attention has been called to the 
utility of turpentine in poisoning by this substance. 

The phj^siological effects of turpentine indicate its utility in certain 
disorders of the nervous system. As an enema turpentine has been 
used for its derivative effect in insolation or sunstroke (Levick, Wood), 
and in cerebrospinal meningitis (Hirsch). So accurate an authority 
as Topinard maintains the utility of this remedy in the cystic compli- 
cations of posterior spinal sclerosis. Turpentine has long been used 
successfully in epilepsy, but in those cases only in which the seizures 
were due to the reflex impression of intestinal parasites (taeniae). Tic- 
douloureux and sciatica, when rheumatic in origin, or when produced 
by fecal accumulations, have been cured by the vigorous use of turpen- 
tine, but we have now other means of treatment more generally useful 
and less disagreeable. 

As turpentine is largely eliminated by the bronchial and renal mu- 
cous membrane, decided effects are produced at these points. In dif- 
fusing outward, a change in the tonicity of the vessels, and in the 
character of the secretions, must necessarily be produced. Clinical 
experience confirms the deductions of theory. In chronic bronchitis, 
with profuse expectoration (bronchorrhoea), especially when the expec- 
torated matters have a fetid odor, turpentine is an excellent remedy 
(Oppolzer). In gangrene of the lung, although it is not curative, it 
acts beneficially in diminishing the fetor. In pneumonia and capillary 
bronchitis, when the vital powers are depressed, and the peripheral 
circulation is feeble, turpentine is one of the best stimulants which we 
can employ. The depression which occurs during the period of crisis 
in pneumonia, and the condition of purulent infiltration, especially in- 
dicate the use of this remedy. In the so-called humid asthma, and in 
emphysema with profuse bronchial catarrh, good results are obtained 
by the use of turpentine. In these various pulmonary maladies, the 
action of turpentine is largely local, as already explained, but it should 
not be forgotten that the powerful stimulation of the cutaneous circu- 
lation which it causes must contribute no small share of the curative 
action. 

In hydronephrosis and pyo-nephrosis turpentine is used as in bron- 
chial catarrh, viz., to alter by actual contact the relaxed condition of 
the vessels, and the pathological secretions of the mucous membrane. 
It is of course contraindicated during the existence of acute symptoms. 
Chronic catarrh of the bladder is not unfrequently much improved by 
the use of this agent. It is most serviceable in those cases resulting 
from a transference of urethral inflammation, or due to prostatic dis- 
ease. Incontinence of urine, the result of atony of the muscular layer 
of the bladder, is sometimes removed by small doses of turpentine. 
Chronic gonorrhoea, gleet, spermatorrhoea, and prostorrhoea, when the 
discharges peculiar to these maladies are due to a relaxed condition oZ 



URIXO-GENITALS. 489 

the affected parts, are not {infrequently remarkably benefited by mod- 
erate doses of turpentine. 

External Uses of Turpentine. — The author long- ago pointed 
out the fact that turpentine is one of the most efficient applications in 
hospital gangrene. The mortified parts are first removed with the 
scissors, and the remedy is then applied directly to the affected sur- 
face, by means of a piece of cotton cloth saturated with it. Fetor is 
removed and sloughing- is arrested, and but little pain attends the 
application. 

Turpentine-stupes are much employed as a local and external means 
of treating internal inflammations. A piece of spongio-piline, or of 
flannel, large enough to cover the affected part, is first moistened with 
hot water, and then a few drops of turpentine (five to ten drops only) 
are sprinkled on it. As very severe smarting, inflammation, and vesi- 
cation of the skin may occur from the application, and be experienced, 
indeed, some time subsequently to the removal of the stupe, care must 
be used not to continue it too long. 

Liniment of turpentine is a convenient counter-irritant in cases of 
myalgia^ superficial neuralgia, lumbago, etc. An excellent counter- 
irritant application is made by mixing equal parts of oil of turpentine, 
acetie acid, and liniment of camphor (Stille). The most successful 
treatment of severe burns is by the plan of Kentish, which consists in 
first washing the injured surface with turpentine, and then applying an 
ointment made by mixing basilicon ointment with turpentine. Ery- 
sipelds has been treated by the same measures by Meigs, and the same 
applications are generally in use in chilblains. 

Inhalations of turpentine-vapor, or atomized turpentine, is an efficient 
means of local treatment in chronic laryngeal and bronchial affections. 
As a matter of curious therapeutics, it may be mentioned that gonor- 
rhoea has been successfully treated by requiring the patient to inhale 
the vapor of turpentine. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bartholow, Dr. Roberts. The Cincinnati Lancet and Observer, October, 1S64. 

Da Costa, Dr. J. M. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, January, 18G6. 

Levick, Dr. R. J. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, January, 1869. 

Little, Dr. The Practitioner, vol. ix., p. 369. 

Oppolzer, Prof. Allgem. Wiener rued. Zeit., Xo. xxxiii., 1866. 

Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., p. 753. 

Topixard, Dr. L. De VAtaxie Locomotricc, etc., Paris, 1864. 

Trousseau, Dr. A. Clinigue Medicale de V Hotel Dieu. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Trait'e de Therap. et de Mature Medicale, vol. ii., p. 802. 

Wood, Dr. George B. The Practice of Medicine, fourth edition, vol. i., p. 346. 

Wood, Dr. H. C. American Journal of the Medical Sciences, October, 1863. 

Copaiba. — Copaiba. " The oleo-resin of copaifera multifuga, and of 



490 EVACUANTS. 

other species of copaifera." Baurne de copahu, Fr. ; Copaiv a- Balsam^ 
Ger. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Pilules Copaibw. — Pills of copaiba. (Copaiba, 3 ij ; magnesia, 3 j.) 

Oleum Gopaibce. — Oil of copaiba. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Composition. — Balsam of copaiba differs from the true balsams in 
not containing cinnamic acid. It is an oleo-resin, the volatile oil con- 
stituting from forty to sixty per cent. The oil of copaiba is isomeric 
with the oil of turpentine, but it differs in some of its physical prop- 
erties from the latter. The resin has an acid reaction, and has been 
entitled copaimc acid. 

Actions and Uses. — Copaiba has a nauseous, bitter, and very dis- 
agreeable taste. When taken into the stomach it causes some heat, 
and offensive eructations, tasting of the balsam, occur. Indigestion, 
heaviness at the epigastrium, anorexia, are frequently produced by it, 
and diarrhoea is an occasional result of its use. It is, therefore, a gas- 
trointestinal irritant. Both the oil and the resin diffuse into the blood. 
The various excretions, the sweat, the bronchial mucus, the urine, ac- 
quire a peculiar and rather a fragrant odor from its presence. This odor 
is especially observable in the urine, and in this secretion the resin may 
be discovered also by the addition of nitric acid, which causes a precipi- 
tate. At the points of elimination more or less irritation is produced, 
and, as a result of the irritation, increased secretion ; hence copaiba is 
said to be diaphoretic, diuretic, and expectorant. Very serious injury 
may be done to the gastro-intestinal canal, and to the kidneys, by the 
use of this agent in large doses. The author has known gastro-intes- 
tinal catarrh to persist many months after a course of balsam, and he 
has reason to believe that desquamative nephritis and fibroid kidney 
have resulted from its free administration for a lengthened period. 
While small doses of balsam will increase the gross amount of urine 
and of the solid contents, large doses w T ill actually cause a diminution 
in the amount both of water and solids by setting up renal irritation. 
Although, during a course of balsam, nitric acid causes a precipitation 
of the resin, which is dissolved on the addition of alcohol, the author 
has, in several instances at least, detected albumen in the urine of those 
taking this remedy. 

Copaiba is contraindicated when a condition of gastro-intestinal irri- 
tation and hyperasmia of the kidneys exist. 

Gonorrhcea is the disease to which copaiba is most especially 
adapted. Its administration should not be begun, however, until after 
the acuter symptoms have subsided. As the action of the remedy is 
local or direct, acute symptoms are rather aggravated by it. Combina- 
tion with liquor potassse promotes its curative action by diminishing 
the acidity, and hence the irritation produced by the urine. Combina- 
tion with agents acting synergistically, as oils of cubebs and sandal- 
wood, is also desirable. The following formulas exemplify these thera- 



URINO-GENITALS. 491 

peutical facts: IJ. Copaiba?, pulv. cubebae, aa 3 ij ; aluminis, |j; opii, 
gr. v. M. Sig. One to two drachms, night and morning. IJ. 01. 
copaiba?, ol. cubeba?, ol. santal. fiav., aa 3 j ; magnesia?, 3 ij. M. ft. pil. 
no. lx. Sig. T ico pills every four hours. 

In chronic catarrh of the bladder, copaiba is useful by virtue of the 
local action which it has upon the mucous membrane. Its nauseous 
taste and the gastric and renal irritation produced by it are serious ob- 
jections to its use in a malady which requires the persistent and long-con- 
tinued application of remedies in order to even moderate its symptoms. 

For acute bronchitis after the subsidence of the fever, for chronic 
bronchitis with profuse secretion, for bronchorrhcea (dilated bronchi), 
copaiba is the most generally serviceable expectorant. Unfortunately, 
it is so disagreeable that it is difficult to overcome the repugnance of 
patients. Even when administered in capsules, or in pill-form with 
magnesia, the nauseous eructations excite disgust. IJ. Copaiba?, bal- 
sam, tolutan., pulv. acacia?, aa 3 ss ; acid, sulphur, aromat., 3 ss ; aqua? 
destil., 3 vj. M. Sig. A tablespoonful, two or three times a day, in 
chronic bronchial affections, whooping-cough, etc. IJ. Copaiba?, syrp. 
tolutan., aa §ss; aqua? mentha? pip., 3 ij ; spirit, etheris nitrosi, 33. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonful every four hours. 

Excellent results have been obtained from the use of copaiba in 
dropsy, especially in ascites. In these cases it acts powerfully on the 
kidneys. Wilkes holds that copaiba-resin is a more efficient diuretic 
than the balsam. IJ. Res. copaiba?, 3 iij ; alcohol., 3v; spirit, chloro- 
formi, 3 j ; mucil. acacia?, 3 ij ; aqua? ad 3 xij. M. Sig. A tablespoon- 
ful ter in die. 

In some subjects possessed of an irritable skin, copaiba produces an 
eruption of urticaria, or roseola, or erythema. This is not in conse- 
quence of a selective action on the skin, but is the result merely of the 
gastro-intestinal disturbance. Influenced, probably, by this fact that 
an eruption may be caused by copaiba, this agent has been proposed as 
a remedy in certain cutaneous diseases, those characterized by torpor 
of the peripheral circulation. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bernatzik, Prof. Dr. W. Prag. Vjhrschr., c, p. 239. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. 
cxli., p. 278. 

Fluckiger and Haxbury. TTiarmacographia, p. 200, et seg. 

Gubler, Dr. A. Comment aires llierapeuligues, p. 86, et seg. 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch, p. 1195, ei seg. 

KbnLER, Dr. Hermann. ITandbuch, erste Hiilfte, p. 370, et seg. 

Trousseau et Pidoux. Traile de Therap. et de Matiere Medicate, vol. ii. 

"Weikart, Dr. H. Archiv dcr Hcilk., i., ii., p. 176, 1860. Schmidt's Jahrbiicher, vol. 
cvi., p. 162. 

Wilks, Dp S. The Lancet, 1873, vol i., p. 410. 



492 EVACUANTS. 

Cubeba. — Cubeb. " The unripe fruit of cubeba officinalis (Miquel), 
piper cubeba (Linn.)." Cubebes, Fr. ; Cubebe?i, Ger. 

J^Jxtr actum Cubebw Fluidum. — Fluid extract of cubeb. Dose, 3 ss 

— 3 ij- 

Oleum Cubebw. — Oil of cubeb. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Oleoresina Gubebce. — Oleo-resin of cubeb. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Tinctura Gubebce. — Tincture of cubeb. Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Trochisi Gubebce. — Troches of cubeb. 

Composition. — Cubeb contains a volatile oil which varies in propor- 
tion from six to fifteen per cent. It is polymeric with oil of turpen- 
tine. This volatile oil separates in the cold into two distinct substances 
— a camphoraceous substance (cubebene), and a liquid portion (cubeben). 
Besides these, a neutral crystallizable principle (cubebin) has been iso- 
lated. Cubeb also contains a resin, divisible into two distinct sub- 
stances, an indifferent portion and an acid (cubebic acid). The thera- 
peutical properties of the drug reside chiefly, if not exclusively, in the 
oil and resin, hence the oleo-resin is an efficient preparation. 

Actions and Uses. — The taste of cubeb is aromatic, pungent, and 
somewhat camphoraceous. In the stomach it excites a sensation of 
warmth, and, in moderate doses, promotes the appetite and the diges- 
tive capacity. In considerable doses it is laxative, and produces a feel- 
ing of heat and irritation about the rectum. Ingested in a large quan- 
tity cubeb sets up a gastro-intestinal catarrh, and may even cause acute 
inflammatory symptoms. The active principles diffuse into the blood. 
The action of the heart and vascular system is increased by cubeb, the 
surface becomes warm and perspiring under its use, and the bronchial 
and urinary secretions are more abundant. The odor of cubeb is im- 
parted to the breath and to the urine, and the resin may be precipi- 
tated from the urine by the addition of nitric acid. As explained in 
the previous article (Copaiba), the resin precipitated- by nitric acid re- 
sembles albumen, but differs from the latter substance in being soluble 
in alcohol. 

Cubeb stimulates the venereal appetite in man, and promotes the 
catamenial flux in women. 

Finely-powdered cubeb is an efficient local application in chronic 
nasal catarrh. It is blown into the nares by an insufflator. It gives 
considerable relief also in hay-asthma, when there is no fever, and the 
secretion of the nasal mucous membrane is profuse and watery. Pow- 
dered cubeb is useful as a topical application when the mucous mem- 
brane of the fauces is relaxed, or the seat of chronic inflammation (fol- 
licular pharyngitis). The officinal cubeb-troches are employed by 
singers and public readers, to maintain the tonicity of the mucous mem- 
brane and to prevent or relieve hoarseness. 

Cubeb may also be used, in small doses, to promote secretion and 
increase digestion in cases of atonic dyspepsia. Chronic catarrh of the 



URIXO-GENITALS. 493 

colon and rectum, with a relaxed condition of the mucous membrane 
and of the inferior hemorrhoidal vessels, may be removed by cubeb. 
Sometimes these cases take the form of a mucous dysentery. 

The most important application of cubeb is in the treatment of 
gonorrhoea. Unlike copaiba, it may be administered with good effect 
during the acute stage. The best results are obtained from a mixture 
of the two agents. Catarrh of the bladder, prostorrhoea, spermator- 
rhoea, are maladies in which cubeb may be employed with more or less 
advantage. When the sexual appetite is weak, and the erections feeble, 
cubeb will sometimes, if the troubles are functional, remove them. 

Irritability of the bladder, nervous or functional in character, espe- 
cially as it occurs in women, is generally relieved by cubeb; but can- 
tharides is a more efficient remedy for this troublesome affection. 

In chronic bronchial affections, with profuse expectoration, cubeb 
has a remedial effect similar to that possessed by copaiba, and is useful 
under the same conditions. 

Piper. — Black pepper. "The unripe berries of piper nigrum." 
Polvre nolr, Fr. ; Schicarzer Pfeffer, Ger. 

Composition. — Pepper contains a resin and an essential oil, and a 
neutral crystallizable principle {plperlne). 

Oleoresina Plperls. — Oleo-resin of black pepper. This contains the 
active constituents of pepper, and is an eligible preparation. Dose, 
m. j — m. v. 

Capsicum. — Capsicum. " The fruit of capsicum annuum, and of 
other species of capsicum." Poivre delude, Fr. ; Spanischer Pfeffer, 
Ger. 

Composition. — The acrid, pungent qualities of capsicum are due to 
a peculiar substance {capsicine), a thick, yellowish-red liquid. Felletar, 
whose observations have been confirmed by Fltickiger, has isolated a 
volatile alkaloid having the odor of coniine. 

It fusion Capslcl. — Infusion of capsicum ( 3 ss — Oj ). 

Oleoresina Capslcl. — Oleo-resin of capsicum. Dose, m. j — m. v. 

Tlnctura Capslcl. — Tincture of capsicum. Dose, m. x — 3 j. 

Actions axd Uses. — Notwithstanding black and red pepper be- 
long to different orders, they are closely related therapeutically and in 
their physiological actions. They may witli propriety be considered 
together. 

When applied to the skin, pepper excites redness, heat, and super- 
ficial inflammation. Red pepper, if in contact with the skin a sufficient 
length of time, will produce vesication. It also causes great irrita- 
tion of the mucous membrane. It has a hot, pungent, and rather 
acrid taste, and increases the flow of saliva. In the stomach a sensation 
of warmth is produced by it, the secretions are more abundant, cli- 



494 EVACUANTS. 

gestion is more active, and the appetite is promoted. In an excessive 
quantity gastritis may be produced. The intestinal secretions are no 
doubt increased, and the alvine evacuations rendered more easy and 
copious. 

The action of the heart and arteries is increased by pepper, a sub- 
jective sensation of warmth is experienced throughout the system, and 
cutaneous transpiration becomes more abundant. Elimination takes 
place chiefly through the kidneys. The flow of urine is increased, mic- 
turition is more frequent, and more or less vesical tenesmus occurs. 
Decided aphrodisiac effects are produced by red pepper. 

The tincture of capsicum may be usefully employed as a stomachic 
in atonic dyspepsia. It is especially indicated in the dyspepsia of 
chronic alcoholism, when there are present trembling and insomnia. 
Flatulent colic may be relieved by capsicum, especially when this dis- 
order occurs in hysterical subjects. The author has seen excellent re- 
sults from the use of this remedy in the dyspepsia and flatulence of 
hypochondriacal subjects, and of women at the climacteric period. 

Capsicum is an excellent addition to beef-tea when this aliment is 
administered in fevers, and other low conditions of the system. The 
tincture may be employed under the same circumstances as a cardiac 
stimulant. 

The evidence is conclusive that capsicum quiets restlessness, and 
induces sleep in delirium tremens. It may be administered mixed with 
beef-tea or other animal broths, or thirty grains made into a bolus, 
with sirup or honey, may, be given. As capsicum belongs to the family 
Solanaceas, and as Felletar discovered in it a volatile alkaloid, a rational 
explanation is afforded of its action on the cerebrum. According to 
Ringer, the tincture of capsicum is the best substitute for the stimulant 
when an attempt is made to break the alcohol-habit. It is also very 
serviceable in the treatment of the opium-habit. The good effect of 
the remedy in these cases is in part due to its action as a stomachic 
stimulant, and partly, doubtless, to its cerebral effects. 

The oleo-resins of black and red pepper have been used with good 
results in the treatment of intermittent fever. They are useful chiefly 
as adjuvants to more efficient remedies. 

Capsicum is contraindicated in all acute affections of the genito- 
urinary apparatus. In chronic parenchymatous nephritis it checks the 
waste of albumen. In chronic pyelitis, chronic cystitis, and prostor 
rhcea, it has a beneficial effect ; but, although similar in action to, it is 
less efficient than cubeb. Excellent results are often obtained from it 
in functional impotence, and in spermatorrhoea from deficient tone. In 
these genito-urinary maladies, the oleo-resin is the best preparation for 
administration. I]L Oleoresinse capsici, 3j; ergotini (aq. ex.), ±)ij. 
M. ft. pil. no. xx. Sig. One three times a day. 

A capsicum-plaster is a mild counter-irritant. The infusion is em- 



URINO-GEXITALS. 495 

ployed as a gargle in tonsillitis, diphtheria, and scarlet fever. As it is 
a very irritating application, its use should be restricted to cases char- 
acterized by a low grade of action. 

JuIliperilS. — Juniper. "The fruit of juniperus communis." Baits 
de ye nil ere, Fr. ; Wachholderbeeren, Ger. 

Infusiun Juniperi. — Infusion of juniper (|j — Oj ). Dose, 3 ss — 

3 ij- 

Oleum Juniperi. — Oil of juniper. Dose, m. v — m. xx. 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. — Compound spirit of juniper. (Oil 
of juniper, 3 jss ; alcohol, Ov ; water, Oiij ; oils of caraway and fennel, 
each m. x.) Dose, § ss — 3 j. 

Composition. — Juniper contains a volatile oil, upon which its me- 
dicinal effects chiefly depend. A non-cry stallizable principle (juni- 
perine) exists in the berries in very small quantity. It contains also 
formic, acetic, and malic acids. 

Actions and Uses. — Juniper increases the appetite and digestion, 
but in overdoses will disorder the stomach. The volatile oil diffuses 
into the blood with facility. Increased action of the heart and of the 
arteries, a subjective sensation of warmth, diaphoresis, and diuresis, are 
produced by it. 

The oil is eliminated by the kidneys chiefly, and imparts an odor of 
violets to the urine. It powerfully stimulates the renal functions, and 
in large doses causes strangury and bloody urine. It may set up a 
high degree of irritation of the kidneys, leading to suppression and 
ursemic intoxication. In common with the other remedies of this group, 
juniper excites the venereal appetite, in large doses may cause pria- 
pism, and in women promotes the menstrual flow. 

The principal use of juniper is as a diuretic. It is contraindicated 
in acute affections of the kidneys. It is largely employed as a diuretic 
in cardiac and renal dropsy. The infusion is an excellent vehicle for 
the exhibition of saline diuretics in these affections. The oil of juniper 
acts similarly to, and is indicated under the same conditions as, turpen- 
tine in chronic pyelitis, chronic cystitis, gleet, prostorrhoea, etc. Diu- 
retic effects may be obtained by inhalation of the vapor of the oil. For 
this purpose a few drops may be put into hot water, and the vapor be 
inhaled. 

The empyreumatic oil of juniper (oleum cadinum), obtained by de- 
structive distillation from juniperus oxycedrus, is a thick, black liquid, 
similar in appearance to and smelling like common tar. It is much 
employed as a local application in chronic eczema, impetigo, ichthyosis, 
psoriasis, acne rosacea, etc. It is usualty combined with German soft- 
soap. I£. Alcoholis, saponis mollis, ol. cadini, ail 3 j; ol. lavendula?, 
3 jss. M. IjL 01. juniper is empy. (ol. cadini), saponis mollis, aa ? j; 



496 EVACUANTS. 

ol. lavend., 3 ss. M. Sig. Ointment. ty. 01. juniperis empy., 3j — 
3 j ; sevi, § ss ; adipis, § j. M. Sig. Ointment. 

Erigeron. — Erigeron. "The leaves and tops of erigeron heterophyl- 
lum, and of erigeron Philadelphicum." 

Erigeron Canadense. — Canada erigeron. 

Oleum Frigerontis Canadensis. — Oil of Canada erigeron. Dose, 
m. v. — m. x. 

Actions and Uses. — Erigeron possesses a diuretic property to a slight 
extent. Canada erigeron is the more active, and contains a much larger 
proportion of volatile oil. The actions and uses of the oil are the same 
as the oil of turpentine, but the latter is the more efficient remedy. 
The oil of Canada erigeron has a local reputation in Philadelphia as an 
hcemostatie agent. It is said to be effective in menorrhagia, and cases 
of intestinal haemorrhage arrested by it have been reported. It is 
adapted only to the treatment of passive hemorrhages, and is probably 
less curative than turpentine in these cases. 

Bliclm. — Buchu. " The leaves of barosma crenata and of other spe- 
cies of barosma." Feuilles de bucco, Fr. ; Pukublatter, Ger. 

Infusum Buchu. — Infusion of buchu ( § j — Oj). Dose, f ss — § ij. 
Fxtractum JBachit Fluidum. Fluid extract of buchu. Dose, m. x 

-3j. 

Composition. — Buchu contains a volatile oil in the proportion of 
about 1.5 per cent. This volatile oil consists of a crude oil and a cam- 
phor — barosma camphor. The latter has a nearly pure peppermint 
odor. The existence of barosmine, so called, is doubtful. 

Uva Ursi. — Uva ursi. " The leaves of arctostaphylos uva ursi." 
Feuilles de busserole, Fr. ; Barentraubenblatter^ Ger. • 

Decoctum Uvm Ursi. — Infusion of uva ursi (^j — Oj). Dose, § ss 

Fxtractum Uvce Ursi Fluidum. — Fluid extract of uva ursi. Dose, 
3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — Uva ursi contains a bitter, neutral, crystallizable 
substance, arbutine y a very bitter amorphous principle, ericoline y and 
a tasteless, crystallizable, neutral principle, ursone. It is rich in gal- 
lic and tannic acids. 

Pareira. — Pareira brava. " The root of cissampelos pareira." Ra- 
cine de pareira-brava, Fr. ; Grieswurzel, Ger. 

Infusum Fareirm. — Infusion of pareira brava ( 3 j — Oj). Dose, 
1 ss— I ij. 

Fxtractum Pareirm Fluidum. — Fluid extract of pareira. Dose, 
3 ss— 3 ij. 






URIXO-GENITALS. . 497 

Composition. — It contains a principle, buxine, but it is not known 
whether this is the active ingredient. 

Chimaphila. — Pipsissewa. " The leaves of chimaphila umbellata." 
Decoction Chimaphilce. — Decoction of chimaphila. Dose, 3 ss — 

3 ij- 

Mctractum Chimaphilce Fluidum. — Fluid extract of chimaphila. 

Dose, 3 ss — 3 ij. 

Composition. — Pipsissewa contains a crystallizable principle, chi- 
maphiline, tannic acid, extractive matters, etc. 

Scoparius. — Broom. " The tops of sarothamnus scoparius. Genet d 
balais, Fr. ; PfriemenJcraut, Ger. 

There are no preparations officinal to the United States Pharmaco- 
poeia. A decoction and fluid extract corresponding to those above 
mentioned may be employed. 

Composition. — Scoparius contains an indifferent or somewhat acid 
crystallizable principle, scoparine, and an oily, colorless, liquid alkaloid, 
sparteine. The latter has very decided basic qualities, and agrees 
with coniine and nicotine in being constituted without oxygen. 

Actions and Uses. — Buchu, uva ursi, pareira, pipsissewa, and sco- 
parius, form a group of diuretics with properties in common. They are 
tonic, astringent diuretics. They promote appetite and digestion, and 
restrain intestinal movements, except pareira, which has rather a laxa- 
tive action. Their active constituents diffuse into the blood and are 
eliminated by the kidneys. In passing over the genito-urinary tract 
these principles act topically upon the mucous membrane. As a rule 
they are actively diuretic ; that is, they increase the amount of urinary 
water. Pipsissewa and scoparius are rather more actively diuretic than 
buchu and uva ursi, and hence are more useful in dropsy. By English 
physicians generally, and notably the late Dr. Pereira, scoparius is held 
in much esteem as a remedy for dropsy. It is adapted especially to 
the treatment of cardiac dropsy, and the general anasarca of chronic 
parenchymatous nephritis, but is inadmissible in acute affections of 
the kidney. Our indigenous remedy, pipsissewa, may be substituted 
for scoparius in the treatment of dropsy. 

Buchu, uva ursi, and pareira, are more particularly useful in chronic 
pyelitis, catarrh of the bladder, chronic gonorrhoea, etc. ; and of these 
the most efficient, probably, is buchu. The fluid extract is the most 
eligible form in which these remedies can be administered. 

c5 

Carota. — Carrot-seed. " The fruit of daucus carota. The wild-car- 
rot." 

The seeds of carrot have a hot, pungent, and bitter taste, due to a 

volatile oil which they contain, and to which their medicinal activity is 
33 



498 EVACUANTS. 

due. As they impart their virtues to water, an infusion of the seeda 
is an eligible form in which to administer the remedy. Carrot-seeds 
act similarly to juniper, and produce diuresis, augment the menstrual 
flux, and cause aphrodisiac effects in the male. 

Taraxacum. — Dandelion. " The root, gathered in the autumn, of 
taraxacum dens-leonis." JPissenlit, Fr. ; Lbwenzahnwurzel, Ger. 
JEJxtractum Taraxaci. — Extract of taraxacum. Dose, gr. v — 3j. 
Infusum Taraxaci. — Infusion of taraxacum ( § ij — Oj). Dose, 
S ss— I ij. 

JEJxtractum Taraxaci Fluidum. — Fluid extract of taraxacum. Dose, 

3J-1J- 

Composition". — According to Kromayer, taraxacum contains tarax- 

acine, an amorphous, intensely bitter principle, and a crystalline sub- 
stance, taraxacerine. Nothing is definitely known as to the action of 
these substances. 

Actions and Uses. — Taraxacum possesses the properties of a sim- 
ple bitter, in that it promotes the appetite and digestion. It has been 
long held, both popularly and professionally, to possess the power to 
promote the flow of bile. Recent investigations have demonstrated 
the inaccuracy of these opinions. It is a mild laxative, and as such, 
doubtless, may cause by reflex stimulation an emptying of the gall- 
bladder. It is a diuretic, although not a very active one. It is still 
prescribed as a laxative in catarrhal jaundice, in, ascites N from hepatic 
disease, and in dyspepsia «and indigestion associated with torpor of the 
liver. By German physicians, muriate of ammonia and dandelion are 
frequently associated together in the treatment of the affections above 
named. Taraxacum is occasionally used as a diuretic in dropsy, but its 
utility is very limited. 

The fluid extract of taraxacum is a good vehicle for the administra- 
tion of such remedies as the muriate of ammonia and quinia, the taste 
of which it somewhat covers. 

Scilla. — Squill. " The bulb of scilla maritima," Ognon marin, 
Fr. ; Meerzwiebel, Ger. 

Acetum Scillm. — Yinegar of squill ( § iv — Oij). Dose, m. xx — 3 j. 

JPilhiloB Scillm Composites. — Compound pills of squill (squill, gin- 
ger, ammoniac, soap). Each pill contains half a grain of squill and 
one grain of ammoniac. Dose, one pill three or four times a day. 

/Syrupus Scillm. — Sirup of squill. Dose, 3 ss — 3 j. 

Syrupus Scillm Compositus. — Compound sirup of squill. Hive- 
sirup. This preparation contains squill, senega, and tartar - emetic, 
the last named in the proportion of one grain to the ounce. Dose, 
m. v — 3 j. This is a very active preparation, due chiefly to the tartar- 
emetic. 



URIXO- GENITALS. 499 

Tinctura Scillce. — Tincture of squill. Dose, m. v — 3 ss. 

Composition. — The important constituent of squill is an acrid, bit- 
ter principle, scillitine, or skulei'n — which lias not yet been isolated. 
According- to Schroff, scillitine is a glucoside, and the active principle 
is an acrid, non- volatile substance (FlUckiger and Han bury). 

Actions and Uses. — The taste of squill is bitter and somewhat 
acrid. It is an irritant to the mucous membrane, and excites nausea, 
vomiting, and purging, when introduced into the stomach in a sufficient 
dose. Very violent gastro-enteritis may be produced by its incautious 
administration in large doses. A state of hyperaemia or inflammation of 
the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane, therefore, contraindicates its use. 

The active constituents of squill diffuse into the blood. Its systemic 
effects are produced by application to the external integument. Pa- 
ralysis and convulsions are induced in warm-blooded animals by toxic 
doses ; and similar cerebral symptoms occur in man, in addition to the 
phenomena which usually attend the action of an irritant poison. In 
ordinary medicinal doses squill increases the bronchial mucus and facili- 
tates expectoration. In toxic doses rapid breathing* has usually oc- 
curred. It is highly probable that a portion of the active constituents 
of squill is eliminated, by the broncho-pulmonary mucous membrane. 

Squill stimulates the functions of the kidneys and increases the 
urinary discharge when used in medicinal doses, but in excessive quan- 
tity it excites violent inflammation, with strangury and bloody urine. 
Suppression of urine may be a result of its irritating action on the kid- 
neys. 

The use of squill is confined to its expectorant and diuretic effects. 
The acetum and symqius scillcje enter into the composition of expec- 
torant mixtures employed in the treatment of catarrh of the bronchial 
tubes, after the subsidence of acute symptoms and the chronic forms of 
the disease. Squill is more particularly indicated when the sputa are 
tenacious and are coughed up with difficulty. Ipecacuanha is advanta- 
geously combined with it in the more recent cases. IjL Acet. scilla?, 3 ss ; 
extract, ipecac, fluid., 3 ss ; tinct. opii deod., 3j; syrp. tolutan., 3 x. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonfid every two, three, or four hours. 1^ . Scillfe, 
ipecac, aa, gr. vj ; ext. hyoscyami, gr. iij ; morphine sulph., gr. ss — gr. j. 
M. ft. pil. no. xij. Sig. One pill every four hours. In chronic bron- 
chitis with emphysema or dilated right cavities of the heart, squill is 
better associated with the stimulating expectorants, ammoniac, asafce- 
tida, benzoin, etc. I£. Syrp. scilla?, 3 ss ; tinct. opii camphor., 3 ij ; 
ammoniac, 3 ss ; syrp. tolu., 3 x. M. Sig. A teaspoonfid as neces- 
sary. Squill is an improper remedy when there are present fever and 
an acute inflammatory condition of the air-passages. 

Squill is a very effective diuretic. Since in overdoses it will pro- 
duce great irritation of the kidneys, it is inadmissible in acute affec- 
tions of these organs. In dropsy caused by any of the -chronic dis- 



500 EVACUANTS. 

eases of the kidneys, squill must be used with caution. As a diuretic 
this remedy is more especially useful in cardiac dropsy. It may be 
combined with digitalis or the saline diuretics. Ifc. Infus. digitalis, 

§ iijss ; acet. scillae, f ss. M. Sig. A tablespoonful two or three times 
a day. ]J. Digitalis, 3j ; scillae, gr. x ; ext. colchici acet., 3j. M. ft. 
pil. no. xx. Sig. One pill every four or six hours. When anaemia is 
present, iron may be added to the above formula. r> . Acet. scillae, 

5 ss ; liq. potassii citratis, J iijss. M. Sig. A tablespoonful every four 
hours. 

Authorities referred to : 
Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmacographia. 
Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, zweiter Band, p. 1175. 
Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch, p. 515. 

Petroselinum. — Parsley-root. " The root of petroselinum sativum." 

Composition. — The most important constituent of parsley is apiol, 
an oily, non-volatile, yellowish liquid, having a distinctive odor and an 
acrid taste. It contains, also, a gelatinous substance, apiine (pectin ?), 
and a volatile oil. 

Actions ajstd Uses. — Petroselinum has a hot, pungent taste, with 
an after acrid sensation. It is somewhat laxative — a property, doubt- 
less, dependent on the irritation which it produces. It is stimulant in 
its effects on the circulation, and promotes the cutaneous and bronchial 
secretions. It is diuretic, by reason of the local irritant action of the 
principles which are eliminated by the kidneys. 

Apiol has decided properties, and in its action strongly resembles 
quinia. It produces headache, tinnitus aurium, vertigo, intoxication, etc. 

Petroselinum is rarely employed for its diuretic effects. Its use is 
indicated in dropsy under the same conditions as juniper, squill, and 
other stimulating diuretics. It may be given in the form of infusion 
( ^ j — Oj), one to three ounces at each dose. 

Apiol is a remedy of considerable value in the treatment of mala- 
rial diseases, but it is inferior in every respect to quinia. Its use is 
only justifiable in the treatment of intermittens, and when the preju- 
dices or idiosyncrasies of the patient forbid the use of quinia. Fifteen 
grains should be administered in one dose, or in divided doses, within 
an hdur, in order to procure the maximum effect, and about four hours 
previous to the paroxysm. 

The evidence is conclusive that apiol has decided emmenagogue 
power. It is a stimulant to the uterine system, and therefore is con- 
traindicated in plethora of these organs, and should not be adminis- 
tered as an antiperiodic to pregnant women. It is indicated when a 
state of torpor of the ovaries and uterus exists. The amenorrhoea of 
anaemia, of functional inactivity, is the form of the malady in which 
apiol is serviceable. The condition of the blood should be corrected 



URINO-GEXITALS. 501 

by iron, constipation should be removed by aloetic purgatives, and the 
apiol, in a considerable dose (fifteen grains), should then be adminis- 
tered at the time of the menstrual molimen, or just preceding the time 
when the flow should begin. If the case has been obstinate, a daily 
dose of apiol may be given for a week, or at least for several days be- 
fore the menstrual period. The neuralgic form of dysmenorrhea is 
also benefited by this remedy. Other neuralgias are, it is said, relieved 
by apiol, but the existence of a malarial cause is, no doubt, the expla- 
nation of its curative action in such cases. 

Authorities referred to : 

Delorme, Dr. Gazette des Hopitaux, 1860, p. 511. 

Joret and Homolle. Bulletin General de Therapeutique, vol. xlviii., p. 32. 

Marotti, Dr. Ibid., 1863, p. 295. 

Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., p. 631. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, article Petroselinum. 

Polygonum Hydropiperoides. — Water-pepper. This indigenous plant 
is not recognized by the United States Pharmacopoeia. A fluid extract 
prepared according to the general directions of the United States Phar- 
macopoeia may be prescribed in the dose of m. x. to 3 j. A solid ex- 
tract is also to be found in the shops — dose, gr. j — gr. v. 

Actions and Uses. — The taste of hydropiper is hot, pungent, and 
acrid. The juice excites inflammation and vesication when applied to 
the external integument. In medicinal doses it causes a sensation of 
warmth in the stomach, and a " peculiar tingling sensation throughout 
the whole system " (Eberle). Unless given in an overdose it does 
not excite vomiting or produce purging. It stimulates the heart and 
arteries, increases the warmth of the surface, and promotes the cuta- 
neous, bronchial, and renal secretions. It promotes the menstrual flow, 
and is aphrodisiac. 

This indigenous but little known remedy is a very efficient stimu- 
lating diuretic and emmenagogue. The author can confirm the state- 
ment of Eberle, who reports that " with no other remedy or mode 
of treatment has he been so successful as with this," in amenorrhcea. 
It is adapted to cases of amenorrhoea due to functional inactivity or 
torpor of the uterine system, and is contraindicated when a condition 
of plethora or congestion exists. The administration of this remedy 
should be begun about a week before the menses ought to appear. 
Thirty minims of the fluid extract should be administered four times a 
day. If anaemia exist, iron should be given ; if constipation, aloes. 

Hydropiper is a remedy of considerable power in functional impo- 
tence. When the erections are feeble, the seminal fluid watery, and the 
testes soft, good results will be obtained from the use of this remedy, 
provided no structural alterations hinder or prevent improvement. 



502 EYACUANTS. 

"When hydropiper is administered in these disorders of the sexual 
system, it causes a feeling of weight and tension, and dragging of the 
pelvic viscera. As it tends to increase the blood-supply to these organs, 
it is inadmissible when a state of congestion or inflammation exists. 

Authorities referred to : 

Eberle, Dr. John. A Treatise of the Materia Medico- and Therapeutics, fourth edi- 
tion, vol. L, p. 441. 

Porcher, Dr. C. Peyre. Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests, p. 409. 
United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition, p. 1546. 

Ruta. — Rue. " The leaves ,of ruta graveolens." 

Composition. — The medicinal activity of this plant depends on the 
presence of a volatile oil. Only the fresh leaves should be employed, and, 
as drying impairs the quality of the drug, the oil should be prescribed. 

Oleum JRutce. — Oil of Rue (unofficinal). This is a volatile oil, of 
a greenish-yellow color, very disagreeable and characteristic odor, and 
pungent, acrid taste. Dose, m. j — m. v. 

Actions and Uses. — In its local action rue is an irritant ; applied 
to the skin, the oil causes heat, inflammation, and vesication. In ordi- 
nary medicinal doses a sensation of warmth follows its introduction into 
the stomach, and increased action of the heart and arterial system and 
a subjective feeling of peripheral heat are subsequently produced. The 
cutaneous, bronchial, and urinary excretions become more abundant, 
and the odor of the volatile oil is apparent in the breath, the sweat, and 
the urine. In toxic doses the oil of rue produces violent gastro-enteri- 
tis, prostration, convulsive muscular movements, hebetude of mind, etc., 
strangury and suppression of urine. In women the use of rue increases 
the menstrual flow, and large doses may cause abortion to take place. 
In men this agent promotes the sexual appetite, and increases the vigor 
of the erections. 

A tincture of the oil of rue is an efficient carminative and antispas- 
modic remedy in the flatulent colic and hysteria of women. Almost 
the only use of rue at present is in the treatment of amenorrhoea. It 
is one of the most efficient emmenagogues. Plethora, congestion, or 
inflammation of the pelvic viscera, contraindicates its use. Functional 
inactivity of the ovaries and uterus is the condition which justifies the 
employment of rue. It has been recommended in menorrhagia when 
the vascular tonus is low, and in uterine haemorrhage after miscarriage. 
It need hardly be remarked that the condition of pregnancy forbids 
the use of rue. 

Sabina. — Savine. " The tops of juniperus sabina." Sabine, Fr. ; 
SevenJcraut, Ger. 

Composition. — Savine contains an essential oil, in the proportion of 
two to two and a half per cent, in the tops and about ten per cent, in 
the berries. The oil of savine is isomeric with the oil of turpentine. 



URINO-GENITALS. 503 

Oleum tSabinCB. — Oil of savine. Dose, m. j — m. v. 

Extraction Sabince Fluidum. — Fluid extract of savine. Dose, m. 
v — m. xv. 

Actions and Uses. — Savine lias a strong, disagreeable odor, and a 
pungent, acrid taste. Applied to the skin the oil causes inflammation 
and vesication, if the contact be sufficiently prolonged. Introduced 
into the stomach in a full medicinal dose, a sensation of heat, eructa- 
tions tasting of the oil, flatulence, and nausea, are produced. A toxic 
dose sets up a violent gastro-enteritis. The oil diffuses readily into 
the blood, and is excreted by various channels — the breath, the sweat 
and the urine, smelling strongly of it. Increased action of the heart 
and a rise of tension of the arterial system, followed by diminished 
tonus of the vessels, result from its administration in full medicinal 
doses. The cutaneous, bronchial, and urinary excretions are rendered 
more abundant by savine. Strangury and bloody urine are caused by 
it in overdoses. The evidence is conclusive that savine exerts a pow- 
erful influence on the uterine system. It increases the menstrual flux, 
and in toxic doses may originate uterine action and cause abortion. The 
abortifacient effect cannot be obtained unless by the administration of a 
quantity sufficient to endanger life. 

The only use to which savine is now applied is in the treatment 
of amenorrhcea. It is generally conceded that the estimate of its pow- 
ers made by Pereira is not extravagant, namely, that " it is the most 
certain and powerful emmenagogue of the whole materia medica." 
Savine is indicated in amenorrhoea dependent on deficient activity of 
the sexual system, accompanied by general atony. It is inadmissible 
when a tendency to congestion of the rjelvic viscera is present, or in a 
condition of general plethora. Cases of dysmenorrhea are benefited 
by savine when the subject is of relaxed habit, the menstrual flow be- 
ing scanty, provided narrowing of the cervical canal is not the cause 
of the painful and difficult menstruation. Menorrhagia, when due to 
an enlarged, relaxed, and passively congested uterus, and haemorrhage 
after abortion, may sometimes be arrested by this agent. 

The most effective preparation of savine is the oil. This may be 
prescribed in gelatine-capsules, in an emulsion, or in pillular form. The 
fluid extract, if made from the fresh tops, is an excellent preparation. 
Combination with other remedies of the same group increases the action 
of savine. 1^ . 01. sabinae, 3 j ; ol. rutae, 3 j ; tinct. polygon, hydropi- 
per, | j ; ol. amygdal. express., mucil. acaciae, aquae menth. pip., aa 3 ij. 
M. Sig. A teaspoonfid twice or three times a day as an emmenagogue. 

Authorities referred to : 

Aran, M. Bulletin General de Titer apcutique, vol. xxx., p. 61. 

Beau, M. Le Dr. Ibid., vol. xliii., p. 140. 

Fluckiger and Haxbury. Pharmacograpltia. 

IIusemann', Dr. Theodor. Handbuch, zwciter Band, p. 1200. 



504 EVACUANTS. 

Kohler, Dr. Hermann. Handbuch, p. 387. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, London, p. 494. 

Van de Warker, Dr. Ely. The Detection of Criminal Abortion, 1872. 

Cantharis. — Cantharides. Cantharis vesicatoria. Cantharide, Fr. ; 
Spanische Fiiegen, Ger. Tlnctura Cantharidis. Tincture of canthari- 
des. Dose, m. ij — m. v. 

(The other preparations of cantharides, which are used externally 
only, will be taken up in Part III. of this work.) 

Composition. — The principal constituent of cantharides is a neu- 
tral, crystallizable principle, cantharidine. It contains also an oil, 
fatty matter, and an odorous material. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — There is no chemical or physio- 
logical antagonist to cantharides. Poisoning by this substance should, 
therefore, be treated on general principles. The stomach should be 
evacuated by emetics or the stomach-pump ; mucilaginous substances 
should be freely administered ; the gastro-enteritis should be treated 
by opium, etc. 

Synergists. — Oils and fats increase the solubility and favor the 
absorption of cantharidine. The physiological actions of this agent are 
promoted by the other agents of this group. 

Physiological Actions. — The odor of cantharides is nauseating, 
fetid, and peculiar. In contact for a sufficient time with the skin or 
mucous membrane, it excites considerable burning, inflammation, and 
vesication. In the stomach it causes a sensation of heat, severe gas- 
tralgia, nausea, and vomiting. Notwithstanding the insolubility of 
cantharidine, it readily diffuses into the blood. It is actively stimulating 
to the circulatory system, and a rise of temperature, with thirst, follows 
in an hour or two. Under these circumstances, the urine becomes 
scanty and burns the passages ; severe pain is experienced in the back 
and loins ; priapism occurs ; and the urine, voided with great difficulty, 
frequently contains albumen and blood. To this excitement of the 
circulatory system and of the genital organs succeeds a condition of 
depression, in which the pulse falls, the arterial tension is lowered, and 
the temperature declines (Radecki). 

When a toxic dose is swallowed, in a short time a sense of constric- 
tion of the oesophagus, with difficulty of swallowing, and ptyalism, occur. 
Intense gastric pain, vomiting of glairy mucus streaked with blood, in- 
testinal pain, abdominal tenderness, tenesmus, and mucous and bloody 
stools, are produced. Violent irritation of the genito-urinary organs is 
also experienced, manifested by lumbar pain, strangury and bloody 
urine, priapism, swelling and inflammation of the external genitals. In 
most cases of poisonipg by cantharides, cerebral effects, consisting of 
muscular trembling, partial or general convulsions, coma, and insensibil- 
ity, are produced. Abortion has been caused by toxic doses of can- 
tharides, and after death violent metro-peritonitis, gastro-enteritis, and 



URINO-GENITALS. 505 

general peritonitis have been observed. It is questionable whether 
abortion can be caused by a dose less than dangerous. 

Cantharidea has frequently caused dangerous symptoms, when used 
with a view to induce venereal excitement. That it does promote the 
sexual appetite is probably true, but this result is accomplished only by 
the use of a quantity sufficient to cause vascular turgescence of the 
sexual organs. 

Therapy. — In acute desquamative nephritis, after the subsidence 
of the acuter symptoms, good results are obtained from cantharides. 
The local condition in which this remedy is serviceable consists in 
hyperemia with loss of vascular tonus. Chronic pyelitis and chronic 
catarrh of the bladder are occasionally remarkably benefited by the 
long-continued use of small doses of cantharides. Irritability of the 
bladder, more especially as it occurs in women, without the existence 
of acute inflammation, and not produced by uterine displacements, is 
sometimes quickly and entirely relieved by this remedy. The irritable 
state of the bladder and the vesical tenesmus, which accompany chronic 
prostatic disease, are also sometimes surprisingly relieved by canthari- 
des, but the author is unable to indicate the special circumstances to 
which it is adapted. 

Gleet and prostorrhcea are benefited by cantharides when these 
maladies occur in subjects of a relaxed fibre, with feeble circulation. 
Ringer makes the extraordinary statement that one drop of the tincture 
given three times a day will prevent chordee. 

When spermatorrhoea actually exists, and is due to deficient tone of 
the seminal vesicles, the erections being feeble, and the sexual feeling 
torpid, good results are obtained by the use of cantharides. In cases 
of scanty menstruation, occurring in women of lax fibre, with cold 
hands and feet, improvement follows the use of this remedy. It some- 
times happens that menorrhagia is due to relaxed vessels and a general 
lowering of the vascular tonus : under such circumstances cantharides 
may render important service. In these disorders of the sexual system, 
characterized by deficient power, the good effects of cantharides are 
promoted by the use of iron. The tincture of cantharides is the most 
eligible preparation for internal administration. In chronic affections 
of the genito-urinary passages the dose w r ill range from two to five drops 
— rarely the latter — three times a day. 

Authorities referred to : 

Casper's Practisches Handbuch der gerichtlichcn Medicin, by Liman, zweiter Band, 
p. 576. 

Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, zweiter Band, p. 538, et seq. 

Radecki, Fr. Die Cantharidinvergifiung. Inaug. Diss. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. 
exxxviii., p. 17. 

Ringer, Dr. Sydney. Handbook of Therapeutics. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, fourth edition, London, p. 524. 



PART III. 
TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

• » 

ANTISEPTICS. 

Those remedies are entitled antiseptic which are employed to ar- 
rest fermentative processes. It is now generally admitted that every 
kind of fermentation is correlative of the growth and multiplication of 
a living organism. In various diseases, microzymes, vibrio, bacteria, 
either stand in a causative relation to the morbid process, or are neces- 
sary to its evolution and development. As an exemplification of the 
influence exerted by these minute organisms in diseased states, I may 
mention the bacteria of Oertel, which are formed in such immense num- 
bers, and attain to such wide diffusion in diphtheria, the protomycetes 
of Obermeier, which play so important a role in relapsing fever, and 
the specific bacteria (cacobacteria) found by Burdon-Sanderson in the 
exudation of septic inflammation of the peritonaeum. Disease-germs, 
which may not exist in definitely-organized forms, are,, at least, consti- 
tuted of living matter, having properties apparently similar to those 
ferments with which chemistry has made us acquainted. 

The remedies of this group — antiseptica — have the power, when 
brought into contact with the minute organisms or disease-germs men- 
tioned above, to destroy their vitality, and to arrest the fermentation 
process, or zymosis, which they either initiate or promote. Some of 
these remedies, e. g., quinia, sulphurous acid, the sulphites, etc., have 
already been discussed in Part II. Under this head there remain for 
consideration several important agents whose applications are chiefly 
topical, and are therefore most appropriately considered in this section. 

Oxygenium. — Oxygen, Ozone. Oxygbie, Fr. ; jSauerstqffi', Ger. A 
permanent, elastic gas, inodorous, without taste, incombustible, but 
uniting with bodies in a state of combustion. It is very slightly solu- 
ble in water at the ordinary temperature and pressure. 

The quantity of oxygen which may be inhaled, in the ordinary me- 
dicinal applications of this gas, ranges from one to five gallons. 

Physiological Actions. — If the important rdle which oxygen plays 
in the economy of Nature furnished a measure of its powers when ad- 



OXYGEN. 507 

ministered as a remedy, it would be a most important therapeutic agent. 
When inhaled in the pure state (net as air), it produces singularly little 
constitutional disturbance. A sensation of warmth in the larynx, tra- 
chea, and bronchi, is first experienced; the pulse, as a rule, somewhat 
increases, though it may be lessened in frequency; a sense of mental 
exhilaration and a disposition to greater bodily activity are produced ; 
the appetite becomes keener; but no constant influence on the excre- 
tions has been noted (Demarquay). Experiments on animals have de- 
monstrated that the inhalation of oxygen per se does not have an injuri- 
ous effect on animal life (A. H. Smith). 

Therapy. — Oxygen is indicated and has been used with success in 
diseases of the respiratory organs, characterized by dyspnoea, due to 
causes interfering with the oxygenation of the blood, in emphysema, 
asthma, croup, asphyxia, chloroform narcosis, asphyxia from toxic 
gases, etc. In these cases oxygen acts in a manner which is perfectly 
obvious : the labor of breathing and the damage to the respiratory 
centre are lessened by the addition to the blood of oxygen in larger quan- 
tity than is supplied by the air. In these cases, pure ox} T gen, or a mixt- 
ure of one part of the gas to two or three of air, may be employed. 
The more extreme the dyspnoea, the greater the necessity for undi- 
luted oxygen. 

Oxygen is also indicated, and has been successfully employed, in cer- 
tain diseases characterized by insufficient oxidation : chlorosis, ancemia, 
leucocythemia, diabetes, albuminuria, etc. In such cases the internal 
administration of chalybeate medicines, or mineral waters, should ac- 
company the inhalations of oxygen. Pure oxygen is not necessary; an 
admixture with three parts of air will suffice, and the inhalation should 
be made morning and evening. 

The evidence is satisfactory that oxygen-inhalations produce good 
results in some cases of phthisis. Those cases appear to be most bene- 
fited in which emaciation, dyspeptic symptoms, etc., have occurred, 
without marked change in the condition of the lungs. When hectic 
fever comes on, and excavations have occurred, the utility of oxygen 
has ended, except as a palliative of dyspnoea. 

Authorities referred to : 

Andrews, Dr. J. B. The Detroit Review of Medicine and Surgery, December, 1871, 
p. 571. 

Birch, Dr. The Therapeutic Action of Oxygen, London, 1857. The British Medical 
Journal, December 24 and 31, 1859. 

Bricheteau, Dr. F. Bulletin Generate de TJierapeutique, vol. lxx., p. 162. 

Demarquay, Dr. Essai de Pneumatologie Medicate, etc., Paris, 1866. 

Hackley, Dr. C. E. New York Medical Journal, vol. ix., p. 597. 

Mackey, Edward. The Practitioner, vol. ii., p. 278. 

Smith, Dr. A. H. New York Medical Journal, vol. xi., p. 152. 

Waldenburg, Dr. L. Die locale Behaudlung der Krankheiten der Athrnungsorgant, 
Berlin, 1872, p. 690, et seq. 



508 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

CMorinium. — Chlorine. Chlore, Fr. ; Chlor, Ger. 

Properties. — Chlorine is a greenish-colored gas, of a persistent, 
penetrating, suffocating, and characteristic odor. It is soluble in water 
in the proportion of two volumes (of gas) to one. 

Aqua Chlorinii. — Chlorine- water. "Is a greenish-yellow liquid, 
possessing the suffocating odor of chlorine." 

Liquor Sodce Chlorinatce. — Solution of chlorinated soda. " A trans- 
parent liquid, of a greenish-yellow color, having a slight odor of chlo- 
rine, and a sharp, saline taste." 

Calx Chlorinata. — Chlorinated lime. Chloride of lime. " A gray- 
ish-white substance, in powder or friable lumps, dry or but slightly 
moist, and wholly dissolved by dilute muriatic acid, with the escape of 
chlorine." 

Physiological Actioxs. — Chlorine as a gas, or in solution in water, 
is an active irritant. Applied to the skin for some minutes it causes 
heat and burning, increased diaphoresis, and, if the contact be sufficient- 
ly prolonged, vesication. Inhaled in very small quantity, largely di- 
luted with air, this gas induces a sensation of warmth in the chest, and 
increases the bronchial mucus. In considerable quantity it is a violent 
irritant, excites spasm of the glottis, and sets up active inflammation of 
the larynx, bronchi, and lungs. 

Chlorine is without action when moisture is not present. Water is 
decomposed by it, chlorhydric acid is formed, and oxygen set free as 
active oxygen or ozone. The antiseptic and antiferment properties 
of chlorine are, therefore, due to the oxidizing powers of the liberated 
ozone. The sulphur and phosphorus compounds with hydrogen are de- 
composed by chlorine. When this gas is brought into contact with sul- 
phuretted hydrogen, chlorhydric acid is formed and sulphur is precipi- 
tated. On these chemical facts rest the deodorant and disinfectant 
powers of chlorine. 

Therapy. — Chlorine gas will arrest putrefactive decomposition of 
animal matters, and may, therefore, be employed as a preservative of 
anatomical preparations. As a deodorant and disinfectant it may be 
used to destroy foul effluvia and disease-germs. It is irrespirable in 
sufficient quantity to affect disease-germs in the living subject, and it 
destroys the colors and even texture of fabrics, so that it is rarely used 
for disinfection of the person, or of the clothing of patients. 

Chlorine- water, chlorinated soda, and solutions of chlorinated lime, 
are employed locally in scarlet fever, diphtheria, aphthm, and gangrene 
of the mouth and fauces. Their chief utility consists in removing fe- 
tor, but they probably, also, exert a toxic influence on disease-germs. 
IjL Aquae chlorinii, § ss ; aquas destil., f iijss ; syrupi simpl., | ss. M. 
Sig. As a gargle, or lotion for the mouth. J$. Calc. chlorinat., 3ss; 
mucilaginis, § ss ; aquae destil., § iijss. M. Sig. Lotion. To correct 
fetor of the breath, the following formula may be used: ]£. Calc. chlo- 



BROMINE. 509 

rinat., 5 iij ; aquas destil., alcoholis, aa 3 ij ; ol. rosa?, gtt. iv. M. Si"-. 

A t< << spoonful to a tumblerful of icater. 

Chlorine-water was formerly much emj^loyed in scarlet fever, typhoid, 
typhus,' etc. Its use in these affections was predicated on its presumed 
power to arrest the zymosis of the morbid ferments. It need hardly be 
stated that such notions are no longer entertained. 

These chlorine preparations are unquestionably serviceable as deter- 
gent, deodorant, and antiseptic applications to sloughing and gangre- 
nous wounds. A solution of chlorinated soda is emplo}*ed to prevent 
infection by animal poisons, the bite of serpents and insects, and the 
syph Hit ic v irus. 

Formerly chlorine-water and chlorinated soda were used in chronic 
hepatic affections, but there is no evidence that they are serviceable. 

The toxic effects of chlorine gas may be prevented by ammoniacal 
gas (ammonium chloride). Albumen is the most suitable and conven- 
ient antidote to the chlorine preparations taken into the stomach. It 
should be given freely in the form of milk, eggs, flour, etc. 

Brominium. — Bromine. Brome, Fr. ; Brom, Ger. "A dark-red 
liquid, having a strong, disagreeable odor. It is sparingly soluble in 
water, more soluble in alcohol, and still more so in ether." 

Physiological Actioxs. — The actions of bromine, considered from 
the chemical point of view, are similar to those of chlorine ; it decom- 
poses hydrogen compounds, forming bromhydric acid, and precipitating 
or separating the element associated with hydrogen. It is therefore a 
deodorant and antiseptic. The vapor of bromine is intensely irritant 
to the air-passages. It combines with the water and sets free ozone, 
which energetically attacks the mucous membrane. In sufficient quan- 
tity, laryngitis, bronchitis, and pneumonia, will be produced by the 
inhalation of its vapor. Applied in the liquid form, and undiluted, 
bromine acts as an energetic and very painful escharotic. A brownish 
slough is formed, which is afterward slowly detached. Internally, by 
the stomach, bromine acts as a corrosive poison, producing violent gas- 
tritis, and the phenomena of depression and collapse, which attend the 
action of corrosive poisons in general. 

Therapy. — The vapor of bromine is an efficient remedy in acute 
coryza and hay '-asthma. $. Brominii, 3ss; alcoholis, 5 iv. M. Sig. 
For inhalation. A small quantity of this solution may be placed in a 
wide-mouthed vial, and vaporized by the warmth of the hand. The 
vapor should be snuffed into the nose. It probably acts, as already ex 
plained, by setting free ozone. The pollen of plants, the presence of 
which gives rise to the symptoms of hay-asthma, is destroyed. The 
offensiveness of an ozcena may be removed by the same expedient. 
Chronic nasal catarrh may not unfrequently be greatly benefited by 
the vapor of bromine. 



510 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

The most important use of bromine is as an escharotic. For the 
destruction of chancre, it is probably the best caustic. Hospital gan- 
grene, the experience of the rebellion demonstrated, was more certainly 
arrested by bromine than by any other escharotic. 

For the destruction of carcinoma uteri, this agent is preferred by 
some eminent gynaecologists. When used for these purposes pure bro- 
mine is applied, by means of a glass rod, thoroughly, to the diseased 
or sloughing or gangrenous surface. 

The objections to the use of bromine are its fetid odor, its volatility 
(boils at 117° Fahr.), and the pain which attends its escharotic action. 

Acidum Carbolicum. — Carbolic acid. Phenique acide, Fr.; Carbol- 
saure, Ger. " Is either in acicular crystals, or in crystalline masses ; white 
or colorless when perfectly pure, but, even when slightly impure, either 
reddish or becoming so on exposure ; deliquescent and readily assuming 
the liquid state in the presence of a little water, yet not dissolving; of 
a strong odor and taste, recalling those of creosote, but distinct; fusible 
at from 93° to 106°, forming an oily liquid. It is soluble in from twenty 
to thirty-three parts of water, the purest being most soluble. Alcohol, 
ether, glycerine, and the essential oils, dissolve it freely. It combines 
with alkalies and other salifiable bases, but its compounds have still an 
alkaline reaction and are decomposed by the feeblest acids, even by 
carbonic acid." Dose, gr. \ — gr. j. 

Acidum Carbolicum Impurum. — Impure carbolic acid. " Is either 
colorless or has a brown shade. It consists of carbolic and cresylic 
acids, in variable proportion, with impurities derived from coal-tar, 
which vary from ten to thirty per cent." 

Glyceritum Acidi Carbolici. — Glycerite of carbolic acid ( f i j car- 
bolic acid ; half a pint of glycerine). 

Aqua Acidi Carbolici. — Carbolic-acid water (glycerite of carbolic 
acid, 3 x; water, one pint). Dose, a teaspoonful to a half-ounce. 

TInguentum Acidi Carbolici. — Ointment of carbolic acid ( 3 j — | j). 

Creosotum. — Creosote. " A colorless, oily, neuter liquid, having a 
strong, characteristic odor, and an acrid, burning taste. Is sparingly 
soluble in water, but mixes in all proportions with alcohol and ether. 

" It is distinguished from carbolic acid, which it in some respects 
closely resembles, by not coagulating collodion when mixed with it, and 
by not imparting a blue color to a slip of pine-wood dipped first into an 
alkaline solution of creosote, and then, after drying, into muriatic acid." 

Aqua Creosoti. — Creosote-water ( 3 j — Oj). Dose, a teaspoonful to 
an ounce. 

Carbolic acid has entirely superseded creosote as a remedy. 

Antagonists and Incompatibles. — Combination with alkalies di- 
minishes, but does not entirely check, the physiological activity of car- 



CARBOLIC ACID. 5U 

bolic acid. Saccharate of lime, ©r lime, is probably the most efficient 
antagonist from the chemical point of view (Th. Husemann). In cases 
of poisoning', this substance should be given freely. There is no chem- 
ical or physiological antidote to carbolic acid after absorption has taken 
place. Hence toxic symptoms should be treated on general principles 
as they arise. The local caustic action is lessened by vegetable demul- 
cents, but not by oils and glycerine. 

Synergists. — All corrosives and antiseptics, from the physiological 
standpoint, favor the action of carbolic acid. 

Physiological Actioxs. — Carbolic acid coagulates albumen, and 
dissolves in volatile and fixed oils. Applied to the integument or mu- 
cous membrane it produces a burning sensation of short duration, and 
a whitish eschar, which subsequently becomes brownish, is formed. It 
lowers the sensibility to pain and touch of the part to which it is ap- 
plied, and insensibility to pain may be sufficiently induced to permit 
free incisions without suffering (Bill, Andrew Smith). Its escharotic 
action, which, however, is very superficial, is due to its power to coagu- 
late albumen and to combine with fats. 

Carbolic acid is very destructive to the lower forms of life — bacteria, 
vibrio, fungi, etc. These minute organisms cease to exist when very 
dilute solutions of this agent are brought into contact with them. As 
all fermentations are correlative of the growth and multiplication of 
these minute bodies, carbolic acid, by destroying their activity, arrests 
zymosis. Ordinarily a solution one per cent, in strength is sufficient to 
destroy bacteria, vibrio, etc. (Neumann). 

Applied to the external integument carbolic acid is absorbed, and 
systemic effects follow, the urine becoming smoky. Fatal poisoning 
has resulted from such applications (Kohler). 

Carbolic acid has a cooling, sweetish taste, followed by heat and 
pungency. It acts oh the mucous membrane as on the skin, and, in 
cases of poisoning by the stomach administration, eschars at first whit- 
ish and afterward becoming brown or black, and surrounded by a zone 
of inflammatory redness, are found. In suitable medicinal doses a 
cooling sensation, followed by warmth, is produced. In toxic doses the 
local symptoms are those caused by an irritant poison. Carbolic acid, 
notwithstanding its power to coagulate albumen, rapidly diffuses into 
the blood. A case has been reported in which an ounce proved fatal 
to a male adult within three minutes, and a number of cases have oc- 
curred in which death ensued within an hour after the ingestion of a 
half-ounce to an ounce (Taylor). Carbolic acid exists in the blood, 
probably, as a carbolate. The blood itself does not appear to be al- 
tered; at least no change in its corpuscular elements has been discov- 
ered on microscopical examination. Added to blood outside of the 
body, carbolic acid produces very positive effects. The action of the 
heart and the blood-pressure are, apparently, not affected by carbolic 



512 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

acid. The influence which it has on temperature seems equally nega- 
tive, although it has been stated that the fever-heat of putrid infection 
is diminished by it (Erls). 

The respiration is increased in frequency, both before and after divis- 
ion of the vagi, whence it may be concluded that carbolic acid stimu- 
lates the respiratory centre and the peripheric nerve-endings (Salkow- 
ski). By the systemic administration, carbolic acid does not destroy the 
conductivity of nerves or the contractility of muscles ; but, locally ap- 
plied, it suspends the functions of the sensory nerves. Stupor, insensi- 
bility, and convulsions, are produced by carbolic acid, and these effects 
are due to the direct impression of the agent on the cerebral lobes. In 
animals carbolic acid, in lethal doses, causes muscular weakness, insen- 
sibility, and convulsions (Rothe). 

Carbolic acid is in part consumed in the body, and the products of 
its combustion are excreted in the urine, whence the smoky, blackish 
appearance of that excretion. In part, carbolic acid is eliminated by 
various excretions — by the lungs, skin, and kidneys — and, probably, for 
the most part in combination with a base. 

Therapy. — Nausea and vomiting, due to an irritable state of the 
stomach-nerves, is relieved by carbolic acid. Combination with bis- 
muth enhances the effect. IjL Acidi carbolici, grs. iv; bismuthi sub- 
nitrat., 3 ij ; mucil. acacias, Jj; aquas menth. pip., § iij. M. S. A 
tablespoonful every two, three, or four hours. Attacks of cholera-mor- 
bus and cholera infantum are not unfrequently very promptly arrested 
by the exhibition of carbolic acid, or the combination of carbolic acid 
and bismuth. Eructations of gas, due to the fermentation of foods, 
and the vomiting of yeast-like matters, especially when due to the pres- 
ence of sarcina, are often arrested by this remedy. Good results 
have been obtained by the use of carbolic acid in Asiatic cholera. 
Combination with iodine is said to be more effective (Choleratropfen). 
I£. Acidi carbolici, grs. iv; tinct. iodinii, gtt. xvj ; aquae menth. pip., 
3 iv. M. S. A tablespoonful every hour, or oftener. The same for- 
mula has been used successfully in cholera nostras and cholera infan- 
tum (Rothe). 

Based on its power to arrest the action of ferments, carbolic acid 
has been used, with certainly temporary good results, in diabetes of 
hepatic origin (Ebstein, Habershon). 

Inhalations of carbolic-acid spray possess a high degree of utility in 
chronic nasal catarrh, hay-asthma, chronic bronchitis, and whooping- 
cough. A solution in water, to the proportion of one per cent., is a 
suitable solution for this purpose. It may be combined with the tinct- 
ure of iodine. The efficacy of these inhalations in hay-asthma and in 
whooping-cough is probably due to the fact that carbolic acid destroys 
the minute organisms (cacobacteria, pollen), on the presence of which 
the morbid action in these maladies depends (Letzerich). The vapor 



CARBOLIC ACID. 513 

of carbolate of iodine ma}- be inhaled in these diseases. The warmth 
of the hand suffices to vaporize a mixture of carbolic acid and tincture 
of iodine. 

In pulmonary phthisis, when there is much teasing cough, or when 
expectoration is profuse and foul-smelling, these inhalations are ser- 
viceable. In gangrene of the lung, carbolic spray and the acid int fi- 
nally are used to destroy the fetor. A one-per-cent. solution of car- 
bolic acid and a mixture of carbolic acid and iodine have been injected 
with asserted advantage into phthisical cavities through the parietes 
of the thorax. 

Influenced by theoretical considerations, carbolic acid has been much 
prescribed by some practitioners in diphtheria, scarlet fever, variola 
erysipelas, typhoid, etc. Experience has not confirmed the truth of 
the theory on which this practice is based. The morbid process set up 
by the disease-germs is not arrested in its course by an antiferment. 
Local applications to the fauces of carbolic-acid spray or solutions are 
useful in diphtheria and scarlet fever, to remove fetor and to destroy 
such disease-germs as are generated at this point; but it is not pos- 
sible to introduce into the blood with safety a quantity of carbolic acid 
sufficient to arrest zymosis at distant points, admitting the existence of 
a morbid process comparable to the process of fermentation. Mr. Lister 
concludes that a strength of one to forty of carbolic-acid spray or solu- 
tion is necessary in order to prevent the infection of wounds, by atmos- 
pheric germs, during the progress of surgical operations. 

Parenchymatous Injection of Carbolic Acid. — The deep-seated 
injection of carbolic acid has been proposed and successfully practised 
for the relief of various morbid states. For this purpose a two-per-cent. 
solution is most suitable. A solution stronger than this may excite 
inflammation in the part and coagulate the blood. It is directed by 
Hlitcr that the needle of the hypodermic syringe be first inserted into 
the inflamed part, and, if no blood flow out through the needle, it will 
be known that a vein has not been penetrated. From twenty to thirty 
minims of the solution are then injected. The injections are made once 
or twice a day in acute diseases, and on alternate days, or less fre- 
quently, in chronic cases. Very remarkable results have been obtained 
from these injections in erysipelas (Huter, Aufrecht) and in pleuro- 
pneumonia (Kunze). 

Dr. Tessier, of the Mauritius, reports that intermittent are rapidly 
cured by the injection of three-quarters of a grain of carbolic acid dis- 
solved in twenty minims of water. 

The parenchymatous injection of carbolic acid is more especially 
adapted to the treatment of certain surgical maladies. Huter has em- 
ployed this method successfully in lupus, chancroid, secondary syphi- 
litic abscesses, ulcerations, synovitis (injected into the affected joint), 
fistulai, enlarged bursal, hydrocele, etc. 
34 



514 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

Local Application of Caebolic Acid. — Itching of the skin, aris- 
ing from any cause, is allayed by sponging the part with a solution of 
carbolic acid. J£. Acid, carbol., 3 ij ; glycerini, f j; aquas rosae ad 
§ viij. M. Sig. Lotion. This application is especially serviceable in 
prurigo and prurigo senilis. Carbolic acid is an effective application 
in parasitic skin-diseases — pityriasis versicolor, tinea tonsurans, tinea 
circinata, favus, scabies, etc. rj. Acid, carbol., 3j; glycerini, 3 j. 
M. S. Local application for parasitic shin-diseases. The internal ad- 
ministration of carbolic acid should be conjoined with its local use in 
prurigo, chronic eczema, and sycosis parasitica. 

The following is an efficient local application for chilblains : I£ . 
Acid, carbol., 3 j ; tinct. iodinii, 3 ij ; acid, tannici, 3 ij ; cerat. simpli- 
cis, f iv. M. Sig. Ointment. 

Undiluted carbolic acid is used as a mild escharotic to the so-called 
mucous patches, to condylomata, vegetations, etc., lupus, scirrhus, cau- 
liflower-growths, etc. The author has witnessed results which appear 
to him to justify the statement that carbolic acid, applied undiluted to 
the cancerous sore and injected underneath, limits the extension and 
retards the growth of the disease. 

Undiluted carbolic acid is an efficient application to ulcers of the 
cervix uteri, chronic endo-cervicitis, and endo-metritis. It may be 
applied undiluted without risk to the mucous membrane of the uterine 
cavity, on the cotton- wrapped probe, after preliminary dilatation of 
the canal. There is, probably, no better means of treating uterine 
catarrh. 

Solutions of carbolic acid, of adequate strength, have the power to 
check suppuration, and to correct the fetor of sloughing and ill-condi- 
tioned wounds. The methods of Mr. Lister's antiseptic treatment in- 
clude a much more extended application of carbolic acid. Embracing 
the fermentation theory of M. Pasteur, Mr. Lister ho.lds to the necessity 
of excluding germs from contact with wounded surfaces. Operations 
by the method of Mr. Lister must be performed under and in a spray 
of carbolic acid (one part to forty). The solution may be pulverized by 
the ordinary hand-ball atomizer, or better by a Siegle's steam atomizer. 
All knives, sponges, and ligatures, must be " carbolized " before coming 
into contact with the wounded surface. The antiseptic dressing is thus 
described by Mr. Lister : " It consists of two pieces of folded gauze and 
mackintosh (fine cotton cloth with a layer of caoutchouc), an anterior 
and a posterior one. The wound is covered with several thicknesses 
of gauze dipped in a solution of carbolic acid (one to forty), and over 
this is placed the folded gauze and mackintosh, of sufficient size to 
extend beyond the margins of the wound in all directions." The dress- 
ing is confined by turns of a " gauze bandage," and is allowed to 
remain undisturbed for from two days to a week, " the general rule being 
that the dressing should be changed on any day on which the dis- 



CARBOLIC ACID. 515 

charge is observed to have extended beyond the edge of the folded 
gauze." 

Antiseptic gauze consists of cotton cloth charged with the following: 
" One part of crystallized carbolic acid, five parts of common resin, and 
seven parts of solid paraffin " — the paraffin and resin are first melted 
together, and the acid is then incorporated by stirring. A very compli- 
cated process, too elaborate for insertion here, is described by Mr. Lis- 
ter, for diffusing the above-described mixture equably through the cot- 
ton cloth. For lubricating instruments, especially catheters and bou- 
gies, he advises a solution of one part of carbolic acid in twenty parts 
of olive oil. Carbolized silk sutures are "prepared by immersing a reel 
of the silk in melted beeswax, mixed with about a tenth part of carbolic 
acid, and drawing the thread through a dry cloth as it leaves the liquid, 
to remove superfluous wax." 

The following is the University College formula for the preparation 
of carbolic-acid plaster : " Shellac, 75 ; carbolic acid, 25. Melt the 
shellac with 8 of the acid, and then add the remaining 17, and mix thor- 
oughly. The mixture should be spread on linen, and should be coated 
with a solution of gutta-percha in bisulphide of carbon." 

The admirable results in the treatment of wounds obtained by Lis- 
ter have been fully confirmed by various competent observers (Nuss- 
baum, Thiersch, Volkmann, Bardeleben), and, although objectors have 
risen to deny the superiority of the method, it has been shown that 
the ill-success complained of was due to inattention to the various 
details necessary. 

Carbolic acid enters into the composition of Morrell's antiseptic 
fluid, which is used as a disinfectant for general purposes, and for the 
preservation of bodies. The following is the formula : " Dissolve 13.5 
parts of arsenious acid and 6.9 parts of sodic hydrate in 15 to 20 parts 
of water; add enough carbolic acid until the clear fluid, after stirring, 
appears turbid (that is, until the liquid is fully saturated with carbolic 
acid), and dilute with water to make 100 parts." 

Authorities referred to : 

Aufrecht, Dr. E. Schmidt? & Jahrbucher, vol. clxiv., p. 147. 

Bill, Dr. J. H. American Journal of Medical Science, October, 1870. 

Declat, Dr. G. JVouvelles Applications de VAcide Pheuique, etc., Paris, 1865. 

Eames, James Alexander. The British Medical Journal, 1873, p. 490. 

Habershon, Dr. S. 0. Guy's Hospital Reports, vol. xv., 1869-70, p. 530. 

Hoppe-Seyler, F. SchmidCs Jahrbucher, vol. civ., p. 273. 

Husemaxn, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, etc., erster Band, p. 297. 

Hueter, Dr. C. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. clxiv., p. 144. 

Kohler, Dr. H. Handbuch derphmiologisch.cn Therapcutilc, 1S76, p. 1206, ct seq. 

Kuxze, Dr. C. F. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. clxiv., p. 147. 

Lemaire, Dr. Jules. De VAcide Phenique, Paris, 1863, pp. 754. 

Letzerich, Dr. Ludwig. Virchow's Archiv, Band lx., p. 409. 

Ibidem. Band lvii., p. 518. 



516 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

Lister, Dr. Joseph. The Lancet, vol. i., 1875. 

Ibidem. The British Medical Journal, vol. ii., 18*75, p. T69. 

Neumann, Dr. Isidor. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. cliii., p. 141. 

Rothe, Dr. C. G-. Die Carbolsdure in der Medicin, Berlin, 1875, p. 63. 

Salkowski, Dr. Schmidt's Jahrbucher, vol. civ., p. 272. 

Taylor, Dr. W. E. Philadelphia Medical Times, vol. ii., p. 284. 

Taylor, Dr. A. S. On Poisons, third edition, 1875, p. 243. 

Salicin. — A neutral principle — a glucoside — contained in the bark oi 
several species of salix, and of other trees and plants. It crystallizes in 
plates or in the rhombic system, is whitish in color, bitter to the taste, 
and neutral in reaction (Husemann). It is sparingly soluble in water. 
Dose, grs. v — grs. xxx. 

Actions and Uses. — Salicin promotes appetite and the digestion — 
properties which it possesses in common with other bitters. It is an 
antiferment, and has antiseptic powers similar to quinia and salicylic 
acid. The latter is a derivative of salicin. It is destructive to bacteria 
and vibrio, and prevents the reaction of amygdalin and amulsin, and of 
ptyaline on starch. It does not produce very sensible effects even in 
large doses, and is without toxic activity. It has been used as a sub- 
stitute for quinia in the cases of disease to the treatment of which the 
latter is applied, especially in the treatment of intermittents. It is, 
however, much inferior to quinia. 

Salicin is an excellent stomachic tonic in atonic dyspepsia^ and is a 
serviceable remedy to prevent the fermentations which take place in the 
foods in cases of gastrointestinal catarrh. In the chronic diarrhoea 
of children, it has been employed successfully. The good results ob- 
tained from it in these cases are doubtless due to its antiferment prop- 
erties and its lack of irritating qualities. 

The most important use of salicin thus far proposed is in the treat- 
ment of acute rheumatism- — information which we owe to Dr. Maclagan. 
He concludes, as the result of his experience, that the more acute the 
case the more beneficial the remedy; that the good effects are always 
experienced within forty-eight hours; that, sometimes, the disease is at 
once arrested ; that relief of pain and fall of temperature are the earli- 
est effects produced. Maclagan gives from ten to thirty grains every 
two, three, or four hours, in powder mixed with water. "Fifteen 
grains every three hours is a medium dose." 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Drs. Aug. und Theod. PJlanzenstoffe, p. 959, et seq. 
Maclagan, Dr. T. The 'Treatment of Acute Rheumatism by Salicin. TJie Lancet y 
March, 1876. 

Acidum Salicylicum. — Salicylic acid (unofficinal). Acide Salicy- 
Uque, Fr. ; Salicylsdure, Ger. 



SALICYLIC ACID. 517 

Properties. — Salicylic acid crystallizes in needle-shaped crystals, 
which are soluble in alcohol and ether, and in hot but not in cold water. 
It is without smell, and its taste is slight and not disagreeable. The 
solubility of salicylic acid in cold water is increased by the presence of 
neutral salts. Three parts of phosphate of sodium will render one part 
of the acid easily soluble in fifty parts of water. Borate of sodium is 
still more efficient in promoting the solubility of the acid, and, as bo- 
racic acid has properties corresponding to salicylic, the borate should be 
preferred for this purpose. It has been shown that ten parts of salicylic 
acid can be dissolved in one hundred parts of water, by the addition of 
eight parts of borax (Bose). The borax should be first dissolved by the 
aid of heat, and the salicylic acid should be added gradually to the hot 
solution of borax. On cooling, filtration is necessary to separate a 
small quantity of undissolved residue. 

The dose of salicylic acid for internal administration ranges from 
ten grains to one drachm. 

Sodii Salicylas. — Salicylate of sodium. Dose, grs. xv — 3 j. The 
solution of salicylate of sodium is brownish in color, and unpleasant 
to the taste. Extract of liquorice, it is said, covers the taste some- 
what. 

Antagonists and Incompattbles. — As regards external uses, sali- 
cylic acid loses its antiseptic property by combination with alkalies 
(Kolbe). 

Synergists. — All those agents which possess the power to destroy 
disease-germs are synergistic — notably carbolic, boracic, and benzoic 
acids. 

Physiological Actions. — Applied to w T ounds in a pure state, sali- 
cylic acid causes pain and irritation, but, in the strength usually em- 
ployed for this purpose, it does not have these effects. It has the power 
to prevent fermentations and putrefactive decomposition. It is very 
destructive to the minute organisms on the presence of which these fer- 
mentations depend (Kolbe, Letzerich). Its powers, in these respects, 
seem greater than those of carbolic acid (Thiersch). A minute quantity 
will arrest the vinous fermentation, and prevent decomposition of ani- 
mal fluids. In consequence of the possession of these properties, sali- 
cylic acid favors primary union of wounds, lessens suppuration, and pre- 
vents septic infection. 

Salicylic acid appears to be devoid of toxic power. In suitable 
doses it does not produce gastric irritation, but the salicylate of soda in 
large doses is apt to cause nausea and vomiting. Kolbe took from fif- 
teen to twenty grains daily of salicylic acid without any disturbance of 
his functions. Salicylic acid probably combines with the soda of the 
blood, and exists in that fluid as a salicylate. As it has been shown 
that the salts of salicylic acid do not possess antiseptic property, it is 
probable that the combinations formed in the blood do not affect the 



518 TOPICAL KEMEDIES. 

blood-corpuscles, but, as regards the action which this agent exerts after 
diffusion into the blood, nothing is definitely known. 

It has been shown that, in the physiological state, salicylic acid does 
not affect the body temperature (Fiirbringer) ; but the evidence is con- 
clusive that in fevers it is an antipyretic (Butt, Immermann, Senator, 
and others). Salicylate of soda in considerable doses ( 3 j — 3iy), given 
on alternate evenings, exerts a very remarkable power over the tem- 
perature of fevers, depressing the heat from 2° to 3° C, and at the same 
time slowing the pulse. The decline of temperature usually persists 
for twenty-four hours, and is accompanied in about one-half of the cases 
with sweating (Moeli). Cerebral effects similar to those caused by 
quinia have also been observed, viz., giddiness, headache, tinnitus auri- 
um, etc. 

No increase of the urinary secretion has been noted. Elimination 
takes place chiefly by the kidneys. 

Theeapy. — Salicylic acid will probably be found a useful addition 
to our resources for the treatment of fermentations in the stomach, for 
the destruction of sarcina, and as an enema for the removal of ascarides. 
The author is not aware, however, of any published observations on the 
use of this remedy in these affections, except those of Wagner, who 
commends its administration " in all cases where fermentative changes 
occur in the alimentary canal." 

Very important results have been obtained from the use of salicylic 
acid as an antipyretic. In typhoid, erysipelas, acute rheumatism, pneu- 
monia, phthisis, etc., it exercises a decided influence in lowering the 
temperature (Butt, Immermann, Senator). In these affections it is sec- 
ond only to quinia as an antipyretic. The trials of Senator have shown 
that salicylic acid possesses valuable antiperiodic power, and as a reme- 
dy for intermittents seems nearly if not quite equal to quinia. In five 
out of ten cases the cure was complete after one or two doses. In diph- 
theria, good results have been obtained by Letzerich and Wagner. The 
local application of a solution of salicylic acid may be conjoined in this 
disease with its internal administration. As the experiments of Fur- 
bringer have apparently shown that salicylic acid possesses a more de- 
cided antipyretic property in septicagmic fever than in essential or symp- 
tomatic fever, its use is indicated in pyaimia, erysipelas, surgical fever, 
etc. 

Probably, in acute rheumatism, more than in any other malady, is 
salicylic acid effective. The observations which have been recently 
made show that this disease is not unfrequently arrested within forty- 
eight hours by the use of this remedy (Traube.) It removes the fever, 
quiets the articular pains, and reduces the swelling. Not every case is 
so favorably affected as to be arrested within forty-eight hours, but a 
remarkable influence appears to be exerted by this remedy over the 
course and duration of this disease. 



SALICYLIC ACID. 519 

As a disinfectant and deodorizer, salicylic acid, being free from odor, 
may take the place, to a large extent, of carbolic acid. For all toilet 
purposes it is to be preferred. It is an excellent addition to dt ntifrices, 
and its solution with borax is the most agreeable and efficient deodor- 
ant for fetid perspirations. Extraordinary success has been achieved 
by the local application of this remedy in eczema of the head andf 
Those cases characterized by much weeping seem to be best adapted to 
the cure by salicylic acid, but eczema rubrum and eczema impetig 'modes y 
that resisted other approved means, have yielded to the application of 
this agent (Wagner, Will). It is generally conceded that, as a local 
application to syphilitic ulcers, salicylic acid is inferior to carbolic acid. 

The most important therapeutical uses of salicylic acid are in the 
antiseptic treatment of wounds and injuries. Since it has been shown 
that this agent has a power to destroy the activity of ferments and dis- 
ease-germs equal to that of carbolic acid, while it is free from the irri- 
tating quality and disagreeable odor of the latter, Thiersch, who is a 
strong advocate for Lister's antiseptic method, has resorted to the use 
of salicylic-acid solutions. 

To cancer, gangrenous and sloughing icounds, pure salicylic acid 
may be applied in powder. To prevent the contact and multiplication 
of atmospheric germs, operative procedures ma} r be conducted in sali- 
cylic spray, the sponges and dressings may be saturated with salic}dic 
solutions, and the wound may be irrigated by the same. In order to 
carry out all the details of the antiseptic method, salicylic acid is sub- 
stituted for carbolic in the forms and combinations of dressings em- 
ployed by Lister. Wounds are covered with cotton-wool, impregnated 
with an alcoholic solution of the acid, in the proportion of three and ten 
per cent. As cold water takes up only one part to three hundred, which, 
however, is strong enough to destroy bacteria, etc., the addition of 
borax is generally necessary to obtain a solution of sufficient strength 
for the antiseptic applications. A salicylic-acid plaster may be prepared 
as follows: Salicylic acid, 3 ss — 3j; white "wax, 3j; paraffine, 3 ij ; 
almond-oil, 3 ij- The ingredients are melted, and rubbed up together 
in a heated mortar (Will), and spread on muslin. An ointment more 
readily melted by the heat of the body is the following : Sperm-oil, 3 jss; 
cacao-butter, 3vss; salicylic acid, 3 ss — 3 j- This should be melted 
together, thoroughly incorporated and spread on lint (Will). An oint- 
ment for the same purposes may be prepared in a simpler way by the 
addition of salicylic acid to simple cerate. A solution of salicylic acid 
in olive-oil, in the proportion of one drachm to eight ounces, is an effi- 
cient local application for burns. 

Authorities referred to : 

Bose, Dr. H. Berliner klinische Wochensehrift, 1875, Xo. 28. 

Butt, Dr. E. Die antipyretkche Wirkung der SalieyUaure. Cent. f. d. med. Wissen- 
schaften, 1815, Xo. 18. 



520 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

Furbringer, Dr. Zur Wirlcung der Salicylsaure, pamphlet, Jena, 1875. 

Immermann, Prop. Quoted in Liebermeistcr 's Handbuch der Pathologie und Therajne 
des Fiebers, Leipzig, 1875, p. 644. 

Kolbe, Prof. Ueber die antiseplischen Eigenschafter der Salicylsaure. Schmidt's Jahr- 
bilcher, vol. clxiii., p. 229. 

Letzerich, Dr. Ltjdwig. Experimenlellen Unter suchung en und Beobachtungen uber 
die Wirkung der Salicylsaure bei der Diphtheric Virchow's Archiv, Band lxiv., p. 102. 

Moeli, Dr.. Berliner Jclinische Wochenschrift, 1875, No. 30. 

Senator, Prop. Dr. Berliner Jclinische Wochenschrift, No. 32. 

Squibb, Dr. E. Note on Salicylic Acid, Brooklyn, 1875. 

Thiersch, Prop. Dr. Klinische Ergebnisse der Lister 'schen WundbeJiandlung, etc. 
Volhnami's klinischer Vortrage, Nos. 84 and 85. 

Traube, Dr. L. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, No. 1, 1876. 

Will, Dr. J. C. Ogilvie. On Salicylic Acid. The Lancet,Yo\. ii., 1875, p. 870, et seq. 

Acidum Boracicum. — Boracic acid. Acide boracique, Fr. ; Bor- 
saure, Ger. 

Properties. — Boracic acid occurs in glittering, white, scaly crystals. 
It is soluble in twenty-six parts of cold, and in three parts of warm 
water, and is freely soluble in alcohol. 

Actions and Uses. — Boracic acid possesses decided antiseptic and 
deodorant properties. It arrests fermentations and putrefactive decom- 
position, and is destructive of minute organisms — bacteria, vibrio, etc. 
Applied to wounds, it is free from irritating effects ; it lessens suppura- 
tion, and prevents decomposition. 

Boracic acid occupies an important place in Lister's antiseptic 
method. It appears to be as effective as carbolic acid, and is even less 
irritating to the tissues than salicylic acid. A saturated solution may 
be employed as a dressing to fresh wounds to prevent the action of 
atmospheric germs, or to arrest decomposition in gangrenous, sloughing, 
or ill-conditioned wounds. " Boracic lint " is made by steeping lint in 
a saturated solution of boracic acid at the boiling-point; and, after 
drying, it is found to hold a large quantity of the acid, weighing nearly 
twice as much as before being thus treated. 

Mr. Lister's directions for the application of boracic-acid dressings 
to ulcers are as follows : " The first step is to cleanse the sore and the 
surrounding skin once for all from septic impurity. This is done by 
treating the surface of the sore freely with a solution of the chloride of 
zinc (forty grains to the ounce) ; and at the same time washing the in- 
tegument with a strong watery solution of carbolic acid, which is used 
on account of its remarkable power of penetrating the epidermis, while 
for the sore itself the solution of the chloride appears to be more effi- 
cient. This preliminary step having been taken, the boracic dressing 
is at once emplo} 7 ed as follows : A piece of oiled-silk protective, of 
sufficient size to cover the sore and slightly overlap the surrounding 
skin, is dipped in the boracic lotion (a saturated, watery solution) and 
applied, and over this a piece of boracic lint large enough to extend for 



BENZOIN. 521 

an inch or more beyond the protective on all sides, the whole being- re- 
tained in position with a bandage." 

Mr. Lister has used boracic solutions with great success in pruritus 
am, ulcers, skin-grafting, burns and scalds, eczema, in operations on 
the penis, etc. By Mr. "Watson, these solutions have been employed 
with excellent results in the dermatbphyta ; for example, tinea ton- 
surans and t. circinata — especially u in that very troublesome form of 
the disease which affects the scrotum and inner side of the thighs*" 

Boracic ointment may be made as follows : " Take of boracic acid 
finely levigated one part; white wax, one part; paraffin, two parts; 
almond-oil, two parts. Melt the wax and paraffin by heating them 
with the oil, and stir the mixture briskly along with the boracic-acid 
powder in a warm mortar until the mixture thickens." When required 
for use, this ointment should be rubbed up with a little glycerine to the 
proper consistence, and then spread on muslin or linen. 

Boracic acid may be employed in all the various forms and combi- 
nations in which carbolic and salicylic acids are now used by the anti- 
septic method. 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Dr. TnEODOR. Handbuch dcs gcsammten Arzneimiiicllehrc, erster Band, 
p. 284. 

Lister, Prof. Joseph. On Recent Improvements in the Details of Antiseptic Surgery. 
The Lancet, vol. i., 1875. 

Watson, Dr. Indian Medical Gazette. The Lancet, vol. ii., 1875, p. 750. 

Benzoinum. — Benzoin. A solid balsam obtained from sty rax ben- 
zoin. Benjoin, Fr. ; Benzoeharz, Ger. 

Composition. — Benzoin is made up of resins. When subjected to 
dry distillation it yields benzoic acid, which is contained in it in the 
proportion of fourteen to eighteen per cent. Certain varieties of ben- 
zoin contain, also, cinnamic acid. 

Tinctura Benzoini. — Tincture of benzoin ( 3 vj — Oj). Dose, 3 ss 

-3j ; 

Uitguentum Benzoini. — Ointment of benzoin. (Tincture, 3 ij ; 
lard, I xvi.) 

Tinctura Benzoini Composite^ — Compound tincture of benzoin. 
(Benzoin, socotrine aloes, storax, balsam of tolu, alcohol.) Dose, 3 ss 

-3ij. 

Acidum JBenzoicum. — Benzoic acid. " Is in white, feathery crys- 
tals, of a peculiar, agreeable odor, and warm, acidulous taste*, sparing- 
ly soluble in cold water, more soluble in boiling water, which deposits 
it in part on cooling, and very soluble in alcohol." 

Ammonii JBenzoas. — Benzoate of ammonia. " Is in minute, white, 
shining, thin, four-sided, laminar crystals, with a slight odor of officinal 
benzoic acid, and a bitterish, saline, somewhat balsamic taste, and 



522 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

slightly acrid, but persistent after-taste. It is soluble in water and 
alcohol." Dose, grs. v — 3 ss. 

Actions and Uses. — The physiological effects of benzoin and its 
preparations are due to benzoic acid. Taken in very considerable doses 
( 3 ss) benzoic acid produces some epigastric heat, increases the pulse- 
rate, and promotes bronchial and cutaneous transpiration. The acidity 
of the urine is rendered more decided by it. A large part of the acid 
is excreted by the kidneys as benzoic acid, and a part undergoes con- 
version into hippuric acid. 

Recent observations have shown that benzoic acid has decided anti- 
septic properties (Salkowski). It manifests the same power to prevent 
fermentations and putrefaction, and to destroy minute organisms, pos- 
sessed by salicylic and boracic acids. 

The tinctures of benzoin were formerly used as expectorants in 
chronic bronchial affections. They are now sometimes resorted to for 
the local treatment (by atomization) of chronic laryngeal affections. 
Their most important use, however, is in the treatment of foul-smelling 
wounds, flabby granulations, etc. Unhealthy or sloughing wounds 
may be dressed with linen or cotton cloths saturated with the tinctures, 
with the effect to destroy fetor and stimulate to a more healthy growth. 
Chapped hands and lips and fissured nipples are best treated, accord- 
ing to Stille, with a mixture of compound tincture of benzoin and 
glycerine. Benzoic acid may be used as a substitute for boracic and 
salicylic acids, in the antiseptic treatment of wounds. Its solubility in 
water can be increased by the addition of borax. 

Benzoate of ammonia is a remedy of great utility when the urine is 
ammoniacal and loaded with phosphates. Under its use the urine be- 
comes acid, and the fermentative changes are arrested. In chronic 
cystitis, arising from any cause, this remedy should be prescribed when 
the urine undergoes the alkaline fermentation. Incontinence of urine, 
when due to an alkaline reaction of this excretion, is cured by the ben- 
zoate of ammonia. Phosphatic calcidi may be dissolved by the long- 
continued use of this remedy. 

Authorities referred to : 

Fluckiger and Hanbury. Pharmawqraphia, p. 361. 
Husemann, Dr. Theod. Handbuch, etc., zweiter Band, p. 996. 
Stille, Dr. A. Therapeutics and Materia Medica, vol. ii., p. 574. 

Antiseptic Oils. — Oleum Caryophylli. Oil of cloves. 

Composition. — Oil of cloves consists of two substances — a hydro- 
carbon, light oil of cloves, and an oxygenated oil — eugenol, w 7 hich has 
acid properties, and is therefore called eugenic acid. The light oil of 
cloves is isomeric with the oils of turpentine, copaiba, and cubebs. 

Salicylic acid and a camphor known as caryophyllin are also con- 
stituents of the oil of cloves. Dose, gtt. ij — gtt. v. 



ANTISEPTIC OILS. 503 

Oleum Gaultherke. — Oil of gaultheria. 

Composition. — Oil of gaultheria contains a hydro-carbon — yaulthe- 
rilen, and an acid — methy salicylic acid, to which the acid reaction of 
the oil is due. Dose, gtt. v — gtt. xx. 

Oleum Thymi. — Oil of thyme. "The volatile oil obtained from 
thymus vulgaris." 

Composition. — Oil of thyme contains a hydro-carbon which, bj' frac- 
tional distillation, is resolvable into cymene and thymene. Its most 
important constituent is a solid crystalline substance, having acid prop- 
erties and homologous with carbolic acid. This is known as thymol, or 
thymic acid. Dose, gtt. ij — gtt. x. 

Oleum Cajuputi. — Oil of cajeput. " The volatile oil obtained from 
the leaves of melaleuca cajuputi." Dose, gtt. v — gtt. xx. 

Composition. — The most important constituent of the oil of cajeput 
is cojuputol, or the bihydrate of cajiqmtene. 

To this list might be added eucalyptol, the camphor obtained from 
eucalyptus globulus, and the various balsams, and cymene and terpene 
volatile oils; but these remedies have already been considered else- 
where, so far as they possess any practical importance. 

Physiological Actions. — The composition of this group of oils in- 
dicates the close correspondence between them and carbolic, salicylic, 
and benzoic acids. So intimate are the chemical relations of salicylic 
acid, benzoic and cinnamic acids, that the balsams might with propriety 
be grouped with the antiseptics, for in their physiological actions and 
therapeutical applications they are equally as closely related as in their 
elementary composition. 

Of the members of this group, thymol or thymic acid has been most 
elaborately studied. Lewin has shown that thymol, as respects its in- 
fluence on fermentation and putrefaction, has a positive antiseptic prop- 
erty. Its actions are similar to those acids of the same class to which 
it is so closely allied chemically, viz., carbolic, salicylic, and benzoic. 
Locally applied, thymol, just as carbolic acid, produces paralysis of the 
end-organs of the sensory nerves (Lewin). 

Therapy. — It has long been known that oil of cloves, and indeed 
the essential oils generally, have the power to relieve a painful state of 
a sensory nerve. Inserted into the cavity of an aching tooth, they sus- 
pend the pain. A solution of oil of cloves in rhigolene is a nostrum for 
the cure of superficial neuralgias. I£. 01. caryophylli, ol. gaultherire, 
ol. thymii, aa 3 j ; tinct. benzoini, tinct. cinnamomi, aa 3 iv. M. S. 
Apply on lint, and cover with oiled silk. This prescription may be 
used to relieve pain in superficial nerves, or as a toilet article for the 
prevention of putrefactive fermentation in certain regions of the body 
(axillae, pubes, feet). 

The oil of cloves is the most effective deodorizer for sponge-tents 
hitherto employed. 



524 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

The essential oils dissolved in alcohol (essence or tincture) are much 
dsed to correct flatulence. This action is doubtless due to two factors : 
to the antifermentative properties of the essential oils and the reflex 
muscular contractions which their presence in the intestinal canal excites* 

Cajeput-oil has been used successfully in cholera, cholera-morbus, 
and nervous vomiting. lp. 01. cajuputi, 3j; spts. chloroformi, tinct. 
cinnamomi, aa § j. M. S. A teaspoonful every half-hour in glycerine 
or sirup and water. As a parasiticide, cajeput-oil is an effective local 
application in parasitic skin-diseases — scabies, tinea, pityriasis, etc., 
and in the form of enema, in a suitable vehicle, against ascarides ver- 
miculares. 

Authorities referred to : 

Husemann, Dr. Theodor. Handbuch cler gesammten Arzneimittellehre, erster Baud, 
p. 318. 

Lewin, Dr. L. Das Thymol ein Antisepticum und Antifermentativum. Vir chow's 
Archiv, 18*75, p. 164. 

United States Dispensatory, thirteenth edition. 



CO TJNTER-IRRITANTS. 

External irritation, utilized for the relief or cure of internal mala 
dies, is entitled counter-irritation. The remedies employed for this 
purpose are divisible into two groups : 

1. Rubefacients; 

2. Epispastics. 

A rubefacient is a remedy which causes heat and redness ; but, if 
the contact with the skin be sufficiently prolonged, vesication may be 
produced. An epispastic is a remedy which excites inflammation and 
vesication. The first group of remedies are restricted in their applica- 
tion to such therapeutical results as can be attained by a superficial and 
temporary action in the skin. The second group are intended for more 
permanent action and a deeper impression on internal organs. These 
remedies differ not only in the degree, but in the character of the effects 
produced. These differences will be more appropriately studied in con- 
nection with the remedies of each group. 

RUBEFACIENTS. 

Sinapis Alba. — White mustard. " The seed of sinapis alba." 

Sinapis Nigra. — Black mustard. " The seed of sinapis nigra." 

Charta Sinapis. — Mustard-paper. 

Composition. — When water is added to pulverized black mustard, 
pungent, irritating fumes are given off. These fumes consist of the 
volatile oil of mustard (allyl sulphocyanide). This volatile oil is pro- 
duced by a reaction between certain constituents of the seeds — sinigrin 
(myronate of potassium) and myrosin — in presence of water, and at a 



RUBEFACIENTS. 595 

temperature below 100° Falir. The boiling-temperature destroys the 
ferment, myrosin, and hence prevents the formation of the volatile oil. 
Mustard contains also a bland fixed oil, which may be procured by 
expression. 

White mustard contains an indifferent, crystalline substance, sinal- 
bin, and myrosin. Sulpho-cyanate of acrinyl, a product of the reaction 
between sinalbin and and myrosin, is the rubefacient principle of white 
mustard (FlUckiger and Hanbury). White mustard contains also an 
alkaloid — sinapine. The chemical compositions of the two kinds of 
mustard are, it will be seen, closely analogous. Myrosin exists in white 
mustard in larger proportion than in black, hence a considerably larger 
quantity of the volatile oil of mustard is formed, when an addition of 
white mustard is made to the black, 

Emplastrum Arnicai. — Plaster of arnica (extract of arnica, resin- 
plaster). 

Emplastrum Picis Burgundicce — -Burgundy pitch-plaster (Bur- 
gundy pitch, yellow wax). 

Emplastrum Picis Canadensis.— Canada pitch-plaster (Canada 
pitch, yellow wax). 

Emplastrum Picis cum Cantharide— Plaster of pitch with can- 
tbarides (Burgundy pitch, cerate of cantharides). 

Linimentum Ammonice. — Liniment of ammonia (water of ammonia, 
3J; olive-oil, fij). 

Linimentum Camphorm.-—lAm.meiit of camphor (camphor, ?iii; 
olive-oil, 3 xij). 

Linimentum Saponis— Soap-liniment (soap, 3 iv ; camphor, 3 ij ; 
oil of rosemary, Jss; water, |vj; alcohol, Oij). 

Linimentum Terebinthinm. — Liniment of turpentine (resin-cerate, 
3 xij ; oil of turpentine, Oss). 

Firing. — The application of heat by Mayer's hammer. 

An excellent rubefacient for long-continued use and moderate activ- 
ity is the domestic spice-bag. This consists of a mixture in equal parts 
of cloves, cinnamon, allspice, ginger, and a half-pint of capsicum, sewed 
into a flat bag. When required for use, it is dipped in vinegar or 
whiskey, and laid over the affected region, usually the abdomen. A 
piece of flannel or spongio-piline may be moistened with the tincture 
of these aromatics, and applied for the same purposes. 

A turpentine-stupe, which is one of the most frequently-used extem- 
poraneous counter-irritants, is made as follows: A piece of flannel 
folded in several layers, or a piece of spongio-piline, is wrung out in 
hot water, and a few drops (five to fifteen) of turpentine are sprinkled 
over it. This is placed over the affected region, and is confined by a 
towel or napkin pinned around the part. Turpentine, applied in this 
way, is a very active rubefacient, and may even vesicate, so that atten- 
tion is required to avoid overaction. 



526 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 



EPISPASTICS. 



Ceratum Cantharidis. — Cantharides or blistering cerate. 

Ceratum Extracti Cantharidis. — Cerate of extract of cantharides. 

Gharta Cantharidis. — Cantharides-paper. 

Collodium cum Cantharide. — Collodion with cantharides. 

Linimentiun Cantharidis. — Liniment of cantharides. (Turpentine 
and cantharides.) 

Of the above preparations the most efficient is the ceratum extracti 
cantharidis, the most elegant the charta cantharidis, and the most 
convenient the collodium cum cantharide. The cerates should be 
spread on adhesive plaster, leaving a margin of the plaster to secure 
adhesion to the skin. Before the application of a blister, if prompt 
action is necessary, a mustard-plaster should be laid on long enough to 
produce rubefaction, or the skin should be rubbed with turpentine. 
When the skin is very thin and sensitive, the blister should be covered 
with tissue-paper. When the vesication is to be permitted to heal in 
a short time, or when young and irritable subjects are to be blistered, 
the cantharides-plaster should be removed when distinct redness of the 
skin is produced, and a poultice applied, which will develop the vesi- 
cles. The length of time required for a blister " to draw " is influenced 
by the age of the subject and the condition of the skin. From two to 
twelve hours, as a rule, will elapse before vesicles appear ; and, when a 
very deep impression is intended, the blister may remain even twenty- 
four hours. In infants and in certain states of the constitution (scor- 
butus, purpura, scarlatina, etc.), prolonged contact of a cantharides- 
plaster may cause deep sloughing and very severe nervous symptoms, 
and adynamia. 

When the vesicles are fully developed, they should be punctured at 
the most dependent point, and the serum, as it escapes, absorbed by a 
soft cloth. If the blistered surface is to be allowed to heal, a dressing 
of raw cotton suffices. If discharge is to be encouraged, resin-cerate 
or savine-cerate may be applied spread on a cloth perforated to permit 
the discharge to exude and covered with raw cotton to absorb the fluid , 
If the blister is slow to heal, boracic-acid lotion is an efficient applica 
tion, or a weak lead-lotion may be used. 

The Theory of Counter-Irritation". — When the skin is irritated, 
by a mustard-plaster, for example, the superficial vessels of the part 
dilate, and an increased amount of blood is present in them. For a 
short distance around the part irritated, also, more or less dilatation of 
the vessels takes place. In this way a small amount of blood may be 
temporarily imprisoned. The influence which the retention in an ex- 
ternal part of so small an amount of blood has, on the general circulation, 
must be very slight. The obvious relief often afforded by a mustard-plas- 
ter can hardly, therefore, be ascribed to this limited withdrawal of blood. 



EPISPASTICS. 521 

An irritation established in the neighborhood of a part in which a 
morbid action is proceeding may, by reason of the contiguity of the 
tissues, affect the vascular supply to the diseased textures. Vbi irrv- 
tatio y Ibl fluxus y but, in order that the fluxion shall modify diseased 
action, it is necessary that there be a continuity of the vascular i 
nections. The method of Furneux Jordan, which consists in the appli- 
cation of the counter-irritant to the neighboring vascular area, is based 
on this principle. 

An irritation which consists in a local fluxion, and a state of altered 
sensibility in the nerves of the part, may affect the functions of distant 
organs. Counter-irritation applied to a considerable surface increases 
the action of the heart, raises the temperature of the body, and exalts 
the irritability of the nervous system. These are the general or sys- 
temic effects. Distinctly-localized results are also produced. When 
one hand is immersed in cold water, a positive fall of temperature takes 
place in the other. Irritation of the lumbar region, as Brown-Sequard 
has shown, is followed by contraction of the vessels of the kidneys. 
Extensive injury to the surface of the body, by burning or scalding, 
may excite ulcerative action in the duodenum, or may set. up a pneumo- 
nia. Injury to a motor-nerve trunk may be followed by ascending neu- 
ritis, and serious atrophic changes in the multipolar ganglion-cells of 
the anterior columns. — It follows from these facts that an irritation of 
the surface which involves the end-organs of the nervous system will 
affect the calibre of the arterioles and modify the functions of the trophic 
nerves. In these results we find a rational explanation of the metJiochis 
medendi of counter-irritation. 

Certain other physiological laws deserve attentive consideration in 
this connection. An irritation wdiich first produces a tetanic state of 
the vaso-motor nervous system may, if too long continued, exhaust the 
irritability of the organic muscular fibre, and cause paresis. Moderate 
irritation will exalt the functional power of the trophic centres; but 
excessive and long-continued injury to the surface may set up atrophic 
changes (ulcer of duodenum from burn). In these physiological facts 
also we find a rational explanation of the injury not unfrequently done 
by too powerful or too protracted counter-irritation. 

Vesicants, in addition to the effects of counter-irritants sketched 
above, cause an exudation of serum. This exudation may have a two- 
fold effect : 1. To lessen the gross amount of the blood-serum, and thus 
diminish the blood-pressure ; and, 2. To remove toxic or pathological 
materials from the tissues and fluids of the inflamed part. More 
powerful systemic effects are produced, and vaso-motor paresis and 
trophic changes are more quickly induced by blisters than by rubefa- 
cients. 

Therapy. — Various methods of counter-irritation are employed in 
the treatment of diseases of the abdominal viscera. For the relief of 



528 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

nausea, vomiting ', diarrhoea, colic, cholera-morbus, etc., no expedient is 
more generally useful than a mustard-plaster. In persistent vomiting, 
a small blister applied to the epigastrium will often afford permanent 
relief. The good effects of a blister in such cases are enhanced by dust- 
ing over the exposed derma some powdered morphia. In acute inflam- 
matory affections — typhlitis, peritonitis, puerperal peritonitis, pelvic 
cellulitis, etc. — the best results are obtained by the use of turpentine- 
stupes during the acute stage, and the application of blisters after the 
acuter symptoms have subsided. The prolonged contact of blisters 
with the abdominal wall of thin subjects has set up peritonitis by con- 
tiguity of structures. The author has observed instances of this kind, 
and analogous cases have been reported. 

In chest-diseases — pleuritis, pneumonia, pericarditis, etc. — some 
form of counter-irritation is invariably employed, and is often greatly 
abused. At the onset of these maladies a large mustard-plaster to the 
chest, allowed merely to redden the skin, is an excellent expedient ; 
during the progress of the inflammation the turpentine-stupe is gener- 
ally the best application ; to assist in the process of resolution and re- 
pair, the more permanent action of a blister will be serviceable. Much 
has been said about the "blistering-point" in pneumonia. The discus- 
sion is resolvable into this : during the inflammatory stage, blisters are 
harmful, because they stimulate the nervous and vascular system, and are 
useful when the crisis occurs, to assist in the liquefaction and absorption 
of inflammation products. At the very inception of an acute thoracic 
disease a flying blister may render the same service as a mustard-plas- 
ter, but it possesses no advantage over the latter. A succession of 
"flying blisters" appears to be useful in hydrothorax, to promote ab- 
sorption. 

Counter-irritants are much abused in the treatment of phthisis at its 
various stages. The chest-pains which accompany this disease can 
usually be relieved by mustard and belladonna plasters. Intercurrent 
attacks of pleuritis and pneumonia may be treated by the milder forms 
of irritation. The pustulation of the chest with croton-oil or tartar- 
emetic ointment is rarely if ever justifiable, and deep blistering is al- 
ways harmful. 

In acute inflammation of the meninges, cerebral or spinal, blisters 
are often employed, but there is singularly little proof of their utility. 
When used they should be confined to the mastoid processes or to 
the nape of the neck. Under no -circumstances is it ever justifiable to 
shave and blister the scalp, as was formerly not unfrequently done in 
various forms of cerebral disease. An aura proceeding from an ex- 
tremity may be intercepted, and attacks of epilepsy averted, by encir- 
cling the limb with a strip of blistering-plaster. Various instances of 
the success of such a blister have been reported. Hysterical paraly- 
sis is most successfully, treated by encircling the affected extremity 



EPISPASTICS. 529 

with narrow blisters (Reynolds), and hysterical aphonia may some- 
times be very quickly cured by a blister to the larynx. The curative 
effect of such an application is doubtless due to the moral impression 
of the counter-irritant. Blisters over the course of the affected nerve 
are of great service in neuritis. The good effect of the blisters is in- 
creased by treating the blistered surface with morphia. There can be 
no doubt of the curative value of blisters in neuralgice. According to 
Anstie, it is not the mental impression produced by the pain of the 
blister, and not the withdrawal of serum from the focus of pain, which 
explain their efficacy, but they act " as true stimulants of nerve-func- 
tion." The best point at which to apply the blister is " as close as may 
be to the intervertebral foramen from which the painful nerve issues." 
Flying blisters are to be preferred, and, as a rule, exudation of serum is 
not to be encouraged. 

Lumbago, myalgia, and fugitive but recurring muscular pains, are 
sometimes relieved by the warming plasters given at the head of this 
article, or by frictions with ammonia-liniment, turpentine-liniment, etc. 

Blisters are, as a rule, inadmissible In acute affections of the kid- 
neys and bladder. A succession of blisters to the perineum is un- 
questionably serviceable in chronic prostatitis and in gleet. 

Inflammatory affections of the eye and ear are, as a .rule, bene- 
fited by the application of blisters in the neighborhood of these or- 
gans. 

The application of blisters is an effective method of treating acute 
rheumatism. According to the plan of Davies and Dechilly, the 
affected joints are enveloped in blisters, which are allowed to remain 
until thorough vesication is produced and serum is abundantly dis- 
charged. The author, who has had considerable experience in the 
treatment of rheumatism by this method, finds that a number of small 
blisters applied around the joint are as effective and less painful. The 
good effects of the blister-treatment are these : the pain and swelling 
are abated, the danger of cardiac complication lessened, and the dura- 
tion of the disease shortened. It is a singular fact that the urine be- 
comes neutral or alkaline under the action of blisters. The curative 
effect of blisters is-not, probably, to be ascribed to the withdrawal of 
acid serum from the affected joints, but rather to an influence exerted 
through the trophic nerves on the metamorphosis of tissues. 

As general stimulants, rubefacients and vesicants are employed to 
arouse the vital processes in a condition of great depression or col- 
lapse from any cause, e. g., cholera, pernicious malarial fever, urcemia, 
narcotic poisoning, etc. 

Contraindications of Blisters. — The acute stage of an inflam- 
mation ; pregnancy ; scorbutus and purpura ; infancy ; debility. 

The strangury produced by blisters is lessened by the free use of 
diluent drinks, and is relieved when it occurs by an enema of laudanum 
35 



530 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

or the hypodermatic injection of a minute quantity of morphia. A 
decoction of uva-ursi freely drunk will, it is said, prevent strangury, 
but the effect of this remedy is, probably, not greater than that of an 
[Ordinary diluent. 

The method of " firing " is sometimes very beneficial in neuralgia, 
spinal irritation, myalgia, etc. The effects can be regulated by the 
temperature of the hammer, and by the duration of the contact with 
the skin, and may vary in severity from the mildest rubefaction to 
vesication, and even destruction of the skin. 

Acupuncture. — Needles about three inches in length, and having 
a red wax, hard-rubber, or metal head, are employed for this purpose. 
They are introduced by a rapid rotatory motion. Insulated needles 
are used in the same way for conveying the galvanic current to deeply- 
placed nerves. 

Bauxscheidtismus. — This is a form of acupuncture, so named from 
Baunscheid, its inventor. " The instrument employed consists of a 
heavy disk, about half an inch in diameter, having inserted into it 
about twenty-five sharp needles, each about nine-sixteenths of an inch 
in length. To this disk a strong wire spiral spring (five and a half 
inches in length) is attached, and the other extremity of the spring is 
inserted into an elongated spindle-shaped handle." The spring and 
needles are contained in a cylinder, the handle attached. The following 
is the mode of using it : the open extremity of the cylinder is placed 
firmly on the skin ; the handle is then drawn up which compresses the 
spring ; now, if suddenly loosed, the recoil of the spring drives the 
needles smartly into the skin. The punctures may be rubbed with a 
weak mixture of croton-oil, with cajeput-oil, or other suitable counter- 
irritant. 

Actions and Uses. — These are methods of counter-irritation which 
appear to possess peculiar powers. The theories which have been 
proposed to explain their mode of action are far from satisfactory. The 
method of Baunscheid is that of an ordinary counter-irritant added to 
the effects of acupuncture ; but no explanation has hitherto been offered 
which accounts, in a rational manner, for th,e curative effects of acu- 
puncture in certain maladies. 

In tic-douloureux, sciatica, lumbago, and myalgia, it occasionally 
happens that remarkable and instantaneous relief is obtained by the 
insertion of acupuncture-needles. 

When the patient is timid, the sensibility of the skin may be di- 
minished by the application of chloroform for a minute, or of the ether- 
spray. If rapidly rotated by the finger and thumb, the needle will 
penetrate with little suffering. 

Aquapuncture. — The method of aquapuncture consists in the in- 
troduction of water subcutaneously, or into the substance of muscles. 
A special instrument has been invented for this purpose, the advantage 



AQUAPUNCTURE. 53 1 

of which consists in its being armed with several needles, which per- 
mit the introduction of the water at various points simultaneously. 
Ordinarily, the hypodermic syringe will suffice for the performance of 
this little operation, and, if patients object to repeated punctures, the 
sensibility of the skin may be obtunded by ether-spray. 

When water is injected under the skin, more or less pain, accompa- 
nied by burning, is produced. A wheal is formed about the site of the 
puncture, and redness of the skin and elevation of the temperature at 
that point follow. It is a remarkable circumstance that aquapuncture 
has the power to relieve pain in a superficial nerve. So decided is this 
effect that there are physicians who hold that the curative effect of the 
hypodermatic injection of morphia is due, not to the morphia, but to 
the water ! In order that aquapuncture shall relieve pain, it is neces- 
sary that the water be injected into the neighborhood of the painful 
nerve. Injection at a remote and indifferent point w r ould certainly fail 
of any effect except that reflex effect which is produced by any coun- 
ter-irritant. Aquapuncture, however, has unquestionable power as a 
counter-irritant. 

The method of aquapuncture has been employed with success, which 
must be regarded as extraordinary in neuralgice, facial, sciatic, and 
lumbo-abdominal ; in lumbago, irritability of the bladder, uterine colic y 
gastralgia, etc. The author has produced excellent effects from the in- 
jection of water into paralyzed and wasting muscles. It promotes the 
nutrition of muscles, and contributes to the regeneration of voluntary 
power. In the various cases to which this treatment is applicable, the 
quantity which should be injected will vary from thirty minims to a 
drachm. When the first injection does not relieve in two minutes, 
another should be practised. It is insisted upon (Lafitte) that the 
water be injected at the painful points {points douloureux). There 
need be no limit to the number of the injections, if they afford relief; 
for, of course, no injury will result unless it be the occasional produc- 
tion of an abscess at the site of the injections. 

Authorities referred to : 

Anstie, Dr. F. E. On Neuralgia and the Diseases that resemble it, London and New 
York, 1871, p. 192, et seq. 

Ibidem. The Practitioner. On the Theory of Counter- Irritation, vol. iv., p. 156. 

Bennett, Dr. James Risdon. Remarks on Counter-Irritation. The Practitioner, vol. 
ii., p. 321. 

Davies, Dr. Herbert. Tlie Lancet, vol. ii., 1865. 

Dickinson, Dr. W. H. On the Practice of Counter-Irritation. The Practitioner, vol 
iii., p. 97. 

Dieclafoy, Dr. Georges. Nov. Diet, de Med. et de Chirurg. Prat., article Douleur. 

Lafitte, Dr. Leopold. I? Union Medicate, October 5, 1875. 

Delut, Dr. Ibid. 

Ross, Dr. James. On Counter-Irritation. The Practitioner, vol. iv., p. 73. 

Servajan, Joannes. De V Aquapuncture, Paris, 1872, pp. 56. 



532 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

BLOODLETTING. 

Venesection, arteriotomy, cupping 1 , leeching. — The manner of bleed- 
ing, whether by opening a vein or an artery, is a surgical subject, which 
it is not necessary to consider in this work. 

Physiological Actions. — Bloodletting may be employed for a sys- 
temic or local effect. Bleeding from a vein or an artery, by diminish- 
ing the whole quantity of the circulating fluid, and by altering its 
quality, affects the functions of every organ, and especially of organs 
the seat of an acute hyperemia. Cupping and leeching, if carried far 
enough, may diminish the general blood-pressure and the proportion of 
the morphotic elements ; but their action is largely local and revulsive. 

The effects of blood-letting on the composition of the blood are 
these : the water is increased and the globules, fibrine, and salts, are 
diminished in relative amount ; an artificial anaemia is thus induced. 
The action of the heart becomes more rapid and its force lessened; the 
arterial tension falls, and the pulse assumes the dicrotic character. The 
functions of organs, especially of the brain and nervous system, lose 
energy. Nausea, vomiting, faintness, syncope, and epileptoid seizures 
occur, when the loss of blood is considerable. Epileptiform convulsions 
is a constant phenomenon in animals bled to death (Kussmaul and 
Tenner). 

When the quantity of fluid in the vessels is lessened by bleeding, 
thirst is experienced, and absorption is more rapid ; the sensibility to 
pain is diminished, probably, because the perceptive centres are func- 
tionally inactive ; and the power to evolve force, muscular, digestive, 
nervous, etc., is greatly restricted. Only one function, therefore, is 
rendered more active bj 7 bleeding ; all the others are depressed in con- 
sequence of the inadequate supply of nutrient material. 

It is a remarkable fact, perfectly well known to old practitioners, 
and to which Sir James Paget has recently called attention, that the ill- 
effects of bleeding, in healthy subjects, are very temporary and easily 
repaired. The blood-globules, which are relatively more affected by 
bleeding than the other constituents, are quickly reproduced, and the 
functions of organs suddenly very much depressed soon recover their 
normal energy. That any permanent injury is done to the healthy 
human system by a moderate bleeding seems, therefore, to be highly 
improbable. 

Therapy. — The limits of this work will not permit the introduction 
of any controversial discussions. The author is to be ranked with those 
who do not employ general bloodletting, but he does not deny that it 
is occasionally useful ; and that, indeed, it may be indispensable. A 
summary of the physical conditions in which venesection may be useful 
or indispensable should not, therefore, be omitted from a work on thera- 
peutics. 



BLOODLETTING. 533 

The therapeutical effect of a general bloodletting in congestion and 
inflammation is largely mechanical. In acute congestion of the lungs 
when aeration of the blood is seriously impeded ; when there are extensive 
stasis on the venous side, and ischremia on the arterial side of the sys- 
temic circulation, great relief may be afforded by the abstraction of 
from four to sixteen ounces of blood. In the apoplectiform variety 
of acute cerebral congestion, damage to the brain may be prevented by 
letting blood. The effect of the bleeding is to diminish the intral-cranial 
pressure, and thus relieve the strain on the cerebral vessels. In eclamp- 
sia, especially of the puerperal variety, accompanied with the evidences 
of cerebral congestion, great relief may be procured by the timely ab- 
straction of blood. The quantity of blood to be taken will depend in 
part on the character of the subject and on the amount of congestion. 

The mechanical effect of the withdrawal of blood from the systemic 
circulation may be most advantageous in cases of sudden over-disten- 
tion of the right cavities of the heart. 

Pulmonary haemorrhage, when dependent on acute congestion of 
the lungs, the general condition being one of plethora, may be promptly 
arrested by opening a vein in the arm. 

The pain of acute pleuritis, and acute peritonitis, can be quickly 
relieved by bloodletting. 

Although it is undeniable that the important results above men- 
tioned may be obtained from general bleeding, it is equally certain that 
as good results in most of the conditions may be had by other methods. 
Acute diseases make such serious demands on the vital resources of pa- 
tients, that the practitioner should seriously ponder the propriety of 
taking blood even in those cases to the relief of which it may seem to 
be adapted. Large bleedings, experience has abundantly shown, render 
the convalescence from acute diseases tedious — for the patient has to 
make up the losses by venesection as well as the ravages of the disease. 

Bleeding by Cups and Leeches. — A large number of cups and 
leeches may produce the systemic effects of a general bleeding. But, 
as a rule, these applications are intended to withdraw blood from the 
affected part, and thus act in the manner entitled revulsive. The local 
irritation caused by cups and leeches must, through the agency of the 
nervous system, affect distant parts in the same manner as other coun- 
ter-irritants. 

Leeches are preferable to cups when the parts are very sensitive, or 
inaccessible. The quantity of blood drawn can be more accurately 
measured when cups are used. The counter-irritant effects are much 
more pronounced from cups than from leeches. 

The amount of blood drawn by a leech will depend on its size, and 
the subsequent loss of blood, when the bleeding is encouraged, is deter- 
mined by the vascularity of the part. As a general rule it may be 
stated that a leech will draw about four times its own weight — about 



534 TOPICAL KEMEDIES. 

one to two drachms. To obtain from any given patient four ounces of 
blood, one ounce of leeches must be applied. 

In acute gastric, enteric, and peritoneal inflammations, if the patient 
be plethoric, and there is decided sthenic reaction, leeches to the abdo- 
men are very serviceable. The number to be applied will always 
depend on the effect to be produced, employing the rules given above 
as the basis of the estimate. In typhlitis and perityphlitis, the author 
has seen such good results produced by leeches, that he holds they 
should never be omitted when the tenderness and fever begin. In 
acute hepatitis and congestion of the liver, and in acute dysentery, the 
best results are obtained by the application of leeches to the margin of 
the anus. Hemorrhoids that are swollen, painful, and irreducible with- 
out great suffering, are much relieved by the application of leeches 
directly to them. Pruritus of the anus, when due to engorgement of 
the portal circulation, and accompanied by heat of the anal region, may 
sometimes be cured by leeching the parts affected. 

Acute desquamative nephritis, pyelitis, and congestion of the kid- 
neys, are ameliorated by the application of cups to the lumbar region. 

The following acute affections of the respiratory organs, when they 
occur in robust persons, and are accompanied by sthenic reaction, are 
favorably influenced in their course and duration by the application of 
cups or leeches — usually the former: pleuritis, pericarditis, acute ton- 
sillitis, acute laryngitis, and inflammatory croup). 

In acute inflammations of the uterus and its appendages, decisively 
good results are obtained by the application of leeches to the hypo- 
gastric region, to the iliac fossse, or to the uterus, 

Cupping the nape of the neck, or leeches to the mastoid process, are 
probably of service in acute congestion or inflammation of the intra- 
cranial structures ; but the indiscriminate emphyyment of bloodletting 
in any case of cerebral disease is . to be condemned. The correct rule 
may be formulated as follows: When bloodletting is indicated in intra- 
cranial maladies, venesection or arteriotomy (temporal artery) is to be 
preferred to the use of cups or leeches. 

Although good results are obtained by the local abstraction of blood 
in the diseases above mentioned, the author must express his conviction 
that the chief utility of cupping and leeching consists not in the blood 
withdrawn, but in the derivant and counter-irritant effect which they 
produce. Dry cups, a mustard-plaster, a turpentine-stupe, or other 
counter-irritant application, may render the painful process of cupping 
or leeching unnecessary. 

ESCHAKOTICS. 

The substances belonging to this group are employed for the pur- 
pose of destroying the tissues to which they are applied. They differ 
in their mode of action, in the extent of the destruction which the*? 



ESCLTAROTICS. 535 

effect, in their capacity for diffusion into the blood, and in the results 
which they severally accomplish. 

They are prescribed for the purpose of cauterizing poisoned wounds 
— syphilitic ulcers, snake-bites, the bites of rabid animals — for the re- 
moral of gangrenous parts, foul or exuberant granulations, and espe- 
cially for the destruction of malignant growths. When the diseased 
joarts, to the destruction of which they are devoted, have been fully 
acted upon, the caustic action is ended; poultices are applied to favor 
the entire separation of the sloughs, and a healthy surface is finally left 
to heal by granulations. 

The members of this group have, with one exception, been dis- 
cussed elsewhere: 

The mineral acids. 

The chloride and sulphate of zinc. 

Potassa fusa and potassa cum calce. 

Arsenious acid. 

The acid nitrate of mercury. 

Bromine. 

Acichon Chromicum. — Chromic acid. " In deep-red, needle-form 
crystals, deliquescent, and very soluble in water, forming an orange-red 
solution." 

Actions and Uses. — Chromic acid is an oxidizing caustic. When 
the action ceases, sesquioxide of chromium remains. It is slow in ac- 
tion, and not very painful, but it penetrates deeply and is remarkably 
destructive. Small animals, as mice and birds, are dissolved entirely, 
bones and all, by chromic acid. Owing to the fact that it penetrates 
deeply without much pain, care must be used in its application as a 
caustic, lest it injure parts which are not intended to be affected. When 
it is applied as a caustic, the surrounding tissues must be well protected. 
For the destruction of malignant growths, haemorrhoids, warts, etc., the 
acid should be made into a paste by the addition of sufficient water. 
The part to which it is applied first becomes yellow, then brownish, and 
ultimately black, and the eschar is detached in from twenty-four to forty- 
eight hours. 

A solution of chromic acid of the strength of one hundred grains to 
an ounce of distilled water is an efficient local application in syphilitic 
warts and vegetations, condylomata, lupus, sycosis, tinea tonsurans, 
etc. A still stronger solution (grs. xv — 3 j of hot water) has been 
injected into the uterine cavity with success in cases of uterine haemor- 
rhage and uterine catarrh (Wooster). 

Authorities referred to : 

Busch, Dr. E. Annuaire de Thcropeittiguc, vol. xxiv., p. 229. 
Heller, Dr. Ibidem, 1853, p. 283. 
Marshall, John. The Lancet, 1857, vol. i., p. 88. 
"Wooster, Dr. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences, 1869, p. 367. 



536 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

EMOLLIENTS, DEMULCENTS, AND PROTECTIVE AGENTS. 

Glycerina. — Glycerine. " A colorless, inodorous, sirupy liquid, of a 
sweet taste, and having the specific gravity of 1.25. It is soluble in 
water and in alcohol, but not in ether." 

Glycerine- Ointment. — (Unofficinal.) (Spermaceti, § ss ; white wax, 
3 j ; oil of almonds, § ij ; glycerine, § j — add the glycerine to the 
melted ingredients, and stir briskly till cold) Squire. 

Glyconine. — An emulsion of glycerine and the yelk of eggs — four 
parts of the yelks and five parts of glycerine. 

Glycerine- Cream. — (Glycerine, 1 ; soft soap, 1 ; cherry -laurel wa- 
ter, 1) Squire. 

Glycerine- Cream with Camphor. — (Glycerine, 2 ; camphor, 1 ; rec- 
tified spirit, 1) Squire. 

Glycerina Amyli. — Glycerite of starch. (Starch, 1 ; glycerine, 8^) 
Ph. Br. 

Properties. — Exposed to the air, glycerine slowly absorbs moist- 
ure, but it does not evaporate, and it does not become rancid or undergo 
fermentation spontaneously. It is unctuous to the touch, and is obsti- 
nately sticky. Glycerine possesses remarkable solvent powers. One 
part of iodine and one of iodide of potassium dissolve in two parts of 
glycerine. Bromine, the iodide of sulphur, the chlorides of potassium 
and sodium, the alkalies, some of the alkaline earths, many of the neu- 
tral salts, the vegetable acids, especially tannic, most of the alkaloids 
(morphia, quinia, strychnia, veratria, and atropia), and carbolic acid, are 
soluble in glycerine. The' fatty acids, cocoa-butter, camphor, chloroform, 
calomel, iodide of lead, and the resins, do not dissolve in glycerine. 

The antiseptic property of glycerine is decided. Vaccine lymph 
may be preserved unchanged almost indefinitely when stored up in pure 
glycerine ; and anatomical preparations, and specimens of natural his- 
tory, are kept in preservative solutions consisting chiefly of this sub- 
stance. Microscopical and pathological specimens are after a time soft- 
ened and disintegrated by pure glycerine. 

Applied to the tissues of the body, glycerine, if pure, is perfectly 
bland and unirritating, as a rule, but in some subjects severe smarting 
is produced on contact of the purest glycerine with the mucous mem- 
brane. When it contains the fatty acids, oxalic or formic acids, it pos- 
sesses very positive irritant qualities. It abstracts water from the tis- 
sues. 

No systemic effects are produced by the stomach administration of 
glycerine. It does not impair or stimulate digestion, and sometimes 
acts as a laxative. It has but feeble nutritive quality. 

Therapy. — Glycerine has been proposed and used as a substitute 
for cod-liver oil, in the various cachectic states in which the latter is 
prescribed. It has been conclusively shown that it is inferior to cod- 



GLYCER1NA. 537 

liver oil in every respect. As a vehicle for the administration of cod- 
liver oil, it is extremely serviceable (glyconine, a teaspoonful ; cod-liver 
oil, a teaspoonful; tincture of cinnamon, ten drops). 

Good results have been reported from the use of glycerine in dzabt U s, 
but the data are as yet insufficient to enable a correct estimate of its 
real value to be made. The internal administration of glycerine has 
been resorted to for the removal of acne, with success; but the author's 
experience has not been so satisfactor}\ 

The most important applications of glycerine, besides its numerous 
uses as a vehicle, are topical as an emollient. Applied to the affected 
mucous membrane by means of a camel's-hair pencil, pure glycerine 
affords great relief in acute coryza. Chronic follicular pharyngitis, 
accompanied with profuse secretion, is generally improved by the same 
application, but the addition of tannic acid greatly enhances its cura- 
tive power in this affection. A solution of morphia in glycerine, ap- 
plied to the fauces with a brush, relieves the cough of phthisis. A bet- 
ter application in many respects is a mixture of glycerine, crystallized 
sugar, and whiskey. This mixture, allowed to trickle slowly down the 
fauces, allays irritability and keeps the mucous membrane moist (gly- 
cerine, two parts; whiskey, one part; crystallized sugar, a sufficiency). 

An enema of glycerine and infusion of flaxseed (one to four) allays 
the tenesmus in cases of acute dysentery. 

For chapped hands or face, glyconine is an excellent application. 
In seborrhoea, glycerine-cream gives good results. For fissures of the 
nipple, Stille strongly recommends a " liniment made by adding one 
part of tincture of benzoin to six or eight of glycerine, and filtering the 
mixture." 

In pityriasis and in the papular eruptions, glycerine is serviceable, 
but, in general, it may be stated that its use in skin-diseases is disap- 
pointing, and that it is inferior as a local application to the usual oils 
and fats employed in this way. 

Glycerine has been used as a dressing for icounds and xdcerated 
surfaces, with more or less advantage. It is largely prescribed by gynae 
cologists as a topical application to erosions and ulcerations of the cer- 
vix uteri, and for the relief of vaginal leucorrhcea. 

The glycerite of starch (plasma) is an excellent vehicle for the appli- 
cation of astringents to the eye, and is much employed by ophthal- 
mologists for this purpose. Glycerine is used by otologists to soften 
cerumen, to entangle insects which have entered the ear, to diminish 
the secretion of pus, and to relieve the morbid state of the auditcry 
canal in cases of otorrhoea. 

Collodium. — Collodion. " Is a slightly opalescent liquid, of a sirupy 
consistence. By long standing it deposits a layer of fibrous matter, and 
becomes more transparent. This layer should be reincorporated, by 



538 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

agitation, before the collodion is used. When applied it should form a 
colorless, transparent, flexible, and strongly contractile film." 

Collodium Flexile. — Flexible collodion. (Collodion, Canada tur- 
pentine, castor-oil.) 

Liquor Gutta-Perch88. — Solution of gutta-percha. (Gutta-percha, 
carbonate of lead, purified chloroform.) 

Actions and Uses. — These solutions, when applied to the integu- 
ment, evaporate, leaving a transparent film or coating impervious to 
air and moisture. In drying collodion contracts energetically, and may 
indeed produce such a degree of constriction as to cause pain, and to 
render the part bloodless. Flexible collodion contains turpentine and 
castor-oil, which confer the property of flexibility, while they do not 
impair the impermeability of the film. The solution of gutta-percha 
has properties similar to flexible collodion. 

These solutions are employed to protect exposed parts from the 
contact of air, to secure primary union of incised wounds, to cause reso- 
lution of inflamed parts by mechanical pressure, etc. 

Some cases of chronic tubercular and squamous sJcin- diseases are 
much improved by coating them with the gutta-percha solution. Pre- 
vious to the application of the solution all scales should be removed. 
Excellent results have been obtained, in herpes zoster by a thick coating 
of the flexible collodion, or the gutta-percha solution : the pain is re- 
lieved, the vesicles aborted, and the duration of the disease shortened. 
As this is a self-limited disease, there must remain a suspicion of post 
hoc rather than propter hoc. Erysipelas, especially of the traumatic 
variety, is, at least, much relieved as regards the local symptoms by a 
thick coating of flexible collodion, but there is no evidence that it actu- 
ally shortens the duration of the disease. Burns to the first degree 
are greatly benefited by the same application ; it prevents contact of 
the air, and allays the irritation and pain. When, however, there is 
much exudation, or sloughing takes place, an impermeable coating adds 
to the distress. 

Collodion has been used without much success in small-pox, to hin- 
der the development of the pustules. Small boils, carbuncles, nmvi, 
and even superficially placed aneurisms, may be so compressed as to 
arrest the local inflammation or to cause coag-ulation of the blood. 
Orchitis may be treated by a coating of collodion, instead of strapping. 
When the mechanical effects of the collodion are to be obtained, succes- 
sive layers must be applied. 

Fissures of the nipples are best treated by flexible collodion or gutta- 
percha solution. The fissures are carefully wiped dry, w T ell approxi- 
mated, and then thoroughly coated. Nipples that are retracted may 
be made more prominent by surrounding them, after being well drawn 
out, with a thick layer of collodion so placed that on contracting it will 
pucker the skin of the areola. 



CETKARIA. 539 

Collodion has been used with success as a means of compression in 
umbilical hernia, spina-bifida, varicocele, etc. 

Chondrus. — Chondrus Crispus. Irish moss. 

Cetraria. — Cetraria Islanelica. Iceland moss. 

Decoctum Cetrarice. — Decoction of Iceland moss. 

Composition. — The principal constituent of chondrus is a mucilage, 
which, when dry, is horny, but swells up in water forming a jelly. 
Cetraria contains about seventy per cent, of a starch (lichen-starch), a 
decoction of which gelatinizes on cooling. In addition to this starch 
cetraria contains a bitter principle (cetrarin), and a peculiar acid (lich- 
eno-stearic acid). 

These lichens are used only for the production of diets for the sick. 
They were formerly supposed to possess some peculiar virtues which 
rendered them serviceable to pulmonary invalids. As articles of food, 
they have a very low position as regards nutritive value. The decoc- 
tion of cetraria may be used as a stomachic tonic, containing as it does 
a bitter principle ; but it is only to be prescribed when the more effi- 
cient remedies are not well borne. 

Chondrus may be made into jelly or blanc mange, in the same way 
as gelatine is now prepared for this purpose. Neligan gives the fol- 
lowing recipe for the preparation of a jelly from chondrus : Chondrus, 
washed and macerated, thirty grains ; spring-water, a pint ; boil down 
to one-half and strain with expression, and add to the strained liquor 
four ounces of white sugar, one ounce of gum-acacia, and thirty grains 
of powdered orris-root ; heat to dryness with a gentle temperature, 
stirring constantly so as to obtain a pulverulent mass, to which three 
ounces of arrow-root are to be added by trituration. A jelly is pre- 
pared with this powder by rubbing a teaspoonful of it with a little cold 
water, and then pouring a cupful of boiling water on it. 

Acacia. — Gum-arabic. " A gummy exudation from acacia vera, and 
other species of acacia." 

Mucilago Acacice. — Mucilage of gum-arabic. 
/Synqnts Acacice. — Sirup of gum-arabic. 

Tragacantha. — Tragacanth. " The gummy exudation from astraga- 
lus verus, and from other species of astragalus." 

Mucilago Tragacanthee. — Mucilage of tragacanth. 

Sassafras Medulla. — " The pith of the stems of sassafras officinale.' 
3Iitcilago Sassafras Medullar. — Mucilage of sassafras-pith. 
Actions and Uses. — These preparations are used as demulcent 

drinks, in cases of acute inflammation of the stomach and intestines. 

They are supposed to make a protective coating on the inflamed part, 



540 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

and thus save it from further injury. They are especially indicated 
when irritating and corrosive substances have been swallowed. They 
are also frequently prescribed as diet-drinks in fevers and in acute in- 
flammations, in accordance with the supposition that they are not only 
soothing to the alimentary canal but are, in a limited sense, foods. As 
nutrients these gums and mucilaginous substances rank very low, and 
can by no means take the place of such a food as milk. Furthermore 
they are exceedingly apt to undergo fermentation, and to produce flatu- 
lent colic and diarrhoea. 

Mucilaginous drinks are very frequently taken in catarrhal affections 
of the bronchial tubes and of the kidneys, with the view to modify the 
morbid process going on in these parts. It need hardly be stated that 
such a theory of the utility of demulcents is erroneous. Cough is modi- 
fied by an influence which is probably reflex, when mucilages are ap- 
plied to the fauces ; but in no other way can the mucous membrane of 
the air-passages be affected by such remedies taken into the stomach. 
As gums undergo digestion in the alimentary canal, it is obvious that 
they cannot act as demulcents on any part of the urinary tract. 

The chief use of these remedies is in extemporaneous prescriptions, 
to hold insoluble medicines in suspension, and to cover the taste of 
disagreeable ingredients. 

Linum. — Flaxseed. " The seed of linum usitatissimum." 
JLini Farina. — Flaxseed-meal. 

Infusum Lini Compositum. — Compound infusion of flaxseed. 
(Flaxseed, § ss ; liquorice-root, 3 ij ; boiling water, Oj.) 

Ulmus. — Slippery-elm bark. " The inner bark of ulmus fulva." 
Mucilago JJlmi. — Mucilage of slippery-elm bark. 

Glycyrrhiza. — Liquorice-root. " The root of glycyrrhiza glabra. 

Extractum Glycyrrhiza}. — Extract of glycyrrhiza (liquorice). 

Mistura Glycyrrhiza?, Composita. — Compound liquorice -mixture 
(brown mixture). A simple expectorant containing paregoric, wine of 
antimony, and spirits of nitrous ether. Dose, 3 j — § ss. 

Actions and Uses. — The remedies of this group contain mucilagi- 
nous constituents on which their properties depend. They are fre 
quently prescribed as protectives in gastro-intestinal disorders, and as 
expectorants in bronchial affections. 

PoultiCGS. — Flaxseed-meal, powdered slippery-elm bark, and Indian 
or corn meal, are most frequently used for the preparation of poultices. 
Wheat-bread and milk are also occasionally employed for the same 
purpose. 

In the preparation of a poultice, the meal is slowly incorporated 



POULTICES. 541 

with hot water, until a mass of the proper consistency is made. The 
mixture itself should not be applied immediately to the part, for it dries 
and adheres with considerable tenacity. A piece of washed muslin of 
quadrangular shape, and of sufficient size, is selected ; the hot mass is 
spread on one end of the muslin, leaving- a margin of one inch on three 
sides ; the long end of the muslin is then folded over the mass, and the 
free margins are stitched or pinned together. If the poultice is not 
frequently renewed, to prevent drying, some glycerine should be added 
to the surface which is to remain in contact with the tissues. Lauda- 
num, or other narcotics, may be stirred in with the meal if the relief of 
pain be desirable. 

A yeast-poultice consists of brewers' yeast, to which sufficient flax- 
seed is added to give the proper consistence. 

A charcoal-poultice differs from an ordinary poultice in having pow- 
dered charcoal incorporated with the mass. In order that a charcoal- 
poultice shall have the proper consistence, the mass should be thin 
enough to take up a sufficient quantity of charcoal. 

Actions and Uses. — A poultice is a means of applying continuous 
heat with moisture, and of softening the tissues. An afflux of blood 
takes place to the part, the vessels dilate, the tissues, softened by the 
combined influence of heat and moisture, permit the easy diffusion of 
the fluids. If the process of inflammation has begun, or is in progress, 
the stasis is relieved, the tension of the inflamed part is lessened, and 
resolution is thus favored ; or, if the stage of exudation is reached, the 
mig-ration and multiplication of the white corpuscles are promoted, and 
the extrusion of purulent elements facilitated. The accumulation of 
blood in the neighborhood of the poultice seems to diminish the press- 
ure elsewhere, and thus poultices of large size lower the arterial tension 
and lessen stasis in internal parts. Poultices relieve the pain of in- 
flamed parts by relaxing the tissues, and thus removing pressure from 
the sensory nerve-filaments. The impression thus made on the periph- 
eral nerve-endings is transmitted to the centre and reflected over in- 
ternal organs. It is within the range of everybody's personal experi- 
ence that warm, moist applications relieve pain in internal and distant 
parts, which have no anatomical connection with the integument to 
which the applications are made. 

Poultices have, therefore, a local and a systemic effect. Their thera- 
peutical uses are based on this conception of their physiological actions. 
They are prescribed to relieve the tension and to promote resolution 
or suppuration in boils, carbuncles, and other superficial inflammations, 
to hasten the healing of irritable ulcers, to favor the separation of 
gangrenous sloughs, etc. Foul-smelling wounds requiring the use of 
poultices are best treated with the yeast or charcoal poultice. 

Unquestionable benefit is derived from the application of hot poul- 



542 TOPICAL REMEDIES. 

t 

tices externally in acute faucial inflammations , in pneumonia, pleuri- 
tis, pericarditis, hepatitis, peritonitis, etc. 

The application of poultices sometimes degenerates into abuse. If 
too long continued, the skin becomes white, wrinkled, and sodden; 
small abscesses or boils form, and the vessels of the parts very slowly 
regain their tone. If kept too long in contact with wounds or ulcer- 
ated surfaces, the granulations become pale and flabby, and the healing 
process is retarded. Applied indiscreetly to inflamed joints, they may 
promote suppuration, and thus permanently injure these structures. If 
kept long in contact with a large extent of surface, they will lower the 
general tone and vigor of the system, depress the systemic circulation, 
exhaust the irritability of the vaso-motor nerves, and thus seriously 
embarrass the reparative process, if not wholly prevent repair. 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



PAGE 

A 

Acacia 539 

Acida : 

Acidum Arseniosum 114 

Aceticum 167 

Benzoicum 521 

Boracicum 520 

Carbolicum 510 

' Chromicum 535 

Citricnm 167 

Gallicum 233 

Hydrocyanicum Dilutum 423 

Lacticnm 69 

Mnriaticuni 72 

Nitricum 72 

Nitro-Muriaticutn 72 

Phosphoricum 72 

Salicylicum 516 

Sulphuricum 71 

Sulphurosum 72, 169 

Tarmicum 232 

Tartaricum 167 

Aconitia 430 

Aconituui Xapellus and its preparations — 430 

Acupuncture 530 

Adeps 79 

^Ether 342 

Ailantus 444 

Alcohol 327 

Ale 340 

Aliments 18 

Alkalies 147 

Alkaline Mineral Springs 155 

AInus Cerulata 235 

Aloes and its preparations 465 

Aloin 465 

Alum 229 

Alumen 229. 446 

Ex? iccatum 229 

Ammonia 162 

Ammoniacum and its preparations 316 

Ammonium and its preparations 161 

Amygdalae Oleum Expressum 79 

Amy] Nitrite 428 

Anaesthesia 348 

Local .356 

Anaesthetics 368 

Animal Diet 35 

Anthelmintics 178 



PAGE 

Antimony and its preparations 22:3 

Antiseptics 506 

Apiol 500 

Apomorphia 447 

Aqua 49 

Aquapuncture 530 

Argentum and its preparations 201 

Aricina 136 

Arnica and its preparations 405 

Aromatic Bitters 128 

Arsenic and its preparations 114 

Arterial Transfusion 16 

Asafcetida and its preparations 313 

Atomization of Liquids 6 

Atropia 296 

Auruin and its preparations 199 

B 

Bantingism : 32 

Baths 54 

Beer 340 

Belladonna and its preparations 296 

Benzoic Acid 521 

Benzoin 521 

Berberina 252 

Berberis 132 

Beverages 46 

Bismuth and its preparations 112 

Bitters, Aromatic 128 

Simple 125 

Blisters 526 

Bloodletting 532 

Brandy. 327 

Brayera and its preparations 4S3 

Bromine 509 

Bromides : 

Ammonium 3 C 7 

Calcium 387 

Lithium 387 

Potassium 387 

Sodium 387 

Broom 497 

Broths. Animal, Formulae for 

Brown Mixture 540 

Brucia 268 

Buchu and it^ preparations 496 

Burgundy Pitch 525 

Buttermilk Cure 39 



544 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



c 



Cacao Butter 

Cadmium and its preparations. 
Caffein and its preparations. . . 

Calabar Bean 

Calcium 

Calomel 

Calumba and its preparations. , 
Calx 



Camphor and its preparations 

Cannabis Americana . . . 

Indica 

Canquoin's Paste 

Cantharidal Collodion 

Cantharidin 

Cantharis and its preparations 

Capsicum and its preparations 

Carbolic Acid 

Carota 

Caryophyllus j 

Cascarilla 

Castanea Vesca 

Castor-oil 

Catechu and its preparations 

Cathartics 

Centaury Americana 

Cerata : 

Ceratum Cantharidis 

Extracti Cantharidis 

Plumbi Subacetatis 

Zinci Carbonatis 

Cerium and its preparations 

Cetraria 

Cetrarin 

Chalk 

Chalybeate Mineral Springs 

Champagne '.. 

Charts : 

Charta Cantharidis 

Sinapis 

Chenopodium and its preparations. 
Chimaphila and its preparations — 

Chinoidin 

Chloral Hydrate 

Croton 

Chlorinated Lime 

Chlorine 

Chlorodyne 

Chloroform 

Chondrus 

Chromic Acid 

Cimicifuga and its preparations 

Cinchona and its preparations 

Cinchonia 

Citric Acid 

Citrine Ointment 

Coca 

Cocoa 

Codia 

Cod-liver Oil 

Oolchicia 

Colchicum and its preparations 

Collodion 

Collodium cum Cantharide 

Flexile 



80 
228 
324 
411 
148 
188 
125 
148 
310 
320 
320 
222 
526 
504 
504 
493 
510 
497 
522 
129 
235 
457 
233 
454 
126 

526 
526 
213 
219 
229 
539 
539 
148 
108 
336 

526 
524 
481 
497 
136 
358 
364 
508 
508 
347 
344 
539 
535 
293 
135 
136 
167 
189 
323 

47 
366 

80 
241 
241 
537 
526 
537 



PAGE 

Colocynth and its preparations 469 

Conia 39^ 

Conium and its preparations 897 

Copaiba and its preparations 489 

Copper, preparations of 209 

Coptis 126 

Corniis Florida '. 126 

Corrosive Sublimate 193 

Counter-irritants 524 

Creosote 510 

Creta 148 

Croton-Chloral 364 

Croton-oil 473 

Cubeb and its preparations 492 

Cupri Sulphas 445 

Cuprum and its preparations 209 

Cyanide of Potassium 426 

D 

Dandelion 498 

Daturia 308 

Decocta : 

Decoctum Cetrarise 539 

Chimiphilse 497 

Cinchonse Flavse 135 

" Rubra 135 

Cornus Floridse 126 

Hsematoxyli 234 

Quercus Albse 234 

Sarsaparillse Compositum 244 

Uvae Ursi 496 

Demulcents. 536 

Denutrition 31 

Diet-Drinks, Formulae for 42 

Digitalin. . ' : 286 

Digitalis and its preparations 286 

Douche 53 

Nasal 5 

Dover's Powders 449 

Dry Diet 33 

E 

Effervescing Powders 148, 461 

Elaterin 475 

Elaterium 475 

Electricity 253 

Electrolysis 266 

Emetia 449 

Emetics 445 

Emollients 536 

Emplastra : 

Etnplastrum Ammoniac! 316 

Antimonii 224 

Arnicse 525 

Asafcetidse 313 

Belladonnse 296 

Ferri 94 

Hydrargyri 187 

Opii 365 

Picis Burgundicse 525 

" Canadensis 525 

" cum Cantharide 525 

Plumbi 213 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



545 



PAGE 

Endermic Method 4 

Enemata 476 

Nutrient 46 

Enepidermic Method 3 

Bpidermic Method 4 

EpispastJcs 524 

Epsom Salt* 437 

Ergot and Its preparations 277 

Erigeron 496 

wirotics 534 

Eserine 411 

Ether 342 

Eucalyptus and its preparations 130 

Euony m us 472 

Extuacta : 

Extractum Aconiti 430 

Belladonna? 296 

Belladonme Alcoholicum 296 

Cannabis Americans 320 

" Indica 320 

Colchici Aceticum 241 

Colocynthidis 469 

" Compositum 469 

Conii 397 

" Alcoholicum 397 

Digitalis 286 

Eucalypti 130 

Gentians; 125 

Glyeyrrhiza? 540 

Ha?matoxyli 234 

Hyoscyami 397 

" Alcoholicum 307 

Jalapae 468 

Kramcria? 233 

Nucis Vomica; 268 

Opii 365 

Physostigraatis 411 

Podophylli 470 

Qnassis 125 

Rhei 463 

Stramonii 307 

Taraxaci 498 

Ustilaginis Maidis 278 

Extracta Fliida: 

Extractum Ailantufl Fluidum 444 

Belladonna; Radicis Fluidum 296 

Buchn " 496 

Calnmbs " 126 

ChimiphiUe '* 497 

Cimicifuga " 293 

CinchomE " 135 

Cocaa " 323 

Colchici Radicis " 241 

" Seminis " 241 

Conii Fructus " 397 

Cornus Florida? M 126 

Cnbebae " 492 

Digitalis " 286 

Ergots " - 277 

Gelsemii " 401 

Gentians " 125 

Grindelia? " 411 

Hydrastis " 132 

Hyoscyami " 307 

Ipecacuanha? " 449 

36 



PAGE 

Extractum Jaborandi Fluidum 408 

Kramerise " 234 

Lupulins " 385 

Pareirse " 496 

Phytolacca? " 442 

Pruni Virginians " 128 

Rhei " 463 

Sabina? " 502 

Sarsaparills " 244 

" Compositum " 244 

Senns lt 462 

Scrpentarku " 128 

Spigelis " 481 

Spigelis et Senna? *' 481 

Stillingis " 247 

Taraxaci li 498 

Uva Ursi " 496 

Valerianic " 316 

Veratri Viridis " 435 

F 

Faradism 225 

Fats and Oils 79 

Filix Mas 482 

Ferrum and its preparations 94 

Flax-seed 540 

Flexible Collodion 537 

Fluid Extracts (see Extracta Fluida). 

Fowler's Solution 114 

Fumigations 196 

G 

Galla 233 

Gallic Acid 233 

Galls 233 

Galvanism 254 

Gamboge 472 

Gargles 239 

Gaultheria 523 

Gelsemia 402 

Gelsemium 401 

Gentian 125 

Geranium 238 

Glycerine 536 

Gltceuita : 

Glyceritnm Acidi Carbolic! 510 

Acidi Gallici 233 

'« Tannici 232 

Glycyrrhiza 540 

Gold and its preparations 199 

Goldthread 126 

Goulard's Extract 213 

Ointment 213 

Graniti Fructus Cortex 482 

Grape Cure 34 

Grindelia 441 

Guarana 326 

H 

Hamamelis Virginica 235 

Hsmatoxylon and its preparations 236 



546 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



PAGE 

Heat : 62 

Hemlock 397 

Henchera 235 

Hope's Mixture 75 

Hops 385 

Humulus and its preparations 385 

Hydragogue Cathartics 472 

Hydrargyrum and its preparations 187, 446 

Hydrastis and its preparations 132 

Hydrate of Chloral 358 

Hydrocyanic Acid 423 

Hydrotherapy 49 

Hyoscyamia 308 

Hyoscyamus and its preparations 307 

Hypodermatic Method 10 



Ice-Bag 58 

Infusa : 

Infusum Buchu 496 

Calumba? 123 

Capsici 493 

Cascarilla? . 129 

Catechu Composition 233 

Cinchona? Flava? 133 

" Rubra? 135 

Coca? 323 

Digitalis 286 

Gentiana? Compositum 125 

Humuli 385 

Jaborandi 408 

Juniperi 495 

Krameria? 235 

Lini Compositum 540 

Pareira? 496 

Pruni Virginiana? • 129 

Quassia? 125 

Rhei 483 

Rosse Compositum 234 

Sennse '. ... 462 

Serpentaria? 128, 318 

Spisjelia? 481 

Tabaci 416 

Taraxaci 498 

Valerianae 316 

Ingluvin 66 

Inhalations 6 

Insufflation , 4 

Inunction Method 82, 196 

Iodides 176 

Iodine and its preparations 176 

Iodoform 176 

Ipecacuanha and its preparations 449 

Iris Versicolor 472 

Iron and its preparations 94 



Jaborandi and its preparations 408 

Jalap and its preparations 468 

Juniper and its preparations 495 

K 

Kameela 483 

Kino and its preparations 233 



PAGE 

Koumiss . , 88 

Kousso 4S3 

Krameria and its preparations 233 

L 

Lactic Acid 69 

Lactucarium 386 

Lard 79 

Laxatives 455 

Lead and its preparations 213 

Leptandra 471 

Lime and its preparations 148 

Linum and its preparations 540 

Linimenta : 

Linimentum Aconiti 431 

Ammonia? 162, 525 

Caniphora? 310 

Cantharidis 526 

Chloroformi 346 

- Saponis 310, 525 

Terebinthinae 484, 525 

Liquores : 

Liquor Ammonia? Acetatis 162 

— — Arsenici Chloridi 114 

Arsenici et Hydrargyri Iodidi 114 

Ferri Citratis 95 

Calcis 148 

Calcis Saccharatus 148 

Ferri Chloridi 95 

" Nitratis 95 

■ " Subsulphatis 94 

" Tersulphatis 94 

Gutta-Percha? 538 

Hydranryri Nitratis 189 

Iodinii Compositus.. 176 

Magnesii Citratis 458 

Morphia? Sulphatis 367 

" Bimeconatis 367 

Plumbi Subacetatis 213 

Potassa? 147 

Potassii Arsenitis 114 

" Citratis 147 

Soda?. . : '. 148 

Soda? Chlorinata? 508 

Sodii Arseniatis. 114 

Zinci Chloridi 219 

Liquorice 540 

Lithiu m and its preparations 148 

Lobelia 420 

Lupulin 385 

M 

Malt Liquors 340 

Magnesia and its preparations 456 

Manganesium and its preparations 106 

Manna 455 

Mel Rosa? 234 

Mercury and its preparations 187 

Milk as a Beverage 48 

Milk-Diet 36 

Mistur/e : 

Mistura Ammoniaci 316 

Asafo?tida? 313 



IXDEX OF REMEDTKS. 



547 



VAC.F. 

Mistnra Cretaa 148 

FerrJ Aromatica 9G 

" Oomposita 94 

li Laxans 96 

Gentiame Alkalina 136 

" et Senna; 195 

Glycyrrhizae Composita 540 

Mousel's Solution 94 

Morphia and its Salts 367 

Mucilagixes : 

Mucilago Acacia; 539 

Sassafras Medulla? 539 

Trairacauthae 539 

Ulmi 540 

Mueuna 4T9 

Muriatic Acid 72 

Mustard 524, 447 

Myrica Cerifica 234 

N 

Narceine 366 

Narcotinc 366 

Nasal Douche 5 

Nicotia 417 

Nitre 147 

Nitric Acid 72 

Nitrite of Amyl 428 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 72 

Nitrous Oxide 357 

Nutrient Enemata 45 

Nux Vomica and its preparations 268 

Nymphaja Odorata 235 

O 

Oil? and Fats 79 

Olea Destillata : 
Oleum Cajuputi 522 

Caryophylli 522 

Chenapodii 481 

Copaiba? 490 

Cubeboe 492 

Erigorontis Canadensis 1 496 

Gaaltheriae 522 

Juniperi 495 

Kutrc 502 

Sabime 503 

Tabacse 417 

Terebinthinse 

Thymi 522 

Olette of Mercury 189 

Oleoresin^e : 

Oleoresina Capsici 493 

Cubebse 492 

Filicis 482 

Lupulinsc 385 

Piperis 493 

Oleum Amygdalae Expressum 79 

Lini 80 

Motto osa SO 

Olives &0 

Phosphoratum 86 

Ricini 4o7 

Theobromas 80 



PAGE 

Oleum Tiglii 473 

Valeriana 317 

Opium and its preparations 365 

it 506 

P 

Pancreatine 67 

Papaverine 365 

Paregoric 365 

Pareira 496 

Parish's Chemical Food 90 

Pars! ey 500 

Pepo 483 

Pepsin 66 

Petroselinum 500 

Phosphoric Acid 72 

Phosphorus and its preparations 86 

Physostigma and its preparations 411 

Phytolacca 442 

Pilocarpine Nitrate 40S 

Pilul.i: : 
Pilate Aloes 465 

•' et AsafeticUe 313,465 

" etMasticb.es 46.") 

" et Myrrhss 466 

Antimonii Coraposita? 188 

Asafoetidse 313 

Cartharticae Composite 469 

Copaiba- 490 

FerriCarbonatis 94 

P'erri Composite 94 

Perri lodidi 95 

Galbanae Composite? : 314 

Hydrargyri 187 

Opii 365 

Phosphori 86 

Quinia? Sulphatis 136 

Rhei 463 

Rhei Composita 464 

Scilla? Composita 498 

Saponis Composita 365 

Pink-root 481 

Piper 49:) 

Piperine 493 

Pipsis^cwa and its preparations 497 

Plumbum and its preparations 213 

Podophyllum no 

Polygonum Ilydropiperoides 501 

Pomegranate 488 

Porter 840 

Potassium and its preparations 117 

Poultices 540 

Propylamine 406 

Prunus Virginians 128 

Prussic Acid 423 

Puccin 2 19 

Pulsatilla M" 

PrjLYEHES : 

Pulveros ErTervr>scentes 148 

'• Aperientes... 148, 461 

Pulvis AloSs et Canelte 465 

Ipecacuanha' Compositus 3';."). 1 t'.i 

Jalapa Compositus 46^ 

Pulverization 6 



548 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



PAGE 

Pumpkin-seed 483 

Purgatives 458 

Q 

Quassia and its preparations 125 

Que reus and its preparations 234 

Quinia and its Salts 136 

K 

RaspaiTs Eau Sedatif 162 

Resin^e : 

Resina Jalapa? 468 

Podophylli 470 

Guaiaci 245 

Scammonii 469 

Rhatauy and its preparations 233 

Rheum and its preparations 463 

Rhubarb 463 

Rosa Gallica and its preparations 234 

Rottlera 483 

Rubefacients 524 

Rubu s 234 

Rue 502 

Russian Baths 52 

S 

Sabadilla 436 

Sabbatia 126 

Sabina , : 502 

Sal Ammoniac 162 

Salicin. 516 

Salicylic Acid 516 

Sanguinaria and its preparation^ 269 

Saline Mineral Waters 157 

Santonica 479 

Santonin 479 

Sarsaparilla 244 

Sassafras Medulla 539 

Savine 502 

Scammony and its preparations 469 

Scilla and its preparations 447, 498 

Scoparius 497 

Seidlitz Powders 461 

Senna and its preparations 462 

Serpentaria and its preparations 128, 318 

Sevum 79 

Silver and its preparations 201 

Sinapis 524, 447 

Snakeroot 128, 318 

Sodium and its preparations 148 

Spigelia and its preparations 481 

Spiritus : 
Spiritus iEtheris Cornpositus 342 

" Nitrosi 342 

Ammonia? 162 

Amroonia? Aromaticus 162 

Camphorse 310 

Chloroformi 344 

Juniperi Cornpositus 495 

Squill 447, 498 

Statice Limonium 235 

Stillingia and its preparations 247 



PAGE 

Stramonium and its preparations 307 

Strychnia and its Salts 268 

Styptic Colloid 238 

Sulphur and its preparations 169, 455 

Sulphuric Acid 71 

Sulphurous Acid 72, 169 

Sulphurous Mineral Waters 173 

Suppositokia : 

Suppositoria Acidi Tannici 233 

Aloes 478 

Belladonna? 269 

Sykups . 

Syrupus Acacise 539 

Calcii, Sodii, et Ferri Hypophosphitis. 90 

" Lacto-phosphatis 90 

Ferri Iodidi 95 

" et Manganesii Iodidi 96,106 

" " Phosphatis 96 

Ipecacuanha? 449 

Krameria? 234 

Lactucarii 3S6 

■ Manganesii Iodidum 106 

Pruni Virginiana? 129 

Rhei 464 

- — - " Aromaticus 464 

Rubi 234 

Sarsaparilla? Cornpositus 244 

Scilla? 224,498 

" Cornpositus 224,498 

T 

Tabacum and its preparations 416 

Tannic Acid 232 

Taraxacum v 498 

Tartar Emetic. . . .' 223, 454 

Tartaric Acid 167 

Tea 47 

Terebinthina 484 

Thebaia 366 

Tincture : 

Tinctura Aconiti Radicis 431 

Aloes 465 

" etMyrrha? 465 

Arnica? 405 

Asafcetida? 313 

Belladonna? 296 

Benzoini 521 

" Composita 521 

Calumba? 126 

Cannabis Indica? 320 

Cautharidis 504 

Capsici 493 

Catechu 233 

Cimicifuga? 293 

Cinchona? 135 

" Composita 135 

Colch ici 241 

Cubeba? 492 

Digitalis 286 

Eucalypti 130 

Ferri Acetatis ^Etheria 96 

" Chloridi 95 

Galla? 233 

Gentians Composita? 125 



INDEX OF REMEDIES. 



549 



PAGE 

Tinctura Guaiaci 240 

'• Aninioniata 246 

Hamuli 385 

Hydrastis 132 

Hyoscyami 307 

Iodiuii 170 

" Composita 176 

Jaborandi 408 

Jalapae 408 

Kino 233 

Lobelia? 420 

Lupulinae 385 

Nucis Vomicae 208 

Opii 365 

" Acetata 365 

" Camphorata 365 

" Deodorata 365 

Phosphori 86 

" JStheriale 86 

Physo?ti?matis 411 

Phytolacca? 4 12 

Pulsatillae 440 

Quassias 125 

Rhei 424 

" et Sennae 464 

Sanguinariae , 249 

Scillae 499 

Serpentariae 128, 318 

Stramonii 307 

Valerianae 316 

" Ammoniata 316 

Veratri Viridis 455 

Tobacco 416 

Transfusion 13 

Trimethylamine 406 

Trochisi: 

Trochisi Cubebae 492 

Ferri Snbcarbonatis 94 

Ipecacuanhae 449 

Morphia? et Ipecacuanhae 307 

Potassii Chloratis 147 

Santonini 480 

Turpentine 484 

Turpeth Mineral 188 

U 

Ul mus 540 

Unguenta : 

Unguentiira Acidi Carbolici 510 

" Taunici 233 

Antimonii 224 

Belladonna? 290 

Benzoini 521 

Gallse 233 

Hydrargy ri 188 

Ammoniati 188 

" IodidiRnbri 189 



PAGE 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis 189 

" " Kubri 189 

" Oxidi Flavi 188 

" " Rubri 188 

Iodinii no 

" Compositum 176 

Plumbi Carbonatis 213 

" Iodidi 213 

Stramonii 307 

Tabaci 417 

Ve rat riaa 430 

Zinci Oxidi 219 

Urino-Genital Remedies 484 

Uva Ursi 496 

V 

Valerian and its preparations 310 

Vapor Bath 50 

Vegetable Acids 167 

Vegetable Diet 34 

Veratria 435 

Veratrum Album 435 

Veratrum Viride 435 

Vienna Paste 154 

Villatte's Solution 222 

Vinegar 107 

Vina : 

Vinum Aloes 466 

Antimonii 224 

Colchici Eadicis 241 

" Seminis 241 

Ergotae 277 

Ipecacuanhae 449 

Opii 300 

Rhei 464 

Tabaci 417 

Vinum 336 

W 

Water 49 

Whey-cure 38 

Whiskey 327 

Wine 336 

Worm-seed , 481 

•\r 

-». 

Xanthoxylum 251 

Y 
Yellow Root 132 

Z 

Zinc and its preparations 218 

Zinci Sulphas 445 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

A 

Abdominal Plethoba: 

Grape Cure 34 

Sulphides 172 

Saline Mineral Springs 157 

Saline Cathartics 460 

Mercurial Cathartics 462 

Hydrago^ue Cathartics 472 

Abscesses : 

Phosphates 92 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Vienna Paste 154 

Sulphides 172 

Tincture of Iodine 176 

Salicylic Acid 516 

Boracic Acid 520 

Acidity of Stomach ; 

Lactic Acid 71 

Acids (Mineral) 74 

Bismuth 113 

Alkalies . 150 

Ammonia 164 

Acetic Acid 168 

Alkaline Mineral Springs 155 

Acne : 

Nitric Acid 77 

Saline Mineral Waters 159 

Phosphorus and Hypophosphites 90 

Bismuth 114 

Arsenic 121 

Alkaline Lotions 153 

Mercury 198 

Adynamia : 

Koumiss Cure 38 

Oils and Fats 82 

Iron 100 

Manganese 107 

The Bitters 127 

Cinchona 145 

Carbonate of Ammonia 165 

Alcohol 334 

Wine 339 

Ether 344 

Digitalis , 289 

Nux Vomica 272 

Albuminuria : 

Buttermilk Cure 39 

Iron 104 

Chalybeate Springs Ill 

Gallic Acid 238 



page 

Iodide of Potassium 179 

Chloride of Gold 201 

Alcoholism : 

Oxide of Zinc 222 

Chloral .362 

Opium 279 

Bromides 391 

Tincture of Capsicum 494 

Amaurosis : 
Strychnia 274 

Amenorrhea : 

Iron 104 

Chalybeate Springs Ill 

Aloes 467 

Arsenic 122 

Ap iol 500 

Savin 503 

Gold 200 

Sanguinaria 250 

Electricity 264 

Serpentaria 319 

Pulsatilla 441 

Anjemta : 

Transfusion 15 

Pepsin 68 

Lacto-Phosphate of Lime 92 

Iron 99 

Manganese . 107 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Arsenic 119 

Galvanization 264 

Nux Vomica 272 

Malt Liquors 341 

Aneurism : 

Denutrition 33 

Milk Cure 38 

Iodide of Potassium 179 

Electrolysis 266 

Enrot 289 

Veratrum Viride 438 

Angina Pectoris : 

Arsenic 120 

Ether 344 

Amyl Nitrite 430 

Aphonia : 
Atropia 300 

Aphthae : 

Mineral Acids 73 

Bismuth , 112 

Coptis 127 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



551 



PAGE 

Quinia j-^9 

Chlorate of Potassium 150 

SuIpharOUfi Acid 169 

Potassium Iodide 179 

Absbnh Poisoning: 
Treatment « f 115 

Arthritis : 

Arsenic 123 

Lithium Salts 152 

Blisters 529 

Ascarides : 

Iron 99 

Infusion of Quassia 128 

Eucalyptus 131 

Anthelmintics 479 

Ascites : 

Dry Diet 34 

Milk 3S 

Stillingia 247 

Jaborandi 410 

Compound Jalap Powder 468 

Elaterium 475 

Asthma : 

Na rcotic Cigarettes 7 

Arsenic 120 

Phosphates 103 

Grindelia 442 

Turpentine 488 

Eucalyptus 131 

Quinia 145 

Iodides ; ISO 

Galvanism 264 

S I rychnia 273 

Belladonna 300 

Ether 344 

Chloroform 340 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 363 

Morphia, Hypodermatic 381 

Bromide? 305 

Lohel ia 422 

Amyl Nitrite 429 

Astigmatism: 
Atronia 303 

Atheroma : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Hypophosphites 92 

Quinia 145 



B 

Bin art Calculi: 

Aliments 44 

Phosphate of Soda 92 

Chloroform 345 

Morphia and Atropia, Hypodermatically. 384 

Turpentine and Ether 4S6 

Biliousness : 

Mineral Acids 74 

Manganese 108 

Hydrastis 133 

Alkaline \Yaters 150 

Sal Ammoniac 164 

Iodide of Ammonium 179 

Mercurial Cathartics 462 



PA.OZ 

Aloes 406 

Rhubarb 404 

Podophyllum 471 

Bladder, Catarrh of : 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 134 

Belladonna 303 

Turpentine 488 

Cubeb 493 

Juniper 495 

Buchu, Uva Ursi, and Parcira 497 

Cantharis 5C5 

Bladder, Irritable : 

Eucalyptus 131 

Belladonna 303 

Cantharis 505 

Boils : 

Arsenic 121 

Sulphides 172 

Pliosphates 92 

Bright's Disease : 

Milk Cure 38 

Water 55 

Iron 104 

Hydrastis 134 

Bitartrate of Potassa 152 

Iodides 181 

Gold 201 

Gallic Acid 237 

Digitalis 292 

Jaborandi 410 

Bronchitis : 

Koumiss Cure 38 

Nitric Acid 76 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Phosphates 93 

Mistura Ferri Composita 103 

Arsenic 120 

Quinia 145 

Muriate of Ammonium 165 

Sulphurous Acid Inhalations 170 

Iodides 180 

Tartar Emetic 226 

Sanffuinaria 250 

Digitalis 291 

Cimicifuga 294 

Camphor 312 

Asafoetida 315 

Serpentaria 129, 319 

Opium 381 

Lobelia 422 

Aconite 433 

Ipecacuanha 453 

Turpentine 489 

Squill 499 

Carbolic Acid 512 

Benzoin 522 

BnoNcnoRRncEA : 

Eucalyptus 131 

Carbonate of Ammonia 165 

Acetate of Lead 217 

Asafoetida 315 

Bubo : 

Ice 60 

Tincture of Iodine 184 



552 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Burns and Scalds : 

Carbonate of Lead 217 

Turpentine 489 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Boracic Acid 521 

Phytolacca 443 



C 

Cachexia : 

Aliment 44 

Hydrotherapy 55, 66 

Oils and Fats 82 

Iron 101 

Manganese 107 

Chalybeate Waters.! Ill 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 134 

Cancer : 

Pepsin Injections 68 

Syrup of Iodides of Iron and Manga- 
nese 107 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 118, 122 

Potassa Fusa 154 

Iodoform 185 

Zinc Chloride 222 

Zinc Sulphate 222 

Carbolic Acid. 514 

Injection of Iron : . 104 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Chromic Acid -. 535 

Caries : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Phosphates 92 

Permanganate of Potassa : 109 

Villate's Solution 222 

Catarrh, Broncho-Pulmonary : 

Prunus Virginiana , 129 

Quinia , 145 

Pulsatilla 441 

Cod-Liver Oil 83 

Arsenic 119 

Eucalyptus 131 

Nitrate of Silver 206 

Tartar Emetic 226 

Alum 232 

Gallic Acid 237 

Belladonna 300 

" Cold Powder " 312 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Catarrh, Gall-Ducts : 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Manganese 108 

Phosphate of Soda 92 

Hydrastis 133 

Alkaline Waters 156 

Chloride of Ammonium 164 

Iodide of Ammonium 179 

Sanguinaria 250 

Catarrh, Gastro-Intestinal : 

Caffein 324 

Simple Bitters 127 

Eucalyptus 131 



PAGE 

Arsenic 118 

Hydrastis 133 

Alkaline Springs 156 

Iodide of Ammonium 179 

Chloride of Gold 200 

Silver Salts 204 

Alum 230 

Tannic Acid 236 

Nux Vomica 271 

Catarrh, Genito-Urinart : 

Iron 105 

Grindelia 442 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 134 

Alkalies 154 

Gallic Acid 237 

Turpentine 488 

Copaiba 491 

Cubeb 493 

Buchu, Uva Ursi, Pareira, Pipsissewa, 

Scoparius 497 

Benzoate of Ammonia 522 

Cerebral Anemia : 

Phosphorus 88 

Chalybeate Springs Ill 

Eucalyptus 131 

Electricity 264 

Cerebral Excitants ... — 310) 

Cerebral Congestion: 

Cold Douche 58 

Arsenic 120 

Colchicum 243 

Galvanism 260 

Chloral 362 

Bromides 390 

Gelsemium ' . K 404 

Hydrocyanic Acid 426 

Blood-letting ; 533 

Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis: 

Hydrotherapy 57 

Quinia 142 

Ergot 282 

Opium 378 

Gelsemium '. 404 

Aconite 434 

Chancres : 

Nitric Acid 78 

Iodide of Iron 101 

Iodoform 185 

Acid Nitrate of Mercury 195 

Bromine 510 

Carbolic Acid , ' 514 

Chromic Acid 535 

Chloroform Narcosis : 

Intra-venous Injection of Ammonia 164 

Morphia Injection 377 

Treatment of 352 

Chlorosis : 

Pepsin 68' 

Oils and Fats 82 

Iron 100 

Manganese 107 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Arsenic 119 

Nux Vomica 272 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



553 



PAGE 

Central Galvanization 264 

Wine 339 

Cholkka : 

Intra-venous Injection of Salines 12 

Mineral Acids 75 

Manganese 10S 

Calomel 195 

Arsenic 119 

Strychnia 2T2 

Camphor 311 

Brandy 333 

Chloroform 347 

Chloral 361 

Opium 376 

Cholera Infantum : 

Aliment 44 

Bismuth 113 

Quin ia 140 

Nitrate of Silver 205 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Oxide of Zinc 221 

Camphor 311 

Caffein 325 

Alcohol 333 

Opium 37(5 

Bromide of Potassium 390 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Carbolic Acid. 512 

Chordee : 

Colchicum 243 

Camphor 312 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Bromides 390 

Cantharides 505 

CnoREA : 

Hydrotherapy 59 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Iron 102 

Chalybeate Springs. Ill 

Arsenic 120 

Eucalyptus 131 

Cuprum Ammoniatum 212 

Zinc Sulphate and Valerianate 222 

Strychnia 273 

Cimicifuga 295 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Chloral 363 

Morphia 380 

Coninm 399 

Pliysostigma 414 

Cirrhosis : 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Arsenic 119 

Alkaline Mineral Waters 156 

Carbonate of Ammonia 164 

Iodides 1 79 

Stillingia 247 

Colic : 

Asafoetida 315 

Ether 343 

Chloroform 353 

Opium 376 

Tobacco 408 



PAGE 
COLIOA PlOTONUM : 

Milphuric Acid 77 

Alum 230 

Opium :r,i] 

Tobacco 1 1 ^ 

Condylomata : 

Nitric Acid 78 

Calomel. 195 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Chromic Acid 535 

Conjunctivitis : 

Bismuth 113 

Silver Nitrate 208 

Copper Sulphate 212 

Zinc Sulphate 223 

Tannic Acid 289 

Alum 232 

Constipation : 

Aliment 44 

Hydrotherapy 54 

Hydrastis 134 

Arsenic 119 

Saline Springs 159 

Ammonium Chloride 164 

Colchicum 213 

Stillingia 247 

Electricity 262 

Nux Vomica 271 

Belladonna 299 

Physostigma 413 

Cathartics 460 

Convalescence : 

Konmi ss 

Simple Bitters 127 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 133 

Cuca 324 

Convulsions : 

Hydrotherapy 59 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 363 

Morphia 380 

B romides 393 

Croup : 

Wet Pack 54 

Slacked Lime 52 

Lactic Acid 70 

Quinia 145 

Subsulphate of Mercury 195 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Sulphate of Zinc 220 

Tartar Emetic 226 

Alum 2°1 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Cysts : 

Iodine Injections 166 

Nitrate of Silver Injections 208 

Galvano-Puncture 266 

D 
Debility : 

Kucalyptus 134 

, Hydrastis 134 

Cinchona 140 



554 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Delirium Tremens: 

Hydrotherapy 57 

Quinia 144 

Carbonate of Ammonium 165 

Digitalis 291 

Chloral 362 

Morphia 379 

Bromides 391 

Diabetes : 

Intra- venous Injection of Salines 12 

Milk Cure 33 

Diet 35, 45 

Lactic Acid 71 

Arsenic 121 

Alkaline Waters 157 

Op ium 382 

Jaborandi 412 

Diarrhoea : 

Diet 35, 38 

Mineral Acids 75 

Pernitrate of Iron 99 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 118 

Calumba 127 

Quinia 144 

Alkalies 151 

Compound Solution of Iodine 179 

Calomel 193 

Nitrate of Silver 205 

Sulphate of Copper. 211 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Zinc Salts 220 

Ce rium 229 

Alum 230 

•Tannic Acid 236 

Nux Vomica '. 271 

Ergot 280 

Camphor 311 

Caffein 325 

Brandy 333 

Opium , 375 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Saline Purgatives 460 

Dilatation op Heart : 

Iron , 103 

Ergot 280 

Digitalis 291 

Diphtheria : 

Slacked Lime 52 

Ice 54 

Lactic Acid " 70 

Mineral Acids 73 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron 102 

Permanganate of Potassa 108 

Serpentaria 129 

Belladonna 301 

Quinia. , . 145 

Sulphurous Acid 169 

Chlorine 508 

Carbolic Acid 513 

Salicylic Acid 518 

Dropsy: 
Dry Diet 34 



PAGE 

Heat 65 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Potassium Bi tartrate and Acetate 152 

Colchicum 243 

Saline Cathartics 459 

Digitalis 292 

Jaborandi 410 

TTrino-Genitals 491 

Dysentery : 

Grape Cure 34 

Milk Cure 38 

Mineral Acids 74 

Inunction of Oil 82 

Pernitrate of Iron 99 

Arsenic 119 

Quinia 1 39 

Mercury 193 

Nitrate of Silver 205 

Zinc 221 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Alum 230 

Tannic Acid 236 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot 280 

Opium 375 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Saline Purgatives - 460 

Dysmenorrhea : 

Iron 104 

Guaiacum 246 

Electricity 264 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot 282 

Belladonna .' 1 302 

Camphor 313 

Gelsemium... 404 

Nitrate of Amyl 430 

Apiol 501 

Dyspepsia : 

Dry Diet 34 

Milk Cure 38 

Pepsin ......'. 67 

Lactic Acid 70 

Mineral Acids 74 

Iron 99 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Manganese 108 

Arsenic 118 

Simple Bitters 127 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 133 

Quinia 139 

Alkaline Mineral Waters 156 

Alkalies 150 

Saline Waters 159 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Nitrate and Oxide of Silver 204 

Sanguinaria 250 

Xanthoxylin 252 

Nux Vomica 271 

Alcohol 333 

Wines 339 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



bob 



PAGE 
E 

Ecthyma : 

Cod-liver Oil 65 

Quinia 1-15 

Eczema : 

Milk Cure 88 

Bismuth 118 

nic 121 

Alkalies 153 

Sulplmr Baths 172 

Citrine Ointment 198 

Lead 217 

Zinc Salts 223 

Tannic Acid 239 

Electricity 2C5 

Phytolacca 443 

Emollients 537 

Emiuiysema : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

llypophosphites 93, 103 

Chalybeate:? 103 

Arsenic 119 

Grindelia 442 

EMPYEMA : 

Iodine 1S5 

Endocarditis : 
Quinia 141 

Endometritis : 

Iodo-tanuin 180 

Carbolio Acid 514 

Enteralgia : 

Milk Cure 33 

Arsenic 118 

Belladonna 299 

Enteritis : 

Milk Cure 38 

Arsenic 118 

Calumba 127 

Quinia 139 

Calomel 193 

Nitrate of Silver 205 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Tannic Acid 236 

Opium 375 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Saline Purgatives 430 

Epilepsy • 

Transfusion 16 

Fats and Oils 81 

Bromide of Iron 102 

Arsenic 120 

Nitrate of Silver 205 

Ammoniated Copper 212 

Oxide of Zinc 281 

Galvanism 264 

Strychnia 273 

Belladonna 302 

Cannabis Indica 3:22 

Bromides 392 

Nitrite of Amy! 429 

E pi-taxis: 

Iron Spray 99 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron 103 

Manganese 103 



PAGB 

Tannic Acid 

Ergot 

Digitalis 288 

Erysipelas : 

Oil Inunctions B2 

Tincture of Chloride of Ircn 109 

Permanganate of Potassa 108 

Quinia i ::> 

Carbonate of Ammonia 106 

Nitrate of Silver 

Belladonna 301 

Aconite 431 

Turpentine 487 

Carbolic Acid 513 

Erythema : 

Mineral Acids ',7 

Bismuth 114 

Quinia ] 4.~» 

Zinc Ointment 223 

Belladonna 303 

Exophthalmic Goitre : 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Galvanism 264 

Digitalis 292 



F 



False Membranes, Solvents of : 
Lactic Acid 70 

Feet. Fetor of : 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Bicarbonate of Soda 158 

Fever : 

Alimentation 41 

Hydrotherapy 55 

Muriatic Acid 75 

Inunctions of Oil 83 

Quinia 148 

Acetic Acid 168 

Calomel 194 

Digitalis 290 

Alcohol 

Cimicifuga 

Belladonna 

Opium 

Aconite 433 

Turpentine ' v '> 

Salicylic Acid 518 

Fissure of Anus : 

Hydrastis 

Iodoform l v ~> 

Iodo-tannin 240 

Fissure of Nipples : 

Monsel's Solution 105 

Styptic Colloid 238 

Flatulence : 

Permanganate of Potassa 1C8 

Calumba 127 

Nux Vomica 271 

^Ether 313 

Fhysostigma 413 

Turpentine 4SC 

Follicular Pharyngitis : 
Hydrastis 133 



556 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Nitrate of Silver 206 

Tannic Acid 239 

Furuncle : 

Phosphates 92 

Arsenic 121 

Sulphides 172 

G 
Gangrene : 

Nitric Acid 73, 78 

Potassa Fusa 154 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Turpentine 489 

Bromine 510 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Chromic Acid 535 

Gastralgia : 

Milk Cure 38 

Pepsin 68 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 118 

Zinc Oxide 220 

Alum 231 

Galvanism 264 

Nux Vomica 271 

Atropia 299 

^Ether 343 

Chloroform 345 

Morphia 375, 381 

Hydrocyanic Acid 425 

Gastric Catarrh 

Milk Cure 38 

Arsenic 118 

Calumba 127 

Eucalyptus , 131 

Hydrastis 133 

Cinchona 144 

Chloride of Ammonium 179 

Oxide and Nitrate of Silver 204 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Alum 230 

Tannic Acid 236 

Belladonna 271 

Gastric Ulcer : 

Milk Cure 38 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 118 

Corrosive Sublimate 193 

Nitrate of Silver 204 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Morphia 375 

Glands, Lymphatic, Affections of : 

Iodides of Iron and Manganese 102 

Sulphides 172 

Iodine and Iodides '. 181 

Iodine Injections 184 

Carbolic Acid Injections 513 

Goitre : 

Iodine and Iodides 181 

Electrolysis 266 

Gonorrhoea : 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron 105 

Mongers Solution 105 

Bismuth 114 



PAGE 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Hydrastis 134 

Nitrate of Silver 208 

Sulphate of Copper 212 

Acetate of Lead 218 

Zinc Salts 223 

Cadmium 228 

Tannic Acid 239 

Colchicum 243 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Alcohol 335 

Urino-Genital Remedies 493 

Gout : 

Grape Cure 34 

Milk Cure 38 

Alimentation 45 

Hydrotherapy • 58 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Manganese 107 

Alkalies 151 

Alkaline Waters 156 

Saline Waters 157 

Sulphur Waters 176 

Colchicum 242 



H 

HJ2MATEMFS1S : 

Subsulphate of Iron 99 

Acetate of Lead 216 

A lum 230 

Tannic Acid 236 

Turpentine 486 

Hematuria : 

Quinia 145 

Gallic Acid 237 

Turpentine 486 

Haemoptysis : 

Ice 60 

Sulphuric Acid 77 

Iron Spray 99 

Acetate of Lead. 217 

Alum . . . . 231 

Gallic Acid 237 

Ergot 281, 284 

Digitalis 290 

Ipecacuanha 453 

Hay Fever : 

Ammonia 166 

Arsenic 119 

Quinia : 139 

Iodides 180 

Atropia 300 

Opiu m 381 

Grindelia 442 

Headache : 

Arsenic 120 

Ammonia 164 

Eau Sedatif 164 

Galvanism 263 

Ergot 281 

CafFein 325 

Cyanide of Potassium 427 

Nitrite of Amyl 429 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



;,:>; 



pa.::: 
HEMORRHAGE : 

Transfusion 15 

Sulphuric Acid 77 

Iron 99, 103 

MoDsel's Solution 104 

Ammonia 164 

Tincture of Iodine 179 

Acetate of Lead 217 

Tannic Acid 237 

Ergot 281, 284 

Digitalis 2S8 

Turpentine 486 

HEMORRHAGE, CEREBRAL: 

Hydrotherapy 58 

Electricity 260 

HEMORRHAGE, INTESTINAL: 

Sulphuric Acid 77 

Chloride of Iron TiDCture 99, 103 

Tannic Acid 237 

Sulphate of Magnesium 460 

Turpentine 4S6 

Hemorrhage, Uterine : 

Ice 60 

Sulphuric Acid 77 

Injection of Monsel's Salt 104 

Ergot 281, 284 

Digitalis 288 

Saline Purgatives 460 

Hemorrhagic Diathesis : 

Transfusion 15 

Iron 103 

Chalybeate Springs Ill 

Alum 231 

Tannic Acid 237 

Nux Vomica ' 272 

Ergot 281 

Wine 340 

Turpentine 486 

Hemorrhoids : 

Grape Cure 34 

Water Enema 54 

Ice 60 

Nitric Acid 78 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Alkaline Waters 156 

i-aline Waters 157 

Sulphides 172 

Iodoform 185 

Alum 231 

Unguentum Galla? 240 

Er<:ot 280 

Senna 403 

Aloes 467 

Heart, Diseases of : 

Milk Cure 38 

Iron 103 

Digitalis 289 

Cimicifnga 295 

Morphia, Hypodermic 377 

Nitrite of Amy] 430 

Aconite 433 

Veratrum Viride 43S 

Hemiplegia : 

Galvanism 260 

Strychnia, Hypodermic 275 



PAGE 

Hepatic Co I I : 

sodium Phosphate 91 

Anesthetics .3.":} 

Morphia, Hypodermic 376 

Dnrand's Remedy 4S6 

Hepatic Diss ksEs : 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Saline Mineral Waters 159 

Mercury mi 

Sulphides 170 

Purgatives (resinous) 464 

Herpes : 

Calomel Ointment 195 

Acetate-of-Copper Ointircnt 212 

Electricity 265 

Hydatids : 

Iodine Injections 184 

Galvano-Puncture 266 

Hydrocele ; 

Iodine Injections 1S4 

Galvano-Puncture 2C6 

Hydronephrosis : 
Eucalyptus 131 

Hvdrops Pericardii : 

Dry Diet 34 

Jaborandi 410 

Hydrothorax : 

Dry Diet 31 

Iodine Injections 184 

Jaborandi 410 

Hypochondria : 

Arsenic 120 

Saline Waters 160 

Asafcetida 815 

Caffein 326 

Opi um 379 

Hysteria : 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Arsenic 120 

Eucalyptus 131 

Ammon ia 165 

Asafcetida 315 

Valerian 317 

Ether 344 

Hydrotherapy 59 



Impetigo : 

Mineral Acids 77 

Quinia 145 

Glycerite of Tannin 209 

Impotenci ; 

Phosphorus 89 

Arsenic 122 

SaiiL'uinaria 2.">0 

Strychnia 272 

Cannabis Indica 

Cantharis 505 

Incontinence of Ui'.im: : 

Iodide of Iron 105 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot 

Belladonna,. 302 

Indigestion : 
Aliment 38 



558 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Mineral Acids 76 

Manganese 107 

Bismuth 112 

Alkalies 150 

Sulphites 170 

Nux Vomica 271 

Inflammations : 

Aliment 44 

Hydrotherapy 60 

Chloral 362 

Digitalis 291 

Opium 377 

Gelsemium 404 

Aconite. 433 

Veratrum Viride 438 

Saline Purgatives 459 

Insomnia : 

Opium and Tartar Emetic 227 

Galvanism 260 

Hyoscyamus 309 

Chloral 362 

Opium 384 

Intermittent Fever : 

Nitric Acid 76 

Arsenic 122 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 134 

Cinchona 142 

Strychnia 274 

Chloroform 346 

Morphia, Hypodermic 378 

Apiol 500 

Salicin 516 

Intertrigo : 

Bismuth 114 

Glycerite of Tannin 239 

Intestinal Catarrh : 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 133 

Ammonium Chloride 164 

Chloride of Gold 200 

Nitrate of Silver 204 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Acetate of Lead 216 

Tannic Acid 236 

Nux Vomica 271 

Intestinal Parasites : 
Anthelmintics 478 

Intussusception : 

Effervescent Enema 153 

Tobacco Enema 418 

Lobelia 422 

Irrigation 478 

Iritis : 

Mercury 135 

Atropia 303 



J 
Jaundice : 

Alimentation 44 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Phosphate of Soda 91 

Manganese 108 

Hydrastis 133 



PAGE 

Arsenic 122 

Quinia „ 144 

Alkaline Mineral Waters 156 

Chloride of Ammonium 179 

Stillingia 247 

Cathartics 466 

Joints, Diseases of : 

Sulphuric Acid 78 

Oleate of Mercury 198 

Nitrate of Silver 206 

Galvanism 265 

Carbolic Acid 513 

K 

Keratitis : 

Atropia 303 

Kidneys, Diseases of : 

Milk Cure 38 

Chalybeate Springs Ill 

Eucalyptus 131 

Gallic Acid 237 

Digitalis 292 

Tobacco 419 

Urino-Genital Remedies 505 

L 

Labor: 

Ergot 282 

Anaesthetics 353 

Laryngismus Stridulus : 

Wet Pack 54 

Quinia 145 

Tartar Emetic 226 

Chloral ,. , 363 

Bromides 395 

Ipecacuanha 451 

Larynx, Diseases of : 

Insufflation 5 

Inhalations 6 

Atomization 6 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Tincture of Iodine 184 

Aconite '..'. 433 

Pulsatilla 441 

Lead Poisoning : 

Sulphuric Acid , 77 

Iodides ISO 

Alum • 230 

Electricity 261 

Strychnia 273 

Sulphate of Magnesia. 460 

Lentigo : 

Glycerite of Iodine 184 

Lepra : 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 77 

Leucoctthemia : 

Iron 100 

Leucorrhoea : 

Phosphates 93 

Iron 105 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Hydrastis 134 

Bismuth 114 

Iodo-tannin 186 



IXDEX OF DISEASES. 



559 



PAGE 

Tannic Acid 940 

Carbolic Acid 514 

: I "-T ISES OP: 

Xitro-Muriatic Acid 74 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Alkaline Waters 159 

Ammonium Chloride 179 

Sulphurous Waters 176 

Colchicum 243 

Mercurial Purgatives 402 

Besin-bearing Purgatives 464 

Lumbago : 

Iodides 183 

Guaiac 246 

Galvanism 265 

C imicifuga 294 

Morphia, Hypodermic 3^1 

Baunschcidtisnius 530 

Lupus . 

Cod-Liver Oil 85 

Phosphorus 90 

Iodine 183 

Iodoform 185 

Dried Sulphate of Ziuc 222 

Chromic Acid 535 

M 

Malarial Diseases : 

Hydrotherapy 57 

Iron 100 

Iodide of Iron and Manganese 107 

Arsenic 120 

Bitters 128 

Eucalyptus 131 

Quinia , 142 

Iodide of Ammonium 181 

Apiol 500 

Mania : 

Hydrotherapy 59 

Galvanism 260 

Ergot 281 

Digitalis 291 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 862 

Bromides 3:>2 

Conia 899 

Gelsemium 404 

Mania, Chronic : 

Iron 102 

Er^ot 281 

Caffein 326 

Mania, Pcerperal : 

Cimicifuga 295 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 363 

Bromides 392 

Melancholia : 

Hydrotherapy 59 

Iron 102 

Arseuic 120 

Gold 201 

Galvanism 260 

Morphia, Hypodermic 379 

Bromides 392 



PAGl 

M i:\ingitis: 

Ice 58 

Iodide of Potassium 181 

Electricity 201 

Opium 378 

Gelsemium 404 

Aconite 1 8 I 

Pulsatilla Ill 

Menorrhagia : 

Iron 101 

Arsenic 122 

Gallic Acid 

Ergot 2S1 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Bromides 396 

Digitalis 288 

Ipecacuanha 453 

Aloes 467 

Menstrual Derangements : 

Iron 103 

Gold 2C0 

Guaiac 246 

Electricity 2C1 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot 2S1 

Belladonna 302 

Camphor 313 

Gelsemium 405 

Nitrite of Amyl 430 

Apiol 500 

Aloes 467 

Mercurialismus : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Bismuth 112 

Sulphurous Acid 169 

Iodides 188 

Tannic Acid 

Belladonna 299 

Ilyoscyamia 309 

Metritis : 

Hydrotherapy 61 

Potassa Fusa 154 

Ergot 2S2. 28 1 

Saline Waters 157 

Migraine : 

Heat 65 

Spirit of Ammonia 164 

Chloride of Ammonium 165 

Galvanism 263 

Ergot 281 

Belladonna 301 

Cnca 324 

Caffein 325 

Guarara 326 

Mitral Disease : 

Iron 103 

Digitalis 289 

MuBCUliAB Spasm : 

Galvanism 263 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 

Morphia. Hypodermic 881 

Bromides 392 

Conium 401 

Gelsemium 404 



560 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Myalgia : 

Chloride of Ammonium , 165 

Xanthoxylum 252 

Electricity 205 

Cimicifuga 294 

Opium 382 

Myelitis : 

Hydrotherapy 59 

Electricity 261 

Ergot 281 

N 

Kevi: 

Nitric Acid 78 

Galvano-Cautery 267 

Chromic Acid 535 

Narcosis : 

Intra-venous Injection of Ammonia 13 

Hot and Cold Douche '58 

Effervescent Emetic '. 153 

Sulphate of Copper 211 

Sulphate of Zinc. . 220 

Apomorphia 448 

Necrosis : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Phosphates 92 

Villate's Solution 222 

Nephritis : 

Water 55 

Potassium Salts 152 

Jaborandi 410 

Nervous Headache : 

Ammonium Chloride 164 

Ergot 281 

Belladonna :; 301 ! 

Valerianate of Ammonium 318 

Cttca : .. 324 

Hoffman's Anodyne 344 

Bromide of Potassium 392 

Neuralgia: 

Heat 65 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Phosphorus 88 

Iron 102 

Manganese 108 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Arsenic 120 

Valerianate of Zinc 222 

Galvanism 263 

Cimicifuga 295 

Belladonna 302 

Caffein 326 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Alcohol 334 

Chloroform 346 

Anaesthetics 352 

Croton-Chloral 365 

Morphia 381 

Bromides 392 

Gelsemium 404 

Cyanide of Potassium 427 

Nitrite of Amyl 430 

Aconite 433 

Veratria. 49 

Turpentine 489 



PAGE 

Nocturnal Pains: 
Iodides 182 

Nymphomania : 

Bromide of Potassium 395 

Camphor 312 

Tobacco 420 

O 

Obesity : 

Banting System 32 

Permanganate of Potassium 108 

Alkaline Mineral Waters 156 

Saline Waters 159 

Homburg Springs 160 

Sulphurous Waters 176 

Bromide of Ammonium 391 

GSdema : 

Arsenic 120 

Potassium Salts , 152 

Digitalis 292 

Jaborandi 410 

Uriuo-Genital Eemedies 491 

Onychia : 
Nitrate of Lead 218 

Ophthalmia : 

Calomel 198 

Alum 232 

Tannin 239 

Opium Narcosis: 
Treatment of. 368 

Orchitis : 

Ice 60 

Chloride of Ammonium 166 

Tincture of Iodine 184 

Oleate of Mercury 198 

Alcohol 335 

Otorrhcea : 

Permanganate of Potassium 109 

Brown Citrine Ointment v . 198 

Nitrate of Silver 207 

Sulphate of Zinc 223 

Tannin 239 

Ovarian Cysts: 
Tincture of Iodine Injections 1S6 

Oxaluria : 
Nitro-Muriatic Acid 77 

Ozcena : 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Hydrastis 133 

Iodoform 185 

Nitrate of Silver 206 

Bromine Inhalations 509 

Carbolic Acid 514 



P 

Palpitation of Heart : 

Iron 103 

Eucalyptus 131 

Galvanism 264 

Digitalis 289 

Cimicifuga 295 

Bromides 395 

Paralysis, Agitans : 
Cod-Liver Oil 84 



INDEX OF DISK ASKS. 



56] 



r LOB 

Phosphorus B8 

Hyoscyamia 

I mia. 400 

Pab h.1 9ia, Infantile : 

Oalvanism 262 

Btrychnia, Hypodermic 273 

Pabaxysis, Oi llar: 

Galvanism 262 

Pbysostigma 415 

Paralysis of tue Bladder: 

Galvanism 262 

Strychnia 275 

Ergot 282 

Paralysis of tue Sphincter Ani : 

Galvanism »62 

B t rychnia 275 

Ergot 282 

Paralysis, Peripheral: 

Galvanism 261 

Btrychnia 272 

Parasitic Skin-Diseases: 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Acetic Acid 168 

Sulphur Baths 176 

Corrosive Sublimate 198 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Pemphigus : 
Arsenic 121 

Peritonitis : 

Ice-bag 60 

Heat 65 

Opium 375, 37T 

Aconite 433 

Rubefacients 528 

Leeches 534 

Pernicious Fever: 

Qninia 143 

Morphia, Hypodermic 378 

Phagedena : 

Nitric Acid 78 

Iodide of Iron 101 

Bromine 510 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Phlegmon: 

Sulphides 172 

Iodine Injections 1S5 

Nitrate of Silver 206 

Poultices 540 

Phosphorus Poisoning : 
Treatment of. S7 

Phthisis : 

Grape Cure 34 

Diet 35 

Alimentation 41 

Cocoa 48 

Mineral Acids 76 

Oils and Fats 82 

Ilypophosphites 93 

Iron 103 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 119 

Prunus Virginiana 12i> 

Cinchona 145 

Atropia 303 

37 



l\\c,i; 

Guarana 820 

Cues 

Alcohol 

Malt Liquors 341 

Pityriasis: 

Borax 168 

Acetic Acid 166 

Sulphides 11 -J 

Corrosive Sublimate 

Oleate of Mercury 198 

Pleurit.s: 

Wet Pack CO 

Qninia 140 

Iodides 180 

Iodine Injections 184 

Digitalis 291 

Opium 377 

Aconite 433 

Blisters 528 

Leeches 684 

Pneumonia : 

Wet Pack CO 

Serpentaria 129, 319 

Qninia 140 

Carbonate of Ammonia 166 

Iodides 180 

Acetate of Copper 212 

Digitalis 291 

Aconite 433 

Veratrnm Viride 439 

Turpentine 

Blisters 528 

Polyuria • 

Dry Diet 85 

Chloride of Gold 201 

Opium 382 

Jaborandi 411 

Porrigo : 
Manganese Ointment 108 

Prostate, Hypertrophy of: 

Alkalies 152 

Injection of Iodine 185 

Benzoate of Ammonia 522 

Prostorrhcea : 

Iron 105 

Hydrastis 184 

TJrino-Genital Remedies 494 

Prurigo: 

Alkaline Warm Bath 151 

Sulphides 172 

Oalvanism 265 

Belladonna 303 

Pruritus Vulv.e : 

Carbonate of Potassium 1"3 

Calomel Ointment 195 

Nitrate of Silver 208 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Tobacco 420 

Hydrocyanic Acid 

Cyanide of Potassium 

Psoriasis : 

Cod-Liver Oil v " 

Phosphorus 90 

Arsenic 121 

Copt is 127 



562 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Mercury 198 

Sulphur Bath 172 

Ptyalism : 

Tannic Acid 238 

Belladonna 299 

Puerperal Convulsions : 

Anaesthetics 354 

Chloral 363 

Morphia, Hypodermic 380 

Nitrite of Amyl 429 

Puerperal Fever : 

Quinia 141 

Opium 379 

Turpentine 486 

Permanganate of Potassa 108 

Puerperal Mania: 

Chalyheates 102 

Quinia . 141 

Chloral 3G3 

Opium 380 

Bromides 392 

Puerperal Peritonitis : 

Quinia 141 

Opium 377 

Poultices 542 

Purpura : 

Sulphuric Acid 77 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron 103 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot >-. 281 

Turpentine 486 

Pyaemia : 

Quinia 141 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Salicylic Acid 518 

Pyelonephritis : 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 135 

Urino-Genital Eemedies . . . 488 

Pyrosis : 

Mineral Acids ■ 74 

Oxide of Manganese 107 

Bismuth 113 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Silver. Oxide and Nitrate 204 

Tannic Acid 236 

Nux Vomica 271 

Carbolic Acid 512 

R 

Remittent Eever : 
Quinia 143 

Renal Calculi : 

Salts of Potassium 151 

Alkaline Mineral "Waters 150 

Benzoate of Ammonia 522 

Renal Hemorrhage : 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron , 103 

Gallic Acid 237 

Rheumatic Arthritis : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Arsenic 122 

Lithium Salts 151 

Iodides.. 183 

Colchicum 242 



PAGE 

Rheumatism, Chronic : 

Alimentation 45 

Heat 65 

Turkish Bath 55 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Iodide of Iron and Manganese 102 

Manganese 108 

Alkaline Waters 156 

Saline Waters 157 

Sulphur Baths , .176 

Iodides 183 

Colchicum 242 

Guaiac 246 

Xanthoxylum , . . , 252 

Cimicifuga 295 

Rheumatism, Inflammatory : 

Cold Baths 57 

Turkish Baths 55 

Mineral Acids 77 

Tincture of Chloride of Iron 101 

Permanganate of Potassa.. 108 

Quinia , 141 

Alkalies 151 

Acetic Acid 168 

Digitalis 290 

Bromide of Ammonium. 390 

Trimethylamine 407 

Salicin , 516 

Salicylic Acid , 518 

Rickets : 

Alimentation 45 

Cod-Liver Oil 82 

Phosphates 92 

Iodide of Iron 102 

Rodent Ulcer : 
Arsenic 123 

Roseola : 
Oil Inunctions 82 

Rubeola : 

Oil Inunctions 82 

Hydrotherapy 57 

Quinia 142 

Carbonate of A mm011 i a 165 

Aconite : 434 



S 

Scabies : 

Manganese Ointment 108 

Sulphide of Potassium 172 

Corrosive Sublimate 308 

Sulphate of Copper. 212 

Scarlatina : 

Aliment 41 

Cold Baths 57 

Mineral Acids '6 

Oil Inunctions 82 

Permanganate of Potassa 10S 

Quinia 142 

Carbonate of AmmoDia 165 

Disitalis 290 

Belladonna 301 

Opium 278 

Aconite 434 

Carbolic Acid 513 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



5G3 



PAGE 

Sciatica: 

Iodides 182 

Gaaiac 240 

tricity 263 

Atropia, Hypodermic 804 

Morphia, Hypodermic 381 

Baunscheidtismus 530 

Aquapuncture 530 

SCLERODERMA I 

Cod-Liver Oil 85 

Electricity 205 

Scrofula : 

Grape Cure 34 

Oils and Fats 82 

Phosphate* 92 

Iron 102 

Manganese 107 

Iodides 1st 

si illingia 248 

Chalybeate Waters Ill 

Sickness: 

Calumba 127 

Atropia, Hypodermic 305 

Champagne 339 

Chloroform 3)5 

Chloral 30I 

Septicemia : 

Hydrotherapy 61 

Permanganate of Potassa 108 

Quinia 141 

Salicylic Acid 51!) 

Boracic Acid 520 

Sick-Headache: 

Phosphate of Sodium 01 

Cuca 824 

Bromide of Potassium 30i 

Skin Diseases: 

Grape Cure 34 

Aliment 4f; 

Mineral Acids 77 

Oils and Fats 82 

Phosphorus 90 

Manganese Ointment 108 

Arsenic 121 

Quinia 145 

Acetic Acid 1(53 

Sulphurous Acid 170 

Sulphur Waters 176 

Iodides 1S3 

Calomel and Corrosive Sublimate 198 

Lead 217 

Zinc 223 

Tannic Acid 230 

Juniper 495 

i.l-Pox : 

Cold Baths 57 

Quinia 142 

Tincture of Iodine 184 

Nitrate of Silver 207 

Chloral 862 

Opium 

Carbolic Acid 513 

Spermatorrhoea : 

Iron 105 

Arsenic 122 



I'Ai.i: 

Hydrastis 131 

Nitrate of Silver 

Nux Vomica 272 

Ergot 

Digitalis o'.)2 

Cimiciraga 205 

Atropia 

Bromides 896 

Turpentine 

Spina Bifida : 

Iodine Injections igo 

Spinal Irritation : 

Heat 

Electricity 261 

Strychnia 273 

Ergot 

Spleen, Diseases of .- 

Grape Cure 34 

Iron ion 

Quinia 144 

Iodide of Ammonium 181 

Tincture of Iodine 181 

Stomatitis : 

Mineral Acids 73 

Eucalyptus 131 

Hydrastis 133 

Chlorate of Potassium 150 

Strangury : 

Treatment of 529 

Stricture : 

Electrolysis SCO 

Strychnia Poisoning : 

Treatment of. 

Subinvolution of Womb .- 

Iodides 186 

Electricity 265 

Ergot 

Suppuration : 

Phosphates 92 

Iodides of Manganese and Iron 107 

Quinia 1 46 

Sulphides 172 

Sweating : 

Aromatic Sulphuric Acid 77 

Iron 103 

Oxide of Zinc 221 

Gallic Acid 

Belladonna 303 

Synovitis : 

Cod-Liver Oil 84 

Phosphate* 92 

Oleate of Mercury I 

Carbolic Acid Injections 513 

Syphilis : 

Dcnutrition 

Turkish Bath 57 

Cod-Liver Oil 86 

Iron 101 

Monscl*s Solution 105 

Man-jranesc 107. 106 

Hydrastis 188 

Iodides 181 

Mercurials 

Gold 206 

Guaiacum 246 



564 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 



PAGE 

Stillingia .248 

Nitro-Muriatic Acid 76 

T 

Taenia : 
Remedies for 478 

Tetanus : 

Warm Baths 59 

Strychnia 273 

Chloral 363 

Bromides 392 

Gelsemium 40? 

Physostigma 413 

Tobacco 419 

Tic Douloureux : 

Heat '65 

Iodides 182 

Electricity 263 

Atropia, Hypodermatic 304 

Croton-Chloral 365 

Morphia, Hypodermatic 381 

Tinea : 

Manganese Ointment 108 

Corrosive Sublimate 195 

Oleate of Mercury 198 

Carbonate of Copper 212 

Tonsillitis : 

Ice 54 

Eucalyptus 131 

Quinia 439 

Iodides 179 

Mercury 193 

Guaiac 246 

Aconite 433 

Toothache : 

Arsenic 123 

Alum '. 231 

Tannin 239 

Xanthoxylum 252 

Trismus: 

Cannabis Indica 322 

Anaesthetics 353 

Chloral 3G3 

Gelsemium 404 

Physostigma 413 

Tuberculosis : 

Grape Cui - e 34 

Phosphates 93 

Cod-Liver Oil 83 

Iron 102 

Sulphurous "Waters 176 

Typhlitis : 

Ice-Bag 60 

Opium 375 

Magnesium Sulphate 459 

Typhoid Fever: 

Baths 55 

Mineral Acids 75 

Bismuth 113 

Arsenic 122 

Quinia 141 

Carbonate of Ammonia 165 

Calomel 195 

Digitalis „ 290 

Serpentaria 129, 319 



PAGE 

Alcohol 339 

Arnica 408 

Aliment 41 



U 

Ulcer of the Cervix Uteri: 

Hydrastis 134 

Iodo-Tannin 240 

Nitrate of Silver 207 

Vegetable Astringents 240 

Carbolic Acid 514 

Ulcer of the Stomach : 

Milk Cure 3S 

Nutrient Enemata 45 

Pepsin 68 

Arsenic 118 

Oxide and Nitrate of Silver 204 

Ulcer of the Tonsils: 

Sulphurous Acid 169 

Iodide of Potassium 182 

Ulcers : 

Nitric Acid 78 

Permanganate of Potassa 109 

Bismuth 112 

Eucalyptus 132 

Hydrastis 134 

Coptis 127 

Potassa Fusa 154 

Iodoform 185 

Nitrate of Silver 204 

Sulphate of Copper 212 

Carbolic Acid 513 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Uraemia : 

Transfusion ' .' 15 

Heat 65 

Hydrotherapy 68 

Colchicum 243 

Digitalis 292 

Caffein 326 

Morphia, Hypodermic 360 

Saline Purgatives 459 

Hydragogue Cathartics 473 

Uric Acid Diathesis : 

Vegetable Diet 45 

Lactic Acid TO 

Muriatic Acid 77 

Permanganate of Potassa 108 

Alkalies 151 

Uterus, Fibroid Tumors of 

Nitric Acid 79 

Subsulphate of Iron 104 

Saline Mineral Waters 460 

Ergotin, Hypodermatic 284 

Uterus, Hypertrophy of : 

Potassa Fusa ,' 154 

Iodoform 185 

Iodo-tannin 186 

Ergotin, Hypodermatic 284 



Valvular Lesions : 
Chalybeates 



103 



INDEX OF DISEASES. 






Digitalis 

Hydragogues 

VARIOLA : 

Quinia 

Carbonate of Ammonia . . 

Tincture of Iodine 

Nitrate of Silver 

Venereal Diseases : 

Iodides 

Iodoform 

Mercury 

Gnaiac 

Btillingia 

Carbolic Acid 

Salicylic Acid 

Vomiting : 

Milk and Lime Water 

Nutrient Enemata 

Bismuth 

Carbonate of Ammonia.., 

Sulphites 

Champagne 

Chloroform 

Bromides 

Hydrocyanic Acid 

Ipecacuanha 

Vomiting of Drunkards : 

Arsenic 

Hydrastis 

Quinia 

Nus Vomica 

Capsicum 

Vomiting of Pregnancy : 

Pepsin 

Bismuth 

Arsenic 

Calumba 

Tincture of Iodine 

Sulphate of Copper 

Cerium 

Nus Vomica 

Atropia 



> LGB 

289 

475 

142 
165 

184 
207 

181 
is:, 
19S 
246 
248 
514 
519 

151 
45 
113 
164 
170 
339 
345 
390 
125 
451 

118 
134 

139 
271 
494 

67 
113 
118 
127 
179 
211 
229 
271 
305 



PAGB 

Champagne 889 

Hydrocyanic Acid 

w 

\Y akkiti.m BE ! 

Hydrotherapy 69 

Phosphorus f$8 

Galvanism 

Atropia 802 

Alcohol 

Wine 889 

Chloral 862 

Opium 884 

Hops 886 

Bromides 891 

Wiiooping-Cocgii : 

Nitric Acid 

Acetate of Lead 217 

Sulphate of Zinc 221 

Castanea 

Belladonna 300 

Monobromide of Camphor 312 

Asafcetida 315 

Chloral 303 

Bromides 395 

Gelsemium 404 

Hydrocyanic Acid 425 

Grindelia 442 

Wounds : 

Hot-Water Dressing fil 

Nitric Acid 78 

Permanganate of Potassa 153 

Lead 217 

Eucalyptus 132 

Zinc Sulphate and Chloride 2.2 

Alcohol 

Turpentine. 489 

Carbolic Acid 

Salicylic Acid 519 

Boracic Acid 520 

Collodion 

Poultices 541 



THE END. 



A NEW AND REVISED EDITION. 



A PRACTICAL TREATISE 

OX 

MATERIA MEDICA 

AND 

THERAPEUTICS. 



BY 



EGBERTS BARTHOLOW, M. A, M.D, 



PEOFESSOR OF THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE AND OF CLINICAL MEDICINE IN THE MEDICAL 
COLLEGE OF OUIO, AND FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 



1 vol., 8vo. Price, cloth, &5.00; sheep, $6.00. 

The work of Dr. Bartholow has commanded to an unusual degree the favor 
of the medical profession. Three editions were printed from the plates in the 
tirst year. In the new and revised edition a great many additions to the text 
have been made at various points, and a number of new articles have been in- 
serted. Although the work is comprised within six hundred pages, it will be 
found that it embraces everything of importance. Obsolete theories and chemi- 
cal and botanical details, properly in the domain of pharmacy, have no place in 
this practical treatise. No details of any value to the physician are omitted. 

To show the manner in which this work has been received, we append a 
number of notices from the principal medical journals : 

NOTICES OF THE PRESS. 

From Hie Practitioner (London), December, 18*70. 

"Dr. Bartholow, who is already well known to the readers of The Practitioner by his 
papers on ' Atropia and its Antagonists,' and on the 'Action of Gelsemium, 1 apologizes in his 
preface for adding a third work on 'Materia Medica' to those of Wood and Stille ; but he 
very truly considers that much original investigation, long practice as a teacher of 
materia medica both by lectures and experimental demonstrations, and twenty-two 
years of clinical experience, have shown him what kind of information should be con- 
tained in a treatise of this sort, and that he is therefore entitled to a hearing. After 
looking through the work, most readers will agree with the author, whose long training 
shows itself on every page. Dr. Bartholow, like another experienced teacher— Pro!' 
von Schroff, of Vienna— picks out the most important physiological and therapeutical 
actions of each drug, and gives them in a short and somewhat dogmatic manner. Hav- 
ing formed his own conclusions, he gives them to the public, without entering so fully as 
Wood into the experiments on which they arc founded. Both books are equally good^ 
and if a medical man or student decides to buy only one, instead of both of them, his 
choice will be decided by the character of his own mind ; for the more simply receptive 
will choose Bartholow's work, while those of more critical minds will prefer Wood's." 



From The Doctor (London), February 1, 1877. 

" We may admit, however, that Dr. B. has, to a great extent, successfully coped with 

the difficulties of his classification, and his book has also other merits to commend it. It 

is largely original. By this we mean that it gives the results of the author's own study 

and observation, instead of a catalogue of the contending statements of his predecessors." 

From the St. Louis Clinical Record, September, 18*76. 
" We are confident that Prof. Bartholow's new book will be found of great value to 
every medical man who cares for what is really practical, and would prefer the results of 
long practice and patient experimentation to the history of all the theories which have 
ever been advanced in relation to the individual action of medicinal agents. The author 
has long been noted for the remarkably clear ideas he has put forward regarding the 
physiological and therapeutic action of remedies, and the happy way in which he conveys 
these ideas to others. These qualities are very manifest in the work before us ; the 
scheme of classification is novel and simple — a vast improvement, it seems to us, upon 
some which have gone before it; certainly an improvement on the hap-hazard system 
of Wood. The subject of ' Alimentation ' is treated of in an elaborate manner ; a feature 
to be highly commended. The physiological antagonism of remedies to each other and 
to disease is illustrated by many examples. We regard the author's demonstrations of 
this principle as of the highest importance, and as constituting a real advance in our 
knowledge of the rational treatment of disease. . . . Altogether, we consider the work 
one of great value, and hope it will be widely read, and that the teachings of the author 
will be heeded, and his example, as an original experimenter and close observer, imitated." 

From the Druggists' Advertiser, November 15. 18*76. 
" Our space will not admit of an extended review, yet Ave cannot refrain from speaking 
of the excellent and elaborate chapter on ' Alimentation.' ' No . satisfactory repair of dis- 
eased or wasting tissues can take place without a suitable supply of healthy blood ; and 
healthy blood is the product of proper food and normal digestion and assimilation.' The 
author then proceeds to describe the composition and properties of food in general, and 
their action on the system. Concise tables show at a glance the relative value between 
animal and vegetable food, and various diets. An admirable chapter on l Spring Waters * 
would prove of considerable interest to pharmaceutists ; it treats of the alkaline and saline 
mineral springs of North America and Europe; their location, temperature, analysis, and 
properties. The work throughout is thoroughly practical and comprehensive, and notable 
for its conciseness, while at the same time being most thorough. It is the best work 
for the student we have seen since the excellent work of H. C. Wood. We can com- 
mend it to our readers as an interesting book, and a valuable addition to the library of 
the reading pharmacist.." 

From the Philadelphia Medical Times, November 11, 1876. 
" In conclusion, we may express our opinion that the work is a valuable addition to 
the literature of therapeutics, and one well calculated to be useful as a text-book. 

"Prof. R. T. Edes, M. D., of Harvard." 
From the St. Louis Medical and Surgical Journal, January, 1877- 
" Medical students will find this work particularly adapted to meet their wants, being 
the work of an experienced teacher of materia medica and therapeutics. It is an un- 
doubted acquisition to our literature on the subject." 

From the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, November 30, 1 876. 
" The brief but comprehensive description of the methods of medicinal administration 
is admirably suited to the wants of the medical student and young practitioner, especially 
when it is compared with the lengthy and confused treatment of the subject pursued by 
other writers. . . . These and similar expressions of individual opinion strengthen our 
confidence in recommending this treatise to the younger practitioner of medicine, for he 
would not be so likely to glean from other text-books so many practical hints in the 
treatment of ordinary disease. ... To illustrate the fact that Dr. Bartholow has not 



sacrificed his subject by his succinct statement, we would adduce what he says in n 

to the indications for the use of tannic and gallic acids, on page 223. . , We cannot 

attempt, in the space allotted to us, to criticise Dr. Bartholow's volume in detail, [ta 
method is so different from other and older text-books, that the freshness makes its lend- 
ing very attractive; and the style, while very positive in Statement, is very intelligible. 
For illustration, let any one, whose mind has been too often confused by the detail) 
planation of medical electricity met with in special treatises, read the thirteen pages on 
this subject by our author." 

From the American Journal of the Medical Sciences, January, 1S77 (by Prof. K //. 

Clark, M. J)., Boston). 
" Dr. Bartholow does not misjudge his position in using it He is well known as a 
zealous student of medical science, an acute observer, a good writer, a skilled practition 
er, and an ingenious, bold, though sometimes reckless, investigator. His present book 
will receive the cordial welcome which it deserves, and which the honorable position that 
he has won entitles him to demand for it. . . . Dr. Bartholow's treatise has the merit— and 
a great merit it is— of including diet as well as drugs. , . '. His work docs not ignore or 
depreciate the value of the empirical facts of a well-grounded and rational professional 
experience, but, as far as possible, it bases the therapeutical action of remedies upon 
their physiological behavior. It would be an easy and grateful task to quote largely 
from our author in confirmation of this statement, but it is far better to refer the reader 
to the book itself. We cannot refuse, however, to call attention to the articles on 'Alco- 
hol, 1 ' Digitalis, 1 « Belladonna, 1 ' Opium, 1 and ' Aliments, 1 as excellent examples of a clear 
and condensed presentation of recent acquisitions with regard to these agents, and of the 
relation of their physiological power to their therapeutical employment.' 1 

From the Virginia Medical Monthly, September, 18*76. 
"Dr. Bartholow has evidently sought, in the volume before us, to present a concise, 
practical work — good for the student as a text-book and useful to the practitioner — and 
he has succeeded admirably. He avoids, on the one hand, the unnecessary detail of the 
so-called 'physiological action ' of remedies, which renders the reading of the work of 
Dr. II. C. Wood laborious; on the other hand, he avoids the minutiae of Dr. Stille's ex 
cellent volumes. . . . The book is nevertheless the best one for general use known to 
us in America. Were we now about to buy a work on Therapeutics, etc., we should 
select this one." 

From the Chicago Medical Journal and Examiner, May, 1877. 
.... "To sum up, Prof. Bartholow has given to the profession a valuable work on 
Therapeutics, and one bound to be popular. Its excellences consist in a very simple yet 
sufficient classification ; the exclusion of all unnecessary details ; a clear, concise, read- 
able style; a most excellent method of treating individual subjects; and a practical 
therapy. As the 'learned and encyclopaedic volumes 1 of Stille are best suited lor refer- 
ence, and the scientific work of H. C. Wood is the best exponent of the physiological re- 
search of the day, so is the practical book of Bartholow the best hand-book for tlie 
medical student and busy practitioner." 

From The Sanitarian, November, 1876. 
"The author prefaces his work with a needless apology, in that it so recently follows 
the publication of the excellent works of Stille and II. C. Wood, from both of which it 
possesses advantageous particulars which cannot fail to attract the attentive reader at 
the very outset. . . . But the portion which, above all others, is most interesting to the 
sanitarian, is the admirable chapter on 'Alimentation, which is alone worth the price of 
the book. It is, indeed, one of the most carefully condensed but at the same time com- 
prehensive chapters on aliments, for both the sick and the well, which has fallen under 
our notice. . . . The work is a thoroughly practical one throughout, giving the cream 
of the subject, and alike commendable to both student and practitioner." 

D. APPLETON & CO., PuDlisliers, 549 & 551 Broadway, New Yort 



APPLETONS' MAGAZINES. 



APPLETONS' JOURNAL: 

A MONTHLY MISCELLANY OF POPULAR LITERATURE. 



XvTZETW SERIES. 



TWENTY-FIVE CENTS PER NUMBER. THREE DOLLARS PER ANNUM. 



Appletons' Journal is now published monthly; it is devoted to popular literature and all matters of 
taste and general culture — published at a price to bring it within the reach of all classes. It contains su- 
perior fiction, in the form of serials and short stories; papers graphically descriptive of picturesque places; 
articles upon men of note, and upon the habits of different peoples ; essays upon household and social topics ; 
articles of travel and adventure; scientific and industrial articles written in a graphic and popular style. 
In brief, the aim is to be comprehensive, including in its plan all branches of literature and all themes of 
interest to intelligent readers. Each number is illustrated. 

Tkrms : Three dollars per annum, postage prepaid, to all subscribers in the United States; or 
Twenty-five Cents per number. A Club of Four Yearly Subscriptions will entitle the sender to an extra 
subscription gratis; that is, five copies will be sent one year for twelve dollars. For $7.20, Appletons' 
Journal and The Popular Science Monthly (full price, eight dollars), postage prepaid. 



THE POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 

CONDUCTED BY E. L. YOUMANS. 

This periodical was started (in 1872) to promote the diffusion of valuable scientific knowledge, in a 
readable and attractive form, among all classes of the community, and has thus far met a want supplied by 
no other magazine in the United States. 

Containing instructive and interesting articles and abstracts of articles, original, selected, translated, 
and illustrated, from the pens of the leading scientific men of different countries; accounts of important 
scientific discoveries, the application of science to the practical arts, and the latest views put forth concern- 
ing natural phenomena, have been given by savants of the highest authority. Prominent attention has 
been also devoted to those various sciences which help to a better understanding of the nature of man, to 
the bearings of science upon the questions of society and government, to scientific education, and to the 
conflicts which spring from the progressive nature of scientific knowledge. 

The Popular Science Monthly is published monthly in a large octavo, handsomely printed on 
clear type, and, when the subjects admit, fully illustrated. Each number contains 128 pages. 

Terms: $5.00 per annum, or Fifty Cents per Number. Postage free to all Subscribers in the United 
States. 



THE ART JOURNAL: 

An International Gallery of Engravings, 
BY DISTINGUISHED ARTISTS OF EUROPE AND AMERICA ; 

With Illustrated Papers in the Various Branches of Art. 

The Art Journal is a quarto monthly publication, superbly illustrated and printed, and specially 
devoted to the world of Art — Painting, Sculpture, Architecture, Decoration, Engraving, Etching, Enam- 
eling, and Designing in all its branches— having in view the double purpose of supplying a complete illus- 
trated record of progress in the Arts, and of affording a means for the cultivation of Art-taste among the 
people. Each number is richly and abundantly illustrated on both steel and wood, and no pains are spared 
to render this " Art Journal " the most valuable publication of the kind in the world. It contains the 
Steel Plates and Illustrations of the London Art Journal, a publication of world-wide fame (the exch:' 
sive right of which, for Canada and the United States, has been purchased by the publishers) ; with exten- 
sive additions devoted principally to American Art and American topics. PnblisJied monthly. Sold 
only by Subscription. Price, 75 Cents per Number ; if 9.00 P er Annum, postage prepaid. 

Subscriptions received by the Publishers, or their Agents. Agencies: 22 Hawley St., Boston; 922 
Chestnut St.. Philadelphia; 22 Post-Office Avenue, Baltimore; 53 Ninth St., Pittsburg; ioc State St., 
Albany; 42 State St., Rochester: 103 State St., Chicago; 30 W. 4th St., Cincinnati; 305 Locust St., St. 
Louis; 20 St. Charles St., New Orleans; 230 Sutter St , San Francisco. 

I). APPLETON 6- CO., Publishers, 549 c> 551 Broadway, A 7 . Y. 



STANDARD WORKS 



SELECTED FKOM THE STOCK OF 



D. APPLETON & COMPANY. 



PRICE 

Adams, John. Works. 8vo. 10 vol*. Cloth. 

30 00 Half call", $50 00 

Adam:?. Memoirs of John Qirincy. 8vo. 12 vols. 

Per vol., cloth, 5 00 
Addison's Works. Svo. 3 vols. Cloth, 6 00; 

sheep, 7 50 Half calf. 12 75 

12mo. 6 vols. CI., 9 00; sheep, 12 00 Hall- 
calf, 19 50 
Alford, Dean. Greek Testament. 8vo. 4 vols. 

Cloth, 30 00 ; sheep, 3fi 00 Half calf, 42 00 

New Testament. Svo. 2 vols, in 4 Cloth, 16 00 

2 vols in 3 Half calf, 26 00 

Alison'; History of Europe. 21 vols. 12mo..Cl., 30 75 

Half calf, 63 00 

American edition. Svo. 8 vols Cloth, 16 00 

Alii hone. Dictionary of Authors. Small 4to. 3 
vols. Cloth. 22 50; sheep, 25 50; half mor., 
28 50; half calf, 29 00; half mor.. gilt, 31 50; 

French morocco, 45 00 
Ancient Classics for English Readers. 16mo. 
20 vols., 25 00 ; 20 vols, in 10, 15 00 ; 20 

vols Half calf, 50 00 

Anderson, Hans. Works. 12mo. 10 vols. Cloth, 

18 75 Half calf, 36 25 

Appletons' American Cyclopaedia. Roval 8vo. 16 
vols. Per vol.. cloth, 5 00; sheep," 6 00; half 
mor.. 7 00; half rues., 8 00; full russ., 10 00. 

Published only by subscription Morocco, 10 00 

Audubon's Birds and Quadrupeds of North 
America. 4to. 11 vols. Half mor., 225 00 ; 

Full mor., 250 09 
Austen. Jane. Novels. 12mo. 6 vols. Cloth, 
18 00; half calf, 2S 00; half morocco, 30 00; 

Tree calf, 32 00 
Bacon. Francis. Works. 1S25. 16 vols. Full calf, 
55 00. English ed., edited by Basil Monfami. 

15 vols. Cloth, 33 75 Half calf, 60 00 

Baine's French Revolution. Svo. 2 vols. 

Half calf, 10 00 
Baird. Brewer, and Ridgwav. N. A. Birds. 8vo. 

3 vols. With black illustrations, 30 00; with 

colored illustrations. 60 00 
Ballads, English and Scotch. By Childs. 8 vols. 

Cloth, 10 00 
Bancroft, George. History U. S. Svo. 10 vols. 

Cloth, 25 00; sh., 35 00 ; tr. cf., 45 00; f. calf, 55 00 
History U. S. New edition. 12mo. 6 vols. 
Cloth, 13 50. Vols. 1 and 2 now ready. 
Bancroft. H. Native Races Pacific States. 8vo. 
5 vols. Cloth, 27 50: sheep, 32 50; half calf, 

40 00; half roan, 40 00 Full roan. 50 00 

Becker. Prof. Charicles. Cloth, 3 00: half calf, 00 

Gailus. Cloth, 3 00 Half calf. 6 00 

Behn, Mrs. Plays, etc. 12mo. G vols Half 

morocco, 30 00 
Bewick's Select Fables. Post Svo.... naif Roxb., 4 00 

The same. La ri_ r e-paper edition 10 00 

Bible. Handy Volume Edition. 11 vols. Cloth, 

9 00; imitation mor.. 13 50 Morocco, 40 00 

Bigelow's Life of Franklin. 12mo. 3 vols. .Cloth. 7 50 

Half calf, 13 50 
Birch, Samuel, nisi. Ancient Pottery, and Mar- 
ryatt's Pottery and Porcelain. 2 vols. Svo. 

Tree calf. 40 00 

Blackwood's Tales. 6mo. 12 vols Cloth, 9 00 

Half Calf, 18 00 
16mo. In 6 vols. CI., 9 00; half Boxb., 12 00; 

Half morocco, 13 50 
Black's General Atlas of the World. Ed. 1876. 

Folio Half morocco, 22 50 

Blaine. Encyclopaedia of Rural Sport. Svo.. CI., 10 50 
Bonn's Various Libraries. The set in 640 vols., 
$1,057 80. 

Standard Library 161 vols 231 SO 

Historical 19 " 3S 00 

French Memoirs 6 " 8 40 

Uniform with Standard 47 " ....7160 



ruics 
Bobn's Various Libraries: 

Philological 22 vols ... . $88 oo 

British Classics 89 " .... ins- 
Ecclesiastical 8 " 

Antiquarian 40 " 80 00 

Cheap Series 74 " ....49 40 

Illustrated 7!) " ....163 

Classical 91 " ....178 20 

Scientific 68 M ....142 80 

Extra 8 l * .... 11 80 

Reference 1 " 2 40 

Boswell's Johnson. ICmo. 10 vols Half calf, 2 

8vo. 3vols. CI, 18 00; hall calf. 21 GO: live calf, 24 00 
Bonn's Ed. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth, 8 00; half 

calf, 18 00 Full calf, £5 00 

Botany, System of. By Emm. Le Maout and J. 
Desaisne. Translated by Mrs. Hooker. 4to. 

5,500 illustrations Cloth. 25 00 

Brando & Cox. Dictionary ot Science, Litera- 
ture, and Art. 8vo. 3 vols. Cloth. 20 00; 

Half Russia, 30 CO 
Brie -a-Brac Scries. 12mo. 10 vols. Cloth, 15 00; 

half roan, 17 50 Half calf. 20 00 

Bridirewater Treatises. (Original cd., 8vo., 12 

vols Calf, 60 00 

12mo.. 7 vols Half calf. 21 00 

British Essayists. By A. Chalmers. Kimo. 88 

vols. Cloth. 47 50; half calf, 95 00. ...Call. 114 00 

British Poets. lSino. 130 vols Cloth, 16 

Half calf. 357 SS 
Brockedon, W. Passes of the Alps. 4to. 2 v 

Proofs Half morocco. 60 no- 
Bronte (The) Novels. Svo. 7 vols Cloth, 21 00 

Half calf, 35 00 

12mo. 6 vols Cloth, y otf 

Brougham's (Lord) Works. Crown 8vo. 11 vols. 

Cloth. 19 25: half calf, 38 50 Half roan, 33 00 

Statesmen and Men of Letters. 8vo. 5 vols. 

Tree calf. 48 00 
Browning, Robert. Complete Works. 12mo. 

11 vols. Cloth, 21 00 Half calf. 42 00 

Browning, Mrs. Elizabeth Barrett. Poems. Cr. 

8vo. 2 vols. CI.. 5 00; half cf., 9 00.. .Mor., 12 00 
Blue and Gold Edition. 5 vols. Cloth. 6 25; 

half calf, 12 50 Calf or morocco, 17 50 

12mo. 3 vols. CI. .7 50; hf.cf., 13 50.CI. or mor., 18 no 

16mo. 5vols. Cloth. 875 Half calf. 15 00 

Svo. Illustrated. Cloth, 5 00; sheep, 6 00; half 

calf, 7 50 Morocco. 10 00 

Household Edition. 12mo. 8 vols. C 1.. 4 00; 

half calf. 8 00 Full calf or morocco, 10 00 

Buckle, II. T. Miscellaneous and Posthumous 

Works. Svo. 3 vols. Cloth. 22 50.. Half calf. 28 00 
Hist. of Civilization. 12mo. 2vols. 4 00..Hf.cf 8 00 
Bulwer's Novels. Globe Edition. 16mo. 25 vols. 

Cloth. 37 00 Half calf, gilt, 75 00 

Lord Lytton Edition. 12mo. 25 vols. Cloth, 

87 00". Half calf, -ji t. 71 

Library Edition. 12mo. 46 vols Cloth, 67 60 

Half calf, gilt, 12fi 60 

Knebworth Edition. 12mo. 35 vols 

Half calf, 105 00 
Bunsen, Baron. Egypt's Place in Universal 1 

torv. 5 vols. Svo 

Memoir of. Svo. 2 vols Half calf. 14 00 

Bunyau's Pilgrim's Progress. Cr. 8vo. Oil 

Burke, J. Bernard. The Patrician. Bvo. Ovols.Cf., 30 00 

Burke. Edmund. Complete Works. Crown Bvo. 

12 vols. Cloth, 18 00 Half calf. 36 00 

Crown Svo. 12 vols. Cloth. 30 00. .. Half calf. 18 00 
Bohn'sEd. 12mo. 9 vols. CI.. 12 60. Hall calf. 80 (0 
Large-paper Edition. 12 vols Half mor.. 100 00 

Burns, Robert. Poems. 1S09. l2mo. \\- 

Half roan, 18 00 
8voEdinaEd. CI.. 6 00; half mor., 10 00.. Mor., 12 00 

8vo. Sheep, 8 50 Morocco, 10 00 

The Land of. 4to. 2 vols, in one.. .Halt mor.. 25 00 



STANDARD WORKS FROM STOCK OF D. APPLETON & CO. 



PKICE 

Burton, J. H. History of Scotland. 12mo. 8 vols. 

Cloth, 25 00; hall' calf, 44 00. ..Half morocco,$55 00 
Byron, Lord. Works. 12mo. 18 vols. Cloth, 20 00 

Half morocco, 50 00 

8vo. 6 vols. Half calf, 36 00 Full morocco, 54 00 

12mo. 4 vols. Cloth, 9 00 Half calf, 16 00 

I6mo. In a box. 8 vols Cloth, 10 50 

Finden's Illustrations to. 1833. 8vo. 6 vols. 

i u 3 Half morocco, 30 00 

8vo edition. Sheep, 3 50 Morocco, 10 00 

Cabinet Encyclopaedia. 16mo. (Lardner's.) 130 

vols Half calf, 150 00 

Campbell. Lives of the Chancellors. 10 vols. 

8vo. Cloth, 35 00; sheep, 45 00.. ..Half calf, 60 00 
Crown Svo. 10 vols. Cloth, 20 00... Half calf, 35 00 

Half morocco. 40 00 
Chief Justices. 8vo. 4 vols. Cloth, 14 00; 

sheep, 18 00 Half calf, 24 00 

Chief Justices. New ed. 4vols Cloth, 8 00 

Canova's Works. 8vo. 3vols. Half roan, 20 00 

Svo. 1 vol Cloth, 12 60 

Carleton's Traits and Stories of the Irish Peas- 
antry. Svo. 2 vols Half calf, 12 00 

Carlyle's (Thomas) Works. lOmo. 38 vols. CI., 

34 20 Half calf, 95 00 

16mo. 38 vols. Bound in 18 vols.. Green cloth, 35 00 
Essays. 12mo. 4 vols. Cloth, 9 00.. Half calf, 16 00 
Frederick the Great. 12mo. 6 vols. Cloth, 

12 00; sheep, 14 40 Half calf, 22 50 

Carpenter's Readings. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth, 

10 00 Half calf, 20 00 

CasselTs Natural History. Imp. Svo. 2 vols. 

Half calf, 25 00 
Book of Birds. Imp. 8vo. 4 vols, in 2.. Half calf, 25 00 
Cathedrals of England (The). 12mo. 4 vols. 

Half calf, 35 00 Full calf, 50 00 

Catlin's N. A. Indians. Svo. 2 vols.... Half calf, 16 00 
Chambers's Book of Hays. 8vo. 2 vols. Cloth, 

8 00 ; sheep, 9 50 Half c. g., 12 00 

Encyclopaedia of English Literature. Svo. 2 

vols. Cloth, S 00 ; sheep, 9 50.... Half c. g., 12 00 
Information for the People. 8vo. 2 vols CI., 

8 00 ; sheep, 9 50 Half c. g., 12 00 

Miscedany of Useful and Entertaining Tracts. 

ltJmo. 10 vols. Cloth, 10 00 Half c. g., 27 50 

Chaucer's Canterbury Tales. 8vo. 3 vols.. II f. cf., 10 50 
Chesterfield's Letters. 12mo. 2 vols. Cloth, 

5 00 ; half calf, 7 50 Tree calf. 10 00 

Churchill. Mount Lebanon. Svo. 3 vols..Hf. cf., 13 00 
Clarendon. Rebellion and Civil Wars in Eng- 
land. Cr. Svo. 7 vols. Hf. calf, 25 00 .. Calf, 30 00 
Clark. Railway Machinery. Folio. 2 vols. 

(1 vol. plates) Half morocco, 30 00 

Coleridqe 1 s Complete Works. Crown Svo. 7 

vols Cloth, 12 00 

Coleridge (Sarah), Memoirs and Letters of. Cr, 

8vo. 2 vols Half calf, 12 00 

Collins. Wilkie. 15 vols Cloth, 22 50 

Colton's General Atlas. Folio 20 00 

Commentary Wholly Biblical. 4to. 3 vols. CI., 

20 00 Morocco, 40 00 

Comte de Paris. History of the Civil War. Svo. 

Per vol., cloth, 3 50 ; sheep, 4 50 ; half mor., 6 00 
Consecration and Coronation of Alexander II. of 

Russia in 1856. Eleph. folio. 36 plates 

Half morocco, 350 00 
Conybeare and Howson. St. Paul. 4to. 2 vols. 

Cloth, 30 00 
Cooper's (J. F.) complete novels. 12mo. 32 vols. 

Cloth, 48 00 Half calf, 110 00 

Leather-Stocking Tales. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth, 

7 50. Half calf, 17 50 

Sea Tales. 12mo. 5 vols. CI.. 7 50.. Half calf, 17 50 
Cresv's Encyclopaedia of Civil Engineering. Svo. 

Cloth, 21 00 Half Russia, 20 00 

Crowe and Calvacaselle. Art in Italy. 8vo. 

2 vols. Half calf, 20 00 Tree calf, 30 00 

Curtius. History of Greece. English Ed. Svo. 

5 vols. Half calf, 40 00 

12ino. 5 vols. Cloth, 12 50 Half calf, 22 50 

Cuvier. Animal Kingdom. 8vo. .Half morocco, 12 00 
Darwin's Works. 12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 

Half calf, 35 00 
De Foe's Works. 12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 9 80; 

Half calf, 18 00 
Denny's Guide to China and Japan. 8vo. Cloth, 21 00 
De Quincey's Works. 12mo. 11 vols. Cloth. 

16 50 Half calf, 33 00 

12mo. 22 vols. Half calf. 55 00 Full calf, 65 00 

12mo. 16 vols. Cloth, 30 00 ; half morocco, 

45 00 Tree calf, 90 00 

Dibdin, Rev. T. F. Bibliographical Decameron. 

Royal Svo. 3 vols *. . . Olive morocco. 225 00 



P15ICB 

Dibdin, Rev. T. F. Bibliogr. Antiq. and Pict. 
Tour in France and Germany. Roval Svo. 

3 vols Olive'mor., $175 00 

B'.bliogr. Antiq. and Pict. Tour in Northern 

Counties in England and Scotland. Royal 

8\ o Olive morocco, 125 00 

Dickens's (Charles) Works. 12mo. 30 vols. Half 

calf, 112 50 Tree calf, J50 00 

Riverside edition. 12mo. 28 vols. Cloth, 

56 00 ; half calf, 112 00 Tree calf, 140 00 

Globe edition. 12mo. 15 vols. Cloth, 22 00; 

Half calf, 48 00 
Carleton's edition. 12mo. 15 vols. Cloth, 

22 50 Half calf, 50 00* 

Illustrated Library Edition. 12mo. 29 vols. 

Cloth, 50 75 Half calf, 110 00 

Standard edition. 8vo. Illustrated. Per 

vol Cloth, 3 00 

Gadshill edition. Crown Svo. 15 vols... Cloth, 30 00 
Dickens's edition. 12mo. 15 vols. Cloth, 

22 50 Half calf, 45 00 

15 vols, in 8. Cloth, 14 00 Half calf, 28 00 

Appletous' edition. 12mo. 6 vols. Cloth, 

10 50 Half calf, 21 00 

Disraeli, Isaac. Curiosities of Literature. 12mo. 

4 vols. Cloth, 7 00 Half calf, 14 00 

Amenities of Literature. Crown 8vo. 2 vols. 

Cloth, 3 50 Half calf, 7 00 

Calamities of Authors. Crown 8vo. 2 vols 

Cloth, 3 50 Half calf, 7 00 

Literary Characters. Crown 8vo. 1 vol. Cloth, 

2 25 Half caK, 4 00 

Complete Works. Crown 8vo. 9 vols. Cloth, 

15 00 Half calf, 30 00 

Disraeli's (Benjamin) Novels and Tales. Small 

8vo. 6vols Half calf, 20 00 

Another edition. 10 vols Cloth, 30 00 

Dore, Gallery, The. Containing 250 drawings 
by Gustave Dore. Small folio. 1 vol. com- 
plete, 60 00 ; morocco, 80 00. 2 vols. . . Cloth, 65 00 
Dore Bible. Small folio. 2 vols. Cloth, 64 00 ; 

morocco, gold edge, 100 00 ; best morocco, 125 00 
Bible, in French. Folio 2 vols. Cloth, 75 00 ; 
half morocco, 100 00 ; full morocco, 150 00 ; 

Full extra morocco, 200 00 
Dore's Milton's Paradise Lost. Crown fol. CI., 

25 00 Morocco antique, 40 00 

Dante's Inferno. Crown folio. Cloth, 25 00 ; 

Morocco antique, 40 00 
Dante's Purgatory and Paradise. Crown folio. 

Cloth, 25 00 Morocco antique, 40 00 

Don Quixote. Royal 4to. Cloth. 15 00 ; half 

morocco. 20 00 Full morocco, 25 00 

La Fontaine's Fables. Royal 4to. Cloth, 

15 00; half morocco, 20 00 Full morocco, 25 00 

2 vols. Half crimson morocco.. .La r^e paper, 175 00 

London. Folic Half morocco, 35 00 

Tour through the Pyrenees. By Taine. Sm. 
4to. Cloth, 10 00; morocco, 20 00.. Tree calf, 25 00 
Dramatists and Poets (Old). Royal Svo. 13 vols. 

Cloth, 65 00; half calf, 90 00 Tree calf, 125 00 

Dumas's (Alexandre) Novels. 16mo. 18 vols, in 

10.... Cloth. 15 00 

Dyer's Pompeii. Svo. Cloth, 6 00 ; half calf, 

9 00. Tree calf, 12 00 

Eastlake, Sir Charles L. History of the Gothic 

Revival. Royal Svo Half morocco, 16 00 

Edgeworth's (Maria) Novels and Tales. 12mo. 

10 vols. Cloth, 15 00 ; half calf, 30 00. . .Calf, 40 00 
10 vols, in 5 Half calf, 25 00 

Eliot's (George) Novels. 12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 

8 50 Half calf, 18 25 

Emerson's (R. W.) Works. 12mo. 10 vols. 

Cloth, 20 00 Half calf, 34 00 

Prose Works. Crown Svo. 2 vols. Cloth. 

5 00 Halfcalf, 9 00 

Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth ed. (to be 

completed in 22 vols.). Per vol., cloth, 9 00; 

Half Russia, 11 00 
Essayists, British. Bv Chalmers. 38 vols. CI., 

47 50 ; cloth, gilt, 67 00 Half calf. 95 00 

Evans's Old Ballads. 8vo. 4 vols.. Half morocco, 20 00 

Evelyn's Diary. 12ino. 4 vols Half calf, 14 00 

Ewald. History of Israel. Svo. 5 vols.. .Cloth, 31 50 
Fairbairn. Crests of Families of Great Britain 

and Irelaud. 8vo. 2 vols 21 00 

Farrar, F. W. The Life of Christ. Svo. 2 vols. 

Cloth, 6 00 Half calf, 12 00 

Without notes. One vol. Svo. 2 50.. Half calf, 5 00 
Fielding's (Henry) Works. 8vo. 10 vols. Lon- 
don, 1821 Calf, 40 00 

8vo. 11 vols. Half roan, 35 00 ; half calf, 

50 00 Tree calf, 75 00 



STANDARD WORKS FROM STOCK OF D. APPLETOX & CO. 



PRICE 

Figuier's Works. Or. Svo. CI, 17 50. Half calf, $25 00 
Find m. Ill u-t rations to Byron. 8vo. 3 vols. 

Half roan, 30 00 
Forsyth's Cicero. 8vo. 2 vols. Large paper. 

Half morocco, 20 00 
Froiss irt's 1 'h r<.>niel<'s of England, France Spain, 

etc 2vols. Royal8vo Half Roxburgh, 12 00 

Frotbingham, K. History of the Siege of Bos- 
ton. Bvo. Cloth, 3 50 Half calf, 5 50 

Rise Of the Republic. 8vo. CI., 3 50. .Half calf, 5 50 
Fronde's History of England. 8vo. 12 vols. 

Half calf. 1>M 00 Tree calf. 150 00 

12mo. VI vols Tree calf, 05 00 

12mo. 12 vols. Cloth, 36 00 ; half calf. 50 00; 

Tree calf, 75 00 
Popular ed. 12mo. 12 vols. Cloth. 15 00; 

Half calf, 36 oo 

Chelsea od. 12mo. 12 vols Half roan. 21 00 

Qaskell's (.Mrs.) Novels. 12uio. 7 vols. Half 

calf. -25 00 Half Roxburgh, 27 BO 

Gazetteer of tho World. 4to Sheep, 10 00 

Gibbon's Decline and Fall of the Roman Em- 
pire. Svo. Svols. Half cf., 40 00. .Hf. mor., 45 00 
12mo. 6 vols. CI., 6 00; sheep, 12 00 .Hf. cf.. 19 50 
Bonn's ed. 12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 9 80 ; half 

calf, 23 80 Fall calf, 35 00 

Chambers'* Library. 3 vols Cloth, 5 - 25 

Gilfillan's British Poets. Complete set in 48 

Half calf, 160 00 

Gladstone, W. E. Studies on Homer. 8vo. 3 

vols Full calf, 100 00 

Globe edition of the Poets. 16mo. 16 vols. 

Cloth, 20 00; half calf, 43 00 "Morocco, 64 00 

Goethe's Works. l2mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 9 80; 

half calf, 23 80 Tree calf, 35 00 

Goethe and Schiller. 13 vols Half morocco, 40 00 

Goldsmith's (Oliver) Works. Svo. 4 vols. CI., 

15 ; half calf, 25 00 Tree calf, 35 00 

Grant's Novels. 12mo. 32 vols.. Half Roxburgh, 40 00 
Graphic, London. Folio. 9 vols. Per vol. Cloth, 9 00 
Green, Mary A. E. Lives of the Princesses of 

England. 1849. 12mo. 6 vols Tree calf, 36 00 

Grimm's Life of Michael Angelo. Crown Svo. 2 

v »ls. Cloth, 5 00 ; half calf. 8 00 Calf, 10 00 

Grote's History of Greece. Svo. 12 vols. Cloth, 

21 00 : half calf, 39 00 Calf. 51 00 

8vo. 10 vols. Cloth, 40 00 Half calf, 60 00 

12mo. 12 vols. CI., 18: sheep, 22 SO. .Half calf, 39 00 

Grote's Plato. Svo. 3 vols Half calf, 22 50 

Gvvilt's Encyclopaedia of Architecture. 4to. CI.,. 

20 00 Half Russia, 26 00 

Hall's Ireland. Original edition. 4to. 3 vols. 

Half morocco, 25 00 Full morocco, 50 00 

Hallam's Middle Ages. Cr. Svo. 3 vols. Cloth. 

5 25 Half calf, 10 50 

Introduction to Literature of Europe. Crown 

8vo. 4 vols. Cloth,700 Half calf, 11 00 

Constitutional History of England. Cr. Svo. 

3vols. Cloth. 550 Half calf, 10 50 

Complete Works. Cr. 8vo. 10 vols. Cloth, 

IT 50 Half calf, 35 00 

Hallam and May. Constitutional History of Eng- 
land. Cr. Svo. 5 vols. CI., S 75.... Hf. calf, 17 50 
Hawthorne's (Nathaniel) Works. lOmo. 21 vols. 

Cloth, 42 00 ; half calf. 72 00 Calf, 95 00 

12mo. (i vols. Cloth. 18 00 Half calf, 36 00 

24 mo. New ed. 21 vols. Per vol 125 

Haydn's Dictionaries. Art — Science— Bible— Bi- 
ography— Dates— Popular Medicine. 6 vols. 

each. Cloih, 9.00 Half calf, 12 00 

Haydon's Correspondence and Table-Talk. 8vo. 

' 2 vols 13 50 

Beeren's Historical Works. Svo. 6 vols 15 00 

Hildreth's History of the United States. 8vo. 

6 vols. Cloth, 18 00; sheep, 21 00.. Hf. calf, 31 50 
nod-re. System of Theolosy. Svo. 3 vols. ..CI., 12 00 
Hogarth's Illustrations. 12uio. 3 vols. CI., 9 00; 

Half calf, 15 00 
Holland's (J. G.) Works. 12mo. 12 vols.. Cloth, 20 25 
Homer. Translation by Sotheby. Svo. 4 vols. 

Calf, 45 00 
Translation by W. C. Bryant. 8vo. 2 vols. 4io. 

Cloth. 20 00 Half calf, 40 00 

12mo. 4vols. Cloth, 1000 Half calf, 18 00 

Translation bv Earl of Derby. Cr. Svo. 2 vols. 
CI.. 4 00; hf. cf.. 8 00.. Hf. morocco, gilt top, 8 00 
Hone's Every-Day Book Svo. 4 vols... Hf. calf, 25 00 
Hood's (Thomas) Works. 12mo. 10 vols. Hf. 

calf, 45 00 Tree calf, 60 00 

12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 15 73 Half calf, 28 00 

Hood's Own. 8vo. 2 vols. Hf. cf.. 10 50.. Full cf., 12 50 
Hopkins (S.) The Puritans and Queen Eliza- 
beth. 12mo. 3vols. CI.. 7 50 Half calf, 15 00 



PIUCR 
Home's Introduction to the Holy Scriptures. 

4 vols. Cloth. 21 00 Half call, §30 00 

Humboldt's (.Alexander von) Works. l2mo. 9 

VOlB Half calf, 36 00 

)mos. 12mo, 5 vols. Cloth, 6 25; sheep, 

Half calf, 15 00 

Hume. David. History of England. 12mo. B 

vols. Cloth, 9 00; sheep, 12 00.... Half calf, 19 50 
Svo. 6 vols. CI., 15 00 ; Bheep, 21 00.. Hf. cf., 27 00 
Hunt, Leigh. 12mo. 4 vols. CL, B 00. .Hf. calf, 13 W 
India. By L. Rousselet Folio. Illustrated. 

Cloth, jrilt extra. 25 00 Full morocco. 83 

Ireland, Joseph N. Records of the New York 

Stage. (1750-1860.) 4to. 2 vols. .Half tnor., 40 
Irving's (Washington) Works. Sunnvside ed. 

28 vols, cloth. 63 oo Half calf, 112 0C 

Knickerbocker ed. 27 vols. CL, 67 60.. Hf. cf., 108 00 
Riverside ed. 26 vols. n.. 45 50.. . .Half calf, 8 1 5 » 

People's ed. 26 vols. CI., 32 50 Half calf, 71 50 

Life of Washington. j Mount Vernon Edition. 

Svo. 2vols. Cloth, 7 00 Half calf, 12 00 

Jacauemart. Albert History of Ceramic Art. 

Svo. Cloth. IS 00 Half morocco. 

James. Life of Richard Coeur de Lion. Lon- 
don. Svo. 4 vols Half calf, 12 00 

Jamc-on's (Mrs.) Art Work*. Svo. 6 vols. 
Cloth, 40 00; half calf, 65 00 ; tree cf., So 00; 

Morocco, 100 00 
Jameson's (Mrs.) Works. 16mo. 10 vols. CI., 

15 00; half calf. 25 00 Morocco. 15 00 

rsou'B (Thomas) Works. 8vo Cloth, 2 

Jefferson, Life of. By Randall. Svo. 3 vols. 

Cloth, 10 00 
Jerrold's (Douglas) Works. 12mo. 5 vols. CL, 

10 50 : half calf. 19 75 Tree calf. 2 1 00 

Jesse's London. 12mo. 2 vols Half calf. 10 00 

Jesse, G. A. The Do-;. Svo Half calf, 12 no 

Jewell's (Bishop) Works. Svo. 8 vols. . Pol. cf.. 60 00 
Johnson's English Dictionary, by Latham. 4to. 

4 vols. \...\ ..Half Russia, GO 03 

Johnson, Samuel. Lives of Eminent IV 

Svo. 3 vols Tree calf. 2 1 H 

Johnson's General Atlas of the World. Folio... 20 00 

Jonson's (Ban) Works. Svo. <J vols Cloth, 40 00 

Josephus. Histories. Crown Svo. 4 vols. CI., 

9 00; sheep, 10 00 Half calf. IS 00 

JowetFs Plato. Svo. Svols Cloth, 30 00 

Junius (Woodfall's) Letters. (1814.) Bvo. 3 voR 

Old calf. 12 00 

2 vols Half calf, 6 00 

Kerl's Metallurgy. Edited by Crookes and Roh- 

riff. Royal Bv >. 3 vols Cloth. 30 00 

Kitto's Pictorial Biide. Svo. 4 vols. . .Half calf. 30 00 
Enevclopiedia. 8vo. 3 vols. Half morocco. 

36 00 Half Russia, 45 00 

Kniirht's v Charles) Gallery of Portraits. Imper. 

8vo. 7 vols 45 00 

The Land we Live In. 4 vols, in 2. Imperial 

8vo Half morocco. 25 00 

Knight's Pictorial History of London. Imperial 

Svo. 6 vols, in 3 Half calf. 

Knight's History of Endand. Imperial 8vo. 

5 vols, cloth*. 25 00; hf. cf., 40 00. ..Tree cf., 60 00 
Knight's Half-Hours with the Best Authors. 

Small Svo. 4 vols. Cloth, 10 00 ; half calf. 

16 00 : tree calf. 21 oo Full calf. 2 I 00 

Kni-ht. Henry. Ecclesiastical Architecture of 

Italy. Folio. 2 vols Half morocco. 54 00 

Knowles's (Sheridan) Dramatic Works. Small 

Svo. 3 vols Half calf, 12 00 

Killer's Hand-Books of Pain tin?. Crown - 

4 vols, cloth. 20 00; hf. cf., 30 00.. .Tree cf., 40 00 
Lacroix, Paul. The Eighteenth Century. Imp. 

Svo. CI. gilt, 15 oo ; hf. cf., IS oo ; hf. mor., 

20 oo ; French mor., 20 oo ; calf. \!l 00; tree 

calf. 2S 00 Morocco extra, 28 00 

Arts in the Middle Ages. Imp. Bvo. Cloth, 

12 00: half calf. 15 on; half morocco, II 

French cf, 18 00; mor. ex., 21 on.. Full mor., 25 M 
Manners. Customs, and Dre<-. Imperial - 

CI.. 12 00; hf. calf. 15 no; half mor.. 15 00; 

French cf.. IS 00; mor. ex. .21 no. . Full mor., 25 00 
Military and Religious Life in the Middle 
3. Imp. Svo. CI.. 12 no ; hf. vi\ or mor., 

15 oo ; French calf, 18 00 ; morocco extra. 

21 00 Full morocco, 25 00 

Lamb's (Charles) Work-. Moxon's Ed. 12ma 

4 vols. CL. 12 00; half calf. 16 00.. Foil calf, 20 00 

Crown Svo. 5 vols. Cloth. 9 00 Halfcalf, IS 00 

Landor's (Walter Savage) Works. 8vo. (To be 

completed in S vols.") Per vol 4 00 

Lane's Thousand and One Nights. Royal Svo. 

3 vols Tree cf 45 00.. Crushed levant mor., 60 00 



STANDARD WORKS FROM STOCK OF D. APPLETON & CO. 



PRICE 

Lane, E. W. Modern Egyptians. Post 8vo. 2 

vols Cloth, $5 00 

Lange's Commentaries. 8vo. 18 vols. Per vol., 

cloth, 5 00 ; sheep, 6 50 Half calf, 7 50 

Layard' a Nineveh. (1819.) 3 vols.. Hf. morocco, 20 00 
Lever's (Charles) Novels. 12mo. 27 vols.. Cloth, 35 00 
Lewes. Life of Goethe. 870. 2 vols. Half cf., 

15 00 Full calf, 20 00 

Lewin, T. Life and Epistles of St. Paul. Demy 

4to. 2 vols. Cloth, 18 00 Half calf, 2S 00 

Library of Wonders. 20 vols. 12mo. Cloth, 

25 00 ; half roan, 30 00 Half calf, 50 00 

Lingard's History of England. 12mo. 10 vols. 

Half calf, 18 00 
Lippincott's Dictionary of Biography. Royal 
8vo. 2 vols. CL, 22 00 ; sheep, 21 00 ; half 
morocco, 27 00 ; half calf, 28 00 ; half Rus- 
sia, 33 00 French morocco, 36 00 

In one vol., sheep, 15 00 ; hf. morocco, 17 00 ; 

half calf, gilt, 18 00 Half Russia, 18 00 

Gazetteer. Royal 8vo. 1 vol Sheep, 10 00 

Little Classics. lBmo. 16 vols. CL, 16 00 ; hf. 

calf. 40 00. 2 vols, bound in one. ..Tree calf, 33 00 
Littre: Dictiounaire Francais. Imp. 8vo. 4 vols. 

Cloth, 36 00 Half morocco, 45 00 

The same. Abridged. 8vo Half morocco, 9 00 

Lockh art's Life of Sir Walter Scott. 12mo. 3 

vols. Cloth, 6 75 Half calf, 13 50 

Lodge's (Edmund) Portraits of Illustrious Person- 
ages of Great Britain. 8vo. 12 vols. .Hf. calf, 32 00 
Longfellow's (H. W.) Poems. 12mo. ,4 vols. 

Cloth, 10 00 ; half calf, 18 00 Morocco, 24 03 

Prose. 12mo. 3 vols. Cloth, 7 50 ; half calf, 

13 50 Morocco, 18 00 

Works. 12 mo. 7 vols. * Cloth, 17 50 ; half 

calf, 31 50 Morocco, 42 00 

Translation of Dante. 12mo. 3 vols. Cloth, 

6 00 ; half calf, 12 00 Morocco, 15 00 

One vol. 12mo. Cloth, 3 00; half calf, 5 50; 

Morocco, 7 00 
Imperial 8vo. 3 vols. Cloth, 15 00 ; half calf, 

30 00 Morocco, 40 00 

Lossing. Field-Book of the Revolution. 2 vols. 

Cloth, 14 00 Half calf, 18 00 

Lossing's History of the Civil War. 8vo. 3 vols. 

Cloth, 15 00 Halt calf, 24 00 

History of the United States. CL, 5 00 ; sheep, 5 50 
Loudon, J. C. Encyclopedia of Trees and 

Shrubs. 8vo Halfroan, 12 50 

Encyclopedia of Cottage, Farm, and Villa 
Architecture, and Furniture. 8vo. Hf. -roan, 12 59 

Encyclopedia of Plants. 8vo 21 00 

Encyclopedia of Agriculture. 8vo 10 50 

Gardening. 8vo ./. 10 50 

Lnbcke. History of Sculpture. Svo. 2 vols. 

Cloth, 18 00; half calf, 25 00 Tree calf, 33 00 

Art. 8vo. 2 vols. Cloth, 18 00; half calf, 

25 00 Tree calf, 33 00 

Ltindy, John T. Monumental Christianity. 4to. 

CL, 7 50 ; hf. mor., 10 00 mor. or tree cf., 15 00 

Luttretl's "Diary. 8vo. 6 vols Tree calf, 36 00 

Macaulay's Complete Works. Svo. 8 vols. CL, 

32 00 Half morocco or half calf, 48 00 

Crown Svo. 4 vols. Cloth, 9 00 ; half calf, 

16 00 Tree calf. 21 00' 

Crown 8vo. 16 vols. Cloth, 32 00 .... Half calf, 64 00 

12mo. 12 vols Tree calf, 65 00 

Essays. 12mo. 7 vols. Cloth, 8 75 ; hf. calf, 

24 00 Full calf, 31 50 

History of England. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth, 

7 50 ; sheep, 8 75.. Half calf, 15 00 

Macaulay's Life and Letters. By his Nephew, 

G Otto Trevelyan. 2 vols. 8vo Cloth, 5 00 

Macfatlane, Charles, and Thompson. Compreh. 

Hi^t. of England. Svo. 4 vols.... Half mor., 40 00 
Madison's (James) Works. Svo. 4 vols.. Cloth, 16 00 
Mahon's History of England. Post 8vo. 7 vols., 

Cloth, 12 25 Half calf. 24 50 

Marco Polo's Travels. Ed. by Yule. Svo. 2 

vols Cloth, 21 00 

Marcoy, Paul. Travels in South America. Sm. 

fol. 2 vols. Cloth, 15 00 Half calf, 25 00 

Marryat's (Captain) Works. 12mo. 12 vols. CL, 

15 00 Half calf, 35 00 

McCnllorh's Commercial Dictionary. Svo. CL, 

20 00 '.Half Russia, 25 00 

Mcintosh. History of England. 10 vols.Hf. cf., 30 00 
Memoir of Norman Macleod, D. D. 2 vols. 8vo. 4 50 
Memoirs of Courts of England. Svo. 6 vols. 

Half calf, 24 00 
Merivale's History of Rome. 12mo. 7 vols. 

Cloth, 14 00 Half calf, 28 00 

12mo. 8 vols. Cloth, 17 00 Half calf. 35 00 



PRICE 

Michaux and Nuttall. North American Sylva. 

8vo. 5 vol* $70 00 

Mill's (John Stuart) Works. Crown 8vo. 11 

vols. Cloth, 27 50 Half calf, 55 00 

Miller's (Hugh) Works. 12mo. 13 vols. Half 

roan, 26 00 Half calf, 40 00 

Milman, H. H. History of the Jews. Cr. 8vo. 

3 vols. Cloth, 5 25 Half calf, 10 50 

History of Christianity. Crown 8vo. 3 vols. 

Cloth, 5 25 Half calf, 10 50 

Latin Christianity. Cr. 8vo. 8 vols. Cloth, 

14 00 ." Half calf, 28 00 

Complete Works. Cr. Svo. 14 vols. Cloth, 

24 50 Half calf, 49 00 

Milton, John. Poetical Works. Svo. 8 vols. 

1867 80 00 

8vo. Edited by Masson. 3 vols Cloth, 15 00 

Sq_. 8vo. Illustrated. 1 vol Red morocco, 18 OJ 

1 vol Antique morocco, 10 00 

Mitchell's General Atlas of the Wo rid. Sm. fol., 11 00 
Molesworth. History of England from 1830-1874. 

12mo. 3 vols. Cloth, 5 25 Half calf, 12 00 

Moliere, Transl. by Henri Van Lann. 8vo. Per 

voL, 7 50 3 vols, published. 

Mommsen's History of Rome. 12mo. 4 vols. 

Cloth, 8 00 Half calf, 16 00 

Montalembert. Monks of the West. 8vo. 5 vols. 

Half calf, 40 00 

Moore's Poetical Works. 12mo. 6 vols Half 

calf, 16 50; sheep, 3 50 Morocco, 10 00 

8vo. Cloth, gilt top, 2 50 

More, Hannah. Works. 12mo. 11 vols. 

Half calf, 33 03 
Motley's (J. L.) History of the Dutch Republic. 
Svo. 3 vols. Cioth, 10 50 ; sheep, 12 00 ; 

half calf, 17 25 
United Netherlands. 8vo. 4 vols. Cloth, 

14 00 ; sheep, 16 00 Half cab; 23 03 

John of Barneveld. 8vo. 2 vols. Cloth, 7 00 ; 

sheep, 8 00 '. Half calf, 11 50 

Complete Works. 8vo. 9 vols. Cloth, 3150; 
sheep, 36 00 ; half calf, 51 75 : extra, 54 00 ; 

full calf, 70 00 
Miiller, Max. Works, Cr. 8vo. 7 vols. Cloth, 

18 00 Half calf, 28 75 

Miiller. Chips from a German Workshop. 8vo. 

English edition. Cloth, 27 00. .half morocco, 45 00 

Mulock, Miss. Works. 12mo. 19 vols 28 50 

Muspratt's Chemistry. Irnper^ 8vo. 2 vols. 

Half Russia, 28 00 
Napier's Peninsular War. Svo. 5 vols. Cloth, 

12 50 .Half calf, 20 00 

Napier's Florentine History. 12mo. 6 vols. 

Half calf, 22 00 

National Gallery. Folio Cloth, 16 00 

Newton's Travels in the Levant. 8vo. 2 vols. 

Half morocco, 12 00 

Nursery Rhymes. 4to. 2 vols Half morocco, 25 00 

Ormond,Lifeof the Duke of. 8vo. 6 vols.. Pol. c, 40 00 
Ornament Polychromatic. 4to. Cloth, 63 00 ; 

Half morocco, 75 00 
Ornement Polychrome (L'). 4to. French edition. 

Full morocco, 110 00 
Oxford English Classics. Svo. 44 vols. Half 
morocco. Comprising Hume's History of Eng- 
land (8) ; Smollett's History of England (5); 
Gibbon's Roman Empire (8) ; Robertson's 
Historic Works (8) ; Johnson's Works and 

Life (15) 225 03 

Palfrey, J. G. History of New England. Svo. 

4vols. Cloth, 14 50.. ...Half calf, 22 50 

Palliser, Mrs. A History of Lace. 8vo.. .Cloth, 10 50 
Paradise of Dainty Devices. 1812. 4to.. .Mor., 50 00 
Parker. Concise Glossary of Terms in Archi- 
tecture. 16mo 3 75 

Parkman's (Francis) Works. 8vo. 7 vols. Cloth, 

17 50 ; half morocco, 27 00 . . . Half calf, 31 50 

Parsons. Rights of a Citizen of the United 

States. Svo ....Sheep, 4 50 

Pepys's Diary and Correspondence. 12mo. 4 

vols Hah - calf, 14 0!) 

Percy. Metallurgy. Svo. 6 vols each, 15 00 

PercvAnecdot.es. 12mo. 2 vols Half calf, 7 50 

Reliques. 1vol. 8vo. Cloth, 5 00 Sheep, 6 00 

Petit. Mary Queen of Scots. 4to. 2 vols. Cloth, 

25 00 Half morocco, 32 50 

Plato's Works. Bohn's edition. 12mo. 6 vols. 

Cloth. 12 00,., Half calf, 24 00 

Plutarch's Lives bv Clough. 8vo. 5 vols. Cloth, 

15 00 ; half calf, 25 00 Calf, 30 00 

Morals. Svo. 5 vols. Cloth, 15 00 ; half calf, 

25 00 Calf, 30 00 

Lives by Langhorn. 12mo. 4 vols Cloth, 5 00 



s.'AN'DARD WORKS FROM STOCK OF D. APPLETON & 



PRICE 

Poe, BdgarA. Works. Cr. 8vo. 4 vols. Cloth. 

'.» 00 ; half calf, 10 00 Calf, §-20 00 

Prescott, \\". II. Complete Works, with Lift*. 

<. Cloth, 85 OH Half calf, 72 00 

New edition. 15 vols. Cloth, 83 75. 

Half calf, 07 50 

Pugin. Gothic Architecture. 4to. 3 vols i>7 50 

Punch (Loudon). 1841-1874. Original edition. 

B4vols. Complete to 1874 Ilalf morocco, ! 

another copy. 84 vols Half crimson mor., 225 00 

Raikes's Journal. 12mo. 4 vols Half calf, 15 00 

Ramage, c. -I. Beautiful Thoughts from Greek, 
German, Spanish, French, Italian, and Latin 

Authors. 12mo. 4 vols Half calf, 18 00 

Ranked History of England. 8vo. G vols. ..CI.. 21 0J 
History of the Pope- of Rome, translated by 

Siraii Austin. 3 vols. 8vo Half calf, 14 03 

Rawlinson's Five Great Monarchies. 8vo. '■'> 

vols Cloth, l"> 00 

Sixth Great Monarchy cloth, G oo 

8vo. 4 vols. Cloth, 21 00; half calf, 30 00; 

Half morocco, 35 00 

Seventh Monarchy. 8vo. 1 vol Cloth, 00 

Rawlinson's Herodotus. Svo. 4 vols. 10 00 ; 

Half calf, 20 00 
Rule's (Charles) Novels. lGaio. 11 vols. Cloth, 

11 0J Half calf, 24 75 

The same in G vol3 Half calf, IS 00 

lliou Record. Edited by Frank Moore. 

8vo. 12 vols Half Russia, 90 CO 

Richardson, Samuel. Works. 12mo. 10 vols. 
i-i-'riLj Clarissa Harlowe, Sir Charles 
Grandison Pamela, and Life. Half mor.. 7.1 00 
Richaidson's Dictionary. 4to. 2 vols. Half 

roan, 30 00 " Half morocco, 40 00 

Ritter's Palestine. Svo. 4 vols. Cloth, 14 CO; 

Half calf, 24 00 
Robertson, J. C. History of the Christian 

Church. 12mo. 8 vols Cloth, IS 00 

Rolliu's Ancient History. Svo. 4 vols. Cloth, 

10 00 ; sheep. 12 00 Half Calf, IS 00 

Romance of History. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth. 

12 50 Half calf, 20 00 

Rule, William M. History of the Inquisition. 

Svo. 2 vols Half calf, 15 00 

Ruskiu, J. Works. 12mo. 23 vols. Cloth, 40 00 ; 

same with Plates. 4S 00 

12mo. 23 vols, in 17 Half calf, 70 00 

Modern Painters. 12mo. 5 vols. Cloth, 18 00; 

Half calf, 27 00 
me without Plates. Cloth, 12 00.. .Half ealf,'20 00 
Stones of Venice. 12mo. 3 vols. Cloth, 7 00; 

Half calf, 12 00 

Eoglish edition. Royal 8vo. 3 vols Half 

morocco, 75 00 
Russell's Naval Architecture. Folio. 3 vols. 

Half levant mor., 150 00 
Schiller's Works. 12mo. 6 vols. Cloth, 8 40 ; 

half calf. 13 00 Full calf. 24 00 

Schlos.^e", F. C. History of the Nineteenth 

Miry. Svo. 8 vols Half morocco, 30 00 

Scott, Sir Walter. Works. Complete: com- 
prising Novels, 48 vols. Miscellaneous Es- 
^ays, Life by Lockhart, Poetical Works, 
History of Scotland, etc. lGmo. 100 vols. 

Half calf, 250 00 
Waverlev Novels : 

Abbotsford ed. Svo. 12 vol* Calf, 250 00 

The same. Svo. 12 vols. . . . Half red mor., 225 OJ 

The same. 8vo. 12 vols Half mor., 175 00 

Centenary edition. 12mo. 25 vols. Cloth, 31 2".; 

half calf, 03 75 ; calf, 60 00 Tree calf. 100 00 

Librarv edition. Svo. 25 vols. Half calf, 
100 00 ; half morocco, 125 00 ; tree calf, 

175 00 Morocco, 175 00 

:ulard edition. 12mo. 23 vols. 3150; 

Half calf. 69 00 
Globe edition. 12mo. 23 vols. 28 75 ; hf. cl., 63 25 
Osgood's. 12mo. 25 vols. Cloth, 37 50 : 

Half calf. 75 00 
Appletons'. 12mo. 6 vols. Cloth. 10 50: 

Half calf, 21 00 

Melrcse edition. Cr. Svo. 13 vols 26 00 

Abbotsford edition. 12 vols. Cloth, 18 00; 

sheep, 24 00 Half calf, 39 00 

Poetical Works. 1 vol. 8vo. Sheep, 3 50 ; 

mor. ant., 10 00 
Select Poetic Works. 12mo. 6 vols. Bound 
iu the Tartans of various Clans, in elegant 

Tartan case, 25 00 
Poetical Works. 13mo. 9 vols. Cloth, 11 25; 

Half calf, 24 75 
ifimo. Half calf, 28 00 Full calf, 32 00 



TRICE 

Shakespeare's Works : 
Mary Cowdeu Clarko's edition. 8vo. 1 vols. 

i, 12 00; half calf. 20 00 Morocco, 

8vo. 2 vols. Halfcalf, 18 00; half mor., 20 < 

Mor 
8vo. 1vol. Sheep, 8 50; half calf, 8 00.. Mor., 1 
Svo. 3 vols. Cloth, 17 50; half m< 

Stratford edition. 12mo. vol-. Cloth, 10 00; 
Bh., 13 50 : Unit mor.. id, 00; half calf, : 

morocco, 25 00 Tree calf, 

Bell's. l6mo. G vols. Cloth, on Mor., 

Verplanck's. 8vo. 3 vols B ilf mor., 50 00 

Chalmers's. 8vo. 8 vols. Calf, 4 ixt., 45 00 

Alex. Dyce. 8vo. 9 vols. 1866 Calf, go oo 

Bovdell's lllust. ed. Svo. 2 vols. Cloth. 2" 

1 vol. ed cloth, 12 00 

Knight, Dyce, Collier, Halliwell, and Richard- 
son. 16mo. S vols. Cloth, 12 00 ; half calf. 

21 00 Pull calf, 23 00 

Knight's original Illustrated edition. 8vo. 
8 vols. 1839. Tree calf, red mor., 175 00; 

mor. extra, crushed levant, 200 00 
Knight's new ed. Svo. S vols. Cloth, 40 00; 

half calf, GO 00 

Bowdler's Family. 8vo. 8 vols. 1827.. ..( 
Valpy's. lGmo. 15 vols. Half calf, 15 00 ; 

Full calf. 50 00 

Hudson's. 12mo. 11 vols Cloth, 22 00 

Staunton's. 8vo. 3 vols. Cloth, 22 50; half 

calf. 30 00; tree calf. 42 5,1 Mot 

Reproduction of First Polio. 1623.. .Hf. mor., 40 00 
Fac-simile Reoriut of First Folio. 1 

Svo Half vellum, 20 00 

A Reduced Fac-simile Reprint. Small Svo. 

Half roan, 4 20 

Cornwall's. 8vo. 3 vols Half morocco, 35 00 

Pickering's. 12mo. 11 vols Half morocco, 45 00 

Variorum. 12mo. 21 vols Old calf, 

Richard Grant While. Cr. Svo. 18 vols. Cl., 24 00 

Half calf, 36 00 
lOmo. 12 vols. Cloth, IS 00; half calf, 36 I 

calf, 4S 00 Moro ■ o, 54 00 

Concordance to Shakespeare. By Mrs. 11. II. 

Fn rness. Poems 4 00 

Shakespeare's Concordance. Bv M. C. Clarke. 

Svo. Cloth. 9 0U : half calf, 12 no.. .Full calf, 15 00 
Shakespeare Society Papers. Svo. is vols. 

Tree calf, 175 00 
Shelley. Pcrcv Bvsshe. Works. lGmo. 3v< 

Cioth, 3 75; half calf, 7 50 Full calf, 11 25 

Sheridan's Works. Svo. 2 vols. Hf. cf., 12 00; 

calf, 16 0C 
Shvp of Fooles (The). Cr. 4to. 2 vols. Cloth, 
* 12 00; half mor., 24 00; half vellum. 30 00 ; 

Morocco, 35 00 
Simms, William Gilmore. Novels. 12mo. 17 

vols. Cloth, 30 00 II ilfcalf, 50 00 

Smiles. Lives of the Engini 

Half calf, 40 00. Full calf, 50 00 

Cr. Svo. 5 vols. Cloth, 12 50, half call. 22 50: 

■ calf, 27 50 
Smith, Rev. Sydney. Works. Svo. 6 vols. 

London .10 00 

3 vols. Cltoh, $4 50 Half calf, 9 00 

Smith, Philip. Ancient History. 8vo. cloth, 
10 50; sheep, 13 50; half morocco. 15 on; 

Half calf, 18 00 
Smith, William. Concise Bible Dictionary. 8vo. 

Ciolh. 1 50: she, -p. 5 50 Half calf, 6 50 

Die. of Biblical Antiquities and Biography. 

Svo. Svols. Cloth, is in Halfcalf, 

Die of Greek and Roman Biogr. and MythoL 

Svo. 3 vols 

Die. of Greek and Roman Geogr. Svo. 

Halfcalf, 1G 00 
Die. of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Svo. 

1 vol Halfcalf, 

Classic. Die. of Bio^r., Mythol.,ai 

1 vol •. 8 00 

Ancient Atlas. Folio. 5 pi 00; half 

, 10 00 
Smollett's Works. Svo. 8 vols. Half ro 

•: halfcalf, 40 00 free calf, GO 00 

Southey's Commonplace Book. Svo. 4 \ i 

. 25 00 

The Doctor. 8vo Halfcalf, 6 50 

Sparks. American Biography. 16mo. 10 vols. 

Cloth, 12 50 »-.... Half calf; 25 0) 

Spencer, Herbert Philosophical Works. 

Svo. 10 VOlS. Cloth, 21 25 Half calf, 44 0C 

Spenser. Edmund. Poetical Works. Bvo. 5 vols. 

Half calf, 17 50 Full calf, 25 00 



2 D. Appleton & CoSs Medical Publications. 

ANSI IE. 

IN CUTcllg'lcl) and Diseases which resemble it. 

By FRANCIS E. ANSTIE, M. D., F. R. 0. P., 

Senior Assistant Physician to Westminster Hospital ; Lecturer on Materia Medica in "West- 
minster Hospital School ; and Physician to the Belgrave Hospital for Children ; Editor of 
"The Practitioner" (London), etc. 

1 vol., 12mo. Cloth, $2.50. 

"It is a valuable contribution to scientific medicine."— The Lancet {London). 

BARKER 

The Puerperal Diseases, oumeai Lectures 

delivered at Bellevue Hospital. 

By FORDYCE BARKER, M. D., 

Clinical Professor of Midwifery and the Diseases of Women in the Bellevue Hospital Medical 
College; Obstetric Physician to Bellevue Hospital; Consulting Physician to the New York 
State Women's Hospital; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine; formerly Presi- 
dent of the Medical Society of the State of New York ; Honorary Fellow of the Obstetrical 
Societies of London and Edinburgh; Honorary Fellow of the Royal Medical Society of 
Athens, Greece, etc., etc., etc. 

Third Edition. 1 vol., 8vo. Cloth. 526 pages. Price, 85 ; Sheep, $6. 

" For nearly twenty years it has been my duty, as well as my privilege, to give clinical lect- 
ures at Bellevue Hospital, on midwifery, the puerperal and the other diseases of women. This 
volume is made up substantially from phonographic reports of the lectures which I have given 
on the puerperal diseases. Having had rather exceptional opportunities for the study of these 
diseases, I have felt it to be an imperative duty to utilize, so far as lay in my power, the advan- 
tages which I have enjoyed for the promotion of science, and, I hope, for the interests of human- 
ity. In many subjects, such as albuminuria, convulsions, thrombosis, and embolism, septicaemia, 
and pyaemia, the advance of science has been so rapid as to make it necessary to teach something 
new every year. Those, therefore, who have formerly listened to my lectures on these subjects, 
and who now do me the honor to read this volume, will not be surprised to find, in many par- 
ticulars, changes in pathological views, and often in therapeutical teaching, from doctrines before 
inculcated. At the present day, for the first time in the history of the world, the obstetric depart- 
ment seems to be assuming its proper position, as the highest branch of medicine, if its rank be 
graded by its importance to society, or by the intellectual culture and ability required, as com- 
pared with that demanded of the physician or the surgeon. A man may become eminent as a 
physician, and yet know very little of obstetrics; or he may be a successful and distinguished 
surgeon, and be quite ignorant of even the rudiments of obstetrics. But no one can be a really 
able obstetrician unless he be both physician and surgeon; And, as the greater includes the less, 
obstetrics should rank as the highest department of our profession." — From Author's Preface. 

On Sea-Sickness, by fordyce barker, m. d. 

1 vol., 16mo. 36 pp. Flexible Cloth, 75 cents. 

Eeprinted from the New York Medical Journal. By reason of the great demand for the 
number of that journal containing the paper, it is now presented in book-form, with such pre- 
scriptions added as the author has found useful in relieving the suffering from sea-sickness. 

BUCK 

Contributions to Reparative Surgery: 

Showing its Application to the Treatment of Deformi- 
ties, produced by Destructive Disease or Injury ; Con- 
genital Defects from Arrest or Excess of Development / 
and Cicatricial Contractions from Burns. 

By GURDON BUCK, H. D. 

Illustrated by Numerous Engravings. 1 vol., 8vo. 



D. Appleton <& Co. y s Medical Publications. 3 

BARNES. 

Obstetric Operations, including the Treatment of 
Haemorrhage, and forming a Guide to the Management 
of Difficult Labor. 

By ROBERT BARNES, M. D., London, F. R. C. P., 

Obstetric Physician and Lecturer on Obstetrics and the Diseases of "Women and Children to St. 
George's Hospital ; Examiner in Obstetrics to the Eoyal College of Physicians and the Koy&l 
College of Surgeons ; President of the Metropolitan Branch of the British Medical Associa- 
tion ; late Examiner to the University of London ; formerly Obstetric Physician to the Lon- 
don and to St. Thomas Hospitals ; and late Physician to the Eastern Division of the Koy&l 
Maternity Charity. 

Third Edition. Revised and extended. 1 vol., 8vo. 606 pages. Cloth, $4.50. 

" Such a work as Dr. Barnes's was greatly needed. It is calculated to elevate the practice of 
the obstetric art in this country, and to be of great service to the practitioner." — Lancet. 

"The book of Dr. Barnes is not, properly speaking, a dogmatic treatise on obstetric opera- 
tions. It is a series of original lectures, comprising, at one and the same time, a practical analysis 
of the serious accidents in parturition, the reasoned-out indications for, and the most judicious 
researches in the manner of operating, the method to choose, the instrument to prefer, and the 
details of the manoeuvres required to insure success. The clearness of the style is perfect. The 
order, without being altogether rigorous, is what it is able to be generally in a series of clinical 
lectures. The description of the instruments, the application of the forceps, cephalotripsy, em- 
bryotomy, Caesarean section, the practical reflections on narrowing and malformation of the pel- 
vis, ruptures of the uterus, placenta praevia, haemorrhage, and, in fact, all the grand questions in 
obstetrics are treated with accurate good sense. At each instant, by some remark or other, is 
revealed a superior mind, ripened by having seen much and meditated much." — From Preface 
to the French Edition by Prof. Pajot. 

EASTIAK 

Paralysis from Brain Disease in its 

Common Forms, 

By H. CHARLTON BASTIAN, M. A., M.D., F.R.S., 

Fellow of the Eoyal College of Physicians ; Professor of Pathological Anatomv in University 
College, London; Physician to University College Hospital; and Senior Assistant Physiciai 
to the National Hospital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic. 

With Illustrations. 1 vol., 12mo. Cloth. $1.75. 
PREFACE. 

These Lectures were delivered in University College Hospital last year, at a time when I wm 
doing duty for one of the senior physicians, and during the same year — after they had been re- 
produced from very full notes taken by my friend Mr. John Tweedy — they appeared in the pages 
of The Lancet. 

They are now republished at the request of many friends, though only after having undergone 
& very careful revision, during which a considerable quantity of new matter has been added. It 
would have been easy to have very much increased the size of the book by the introduction of a 
larger number of illustrative cases, and by treatment of many of the subjects at greater length, 
but this the author has purposely abstained from doing, under the belief that in its present form 
it is likely to prove more acceptable to students, and also perhaps more useful to busy practi- 
tioners. 

Notwithstanding its defects and many shortcomings, the author is not without a hope that 
this little book may be considered in some measure to supply a deficiency which has long existed 
in medical literature. No department of medicine stands more in need of being represented in 
a text-book of moderate compass; so that, imperfect as it is, this small work may perhaps be of 
some service till it is superseded by something better. In it the author has endeavored to treat 
the subject with more precision than has hitherto been customary, and, while the lectures contain 
some novelties in method and mode of exposition, he hopes they may also be found not unfaith- 
fully to embody the principal facts at present known concerning this very important class of 
diseases. 



4 D. Appleton <& CoSs Medical Publications. 

BENNET. 

On the Treatment of Pulmonary Con- 

sumption, by Hygiene, Climate, and Medicine, in its 
Connection with Modern Doctrines. 

By JAMES HENRY BENNET, M.D., 

Member of the Royal College of Physicians, London ; Doctor of Medicine of the University of Paris, etc, etc 

1 vol., thin 8vo. Cloth, $1.50. 

An interesting and Instructive work, written in the strong, clear, and lucid manner which appears In all the con- 
tributions of Dr. Bennet to medical or general literature. ( • 

«' We cordially commend this book to the attei.tion of all, for its practical common-sense views of the nature and 
treatmen* of the scourge of all temperate climates, pulmonary consumption."— Detroit Review of Medicine. 

Winter and Spring on the Shores of 

the Mediterranean; or, the Riviera, Mentone, Italy, 
Corsica, Sicily, Algeria, Spain, and Biarritz, as Win- 
ter Climates. 

This work embodies the experience of ten winters and springs passed by Dr. Bennet on the shores of the Mediter- 
ranean, and contains much valuable information for physicians in relation to the health-restoring climate of the re- 
gions described. A 

1 vol., 12mo. 621 pp. Cloth, $3.50. 

" Exceedingly readable, apart from its special purposes, and well illustrated."— Evening Commercial. 

'» It has a more substantial value for the physician, perhaps, than for any other class or profession. . . . We com- 
mend this book to our readers as a volume presenting two capital qualifications— it is at once entertaining and instruc- 
tive." — If. Y. Medical Journal. 

BILLROTH. 

General Surgical Pathology and The- 

rapeutics, in Fifty Lectures. A Text-book for Students 
and Physicians. 

By Dr. THE0D0R BILLROTH. 

Translated from the Fifth German Edition, with the special permission of the Author, by 
CHARLES E. HACKLET, A. M., M. D., 

Surgeon to the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary ; Physician to the New York Hospital; Fellow of the New York 

Academy" of Medicine, etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. 714 pp., and 152 Woodcuts. Cloth, $5.00; Sheep, $8.00. 

Professor Theodor Billroth, one of the most noted authorities on Surreal Pathology, gives in this volume a complete 
resume of the existing state of knowledge in this branch of medical science. The fact of this publication goin» through 
four editions in Germany, and having been translated into French, Italian, Russian, and Hungarian, should be some 
guarantee for its standing. 

«« The want of a book in the English language, presenting in a concise form the views of the German pathologists, 
has long been felt; and we venture to sav n" hook could more perfectly supply that want than the present volume. 
. . . We would strongly recommend it to all who take any interest in the progress of thought and observation in turpi 
cal pathology, and surgerv-" — The Lancet. 

" We can assure our readers that they will consider neither money wasted in its purchase, nor time In Its perusal. 
—The Medical Investigator. 

BULKLEY. 

Acne; its Pathology, Etiology, Prog- 

nosis, and Treatment. 

By L. DUNCAN BULKLEY, A. M., M. D., 

New York Hospital. 

A monograph of about seventy pages, illustrated, founded on an analy- 
sis of two hundred cases of various forms of Acne. (In press.) 



J>. Appleton & CoSs Medical Publications. 5 

BARTHOLOW. 

A New Scientific and Practical Work 

on Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 

Br ROBERTS BARTHOLOW, M. A., M. D., 

Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medicine, and of Clinical Medicine, and formerly Profess- 
or of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Medical College of Ohio ; Physician to the 
Hospital of the Good Samaritan; Corresponding Member of the New York Neurological 
Society; Author of a Manual of Hypodermic Medication, of the Kussell Prize Essay on 
Quinine, of the American Medical Association Prize Essay on Atropia, and of the Fifike Fund 
Prize Essay on the Bromides, etc. 

One vol., 8vo. Cloth. 548 pag-es. Price, $5.00. 



In this work, a volume of moderate compass, is condensed the whole subject 
of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, less the botanical and chemical details. The 
author has included just that kind of information which is required by the student 
and practitioner, and has omitted all those details now universally committed to 
the druggist and apothecary. The official names of individual remedies, and the 
German and French synonyms, are first given ; then follows the list of pharma- 
ceutical preparations, the composition of these and the doses ; next the antago- 
nists and incompatibles, and the synergists. The author gives a full account of 
the physiological actions and the therapeutical applications of remedies, and he 
is especially full and explicit on these importaut topics. As he states in hia 
preface : " In describing the physiological action of drugs, two methods may be 
pursued : to present in chronological order a summary of the opinions of various 
authorities on the subject in question ; or to condense in a connected description 
that view of the subject which seems to the author most consonant with all the 
facts. I have adopted the latter plan, from a conviction of its advantages for the 
student, and of its utility for the practitioner." 

The utmost brevity consistent with clearness is kept in view throughout. A 
very considerable portion of the book is devoted to the therapeutical applications 
of remedies. The author states on this point : " As respects the therapeutical 
applications of remedies, I have, as far as practicable, based them on the physio- 
logical actions. Many empirical facts are, however, well founded in professional 
experience. Although convinced that the most certain acquisitions to therapeu- 
tical knowledge must come through the physiological method, I am equally clear 
that well-established empirical facts should not be omitted, even if they are not 
explicable by any of the known physiological properties of the remedies under 
discussion." The practitioner will find in the therapeutical portion of the work 
numerous valuable formulae, adapted to the exigencies of practice. 

This treatise discusses subjects not heretofore introduced into therapeutical 
works. The chapter on Aliment is quite full, and includes such topics as animal 
and vegetable aliment, special plans of diet, denutrition, dry diet, vegetable diet, 
animal diet, milk-diet, alimentation in acute diseases, in cachectic diseases, nutrient 
enemata, etc. The importance of knowledge on these subjects can hardly be 
over-estimated. 

Part I. treats of "the modes in which medicines are introduced into the organism." 
Part II. treats of "the actions.and uses of remedial agents," under the several subdivisions 
of " agents promoting constructive metamorphosis," " agents promoting destructive metamor- 
phosis," "agents used to modify the functions of the nervous system," and " agents used to cause 
some evacuation from the body." 

Part III. treats of "topical remedies," and includes such topics as " Antiseptics," "Counter- 
irritants," u Epispastics," "Acupuncture," "Baunscheidtismus," " Aquapuncture," "Bloodlet- 
ting," u Escharotics," "Emollients, Demulcents, and Protectives." 

Scarcely any topic in therapeutics fails to receive attention, and all are dis- 
cussed with great conciseness, but clearly and adequately. 



6 D, Appleton <& CoSs Medical Publications. 

CARPENTER. 

Principles of Mental Physiology, with 

their Applications to the Training and Discipline of the 
Mind and the Study of its Morbid Conditions. 

By WILLIAM B. CARPENTER, M. D., LL. D., F. R. S., F. L. S., F. G. S., 

Registrar of the University of London ; Corresponding Member of the Institute of France and of the American Philo- 
sophical Society, etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. Price, $3.00. 

" Among the numerous eminent writers this country has produced, none are more deserving of praise for having at- 
tempted to apply the results of Physiological Research to the explanation of the mutual relations of the mind and 
body than Dr. Carpenter. To him belongs the merit of having scientifically studied and of having in many instance! 
supplied a rational explanation of those phenomena which, under the names of mesmerism, spirit-rapping, electro- 
biology, and hypnotism, have attracted so large an amount of attention during the last twenty years. . . . We must 
conclude by recommending Dr. Carpenter's work to the members of our own profession as applying many facts, that 
have hitherto stood isolated, to the explanation of the functions of the brain and to psychological processes generally." 
— The Lancet. 

COMBE. 

The Management of Infancy, Physiologi- 
cal and Moral. Intended chiefly for the Use of 
Parents. 

By ANDREW COMBE, M. D. 

REVISED AND EDITED 

By Sir JAMES CLARK, K. C. B., M. D., F. R. Si, 

Physician-in-ordinary to the Queen. 

First American from the Tenth London Edition. 1 vol., 12mo. 302 pp. 

Cloth, $1.50. 

"This excellent little book should be in the hand of every mother of a family; and, if some 
of our lady friends would master its contents, and either bring up their children by the light of 
Its teachings, or communicate the truths it contains to the poor by whom they are surrounded, 
we are convinced that they would effect infinitely more good than by the distribution of any 
number of tracts whatever. . . . We consider this work to be one of the few popular medical 
treatises that any practitioner may recommend to his patients ; and, though, if its precepts are 
followed, he will probably lose a few guineas, he will not begrudge them if he sees his friend's 
children grow up healthy, active, strong, and both mentally and physically capable." — Tht 
Lancet. 

CHATJVEAU. 

The Comparative Anatomy of the 

Domesticated Animals. 

By A. CHAUVEAU, 

PBOFESSOB AT THE LYONS "VETERINAEY SCHOOL. 

Second edition, revised and enlarged, with the cooperation of S. ARLOING, 
late Principal of Anatomy at the Lyons Veterinary School ; Professor at the 
Toulouse Veterinary School. Translated and edited by GEORGE FLEMING, 
F. R. G. S., M. A. I., Veterinary Surgeon, Royal Engineers. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth. 957 pp., with 450 Illustrations. Price, $6.00. 



D. Applet on & CoSs Medical Puoncations. 7 

DAVIS. 

Conservative Surgery, as exhibited in remedying 
some of the Mechanical Causes that operate injuriously 
both in Health and Disease. With Illustrations. 

By HENRY G. DAVIS, M. D., 

Member of the American Medical Association, etc., etc 

1 vol., 8vo. 315 pp. Cloth, $3.00. 

The author has enjoyed rare facilities for the study and treatment of certain classes of disease, 
and the records here presented to the profession are the gradual accumulation of over thirty 
years' Investigation. 

" Dr. Davis, bringing, as he does to his specialty, a great aptitude for the solution of mechani- 
cal problems, takes a high rank as an orthopedic surgeon, and his very practical contribution to 
the literature of the subject is both valuable and opportune. We deem it worthy of a place in 
every physician's library. The style is unpretending, but trenchant, graphic, and, best of all, 
quite intelligible."— Medical Record. 

ECKER 

The Cerebral Convolutions of Man, 

represented according to Personal Investigations, espe- 
cially on their Development in the Foetus, and with ref- 
erence to the Use of Physicians. 

By ALEXANDER ECKER, 

Professor of Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Freiburf . 

Translated from the German by Robert T. Edes, M. D. 

1 vol., 8vo. 87 pp. $1.25. 

" The work of Prof. Ecker is noticeable principally for its succinctness and clearness, avoiding 
long discussions on undecided points, and yet sufficiently furnished with references to make easy 
its comparisons with the labors of others in the same direction. 

" Entire originality in descriptive anatomy is out of the question, but the facts verified by out 
author are here presented in a more intelligible manner than in any other easily-accessible work. 

"The knowledge to be derived from this work is not furnished by any other text-book in the 
English language."— Boston Medical and Surgical Journal^ January 20, 1S78. 

ELLIOT. 

Obstetric CliniC. A Practical Contribution to the Study 
of Obstetrics, and the Diseases of Women and Children. 
By the late GEORGE T. ELLIOT, M. D., 

Late Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children in the Bellevue Hospital 
Medical College ; Physician to Bellevue Hospital and to the New Tork Lying-in Asylum ; 
Consulting Physician to the Nursery and Child's Hospital ; Consulting Surgeon to the State 
Woman's Hospital ; Corresponding Member of the Edinburgh Obstetrical Society and of the 
Royal Academy of Havana; Fellow of the N. Y. Academy of Medicine; Member of the 
County Medical Society, of the Pathological Society, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. 458 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

This work Is, in a measure, a resume of separate papers previously prepared by the late Dr. 
Elliot; and contains, besides, a record of nearly two hundred Important and difficult cases in mid- 
wifery, selected from his own practice. It has met with a hearty reception, and has received the 
highest encomiums both in tins country and in Europe. 



8 D. Appleton <jb Co?s Medical Publications. 

FREY, 

The Histology and Histo-Chemistry 

of Man. A Practical Treatise on the Elements of Com- 
position and Structure of the Human Body. 

By HEINRICH FREY, 

Professor of Medicine in Zurich. 

Translated from the Fourth German Edition, by Arthur E. J. Barker, 

Surgeon to the City of Dublin Hospital ; Demonstrator of Anatomy, Eoyal College of Surgeons, 
Ireland; Visiting Surgeon, Convalescent Home, Stillorgan; and revised by the Author. 
With 680 Engravings. 

1 vol.j 8vo. Cloth, $5.00 ; Sheep, $6.00. 

CONTENTS. 

The Elements of Composition and of Structure of the Body : Elements of Composition— Al- 
buminous or Protein Compounds, Hasmoglobulin, Histogenic Derivatives of the Albuminous 
Substances or Albuminoids, the Fatty Acids and Fats, the Carbohydrates, Non-Nitrogenous 
Acids, Nitrogenous Acids, Amides, Amido- Acids, and Organic Bases, Animal Coloring Matters, 
Cyanogen Compounds, Mineral Constituents ; Elements of Structure — the Cell, the Origin of the 
Remaining Elements of Tissue ; the Tissues of the Body — Tissues composed of Simple Cells, with 
Fluid Intermediate Substance, Tissues composed of Simple Cells, with a small amount of Solid 
Intermediate Substance, Tissues belonging to the Connective-Substance Group, Tissues com- 
posed of Transformed, and, as a rule, Cohering Cells, with Homogeneous, Scanty, and more or less 
Solid Intermediate Substance, Composite Tissues : The Organs of the Body — Organs of the 
Vegetative Type, Organs of the Animal Group. , 

FLINT. 

Manual of Chemical Examination of 

the Urine in Disease. With Brief Directions for the 
Examination of the most Common Varieties of Urinary 
Calculi, 

By AUSTIN FLINT, Je., M.D., 

Professor of Physiology and Microscopy in the Bellevue Hospital Medical College : Fellow of the 
New York Academy of Medicine ; Member of the Medical Society of the County of New 
York ; Resident Member of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York, etc. 

Third Edition, revised and corrected. 1 vol., 12mo. 77 pp. Cloth, $1.00. 

The chief aim of this little work is to enable the busy practitioner to make for 
himself, rapidly and easily, all ordinary examinations of Urine ; to give him the 
benefit of the author's experience in eliminating little difficulties in the manipula- 
tions, and in reducing processes of analysis to the utmost simplicity that is con- 
sistent with accuracy. 

a "We do not know of any work in English so complete and handy as the Manual now offered 
to the Profession by Dr. Flint, and the high scientific reputation of the author is a sufficient 
guarantee of the accuracy of all the directions given."— Journal of Applied Chemistry. 

44 We can unhesitatingly recommend this Manual." — Psychological Journal. 

* Eminently practical.'"— Detroit Review of Medicine. 



D. Appleton d> CoSs Medical Publications, '.» 

FLINT. 

The Physiology Of Man. Designed to rep- 
resent the Existing State of Physiological Science a* 
applied to the Functions of the Human Body. 

By AUSTIN FLINT, Jr., M. D., 

Professor of Physiology and Microscopy In the Bellevue Hospital Medical College, and in the 
Long Island College Hospital ; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine ; Microscopic 
to Bellevue Hospital. 

New and thoroughly revised Edition. In Five Volumes. 8vo. Tinted Paper. 
Volume I. — The Blood ; Circulation; Respiration. 

8vo. 502 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

m If the remaining portions of this work are compiled with the same care and 
accuracy, the whole may vie with any of those that have of late years been pro- 
duced in our own or in foreign languages." — British and Foreign Medico- Chirurgi- 
cal Review. 

"As a book of general information it will be found useful to the practitioner, 
and, as a book of reference, invaluable in the hands of the anatomist and physi- 
ologist." — Dublin Quarterly Journai of Medical Science. 

" The complete work will prove a valuable addition to our systematic treatise* 
on human physiology." — The Lancet. 

" To those who desire to get in one volume a concise and clear, and at the 
same time sufficiently full resume of ' the existing state of physiological science,' 
we can heartily recommend Dr. Flint's work. Moreover, as a work of typographi- 
cal art it deserves a prominent place upon our library-shelves. Messrs. Appleton 
& Co. deserve the thanks of the profession for the very handsome style in which 
they issue medical works. They give us hope of a time when it will be very 
generally believed by publishers that physicians' eyes are worth saving." — Medi- 
cal Gazette. 

Volume II. — Alimentation ; Digestion ; Absorption ; 
Lymph and Chyle. 

8vo. 556 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

" The second instalment of this work fulfils all the expectations raised by the 
perusal of the first. . . . The author's explanations and deductions bear 
evidence of much careful reflection and study. ... The entire work is one 
of rare interest. The author's style is as clear and concise as his method u 
studious, careful, and elaborate."— Philadelphia Inquirer. 

" We regard the two treatises already issued as the very best on human physi- 
ology which the English or any other language affords, and we recommend them 
with thorough confidence to students, practitioners, and laymen, as models of 
literary and scientific ability." — N. Y. Medical Journal. 

" We have found the style easy, lucid, and at the same time terse. The prac- 
tical and positive results of physiological investigation are succinctly stated, 
without, it would seem, extended discussion of disputed points."— Boston Medical 
and Surgical Journal. 

" It is a volume which will be welcome to the advanced student, and as a 
work of reference." — The Lancet. 

" The leading subjects treated of are presented in distinct parts, each of which 
is designed to be an exhaustive essay on that to which it refers."— Western Jour, 
rial of Medicine. 



10 D. Appleton <& CoSs Medical Publications. 

Flint's Physiology. Volume III— Secretion; Ex- 
cretion; Ductless Glands ; Nutrition; Animal Heat; 
Movements ; Voice and Speech. 

8vo, 526 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

u Dr. Flint's reputation is sufficient to give a character to the book among the 
profession, where it will chiefly circulate, and many of the facts given have been 
verified by the author in his laboratory and in public demonstration." — Chicago 
Courier. 

" The author bestows judicious care and labor. Facts are selected with dis- 
crimination, theories critically examined, and conclusions enunciated with com- 
mendable clearness and precision." — American Journal of the Medical Sciences. 

Volume IV. — The Nervous System. 

8vo. Cloth, $4.50. 

Thi3 volume embodies the results of exhaustive study, and of a long and 
laborious series of experiments, presented in a manner remarkable for its strength 
and clearness. No other department of physiology has so profound an interest 
for the modern and progressive physician as that pertaining to the nervous 
system. The diseases of this system are now engaging the study and attention 
of some of the greatest minds in the medical world, and in order to follow their 
brilliant discoveries and developments, especially in connection with the science 
of electrology, it is absolutely necessary to obtain a clear and settled knowledge 
of the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system. It is the design of this 
work to impart that knowledge free from the perplexing speculations and uncer- 
tainties that have no real value for the practical student of medicine. The 
author boldly tests every theory for himself, and asks his readers to accept noth- 
ing that is not capable of demonstration. The properties of the cerebro-spinal, 
nervous, and sympathetic systems are treated of in a manner at once lucid, 
thorough, and interesting. 

Although this volume is one, perhaps the most important one, of the author's 
admirable series in the Physiology of Man, it is nevertheless complete in itself, 
and may be safely pronounced indispensable to every physician who takes a pride 
and interest in the progress of medical science. 

Volume V. — Special Senses ; Generation. 

8vo. Cloth, $4.50. 

" The present volume completes the task, begun eleven years ago, of preparing 
a work, intended to represent the existing state of physiological science, as ap- 
plied to the functions of the human body. The kindly reception which the first 
four volumes have received has done much to sustain the author in an under- 
taking, the magnitude of which he has appreciated more and more as the work 
has progressed. 

" In the fifth and last volume, an attempt has been made to give a clear account 
of the physiology of the special senses and generation, a most difficult and delicate 
undertaking. . . . 

" Finally, as regards the last, as well as the former volumes, the author can 
only say that he has spared neither time nor labor in their preparation ; and the 
imperfections in their execution have been due to deficiency in ability and oppor- 
tunity. He indulges the hope, however, that he has written a book which may 
assist his fellow-workers, and interest, not only the student and practitioner of 
medicine, but some others who desire to keep pace with the progress of Natural 
Science." — Extracts from Preface. 



D. Applet 07i <!b Co? s Medical Publications. 1 1 

Flint's Text-Book of Human Physi- 

ology^for the Use of Students and Practitioners of Medi- 
cine. 

In one large octavo volume of 978 pages, elegantly printed on fine paper, and 
profusely illustrated with three Lithographic Plates and 313 Engrav- 
ings on Wood. Price, in cloth, $6.00 ; sheep, $7.00. 

While Prof. Flint's " Physiology of Man," in five octavo volumes, also published by D. Apple- 
ton & Co., is Invaluable as a book of reference, giving an epitome of the literature of physiology, 
with copious references to other authors, the publishers have appreciated the necessity for a new 
text-book, for the use of students and practitioners of medicine. 

This new w,ork is intended to meet this pressing want, and it contains most of the facts pre- 
sented in the larger treatise, without historical references or discussions of minor and contro- 
verted questions. The high reputation of the author as a public teacher, and the success of the 
larger treatise, render it certain that the " Text-book " will be admirably adapted to the wants of 
medical students. 

In the " Text-book," all important points connected with Human Physiology are treated of 
fully and clearly, and many subjects, such as the Nervous System, the Special Senses, etc., the 
treatment of which is barren and unsatisfactory In many works written or republished in this 
country, are brought fully up to the requirements of the day. 

The publishers have given great attention to the execution of the illustrations, few of which 
*re familiar to American readers. It being almost impossible to reproduce 6ome of the cuts 
taken from foreign works, they have succeeded in obtaining abroad about one hundred electro- 
types from the original engravings contained in Sappey's great work upon Anatomy, which are 
onequaled in their mechanical execuiion. The subject of Generation is also illustrated by litho 
graphic plates taken from Haeckel. 

The great care necessary in the printing of the elaborate illustrations has caused an unavoid- 
able delay in the appearance of tbe work ; but the publishers feel confident that it will fully meet 
their expectations, and justify the reputation of its author. 

"In preparing this text-book for the use of students and practitioners of medicine, I have en- 
deavored to adapt it to the wants of the profession, as they have appeared to me after a consider- 
able experience as a public teacher of human physiology. My large treatise in five volumes is 
here condensed, and I have omitted bibliographical citations and matters of purely historical In- 
terest. Many subjects, which were considered rather elaborately in my larger work, are here 
E resented in a much more concise form. I have added, also, numerous illustrations, which I 
ope may lighten the labors of tbe student. A few of these are original, but by far the greatest 
part has been selected from reliable authorities. I have thought it not without historical interest 
to reproduce exactly some of the classical engravings from the works of great discoverers, such 
as illustrations contained in the original editions of Fabricius, Harvey, and Asellius. In addition. 
I have reproduced a few of the beautiful microscopical photographs taken at the United States 
Army Medical Museum, under the direction of Dr. J. J. Woodward, to whom I here express my 
grateful acknowledgments. I have also to thank M. Sappey for his kindness in furnishing 
electrotypes of many of the superb engravings with which his great work upon Anatomy Is illus- 
trated. 

" My work In five volumes was Intended as a book of reference, which I hope will continue to 
be useful to those who desire an account of the literature of physiology, as well as a statement of 
the facts of the science. I have always endeavored, in public teaching, to avoid giving undup 
prominence to points in which I might myself be particularly interested, from having made them 
subjects of special study or of original research. In my text-book I have carried out the same 
idea, striving to teach, systematically and with uniform emphasis, what students of medicine are 
expected to learn in physiology, and avoiding elaborate discussions of subjects not directly con 
nected with practical medicine, surgery, and obstetrics. While I have referred to my original 
observations upon the location of the sense of want of air in the general system, the new ex- 
cretory function of the liver, the function of glycogenesis, the influence of muscular exercise upon 
the elimination of urea, etc., I have not considered these subjects with great minuteness, and 
have generally referred the reader to monographs for the details of my experiments. 

"Finally, in presenting this work to the medical profession, I cannot refrain from an expres- 
sion of my acknowledgments to the publishers, who have spared nothing in carrying oat my 
views, and have devoted special pains to the mechanical execution of the illustrations." — Author i 
Preface. 



12 D. Appleton & Co.'s Medical Publications. 

FLINT. 

On the Physiological Effects of Severe 

and Protracted Muscular Exercise. With special refer' 
ence to its Influence upon the Excretion of Nitrogen. 
By AUSTIN FLINT, Jr., M. D., 

Professor of Physiology in the Bellevue Hospital Medical College, New York, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. 91 pp. Cloth, 81.00. 
This monograph on the relations of Urea to Exercise is the result of a thorough and careful 
investigation made in the case of Mr. Edward Payson Weston, the celebrated pedestrian. The 
chemical analyses were made under the direction of R. O. Dorernus, M. D., Professor of Chemistry 
and Toxicology in the Bellevue Hospital Medical College, by Mr. Oscar Loew, his assistant. The 
observations were made with the cooperation of J. C. Dalton, M. D., Professor of Physiology in 
the College of Physicians and Surgeons ; Alexander B. Mott, M. D., Professor of Surgical Anat- 
omy; W. H. Van Buren, M. D., Professor of Principles of Surgery; Austin Flint, M. D., Pro- 
fessor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine ; W. A. Hammond, M. D., Professor of Diseases 
of the Mind and Nervous System — all of the Bellevue Hospital Medical College. * 

" This work will be found interesting to every physician. A number of important results 
were obtained valuable to the physiologist." — Cincinnati Medical Repertory. 

HAMILTON. 

Clinical Electro-Therapeutics. {Medicaiand 

Surgical.) A Manual for Physicians for the Treatment 
more especially of Nervous Diseases. 

By ALLAN McLANE HAMILTON, M.D., 

Physician In charge of the New York State Hospital for Diseases of the Nervous System ; Mem- 
ber of the New York Neurological and County Medical Societies, etc., etc. 

With Numerous Illustrations. 1 vol., 8vo. Cloth. Price, $2.00. 

This work is the compilation of well-tried measures and reported cases, and is intended as a 
simple guide for the general practitioner. It is as free from confusing theories, technical terms, 
and unproved statements, as possible. Electricity is indorsed as a very valuable remedy in cer- 
tain diseases, and as an invaluable therapeutical means in nearly all forms of Nebvoits Disease ; 
but not as a specific for every human ill, mental and physical. 

HAMMOND. 

Insanity in its Relations to Crime, a 

Text and a Commentary. 

By WILLIAM A. HAMMOND, M. D. 

1 vol., 8vo. 77 pp. Cloth, $1.00. 

4 ' A part of this essay, under the title 4 Society versus Insanity,' was contributed to Putnam'' 8 
Magazine, for September, 1870. The greater portion is now first published. The importance of 
the subject considered can scarcely be over-estimated, whether we regard it from the stand-point 
of science or social economy; and, if I have aided in its elucidation, my object will have been at- 
tained.'"— From Author's Preface. 

Clinical Lectures on Diseases of the 

Nervous System. Delivered at the Bellevue Hospital 
Medical College. 

By WILLIAM A. HAMMOND, M. D., 

Professor of Diseases of the Mind and Nervous System, etc. Edited, with Notes, by T. M. B. 

CROSS, M. D., Assistant to the Chairs of Diseases of the Mind and Nervous System, etc 

In one handsome volume of 300 pages. Price, $3.50. 



D. Appleton <& CoSs Medical Publications. i:> 

HAMMOND. 

A Treatise on Diseases of the Nervous 

System. 

By WILLIAM A. HAMMOND, M. D., 

Professor of Diseases of the Mind and Nervous System in the Medical Department of the Univer- 
Bity of the City of New York ; President of the New York Neurological Society, etc., etc. 

Sixth Edition. 1 vol., 8vo. Strong Cloth Binding, $6.00; Sheep, $7.00. 

The remarkable success attendant on the issue of the five previous editions of this work in 
less than four years has encouraged the author and publishers to attempt to make the work still 
more worthy the confidence of the medical profession. A great part of the treatise has been en- 
tirely rewritten, and several new chapters have been added. By a change in type, and enlarging 
the page, the new matter, amounting to one-half of the original work, has been added without 
increasing materially the bulk of the volume. Many new illustrations have been incorporated in 
the text, and the whole treatise has been brought fully up to the present time. In addition to 
the fund of personal observation and experience adduced by Prof. Hammond, the labors of Eng- 
lish, French, and German writers have received due attention. 

Among the diseases considered in the present edition, which were not treated of in the former 
editions, are : Chronic Yerticalar Meningitis ; Chronic Basilar Meningitis ; Cervical Pachy-Men- 
ingitis; Spinal Paralysis of Adults; Amyotrophic Lateral Spinal Sclerosis; Facial Atrophy; 
Organic Diseases of Nerves ; Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication ; Delirium Tremens ; Exophthalmic 
Goitre; and Anapeiratic Paralysis — paralysis induced by a frequent repetition of certain muscular 
actions. Besides which, extensive alterations and additions have been made to the remarks on 
other affections— the departments of Morbid Anatomy, Pathology, and Treatment, being espe- 
cially amplified. 

NOTICES OF FOEMEE EDITIONS. 

" Free from useless verbiage and obscurity, it is evidently the work of a man who knows what 
he is writing about, and knows how to write about it." — Chicago Medical Journal. 

14 Unquestionably the most complete treatise on the diseases to which it is devoted which has 
yet appeared in the English language." — London Medical Times and Gazette. 

"This is a valuable and comprehensive book; it embraces many topics, and extends over a 
wide sphere. One of the most valuable parts of it relates to the Diseases of the Brain ; while the 
remaining portion of the volume treats of the Diseases of the Spinal Cord, the Cerebro-spinal 
System, the Nerve-Cells, and the Peripheral Nerves."— British Medical Journal. 

"The work before us is unquestionably the most exhaustive treatise, on the diseases to which 
It is devoted, that has yet appeared in English. And its distinctive value arises from the fact 
that the work is no mere rafficiamento of old observations, but rests on his own experience and 
practice, which, as we have before observed, have been very extensive." — American Journal of 
Syi>hilography. 

"The author of this work has attained a high rank among our brethren across the Atlantic 
from previous labors in connection with the disorders of the nervous system, as well as from 
various other contributions to medical literature, and he now holds the official appointments of 
Physician to the New York State Hospital for the Diseases of the Nervous System, and Professor 
of the same department in the Bellevne Hospital Medical College. The present treatise is the 
fruit of the experience thus acquired, and we have no hesitation in pronouncing it a most valu- 
able addition to our systematic literature." — Glasgow Medical Journal. 



14 



D. Appleton dt CoSs Medical Publications. 



HOFFMANN. 

Manual of Chemical Analysis, a* applied 

to the Examination of Medicinal Chemicals and their 
Preparations. A Guide for the Deter minatioii of their 
Identity and Quality, and for the Detection of Impuri- 
ties and Adulterations. For the use of Pharmaceutists, 
Physicians, Druggists, and Manufacturing Chemists, and 
Pharmaceutical and Medical Students. 

By FRED. HOFFMANN, Phil. D. 

One vol., 8vo. Richly Illustrated. Cloth. Price, $3. 

SPECIMEN OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 




I his volume is a carefully -prepared work, and well up to the existing state of both the science 
and art of modern pharmacy. It is a book which will find its place in every medical and phar- 
maceutical laboratory and library, and is a safe and instructive guide to medical students and 
practitioners of medicine." —American Journal of Science and Arts. 

In America this work has already met with general and unqualified approval ; and in Europe 
is now being welcomed as one of the best and most important additions to modern pharmaceu- 
tical literature. 

Send for descriptive circular. Address 

D. APPLETON & CO., 549 & 551 Broadway, N. Y. City. 



D. Appleton & Co.'s Medical Publications. 1 "> 



HOLLAND. 

Recollections of Past Life, 

By SIR HENRY HOLLAND, Bart, M. D., P. R. S., K- C. B., etc., 

President of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, Physician-in-Ordinary to the Queen, 

etc., etc. 

1 vol., 12mo, 351 pp. Price, Cloth, $2.00. 

A very entertaining and instructive narrative, partaking somewhat of the nature of 
autobiography and yet distinct from it, in this, that its chief object, as alleged by the 
writer, is not so much to recount the events of his own life, as to perform the office of 
chronicler for others with whom he came In contact and was long associated. 

The " Life of Sir Henry Holland " is one to be recollected, and he has not erred in giv- 
ing an outline of. it to the public." — The Lancet. 

44 His memory was — is, we may say, for he is still alive and in possession of all his 
faculties — stored with recollections of the most eminent men and women of this cen- 
tury. ... A life extending over a period cf eighty-four years, and passed in the most 
active manner, in the midst of the best society, which the world has to offer, must neces- 
sarily be full of singular interest; and Sir Henry Holland has fortunately not waited until 
his memory lost its freshness before recalling some of the incidents in it." — The New 
York Times. 

HOWE. 

Emergencies, and How to Treat Them. 

The Etiology, Pathology, and Treatment of Accidents, 
Diseases, and Cases of Poisoning, which demand 
Prompt Attention. Designed for Students and Prac- 
titioners of Medicine. 

By JOSEPH W. HOWE, M. D., 

(Baled Professor of Surgery In the Medical Department of the University of New York 

Visiting 8urgeon to Charity Hospital; Fellow of the New York Academy 

of Medicine, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $3.00. 

"This work has a taking title, and was written by a gentlemen of acknowledged ability, to 
fill a void in the profession. ... To the general practitioner in towns, villages, and in the 
country, where the aid and moral support of a consultation cannot be availed of, this volume 
will be recognized as a valuable help. "We commend it to the profession.— Cincinnati Lancet 
and Observer. ^., lL _ . 

44 This work is certainly novel in character, and its usefulness and acceptability are as marked 
as its novelty. . . . The book is confidently recommended."— Biclimond and Louisville Med- 
ical Journal. 

44 This volume Is a practical illustration of the positive side of the physician's life, a constant 
reminder of what he is to do in the sudden emergencies which frequently occur in practice. 
. . . The author wastes no words, but devotes himself to the description of each disease as if 
the patient were under his hands. Because it is a good book we recommend it most heartily to 
the profession."— Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. 

"This work bears evidence of a thorough practical acquaintance with the different branches 
of the profession. The author seems to possess a peculiar aptitude for Imparting instruction 
as well as for simplifying tedious details. ... A careful perusal will amply repay the student 
and practitioner.' — New York Medical Journal:' ■ , t 

44 This is the best work of the kind we have ever seen."— New York Journal of Psychological 
Medicine. 



16 D. Appleton <Sb CoSs Medical Publications. 

HOWE. 

The Breath, and the Diseases which give 

it a Fetid Odor. With Directions for Treatment, 
By JOSEPH W. HOWE, M. D., 

uthor of " Emergencies," " Winter Homes," etc ; Clinical Professor of Surgery in the Medical 
Department of the University of New York ; Visiting Surgeon to Charity and St. Francis 
Hospitals ; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine, etc. 

" It is somewhat remarkable that the subject of fetid breath, which occasions so much annoy- 
ance. . . . should have attracted so little attention from authors and investigators. Hence a 
thoroughly scientific exposition of the whole subject, such as Dr. Howe has given us, has long 
been a desideratum. . . . This little volume well deserves the attention of physicians, to whom 
we commend it most highly." — Chicago Medical Journal. 

"... To any one suffering from the affection, either in his own person or in that of his inti- 
mate acquaintances, we can commend this volume as containing all that is known concerning the 
subject, set forth in a pleasant style." — Philadelphia Medical Times. 

" This little work is on a subject that has heretofore been almost entirely ignored by medical 
authors, yet its importance is well known by every practitioner. . . . The author gives a succinct 
account of the diseased conditions in which a fetid breath is an important symptom, with his 
method of treatment. We consider the work a real addition to medical literature." — Cincinnati 
Medical Journal. 

HUXLEY AND YOTJMANS. 

The Elements of Physiology and Hy- 

giene. With Numerous Illustrations. 

By THOMAS H. HUXLEY, LL.D., F.R.S., and 

WILLIAM JAY YOUMANS, M. D. 

New and Revised Edition. 1 vol., 12mo. 420 pp. $1.75. 

A text-hook for educational institutions, and a valuable elementary work for students of medi- 
cine. The greater portion is from the pen of Professor Huxley, adapted by Dr. Youmans to the 
circumstances and requirements of American education. The eminent claim of Professor Hux- 
ley's " Elementary Physiology " is, that, while up to the times, it is trustworthy in its presenta- 
tion of the subject ; while rejecting discredited doctrines and doubtful speculations, it embodies 
the latest results that are established, and represents the present actual state of physiological 
knowledge. 

" A valuable contribution to anatomical and physiological science." — Religious Telescope. 

M A clear and well arranged work, embracing the latest discoveries and accepted theories." — 
Buffalo Commercial. 

"Teeming with information concerning the human physical economy." — Evening Journal. 

HUXLEY. 

The Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals. 

By THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY, LL.D., F.R.S., 

Author of " Man's Place in Nature," M On the Origin of Species," " Lay Sermons and Addresses," 

etc. 

1 vol., 12mo. Cloth, $2.50. 

The former works of Prof. Huxley leave no room for doubt as to the importance and value of 
his new volume. It is one which wiil be very acceptable to all who are interested in the subject 
of which it treats. 

"This long-expected work will be cordially welcomed by all students and teachers of Com- 
parative Anatomy as a compendious, reliable, and, notwithstanding its small dimensions, most 
comprehensive guide on the subject of which it treats. To praise or to criticise the work of so 
accomplished a master of his favorite science would be equally out of place. It is enough to say 
that it realizes, in a remarkable degree, the anticipations which have been formed of it; and that 
it presents an extraordinary combination of wide, general views, with the clear, accurate, and 
auccinct statement of a prodigious number of individual facts." — Nature. 



D. Appleton & Co.'s Medical Publications. 17 

JOHNSON. 

The Chemistry of Common Life. 

Illustrated xoith numerous Wood Engravings. 
By JAMES F. JOHNSON, M. A., F. R. S., F. G. S., etc., etc., 

Author of "Lectures on Agricultural Chemistry and Geology," U A Catechism of Agricultural 

Chemistry and Geology," etc 

2 vols., 12mo. Cloth, $3.00. 

It ha9 been the object of the author in this work to exhibit the 
present condition of chemical knowledge, and of matured scientific 
opinion, upon the subjects to which it is devoted. The reader will not 
be surprised, therefore, should he find in it some things which differ 
from what is to be found in other popular works already in his hands or 
on the shelves of his library. 

LETTERMAN. 

Medical Recollections of the Army of 

the Potomac. 

By JONATHAN LETTERMAN, M. D., 

Late Surgeon U. S. A., and Medical Director of the Army of the Potomac. 
1 vol., 8vo. 194 pp. Cloth, $1.00. 
" This account of the medical department of the Army of the Poto- 
mac has been prepared, amid pressing engagements, in the hope that 
the labors of the medical officers of that army may be known to an in- 
telligent people, with whom to know is to appreciate; and as an affeo 
tionate tribute to many, long my zealous and efficient colleagues, who, 
in days of trial and danger, which have passed, let us hope never to re- 
turn, evinced their devotion to their country and to the cause of hu- 
manity, without hope of promotion or expectation of reward." — Preface. 

""We venture to assert that but few who open this volume of medical annals, 
pregnant as they are with instruction, will care to do otherwise than finish them 
at a sitting." — Medical Record. 

11 A graceful and affectionate tribute." — 2?. Y. Medical Journal. 

LEWES. 

The Physiology of Common Life. 

By GEORGE HENRY LEWES, 

Author of "Seaside Studies,' 1 "Life of Goethe," etc 

2 vols., 12mo. Cloth, $3.00. 

The object of this work differs from that of all others on popular 

science in its attempt to meet the wants of the student, while meeting 

those of the general reader, who is supposed to be wholly unacquainted 

with anatomy and physiology. 



18 D. Appleton & Co.'s Medical Publications. 

MAUDSLEY. 

The Physiology and Pathology of the 

Mind. 

By HENRY MAUDSLEY, M. D., London, 

Fellow of the Boyal College of Physicians ; Professor of Medical Jurisprudence in University Col- 
lege, London ; President-elect of the Medico-Psychological Association; Honorary Member of 
the Medico-Psychological Society of Paris, of -the Imperial Society of Physicians of Vienna, 
and of the Society for the Promotion of Psychiatry and Forensic Psychology of Vienna; 
formerly Eesident Physician of the Manchester Eoyal Lunatic Asylum, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. 422 pp. Cloth, S3.00. 

This work aims, in the first place, to treat of mental phenomena from a 
physiological rather than from a metaphysical point of view ; and, secondly, to 
bring the manifold instructive instances presented by the unsound mind to bear 
upon the interpretation of the obscure problems of mental science. 

" Dr. Maudsley has had the courage to undertake, and the skill to execute, what is, at least In 
English, an original enterprise."— London Saturday Beview. 

" It is so full of sensible reflections and sound truths that their wide dissemination could not 
but be of benefit to all thinking persons."— Psychological Journal. 

" Unquestionably one of the ablest and most important works on the subject of which it 
treats that has ever appeared, and does credit to his philosophical acumen and accurate observa- 
tion."— Medical Record. 

" "We lay down the book with admiration, and we commend it most earnestly to our readers 
as a work of extraordinary merit and originality — one of those productions that are evolved only 
occasionally in the lapse of years, and that serve to mark actual and very decided advantages in 
knowledge and science." — JV. T. Medical Journal. 

Body and Mind : An Inquiry into their Con- 
nection and Mutual Influence, especially in reference to 
Mental Disorders ; an enlarged and revised edition to 
which are added Psychological Essays. 

By HENRY MAUDSLEY, M. D., London, 

Author of "The Physiology and Pathology of the Mind." . 

1 vol., 12mo. 155 pp. Cloth, $1.00. 

The general plan of this work may be described as being to bring man, both 
in his physical and mental relations, as much as possible within the scope of sci- 
entific inquiry. 

" A representative work, which every one must study who desires to know what is doing in the 
way of real progress, and not mere chatter, about mental physiology and pathology." — Lancet. 
" It distinctly marks a step in the progress of scientific psychology." — The Practitioner. 

Responsibility in Mental Diseases. 

By HENRY MAUDSLEY, M. D., London, 
Author of " Body and Mind," " Physiology and Pathology of the Mind." 

1 vol., 12mo. 313 pp. Cloth, $1.50. 

" This book is a compact presentation of those facts and principles which require to be taken 
tnto account in estimating human responsibility— not legal responsibility merely, but responsi- 
bility for conduct in the family, the school, and all phases of social relation in which obligation 
enters as an element. The work is new in plan, and was written to supply a wide-felt want 
which has not hitherto been met."— The Popular Science Monthly. 



D. Appleton db Co?s Medical Publications. 19 

MEYER 

Electricity in its Relations to Practical 

Medicine. 

By De. MORITZ MEYER, 

Royal Counsellor of Health, etc 

Translated from the Third German Edition, with Notes and Additions, 
A New and Revised Edition, 

By WILLIAM A. HAMMOND, M. D., 

Professor of Diseases of the Mind and Nervous System, and of Clinical Medicine, in the Bellevue 
Hospital Medical College; Yice-President of the Academy of Mental Science*, National 
Institute of Letters, Arts, and Sciences ; late Surgeon-Generiii U. S. A., etc 

1 vol., 8vo. 497 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

" It is the duty of every physician to study the action of electricity, 
to become acquainted with its value in therapeutics, and to follow the 
improvements that are being made in the apparatus for its application in 
medicine, that he may be able to choose the one best adapted to the 
treatment of individual cases, and to test a remedy fairly and without 
prejudice, which already, especially in nervous diseases, has been used 
with the best results, and which promises to yield an abundant harvest 
in a still broader domain." — From Author s Preface. 

8FK0IXXN 07 ELLU8TEATION8. 




Baxton-Ettinghausen Apparatus 

" Those who do not read German are under great obligations to William A 
Hammond, who has given them not only an excellent translation of a most ex- 
cellent work, but has given us much valuable information and many suggestions 
from his own personal experience." — Medical Record. 

" Dr. Moritz Meyer, of Berlin, has been for more than twenty years a laborious 
and conscientious student of the application of electricity to practical medicine, 
and the results of his labors are given in this volume. Dr. Hammond, in making 
a translation of the third German edition, has done a real service to the profession 
of this country and of Great Britain. Plainly and concisely written, and simply 
and clearly arranged, it contains just what the physician wants to know on the 
Subject." — N. Y. Medical Journal. 

" It is destined to fill a want long felt by physicians in this country." — Journal 
of Obstetrics 



20 D. Appleton & CoSs Medical Publications, 

MARKOE. 

A Treatise on Diseases of the Bones. 

By THOMAS M. MARKOE, M. D., 

Professor of Surgery in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, etc. 

WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $4.50. 

This valuable work is a treatise on Diseases of the Bones, embracing their 
structural changes as affected by disease, their clinical history and treatment, in- 
cluding also an account of the various tumors which grow in or upon them. None 
of the injuries of bone are included in its scope, and no joint diseases, excepting 
where the condition of the bone is a prime factor in the problem of disease. As 
the work of an eminent surgeon of large and varied experience, it may be re- 
garded as the best on the subject, and a valuable contribution to medical litera- 
ture. 

" The book which I now offer to my professional brethren contains the substance of the lec- 
tures which I have delivered during the past twelve years at the college. ... I have followed 
the leadings of my own studies and observations, dwelling more on those branches where I had 
seen and studied most, and perhaps too much neglecting others where my own experience was 
more barren, and therefore to me less interesting. I have endeavored, however, to inako up the 
deficiencies of my own knowledge by the free use of the materials scattered so richly through 
our periodical literature, which scattered leaves it is the right and the duty of the systematic 
writer to collect and to embody in any account he may offer of the state of a science at any given 
period."— Extract from Author's Preface. 

NEFTEL. 

GalvanO-TherapeuticS. The Physiological and 

Therapeutical Action of the Galvanic Current upon 

the Acoustic, Optic, Sympathetic, and Pneumogastric 

_r\crves 

By WILLIAM B. NEFTEL. 

1 vol., 12mo. 161 pp. Cloth, $1.50. 

This book has been republished at the request of several aural surgeons and 
other professional gentlemen, and is a valuable treatise on the subjects of which 
it treats. Its author, formerly visiting physician to the largest hospital of St 
Petersburg, has had the very best facilities for investigation. 

"This little work shows, as far as it goes, full knowledge of what has been 
done on the subjects treated of, and the author's practical acquaintance with 
them." — New York Medical Journal. 

"Those who use electricity should get this work, and those who do not 
should peruse it to learn that there is one more therapeutical agent that they 
could and should possess." — 'The Medical Investigator. 



V. Appleton <k Co? 8 Medical Publications. 21 



NIEMEYER 

A Text-Book of Practical Medicine. 

With Particular Reference to Physiology and Patho- 
logical Anatomy. 

By the late Dr. FELIX VON NIEMEYER, 

Professor of Pathology and Therapeutics ; Director of the Medical Clinic of the University of 

Tubingen. 

Translated from the Eighth German Edition, by special permission of 

the Author, 

By GEORGE H. HUMPHREYS, M. D., 

Late >ne of the Physicians to the Bureau of Medical and Surgical Belief at Bellevue Hospital far 
the Out-door Poor ; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine, eUx, 

and 
CHARLES E. HACKLEY, M. D., 

One of the Physicians to the New York Hospital ; one of the Surgeons to the New York Ey« 
and Ear Infirmary ; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicine, etc 

Eevised Edition. 2 vols., 8vo. 1,528 pp. Cloth, $9.00 ; Sheep, $11.00. 

The author undertakes, first, to give a picture of disease which shall 
be as lifelike and faithful to nature as possible, instead of being a mere 
theoretical scheme ; secondly, so to utilize the more recent advances 
of pathological anatomy, physiology, and physiological chemistry, as to 
furnish a clearer insight into the various processes of disease. 

The work has met with the most flattering reception and deserved 
success ; has been adopted as a text-book in many of the medical colleges 
both in this country and in Europe; and has received the very highest 
encomiums from the medical and secular press. 

" It is comprehensive and concise, and is characterized by clearness and 
originality." — Dublin Quarterly Journal of Medicine. 

" Its author is learned in medical literature ; he has arranged his materials 
with care and judgment, and has thought over them." — The Lancet. 

"As a full, systematic, and thoroughly practical guide for the student and 
physician, it is not excelled by any similar treatise in any language." — Appleioru' 
Journal. 

" The author is an accomplished pathologist and practical physician ; he is not 
only capable of appreciating the new discoveries, which during the last ten years 
have been unusually numerous and important in scientific and practical medicine, 
but, by his clinical experience, he can put these new views to a practical test, and 
give judgment regarding them." — Edinburgh Medical Journal. 

" From its general excellence, we are disposed to think that it will soon take 
its place among the recognized text-books." — American Quarterly Journal of 
Medical Sciences. 

" The first inquiry in this country regarding a German book generally is, * Is 
it a work of practical value ? " Without stopping to consider the justness of the 
American idea of the ' practical,' we can unhesitatingly answer, l It is ! ' " — Next 
York Medical Journal. 

" The author has the power of sifting the tares from the wheat — a matter of 
the greatest importance in a text-book for students." — British Medical Journal. 

" Whatever exalted opinion our countrymen may have of the author's talents 
of observation and his practical good sense, his text-book will not disappoint 
them, while those who are so unfortunate as to know him only by name, have in 
store a rich treat." — New York Medical Record 



23 D. Appleton & CoSs Medical Publications. 

NIGHTINGALE. 

NoteS 011 Nursing: What it is, and what it is not. 

By FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE. 

1 vol., 12mo. 140 pp. Cloth, 75 cents. 

Every-day sanitary knowledge, or the knowledge of nursing, or, in other 
words, of how to put the constitution in such a state as that it will have no dis- 
ease or that it can recover from disease, takes a higher place. It is recognized 
as the knowledge which every one ought to have — distinct from medical knowl- 
edge, which only a profession can have. 

NEUMANN. 

Hand-Book of Skin Diseases. 

By Dr. ISIDOR NEUMANN, 
Lecturer on Skin Diseases in the Royal University of Vienna. 

Translated from advanced sheets of the second edition, furnished by the 

Author; with Notes, 

By LUCIUS D. BULKLEY, A. M., M. D., 

Surgeon to the New York Dispensary, Department of Venereal and Skin Diseases ; Assist- 
ant to the Skin Clinic of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York; Mem- 
ber of the New York Dermatological Society, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. About 450 pages and 66 Woodcuts. Cloth, $4.00. 

Prof. Neumann ranks second only to Hebra, whose assistant he was for many years 
and his work may be considered as a fair exponent of the German practice of Dermatolo- 
gy. The book is abundantly illustrated with plates of the histology and pathology of the 
akin. The translator has endeavored, by means of notes from French, English, and Ameri- 
can sources, to make the work valuable to the student as well as to the practitioner. 

•' It is a work which I shall heartily recommend to my class of students at the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, and one which I feel sure will do much toward enlightening the pro- 
fession on this subject." — Louts A. Duhring. 

" I know it to be a good book, and I am sure that it is well translated ; and it is inter- 
esting to find it illustrated by references to the views of co-laborers in the same field."— 
Erasmus Wilson. 

" So complete as to render it a most useful book of reference."— T. McCatt Anderson. 

"There certainly is no work extant which deals so thoroughly with the Pathological 
Anatomy of the Skin as does this hand-book. ,, — N. Y. Medical Eecord. 

"The original notes by Dr. Bulkley are very practical, and are an important adjunct to 
the text. . . . I anticipate for it a wide circulation. "Silas Durkee, Boston. 

" I have already twice expressed my favorable opinion of the book in print, and am 
glad that it is given to the public at last." — James C. White, Boston. 

" More than two years ago we noticed Dr. Neumann's admirable work in its original 
shape ; and we are therefore absolved from the necessity of saying more than to repeat 
our stroDg recommendation of it to English readers."— Practitioner* 



D. Appleton c5 Co.'s Medical Publications. 22 

PAGET. 

Clinical Lectures and Essays. 

By Sir JAMES PAGET, Bart., 

F. R. 8., D. C. L., Oxon., LL. D., Cantab. ; Sergeant-Surgeon Extraordinary to her Majesty the 
Queen; Surgeon to II. E. H. the Prince of Wales; Consulting Surgeon to St. B&i-tholomew'i 
Hospital 

Edited by HOWARD MARSH, 
Assistant Surgeon to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, and to the Hospital for Sick Children. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth. Price, $5.00. 

CONTENTS. 
The Various Risks of Operations — The Calamities of Surgery — Stam- 
mering with other Organs titan those of Speech — Cases that Bone-Setters 
cure — Strangulated Hernia — Chronic Pyaemia — Nervous Mimicry — Treat- 
ment of Carbuncle — Sexual Hypochondriasis — Goctt Phlebitis — Residual 
Abscess — Dissection-Poisons — Quiet Necrosis — Senile Scrofula — Scarlet Fe- 
ver after Operations — Notes for the Study of some Constitutional Diseases 
— Notes — Index. 

peaslee. 

V_y Vai"ian 1 UmorS J Their Pathology, Diagnosis, and 
Treatment, with Reference especially to Ovariotomy. 

By E. R. PEASLEE, M.D., 

Professor of Diseases of "Women in Dartmouth College; one of the Consulting Physicans to the 
New York State Woman's Hospital; formerly Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of 
Women in the New York Medical College; Corresponding Member of the Obstetrical 
Society of Berlin, etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. Illustrated with many Woodcuts, and a Steel Engraving of Dr. E. 
McDowell, the " Father of Ovariotomy." Price, Cloth, $5.00. 

This valuable work, embracing the results of many years of successful experience in the de- 
partment of which it treats, will prove most acceptable to the entire profession; while the high 
standing of the author and his knowledge of the subject combine to make the book the best in 
the language. It is divided into two parts : the first treating of Ovarian Tumors, their anatomy, 
pathology, diagnosis, and treatment, except by extirpation ; the second of Ovariotomy, its history 
and statistics, and of the operation. Fully illustrated, and abounding with information, the result 
of a prolonged study of the subject, the work should be in the hands of every physician in the 
country. 

The following are some of the opinions of the press, at home and abroad, of this great work, 
which has been justly styled, by an eminent critic, " the most complete medical monograph on a 
practical subject ever produced in this country." 

"His opinions upon what others have advised are clearly set forth, and are as Interesting and 
important as are the propositions he has himself to advance; \vhile,there are a freshness, a vigor, 
an authority about his writing, which great practical knowledge alone can confer."' — The Lancet. 

" Both Wells's and Peaslee's works will be received with the respect due to the great repu- 
tation and skill of their authors. Both exist not only as masters of their art, but as clear and 
graceful writers. In either work the student and practitioner will find the fruits of rich expe- 
rience, of earnest thought, and of steady, well-balanced judgment. As England is proud of 
Wells, so may America well be proud of Peaslee, and the great world of science may be proud 
of both."— British Medical Journal. 

" This Is an excellent work, and does great credit to the industry, ability, science, and learning 
of Dr. Peaslee. Few works issue from the medical press so complete, so exhaustively learned, 
•o imbued with a practical tone, without losing other substantial good qualities." — Edinburgh 
Medical Journal. 

" In closing our review of this work, we cannot avoid again expressing our appreciation of 
the thorough study, the careful and honest statements, and candid spirit, which characterize it. 
For the use of the student we should give the preference to Dr. Peaslee's work, not only from 
its completeness, but from its more methodical arrangement.''''— American Journal of Medical 
Sciences. 



24 D. Applet on & CoSs Medical Publications. 

PEREIRA. 

Dr. Pereiras Elements of Materia 

Medica and Therapeutics. Abridged and adapted for 
the Use of Medical and Pharmaceutical Practitioners 
and Students, and comprising all the Medicines of the 
British Pharmacopoeia, with such others as are frequently 
ordered in Prescriptions, or required by the Physician. 

Edited by ROBERT BENTLEY and THEOPHILUS REDWOOD. 

New Edition. Brought down to 1872. 1 vol., Royal 8vo. Cloth, $7.00 ; Sheep, 

$8.00. 

IvepOrtS. Pellevue and Charity Hospital Reports for 
1870, containing Valuable Contributions from 

Isaac E. Taylor, M. D., Austin Flint, M. D., Lewis A. Sayre, M. D., "William A. Ham- 
mond, M. D., T. Gaillard Thomas, M. D., Frank H. Hamilton, M. D., and others. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $4.00. 

"These institutions are the most important, as regards accommodations for patients and 
variety of cases treated, of any on this continent, and are surpassed by but few in the world. 
The gentlemen connected with them are acknowledged to be among the first in their profession, 
and the volume is an important addition to the professional literature of this count" y."— Psycho- 
logical Journal. 

RICHARDSON. 

Diseases of Modern Life. 

By Dr. B. W. RICHARDSON, F. R. S. 

1 vol., 12mo. $2.00. 
Part the First.— PHENOMENA OF DISEASE, INCIDENTAL AND GENERAL. ' 

Chap. I. — Natural Life to Natural Death. Euthanasia. 

" II. — Phenomena of Disease, Classification and Distribution. 

" III. — Disease Antecedent to Birth. 

44 IV. — External Origins and Causes of Disease. 

V. — Phenomena of Disease, from Causes External and Uncontrollable. 
" VI. — Phenomena of Disease, from Causes External and Communicable. 

44 VII. — Phenomena of Disease, incidental to Old Age and Natural Decay. 

Part the Second.— PHENOMENA OF DISEASE, INDUCED AND SPECIAL 
Chap. I. — Definition and Classification of Induced Diseases. 

" II. — Disease from Worry and Mental Strain (Broken Heart). 

44 III. — Disease from Worry and Mental Strain, continued (Paralysis). 

44 IV. — Disease from Physical Strain. 

" V. — Disease from Combined Physical and Mental Strain. 

44 VI. — Disease from the Influence of the Passions. 

44 VII.— Disease from Alcohol. Physiological Proem. 

44 VIII. — Phenomena of Disease from Alcohol. The Functional Type. 
44 IX. — Organic Disease from Alcohol. 

44 X. — Disease from Tobacco. Physiological Phenomena. 

XI. — Disease from Tobacco, continued (of the Heart and Lungs). 
44 XII. — Disease from Tobacco, continued (of the Brain and Nervous System). 

44 XIII. — Disease from the Use of Narcotics (from Opium, Chloral, and Absinthe). 
44 XIV. — Disease from Misuse of Foods. 
44 XV. — Disease incident to some Occupations. 

44 XVI. — Disease from Late Hours and Deficient Sleep. 
44 XVII. — Disease -from Imperfect Supply of Air. 
44 XVIII. — Disease from Imitation and Moral Contagion. 

Part the Thtrd.— SUMMARY OF PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS. 



D. Appleton <& CoSs Medical Publications. 25 

SAYRE. 

Lectures on Orthopedic Surgery, and 

Diseases of the Joints. Delivered at Bellevue Hospital 
Medical College during the Winter Session of 1874-1875. 

By LEWIS A. SAYRE, M. D., 

Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Fractures and Dislocations, and Clinical Surgery, In Bellevue 
Hospital Medical College; Surgeon to Bellevue Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to Charity 
Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to St. Elizabeth's Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to North- 
western Dispensary ; Member of the American Medical Association ; Permanent Member 
of the New York State Medical Society; Fellow of the New York Academy of Medicino; 
Member of the New York County Medical Society, of the New York Pathological Society, 
of the Society of Neurology, of the Medico-Legal Society; Honorary Member of the New 
Brunswick Medical Society; Honorary Member of the Medical Society of Norway; Knight 
of the Order of Wasa, by His Majesty the King of Sweden, etc., etc. 

Illustrated by Numerous Wood-Engravings. 1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, <5.00 ; Sheep, 

$6.00. 

These lectures are published at the request of medical gentlemen of the highest standing, in 
different sections of our country, as well as many abroad, who are anxious to have Dr. Sayre's 
peculiar views and extended experience In this specialty given to the profession in a plalu and 
practical manner. The book contains the substance of his course of lectures delivered at Belle- 
vue Hospital Medical College, as well as many important cases from his note-book, and from the 
hospital records. Ho has also added a number of cases before presented by him to the profes- 
sion in medical journals, or at the different medical societies, which are considered worthy of 
permanent record. 

The work is enriched by beautiful and excellent illustrations, engraved from original draw- 
ings and photographs prepared expressly therefor. The author having enjoyed exceptional op- 
portunities for the study and treatment of these diseases, the results of his labors cannot fail to 
be of inestimable value to every student and practitioner, and of service to suffering humanity. 

STEINER 

Compendium of Children's Diseases. 

A Hand-book for Practitioners and Students. 
By Dr. JOHANN STEINER, 

Professor of the Diseases of Children in the University of Prague, and Physician to the Francis- 
Joseph Hospital for Sick Children. 

Translated from the Second German Edition by Lawson Tait, F. R. C. S., 

Surgeon to the Birmingham Hospital for Women ; Consulting Surgeon to the West Bromwich 
Hospital; Lecturer on Physiology at the Midland Institute. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $3.50. 
TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE. 

Dr. Stelner's book has met with such marked success in Germany that a second edition has 
already appeared, a circumstance which has delayed the appearance of its English form, in order 
that I might be able to give his additions and corrections. 

In Germany the use of the metric system has not yet entirely superseded the local measures; 
but it is rapidly doing so, as in England. I have, therefore, rendered all thermometric observa- 
tions in the Centigrade scale, and all measurements In centi- and millimetres. 

I have added as an Appendix the " Rules for Management of Infants" which have been issued 
by the staff of the Birmingham Sick Children's Hospital, because I think that they have set an 
example by freely distributing these rules among the poor for which they cannot be sufficiently 
commended, and which it would be wise for other sick children's hospitals to follow. 

I have also added a few notes, chiefly, of course, relating to the surgical ailments of children. 

BnucnrGHAM, October, 1874. LAWSON TAIT. 



26 D. Appleton & Co.^s Medical Publications, 

STROUD. 

The Physical Cause of the Death of 

Christ, and its delations to the Principles and Practice 
of Christianity. 

By WILLIAM STROUD, M. D. 
With a Letter on the Subject, by Sir James Y. Simpson, Bart., M. D. 

lvol., 12mo. 422 pp. Cloth, $2.00. 
This important and remarkable book is, in its own place, a masterpiece, and will be considered 
as a standard work for many years to come. 

" The principal point insisted on is, that the death of Christ was caused by rupture or lacera- 
tion of the heart. Sir James T. Simpson, who had read the author's treatise and various com- 
ments on it, expressed himself very positively in favor of the views maintained by Dr. Stroud." 
—Psychological Journal. 

SIMPSOK * 

The Posthumous Works of Sir James 

Young Simpson, Bart., M. D. In Three Volumes. 

Volume I. — Selected Obstetrical and Gynaecological Works of Sir James Y. Simpson, 
Bart., M. D., D. C. L., late Professor of Midwifery in the University of Edinburgh. Contain- 
ing the substance of his Lectures on Midwifery. Edited by J. Watt Black, A. M., M. D-, 
Member of the Eoyal College of Physicians, London; Physician- Accoucheur to Charing 
Cross Hospital, London ; and Lecturer on Midwifery and Diseases of Women and Children 
In the Hospital School of Medicine. 

1 vol., 8vo. 852 pp. Cloth, $3.00. 

This volume contains all the more important contributions of Sir James Y. Simpson to the 
study of obstetrics and diseases of Women, with the exception of his clinical lectures on the latter 
subject, which will shortly appear in a separate volume. This first volume contains many of the 
papers reprinted from his Obstetric Memoirs and Contributions, and also his Lecture Notes, now 
published for the first time, containing the substance of the practical part of his course of mid- 
wifery. It is a volume of great interest to the profession, and a fitting memorial of its renowned 
and talented author. 

" To many of our readers, doubtless, the chief of the papers it contains are familiar. To 
others, although probably they may be aware that Sir James Simpson has written on the sub- 
jects, the papers themselves will be new and fresh. To the first class we would recommend this 
edition of Sir James Simpson's works, as a valuable volume of reference; to the latter, as a collec- 
tion of the works of a great master and improver of his ai-t, the study of which cannot fail to make 
them better prepared to meet and overcome its difficulties." — Medical Times and Gazette. 

Volume II. — Anaesthesia, Hospitalism, etc. Edited by Sir Walter Simpson, Bart. 

1 vol., 8vo. 560 pp. Cloth, $3.00. 

" We say of this, as of the first volume, that it should find a place on the table of every prac- 
titioner ; for, though it is patchwork, each piece may be picked out and studied with pleasure and 
profit."— The Lancet (London). 

Volume III. — The Diseases of Women. Edited by Alex. Simpson, M. D., Professor 
of Midwifery in the University of Edinburgh. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $3.00. 
One of the best works on the subject extant. Of inestimable value to every physician. 

SWETT. 

A Treatise on the Diseases of the Chest. 

Being a Course of Lectures delivered at the New York 

Hospital. 

By JOHN A. SWETT, M. D., 

Professor of the Institutes and Practice of Medicine in the New York University ; Physician to 
the New York Hospital ; Member of the New York Pathological Society. 

1 vol., 8vo. 587 pp. $3.50. 

Embodied In this volume of lectures is the experience of ten years in hospital ana private 
practice. 



D. Appleton c£ Co. 's Medical Publications. '11 

SAYKE. 

A Practical Manual on the Treatment 

of Club-Foot. 

By LEWIS A. SAYRE, M. D., 
Professor of Orthopedic Surgery in Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Surgeon to Bellevue and 

Charity Hospitals, etc. 

1 vol , 12mo. New and Enlarged Edition. Cloth, $1.00. 

u The object of this work is to convey, in as concise a manner as possible, all the practical In- 
formation and instruction necessary to enable the general practitioner to apply that plan of treat- 
ment wbich has been so successful in my own hands." — Preface. 

M The book will very well satisfy the wants of the majority of general practitioners, for whose 
use, as stated, it is intended."— New York Medical Jou?naL 

SMITH. 

On Foods. 

By EDWARD SMITH, M. D., LL. B., F. R. S., 

Fellow of the Eoyal College of Physicians of London, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 12mo. Cloth. Price, $1.75. 
" Since the issue of the author's work on M Practical Dietary," he has felt the want of another, 
which would embrace all the generally-known and less-known foods, and contain the latest scien- 
tific knowledge respecting them. The present volume is intended to meet this want, and will bo 
found useful for reference, to both scientific and general readers. The author extends the ordi- 
nary view of foods, and includes water and air, since they are important both in their food and 
sanitary aspects. 

SCHROEDER 

A Manual Of Midwifery. Including the Pa- 
thology of Pregnancy and the Puerperal State. 

By Dr. KARL SCHROEDER, 
Professor of Midwifery and Director of the Lying-in Institution in the University of Erlangen. 

TRANSLATED FROM TUE THIRD GERMAN EDITION 

By CHARLES H. CARTER, B. A., M. D., B. S. London, 
Member of the Eoyal College of Physicians. London, and Physician Accoucheur to St George't, 

Hanover Square, Dispensary. 

With Twenty-six Engravings on Wood. 1 vol., 8vo. Cloth. 

" The translator feels that no apology is needed in offering to the profession a translation of 
Schroeder's Manual of Midwifery. The work is well known in Germany and extensively used as 
a text-book ; it has already reached a third edition within the short space of two years, and it is 
hoped that the present translation will meet the want, long felt in this country, of a manual of 
midwifery embracing the latest scientific researches on the subject. 

TILT. 

A Hand-Book of Uterine Therapeu- 

tics and of Diseases of Women, 

By EDWARD JOHN TILT, M. D., 
Member of the Eoyal College of Physicians ; Consulting Physician to the Farringdon General 
Dispensary; Fellow of the Eoyal Medical and Chirurgical Society, and of several British in<1 
foreign societies. 

1 vol., 8vo. 345 pp. Cloth, $3.50. 

Second American edition, thoroughly revised and amended, 

" In giving the result of his labors to the profession the author bus dene a great work. Ou ', 
readers will find its pages very interesting, and, at the end of their task, will feel grateful to the 
author for many very valuable suggestions as to the treatment of uterine diseases. — The Lancet. 

"Dr. Tilt's ^Hand-Book of Uterine Therapeutics' supplies a want which has often been felt 
. . It may, therefore, be read not only with pleasure and instruction, but will also be found 
very useful as a book of reference."— The Medical Mirror. 

" Second to none on the therapeutics of uterine disease." — Journal of Obstetrics. 



28 D. Appleton & Co?s Medical Publications, 

VAN BUREN AND KEYES 

A Practical Treatise on the Surgical 

Diseases of the Genito- Urinary Organs, including Syphi- 
lis. Designed as a Manual for Students and tradition 
ers. With Engravings and Cases. 

By W. H. VAN BUREN, A. M., M. D., 

Professor of Principles of Surgery, with Diseases of the Genito-Urinary System and Clinical 
Surgery, in Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Consulting Surgeon to the New York Hoi- 
pita], the Charity Hospital, etc ; and 

E. L. KEYES, A. M., M. D., 

Professor of Dermatology in Bellevue Hospital Medical College ; Surgeon to the Charity Hos- 
pital, Venereal Diseases ; Consulting Dermatologist to the Bureau of Out-Door Belief, Belto- 
yue Hospital, etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. Cloth, $5.00 ; Sheep, $6.00. 

This work is really a compendium of, and a book of reference to, all modern 
works treating in any way of the surgical diseases of the genito-urinary organs. At 
the same time, no other single book contains so large an array of original facts con- 
cerning the class of diseases with which it deals. These facts are largely drawn 
from the extensive and varied experience of the authors. 

Many important branches of genito-urinary diseases, as the cutaneous maladies 
of the penis and scrotum, receive a thorough and exhaustive treatment that the pro- 
fessional reader will search for elsewhere in vain. 

The work is elegantly and profusely illustrated, and enriched by fifty-five 
original cases, setting forth obscure and difficult points in diagnosis and treatment. 

" The first part is devoted to the Surgical Diseases of the Genito-Urinary Organs ; and part 
second treats of Chancroid and Syphilis. The authors ' appear to have succeeded admirably is 
giving to the world an exhaustive and reliable treatise on this important class of diseases.' " — 
Northwestern Medical and Surgical Journal. 

" It is a most complete digest of what has long been known, and of what has been more re- 
cently discovered, in the field of syphilitic and genito-urinary disorders. It is perhaps not an 
exaggeration to say that no single work upon the same subject has yet appeared, in this or any 
foreign language, which is superior to it."— Chicago Medical Examiner. 

" The commanding reputation of Dr. Van Buren in this specialty and of the great school and 
hospital from which he has drawn his clinical materials, together with the general interest which 
attaches to the subject-matter itself, will, we trust, lead very many of those for whom it Is our 
office to cater, to possess themselves at once of the volume and form their own opinions of its 
merit." — Atlanta Medical and Surgical Journal. 

Lectures upon Diseases of the Rectum. 

Delivered at the Bellevue Hospital Medical College. 
Session of 1869-'70. 

By W. H. VAN BUKEN, M. D., 
1 vol., 12mo. 164 pages. Cloth, $1.50. 

" It seems hardly necessary to more than mention the name of the author of this admtrabte 
little volume in order to insure the character of his book. No one in this country has enjoyed 
greater advantages, and had a more extensive field of observation in this specialty, than Dr. 
Van Buren, and no one has paid the same amount of attention to the subject. . . . Here la the 
experience of years summed up and given to the professional world in a plain and practical man- 
ner."— Psychological Journal. 



D. Appleton & Co.'s Medical Publications. 39 



VOG-EL. 

A Practical Treatise on the Diseases 

of Children. /Second American from the Fourth 
German Edition. Illustrated by Six Lithographic 
Plates. 

By ALFEED VOGEL, M. D., 

Professor of Clinical Medicine in the University of Dorpat, RomI*. 
TRANSLATED AND EDITED BY 

H. RAPHAEL, M. D., 

Lite Honst) Surgeon to Bellevuo Hospital ; Physician to the Eastern Dispensary for the Dteotaae 

of Children, etc., etc. 

1 vol., 8vo. 611 pp. Cloth, $4.50. 

The work is well up to the present state of pathological knowledge ; 
complete without unnecessary prolixity; its symptomatology accurate, 
evidently the result of careful observation of a competent and experi- 
enced clinical practitioner. The diagnosis and differential relations of 
diseases to each other are accurately described, and the therapeutics 
judicious and discriminating. All polypharmacy is discarded, and only 
the remedies which appeared useful to the author commended. 

It contains much that must gain for it the merited praise of all im- 
partial judges, and prove it to be an invaluable text-book for the stu- 
dent and practitioner, and a safe and useful guide in the difficult but all- 
important department of Paediatrica. 

" Rapidly passing to a fourth edition in Germany, and translated into three 
Other languages, America now has the credit of presenting the first English ver- 
sion of a book which must take a prominent, if not the leading, position among 
works devoted to this class of disease." — N. Y. Medical Journal. 

" The profession of this country are under many obligations to Dr. Raphael 
for bringing, as he has dona, this truly valuable work to their notice." — Medical 
Record. 

"The translator has been more than ordinarily successful, and his labors 
have resulted in what, in every sense, is a valuable contribution to medieai 
science." — Psychological Journal. 

"We do not know of a compact text-book on the diseases of children more 
complete, more comprehensive, more replete with practical remarks and scientific 
facts, more in keeping with the development of modern medicine, and more 
worthy of the attention of the profession, than that which has been the subjec4 
of our remarks." — Journal of Obstetric*. 



30 J). Appleton <Jb CoSs Medical Publications. 

WALTON. 

The Mineral Springs of the United 

States and Canada, with Analyses and Notes on the 
Prominent Spas of Europe, and a List of Sea-side 
Besorts. An enlarged and revised edition. 

By GEORGE E. WALTON, M.D., 

Lecturer on Materia Medica in the Miami Medical College, Cincinnati 

Second Edition, revised and enlarged. lvol.,12mo. 390 pp., with Maps. $2.00. 

The author has given the analyses of all the springs in this country and 
those of tiie principal European spas, reduced to a uniform standard of 
one wine-pint, so that they may readily be compared. He has arranged 
the springs of America and Europe in seven distinct classes, and de- 
scribed the diseases to which mineral waters are adapted, with refer- 
ences to the class of waters applicable to the treatment, and the pecul- 
iar characteristics of each spring as near as known are given — also, the 
location, mode of access, and post-office address of every spring are men- 
tioned, In addition, he has described the various kinds of baths and 
the appropriate use of them in the treatment of disease. 

EXTRACTS FROM OPINIONS OF THE FEESS. 

"... Precise and comprehensive, presenting not only reliable analyses of 
the waters, but their therapeutic value, so that physicians can hereafter advise 
their use as intelligently and beneficially as they can other valuable alterative 
agents." — Sanitarian. 

"... Will tend to enlighten both the profession and the people on this 
question," — N. Y. Medical Journal. 

" . . Contains in brief space a vast amount of important and interesting 
matter, well arranged and well presented. Nearly every physician needs just 
Buch a volume " — Richmond and Louisville Medical Journal. 

"... Fills this necessity in a scientific and pleasing manner, and can be read 
with advantage by the physician as well as layman." — American Jour, of Obstetric*. 

Uirrrnurrr or YntanriA, June 9, 1878. 

Gentlemen : I have received by mail a copy of Dr. "Walton's work on the 
Mineral Springs of the United States and Canada. Be pleased to accept my 
thanks for a work which I have been eagerly looking for ever since I had the 
pleasure of meeting the author in the summer of 1871. He satisfied me that 
he was well qualified to write a reliable work on this subject, and I doubt not 
he has met my expectations. Such a work was greatly needed, and, if offered 
for sale at the principal mineral springs of the country, will, I believe, com- 
mand a ready sale. Very respectfully yours, 

J. L. Cabell, M. D. 



D. Appleton db CoSs Medical Publications. 31 

WELLS. 

Diseases of the Ovaries ; Their Diagnosis 

and Treatment. 

By T. SPENCER WELLS, 

Fellow and Member of Council of the Royal College of Surgeons of England ; Honorary Fellow 
of the King and Queen's College of Physicians in Ireland; 8urgeon In Ordinary to the 
Queen's Household; Surgeon to the Samaritan Hospital for Women; Member of the Im- 
perial Society of Surgery of Paris, of the Medical Society of Paris, and of the Medical Soci- 
ety of Sweden; Honorary Member of the Koyal Society of Medical and Natural Science 
of Brussels, and of the Medical Societies of Pesth and Helsingfors ; Honorary Fellow of 
the Obstetrical Societies of Berlin and Leipzig. 

1 vol., 8vo. 478 pp. Illustrated. Cloth, Price, $4.50. 

In 1865 the author issued a volume containing reports of one hundred and 
fourteen cases of Ovariotomy, which was little more than a simple record of 
facts. The book was soon out of print, and, though repeatedly asked for a 
new edition, the author was unable to do more than prepare papers for the 
Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society, as series after series of a hundred cases 
accumulated. On the completion of five hundred cases he embodied the results 
in the present volume, an entirely new work, for the student and practitioner, 
and trusts it may prove acceptable to them and useful to suffering women. 

" Arrangements have been made for the publication of this volume in Lon- 
don on the day of its publication in New York." French and German transla- 
tions are already in press. 

WAGNER. 

A Hand - book of Chemical Tech- 

nology. 

By KUDOLPH WAGKER, Ph. D., 

Professor of Chemical Technology at the University of Wurtzburg. 

Translated and edited, from the eighth German edition, with extensive 

additions, 

By WILLIAM CROOKES, F. R. S. 

With 336 Illustrations. 1 vol., 8vo. 761 pages. Cloth, $5.00. 

Under the head of Metallurgic Chemistry, the latest methods of preparing Iron. Cobalt, 
Nickel, Copper, Copper Salts, Lead and Tin. and their Salts, Bismuth, Zinc, Zinc SalU, Cad- 
mium, Antimony, Arsenic, Mercury, Platinum, Silver, Gold, Manganates, Aluminum, and 
Magnesium, are described. The various applications of the Voltaic Current to Electro-Metal- 
lurgy follow under this division. The preparation of Potash and Soda Salts, the manufacture 
of Sulphuric Acid, and the recovery of Sulphur from Soda Waste, of course occupy prominent 
places in the consideration of chemical manufactures. It is difficult to over-estimate the mer- 
cantile value of Mond's process, as well as the many new and important applications of Bisul- 
phide of Carbon. The manufacture of Soap will be found to include much detail. The Tech- 
nology of Class, Stone-ware, Limes, and Mortars, will present much of interest to the Builder 
and Engineer. The Technology of Vegetable Fibres has been considered to include the prep 
aration of Flax, Hemp, Cotton, as well as Paper-making; while the applications of Vegetable 
Products will be found to include Sugar-boiling, Wine and Beer Brewing, the Distillation of 
Spirits, the Baking of Bread, the Preparation of Vinegar, the Preservation of Wood, etc. 

Dr. Wagner gives much information in reference to the production of Potash from Sugar 
residues. The use of Baryta Salts is also fully described, as well as the preparation of Sugar 
from Beet-roots. Tanning, the Preservation of Meat, Milk, etc., the Preparation of Phospho- 
rus and Animal Charcoal, are considered as belonging to the Technology of Animal Product*. 
The Preparation of Materials for Dyeing has necessarily required much space ; while the flnaJ 
sections of the book have been devoted to the Technology of Heating and Illumination 



THE NEW YORK MEDICAL JOURNAL. 

JAMES B. HUNTER, M. B., Editor. 
Published Monthly. Volumes begin in January and July, 



44 Among the numerous records of Medicine and the collateral sciences published in America, 
the above Journal occupies a high position, and deservedly so." — The Lancet (London). 

"One of the best medical journals, by-the-by, published on the American Continent." — Lon- 
don Medical limes and Gazette. 

"A very high-class journal." — London Medical Mirror. 

"The editor and the contributors rank among our most distinguished medical men, and each 
number contains matter that does honor to American medical literature." — Boston Journal of 
Chemistry. 

"Full of valuable original papers, abounding in scientific ability." — Chicago Medical Times 

" We know no other periodical that we would rather present as a specimen of American sklb 
and intelligence than the New York Medical Journal." — Franklin Repository. 

"The New York Medical Journal, edited by Dr. James B. Hunter, is one of the sterling 
periodicals of this country. The present editor has greatly improved the work, and evinces a 
marked aptitude for the responsible duties so well discharged. The contents of this journal are 
always interesting and instructive ; its original matter is often classic in value, and the selected 
articles are excellent exponents of the progress and truth of medical science." — Richmond and 
Louisville Medical Journal. 

Terms* $4.00 per Annum ; or 40 Cents per Number. 

THE POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 

Conducted by Prof. E. L. YOUMANS. 

Each Number contains 128 pages, with numerous Descriptive and 

Attractive illustrations. 

Published Monthly. Volumes begin in May and November. 

Terms ? $5 per Annum 9 or Fifty Cents per Number 

The Popviab Science Monthly was started to promote the diffusion of valuable scientific 
knowledge, in a readable and attractive form, among all classes of the community; and has thus 
far met a want supplied by no other periodical in the United States. 

The great feature of the magazine is, that its contents are not what science was ten or more 
years Bince. but what it is to-day, fresh from the study, the laboratory, and the experiment: 
clothed in the language of the authors, inventors, and scientists themselves, which comprise the 
leading minds of England, France, Germany, and the United States. Among popular articles, 
covering the whole range of Natural Science, we have the latest thoughts and words of Her- 
bert Spencer, and Professors Huxley, Tyndall, and It. A. Proctor. Since the start, it has proved 
u gratifying success to every friend of scientific progress and universal education ; and those who 
believed th°at science could not be made any thing but dry study, are disappointed. 

The press all over the land is warmly commending it. We subjoin a few encomiums from 
those recently given : 

"A journal which promises to be of eminent value to the cause of popular education In this 
countrv."— -Xeio York Tribune. 

"It is, beyond comparison, the best attempt at journalism of the kind ever made in this coun- 
try." — Home Journal. 

"The initial number is admirably constituted."— Evening Mail. 

"In our opinion, the right idea has been happily hit in the plan of this new monthly."— Buffalo 

" Just the publication needed at the present day."— Montreal Gazette. 



Payment, in all cases, must be made in advance. 

Remittances should be made by postal money-order or check to the Publishers, 

D. AJPJPZsJETOJST & CO., 

549 & 551 Broadway, Xeiv Torh. 



<: c<. « 






=~ «cxju-s . «r^\r <; 

~<rc c v fe* - 

tC^-C. S^r 

£spr c vc c - c 



^«:C, j» c 

XCCcC' C <s 

- & cccc C r S 

^ c.^5 g->>« 



c cr c . c«c_ ^ <oc 
c Cc< c V cc wafe 
c^<5C>^ > c CCC 









r--- A i<& C cd C Cr <T C 

C^ C C<1 ,%■ ^-CC C ?fc C-c : C CC j , « 



c cCX- v^- <* 



JS&res* <: ^ r ,c«c c c 

- ' / ^>a c <^c ' ( - ^~ 



CCC C C C <C< CX< v <t 

v <r<C c C C CCC « CL<c cv«c 

c «c 

^«: c C C<< ^ 7 < ^< ^< 



C.CC 
c c 



Cc ^'S'A V CC ^ 

*cc c<^: c v^<^- 



r _<C -c. 





















^ : ^^ c^§?« !M ^^'< 









CSS -' 5-^? > c^C<: < c ^ 

: /^t ; cc^'<- 6©^ 



<&"-% c « '5 t^^s- c ccx «-^« c:^' 

-__-: v ^^- <r x r ■■■■<-■ ->^i^ -^r"^" < « ( i<r < <Z. 









=T\ ^ C c cc tCC 
- C CTC CCCTvCC 
T"<: C-c < <&XC< <T * 

<3C?<">> CC,6< CCC^CC 

<£5 l c ^ &CCC c cc cc C; dT 

X « c ^ <=£ ^:c c cd ccc c Cc 

rf \ c C: V^c c c<: c c c ^ 

r •' CS*? >^ <<rrc ccocc c 

"C'C C^C;% c ^cc ccsccc 



<tcc • 
< CC " 



"— -<7 ccc C- 
TC ^^ ^' 

>, roc< 3==-^ ^ /^rtr-t*CC v ". 7> 



-~< c 5, ,-ccc cc ' 






^ S r 



^,<x<c - cc ^ c 

r iOC cT C.C^ - 

^¥c¥ 9k " 

ge,. C r Cr C< S' 
CC <cCC- vCC 

! <jc ecc c:^ cc 

^■.clC c C CC "<^._ 
I c" c c c< . .<- c 

' '" CC.. 



c C < 



cCC ^, <<c . -« 
cc S' />"< * 



**^c - : C -c^ x 55^ ccc ^c^v <:-c xC; ; c <r^cc « 

cCLS^C<^ c ^ r CCCaCS <C c<^ ct cC . ^cr<r 



: c ^ r C <: cc L v c ^& .c^_ ^ cc % 

C< c Cl ^ : V Cft ' 



<:-c cccc cCCc 

CC - C S C^CC< 

tf-"< v cc. ■ ,cC < 



^rc cc- cc ■ 
-c< < c ^c. 

|rc.c ' C ^ 

S & ! 

<C ' <C lC 

^ C ^c CI ^ C C . 

-<: ^. ; <c ■ « cc. 

c 

c c<?'i •«'• ' c - 



<c> ^ r '^<c-t c^ Vk ^ c c c ^ 

t< c el ^ c cc cc .c v>^ C f cC 

C/c<C^C. 4 ,c cof^ c<C^C<^ c ° 

rCc ^^V^cc c<c c cc c^C^V c ^ 
reC/' ^' C -%,oc ^^ C c £#- c^ 
r<oc< >' r^cgcV^c c-ccC^ 4 ^, ; 

-C *^ c <c< ciccc- V. 

"^' - < ' :c ^ c C/ -- 
^cc cc c cc 

^CC cC c 'C 

rc< cc c -c ^ 



&C<c 

c -c • Cc 

^< cc c * 

cC <JC c 

<:C <£^ < 



Cc - cC ,,^c C 
CC lC - c<CC< 

cc ^ c cccc;^ 

V c ccc 

>: rC C C cC 

-c > ;^ c c ccc c 

C C c c 

c\^ c cf 

^ C C~>~c cc 

< ^ C c CC 



^« (CC C 'C *£>- 
c cc. C «C 



< < 



<c «sc_c <cc <:c (t 

t ' c e CC e r« < <• c - * < << 

cc ccc ■ < < cc c cc c 

. <zsc cc ccc«cc c< cC c <"C- c c< cc 



C c 

<: « 



££ 



cc 

<c 

« 

or 
cc 
O 



< c, 



< c f<rc c< 

- c 

c 

: c < < <• c - . «. 

. < c CCCc< i_ 
C< cC <_ c C«« < *C 

<:_ c <-<■ < 

<T r << c « 

cc ccc c < C4 
cr^c v< «- c < ccc <\ 

C < c CC«c ' 

v .< ( c c ccc <y < < 
/Jc < c CC' cc c 
Cc c< <r< c< c 

< <JC < 



_< cc cc C< « « 

< c«- cC Cc c <C r ' 

cc «. c *£<1CC < C« <C CC C C « 

3 co CC?ccc c c (,C 

*cr <. c < . c «r« c<~< r < < 

C c< ••( i coco ret c 
^: < c c c o < c < o t ^ c 

*Z « « « C d' < < c c < c 

<L« «< c d v C< C< cC C_ 

^. <-< •■ < <- <c« c <c cc c.«z 

* c c v < c C <c < c >c cc ccc 

* c. «•. . c c <c c q ^c « 

< c < ^ _< ' «< ' < f < 

T< I .<<'< < vC 

«•< < C c 

< C <5 i C <: c C CC < r, . < 

< C *Z« <.< r M , <- 

' — -" < < cc c « < 

c< c < < 

fc C <" cc C « < 

" Ct c <- c < 

v-< cccc < < 

. <C C CC < « < 

C< < <r c C c C 

lCCCc< c < 

c < r < < < < <^ 

r C(«"< * 
c c C ^ 

' C ' ■ < 



CC 



■ < < c 
< ccc -< c * 

' c < < 



< c C< r 

;c ccc <r CC 

■ 

jc c:« c < 

c C < 
c CO: C C < 

c <CO" < C C <f 

c* 

r «■ << 

<< 

C< c c^ 

« cr Cc 



c o cc 
C CO: 



r c I 



CC CC C c C< 

c< <: c c 

<- C ' 
-c < < ' < 
c , c ^C 

• c <- * 
<lc<S (C'C'< ' 



'< « «■ < c « 

< C C «: .k c < 
c C C o • c 

v<- ccc C c « 

r< cr <:' c 



c: < <rc C f c C c 

v < O c d O C? 

O < ceo c <" <: <r< «■ c 

ri < c < o c c <r c 

< < c> c <l <:^ o 

c < c co <: « c c c 

: c « c c c 

cc C <cc < <. 

< C C< CC c C 
. cC c c 






cc <? C CC ^c c * 

Q <cc ccc<cc < <«c 

C^ C ccc CC C, < . c ^ c. 

^ -^^c C C3C <I, ^ C- 
c< - 



<T < c 

<£ ^ C (C 

C « C. 

«r 

<: ♦. c 

C ' ' ' 



C <-^ r <-<■ c<i 
C <Ic^ c CCC< 



<1< < 



ccc < c 

«c c c 

c< c c c 

<tc C c 

CC c c 

Cc c c 

<L< <^ C 

<Tc < <• 
CC^ 



■ c c<_ < < 



CCC <lA ( CO 



<: cci cc 



c 



<-<: cc c< 

=" C <cc CCc c.CC 

c<c< C< C CC 

ccCc CC c CC C 

ccc^ cc «c cc c, 

cccc CC CC ^ 
^c -<CC C 






JL C 



lc cC 

<<i cc 



cCC; 
c C <L< 
c_ c << < 

C»C <3- 

c <^ r 

C C 

o c 

CCC 

c_ c c 
c_ c c^ 

o. «C <>' 
Ci c c 



< » <r<' < <c cc 

c< <r<- < c cc < 

f C <Tcv «. , cCC^C 

( c< c < ^ c c. 
^crcc c« c «d < 
<rc v- c o c 

Cc< C c 

CCc w< '<-%. « 
r Cc r l c CI C d Cc < 

, y (l <. « < <: c <: < 

^Cc c C vc C c C <X 
J Vc c < c CCCc ^1 ^ 

V^> c ^ c c < -c * 

^: -r <: « 

<- c ' u.C« C <^ 

c c ■ c l < «fc ' 



<:c 



<Cc CC C5 g V C 
c <c c O cccc C "V ^ 

V ^ c<c< 'Cc ' f^^ v 
c. ^- < ^< ^ c«^ ' ^ 

<r* cc cccc o <c 
< eg /cc c C< c 
cc 

c< c 5 C . 
cc S ^ 



c c nr 
c^ c c < c_ <: 
V-^- < c cc c < 

- 



C Cc ^C C 

— c < (CC C 



c<^ < 



c. <C 



c «■ • 

r 

c < 



<:.<:< 
<^^ 



•c< 

;. c 

_ <• < 

«:c C < 



Cc 

c< 
c< 

«-- 
cc 

CC 



c <^ 

C C 

C << 

C *^' 



c 
c 

C^ ' 

C^ 

I c< 
CS 

c «- 

< c< 



«^C «c C 



^c^ 



CC < 



^C cc\ 
c.cclc 



Y<cc 



c * 

Cc c C^C 

d c c C 

^CC< 



C C <c 




C C < 

( c < 


« 


« < * < 




Cc 

c< c 

Cv 1 




c<^ 

c 

c 
C 


C C<^ 

'<. <* 
C CC 

c cc 

c cc 



